pharr-ocr.txt

<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

A BOOK FOR BEGINNERS

BY

CLYDE PHARR

Ph.D., Yale University
PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN SOUTHWESTERN
PRESBYTERIAN UNIVERSITY

To love Homer, as Steele said about loving a
fair lady of quality, “ is a liberal education.”

— Andrew Lang

D. C. HEATH & CO., PUBLISHERS

BOSTON	NEW	YORK	CHICAGO
<pb/>Copyright, 1920, by
Clyde Pharr

All rights reserved

2 <pb n="10"/>THE MEMORY OF

THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR

PROFOUND SCHOLAR
SYMPATHETIC AND INSPIRING TEACHER
LOVER OF HOMER
AND OF ALL THINGS TRUE AND

BEAUTIFUL
<pb/>PREFACE

This book, now offered to the public, is the fruit of seven years
of experimentation and of much counsel with those interested in
the plan which it embodies.

It has already gone through four mimeographed editions, and
has been used for several years: in Ohio Wesleyan University,
in Oberlin College, and in Southwestern Presbyterian University.
In all these cases it has had marked success in creating and sustaining
interest in beginning Greek, where the crux of the whole
problem of the future of Hellenic studies lies.

The reasons which have conyinced the author of the necessity
for basing the work of beginners on Homeric instead of on Attic
Greek will be found in a paper, entitled “A Year—or more —
of Greek,” published in the Classical Journal for February, 1918,
and in a second paper, “Homer and the Study of Greek,” which
is printed in this book, following the table of contents. To all
who may be interested in the subject, from the standpoint of
humanistic studies, the author would heartily commend the reading
of Andrew Lang’s delightful little essay, “Homer and the Study
of Greek,” published in his collection of Essays in Little.

It is hardly to be hoped that a book of this kind, which seeks to
establish a new path to our common goal, will be so free from minor
errors as would one along the old established lines. Hence the
author will be profoundly grateful to those who will be generous
enough to make suggestions looking toward the betterment of the
work as well as to those who will be kind enough to point out any
errors. Naturally, in a work of this nature, there is the constantly
recurring problem of how to reconcile most successfully effective
pedagogy and scientific accuracy of statement.

The book does not pretend to be a text where the advanced
Homeric scholar will find catalogued every stray Homeric form, or

v
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

supposedly Homeric form, but its first object is to teach beginners
to read Greek intelligently and with pleasure.

It is not intended that the ordinary student shall master all the
grammar found in this text: much of it is for reference only. But
certainly every teacher should have at least this much Homeric
grammar thoroughly at command and be overflowing with it, not,
however, to the extent of attempting to teach all of it. The prime
object of first year work, as so admirably stated by Prof. Gildersleeve, 
is “a maximum of forms, a minimum of syntax, and early
acquaintance with Greek in the mass.” To gain this object, it
is necessary to read, read, read Greek.

In the paradigms and vocabularies, both simple and compound
forms of verbs are used to supplement each other, and a free use
of analogy is employed, as is commonly done in books of this
kind. In the verbal forms, the augment is regularly supplied when
missing.	t

Those opposed to the employment of prose sentences in Homeric
language will find it easy to omit these; but the author is convinced
that a better grasp of Homeric forms can be secured by
their use.

After this book is completed successfully, any one of several
roads is open for a continuation of the Greek course:

(1)	Probably the most satisfactory method is to continue for
some time with Homer, reading copious extracts from the Iliad
and Odyssey. The student is now well prepared to handle successfully
the standard school editions of these.

(2)	The passage from Homer to the Attic Drama is an easy one,
and is the most satisfactory introduction to the Attic dialect.
This is the course which the author would strongly recommend, as
most likely to be of the greatest value and as having probably the
strongest appeal to the most students. Euripides furnishes the
easiest reading, and several of his plays have been published in
convenient form with vocabularies (Longmans, Green & Co.),
and with both vocabularies and notes (Macmillan & Co.). This
could be followed by any one of several possibilities, some more
drama, Plato, or the New Testament.

vi
<pb/>PREFACE

(3)	Some Herodotus could now be read with not much difficulty,
and his work would admirably supplement the Homeric stories.

(4)	It is quite possible to read some Plato now, using a good
edition of one of the dialogues, with vocabulary and notes, such as
that of Seymour and Dyer.

(5)	Many will find a strong appeal in the Lyric Poets, which
are very easy after a fair amount of Homer and contain some of the
choicest gems in all Greek literature.

(6)	Some may want to read Hesiod, who is the easiest of all
authors after Homer. His' importance has not always been
recognized, and he has been entirely too much neglected in our
colleges.

(7)	The New Testament could be studied to good advantage
after Homer, and is recommended to those intending to enter the
ministry.

(8)	Those who are wedded to Xenophon, who teach him with
success, and who feel that he must come early in the course, will
find Homer a much better preparation for Xenophon than Xenophon
is for Homer. There are a number of good school editions,
and students can now read rapidly considerable quantities of the
Anabasis, or of any of the other works of Xenophon.

Other things being equal, the teacher should of course select
the author in which he has the greatest interest and for which he
has the most enthusiasm. He will find the work not only much
easier, but more successful as well.

To all who have assisted, directly or indirectly, in the production
of the present book, the author would here express his sincerest
appreciation and gratitude. Lack of space prevents giving a
complete list of names, but the author feels that special mention
is due to Prof. Francis G. Allinson of Brown University, for generously
reading the whole of the manuscript and for making many
helpful suggestions; to Prof. Samuel E. Bassett of the University
of Vermont, and to Prof. Edward Fitch of Hamilton College, who
also went over the manuscript and made many valuable criticisms ;
to Prof. Walter Petersen of Bethany College, whose help on a number
of grammatical problems has been invaluable; to Miss Mabel

vii
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

Drennan of the Swanton, Ohio, High School, for making the whole
of the two general vocabularies; to Prof. Shirley Smith of Oberlin
College and Mr. Joseph Adameç, graduate student at Yale, for
checking up the vocabulary; to Mr. W. J. Millard, student at
Southwestern Presbyterian University, for verifying the Biblical
quotations; to Prof. Wilmot Haines Thompson of Acadia University,
for reading the manuscript, making a number of valuable suggestions,
and for much valuable assistance in reading proof; to Prof.
Leigh Alexander of Oberlin College, who has generously placed
at the disposal of the author the results of two years of experience
with the book in his classes, who has read all the proof and has
saved the book from a number of errors; to the Boston Museum of
Fine Arts, for the loan of some unusually fine photographs for
illustrations; to D. C. Heath & Co., for the use of illustrations from
Webster’s Ancient History, one of their texts; to Prof. Frank E.
Robbins of the University of Michigan, and to the Classical
Journal, for permission to use Prof. Robbins’s valuable statistics
on Greek verb forms, which appeared in the Classical Journal,
15, 2; to Dr. Alice Braunlich of the Davenport High School, to
Prof. G. B. Waldrop of the Westminster School, and to Dr. D. W.
Abercrombie, recently of Worcester Academy, for help in reading
the proof; and to the J. S. Cushing Company (The Norwood
Press) for their very careful and painstaking typographical work.

If this book will contribute to the value and interest of the study
of beginning Greek, the author will feel that his seven years of
work upon it have not been spent in vain. The time has come
when lovers of the humanities everywhere must join hands in
the promotion of the common cause. If anything seems to be of
mutual advantage, we must first test it carefully and then hold
fast to it if we find it good. Then, to all teachers of Greek and
every true friend of humanistic studies and of culture in its best
sense, the author would say in conclusion:

<cit><quote><l>Vive, vale. Si quid novisti rectius istis,</l>

<l>Candidus imperti; si non, his utere mecum.</l><bibl n="Horace, Epistles I :6, 67–68"/></cit>
<pb/>CONTENTS

SECTION

Preface ........

Table of Contents ......

Homer and the Study of Greek

Introduction.................

Lesson

1.	Introductory ......	1-4

2.	Syllables, accents, elision, punctuation,

and transliteration ....	5-7

3.	Nouns of the first declension.	.	.	8-12

4.	Noun's of the first declension (continued) 13-17

5.	The present active indicative of verbs

in -ω............................18-22

6.	The second declension .	.	.	.	' 23-27

7.	Review.............................28-32

8.	Second declension (continued)	.	.	.	33-39

9.	The imperfect of verbs in -ω	.	.	.	40-44

10.	The future and aorist of verbs in -ω .	45-49

11.	Masculine nouns of the first declen-

sion, compound verbs ....	50-54

12.	Review.............................55-57

13.	Nouns of the third declension; Iliad

1-5..................................-	58-64

14.	Prosody, the Greek hexameter; Iliad 1-5	65-77

15.	Third declension (continued); Iliad 1-10	78-84

16.	Present and future, middle and passive of

verbs.	Deponent	verbs;	Iliad	11-16	.	85-91

17.	The imperfect, middle and passive, and

the aorist	middle	of	verbs ;	Iliad	17-21	92-98

18.	The perfect and pluperfect active of

verbs.......................'	.	.	99-103

19.	The infinitive; Iliad 22-27	.	.	.	104-110

20.	Participles, active; Iliad 28-32	.	.	111-117

21.	Middle and passive participles; Iliad

33-37 ................................. 118-124

22.	The perfect, pluperfect, and future per-

fect of verbs ; Iliad 38-42	.	.	.	125-131

PAQE

V

ix

xiii

xxix

1

3

3

4

6

7

9

11

13

14

16

18

21

24

27

30

33

36

37
40

44

47

IX
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

SECTION

23.	The subjunctive mode of verbs ; Iliad

43-47 .................................. 132-139

24.	Imperative verbs, active;	Iliad	48-52	.	140-146

25.	Middle and passive imperative of verbs;

Iliad 53-58	  147-153

26.	The optative mode ; Iliad 59-63	.	.	154-161

27.	The passive voice ; Iliad 64-69	.	.	162-169

28.	Adjectives of the third declension ; Iliad

70-75 .................................. 170-177

29.	Demonstrative pronouns;	Iliad	76-80	.	178-184

30.	Personal and possessive pronouns ; Iliad

81-85 .	   185-191

31.	Relative, interrogative, and indef-

inite pronouns ; Iliad 86-92 .	.	.	192-198

32.	Regular verbs in -μι; Iliad 93-100	.	.	199-205

33.	Regular verbs in -μι (continued), Iliad

101-108 .............................. 206-212

34.	Review of regular -μι verbs, Iliad 109-117	213-219

35.	Irregular verbs in -μι, ιΐμΐ, and en-

clitics ; Iliad 118-125	....	220-227

36. Irregular verbs ; Iliad 126-132	.	.	228-237

37. Prepositions; Iliad 133-141	.	.	.	238-244

38.	Comparison of adjectives; Iliad 142-151 245-251

39.	Formation and comparison of adverbs;

Iliad 152-157	  252-258

40.	Numerals; Iliad 158-164 .... 259-265

41.	Present, future, and first aorist system

of verbs ; Iliad 165-172 .... 266-272

42.	The second aorist, and first and second

perfect systems of verbs; Iliad 173-181 273-279

43.	The perfect middle system of verbs ; Iliad

182-192	  280-286

44.	First and second passive systems of verbs ;

Iliad 193-200	  287-293

45.	Present, future, and aorist systems of

-μι verbs ; Iliad 201-211 ....	294-300

46.	First and second perfect systems of -μι

verbs ; Iliad 212-222	....	301-307

47.	The middle and passive of -μι verbs ; Iliad

223-232	  308-314

48.	Review of nouns ; Iliad 233-239	.	.	315-321

49.	Review of adjectives ; Iliad 240-244	.	322-328

50

53

57

59

62

67

69

72

74

77

81

83

87

91

95

98

101

104

107

109

112

115

118

121

124

127

129

X
<pb/>CONTENTS

50. Review of pronouns ; Iliad 245-249			SECTION  329-335	PAGE  131
51. Review of participles and Iliad 250-259	INFINITIVES ;		336-342	134
52. Review of verbs in the active 260-268 			Iliad	343-349	137
53. Review of verbs in the middle 269-289 			Iliad	350-356	140
54. Review of verbs in the passive 290-303 			Iliad	357-361	144
55. Review of irregular verbs conjugation ; Iliad 304-314	OF	THE -μι	362-366	147
56. Iliad 315-333.		.	367-370	149
57. Iliad 334-347		, ,	371-374	151
58. Iliad 348-358			375-378	153
59. Iliad 359-379		, ,	379-382	157
60. Iliad 380-400			383-386	160
61. Iliad 401-412		.	387-390	163
62. Iliad 413-424		, ,	391-394	165
63. Iliad 425-435		.	395-398	168
64. Iliad 436-449		, ,	399-402	169
65. Iliad 450-461			403-406	171
66. Iliad 462-470		, ,	407-410	173
67. Iliad 471-479		,	411-414	174
68. Iliad 480-489			415-418	176
69. Iliad 490-499			419-422	178
70. Iliad 500-516		,	423-426	180
71. Iliad 517-527		. ,	427-430	182
72. Iliad 528-535			431-434	184
73. Iliad 536-550		. .	435-438	187
74. Iliad 551-572			439-442	189
75. Iliad 573-589			443-446	192
76. Iliad 590-598		, .	447-450	194
77. Iliad 599-611			451-454	197
Introduction to Attic Greek .	• r		456-500	198
Grammar of Homeric Greek		, «	501-1192	207
Greek-English vocabulary		, ,		343
English-Greek vocabulary				380
<pb/>HOMER AND THE STUDY OF GREEK

In an article entitled “A Year—or more— of Greek,” contributed
to the February, 1918, number of the Classical Journal,
the author sets forth a few of the more important reasons why
the present system of teaching beginners in Greek should be
revised to meet modern conditions. The sum and substance of
the article was a plea for the abandonment of Xenophon for beginning
work, something which should have been done years ago,
and the substitution of Homer in his place. The paper embodied
the results of several years of experimentation; and the primary
reason urged for the change was based on the comparative literary
value of the two authors and their appeal to beginning students.
As we view the situation to-day, we are compelled to confess that
in the hands of the average teacher, when applied to the average
student, Xenophon and all his works are all too often found to be
tedious and dreary. This leaves out of count the exceptional
teacher, who has large and enthusiastic classes in the Anabasis
year after year, for such teachers could make any subject fascinating.
Homer on the other hand possesses those qualities which
make him especially interesting, as well as of permanent value, to
the majority of students who still take Greek.

In this connection the author may be permitted to quote from
the article just mentioned:1 “The reasons which make Homer
so desirable are apparent when once the question is seriously
considered. His work is homogeneous in vocabulary, in literary
style and idioms employed, and in metrical form; so that when
students once get a fair start in him, further progress becomes
easier and more accelerated. He employs all three persons, with
all modes and tenses of the verb, so that all forms that are learned

1 C. J. 13, 5.

XXIX
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

are used enough to be kept fresh in the students’ mind and do not
have to be learned again when they begin anything which is in
dialogue form. His vocabulary is fairly limited, enough so in
fact that it does not present any special difficulty to the beginner.
His sentences are short, simple, and clear-cut, having none of the
involved structure which makes so much of Xenophon really too
difficult for first-year work. The verse, which has been considered
a bar, is an actual help, as it is quite easily learned and is a marked
aid in memorizing considerable portions of Greek, which is important
at this stage. Furthermore, the rules of quantity are a
considerable help in simplifying and illustrating the principles of
accent. As he uses only one type of verse, and that the simplest
— the dactylic hexameter — the ordinary student usually becomes
quite adept at reading this before the end of the first year’s work.

“The prose composition for the first year’s work may be based
upon Homer, the students using Homeric forms and constructions,
without knowing of the existence of any other kind. This may be
done without the slightest fear of blunting their sense of discrimination
between poetic and prose diction and style, a sense
which cannot possibly be developed until they have had several
years’ work and have read a considerable amount of Greek in both
prose and poetry. Homer is so straightforward and simple in
what he has to say, with nothing obscure, mystical, or far-fetched
in any way, that he is quite intelligible to the average high-school
freshman; and at the same time he possesses the qualities of high
literary art in such a marked degree that he appeals strongly to
the oldest and most advanced members of any college class.

"Furthermore, Homer is the best possible preparation for all
later Greek literature, much of which is unintelligible without
a fair knowledge of him. He was to Greek literature what the
Bible has been to English, and a great deal more as well. He leads
us somewhere, not merely into a blind alley as does Xenophon,
both with reference to later Greek literature and to much of the
best in later European literature as well, where his influence has
been incalculable and perhaps greater than that of any other
single writer. In him are the germs of so many things. We have

xiv
<pb/>HOMER AND THE STUDY OF GREEK

the narrative highly developed, the beginning of the drama,
oratory, statecraft, seamanship, war, adventure, and religion —
in fact, life as it was to the old Greeks in its manifold aspects.

“ Then the student who has taken only a very little of beginning
Greek, even if he has progressed no farther than the end of the
first book of the Iliad, has come into vital contact with the magic
and the music of the Greek language, used in one of the most
beautiful, one of the most varied, and one of the most influential
literary compositions of all ages; and though he may have devoted
considerable labor to mining the gold, he cannot, truthfully say,
and probably will not want to say, that Greek for him has been a
waste of time.”

To begin the study of Greek with Homer, it would be necessary
to substitute Homeric for Attic Greek for the work of the first year:
the student would be taught Homeric forms and constructions as a
basis for future work, and would devote to the study of Homer
the time which is now occupied by Xenophon. It is the purpose
of the present paper to develop more in detail some of the most
important reasons which make such a change not only desirable
but imperative if Greek is to be saved as a vital factor in our educational
system.

The idea of such a plan first suggested itself to the writer several
years ago, when, full of boundless enthusiasm Ύογ his subject
and for all things Greek, he was attempting to teach first-year
work and Xenophon, and was compelled to admit to himself that
his efforts were not meeting noth what might be called success.
Too many good students refused to take Greek in the first place,
and of those who did enlist, too many, even of the better ones, were
discouraged by the unending round of grammatical forms, leading
up to an author whose works are not of a nature to fire the imagination
and stir the hearts in the breasts of our youth, as can be,
and is, done by the great masterpieces of Hellas such as the Iliad
and the Odyssey.

The writer would like to make it plain that he is not a hater of
Xenophon, but that he greatly enjoyed his first year of Greek,
taken in the old way, as well as his Xenophon, later. The same

xv
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

is probably true of most classical scholars. This goes a long way
toward explaining why they are now teaching Greek and Latin
instead of sociology or mechanical engineering. It would be distinctly
misleading however for those who have a special taste
for linguistic work and who enjoyed reading the production of
such authors as Caesar and Xenophon to infer therefrom that
their case is at all typical of the mass of students who take these
subjects. Although the description in Andrew Lang’s essay,
“Homer and the Study of Greek,” is probably too highly colored,
the account that he gives of his own experience and that of his
fellows in the study of beginning Greek and Xenophon ought to
have a lesson and a warning for every one who is still a friend of
the classics. He makes it quite plain that they found Xenophon
anything but inspiring, and that most of them thoroughly hated
him, an experience of many good students, which is too common
to be ignored.

It is only fair to state that although this idea of beginning Greek
with the reading of Homer is original with the writer, it is not
new. This was the regular method employed by the old Romans
in teaching their boys Greek, and it was highly commended by
that capable and judicious old schoolmaster, Quintilian, as the
best possible plan. Since that time it has been used now and then
by some of the world’s ablest educators and scholars. It was thus
that Joseph Scaliger (de la Scala), one of the most brilliant
names in the whole history of classical scholarship, taught himself
Greek at Paris; and many more of the great scholars of the past
learned their Greek through Homer. It was tried also by Herbart,
who began a series of experiments in Switzerland, in 1797, where he
employed this method with marked success in private tutoring.
Later he continued his experiments on a larger scale in the teachers’
training college at Koenigsberg, with such good results that he
was thoroughly convinced that this was the only suitable method
of teaching beginning Greek. At his suggestion it was tried by
Dissen, by Ferdinand Ranke, and by Hummel, all of whom were
hearty in its praise; and, most important of all, by Ahrens, at
Hanover, where it was used for thirty years (1850-1881), with

xvi
<pb/>National Museum, Athens

These beautiful objects were found in 1888 A.D., within a "bee-hive” tomb at Vaphio in Laconia. The two cups are of beaten gold, ornamented with
designs in repousse work. The first scene represents a wild-bull hunt. The comp-mion piece pictures four tame bulls under the care of a herdsman
<pb/>HOMER AND THE STUDY OF GREEK

great success, but was finally abandoned because of the lack of
suitable text books and because of the opposition of other Gymnasia
which refused to adopt such a revolutionary plan. It has also
been recommended occasionally, but without success, by other
scholars and humanists, notably by Goethe, by Andrew Lang,
and by Wilamowitz, in Europe; while in America it has been
advocated in one form or another by Seymour, Bolling, Shorey,
Lane Cooper, and others. But hitherto no systematic series of
text books has been issued which are so well adapted to carry the
students through Homer and introduce them to Attic Greek as the
ones which have been worked out in connection with Xenophon.
It has become highly important that this lack be supplied, if possible,
in order that this plan, which has been tried by several
with such good success, may be tested on a wider scale, so that we
may see whether or no it will succeed in the hands of the average
teacher of beginning Greek. Thus students should be prepared
to strike immediately into the heart of Greek literature, instead
of having to go a long way around, as at present.

As to the superiority of Homer over Xenophon, from the standpoint
of literary values, and of interest for the average student,
there can be no quarrel. It remains for us to investigate the
relative advantages and demerits of each as mediums for teaching
the language.

In the first place it is essential that we disabuse our minds of the
once prevalent notion, long since exploded, but still more or less
consciously held by many, that the Attic dialect is the norm by
which all other Greek is to be judged. The language of Homer is
earlier and naturally differs from it in many essentials; therefore
it was long maintained that Homeric Greek is irregular, crude and
unfinished. Hellenistic Greek, which represents a later development
of the language, has its differences; therefore Hellenistic
Greek must be degenerate. Such an idea is utterly unscientific
and ignores completely the modern historical point of view of the
development and growth of languages. Any period which has
given birth to literary productions of surpassing merit and artistic
excellence is justified by its own works; it contains its own lin-

xvii
<pb/>HOMEEIC GKEEK

guistic standards, and will richly repay those who take the trouble
to study it. To call Homeric Greek anomalous and irregular,
because it differs in some particulars from the Attic dialect, is as
misleading as it would be to say that the language of Shakespeare
is immature and eccentric because he does not write the same type
of English as does George Ade or Stephen Leacock. As a matter
of fact, the language of the Homeric poems is quite as finished, has
quite as many virtues, and is quite as much of a norm for its
period and style of composition as Xenophon is for his; and the
different forms in Homer are no more aberrations on his part than
those of Xenophon are marks of degeneracy for him. And Attic
Greek, after all, is but one of a number of dialects, coming at neither
end but in the middle of the development of the Greek language.
It is rarely found pure in any of the great authors, and in none
which are suitable for beginners.

According to our present system, students are taught a smattering
of Attic Greek. Then they are given a smattering of Homer,
who represents a period several centuries earlier. Then again
comes some more Attic Greek, and if the student continues in his
work he usually gets some Doric, with sometimes a little Lesbian,
and the Ionic of Herodotus, to which is commonly added a dash
of the Koine for further confusing variety. All of this comes at
such times and at such points in his development that it is practically
impossible for the ordinary student to obtain a clear conception
of what the Greek language is like and what are the fundamental
processes of its development. As a result grammar becomes
a nightmare to be dreaded instead of an opportunity to study the
structure of one of the most interesting and instructive languages
in existence. This has reference to the linguistic features, apart
from its literary value. If on the other hand we begin with Homer
and obtain a good grounding in his language, the transition from
that to later Greek is simple and natural and in accordance with
well-established laws, so that a student who once gets a grasp
of the processes involved not only has acquired a valuable scientific
point of view, but he might be untrue enough to the traditions of
countless students of the past to find Greek grammar interesting.

xviii
<pb/>HOMER AND THE STUDY OF GREEK

Furthermore, since most of us learned our Attic Greek first,
when we came to Homeric Greek and found so many different
forms, the feeling very naturally arose with many that Homer has
many more forms than Attic Greek, and that they are more difficult.
On the contrary, the Homeric forms are not only simpler and more
transparent than the Attic and as a consequence more easily
learned — many Attic forms have to be explained hy a reference
to the Homeric ones — but the Homeric forms are considerably
fewer in number. This is best seen by a reference to the declensional
endings, as exemplified in the two tables, 479, 649.

From these tables we see that there are, all told, 86 Homeric
forms of the noun and adjective to be learned as against 108 Attic
forms. But this is not all. Many forms in both Attic and
Homeric Greek are so rare that it would be manifestly absurd to
compel first-year students to memorize them. For our purposes,
then, we must omit the unusually rare forms from both tables.
In the first table (479) we shall omit a number of forms which
many would include, and count only those not inclosed in brackets
which are regularly included as essential by the standard beginners’
books based on the Attic dialect. We shall not count the very
rare Homeric forms, but shall be liberal enough to include a few
which are too rare to be learned in reading Homer but are important
for students intending to read Attic Greek later. We
find then that students who' begin with Homeric Greek need to
learn only 55 forms as against 80 (88 according to some) of
the Attic. This means that it is necessary to memorize about
fifty per cent more forms in order to be able to read the first
four books of the Anabasis than it would be to read the first
six books of the Iliad. Furthermore, in the pronouns, by not
compelling the student to memorize any form which does not
occur on an average of at least once every two or three thousand
verses, there would be fewer Homeric forms to be learned here
also. The same is true of the verbs. The reflexive pronoun, for
example, and the future passive and future optative of verbs are
not found in Homer; the middle voice regularly retains the uncontracted
forms of the endingS and not in a part only as in Attic

xix
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

Greek; and in many other ways the forms are simpler and more
easily learned. In fact many books for beginners find it easier to
teach Attic Greek by a constant reference to the earlier forms,
which in many cases are the Homeric.

The occasional irregular forms, which are omitted from the
ones to be learned, should be grouped in some convenient way for
reference, but need not be memorized, as they are regularly given
in their alphabetical place in the vocabulary of any good school
edition and in the ordinary lexicons. Thus the student need
not be required to memorize the five forms of the present infinitive
of ειμί, or the five forms of the genitive of iyu>, e.g., but could
learn one of each and not burden his memory with forms which
are found in every vocabulary.

Many Atticists have maintained that the great number of
irregularities in Homeric Greek would be an added difficulty to the
beginner. It is true that they are troublesome, but not so troublesome
as the considerably greater number of irregularities in Attic
Greek. Any one who will take the trouble to count them will
find that the irregular formations in Attic Greek considerably
outnumber those in Homer. There is not space here to catalogue
the various irregularities, heteroclites, metaplastic forms, etc., of
Attic Greek, but the lists given in Kuehner-Blass, or any other of
the more elaborate Greek grammars, are enough to convince the
most skeptical.

If we leave aside the irregularities and look at a few regular
formations which must be memorized, the evidence is none the less
conclusive. For example, the “regular” declensions of such words
as πόλις, βασιλεύς, νανς, τέηχνς, αστν, comparatives in -ιων, and other
forms which will readily occur to any one who has studied Attic
Greek, are so complicated that they are not ordinarily mastered by
students of beginning Greek, and it would be rather remarkable
if they were. Or let us consider a single class, such as typical
words of the third declension in νς, as πηχνς, δίπηχνς, ηόνς, ίγχελνς,
Ιχθύς. If the student learned the declension of any one of these,
and attempted to decline the rest accordingly, he would go far
astray; for of these five words, all of the third declension, and all

xx
<pb/>HOMER AND THE STUDY OF GREEK

ending in vs in the nominative, no two are declined alike
throughout. A comparison of the declensions of lyxcXvs (eel) with
that of Ιχθνs (fish) will illustrate the point. It seems that the old
Athenians were never able to decide definitely whether an eel
was a fish or a serpent. Accordingly, we find that they declined
lyXcXvt the first half of the way like Ιχθνs, while the other
half was different. What a pity that there are not a few more
such convenient mnemonic devices to help the student keep his
bearings on his way through the maze of Greek morphology!
If a student finally learned to decline such a word as raCs, he would
not know how to begin the declension of another word formed in
the same way, such as ypavi; nor would a student who had
learned the declension of βονς in Attic Greek know the declension
of the next word like it, χονς, and he might be led
very far astray by such a simple and common word as voCs.
All of these forms, and many more which could be cited, are highly
interesting to philologists, as they illustrate so beautifully certain
abstruse principles in Greek phonology and morphology. Unfortunately
they do not usually have the same strong appeal to
the beginner who is trying very hard to learn how to read
Greek.

The whole system of contraction, which is regular at times, and
the variations caused by it in the general rules- of accent and
quantity, all of which are so confusing and so difficult to the
ordinary beginner, are so little used in Homer that they can very
profitably be omitted, or else touched quite lightly, and the time
saved can be invested elsewhere to much greater advantage.

In the field of syntax Homer is so much simpler than Xenophon
that students ordinarily find him a great deal easier. Tlius
Homer lacks the articular infinitive; long and involved passages
in indirect discourse never occur, as well as many other strange
and foreign characteristics of Attic Greek and Xenophon, all of
which give a great deal of trouble to the ordinary beginner.

These elements all contribute to a quicker and an easier learning
of Greek through Homer, as has been abundantly proved by experiments
also. Thus students who begin with Homer regularly read

xxi
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

more Greek in the time devoted to him than do those who begin
with Xenophon and spend this time on the Anabasis.

It has long been a commonly accepted myth that Homer has
such an enormous vocabulary that students would have more
than ordinary trouble with it. In fact the vocabulary of the first
six books of the Iliad is no larger than that required for reading the
Anabasis, and one can read the whole of the Homeric poems, including
the hymns, without having to learn many more words
than to read Xenophon, and without having to learn so many
words as are necessary for the reading of Plato.

There are, it is true, a great number of words in Homer which are
used only once (απαξ λεγάμενα).1 The Iliad has 1097 of these,
while the Odyssey has 868, making a total of 1965. However,
this is not nearly so large as the number used by Xenophon, who
has 3021 απαξ λεγάμενα,2 of which 433 are in the Anabasis, as compared
with 266 (238 if we omit the Catalogue of Ships) in the first
six books of the Iliad.

It is highly important too in gaining a vocabulary to learn words
which will be used in other authors read later in the course, and to
acquire so far as possible the more fundamental meanings of words
from which their later uses are derived. Ahrens, who made a
careful study of this problem, gives the palm to Homer here without
question. According to' him, the words in Homer are much
nearer their fundamental meanings, and take on different shades of
significance in the various later authors. If one wishes to obtain
a clear grasp of Greek onomatology and semasiology, he should
begin with Homer by all means and would thus be prepared to
see more readily the later turns in the meanings of words and
phrases, which in many cases vary considerably in authors of the
same period, and sometimes even in the same author. Thus there
are over 400 words in the Anabasis which either do not occur
at all in Xenophon’s other works, or else with a different signification.
Rutherford (The New Phryn., 160 if.) says: “It did not

1	L. Friedlander, Zwei hom. Wörterverzeichnisse.

2	G. Sauppe, Xen. Op. V, 298.

xxii
<pb/>HOMER AND THE STUDY OF GREEK

escape the notice of later Greeks that Xenophon’s diction was very
different from that of pure Attic writers, and there are still extant
several remarks upon this point. ... A busy man, living almost
wholly abroad, devoted to country pursuits and the life of the
camp, attached to the Lacedaemonian system of government, and
detesting the Athenian, Xenophon must have lost much of the
refined Atticism with which he was conversant in his youth. It is
not only in the forms of words that he differs from Attic writers,
but he also uses many terms — the ονόματα γλωσσηματικά of
Galen — altogether unknown to Attic prose, and often assigns to
Attic words a meaning not actually attached to them in the
leading dialect.”

When it comes to the actual number of words of Xenophon and
Homer which enter into the vocabulary of other Greek writers,
the following tables will show their relation to some of the most
important authors read in college.

The following table indicates the authors whose vocabularies
have more words in common with Homer than with Xenophon, the
figures showing the excess.

Author	Words	Pages

Hesiod .	.	.	904	87

Pindar . . . 485	236

Bacchylides . . 347	73

Elegiac and Iambic
Poets	.	.	514	160

The following table indicates the authors whose vocabularies
have more words in common with Xenophon than with Homer, the

figures showing the		excess.			
Author	Words	Pages	Author	Words	Pages
Herodotus .	100	799	Isocrates. . .	371	514
Thucydides .	371	645	Lucian . . .	119	1301
Plato . . .	90	2442	Plutarch . . .	19	5639
Demosthenes	366	1379	Menander . .	176	102
Lysias. . .	362	246	New Testament	209	543

xxiii

Author	Words	Pages
Aeschylus .	524	309
Sophocles	400	365
Euripides Τ’	428	916
Aristophanes	148	612
Theocritus .	466	93
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

The vocabularies of Xenophon and Homer, which are compared
in these lists, are: Xenophon’s Anabasis entire, and Homer’s
Iliad, books I-VL The pages as given above are according to
the Teubner texts. The number of words in Xenophon’s Anabasis
is approximately the same as that of Homer’s Iliad, books I-VI.

In these lists, words which are closely enough related to others
that ordinary students who know the meaning of one may infer
the other are counted but once, as θάνατο·;, αθάνατοί; βαίνω, Ζκ-
βαίνω, καταβαίνω, αναβαίνω, etc. Proper names are also omitted.

From this table it will be seen that Homer is a much better
preparation for the Greek drama, Hesiod, the elegiac and iambic
poets, than is Xenophon, and it is along these lines that the course
should be developed. For Plato the difference is so exceedingly
slight that in the matter of vocabulary one is practically as good a
preparation as the other, and a few of his easier dialogues should
find a place after some of the best poetry has been read. After
that the Greek course ought to be able to take care of itself. Herodotus
might come at any point. There is a slight advantage here
on the side of Xenophon in the matter of vocabulary, but his
language is so much closer to that of Homer, as well as his general
style and imaginative genius, that he would be very easy and
stimulating to those who had read any considerable amount of
Homeric Greek. Those who wished to read Thucydides and the
orators would find Xenophon’s vocabulary somewhat better for
their purpose, and the same is true if they wished to read the
New Testament and Menander; but in all these the advantage
is relatively slight, and in most cases the difference would probably
not be noticeable. In the case of the New Testament, for example,
the difference is less than one word in two Teubner pages of Greek
text.

It is generally recognized that for the best results in the study
of the New Testament, students should read a considerable amount
of other Greek first. In the whole circle of Greek literature the
two authors most important for the student of the New Testament
are Homer and Plato. Herodotus informs us that Homer and
Hesiod were the chief sources of the Greek popular religion; and

xxiv
<pb/>HOMER AND THE STUDY OF GREEK

certainly one cannot obtain a clear grasp of the forces opposed to
Christianity without a good knowledge of Homer and of the hold
that Homer had upon the popular mind. If one is to read intelligently
the works of the early church fathers, he must be well
acquainted at first hand with Homer. It is Homer, Homer’s
religion, and Homer’s gods which recur constantly in their works
and which are attacked over and over again as being the bulwarks of
the heathen faith which they are striving to supplant. Homer and
the ideas he represents are infinitely more important for the student
of the New Testament and of the early church than is Xenophon;
and if one can study not more than a year or so of Greek before
taking up the New Testament, he should by all means have some
Homer followed by Plato. Experience has shown that after a
year of Homer, students can and do pass with little difficulty
into the New Testament. The passage from Homer to Attic, or
to Hellenistic, Greek is of course a great deal easier than vice versa,
and occupies very little time and effort.

Some have urged that since the bulk of the work in the ordinary
college course in Greek is in the Attic dialect, students who begin
with this would get a firmer grasp of it than if they began with
Homer. Some even feel that a student who did his beginning
work in Homeric forms would never be able to feel thoroughly at
home in Attic Greek. Yet few teachers would be rash enough to
suggest that because a student has had a thorough""training in
Attic Greek he is thereby disqualified from doing first-class work
in the language of the Hellenistic period, nor would many teachers
of New Testament Greek, e.g., object to a student who wished
to specialize in their subject, or even in Patristic Greek, if he came
to them with a good knowledge of Plato. Students who wish to
specialize in Pliny and Tacitus, or even in Mediaeval Latin, do
not find themselves handicapped because they did their earlier
work in such authors as Caesar, Cicero, Vergil, Horace, and
Catullus. Teachers of the Romance languages also universally
recognize that a thorough course in Latin is a prerequisite for the
highest type of scholarship in their field, and no student could
hope to do advanced linguistic work in any of these languages

xxv
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

without a thorough training in Latin. In the same way Homer
offers an unexcelled preparation not only for all later Greek literature
but for the later language as well; and instead of the present
system of confusion in the teaching of Greek grammar, particularly
with reference to the various dialects, some attempt should be
made to develop the subject in a more scientific fashion.

Some feel that Homer is too beautiful and too exquisite to be
used as a corpus vile for the teaching of Greek grammar. But
the very fact that he is so beautiful and so exquisite is the very
reason why he should be used at this early stage, that the students
may have an added incentive for learning their grammar, and may
not come to hate and despise the whole subject. Thus they may
see, even from the beginning, that Greek is something worth
working at, and they may have material interesting enough that
the necessary grammatical drill will not seem so much useless
drudgery.

A highly important consideration in placing Homer before Xenophon
in the curriculum is the fact that as matters now stand such a
large per cent of our students never reach Homer. The problem
before us with regard to these students is whether we are to give
them Xenophon or Homer. Since they represent a very large
element, not all of whom are loafers either, we owe it to ourselves
and to the cause of Greek, as well as to them, to give them that
which will be of most lasting value to them.

Furthermore, Homer is interesting not only to older students, but
is particularly adapted to the youngest who now take Greek, as
the earliest experiments, made with boys from nine to fourteen
years of age, have amply demonstrated. He serves the double
purpose of introducing them adequately to the language and of
furnishing them with reading material as interesting as can be
found in any literature, something too of permanent value; and
he should come by all means as early as possible in the course, that
he may serve as a suitable basis for the development of those
qualities of taste and appreciation, without which the study of
all art is in vain. And after we have begun with him, we find his
treasures inexhaustible. In Herbart’s expressive phrase, “Homer

xxvi
<pb/>HOMER AND THE STUDY OF GREEK

elevates the student without depressing the teacher.” To quote
further from his lectures on education, he says (VI, 283) : “ The
reasons for giving the preference to Homer’s Odyssey in early instruction
are well known. Any one who reads the Odyssey carefully,
with an eye to the various main classes of interest which are
to be aroused by education, can discover the reasons. The point,
however, to be gained here is not merely to produce a direct effect,
but beyond that to get points of connection for progressive instruction.
There can be no better preparation for ancient history
than gaining interest for ancient Greece by the Homeric stories.
The ground is prepared for both the cultivation of taste and the
study of languages at the same time.

“Philologists will be obliged sooner or later to listen to reasons
of this kind, which are actually derived from the chief aim of all
instruction, and are only opposed by tradition (the conventional
study of Latin). This they must do, unless they desire that now,
with the growth of history and science, and the pressure of material
interests, Greek should be restricted in schools as Hebrew is at
present.

“ The Odyssey, it is true, possesses no magic power to animate
those who are entirely unsuccessful in languages, or who do not
work at them seriously; nevertheless it surpasses in definite educative
influence, as is proved by the experience of many years,
every other work of classic times that could be choserfi”

In conclusion the writer would earnestly suggest that it is high
time that Xenophon be omitted completely from at least the first
three years of Greek study. The time and labor now devoted to
both Xenophon and Homer should be spent on Homer alone, and
for the three books of the Iliad and the four books of the Anabasis
usually read should be substituted a course in Homer which would
be extensive enough to give the students a real insight into his
poetry, that they may learn to wander for themselves in the realms
of gold, that they may be allowed to become so familiar with his language
and his style that reading from him will be a pleasure and
not a lot of hard work to be waded through, that they may become
so filled with his spirit that they may catch a glimpse of what it

xxvii
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

means to be Homeric, and in later years, if they have gone out
into other fields and would like to turn back to Greek literature,
it would be a comparatively simple matter for them to bring out
their old book and enter again with delight into his world of song.
In the secondary schools we should have a course in Homer comprehensive
enough to enable the students to obtain a firm grounding
in his language and ideas, instead of the present smattering
of both Xenophon and Homer, neither of which the average student
knows well enough for it to serve as a stable and satisfactory basis
for future work. It would be a real step forward on the part of
the colleges, and should largely increase the number of those now
offering Greek for admission, if the requirements in Greek should
be made a requirement in Homer only, due attention being paid to
composition and grammar, of course. Thus the secondary schools
could intensify their efforts on one dialect and on one homogeneous
mass of literature, which would materially simplify their problems,
and ought to produce a much higher grade of work than is possible
at present. If colleges would admit students on one, two, and three
years, respectively, of Homer, with due credit for each, and reserve
all work in the Attic dialect for the college course proper,
the secondary teachers would have their burdens greatly lightened,
with a corresponding increase in effectiveness. In no other language
do the secondary schools undertake to prepare a student
in two separate dialects. To do so in Greek is a pedagogical
blunder which should be perpetuated no longer.
<pb/>INTRODUCTION

I

The Iliad and the Odyssey, the two great Greek epics, and the
greatest of all epic poems, belong to the earliest Greek literature
that has been preserved.

Their action and stories are legendary and are grouped around
the incidents concerning the long siege of Troy by the Greeks, its
final capture and destruction, and the return of the Greeks home.
No attempt is made to give a systematic account of those events,
but certain leading features of the legends are developed.

The Iliad, has for its central theme and as the thread upon which
it strings its various events the Menis, the mad anger of Achilles,
and its dire consequences to the Greeks.

According to the story, Paris, son of King Priam of Troy (Ilios)
in Asia Minor, eloped with Helen, the most beautiful woman in the
world, wife of King Menelaus of Sparta, in southern Greece. The
Greeks united under the command of King Agamemnon of Mycenae,
brother of Menelaus, and the most powerful of the Greek chieftains,
to avenge this wrong, capture Troy, and bring back Helen.
After ten years of preparation they gathered their forces, sailed
across the Aegean to the shores of the Hellespont (Dardanelles),
landed, and drew up their ships, out of the water, in long lines on
the shore. For ten years the siege continued before the Greeks
were able to capture the city.

The Iliad opens, in the ninth year of the siege, with the deadly
quarrel of Agamemnon and Achilles. Before all the assembled
Greeks, Agamemnon disgraces and humiliates Achilles, and robs
him of his prize of honor which had been previously bestowed
upon him by the army. In rage and disgust, Achilles retires from

xxix
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

the conflict and sulks in his tent. As he had been their stoutest
warrior, his absence is keenly felt by the Greeks, who suffer many
defeats and heavy losses at the hands of the Trojans, now that
Achilles has withdrawn. It is only the death of his bosom friend,
Patroclus, in battle, which furnishes a motive sufficiently powerful
to induce him to take a further part in the war. To avenge his
death, Achilles enters the conflict once more, and lulls Hector,
who had slain Patroclus. Shortly thereafter he was himself killed
by an arrow shot by Paris with the help of Apollo. Finally, in the
tenth year of the siege, Troy was captured by the Greeks, by
means of the well-known stratagem of the Wooden Horse. The
city was plundered and burned; the men were killed and the women
taken as slaves. Helen was recovered ; and after many adventures
and losses by shipwreck and other misfortunes the Greeks returned
home.

The traditional date of the fall of Troy was 1184 b.c. The date
of the Homeric poems is not at all certain. Some think they are
as early as 850 b.c., while others would date them as late as the
latter part of the seventh century B.C. Many scholars have
thought that the poems represent a gradual growth of a long period
of time, that they were composed by a number of different bards,
and'have been worked over, edited and re-edited, till they gradually
acquired their present form. Many of these scholars would deny
that any one by the name of Homer ever lived. Others think that
Homer was one of the editors, perhaps the most important of the
editors, of the poems, that he may have composed a considerable
amount of material in them, but that his chief function consisted
in combining and working over the various lays handed down by
his predecessors. Still others are of the opinion that the whole
of the poems, or practically all of them, as we have them, were
composed outright by a single poet, who was a real historical
character, and whose name was Homer. Most are agreed that
there must have been some great, master mind, whose influence is
felt throughout the poems, but who made free use of the work
of other poets who had preceded him and who had sung of various
events connected with the same theme. As Kipling would say:

XXX
<pb/>INTRODUCTION

W’en Omer smote ’is bloomin’ lyre,
’E’d ’eard men sing by land and sea,
And wot ’e thought ’e might require,
Έ went and took, the same as me.



The old Greeks were practically unanimous in believing that
the poems were composed by a bard, named Homer, and
that he traveled about, in various parts of Greece, a poor,
old, blind beggar, eking out an existence by singing his poems.
After his death, we are told that:	“	Seven	cities claimed the

Homer dead, through which
the living Homer begged his
bread.” The chief contestants
for the honor of his birthplace
were Smyrna and Chios,
and the evidence of the poems
would seem to point to that
region.

The poems represent a very
unsettled condition of society in
the Greek world, corresponding
in many ways to the Middle
Ages in Europe. Preceding this
period, there had been a brilliant
civilization in the Greek world
in the Aegean basin. This civilization
is generally called the

Tt,r ·	4	··!·.·	A	large	tablet	with	linear script found in the

Mmoan or Aegean civilization. palacc at Gd06SUS, Crete. Tw are eight lines

Its flourishing period extended Of writing· with a total of about twenty words.

from about 2500 B.C. to about Notice the upright Itaes .hick appear to mark
»	the	termination	of	each	group of signs.

1500 b.c„ but it was not completely
overthrown till about 1000 b.c. Its chief center in
early times was Crete, where recent excavations have revealed
the existence of the seat of a great island empire. Its commerce
and its influence touched all the shores of the Mediterranean,
and it seems to have been in vital touch with the early Babylonian
and Egyptian cultures. Other centers were Mycenae,

xxxi

WIT	
	?%m1
mi	fails
mmmsf  tv·· · /.’V ·■:■;·:··vv-yyslar	
y;·	

Cretan Writing
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

Argos, Athens, Pylus, and Sparta, in Europe, and Troy in Asia
Minor.

It was finally destroyed by invasions of barbarians from the
North, much as the Roman Empire finally succumbed to the
Germanic invasions. These invaders were the early Greeks, and
this period is usually called the Homeric Age, because so many of
its features are reflected in the Homeric poems, the Iliad and the
Odyssey.

The times were rude, and social life was primitive. War and
piracy were ordinary pursuits. The people grouped themselves
around powerful chieftains for protection, but marauding bands
were common, which killed, burned, and plundered. Personal
valor and prowess in battle were of supreme importance, not only
for one’s own safety, but for the safety and freedom of his friends
and family as well. Accordingly, the greatest virtue, and the
one held in highest esteem, was bravery in war.

For our picture of the culture of this period we are dependent
upon the Homeric poems. In them we see how expeditions were
made by the Greeks against their enemies, whom they considered
at all times as legitimate objects of plunder. Usually such expeditions
were under one of the many petty Homeric “kings.” Of
these there were a great number; and there was no unity and no
central authority in Homeric Greece any more than there were
in the later historical period.

According to the tradition, the expedition against Troy was
undertaken by the whole of Greece, united under the leadership
of Agamemnon. Some think that this tradition rests upon an
ultimate basis of fact; but this may be merely an idealistic touch,
expressing an earnest hope of the poet, that the various Greek
tribes may reconcile their differences and stop warring on each
other long enough to make war upon the common foe, the barbarians,
as represented by the non-Greek inhabitants of Asia
Minor. In the Homeric poems we find that although Agamemnon
was commander in chief of the allied Greek military expedition,
the various contingents were led by their own commanders, most
of whom were their kings, apparently quite independent of Aga-

xxxii
<pb/>INTRODUCTION

memnon when at home, and semi-independent of him during the
jxpedition. The most important of these secondary leaders were :
[Nestor of Pylus, the oldest man in the world; Agamemnon’s
brother, Menelaus, the wronged husband of Helen; the young,
daring, generous, and impetuous Achilles of Phthia; the mighty
Diomedes of Argos, who fought with the very gods themselves;
the wily Odysseus (Ulysses) of Ithaca, who wandered for ten years
after the fall of Troy before he arrived safe at home and saw once
more his wife, the faithful Penelope; the huge and brutal Telamonian
Ajax of Salamis; the lesser Ajax, son of Oileus of Locris;

Tiie galleiy roof is formed by pushing the successive courses of stone farther and farther in-
■ward from both sides until they meet. The result is, in form, a vault, but the principle of the
keystone arch is not employed.

/

Teucer, the Archer, brother of Telamonian Ajax; and Idomeneus
of Crete, the far-famed isle of a hundred cities.

On the Trojan side the most important characters are: Hector,
eldest son of Priam and commander-in-chief of the Trojan forces;
the aged Priam, King of Troy; Hecuba, his wife; Andromache,
wife of Hector; Paris, brother of Hector and the one who had
brought on the war by stealing Helen; Glaucus and Sarpedon,
princes of Lycia, whose beautiful and unselfish friendship is only
matched by that of Achilles and Patroclus on the Greek side.

The divinities take an active part in the conflict, some siding
with the Greeks, the others with the Trojans. Zeus, who stands

xxxiii
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

at the head of the gods, as father and king of gods and men, seems
inclined to be neutral. Hera his wife, queen of the gods, cherishes
an implacable hatred against the Trojans, as does Athena, his
daughter, goddess of war, wisdom, and the arts. Poseidon, brother
of Zeus, the mighty god of the sea, is also on the side of the Greeks,
and loses no opportunity to help them. On the Trojan side were
Apollo, god of light, who wards off darkness and evil, patron of
music, poetry and healing; Artemis, his sister, a divinity of the
moonlight, goddess of the woods and wild animals, and patroness
of the chase; Leto, their mother; Aphrodite, born of the white
sea-foam, goddess of love and beauty, who had assisted Paris in
obtaining Helen; Hephaestus, the lame god of fire, patron of all
useful mechanical arts and the working of metals; and the rivergod
Scamander, a stream near Troy.

The gods are distinctly human in their characteristics and
attributes, with human appetites and passions. They differ from
men primarily in being more powerful and in being immortal.
They enjoy a good dinner, where they feast on nectar and ambrosia;
they love and hate, are envious and jealous, but on the whole live
a .happier and serener life than mortals.

In translating Homer, it would be well to hold in mind the four
essential characteristics of his poetry as enumerated by Matthew
Arnold: “ Homer is rapid in his movement, Homer is plain in his
words and style, Homer is simple in his ideas, Homer is noble
in his manner.”

For a good characterization of the Homeric poems, from the
point of view of literary art, one should by all means read Andrew
Lang’s Essay, “ Homer and the Study of Greek,” from which the
following is taken. “Homer is a poet for all ages, all races, and
all moods. To the Greeks the epics were not only the best of
romances, the richest of poetry; not only their oldest documents
about their own history — they were also their Bible, their treasury
of religious traditions and moral teaching. With the Bible and
Shakespeare, the Homeric poems are the best training for life.
There is no good quality that they lack : manliness, courage, reverence
for old age and the hospitable hearth; justice, piety, pity, a

xxxiv
<pb/>INTRODUCTION

brave attitude toward life and death, are all conspicuous in Homer.
He has to write of battles; and he delights in the joy of battle,
and in all the movements of war. Yet he delights not less, but
more, in peace: in prosperous cities, hearths secure, in the tender
beauty of children, in the love of wedded wives, in the frank nobility
of maidens, in the beauty of earth and sky and sea and seaward
murmuring river, in sun and snow, frost and mist and rain, in the
whispered talk of boy and girl beneath oak and pine tree.

“ living in an age when every man was a warrior, where every
city might know the worst of sack and fire, where the noblest ladies

Storeroom in the Palace at Gnossls

might be led away for slaves, to light the fire and make the bed of
a foreign master, Homer inevitably regards life as a battle. To
each man on earth comes ‘ the wicked day of destiny,’ as Malory
unconsciously translates it, and each man must face it hardily as
he may.

“ Homer encourages them by all the maxims of chivalry and honor.
His heart is with the brave of either side — with Glaucus and Sarpedon
of Lycia no less than with Achilles and Patroclus. ‘Ah
friend,’ cries Sarpedon, ‘if once escaped from this battle we were
for ever to be ageless and immortal, neither would I myself fight

xxxv
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

now in the foremost ranks, nor would I urge thee into the wars that
give renown; but now — for assuredly ten thousand fates of
death on every side beset us, and these may no man shun, nor avoid
— forward let us go, whether we are to give glory or to win it.’
And forth they go, to give and take renown and death, all the
shields and helmets of Lyeia shining behind them, through the
dust of battle, the singing of arrows, the hurtling of spears, the
rain of stones from the Locrian slings. And shields are smitten,
and chariot-horses run wild, with no man to drive them, and Sarpedon
drags down a portion of the Achaean battlement, and Aias
leaps into the trench with his deadly spear, and the whole battle
shifts and shines beneath the sun. Yet he who sings of the war,
and sees it with his sightless eyes, sees also the Trojan women
working at the loom, cheating their anxious hearts with broidery
work of gold and scarlet, or raising the song to Athena, or heating
the bath for Hector, who never again may pass within the gates of
Troy. He sees the poor weaving woman, weighing the wool, that
she may not cheat her employers, and yet may win bread for her
children. He sees the children, the golden head of Astyanax, his
shrinking from the splendor of the hero’s helm. He sees the child
Odysseus, going with his father through the orchard, and choosing
out some apple trees*‘for his very own.’ It is in the mouth of the
ruthless Achilles, the fatal, the fated, the swift-footed hero of
the hands of death, that Homer places the tenderest of his similes.
‘Wherefore weepest thou, Patroclus, like a fond little maid that
runs by her mother’s side, praying her mother to take her up,
snatching at her gown, and hindering her as she walks, and tearfully
looking at her till her mother takes her up ? — Like her,
Patroclus, dost thou fondly weep.’ . . . Such are the moods of
Homer, so full of love of life and all things living, so rich in all
human sympathies, so readily moved when the great hound Argus
welcomes his master, whom none knew after twenty years, but the
hound knew him, and died in that welcome. With all this love
of the real, which makes him dwell so fondly on every detail of
armor, of implement of art; on the divers-colored gold work of the
shield, on the making of tires for chariot-wheels, on the forging of

xxxvi
<pb/>INTRODUCTION

iron, on the rose-tinted ivory of the Sidonians, on cooking and
eating and sacrificing, on pet dogs, on wasps and their ways, on
fishing, on the boar hunt, on scenes in baths where fair maidens
lave water over the heroes, on undiscovered isles with good harbors
and rich land, on plowing, mowing, and sowing, on the furniture of
houses, on the golden vases wherein the white dust of the dead is
laid, — with all this delight in the real, Homer is the most romantic
of poets. He walks with the surest foot in the
darkling realm of dread Persephone, beneath
the poplars of the last beach of Ocean. He has
heard the siren’s music, and the song of Circe,
chanting as she walks to and fro, casting the
golden shuttle through the loom of gold. He
enters the cave of the man-eater; he knows
the unsunned land of the Cimmerians; in the
summer of the North he has looked, from the
fiord of the Laestrygons, on the midnight sun.

He has dwelt on the floating isle of Aeolus,
with its wall of bronze unbroken, and has sailed
on those Phaeacian barks that need no help
of helm or oar, that fear no stress either of
wind or tide, that come and go and return,
obedient to a thought and silent as a dream.

He has seen the four maidens of Circe, daughters
of wells and woods, and of sacred streams. He
is the second-sighted man, and beholds the
shroud that wraps the living who are doomed, and the mystic
dripping from the walls of blood yet unshed. He has walked in
the garden closes of Phaeacia and looked on the face of gods who
fare thither and watch the weaving of the dance. He has eaten
the honey-sweet fruit of the Lotus, and from the hand of Helen
he brings us that Egyptian Nepenthe which puts all sorrow out of
the mind. His real world is as real as that of Eenry V., his enchanted
isles are charmed with the magic of the Tempest. His
young wooers are as insolent as Claudio, as flushed with youth;
his beggar-men are brethren of Edie Ochiltree; his Nausicaa is

xxxvii
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

sister to Rosalind, with a different charm of stately purity in love.
His enchantresses hold us yet with their sorceries; his Helen is
very beauty; she has all the sweetness of ideal womanhood, and
her repentance is without remorse. His Achilles is youth itself,
glorious, cruel, pitiful, splendid, and sad, ardent and loving, and
conscious of its doom. Homer, in truth, is to be matched only
by Shakespeare, and of Shakespeare he has not the occasional
willfulness, freakishness, and modish obscurity. He is a poet
all of gold, universal as humanity, simple as childhood, musical
now as the flow of his own rivers, now as the heavy plunging wave
of his own ocean. . . .

“Such then, as far as weak words can speak of him, is the first
and greatest of poets.”

II

Vocabulary. — One of the things most important in learning any
language so as to be able to read it with profit and pleasure is to
acquire a fair-sized vocabulary. In doing this, one should learn
thoroughly the words that are used most. For this purpose there
is a highly practical little book, Homeric Vocabularies, Owen
and Goodspeed, published by the University of Chicago Press.
The most common Homeric words are arranged in it in groups,
according to frequency of occurrence. A copy of this book should
be in the hands of every student who wishes to lighten his work in
learning to read and enjoy Homer.

Forms of the Greek Verb. — In learning the Greek verb, the most
difficult part of Greek grammar, it is highly important to know
which forms are most essential. The following material, with the
two tables, compiled by Professor Robbins, will indicate where the
stress of work should come. These tables will be found valuable,
not only for Homeric Greek, but for other Greek as well. By
emphasizing strongly the forms which are most common, it will
be found that the work will be materially lightened, and the
Greek verb will not be found at all formidable.

“ Table I tabulates the result of counting the verb forms found
on ten pages each of Homer, Euripides, Herodotus, Demosthenes,

xxxviii
<pb/>INTRODUCTION

and Plato, and on twenty of Xenophon (ten each from the Anabasis
and the Memorabilia). In most cases the pages of the Oxford
Classical Texts or the Bibliotheca Teubneriana have been made
the unit, and for the present purpose the variation in the amount of
Greek on the page need cause no concern. It may be remarked,
also, that first and second perfects have been counted together
because they are best taught together, and that the present
participle of dpi has been included among the thematic present
participles.1

“The revelations of Table I make clear a few points that have a
definite bearing on the teaching of Greek. In the first place, it
shows that a large majority of the verbs one meets in reading
Greek are confined to a small group of forms. Table II will make
this clearer; it will then appear that nine or ten forms make up
over a half, and twenty-four forms three-quarters, of the verbs
in average Greek. Is it not right that we should first concern
ourselves with teaching these forms ? Of course, one must not
guide himself entirely by these, or any similar, statistics; often it
is advantageous to teach a whole group together, even though this
involves the introduction of certain rather rare forms together with
others that are commoner. On the other hand, here we have a
definite, practical ground for demanding that certain forms be
introduced very early.

“ Among these the present active participle deserves special^
mention. The statistics show the high frequency of its occurrence,
and indeed few sentences, save the most elementary, can be mastered
without a knowledge of it. Furthermore, its inflection can
easily be made an introduction to both the first and third declensions,
and one should not readily pass by an opportunity to kill
three birds with one stone.

“ The apparently high frequency of the present and imperfect
indicative and the present infinitive of -μι verbs is due not so
much to ΐστημι, τίθημι, δίδώμι, and SeiKvupt as to the constant 1

1	“ Another liberty which I have taken is to disregard perfects of the
-μι form, reckoning all perfects together. Aorists like ϊβην are counted as
-μι forms.”

xxxix
<pb/>■ TABLE I

The Greek Verb Forms, with the Number of Occurrences and Percentage, of Occurrence of Each

Number of Occurrences 1

	ω-verb Forms			
	Active	Mid-  dle  Pas-  sive	Pas-  sive	Total  ω-verb  Forms
Indicative:				
Present . . .	282	136		418
Imperfect . .	150	91		241
Future . . .	58	49	3	110
First aorist . .	139	29	37	205
Second aorist .	S7	33	6	126
Perfect . . .	67	24		91
Pluperfect . .	12	7	ll	20
Totals . . .	795	369	47	1211
Subjunctive:				57
Present . .	38	19		
First aorist . .	20	5	4	29
Second aorist .	21	15	0	36
Perfect . . .	1	1		2
Totals . . .	80	40	4	124
Optative:				57
Present . .	43	14		
Future . , .	1	0	0	1
First aorist , .	13	4	4	21
Second aorist .	16	11	1	28
Perfect . . .	0	0		0
Totals.	73	29	5	107
Imperative:				
Present . . .	39	12		51
First aorist .	13	10	0	23
Second aorist .	7	3	0	10
Perfect . . .	2	0		2
Totals . . .	01	25	0	86

Percentages of Occurrence

μι-verb Forms		Total  verb  Forms	Total  All  Forms	ω-verb Forms			Total  ω-verb  Forms	μι-verb Forms		Total  μι-  verb  Forms	Total  All  Forms
Active	Mid-  dle  Pas-  sive			Active	Mid-  dle  Pas-  sive	Pas-  sive		Active	Mid-  dle  Pas-  sive		
122	18	140	558	8.18	3.94		12.1	3.54	.52	4.07	16.2
146	22	168	409	4.35	2.G4		7.00	4.23	.63	4.8	11.8
			110	1.68	1.42	.086	3.2				3.2
			205	4.03	.84	1.07	5.9				5.9
23	4	27	153	2.55	.957	.17	3.6	.66	.12	.78	4.4
			91	1.94	.69		2.6			2.6	2.6
			20	.35	.20	.03	.5				.5
291	44	335	1546	23.1	Ϊ0.7	1.3	35.2	8.4	1.2	9.7	44.9
13	4	17	74	1.1	.55		1.68	.38	.12	.49	2.1
			29	.58	.14	.12	.8				.8
8	0	8	44	.61	.43	0	1.00	.23	6	.23	1.23
			2	.03	.03		.06				.06
21	4	25	149	2.3	1.1	.1	3.6	.6	.1	.7	4.3
27	7	34	91	1.24	.41		1.68	.7S	.20	.96	2.64
			1	.03	0	0	0.3			.03	.03
			21	.38	.12	.12	.61				.61
4	1	5	33	.46	.32	.03	.8	.12	.03	.15	.9
			0	0	0		0				0
31	8	39	146	2.1	.8	.1	3.1	.9	.2	1.1	4.2
3	1	4	55	1.13	.35		1.5	.09	.03	.12	1.6
			23	.38	.29	ό	.66				.66
6	0	6	16	.28	.09	0	.29	.17	0	.17	.46
			2	.06	0		.06				.06
9	1	10	96	1.7	.7	0	2.5	.2	.02	.2	2.7

1 Future perfect, placed here for convenience.
<pb/>Infinitive:																
	216	70		286	69	12	81	367	6.26	2.03		8.3	2.00	.35	2.2	10.6
	16	13	2	31				31	.46	.38	.06	.9				.9
	69	20	7	96				96	2.00	.58	.20	2.8				2.8
Second aorist .	52	26	5	83	16	i	17	100	1/51	.75	.14	2.4	.46	.03	.49	2.9
Perfect . . .	17	7		24				24	.49	.20		.69				.69
Totals . . .	370	136	14	520	85	13	98	618	10.7	3.9	.4	15.4	2.5	.3	2.8	17.9
Participles:																
	357	133		490	8	22	30	520	10.35	3.86		14.2	.23	.64	.8	15.1
	9	3	0	12				12	.26	.09	0	.35				.35
	84	32	29					145	2.43	.92	.84	4.2				4.2
Second aorist .	61	22	7	90	27	4	31	121	1.77	.64	.20	2.6	.78	.12	.9	3.5
Perfect . . .	- 32	53		85				85	.92	1.53		2.5				2.5
Totals .	543	243	36	822	35	26	61	883	15.7	7.00	1.00	23.9	1.00	.7	1.7	25.6
Totals of all																
moods .	1922	842	106	2870	472	96	568	3438	55.9	24.4	3.00	83.4	13.7	2.8	16.5	100
Summary by																
tenses:																
	975	384		1359	242	64	306	1665	28.3	11.1		39.5	7.00	1.8	8.8	48.4
	150	91		241	146	22	168	409	4.3	2.6		7.00	4.2	.6	4.8	11.8
	84	65	5	154				154	2.5	1.8	1	4.4				4.4
	338	100	81	519				519	9.8	2.9	2.3	15.00				15.00
Second aorist .	244	110	19	373	84	10	94	467	7.00	3.2	.5	10.8	2.5	.2	2.7	13.5
Perfect	119	85		204				204	3.4	2.5		5.9				5.9
Pluperfect . .	12	7	1	20				20	.3	.2	.02	. 5				.5
Totals .	1922	842	106	2870	472	96	568	3438	55.9	24.4	3.00	83.4	13.7	2.8	16.5	100

INTRODUCTION-
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

occurrence of forms of άμί and φημ-ί {ίστί, άσί, ην, ησαν, ctrat,
ίφη). These particular forms are entitled to an early hearing in
the classroom and are probably best taught separately, as indeed
they usually are, the other athematic verbs being postponed.

“ In Table II there have been set down the twenty-four forms
which occur most frequently, with the percentage of their occurrence
in ordinary Greek.

“ From Table II, which is based upon Table I and is really a
summary of the most important facts to be gleaned from Table I,
one might conclude that the student should as soon as possible be
put in command of the present, imperfect, first and second aorist,
perfect, and future indicative, the present and first and second aorist,
infinitive and participle, at least the active present optative, subjunctive,
and imperative, άμί in full, and some forms of Φημί;
with these mastered, he will have to depend on the teacher or notes
in the textbook for only a quarter of the verb forms he sees, and
of course this proportion will be cut down as he progresses.”

TABLE II

The Twenty-four Commonest Verb Forms

Rank and Form ·	Percentage  0f  Occurrence	Rank and Form	Percentage  of  Occurrence
1. Them. pres. ppl. act. . .	10.35	13. Them. pres. inf. mid. . .	2.03
2. Them. pres. ind. act. .	8.18	14. Athem. pres. inf. act. .	2.00
3. Them. pres. inf. act. .	6.26	15. Perf. ind. act		1.94
4. Them. impf. ind. act. .	4.35	16. Them. 2d aor. ppl. act.	1.77
5. Athem. impf. ind. aet. . .	4.23	17, Fut. ind. act		1.68
6. 1st aor. ind. act.	4.03	18. Perf. ppl. mid		1.53
7. Them. pres. ind. mid. . .	3.94	19. Them. 2d aor. inf. act. .	1.51
8. Them. pres. ppl. mid. . .	3.86	20. Fut. ind. mid		1.42
9. Athem. pres. ind. act. .	3.54	21. Them. pres. opt. act. . .	1.24
10. Them. impf. ind. mid. .	2.64	22. Them. pres, imper. act. .	1.13
11. Them. 2d aor. ind. mid.	2.55	23. Them. pres. sub. act. .	1.10
12. 1st aor. ppl. act. .	2.43	24. 1st aor. ind. pass. .	1.07
		Total		76.78

xlii
<pb/>
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

LESSON I

INTRODUCTORY

1.	Learn the alphabet and sounds of the letters, breathings, and quantity, 501-508, 519-520, 521-533.<note>The figures refer to sections of the book.</note>

2.	Optional:<note>Sections to be assigned at the discretion of the instructor.</note>

3.	The easiest and simplest way to learn the sounds of
the letters is to use the two right-hand columns of 501 for
practice,3 covering with a card the English transliteration
(the column to the extreme right).

4. WORD LIST FOR PRACTICE IN PRONUNCIATION

Spell and pronounce: <note>In spelling these words it is not necessary to have memorized the namesof the Greek letters, but the sounds should be familiar. Thus, for the present, α may be called a, β may be called 6, γ may be called g, etc.</note>

<item n="menis-cunliffe-lex">μῆνις wrath, fury, madness, rage,</item>
<item n="aeido-cunliffe-lex">ἀείδω 	     sing (of), hymn.</item>

<item n="thea-cunliffe-lex">θεά goddess.</item>

<item n="peleides-cunliffe-name">Πηληιάδης son of Peleus, Achilles.</item>
<item n="achilleus-cunliffe-name">Ἀχιλλεύς Achilles.</Item>
<item n="apollymi-cunliffe-lex ollymi-cunliffe-lex KEYS FOR PART">οὐλόμενος accursed, destructive,</item>
<item n="hos-cunliffe-lex:II">ὅς who, which, what,</item>
<item n="myrios-cunliffe-lex">μυρίοι countless, innumerable.</item>
<item n="achaius-cunliffe-name">Ἀχαιός Achaean, Greek.</item>
 <item n="algos-cunliffe-lex">ἄλγος grief, pain, woe, trouble,</item>
<item n="tithemi-cunliffe-lex">τίθημι put, place, cause.</item>

<item n="pollos-cunliffe-lex">πολλός much, many, numerous.</item>

<item n="de-cunliffe-lex">δέ but, and, for, so.</item>

<item n="iphthimos-cunliffe-lex">ἴφθιμος valiant, mighty,</item>
<item n="psyche-cunliffe-lex">ψυχή soul, spirit, breath, life.</item>

<item n="aides-cunliffe-name">Ἄις (nominative not used), Hades, god of the lower world.</item>
<item n="proiapto-cunliffe-lex">προϊάπτω hurl forward, send forth,</item>
<item n="heros-cunliffe-lex">ἥρως hero, mighty warrior, protector, savior,</item>
<item n="autos-cunliffe-lex">αὐτός self, same.</item>
<item n="heloria-cunliffe-lex">ἑλώριov booty, prey, spoils,</item>
<item n="teuxo-cunliffe-lex">τεύχω make, fashion, cause,</item>
<item n="cyon-cunliffe-lex">κύων dog.</item>

1	The figures refer to sections in this book.

2	

3	

<pb n="1"/>4]	HOMERIC	GREEK

<item n="">οἰωνός bird (of prey), vulture, omen.</item>
<item n="">τέ and, also.</item>

<item n="">δαίς portion, feast, banquet.</item>

<item n="">Ζεύς Zeus, father and king of gods and men.</item>
<item n="">τελείω accomplish, fulfill,</item>
<item n="">βουλή will, wish, plan, purpose, counsel, council.</item>


Derivatives: <note><Derivatives are to be connected with the Greek words by the students. When in doubt consult a good English dictionary,/note> mania(c-al) 621; ode(um), melody,
palinode; myriad; neur-algia, nost-algia; psychology.; hero(ic)
automaton, autocracy; cynic (al) ; teleology.

As Athenian School
Royal Museum, Berlin

A painting by Duris on a drinking-cup, or cylix. The picture is divided by the two handles.
In the upper half, beginning at the left: a youth playing the double flute as a lesson to the boy
before him; a teacher holding a tablet and stylus and correcting a composition ; a slave (paedagogus),
who accompanied the children to and from school. In the lower half: a master teaching
his pupil to play the tyre; a teacher holding a half-opened roll, listening to a recitation by
the student before him; a bearded paedagogus. The inner picture, badly damaged, represents
a youth in a bath.

	
<pb/>


LESSON II: SYLLABLES, ACCENTS, ELISION, PUNCTUATION, AND TRANSLITERATION

5.	Learn the principles of accentuation, the formation of syllables, elision, punctuation, etc.: 534-551, 553, 560, 575,
622-625.

6.	Review the previous lesson.

7.	Optional:

LESSON III: NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION

8.	Learn : 

1) the principles of the formation of nouns of the first declension: 626-658.

2)	the declension of βουλή, καλὴ βουλή (659-662), and write out the declension of κλαγγή and Χρυσή.

3)	the rules of syntax: 970, 1011, 1025.

9.	Optional:

10.	VOCABULARY

<item xml:id="boule-cunliffe-lex">βουλή, βουλῆs, ἡ <note>The form of the noun found in the Vocabulary is regularly the nominative singular, followed by the ending of the genitive singular, to indicate the declension, and by the pronoun, ὁ, ἡ, τό, to indicate the gender, 637-638.</note> plan, will, wish, purpose, counsel, council,</item>
<item xml:id="deinos-cunliffe-lex">δεινή fearful, terrible, awful, dread(ful).</item>

<item xml:id="en-cunliffe-lex">ἐν, ἐνί, εἰν, adv., and prep, with dat., in, among, there (in, -on),</item>
<item xml:id="exo-cunliffe-lex">ἔχει (he, she, it) has, holds.</item>
<item xml:id="exo-cunliffe-lex">ἔχουσι, ἔχουσιν<note>nu-movable, 661.</note> (they) have, hold,</item>
<item xml:id="eimi-cunliffe">ἦν (he, she, it) was, there was.</item>
<item xml:id="eimi-cunliffe-lex">ἦσαν (they) were, there were.</item>
<item xml:id="cai-cunliffe-lex">καί and, also, even.</item>

<item xml:id="cacos-cunliffe-lex">κακή bad, poor, ugly, mean, cowardly, evil, wicked,</item>
<item xml:id="calos-cunliffe-lex">κᾱλή good(ly), noble, handsome, brave, fair, beautiful,</item>
<item xml:id="clagge-cunliffe-lex">κλαγγή, κλαγγῆς, ἡ CLANG, (up)roar, roar, noise,</item>
<item xml:id="tis-cunliffe-lex">τίς (m., f.), who? which? what?</item>
<item xml:id="tis-cunliffe-lex">τί (neut.), which? what? why?</item>
<item xml:id="philos-cunliffe-lex">Χρύση, Χρύσης, ἡ Chrysa, a town in the Troad.</item>

<item xml:id="philos-cunliffe-lex fem">φίλη dear, darling, lovely, beloved.</item>



<pb n="3"/>

Derivatives : dino-saur, din-ichthys, din-ornis; caco-graphy,
cac-phony; calli-graphy, calli-ope; clang; Phil-adelphia, phil-anthropy.

Gravestone of Aristion

National Museum,
Athens
Found near Marathon in 1838. Belongs to the late sixth century B.C. Incorrectiy called the “ Warrior of Marathon.”	 

Translate:

11.	
1. βουλαὶ καλαὶ καὶ κακαί.
noble and bad plans (nominative)
2. τίς ἔχει βουλὴν<note>660.</note> καλήν ;
Who has a good plan?	
3.	τί ἔχουσιν;<note>nu-movable,	561.</note>
What do they have?
4.	καλαὶ βουλαἰ<note>660.</note> ἦσαν φίλαι. 
Noble plans were appealing.
5. τίς ἦν καλή ;	
Who was noble?
6.	δεινὴ	κλαγγὴ	<note>660.</note> ἦν ἐv Χρύσῃ καλᾐ.
There was a terrible lound noise in beautiful Chryse.
7.	ἔχουσι βουλὰς καλὰς καὶ φίλας. 
They have noble and dear plans.
8. τί ἦν κλαγγὴ δεινὴ ἐv Χρύσῃ καλῇ ;	
What was [the] terrible loud noise in beautiful Chrsye?
9. καλῆς βουλῆς.
Of a fair plan.
10.  κακῇς βουλῇς. 
For fair plans.
11. κακάων βουλάων. 
Of fair plans
12. κακὴ βουλή, κακῇ βουλῇ, κακὴν βουλήν, κακὰς βουλάς.
a bad plan (nom.), for a bad plan, a bad plan (acc. sg.), bad plans (acc. pl.)


12.	

1. Of good and bad plans. 

2. For the <note>660.</note> noble plan. 
βουλῇ καλῇ
3. Who has the<note>660.</note> evil plan? 
τίς ἔχει βουλὴν κακήν;
4. There was a<note>660.</note> terrible uproar in beautiful Chrysa. 
ἦν κλαγγὴ δεινὴ ἐν Χρύσῃ καλῇ.
5. Was the<note>660.</note> plan good ?	
ἦν βουλὴ καλή;
6.	The<note>660.</note> plans were cowardly.
ἦσαν βουλαὶ κακαί.

LESSON IV: NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION (Continued)


13. Learn the declension of θεά [θεᾱ], <gloss>goddess</gloss>,



and θάλασσα, <gloss>sea</gloss> (663), and review the paradigms of βουλή and καλή βουλή, 659—662.



14. Optional:

15.	VOCABULARY

<item n="γάρ">γάρ post.<note>A postpositive word never comes first in its sentence, but usually second.</note> conj., for, in fact.	</item>

<item n="">εἰσί/εἰσίν <note>These words are enclitics, 553-554.</note> (they) are, there are.</item>

<item n="γάρ">δέ, post.<note>A postpositive word never comes first in its sentence, but usually second.</note> conj. but, and, so, for.	</item>
<item n="">ἐστί/ἐστίν <note>These words are enclitics, 553-554.</note> (he, she, it) is, there is.</item>


<pb n="4"/>

<item n="ἐκ">ἐκ before consonants, ἐξ before vowels: adv., and prep, with gen. from, out of.</item>

<item n="ἐπί">ἐπί adv., and prep, with gen., dat., and acc. to, at, (up)on, against, over, for; adv., (up)on, thereon; with gen., (up)on, over, during; with dat., (up)on, in, for, about, against, at, beside, by; with acc., to, up to, over, (up) on.</item>

<item n="θάλασσα">θάλασσα, θαλάσσης, ἡ sea.</item>

<item n="θεά">θεά, θεᾶς, ὴ goddess.</item>

<item n="Κίλλα">Κίλλα, Κίλλης, ἡ Cilla, a town in the Troad.</item>
<item n="οὐ">οὐ, οὐκ, οὐχ not, no: 	οὐ before consonants, οὐκ before the smooth breathing, οὐχ before the rough breathing, 527-53</item>
<item n="πάτρη">πάτρη, πάτρης, ἡ fatherland, native land,</item>
<item n="">πολλή much, many, numerous,</item>
<item n="πυρή">πυρή, πυρῆς, ἡ (funeral) pyre.</item>
<item n="ψυχή">ψῡχή, ψῡχῆς, ἡ soul, breath, life, spirit.</item>

Derivatives: thalasso-cracy; patriotic; pyro-latry, pyro-technical),
pyro-graphy; psycho-logy, psycho-therapy, psychic(al).

Translate:

16.	



1. καλὴ θεὰ ἔχει βουλὴν καλήν.

A noble goddess has a good plan.

2. καλαὶ θεαί εἰσι φίλαι ψύχῃ θεᾶς θαλάσσης δεινῆς.

Noble goddesses are dear to the soul of the goddess of the fearful sea.

or (less likely?) 

Noble goddesses are dear to the soul of the fearful goddess of the sea.

2. Κίλλα καὶ Χρύση  εἰσι καλαὶ καὶ φίλαι θεῇσι θαλασσάων.

Killa and Chryse are beautiful and dear to the goddesses of the seas.

4. καλὴ θεὰ οὐκ ἔχει ψυχὴν καλήν.  

The beautiful goddess does not have a beautiful heart.

5. καλή 3 ἐστι 3 θεά, ἔχει δὲ ψυχὴν κακήν.

The goddess is beautiful but she has a bad heart.

6. δεινὴ κλαγγή 3 ἐστιν3 ἐκ Θαλάσσης. 

The fearful sound is from the sea.

7. Κίλλα και Χρύση ἤσαν ἐπὶ θαλάσσῃ. 

Killa and Chryse are next to the sea.

8. θεαὶ Θαλάσσης εἰσὶ4 φίλαι ψυχῇς πολλῇς, φίλαι γάρ3 εἰσιν.3 

The goddesses of the sea are dear to many souls, for they are dear.

9. πάτρη καλή3 ἐστι3 φίλη πολλῇς ψυχῇς καλῇς. 

The fair fatherlan is dear to many noble hearts.

10. ἐκ πάτρης κακῆς ἦν. 

S/he was from a bad fatherland.

11. ἦσαν πυραὶ πολλαὶ ἐν φίλῃ πάτρῃ ἐπὶ δεινῇ θαλάσσῃ. 

There were many pyres in the dear fatherland next to the fearful sea.

12. τίς ούκ ἔχει καλὴν ψυχήν;

Who does not have a noble soul?

17.	

1. Are the good plans dear to the souls of the goddesses?

εἰσι βουλαὶ καλαὶ φίλαι ψῡχῃς θεάων;
	
2. They	have many plans, but (they are) cowardly (ones). 

ἔχουσι πολλὰς βούλας, εἰσι δὲ κακαί.

3. The plans are dear to the soul of the beautiful goddess, for they are noble.

βουλαί εὶσι φίλαι ψῡχῇ θεᾶς καλῆς, καλαὶ γάρ εἰσι.
 
4. The lovely goddess of the sea was not in Cilla.

καλὴ θεἀ θαλάσσης οὐκ ἦν ἐν Κίλλῃ.
 
5. There are many funeral pyres by the sea in (our) beloved fatherland.

ἦσαν πολλαὶ πυραὶ ἐπὶ θαλάσσῃ ἐν φίλῃ πάτρῇ.

6. Who was in Cilla by the sea ?

τίς ἦν ἐν Κίλλῃ ἐπὶ θαλάσσῃ;

Note. — Do not translate words in parentheses.

1	ἐκ before consonants, ἐξ before vowels.

2	οὐ before consonants, οὐκ before the smooth breathing, οὐχ before the rough breathing, 527-530.	

3	553-554.	
4	555.

<pb n="5"/>

LESSON V: THE PRESENT ACTIVE INDICATIVE OF VERBS IN -ω

18.	1) Read carefully the sections regarding the verb : 789-806.

2)	Learn the present active indicative of λύω, 904.

19.	Optional:

20.	VOCABULARY

<item n="ἀείδω">ἀείδω<note>The form of the verb (if not defective) appearing in the vocabulary is the first person singular of the present active indicative.</note> sing (of), hymn, chant.</item>
<item n="">άν-<note>Sometimes called “ alpha privative.”</note> (ά- before consonants), an inseparable prefix, not, un-, dis-, -less, without,</item>
<item n="ἁνδάνω">ἁνδάνω please (with dat, 996).</item>
<item n="ἀτιμάζω">ἀ-τιμάζω dishonor, slight, insult,</item>
<item n="βαίνω">βαίνω come, go, walk.</item>

<item n="εἰς">εἰς (ἐς) adv., and prep, with acc., to, into, until, therein.</item>

<item n="ἔχω">ἔχω have, hold, keep,</item>
<item n="καίω">καίω burn, consume.</item>

<item n="λύω">λύω Loose, free, break up, destroy,</item>
<item n="ὀλέκω">ὀλέκω kill, destroy, ruin.</item>

<item n="πέμπω">πέμπω send, escort, conduct,</item>
<item n="τελείω">τελείω accomplish, fulfill, complete,</item>
<item n="τεύχω">τεύχω make, do, fashion, perform, cause, prepare,</item>
<item n="φέρω">φέρω bear, carry, bring.</item>

Derivatives: ode(-um), mel-ody, palin-ode; a-theist, an-archy; caustic, cauterize, holo-caust; ana-lysis; pomp (593) ;
teleo-logy ; peri-phery, phos-phor-us (593).

Translate :

21. 1. ἀείδομεν βουλὰς θεάων πολλάων. 

We sing the plans of many goddesses.

2. κλαγγὴ δεινὴ κακῆς θαλάσσης οὐχ ἁνδάνει ψύχῇ θεᾶς.

The terrible sound of the bad sea does not please the soul of the goddess.
	
3. τίς ἀτιμάζει καλὰς θεάς;	

Who dishonors to the noble goddesses.

4. οὐκ ἀτιμάζομεν πάτρην, φίλη γάρ ἐστιν. 

We do not dishonor the homeland, because it is dear.

5. βαίνουσιν ἐκ Κίλλης εἰς Χρυσήν. 

They are moving from Cilla to Chryse.

6. καίουσι πυρὰς πολλὰς ἐν Χρύσῃ ἐπὶ θαλάσση; 

Are they burning many pyres in Chryse next to the sea.

7. ἔχομεν πολλὰς καὶ καλὰς βουλὰς.

We have many, fine plans.

8. καίετε πυράς έν πάτρῃ;

Are you burning the pyres in your homeland?
	
9. λύετον,	λύεις,	λύομεν,	λύουσιν, λὐετε. 

You (two) are freeing or the two of them are freeing; you (sg) are freeing; we are freeing; they are freeing; you (pl) are freeing.
10. ὀλέκομεν ψυχὰς πολλὰς και κακάς ἐν πάτρῃ φίλῃ.

We are killing many bad souls in our dear homeland.

11. τις πέμπει θεὰς ἐς Χρυσήν; 

Who sends goddesses to Chryse?

12. τελείετε βουλὰς καλὰς πάτρῃ φίλῃ. 

You are completing fine plans for the dear homeland.

13. τελείομεν βουλὴν φίλης θεᾶς. 

We are completing the plan of the dear goddess.

14. τεύχομεν πυρήν. 

We are fashioning a pyre.

15. τί φέρετε; τί φέρουσιν;

What are you brining? What are they bringing?





<pb n="6"/>

22.<note>The English sentences to he translated into Greek are given in considerable
number, that the teacher may have a wider range of choice. Most will find three or four of the more representative of these quite sufficient for their purposes; some may give less, others may wish to use all of them.</note>
1. Who is singing the evil plans of the fair goddesses ?

τίς ἀείδει βουλὰς κακὰς θεᾶς καλῆς;

2. The roar of the sea is pleasing to the soul of the goddess in Cilla. 

κλαγγὴ θαλάσσης οὐχ ἁνδάνει ψυχῇ θεᾶς ἐν Κίλλῃ.

3. We do not dishonor the goddesses of (our) dear fatherland. 

οὐκ ἀτιμάζομεν θεἀς έν φίλῃ πάτρῃ.

4. Are you going from Chrysa to Cilla by the sea ?

βαίνεις έκ Χρύσῃ εἰς Κίλλαν ἐπὶ θαλάσσῃ;
	
5. The two goddesses come from the sea into Cilla. 

θεὰ βαίνετον ἐκ θαλάσσης εἰς Κίλλαν.

6. They are burning two funeral pyres in (their) fatherland. 

καίουσι πυρῇιν ἐν πάτρῃ.

7. They have many fair plans. 

ἔχουσι πολλὰς καὶ καλὰς βουλάς.

8. We loose, you loose, they (two) loose, he is loosing. 

λύομεν, λύεις, λύετε, λύετον, λύει.

9. The goddess destroys many wicked souls. 

θεὰ ὀλέκει ψυχὰς πολλὰς καὶ κακὰς.

10. We escort the goddesses into (our) dear fatherland. 

πέμπομεν θεὰς εἰς πάτρην φίλην.

11. They accomplish the will of (their) fatherland. 

τελείουσι βουλὴν πάτρης.

12. He is making a funeral pyre.

τεύχει πυρήν.

13. What does he bring ?

τί φέρει;

LESSON VI: THE SECOND DECLENSION

23. 1) Learn the declension of 
θῡμός heart, spirit, 
ἔργον deed, work, 678-679,


and the adjectives 
κᾱλός, κᾱλή, κᾱλόν, good,
and φίλος, φίλη, φίλον dear, darling, lovely, beloved, 717-721.

2)	Learn 1025.

Note.—Observe that the masculine of these adjectives is declined
like a masculine noun of the second declension (θῡμός, for example), the
neuter like a neuter noun of the second declension (ἔργον, for example),
and the feminine like a feminine noun of the first declension (βουλή,
for example).

24.	Optional:

25.	VOCABULARY

<item n="">ἀγλαός, ἀγλαή, ἀγλαόν bright, shining, splendid, glorious.	</item>



<item n="ἀνά">ἀνά, ἄν adv., and prep, with gen., dat., and acc., up(on), along, up through; adv., (up)on, thereon; with dat, (up)on, along; with acc., through(out), up through.</item>
<item n="ἀπερείσιος">ἀ-περείσιος, ἀ-πειρεσίη, ἀ-πειρείσιον boundless, countless, immeasureable.</item>
<item n="ἄποινα">ἄποινα, ἀποίνων, τά ransom(s).</item>



<pb n="7"/>

<item n="Ἀχαιός">Ἀχαιοί, Ἀχαιοῦ, ὁ Achaean, Greek.</item>
<item n="δεινός">δεινός, δεινή, δεινόν terrible, awful, dread(ful), fearfuL</item>
<item n="ἑλώριον">ἑλώριον, ἑλωρίου, τό booty, spoils, prey.</item>
<item n="θεός">θεός, θεοῦ, ὁ god, divinity,</item>
<item n="θυμός">θῡμός, θῡμοῦ, ὁ heart, soul, spirit, courage, passion.</item>
<item n="κακό">κακός, κακή, κακόν bad, poor, ugly, mean, cowardly, evil, wicked,</item>
<item n="καλός">κᾱλός, κᾱλή, κᾱλόν good(ly), noble, handsome, brave, fair, beautiful.</item>

<item n="λαός">λᾱός, λᾱοῦ, ὁ people, host, soldiery,</item>
<item n="μυρίος">μῡρίοι, μῡρίαι, μῡρίa countless, innumerable.</item>
<item n="νοῦσος">νοῦσος νούσου, ἡ plague, disease, pest(ilence).</item>
<item n="οἰωνός">οἰωνός, οἰωνοῦ, ὁ bird (of prey), vulture, omen.</item>

<item n="πολύς">πολλός, πολλή, πολλόν much, many, numerous,</item>
<item n="στρατός">στρατός, στρατοῦ, ὁ army, encampment, host.</item>

<item n="φίλος">φίλος, φίλη, φίλον dear, darling, lovely, beloved.</item>

Derivatives: ana-tomy; pena-lty;  theo-logy, theo-cracy,
a-theism, poly-theism, mono-theism, heno-theism, pan-theism ; laity, lay-man;
strat-egy, strat-egic(al).

Note. — Observe that adjectives are given in the nominative singular
(plural, when the singular is not used) of all genders.

Translate:

26.	

1. ἀγλαὰ ἄποινα φέρουσιν Ἀχαιοὶ εἰς στρατόν. 

The Greeks bring shining ransoms to the army.

2. φέρομεν άπερείσι' (575) ἄποινα ἀνὰ στρατὸν Άχαιῶν.	

We bring the countless ransoms up through the army of the Achaeans.

3. θεὸς τεύχει πολλοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἑλώρια οἰωνοῖσιν. 

The god makes many Greek into snacks for birds.

4. ἦσαν Ἀχαιοὶ κακοί;

Were the Greeks bad?

5. οὐκ ἦσαν κακοί, κᾱλοὶ δέ. νοῦσος κακὴ ὀλέκει λαὸν καλόν. 

They were not bad but noble. A bad disease destroys the fair people.
6. Ἀχαιοὶ πέμπουσιν ἄποινα μῡρί' (575) εἰς πάτρην. 

The Greek send countless ransoms to their homeland. [575 explains that the last short syllable of the adjective gets dropped when the next word starts with a vowel.]

7. θεὸς βαίνει ἐς στρατόν, ὀλέκει δὲ λᾱὸν Ἀχαιῶν.

The god goes to the army and he slaughters the people of the Greeks.

8. τίς ἀτιμάζει θεοὺς καλούς;	

Who dishonors the nobles goddesses?

9. κακοί λαοὶ ἀτῑμάζουσι θεοὺς πάτρης. 

Bad people dishonor the gods of the homeland.

10. θεὸς πέμπει νοῦσον κακὴν ἀνὰ στρατὸν Ἀχαιῶν, οὐ γὰρ τελείουσι βουλὴν θεῶν πἀτρης. 

The god sends an evil disease up through the army of the Achaeans, for they do not accomplish the plan of the gods [why is it not "goddesses"?] of the homeland.

11. βαίνει ἐπὶ θάλασσαν δεινὴν καὶ τεύχει πυρὰς πολλὰς ἀνὰ στρατὸν Ἀχαιῶν.

She goes to the terrible sea and makes many funeral pyres up through the army of the Greeks.

12. ἔχουσιν ἀπερείσι' (575) ἄποινα Ἀχαιῶν ἐνὶ στρατῷ.

They have countless ransoms in the army of the Achaeans.

13. βουλὴ στρατοῦ οὐχ ἁνδάνει θῡμῷ (996) θεοῦ. 

The plan of the army does not please the soul of the goddess [996: explains that the verb takes the dative.]

14. λᾱὸς Κίλλης φίλος ἦν ψῡχῇ θεᾶς θαλάσσης. 

The people of Killa was dear to the soul of the goddess of the sea.
15. οὐκ ἀείδομεν καλὰς βουλὰς θεῶν στρατῷ, οὐ γὰρ ἁνδάνει Ἀχαιοῖσι (996) θῡμῷ (1009).

We do not sing the fair plans of the gods for the army because it does not please the Greeks in their soul [1066: explains that use the simple dative to render "in" the soul]

<pb n="8"/>

27.	
1. The terrible roar of the sea is pleasing to the goddess (996) in (her) soul (1009).	

δεινὴ κλαγγὴ θαλάσσης ἁνδάνει θεᾷ θυμῷ.

2. We bring many splendid ransoms to the army of the Achaeans. 

φέρομεν ἄποινα πολλὰ καὶ ἀγλαὰ ἐπὶ στρατὸν Ἀχαιῶν.
8. The god does not destroy the host of the Achaeans, for they do not dishonor
the gods of (their) fatherland. 

θεὸς οὐκ ὀλέκει λαὸν Άχαιῶν, οὐ γὰρ άτιμάζουσι θεοὺς πάτρης.\

4. The evil plague makes countless Achaeans a booty (use plural) for many birds. 
νοῦσος κακὴ τεύχει ἀπειρεσίους ἑλώρια οἰωνοῖς πολλοῖς.

5. The people of the Achaeans send countless shining ransoms to the goddess of the sea in Cilla. 

λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πέμπει ἄποινα ἀπειρέσια καὶ ἀγλαὰ εἰς θεὰν / θεᾷ θαλάσσης ἐν Κίλλῃ.

6. The Achaeans go to the sea and sing, but the noise is not
pleasing to the goddess (996) in (her) soul (1009).

Ἀχαιοὶ βαίνουσι ἐπὶ θάλασσαν καὶ ἀείδουσι, κλαγγὴ δ´ οὐχ ἁνδάνει θεᾷ θυμῷ.

7. The plague destroys the people, for they dishonor the god of
Chrysa.

νοῦσος ὀλέκει λαόν, ἀτιμάζουσι γὰρ θεὸν Χρύσης.


LESSON VII: REVIEW

28.	Review carefully everything studied thus far.

29.	Optional: review all the optional sections studied
thus far.

VOCABULARY

30.

αγλαός, rj, 6v bright, shining, splendid,
glorious,
άίίδω sing (of), hymn, chant,
άν- (ά- before consonants'), an inseparable
prefix (“ alpha privative ”),
not, un-, dis-, -less, ■without,
άνά, αν, adv., and prep, with gen.,
dat., and acc., up(on), along, up
through, thereon, high on; adv.,
(up)on, thereon; with dal., (up)-
on, along; with acc., throughout),
up through,
άνδάνω please (with dat. 996).
d-irip*	η, ον boundless, im-

measurable, countless,
άποινα, ων, τά ransom(s).
ά-τίμάζω dishonor, slight, insult.

Ἀχαιός, οΰ, o Achaean, Greek.
βαίνω come, go, -walk,
βουλή, g%, ή plan, will, wish, purpose,
council, counsel.

-yap (postpositive) for, in fact.
hi (postpositive) hut, and, so, for.
δεινός, η, όν terrible, awful, dreadful),
fearful,
ίΐς (1ς) adv., and prep, with acc., into,
to, until, therein.
ito-C(v) are. la-rl(v) is.
ίκ (ΐξ), adv., and prep, with gen.,
out of, from, away (from),
ίλώριον, ου, τό booty, spoil(s), prey.
«v(C), «lv adv., and prep with dat.,
in, among, on, there(in, -on),
iirt adv., and preji. with gen., dat.,

<pb n="9"/>31]

HOMERIC GREEK

and acc., to (up)on, against, by;
adv., (up) on, thereon; with gen.,
(up)on, over, during; with dat.,
(up) on, in, for, about, against,
at, beside, by; with acc., to, up
to, over, (up) on.
εσ-τί(ν) is.

εχω have, hold, keep,
ήν was. ήσαν were,
θάλασ-σα, ης, ή sea.

6εά, as, ή goddess,
θεό?, ov, 6 god, divinity.

6ϋμό$, οί, ό heart, spirit, soul, courage,
passion,
καί and, also, even; καί . . . καί
both . . . and.
καίω burn, consume,
κακό?, ή, ov bad, poor, ugly, mean,
cowardly, wicked, evil,
καλό?, ή, όν good(ly), brave, noble,
handsome, fair, beautiful.

Κίλλα, η Cilla, a town.

“λ^ΥΥή; ψι V clang, noise, (up)-
roar.

λαό?, ov, b people, host, soldiery.

Χνω loose, free, destroy, break up.
μνρίοι, at, a countless, innumerable.

νονσ-os,
ου, ή disease, plague, pest-
(ilence).

οίωνό?, σΰ, ό bird, vulture, omen,
όλεκω kill, destroy, ruin,
ού (ονκ, ονχ) not, no.
ιτάτρη, iys, 17 fatherland, native land,
■πέμπω send, escort, conduct,
πολλό?, 17, ov much, many, numerous,
ιτνρή,
ης, ή (funeral) pyre,
στρατό?, οϊ, ό army, encampment,
host.

τελείω accomplish, fulfill, complete,
τενχω do, make, perform, fashion,
cause, prepare,
τί?, τί who? which? what? (τί
why?)
φόρω bear, bring, carry,
φίλos, 77, ov dear, darling, lovely,
beloved.

Χρνσ-η, -ηs, 77 Chrysa, a town.
ψϋχή, ής, η soul, breath, life, spirit.

Note.— No word will be found in any reading lesson which has not
first been given in a special vocabulary. If the student will memorize
accurately all the words in each special vocabulary, it will not be
necessary to consult the general vocabulary at the end of the book.

Translate :

31.	

1. Ἀείδομεν θεὰν θαλλάσσης δεινῆς κλαγγῇ πολλῇ. 

We sing the goddess of the fearful see with much noise

2. οὐκ ἀτιμάζουσι θεούς. 

They do not dishonor the gods.

3. βουλαὶ Ἀχαιῶν οὐχ ἁνδάνουσι θεᾷ καλῇ θυμῷ.

The plans of the Achaeans do not please the goddess in her noble soul.


4. βαίνει ἐκ στρατοῦ Ἀχαιῶν εἰς Κίλλαν καὶ φέρει ἀπερείσια ἄποινα θεῷ. 

He goes from the army of the Achaeans and brings countless ransoms to the god.

5. νοῦσος κακὴ βαίνει ἀνά στρατὸν καὶ τεύχει πολλοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἑλώρια οἰωνοῖσιν.

The evil disease goes up up through the army and makes many Achaeans snacks for the birds.
 
6. καὶ θεοὶ καὶ θεαὶ ὀλέκουσι λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν. 

Both the gods and goddesses destroy the host of the Achaeans.
7. τίς Ἀχαιῶν ἔχει θυμὸν κακόν; 

Who of the Achaeans has an evil heart?

8. ἦσαν πολλαὶ θεαὶ ἐνὶ Θαλάσσῇ;

Where there many goddesses in the sea?
	
9. καίει πυρὰς ἐπὶ θαλάσσῃ.

He burns pyres next to the sea.

10. λύετε στρατὸν Ἀχαιῶν. 

You are loosing the army of the Achaeans.

11. πάτρη ἐστὶ φίλη ψυχῇ μυρίων Ἀχαιῶν.

The homeland is dear to the heart of countless Achaeans.

<pb n="10"/>

12. τίς πέμπει στρατὸν ἐκ Κίλλης ἐπὶ Χρυσήν; 

Who sends the army from Killa to Chryse?

13. βουλὴ κακὴ ἐστιν, ἁνδάνει δὲ θεᾷ θῡμῷ.

The plan is bad but it pleases the goddess in her heart.

14. τί ἀείδετε ;

What are you singing?

32.	1. The Achaeans sing the beautiful goddess of the terrible sea. 

oἱ Ἀχαιοὶ ἀείδουσι θεὰν καλὴν θαλάσσης δεινῆς.

2. We do not dishonor the gods, for they are dear to (our) souls. 

οὐκ ἀτιμάζομεν τοὺς θεούς, εἰσιν γὰρ φίλαι ψυχῇς.

3. The plans of the army are pleasing to the goddess in (her) noble soul. 

βουλαὶ στρατοῦ ἁνδάνουσι θεᾷ ψυχῇ καλῇ

4. Many Achaeans are going from the encampment and are bringing countless glorious ransoms to the gods. 

πολλοὶ Ἀχαιοὶ βαίνουσι ἐκ στρατοῦ καὶ φέρουσι ἄποινα ἀπειρέσια καὶ ἀγλαὰ τοῖς θεοῖς.

5. The evil plague destroys the people and makes the army a booty for countless birds.

νοῦσος κακὴ ὀλέκει λαὸν καὶ τεύχει στρατὸν ἑλώριον οἰωνοῖς ἀπειρεσίοις

6. We do not sing, for it is not pleasing to the soul of the goddess.

οὐκ ἀείδομεν, οὐ γὰρ ἁνδάνει ψυχῇ θεᾶς.

LESSON VIII: SECOND DECLENSION (Continued)

33.	Several words (all of them pronouns except ἄλλος, ἄλλη,

ἄλλο)	are declined like κᾱλός, κᾱλή, κᾱλόν (721), with the exception
that the neuter nominative, accusative, and vocative singular
ends in -o instead of in -ov.

34.	These words are :

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ relative pronoun, who, which, what.

ὁ, ἡ, τό demonstrative, personal, and relative pronoun, this, that; he, she, it; who, which, what.

ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνo / κεῖνος, κείνη, κεῖνo demonstr. pron., that (one), he, she, it.

αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτό, intensive pron., self, him(self), her(self), it(self), same.

ἄλλος, ἄλλη, ἄλλo other, another.

35.	Learn the declension of these words (765-766,773-774).

36.	Optional:

37.	VOCABULARY

<item>ἀλλά but, moreover.	</item>
<item>δῖος, δῖa,<note>Declined like θάλασσα.</note> δῖov divine, heavenly, glorious.</item>

<item>ἄλλος, ἄλλη, ἄλλo other, another.	</item>


<item>αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτό self, him(self), her(self), it(self), same.	(one),	he, she, it.</item>
<item>ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνo / κεῖνος, κείνη, κεῖνo that</item>





<pb n="11"/>

<item>ἑκηβόλος, ἑκηβόλου, ὁ free-shooter, sharpshooter, epithet of Apollo. Originally an adjective: shooting according to will (desire, inclination, pleasure) ; as subst.: freeshooter, sure-shooter, sharpshooter.</item>

<item>κακῶς evilly, wickedly, harshly, with evil consequences,</item>


<item>ὁ, ἡ, τό this, that; he, she. it; who, which, what.</item>

<item>ὅς, ἥ, ὄ who, which, what,</item>
<item>οὕνεκα (οὗ-ἕνεκα) because.</item>

<item>σκῆπτρον, σκήπτρου, τό sceptke, staff.</item>
<item>τέ (enclitic, postpositive) and, also; τέ ... τέ (or τέ . . . καί, or καί . . . τέ) both . . . and, not only . . . but also.</item>

<item>χρύσεος, χρῡσέη, χρύσεov gold(en), of gold.</item>

Derivatives :	allo-pathy; auto-maton, auto-cracy, auto-graph,

auto-nomy ; chrys-anthemum, chrys-alis, chrys-olite.

Translate:

38.	
1. δῖος ἑκηβόλος αὐτὸς άείδει, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἁνδάνει ἄλλοισι
θεοῖσι θῡμῷ (996, 1009).	
2. κεῖνοι Ἀχαιοὶ ἀτῑμάζουσι τοὺς θεούς. 
3. ὁ ἑκηβόλος πέμπει νοῦσον κακὴν ἀνὰ στρατὸν Ἁχαιῶν καὶ κακῶς ὀλέκει κεῖνον λᾱόν, οὕνεκα τὸν ἀτῑμάζουσιν.

4.	οὐκ ἀτιμάζομεν τοὺς θεοὺς, οἵ ἔχουσι σκῆπτρα χρυσεά. 

5. ὁ ἐκηβόλος τε καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι θεοὶ φέρουσι χρύσεα σκῆπτρα κᾱλά.
6. τίς τεύχει τὰ σκῆπτρα χρύσεα τοῖσι θεοῖς Θαλάσσης;

7.	ἀείδει ἑκηβόλος αὐτὸς βουλὰς ἄλλων θεῶν τοῖσιν Ἀχαιοῖσιν;

8.	εἰσιν οἱ Ἀχαιοὶ κᾱλοί, οἵ ὀλέκουσι τὸν στρατὸν καίουσἰ τε τὰς πῡράς;	
9. ἡ θεὰ τῆς δεινῆς Θαλάσσης ἔχει τὸ σκῆπτρον χρύσεον. 
10. ἐνὶ τῇ πάτρῃ εἰσιν αἰ πυραί. 
11. τίς τεύχει τὸν στρατὸν ἑλώρια τοῖσιν οἰωνοῖσιν;

39.	
1. Does the divine free-shooter himself sing these noble plans of the gods ?	
2. Why is it not pleasing to these other gods who are in the sea? 
3. That Achaean dishonors those gods of (his) fatherland who have these golden sceptres.
4. This free-shooter sends many evil plagues up through that camp of the Achaeans and destroys countless people (plural), because they dishonor him. 
5. Who is burning those funeral pyres of the Achaeans by the terrible sea ?	
6. This	free-shooter makes countless' Achaeans a

<pb n="12"/>

booty for the birds, because they dishonor these beautiful goddesses of the sea.

LESSON IX: THE IMPERFECT OF VERBS IN -ω

40.	Learn : 

1) the principles of the formation of the imperfect, 830-840.

2)	the imperfect active indicative of λύω, 904.

41.	Optional :

42.	VOCABULARY

<item>ἄλλῃ elsewhere.</item>

<item>Ἀργεῖος, Ἀργείου, ό Argive, Greek.</item>

<item>-δε with acc. 788, 4, to.</item>

<item>διά adv., and prep, with gen. and acc., through, on account of, by means of; adv., between, among; with gen., through; with acc., through, by means of, on account of, during.</item>

<item>διΐ-φιλος, διϊ-φίλη, διΐ-φιλον dear to Zeus (1168)<n>Thanks to Wright-Debnar</n></item>
<item>εἴρω speak, say, tell,</item>
<item>ἐμός, ἐμή, ἐμόν my, mine,</item>
<item>ἔργον, ἔργου, τό (ϝέργον) work, deed, accomplishment.</item>

<item>-θεν gen. ending 788, 3, from.</item>
<item>Κλυταιμ(ν)ήστρη, Κλυταιμ(ν)ήστρης,  ἡ, Clytaemnestra, wife of Agamemnon, leader of the Greeks before Troy. She proved unfaithful to her husband in his absence, and murdered him on his return home.</item>
<item>μαντοσύνη, μαντοσύνης, ἡ gift of prophecy,</item>
<item>οἶκος, οἴκου, ὁ house, home.</item>

<item>Ὀλύμπιος, Ὀλυμπίη, Ὀλύμπιov Olympian.</item>
<item>Ὄλυμπος, Ὀλύμπου, ὁ Olympus.</item>

<item>Πρίαμος, Πριάμου, ὁ Priam, king of Troy.</item>
<item>σός, σή, σόν your, yours.</item>

Derivatives: dia-meter; erg, en-ergy; mantic, mantis,
necromancy; economy, eco-logy.

Translate:

43.	
1. ὁ ἑκηβόλος διά μαντοσύνην εἴρει βουλὰς τῶν θεῶν Ἀργεῖοισιν.
2. οἱ Ὀλύμπιοι θεοὶ εἶχον (836) οἴκους ἐν Ὀλύμπῳ.

3. ὁ ἑκηβόλος διΐφιλος ἔτευχε τοὺς Ἀργείους Ἀχαιούς τε ἑλώρια οἰωνοῖσιν. 
4. Ἀχαιοὶ Ἀργεῖοἰ τ’ ἔτευχον ἔργα κακὰ διὰ βουλὴν θεάς.	
5. Κλυταιμ(ν)ήστρη διὰ τὸν θῡμὸν ἔτευχεν τᾶ ἔργα δεινά.	
6. Πρίαμος λᾱός τε Πριάμου ὤλεκον πολλοὺς Ἀργείους. 
7. τίς εἴρει τὰ σὰ ἔργα κακὰ Πριάμῳ.



<pb/>

8. τὰ ἔργα ἐμά ἐστι (973, 1) καλά, οὕνεκα ἔτευχον βουλὰς θεῶν καὶ θεάων διὰ τὴν μαντοσύνην. 
9. ἐπέμπομεν τὰ χρύσεα σκῆπτρα εἰς οἶοκον Πριάμῳ. 
10. ἐκαίετε τὰς πυρὰς δεινῇ κλαγγῇ;	
11.	οὐχ ἥνδανε ἡ βουλὴ θεᾷ θαλάσσης θῡμῷ;

12. αἱ θεαὶ ἀείδουσι τὰ κᾱλὰ ἔργα τῶν θεῶν, ἑκηβόλος δὲ βαίνει ἄλλῃ. 
13. εἶχε (836) Πρίαμος ἀγλαὸν καὶ κᾱλὸν οἶκον.

44.
1. Who brought these countless shining ransoms to the beautiful home of Priam ?	
2. The Achaeans and the Argives burned many funeral pyres in your beloved fatherland. 
3. Clytaem(n)estra was wicked and performed many dreadful deeds. 
4. Through the gift of prophecy we tell many glorious deeds of the gods and goddesses who have Olympian homes. 
5. My deeds are noble but yours are cowardly. 
6. The gods sent an evil plague up through the camp and destroyed many Achaeans, because they dishonored the free-shooter. 
7. It was not pleasing to Clytaem(n)estra in (her) wicked soul.

LESSON X: THE FUTURE AND AORIST OF VERBS IN -ω

45.	Learn: 

1) the principles of the formation of the future and the aorist of verbs, 841-857.

2)	The future and aorist active indicative of λύω, 904.

46.	Optional:

47.		VOCABULARY

<item>ἄγω, ἄξω, ἤγαγον, 863 ; 865, 1, 4, lead, drive, conduct, bring, carry, take.	</item>
<item>ἀνάσσω (Ϝavaκ-), ἀνάξω, ἤναξα, with gen., 985, rule (over), guard, protect.</item>



The Swastika a Prehistoric Symbol
Cover of a vase found at Troy.

<pb n="14"/>

<item>ἄρισ-τos, ἀρίστη, ἄριστον best, noblest, bravest, fairest, superl. of ἀγαθός, ἀγαθή, ἀγαθόν good.</item>

<item>αὖτις (back) again, anew.</item>

<item>Δαναός, Δαναοῦ, ὁ Danaan, Greek.</item>
<item>ἑκατόμβη, ἑκατόμβης, ἡ, hecatomb, sacrifice, a number of animals (originally one hundred, cattle) offered in sacrifice.</item>
<item>θάνατος, θανάτου, ὁ death.</item>



<item>Ἴλιος, Ἰλίου, ἡ Ilium, Troy; 2) the Troad, i.e. the region around Troy.</item>

<item>μεγάθῡμος, μεγαθύμη, μεγάθῡμον great-souled, brave,</item>
<item>ὄχα (by) far, much, considerably,</item>
<item>πείθω (πειθ-, ποιθ-, πιθ-), πείσω, ἔπεισα (πέπιθον) persuade, win over, mislead,</item>
<item>φιλέω, φιλήσω, ἐφίλησα love, cherish, entertain hospitably.</item>

Derivatives: ped-agogue, dem-agogue, syn-agogue ; aristocracy ; thanat-opsis, eu-thanasia 610, 9.

Note. — Henceforth the first three forms of all complete verbs, as found in the vocabulary, will be the first person singular of the present, future, and aorist active indicative. These should be mastered absolutely.

Translate :

48.	
1. τίς ἦν ὄχ’ ἄριστος Δαναῶν ;	
2. Πρίαμος μεγάθῡμος ἤνάσσεν Ἰλίου ζ985).
3. οὐκ αὖτις ἄξουσι Δαναοὶ μεγάθῡμοι ἑκατόμβᾱς πολλὰς εἰς Χρύσην. 
4. οὐκ ἔπεισαν ἑκηβόλον πολλῇς ἑκατόμβῃσι κᾱλῇσιν.
5. οὐ φιλήσομεν θεούς, οὕνεκα κᾱλοί εἰσιν; 
6. Δαναὶ τεύξουσι θάνατον Πριάμῳ ἐν Ἰλίῳ.
7. ἐφίλησα θεὰν θαλάσσης, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἥνδανε ἑκηβόλου θῡμῳ.
8. άείσομεν καὶ πείσομεν θεούς. 
9. ὄχ’ ἄριστοι ἐν Ἰλίῳ τὰ εἶπον [εἴρω 57] Πράμῳ, άλλὰ τοὺς ἠτίμασεν. 
10. Πρίαμος ἔπεμψε τὸν στρατὸν ἄριστον ἐπ’ Ἀργείοισιν. 
11. ἔβησαν [βαίνω 57] αὖτις Δαvaoὶ εἰς Ἰλίου, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔπεισαν Πρίαμον.
12. ἀείσομεν ἑκηβόλου ὄχ’ ἄριστον θεῶν, οὕνεκ’ ἤγαγε [αγω] Δαναοὺς εἰς Ἴλιον.

49. 
1. The great-souled Achaeans will not persuade the free-shooter with goodly hecatombs, but he will prepare evil death for the people. 
2. The noblest of the Achaeans went to Ilium, but they did not persuade the soul of Priam.

3. We shall sing, because the gods have led (aor.) the people into Troy. 
4. We shall have many shining golden sceptres.

<pb n="15"/>

5. Did you not love the gods who have Olympia homes? 
6. Priam shall not rule Ilium again, for the Achaeans will prepare evil death for him. 
7. Did he speak to the beautiful goddess of the sea ?	
8. They	will persuade the souls of the gods with many hecatombs.

Excavations at Troy
The great northeast tower of the sixth city. The stairs to the right date from the eighth city.

LESSON XI: MASCULINE NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. COMPOUND VERBS

60. Learn: 1) the declension of Ἀτρεΐδης and αἰχμητή 664-675.

<pb n="16"/>

2) The principles of the formation of compound verbs, 838-839.

61. Optional:

62.	VOCABULARY

ἀνα-βαίνω (βαν-, βα-), ἀναβήσω (ἀνα-βήσομαι), ἀνέβησα (ἀνέβην) go up, ascend, embark,

ἀπο-λύω, ἀπολύσω, ἀπέλῡσα loose, set free, release.

Ἀτρεΐδης, Ἀτρεΐδᾱο (Ἀτρεΐδεω), ὁ son of Atreus, usually refers to Agamemnon.
κατα-καίω (καυ-, καϜ-, και-), κατα-καύσω, κατέκηα burn, consume.

*κλεύω (κλευ-, κλεϜ-, κλυ-), —, ἔκλυον with gen. 984, hear, hearken to.

μετέειπον or μετεῖπον = μετα-εἶπον (Ϝεπ-), 2d aor. of εἴρω spoke among, addressed, spoke to.

ὅτε when (ever).

Πηληιάδης, Πηληιάδᾱο (Πηληιάδεω), ὁ son of Peleus, Achilles.

προσέειπον or προσεῖπον 2d aor. of εἴρω (Ϝεπ-) addressed, spoke to.
τότε then, at that time.
χολό-ω. χολώσ-ω, ἐχόλωσα anger, enrage, vex.

Xpύσηs, Χρύσᾱο (Χρύσεω), ὁ Chryses, a priest of the god, Apollo, from the town Chrysa.

Translate:

63.
1. καλοὶ  θεοὶ ἔτευξαν θάνατον κακὸν δίῳ Πηληιάδῃ, ὁ δ’ ἀνέβη πυρήν. 
2. ἑκηβόλος ὤλεκε λᾱὸν Ἀχαιῶν, οὕνεκα δῖος Ἀτρεΐδης ἤτίμασε Χρύσην. 
3. κατέκηα ἑκατόμβᾱς πολλἀς.
4. ἑκηβόλος οὐκ ἔκλυεν Άτρεΐδᾱο, οὕνεκα ἐτίμασε Χρύσην. 
5. Χρύσης μετέειπεν Ἀχαιοῖσιν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ Ἀτρεΐδη ἡνδανε θῡμῷ. 
6. ὅτε κακῶς προσέειπεν Ἁτρεΐδης Χρύσην, τότε ἐχόλωσεν ἑκηβόλον. 
7. ἀπελύσαμεν Χρύσην, οὕνεκα τὸν ἐφιλήσαμεν. 
8. Χρύσςς ἤνεικεν [φέρω, 57] ἀπερείσι ἀγλά ἄποινα Ἀτρεΐδῃ.	
9. οἴσομεν [φέρω, 57] ἄποινα πολλὰ καὶ ἀπολύσομεν Χρύσην, οὕνεκα τὸν ἐφιλήσαμεν, καὶ φίλος ἐστιν ἑκήβόλῳ. 
10. τίς φέρει ἄποινα Χρύσᾱο Ἀτρεΐδῃ;	
11. δῖος Πηληιάδης ἐχόλωσεν Ἀτρεΐδην.

12. ὅτε κατεκήαμεν πολλὰς ἑκατόμβᾱς κᾱλάς, τότε ἐπείσαμεν θῡμοὺς θεῶν.
13. διὰ μαντοσύνην Χρύσης εἶπε βουλὰς θεῶν Ἀτρεΐδῃ Πηληιάδῃ τε.

64.	
1. The Achaeans ascended into Troy and killed the noble Priam. 
2. We burned many goodly hecatombs to the Olympian gods. 



<pb/>



3. Chryses spoke among the Achaeans (dat.), but the son of Atreus did not hearken to him (gen., 984).	
4. The	Achaeans addressed the son of Atreus, but he did not free Chryses. 
5. The son of Atreus will bring many ransoms into the camp of the Aehaeans. 
6. Who will persuade the gods with many goodly hecatombs ?

LESSON XII

REVIEW

65.	Memorize the names and order of the letters in the
Greek alphabet, 501.

66.	Review all the forms that have been given in the preceding
lessons, and learn the following vocabulary absolutely.

67.	VOCABULARY

αγλαός, -η, όν bright, shining, splendid,
glorious.

ἀγ-ω, όξω, ήγαγον lead, drive, conduct, bring,
ἀείδ-ω, άείσω, ήεισα sing (of), hymn, chant,
ἀλλά but, moreover,
ἀλλη elsewhere,
ἀλλος, -η, ὁ other, another,
άν- (ά- before consonants), an inseparable
prefix (“alpha privative”), not, un-, dis-, -less, without,
ἀνά, άν adv., and prep, with gen., dat., and acc., up(on), along, up
through, thereon, high on; adv., (up) on, thereon; with dat., (up)on, along; with acc., through (out), up through,
ἀνα-βαίνω (βαν-, βα-), άναβήο-ω (άναβήσομαι), άνίβησα (άνε'βην) go up,

ascend.

άνάο-σ-ω (FavaK-), άνάξω, ήναξα (with
gen. 985) rule (over), guard,
protect.

άνδάνω (ο-ραδ(ε)), άδήσω), ϊαδον (εΰ-
αδον), (with'dat. 996) please,
ά-τερείσιος, η, ον boundless, count
less, immeasurable,
άποινα, ων, τά ransom (s).
άπο-λΰ-ω, άπολυσω, άπίλνσα loose,
set free.

Ἀργείος, ον, δ Argive, Greek.
άριστος, η, ον best, noblest, bravest,
fairest (superi, of αγαθός).
ά-τϊμά£ω (τϊμαδ-), ατιμάσω*, ήτίμασα
dishonor, slight, insult.

Άτρεΐδης, do (εω), δ son of Atreus,
usually refers to Agamemnon.
αυπς (back) again, anew,
αϊτός, -η, 6 self, him(self), her(self),
it(self), same.

Αχαιός, οΰ, δ Achaean, Greek,
<pb/>

βαίνω (βαν-, βα-), βήσω (βήσομαι),
ΐβησα (ϊβην) come, go, walk,
βουλή, ψ, ἡ plan, will, wish, purpose,
counsel, council,
γάp (postpositive) for, in fact.

Δαναόs, οΰ, 6 Danaan, Greek.

84 (postpositive) and, hut, for, so.
-8i, with acc. (788, 1) to.

Sctvos, ή, όν terrible, awful, dread
(ful), fearful,
διά, adv., and prep, with gen. and
acc. through, by means of, on
account of; adv., between,
among; with gen., through; with
acc., through, by means of, on
account of, during,
διί-φιλος, rj, ov dear to Zeus, beloved
of Zeus.

8ios, a, ov divine, godlike, glorious,
heavenly.

€<ρω (ftp-, ρρη-, pen·-), 4ρ4ω, itirov
(miitov) speak, say, tell,
tls (4s) adv., and prep, with acc.

into, to ; until, therein.
tUrC(v) are.

« (4£), adv., and prep, with gen.

out of, (away) from.
ίκατόμ-βη, gs, ἡ hecatomb, sacrifice.
(4) κείνος, η, ὁ that (one), he, she,
it.

εκη-βόλος, ον, b free-shooter, epithet
of Apollo.
ίλώριον, ου, τό booty, spoil(s), prey,
epos, ή, όν my, mine.

4v(i), elv adv., and prep, with dal.

in, among, at, on, there (in, -on).
4irl, adv., and prep, with gen., dat.,
and acc. to, (up)on, against, by;
adv., (up)on, thereon; with gen.,
(up)on, over, during; with dat.,
up(on), in, for, about, against,

[57

at, beside, by; with acc., to, up
to, over, (up) on.
εργον, ου, τό (ρεργον) work, deed,
accomplishment, feat.

4s = tls.

4<ττί(ν) is.

ί’χω (σεχ-, <τχ-, σχε-, 603, 619) εξω
(ιτχήσω), εσχον have, hold,
keep.

ήν was. ήσαν were,
θάλασσα, 7/s', ἡ sea.
θάνατος, ου, b death,
θεά, as, ἡ goddess.

-θεν gen. ending (712), from,
θεός, οΰ, b god, divinity. ·
θυμός, οΰ, b heart, soul, spirit,
courage, passion.

*Ιλιος, ου, ἡ Ilium, Troy, the
Troad.

καὶ  and, also, even, furthermore,
καὶ  . . . καὶ  both . . . and, not
only . . . but also.

καίω (καυ-, KaF-, και-), καΰσω*, f κηα

burn, consume,
κακός, ή, όν bad, poor, ugly, mean,
cowardly, wicked, evil,
καλός, η, όν good(ly), noble, brave,
fair, righteous, beautiful, handsome.

κατα-καίω
(καυ-, καρ-, και-), κατα-
καΰσω*, κατίκηα burn (down),
consume,
κείνος, η, ο = 4κεΐνος, η, ο.

Κίλλα, ης, ἡ Cilla, a town in the
Troad.

κλαγγή, rjs, ἡ clang, noise, shriek,
(up)roar.

Κλυταίμ(ν)ήστρη, ψ, ἡ Clytaem-
(n)estra.

“κλίνω (κλευ-, κλερ-, κλυ-), —, εκλυον
(with gen., 984) hear, hearken to.

<pb n="19"/>57]

HOMERIC GREEK

λαός, ον, 6 people, host, soldiery,
λύ-ω, λνσω, ΐλϋσα loose, free, break
up, destroy,
μαντοσύνη, ης, ἡ gift of prophecy,
μνγά-θΰμος, rj, ον great-souled.
μετ-fiiirov (2d aor.), (Feir-), spoke
among, addressed (with dat.).
μνρίοι, at, a countless, innumerable,
νονσος, ov, 7] plague, pest(ilence),
disease.

6, ή, τό this, that; he, she, it;

who, which, what,
οίκος, ον, ὁ house, home,
οιωνός, ον, ὁ bird (of prey), vulture,
omen. ■
όλίκ-ω kill, destroy, ruin.

'Ολύμπιος, η, ov Olympian.
"Ολυμπος, ον, ὁ Olympus,
os, ή, δ who, which, what,
οτί when(ever).
ον (ούκ, ονχ) not, no.
οννεκα (ον-ίνικα) because,
δχα far, by far, much, considerably,
•πάτρη, ης, ἡ fatherland, native
land.

πείθω (πιιθ . ιτοιβ-, πιβ-), πείσω,
ϊόπίΐσα (π ίπιθον) persuade, win
over, mislead,
πίμπ-ω (πεμπ-, πομιτ-), πεμψω, ειτεμψα

send, escort, conduct.

ΠηληιάΕης, αο (ίω), ὁ son of Peleus,
A ckilles.

πολλός, ή, ov much, many, numerous.

Πρίαμος,
ον, ὁ Priam, king of Troy.
προσ-ίεπτον (2d aor.) (peir-) spoke
to, addressed,
πυρή, ης, ἡ (funeral) pyre,
σκήιπρον, ου, τό SCEPTRE, staff,
σ-ός, ο-ή, σόν your, yours,
στρατός, οΰ, ὁ army, encampment,
host.

τε (postpositive enclitic'), and, also;
ri ... ri (or ri . . . καί) both
. . . and, not only . . . but also,
τελείω (τελεσ-), τελέω (τελίσ(σ)ω),
έτελεσ(σ)α accomplish, fulfill,
perform.

τεύχω (τενχ-, τυχ-, τνκ-), τενξω,
ετενξα (τε'τνκον) do, make, perform,
cause, fashion, prepare,
τίς, τί who? which? what? τί
why? (780-781).
τότε then, at that time,
φε'ρω (φερ-, οί-, ενεκ-), οίσω. ήνιικα
hear, bring, carry,
φιλί-ω, φιλήσω, ίφίλησα love, cherish,
entertain hospitably,
φίλος, η, ον dear, darling, lovely,
beloved.

χολό-ω, χολώσω, έχόλωσα anger, enrage,
vex.
χρνσεος, η, ον gold(en), of gold.
Χρνση, τ?ς, ἡ Chrysa, a town in the
Troad.

Χρνσης, άο (εω), ὁ Chryses, a
priest.

ψϋχή, ·ης, ἡ soul, life, breath, spirit.

Note. — Throughout this book, words preceded by an asterisk (*)
are assumed forms; those followed by an asterisk are Attic, analogous
to known Homeric forms, but not found in Homer; those followed by a
double asterisk (**) are Attic, not analogous to Homeric forms; those
followed by a dagger (I) are not Epic or Attic, but are Ionic or Lyric;
those followed by a hyphen (-) are stems (628-630).

<pb n="20"/>

LESSON XIII: NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION

Iliad, 1-5

58.	1) Learn the principles of formation of nouns of the
third declension, 680-692.

2)	Learn the declension of 
βασιλεύς king, 
ἥρως hero, 
πόλις city, 
and 
ἔπος word, 701-709.

3)	Read the introduction.

4)	Memorize thoroughly the word list, 4, which has all the words used in this lesson.

59.	Optional:

60.	VOCABULARY

*Ἄις, Ἄιδος ὁ (nom. not used) Hades, god of the lower world.
ἄλγος, ἄλγεος, τό grief, pain, woe, trouble.

Ἀχιλλεὐς, Ἀχιλλῆος, ὁ Achilles,
δαίς, δαιτός, ἡ, feast, banquet, portion.

Ζεύς, Διός, ὁ,  Zeus, father and king of gods and men.
ἥρως, ἥρωος, ὁ, HERO, mighty warrior, protector, savior.





ἴφθῑμος, ἰφθίμη, ἴφφῑμον mighty, valiant, stout-hearted, brave,
κύων, κυνός, ὁ, ἡ dog.
μῆνις, μήνιος, ἡ wrath, fury, madness, rage.

οὐλόμεvos, οὐλομένη, οὐλόμενον accursed, destructive, deadly.

προ-ϊάπ-τω, προϊάψω, προΐαψα hurl, forward, send forth.

τΐ-θημι,<note>Verbs (if not deponent, 897) as they appear in the vocabulary (in the first person singular, present active indicative) ordinarily end in -ω, but some end in -μι. Several of those ending in -μι reduplicate (874, 886) the present with c, as τίθημι (τι-θημι) = θι-θημι (619) put, place, cause, δίδωμι (δι-δωμι) give, grant. Of these verbs ϊημι, δίδωμι, and τίθημι have -κα as the ending of the aorist, instead of σα, 841-843.</note> (θη-, θε-), θήσ-ω, ἔθηκα 1 put, place, cause.

Derivatives: see 4, and find some new ones in the dictionary.

61. Translate:

	1. μῆνις Πηληιάδεω Ἀχιλῆος ἦν οὐλομένη, ἔθηκε γὰρ μῡρί’ ἄλγεα τοῖσιν Ἀχαιοῖσιν, προΐαψε δὲ πολλὰς ψῡχὰς ἰφθίμους ἡρώων Ἄιδι, ἔτευχε δ αὐτοὺς ἑλώρια καὶ δαῖτα κύνεσσιν οἰωνοῖσί τε, ἐτέλεσε δὲ βουλὴν Διός. 






<pb n="21"/>

2. θεὰ ἀείδει μῆνιν οὐλομένην Ἀχιλῆος, ἥ ἔθηκεν μῡρί ἄλγε’ Ἀχαιοῖσιν.

3. θεοὶ ὀλέκουσι τὸν στρατόν, καὶ προϊάπτουσι πολλὰς ψῡχὰς ἡρώων Ἄιδι.

4. τεύξομεν μῡρίους Ἀχαιοὺς ἑλώρια κύνεσσιν καὶ δαῖτα τοῖσιν οίωνοῖσιν, οὕνεκα ἠτίμασαν Χρύσην.

5. κᾱλὴ ἦν ἠ βουλὴ Διός.

Greek Soldiers in Arms
From a Greek vase of about the time of the battle of Marathon.

62.	Iliad, 1-5.



Note. — Observe that the long doubtful vowels (519) are not
marked in the Homeric passages (520), as their length must be learned
from the metre.

63.	
1. 

μἦνιν is emphatic, by position, as the central theme of the Iliad. It is the mad wrath of Achilles, and its terrible consequences to the Greeks, which the poet uses as a thread for his plot. —
 ἀείδε [άειδω] : pres. act. imperat., 2d sing., sing, i.e. inspire me with thy gift of song, 1069. — 
θεά (the muse of song) is vocative. — 
Πηληιάδεω = Πηληιάδᾱο 573 (probably Πηληιάδᾱ’ Ἀχιλῆος stood here originally).

2. οὐλομένην is emphatic as being at the bead of the verse, and at the
end of its clause, and out of the natural order. It is in a kind of apposition
with μῆνιν, as though it were an afterthought, and is expanded and

<pb n="22"/>

amplified by the following clause. — 

ἥ [ὅs, ἥ, ὅ 773] refers to μῆνιν- —
μῡρί’ Ἀχαιοῖς : for the hiatus see 576 ; 1178, 3.

3.	Merely a picturesque way of saying “killed.” — 

προΐαψεν: 830-831, 837.—

Ἄιδι, = ἌϜιδι. To the ancient Greeks the realm of Hades
was not primarily a place of punishment, of tortures, and of horrors, as
the Christian Hell, but was a faint and cheerless copy of the upper world,
and was the abode of all departed spirits of the dead. Consequently no
one, no matter how good and pious, was anxious to die.

4.	ἡρώων is emphatic, as coming at the beginning of the verse, and
out of its natural order. — 

δὲ ἑλώρια = δε Ϝελώρια (580). — 

αὐτούς : themselves, i.e. their bodies, as contrasted with their shadows, or souls.

τεῦχε = ἔτευχε : 837. In order for the soul of the deceased to obtain rest,
it was necessary that the body be buried, or cremated, with the proper
funeral rites. If the enemy gained possession of his foe’s body, as a
mark of the worst he could do, he might give it over to the dogs and
birds to devour. This heightened the pathos of the poet’s theme. The
scene on the opposite page shows how bitterly the old Greeks and Trojans
fought for the bodies of the slain. Achilles, who has been shot through
the heel by Paris, lies dead in the midst of the fray. The Trojans have
pounced upon his body, eager to drag it within their own lines. Glaucus,
one of their number, while attempting to tie a thong to the foot of
Achilles, falls mortally wounded by Ajax, who is stoutly defending the
corpse. Other Trojans, including Paris, Aeneas, Laodocus, and Echippus,
have joined in the battle.

5.	ἐτελεῖετο [τελείω] : imperf. pass, indic., 3d sing., was being accomplished.

These verses, together with the two following, form the prooemium,
or introduction to the Iliad. The subject is announced in the very first
word (μῆνις). It is the wrath of Achilles and its disastrous consequences
to the Greeks, but all in accordance with the will of Zeus,
which form the principal theme of the poem.

64.	Translate :

1.	The valiant Achaeans are singing the accursed wrath of Achilles. 

2. The wrath of Achilles caused many woes to the Achaeans and sent many valiant souls of heroes to the god Hades. 

3. We shall make the army of the Achaeans a booty for the dogs and a banquet for the birds. 

4. We are accomplishing the will of the goddess.

<pb n="23"/>

LESSON XIV: PROSODY. THE GREEK HEXAMETER

Iliad, 1-5

65.	1) Read carefully the sections on quantity and prosody, 519-526 and 1159-1192.

2)	Copy and mark the scansion of the first five verses of the Iliad.

66.	Remember that the only vowels the quantity of which
is not known are α, ι, υ and that their length is indicated in
the vocabulary. As soon as possible the student should
master the rules for the length of vowels of the inflectional
endings, so as to be free from the vocabulary in this particular.

67.	In marking the scansion of these verses, use the sign
(ˉ) to indicate a long syllable, and the sign (˘) for a short
syllable, separating the feet from each other by the perpendicular
line ( | )·

68.	The written word-accent must be disregarded in reading
the verse.

69.	Iliad	1-5

Μηνιν αειδε, θεά, ΤΙηΧηιάδεω Ά^ιΧηος	1

ούΧομενην, ἡ μυρί’ Άχαιοΐς αΧΓγε’ εθηκεν,

πολλας 8’ ίφθίμους ψυχάς “Ἀιΰι προ'ί'αψεν

ηρώων, αυτούς δε εΧώρια τενχε κύνεσσιν

οίωνοΐσί τε δαΐτα, Ἀιος 8’ ετεΧείετο βουΧή,	5

70.	The first syllable of μῆνιν must be long, having a long
vowel, 522. The accent shows that the second syllable must
be short, 545, 1160. Then, having one long and one short,
the next syllable (ἄ-) must be short, as when there is one
long followed by a short, there must be another short to
complete the foot, 1169.

The next syllable (-ει-) is long, being a diphthong, 521-522.

<pb n="24"/>

The next syllable (-δε) is short, having a short vowel followed
by a single consonant.

The next syllable (θε-) is short also, having a short vowel
followed by another vowel.

As this completes this foot, the final syllable (-ά) of θεά .
must be long, as it is the first, syllable of the next foot, 1171.

The next syllable (Πη-) is long, having a long vowel, 522.

The next syllable (-λη-) is long, having a long vowel, 522.

The next vowel (-ι-) is short. See the vocabulary.

Then the next syllable (-ά-) must be short to complete
the foot.

The next vowel (-ε-) is short, but as the first syllable of a
foot must be long, 1171, the -δεω is pronounced as one long
syllable, by synizesis, 586.

The next vowel (Ἀ-) is short. See the vocabulary.

Then the next syllable (-χι-) must be short to complete
the foot.

The next syllable (-λῆ-) is long, having a long vowel.

The final syllable (-ος) is short, having a short vowel, but
must be marked long here, as the final syllable is always long,
owing to the pause in the verse, 1184.

Therefore the metrical scheme of this verse is:

ˉ ˘ ˘ | ˉ ˘ ˘ |ˉ ˉ | ˉ ˘ ˘ | ˉ ˘ ˘ |ˉ ˉ |


Now mark the next verse : οὐλομένην, ἣ μῡρί' Ἀχαιοῖς ἄλγε’
ἔθηκεν,

The first syllable (οὐ-) is long, being a diphthong.

The second syllable (-λο-) is short, having a short vowel.

The next (-μέ-) is short, having a short vowel.

The next (-νην) is long, having a long vowel.

The next (ἣ) is long, having a long vowel.

As this completes the second foot, the next syllable (μυ-)
must be long, as it is the first syllable of the next foot.

The next syllable (-ρί’) is short, as is indicated by the accent,
since only short vowels are elided, 575, 1162.

<pb n="25"/>

Then the next syllable (Ἀ-) must be short, to complete
the foot.

The next syllable (-χαι-) is long, having a diphthong.

The next syllable (-οῖς) is long, having a diphthong.

The next-syllable (ἄλ-) is long,followed by two consonants.

The next syllable (-γε’) is short, having a short vowel.

The next syllable (ἔ-) is short, having a short vowel.

The next syllable (-θη-) is long, having a long vowel.

The next syllable (-κεν) is short, but is long here, owing
to its place in the verse, 1184.

Therefore this verse should be scanned as follows:

ˉ ˘ ˘ | ˉ ˉ | ˉ ˘ ˘ |ˉ ˉ | ˉ ˘ ˘ |ˉ ˉ |

71.	Using these principles, and the rules given, 1159-1192,
mark the scansion of the first five verses, and do not attempt
any further work in Homer till these have been thoroughly
memorized and can be repeated rhythmically with ease.

72.	A good plan to follow at first is to mark only the syllables
of which the quantity is certain, without having to
consult the vocabulary. When this is done, the quantity of
the remaining syllables can usually be determined from their
position in the verse.

73.	Before attempting to memorize a verse, it should always
be translated several times, till the student is quite
familiar with the exact meaning of every word and understands
accurately every construction in it.

74.	First the teacher may repeat these verses a few times
for the students, then with them, till they have the movement
mastered, but after that the students should be able to
recite them alone.

75.	Let each student recite these separately, then let them
be repeated by small groups, and finally in concert by the
entire class.

76.	In repeating these verses orally, the words must of
course be kept distinct and no break must be made between

<pb n="26"/>

Zeus Otricoli
Vatican Gallery, Rome

Hera
Ludovisi Villa, Rome

Apollo of the Belvedere
Vatican Gallery, Rome

Aphrodite of Cnidus
Glyptothek, Munich

GREEK GODS AND GODDESSES
<pb/>
the separate feet, unless there is a pause in sense, caesura, 1185, or diaeresis, 1188.

77.	Careful attention must be paid to the meaning of the
passage, and the various pauses should be indicated by the
voice. Of course the voice must not be allowed to drop at
the end of a verse unless there is a distinct pause there.

LESSON XV: THIRD DECLENSION (Continued)

Iliad, 1-10

78.	1) Learn the declension of 
ἄναξ king, 
παῖς child, and
ἀνήρ man, 693-694, 697-700.

2)	Memorize the first seven verses of the Iliad, 82.

Note. — Henceforth always eojiy and scan each lesson from Horner,
and memorize not less than one verse per day till the first fifty-two are
covered. In copying these verses, the accents and breathings must not
be omitted.

79.	Optional:

80.	VOCABULARY

ἄναξ, ἄνακτος, ὁ king, lord, protector,
ἀνήρ, ἀνέρος (ἀνδρός), ὁ (real) man, warrior, hero.
ἄρ(α), (ῥά) naturally, of course, as
you know, as you might expect, that is, in effect. It is not always translatable into English, which has for it no exact equivalent.
βασιλεύς, ῆος, ὁ king, ruler.

δή indeed, truly, forsooth, now.
δι-ί-στημι (στη-, στα-), διαστήσω, διέστησα (διεστην) stand apart, separate. 

ἐρίζω (ἐριδ-), —, ἤρισ(σ)α quarrel, strive.

ἔρις, ἔριδος, ἡ strife, quarrel.

Λητώ, Λητὀος ἡ  (Λητούς 584-585) Leto, mother of Apollo,
μάχ-ομαι, <note>87, Note.</note> fight, battle. 
ξuv-ί-ημι (=σι-σημι 603-604; ἡ-, ἑ-), ξυνήσω, ξύνηκα <note>60, Note.</note> (ξυνέηκα),<note>60, Note.</note> bring together, throw together, hearken, heed.
ὄρνῡμι, ὄρσω, ὤρσα (ὤρορον) stir up, kindle, incite, excite, arouse,
πρῶτος, πρώτη, πρῶτον first, foremost, chief;
τὸ πρῶτον, τὰ πρῶτα, as adverb, 781-782, at first, firstly, first,
υἱός, υἱοῦ (υἱέος, ος), ὁ son.






<pb/>

Derivatives: poly-andry, phil-anderer, Andrew, androgynous;
basil-isk, basil-ica; stay, static, stand; eristic; logo-machy,
theo-machy; proto-plasm, proto-zoon, proto-type.

81. Translate.

1.	θεὰ ἀείσει μῆνιν Ἀχιλῆος, ἐξ οὗ  (from the time when, i.e. beginning at the point in the story) δὴ τὰ πρῶτα δῖος Ἀχιλλεὺς καὶ Ἀτρεΐδης ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν ἠρισάτην [ἐρίζω] καὶ διεστήτην [διίστημι]. 

2. τίς θεῶν ξυνέηκε [ξυνίημι] δῖον Ἀχιλλῆά τε καὶ Ἀτρεΐδην ἔριδι (1009) μάχεσθαι (to fight); 

3. υἱὸς Λητοῦς καὶ Διός, ἑκηβόλος, ξυνέηκέ σφωε (these two) ἔριδι  μάχεσθαι, τὸν γὰρ βασιλεὺς Ἀτρεΐδης ἐχόλωσεν, ὃ δ’ ὤρσε κακὴν νοῦσον ἀνὰ στρατὰν Ἀχαιῶν, ὤλεκε δὲ λᾱούς.

82. Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad, 1—10
J \

ούΧο

' r r ,	.....	u,	.	,

φβίμους ^Ρχας. ’%$<- (ββοιαψεν.)

ηρώων, feiiτοό? δε eX/ώ^ια reuyf κυνεεήσιν

οιωνοϊσί τε δαΐτα,ί Διό? δ’ ετεΧείετο βουΧη,

εξ ου δη τά πρώτα, δίαστήτην{ερίσαντε \

Άτρείδης τε άνήιξ ανδρών καὶ δΐος Άχιλλεύς.

τις τ’ άρ σφωε θεών εριδ>ι^υνεηκε)μάχεσθαι;

Ἀητούς καὶ Διό? υιός, ὁ <yάρ βασιΧηι χοΧωθεις

νουσον άνά στρατόν (ωρσε}κακην, όΧεκοντο δε λαοί,

10

83.	6. οὗ [ὅs, ἥ, ὅ, 773], ἐξ οὗ, referring back to ἄειδε from the time when,

literally, from what [time]. — το πρώτα : 781-782. — διαστήτην = διεστήτην, 837 [διίστημι]. — ἐρίσαντε [ἐρίζω] : aor. active participle, nom., dual,
masc., (they two) having quarreled.

7 is in apposition with the subject of διαστήτην. The son of Atreus is
Agamemnon, commander-in-chief of the allied Greek military expedition
against Troy, undertaken to bring back Helen, wife of Menelaus, brother
of Agamemnon: she had been stolen away from her home in Greece by
Paris, son of Priam, and was now in Troy. — τε ἄναξ = τε Ϝάναξ, 580.

<pb n="28"/>

The son of Atreus was so well known to Homer’s hearers, it was not
necessary to give his name, Agamemnon.

8.	This verse is a rhetorical question, addressed by the poet to his
audience, to arouse attention and curiosity, and which he then answers
himself: a common device of public speakers. — σφωε [ἕο]: 3d pers.
pron., acc. dual, these two. ·— ἔριδι: 1009. — μάχεσθαι [μάχομαι] : pres. act.
infinitive, deponent, to fight.

9.	βασιλῆι: 996. — χολωθείς [χολόω] : aor. pass, particip., nom. sing,
masc. (modifies ὀ), having been enraged,. — Λητοῦς = Λητόος, 584-585. —
βασιλῆι = Ἀγαμέμνονι. — Λητοῦs καὶ Διὸς υἱός  = Ἀπόλλων, who was mediately
the cause of the quarrel, since he brought a plague upon the
Greeks, which gave occasion for the strife between Achilles and Agar
memnon.

10.	voῦσov is emphatic by position, as is κακήν, which is further explained
and expanded by the following clause. — ὀλέκοντο = ὠλέκοντο,
837 [ὀλέκω], imperf. pass, indic., 3d plur., were being destroyed, kept perishing.
— λαοί: the soldiers in the Greek army.

On the first seven verses, read 63 (end), and compare Hermann Grimm :
“ These first verses are like the tones of a funeral march rising to a sky
shrouded with gloomy clouds. A series of verses which like heralds
announce the whole poem. A gloomy cloud gathers over the Greeks.
The field is covered with the corpses of fallen heroes. Dogs and vultures
tear the bodies of the slain. The most powerful of men and the mightiest
mortal descendant of Zeus quarrel. Zeus has determined the destruction
of the people. All this in a single sentence which closes with
Ἀχιλλεύς.”

With fine poetic insight Homer begins his story in the very middle
with a thrilling situation, and allows the background with what has gone
before to unfold itself gradually, as it is needed, in the course of his
narrative.

In order to create a situation which would inevitably bring on a quarrel
so far-reaching in its consequences, it is not enough for merely human
factors and natural causes to operate, but some divinity must motivate
the action. This gives the poet a wider range for his creative imagination,
and makes anything possible.

84. Translate:

1.	We were singing the accursed wrath of Achilles, from the time when first the son of Atreus, king of men, and divine Achilles quarreled and separated. 



<pb n="29"/>

2. Which (one) of the gods brought together the Achaeans and the people of Priam in strife to fight ?	

3. Did the son of Leto and of Zeus, the free-shooter, bring these two together in strife to fight ?	

4. The son of Atreus, king of the Achaeans, and the divine Achilles enraged the lord, the free-shooter, and he kindled many evil plagues up through the camp of the Achaeans and kept destroying the brave people evilly.

LESSON XVI: PRESENT AND FUTURE, MIDDLE AND PASSIVE OF VERBS. DEPONENT VERBS.

Iliad, 11-16
85. 1) Learn the principles of the formation of the middle and passive verbs, and of deponent verbs : 887-897.

2) Learn the present and future, middle and passive, of λύω, 910.

3) Read 1065-1068.

4) Memorize the first eight verses of the Iliad.

5)	Henceforth always copy and scan each lesson from
Homer, and memorize, not less than one verse per day till
the first fifty-two are learned. The first hundred verses, or
more, should be copied and scanned. In copying these
verses the word accents and breathings must not be omitted.

6)	Learn the declension of 
θυγάτηρ daughter, 
νηῦς ship,
δῶμα house, 
and 
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν all, every, 697—703, 707, 710, 732.

86.	Optional:

87.	VOCABULARY

Ἀπόλλων (Ᾱπόλλων 571), Ἀπόλλωνος, ὁ Apollo.

ἔρχομαι (ἐρχ-, ἐλε-, ἐλευθ-, ἐλυθ-), ἐλεύσομαι, ἦλθον (ἤλυθον) come, go.




ἀρητήρ, ἀρητῆρος, ὁ priest, prayer.	

θοός, θοή, θοόν	swift, speedy,

δύο (δύω) two.	

θυγάτηρ, θυγατέρος, θυγατρός, ἡ daughter.




<pb n="30"/>

κοσμήτωρ, κοσμήτορος, ὁ commander, marshaller.

λίσσομαι (λιτ-), —, ἐλ(λ)ισάμην (ἐλιτόμην) beg, entreat,
μάλιστα most, especially, by all means.


νηῦς, νηός (νεός), ἡ ship,
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶv all, every, (the) whole.

στέμμα, στέμματος, τό fillet, wreath.
χείρ, χειρός, ἡ hand, arm.

Note. —The first form of a regular verb which appears in the vocabulary
(pres. act. indie., first sing.) usually ends in -ω, as ἀείδω, λύω, ἔχω,
but some end in -μι, as ἵστημι, τίθημι, δίδωμι, ἵημι. The corresponding
form for all deponents ends of course in -μαι, as μάχομαι, ἔρχομαι, λίσσομαι.

Derivatives: dual, dy-ad; cosm-etics, cosmet-ic, comso-gony, cosmo-logy);
naval, nautical; pan-theism, pan-demonium, pan-oply, pan-orama;
chir-o-graphy, chir-urgeon = surgeon.


88. Translate:

1. Ἀπόλλων ἑκηβόλος χολοῦται (584-585, 943) βασιλῆι Ἀτρεΐδῃ καὶ πέμπει νοῦσον κακὴν ἀνὰ στρατὸν Ἀχαιῶν, ὀλέκονται δε λᾱοί, οὕνεκα δῖος Ἀτρεΐδης ἠτίμασε Χρύσην ἀρητῆρα. 

2. Χρύσης γὰρ άρητηρ ἑκηβόλου ἔρχεται ἐπὶ θοὰς νῆας Ἀχαιῶν, φέρει δ’ ἀπερείσι ἄποινα θυγατρός, ἥν [ὅs, ἥ, ὅ, 773] Ἀτρεΐδης ἔχει ἐν στρατῷ. 

3. ὁ δ’ ἀρητὴρ ἔχει στέμματα ἐκηβόλου Άπόλλωνος ἐν χερσὶν ἀνὰ χρῡσέῳ σκῆπτρῳ καὶ λίσσεται πάντας Ἀχαιούς, μάλιστα δ’ Ἀτρεΐδᾱ δύω κοσμήτορε λᾱῶν. 

4. Ἀπόλλων χολώσεται βασιλῆι καὶ ὄρσει νοῦσον κακὴν ἀνὰ στρατόν. 

5. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ θοὰς νῆας Ἀχαιῶν καὶ οἴσουσι [φέρω] ἀπερείσι ἄποινα βασιλῆι. 

6. λίσσονται πάντας Ἀχαιούς. 

7. Ἀτρεΐδης ἤτιμασεν ἀρητῆρα καὶ οὐκ ἀπέλῡσε θύγατρα.

89.	Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad, 11-16.

ούνεκα τον Xρύσην ητιμασεν άρητήρα
Άτρείδ' 6 γὰρ ήΧθε θοάς επι νήας Ἀχαιών
Χυσόμεάος τε θύηατρα φέρων τ’ απερείσι αποινα,
στέμματ έχων εν χερσϊν έκηβόΧου Άπόλλωνος



<pb n="31"/>

χρυσεφ ανά σκήπτρω, καὶ ελίσσετο πάιπας Αχαιούς, 15
Ἀτρείδα δε μάλιστα δύω, κοσμήτορε λαών'

90.	11.	τὸν = (ilium): that well-known, since the circle of legends is

familiar to the hearers of the bard. 

—ἠτίμασev [ἀτιμάζω], 

ἀρητῆρα: 1182.
Observe that this verse ends in two spondees, making it a “spondaic”
verse. This, together with the position of the final word, throws special
emphasis upon it, making it practically equivalent to “ although he was
a priest,” which would of course make him an object of more than ordinary
reverence.

12.	Ἀτρεΐδης  is made distinctly emphatic by position. It is he who
must bear the burden of responsibility in slighting the priest. — 

ἐπὶ νῆας, i.e. to the Greek camp on the shore, where they had drawn up their
ships, out of the water.

13. λῡσόμενος [λύω]: fut. mid. particip., nom. sing. masc. (modifying
ὁ, which refers to the priest) peing about (desiring) to ransom, to ransom,
1109, 5. — 

φέρων [φέρω] : pres. act. part., nom. sing. masc. (also modifies
ὀ), bearing, bringing.—

ἀπερείσι’ ἄποινα is an example of epic exaggeration, not rare in all such compositions.

14.	ἔχων [ἔχω] : pres. act. part., nom. sing. masc. (modifies ὁ), having,
holding. The ransoms were probably of gold and silver bullion and other
valuable articles of commerce.

The priest depends upon two motives to influence the Greeks:

1)	Cupidity, and so he brings the presents, ἄποινα.

2)	Reverence, which accounts for his wearing the fillets (ribbons of
white wool) and bearing the. sceptre as insignia of his office.

— χερσὶν ἑκηβόλου: originally χερσὶ Ϝεκηβόλου. — 

ἑκηβόλου Ἀπόλλωνος : 571, 1173. Apollo has the epithet “free-shooter,” “sharp-shooter” applied
to him here, introducing him in his capacity as archer god, so
important for the further action, where he slays the Greeks with his
arrows. In his capacity as god of war, Jehovah was also an archer god
at times. “God is a righteous judge. He hath bent his bow and made
it ready.” Compare the story of the rainbow: “I shall set my bow (i.e.
my symbol as warrior god) in the cloud.”

15.	χρῡσ-έῳ : synizesis, 586. — 

χρῡσέω ἀνά : 1173. — 

καὶ ἐλίσσετο : 1173.
The latter part of this verse would imply that the scene takes place at a
meeting of the assembly of the Greeks.

The sceptre was a symbol of authority. Of course it was of gold if it
is to appear decently in epic. The whole atmosphere of a poem of this
kind is supramundane. Its leading characters are divine or semi-divine,
and their equipment must all be of more precious material than that

<pb n="32"/>

which suffices for ordinary mortals. Thus Apollo has a golden sword.
Several of the warriors before Troy have golden armor, and the gods
sit on golden thrones which rest upon the golden pavements of their
palaces in Olympus. In the same way the new Jerusalem has streets
of gold and gates of pearl. — 

ἐλίσσετο  [λίσσομαι] : imperf. act. ind. 3d sing, deponent verb. Observe the force of the imperfect, the old priest
kept entreating Agamemnon and his brother Menelaus, but Agamemnon,
in spite of these repeated opportunities to avail himself of the mercy of
the god, chose deliberately to slight his holy ambassador.

16. Ἀτρεΐδᾱ = Menelaus and Agamemnon.

The priest is a native of Chrysa, a small town near Troy, which has
been plundered by the invading Greeks. His daughter has been taken
prisoner of war, and he now comes to the Greek camp, where the ships
have been drawn up on the shore, to ransom her.

91.	Translate :

1.	Chryses, the priest of Apollo, is dishonored by (dative) the son of Atreus. 
2. The Achaeans will go from (their) swift ships to Troy and ransom the beloved daughter of the priest. 
3. We shall bring many ransoms and shall hold in (our) hands the fillets of Apollo. 
4. We do not have a golden sceptre, hut we entreat Priam and all the people of Troy. 
5. The two sons of Atreus, marshallers of the people(s), are entreating Priam, but he will slight them.
6. The son of Atreus, king of men, slighted the priest and did not release (his) daughter.

LESSON XVII: THE IMPERFECT, MIDDLE AND PASSIVE, AND THE
AORIST MIDDLE OF VERBS

Iliad, 17-21

92.	1) Learn the imperfect middle and passive, and the
aorist middle of λύω, 910.

2)	Learn the table of endings of the three declensions, 648-658.

93.	Optional:

<pb n="33"/>



VOCABULARY

94.

ἅζομαι (ἁγ-) defect, reverence,
δέχ-ομαι, δέξομαι, ἐδεξάμην (ἐδέγμην) accept, receive.

δί-δωμι (δω-, δο-), (δι)δώσω, ἔδωκα give, grant,
δῶμα, δώματος, τό house, home,
ἐγώ ἐγών, μέο (μεῦ 584-585), 760, I.

ἐκ-πέρθω (περθ-, πραθ-), ἐκπέρσω, ἐξέπερσα (ἐξέπραθον) sack (utterly), plunder, pillage.
ἐυ-κνήμῑς, ἐυκνήμῑδος well-greaved.
ἱκ-νέομαι, ἵξομαι, ἱκόμην arrive, reach (one’s destination).

μέν (correlative with δέ) on the one hand, truly, μὲν ... δέ on the one hand ... on the other, partly . . . partly, the one . . . the other, etc.
οἴκα-δε 788, 4 home(ward), to home, home,
παῖς, παιδός, ὁ, ἡ child, son, daughter.
π(τ)όλις, π(τ)όλιος, π(τ)όληος, ἡ city, state,
σύ, σέο (σεῦ 584-585), 760, you.

Derivatives: dose, anti-dote; dome; ego-(t)istic(al);
eu-phony, eu-logy, eu-phemism; ped-agogue, ped-o-baptism ; acro-polis,
necro-polis, metro-polis, cosmo-politan, politic(s, al).

95.	Translate :

1.	θεοὶ ἔχουσιν Ὀλύμπια δώματα, ἔδωκαν δ’ Ἀτρεΐδῃς καὶ ἄλλοισιν ἐυκνημίδεσσιν Ἀχαιοῖσιν ἐκπέρσαι (to sack utterly) πόλιν Πριάμου, τότε δ’ ἵκοντο ἐὺ οἴκαδε, οὕνεκα παῖδα φίλην ἀρητῆρος ἔλῡσαν. 

2. άπέλῡσα ἐυκνήμῑδες Ἀχαιοὶ θύγατρα φίλην ἀρητῆρος, ἐδέξαντο δ’ ἀγλαὰ αποινα, οὕνεκα ἑκηβόλου Ἀπόλλωνα Διὸς υἱὸν ἅζοντο. 

3. ἅζεται ἑκηβόλον. 

4. Ἀτρεΐδης οὐκ ἐδέξατο τὰ ἀγλά’ ἄποινα.	

5. Χρύσης ἀρήτηρ ἔδωκεν ἄποινα πολλὰ βασιλῆι Ἀτρεΐδῃ.	

6. πάντες θεοὶ καὶ πᾶσαι θεαὶ εἶχον [ἔχω] Ὀλύμπια δώματα. 

7. Ἀχαιοὶ ἐυκνήμῑδες ἐκπέρσουσι Πριάμοιο πόλιν, ἵζονται δ’ ἐὺ οἴκαδε. 
8. παῖς φίλη ἀρητῆρος ἐλύσατο, ἵκετο δ’ ἐὺ οἴκαδε.

96.	Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad, 17-SI.

“ ’Arp«δat τε καὶ άλλοι ενκνήμιδες Ἀχαιοί,,	17

νμϊν μεν θεοὶ δριεν ΌΧύμπια δώματ εχοντες
έκπερσαι ΪΙριάμοιο πόΧιν, εύ δ’ οϊκαδ’ Ικέσθαι·

<pb n="34"/>

7ταΐδα S’ έμοι Χϋσαὶ re φίλην, τα τ’ ἄποινα ΰέγΐσθαι 20
. αζόμενοι Δίό? υίδν έκηβόλον Ἀπόλλωνα.”

97. 17. Άτρεΐδαι, etc.,vocatives. — 

καὶ ἄλλοι ἐυκνήμῑδες: 1173. Greaves
were a kind of leggings, serving as shin guards, for protection against
weapons and to prevent chafing from the long shield of the wearer.

18.	ὑμῖν [σύ] : dat. plur., to you. — 

θεοί: one syllable by synizesis, 586.
μέν : correlative with δέ, vs. 20. — 

δοῖεν [δίδωμι] : aor. act. optative, 3d plur.
(its subject is θεοί), may they grant. — 

ἔχοντες [ἔχω] : pres. act. part.,
nom. plur. masc. (modifies θεοί), having, possessing, i.e. inhabiting. The
gods lived in palaces on the top of Olympus, a high mountain in
northern Thessaly. See note on vs. 44, § 138.

19.	ἐκπέρσαι [ἐκπέρθω] : aor. act. inf., to sack utterly. — 

ἱκέσθαι [ἱκνέομαι] : aor. act. inf., to arrive. — 

πόλιν : 1167, 1.

20.	From its position in the verse παῖδα is emphatic. “ It is my child
for whom I make my entreaties.” Observe how the addition of φίλην
heightens the pathos of the old man’s plea. — λῦσαι, δέχεσθαι: aor., and
pres. act. inff., used as imperatives, 1107, 11, free and accept. Observe
the rhyme of δέχεσθαι. with ἱκέσθαι in vs. 19. The old priest would thus
emphasize that their return home, ἱκέσθαι, may depend upon their acceptance,
δέχεσθαι, of the ransoms.—τά: these: the priest evidently points
to the gifts he had brought.

18 ff. ὑμῖν θεοὶ δοϊεν, etc.: “ may you get your wish, I mine.” Evidently
he does not object to having the Greeks collect part of their
payment from Priam and his people, who were of considerably less concern
to the priest than his own darling daughter. Homer’s characters
are often thus refreshingly individualistic. If the Greeks would grant his
request, he was willing to have his prayers enlisted on their side. He
was not the first, nor yet the last, to labor under the impression that the
outcome of a great war might be influenced by a personal appeal to his
god.

Instead of having his speech reported at second hand, the priest is
dramatically brought forward in propria persona, and speaks for himself.
The poet thus secures a more striking effect than indirect discourse
could produce.

21.	ἁζόμενοι [ἅζομαι] : pres. act. part., nom. plur. masc. (modifying
the implied subjects of λῦσαι and δέχεσθαι), reverencing. 21 is a spondaic
verse, 1182 ; “ honor the god,” i.e. in the person of me, his representative,
for to insult the priest would be to insult the god. The close of
his plea is made particularly impressive by ending in a spondaic verse
with the name of the god. Perhaps his use of the term ἑκηβόλον is

<pb n="35"/>

intended to convey a half-veiled threat. That is, if they do not grant
his prayer and thus refuse reverence to the god, Apollo in his character
of free-shooter may wreak vengeance upon them.

98. Translate:

1.	The gods who have (ἔχοντες) Olympian homes will grant to the sons of Atreus and to the other well-greaved Achaeans to sack utterly (ἐκπέρσαι) the city of Priam.

2.	When they sacked the city of Priam, they returned happily home. 

3. They accepted the shining ransoms and freed the darling daughter of the priest Chryses. 

4. We reverenced the free-shooter Apollo, son of Leto and Zeus, and
escaped death. 

5. Will the son of Atreus accept the shining ransoms ?	

6.	The	child	of	the	priest	was	freed,	when he gave many shining ransoms, which the two sons of Atreus accepted.

LESSON XVIII: THE PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT ACTIVE OF VERBS

99.	1) Learn the perfect and pluperfect indicative active
of λύω 904, and of βαίνω 922.

2)	Learn the declension of 
γέρωv old man, 

αἴξ goat, and

παῖς child, 693-695.

100.	Optional:

101.	VOCABULARY

ἀγορή, ῆς, η, assembly, meeting place, gathering, harangue,
αἴξ, αἰγός, ὁ, ἡ goat
Ἄργος, Ἄργεος, τό Argos, a country and city in Greece.
γέρων, γέροντος, ὁ old man.
γῆρας, γήραος, τό old age, eld.
δέκατος, δεκάτη, δέκατον tenth.

ἡμέτερος, ἡμετέρη, ἡμέτερος our, ours,
θνήσκω (θνη-, θαν), θανέομαι, ἔθανον, τέθνηκα die, perish.

ἱερεύς, ἱερῆος, ὁ priest, holy man.
κοῖλος, κοίλη, κοῖλον hollow,
μηρίον, μηρίου, τό thigh-piece, thighbone.
πούς, ποδὀς, ὁ foot.

<pb n="36"/>

ταῦρος, ταύρου, ὁ bull.	


φεύγω (φευγ-, φυγ-), φεύξομαι, ἔφυγον, πέφευγα flee, fly, escape, run (off, away, along).
φρήν, φρενός, ἡ diaphragm, mind, heart., soul, spirit, disposition.

ὠκύς, ὠκεῖα, ὠκύ swift, speedy.



Derivatives: gray 597-598, gero-comy,gero-cracy; deca-logue,
deca-gon; hier-archy, hier-o-glyphic(al); anti-podes, tri-pod, polyp(ous);
phreno-logy, frenzy.

102.	Translate:

1. Ἀτρεΐδης οὐκ ἀπολέλυκεν ἱερῆος  παῖδα φίλην. 

2. βέβαμεν [βαίνω] ἐξ ἀγορῆς. 

3. κατέκηε γέρων Ἀπόλλωνι ἄνακτι πολλἀ μηρία ταύρων καὶ αἰγῶν. 

4. γῆρας ἔσχεν [ἔχω] ἱερῆα. 

5. γῆρας οὐχ ἵκετο βασιλῆι Ἀτρεΐδῃ, ἔθανε δὲ κακῶς ἐνὶ οἴκῳ έν Ἄργεϊ, οὕνεκα τὸν ὤλεκε Κλυταιμ(ν)ήστρη. 

6. πόδας ὠκὺς [1014] Ἀχιλλεὺς τέθνηκεν ἐν Ἰλίῳ. 

7. ὁ γέρων πέφευγεν εἰς τὴν ἀγορήν.

103.	Translate.

1. We have freed the beloved daughter of the priest,
because we reverence the free-shooter Apollo. 

2. All the Achaeans have gone from the assembly to the hollow ships.

3.	The priest burned many thigh-pieces of bulls and of goats to the gods who had Olympian homes. 
4. That old man has died in our home. 
5. The swift-footed Achilles has gone. 
6. The old man has not persuaded the mind of the son of Atreus. 
7. Apollo had loved the beautiful goddess of the sea. 
8. Shall we flee with swift feet into the city of Priam ?

LESSON XIX: THE INFINITIVE

Iliad, 22-27

104.	Learn all the forms, the meanings, and uses of the infinitives, 908, 914, 920, 1107.

105.	Optional:

<pb n="37"/>

VOCABULARY

106.

Ἀγαμέμνων, Ἀγαμέμνονος, ὁ Agamemnon, king of Mycenae, brother of Helen's husband, Menelaus, and commander-in-chief of the allied Greek military expedition against, Troy.
αἰδέομαι (αἰδεσ-) αἰδέσ(σ)ομαι, ᾐδεσ(σ)άμεν reverence

ἀφ-ί-ημι (ἡ-, ἑ-), ἀφήσω. ἀφῆκα (ἀφέηκα) send away, dismiss, hurl, drive off.

δηθύ-νω (def.), loiter, tarry, delay,
εἶμι (εί-. ἰ-) εἴσ-ομαι come, go; pres, often with fut. meaning, shall come, shall go.

ἔνθα then, there(upon), here,
ἐπ-ευ-φημέ-ω, ἐπευφήμησ-a shout assent, approve,
ἤ (ἠέ) or, than, whether,
ἢ ... ἤ either. . . or, whether... or.
κιχάνω (κιχ-, κιχε-), κιχήσομαι, ἐκιχησάμην (ἔκιχον, ἐκίχην) come upon, overtake, arrive (at).

κρατερός. κρατερή, κρατερόν strong, harsh, powerful,stern, mighty,
μή not, lest, that not.
μῦθος, μύθου, ὁ word, command, story,
νῦν now, at this time, as matters now are, as it is. Commonly implies a contrast.

παρά, πάρ, παραί adv., and prep, with gen., dat. and acc., from the side of, by the side of, to the side of, beside, along; adv., beside, near by; with gen., from (the side of, beside) ; with dat., by (the side of), near, beside; with acc., to the side of, along (by), beside, stretched along,

τέλλω (τελ-, ταλ-), ἔτειλα, τέταλμαι command, enjoin (upon), accomplish, rise.
ὕστερος, ὐστέρη, ὕστερον behind, later, at another time, further(more).

Derivatives: eu-phemis(m, tic); mythology, myth-ical;
para-graph, par-allel; hysteron proteron.

107.	Translate.

1. ὅτε ἡ γέρων ἐλίσσετο πάντας Ἀχαιούς καὶ Ἀτρείδα μάλιστα,
άλλοι μὲν πάντες Ἀχαιοὶ εἶπον αἰδεῖσθαι τὸν ἱερῆα καὶ δέχθαι
ἀγλά’ ἄποινα, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἥνδανεν Ἀτρεΐδῃ Ἀγαμέμνονι θῡμῷ,
ἀλλ’ ἀφίει γέροντα κακῶς, ἔτελλε δὲ κρατερὸν μῦθον. 

2. Ἀγαμέμνων οὐ κιχήσεται γέροντα παρὰ κοίλῃσι νηυσίν, οὐ γάρ δηθύνει ἐν στρατῷ Ἀχαιῶν. 

3. δηθύνειν, αἰδεῖσθαι, ἱέναι, ἵεσθαι
ἰέναι, ἐπευφημέειν, ἐπευφημῆσαι, ἐπευφημήσειν, τέλέειν, τέλλεσθαι, κιχάνειν, κιχάνεσθαι, κιχήσεσθαι, κιχήσασθαι, μάχεσθαι,
ἐκπέρθειν, ἐκπέρσειν, ἐκπέρσαι, ἐκπέρσασθαι, ἱκέσθαι, δέχεσθαι,
δέξασθαι, ἁζεσθαι.

<pb n="38"/>

108.	Copy, scan, and translate.

Iliad 22-27

ενθ' ἀλλοι μεν πάντες επευφήμησαν Ἀχαιοί
αΙΒ&σθαὶ θ' ιερηα καϊ αγλαὰ Βεχθαι ἄποινα ·
άλλ’ οὐκ ἀτρειΒτ] ἀγαμεμνονι ηνΒανε θυμω,
άλλὰ κακώς ἀφίει, κρατερον δ’ επϊ μύθον ετελλεν ·	25

“ μη σε, γέρον, KoiXr/σιν εγώ παρα νηνσϊ κιχήω
η ύνν Βηθύνοντ ἡ ύστερον αύτις ιόντα,

109.	22. μέν: corrrelative with ἀλλ’, vs. 24, whereby ἄλλοι πάντες
Ἀχαιοί is contrasted with Ἀτρεΐδης.

23. αἰδεῖσθαι = αἰδέεσθαι, 584-585. — θ’ = τε, 57 5, 582. — καὶ ἀγλαὰ
δέχθαι ἄποινα: 1173. αἰδεῖσθαι is an affirmative response to ἁζόμενοι of
the old priest’s prayer in vs. 21. ἀγλαὰ gives a reason why they were so
willing to accept the ransom.

24.	ἀλλ’ οὐκ brings the action of Agamemnon into sharp contrast
with that of all the other Achaeans (ἄλλοι μεν πάντες). —
Ἀτρεΐδῃ: 996, 1176. — 
ἥνδανε = ῾Ϝήνδανε — σϜήνδανε = suadeo, sweet, etc, — 

θῡμῷ : 1009.

25.	ἐπὶ . . . ἔτελλεν : “ tmesis,” 1048—1049. — 
κακῶς;: harshly (also perhaps
with evil, i.e. disastrous consequences).

26.	“Let me not come upon you.”— 

κιχήω [κιχάνω]: aor. act. subjunctive, n1st sing., with μη, may I not come, let me not come upon. — 

σέ [σύ]; acc. sing., you (thee). — 

ἐγώ is always emphatic, 761.

27.	δηθύνοντ’ = δηθύνοντα [δηθύνω] and ἰόντα [εἶμι] are pres. act. participles, acc. sing. masc. (modifying σε), loitering, tarrying. — 

αὖτις ἰόντα: coming hack, returning. — 
ὕστερον : adv., 781. —

ἢ ὕστερον = ἠϜ’ ύστερον.

To get the full effect of this situation, it must be, remembered that
the girl had been captured by the marauding Greeks, on a pillaging
expedition near Troy, and in the distribution of the booty she had
fallen to the lot of Agamemnon, whose personal property she now is.
So the old priest has little difficulty in winning over “ all the other
Achaeans,” who vociferously assent to his proposition ; but Agamemnon,
the only one who has anything to lose by the transaction, does not
prove to be so easy. Apparently he was not yet ready to return a choice
prize in exchange for a few pieces of gold and silver, or some old pots aud
pans and the paltry prayers of a pious priest. The piety of the other
Greeks and their reverence for the priest are placed in marked contrast
to the action of Agamemnon, who alone is wicked, and obstinately so.
His course is further robbed of any possible redeeming feature by the

<pb n="39"/>110-112]



fact that he is not only an ungodly sinner, but is actually rude and ill-mannered
to the priest. In requital for all this, as we shall learn in the
sequel, the people are the chief sufferers, who perish in heaps, while
Agamemnon escapes the plague. This is really an artistic blemish and
offends one’s sense of poetic justice. But it is necessary for the later
development of the plot that the king be preserved alive, and besides
throughout all history “ when the king sins the people suffer.” For an
illuminating parallel, read 2 Sam. 24 inter alia.

Agamemnon is too angry to consider any of the points urged by the
priest, and does not even thank him for his prayer for the success of the
expedition and a safe journey homeward (vss. 18-19), but takes that
all for granted (see vs. 30, next lesson). He respects neither god nor
priest, and prefers the girl to the ransom. In addressing the priest curtly
as γέρον, old man, he disregards his appeal as a representative of the god.

110.	Translate:

1. All the other Achaeans will not shout assent, to reverence the priest and to accept the shining ransoms. 

2. We shouted assent, to free the beloved daughter of the priest.

3. To free the daughter of that old man was not pleasing to Agamemnon in his soul. 

4. The king sent away that old man harshly, and enjoined a stern command upon (him).

5. Agamemnon did not find the old man beside the hollow ships of the Achaeans, for he did not loiter. 

6. To reverence, to fight, to loiter, to send, to have sent, to shout assent, to come upon, to command, to sack utterly, to accept, to be accepted, to be sacked utterly.

LESSON XX: PARTICIPLES, ACTIVE

Iliad, 28-32

111.	Learn all the forms of the active participles of λύω, 736 ff., 909.

112.	Optional:

<pb n="40"/>

113.	VOCABULARY

ἀντίά-ω, ἀντι-άσω (ἀντιόω — ἀντιάω 945-948,603), ἠντίασα approach, prepare, partake, share, go (come) to meet.

ἔπ-ειμι (εἰ-, ἰ-), ἐπείσομαι, come upon, come on, approach,
ἐπ-οίχομαι (οἰχ-, οἰχε-, οἰχο-), ἐποιχήσομαι*, ἐπῴχωκα go to, go against, attack, ply.

ἐρεθίζω (ἐρεθιδ-) (def.) vex, anger,
ἱστός, ἱστοῦ, ὁ loom, mast.
κέ(ν), ἄν (1085-1091) haply, perchance, perhaps.

λέχος, λέχεος, τό bed, couch.

μίν acc. only, enclitic, him, her, it.

Derivatives: soterio-logy, 584-585; tele-graph, tele-phone,
tele-pathy, tel-scope.

νέομαι (vεσ-) usually in fut. sense, come, go, return,
νύ encl. now, indeed, surely, then,
πρίν sooner, until, before, formerly,
σαώτερος, σαωτέρη, σαώτερον, comparative of σαός, σαή, σαόν 747-748, safer,
τηλόθι far (from, away), at a distance.

*χραισμέω (χραισμε-, χραισ-), χραισμήσω, ἐχραίσμησα (ἔχραισμον) with dat., 996, 1, help, assist, benefit, avail.

ὡς so, how, so that, in order that, since, like (as), as, when.



114. Translate :

1. σκήπτρου καὶ στέμμα θεοῖο οὐ χραισμήσουσο τῷ γέροντι,
θανέεται γὰρ παρὰ νηνσὶν Ἀχαιῶν ἢ νῦν δηθύνων ἢ ὕστερον
αὖτις ἰών. 

2. οὐ λύσει παῖδα φίλην, πρὶν δὲ γῆρας ἔπεισί
μιν ἐv οἴκῳ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἐν Ἄργεϊ τηλόθι πάτρης γέροντος. 

3. ἐνθα δ’ ἀντιάει λόχος Ἀγαμέμνονος καὶ ἐποίχεται ἱστόν. 

4. έρεθίσᾱς Ἀγαμέμνονα γέρων ου νέεται σαώτερος.
5. Ἀτρεΐδης δὲ ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος Ἀχιλλεὺς ἐρίσαντε διεστήτην [διίστημι]. 

6. γέρων ἦλθε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας Ἀχαιῶν φέρων
ἀπερείσι’ ἄποινα, έχων δὲ στέμματα ἑκηβόλου Ἀπόλλωνος ἐν
χερσίν. 

7. θεοὶ ἔχοντες Ὀλύμπια δώματα δώσουσιν [δίδωμι]
Ἀχαιοῖσιν ἐκπέρσαι Πριάμοιο πόλιν, ἐύ δ’ οϊκαδ’ ἱκέσθαι.

115. Copy, scan, and translate:

Iliad, 28-32.

μή νύ τοι οὐ χραισ μη σκήπτρου καὶ στέμμα Oeoloy
τήν b' εγώ ον λύσω· πρίν μιν καὶ γήρας ’έπεισιν
ήμετέρω ἐνὶ οΐκω ἐν ” Ἀργεί, τηλόθι πάτρης,


<pb n="41"/>

ιστόν έποιχομενην καὶ έμ'ον λεχο? αντιόωσαν.

ἀλλ’ ϊθι, μη fὶ έρέθιζβ, σαωψρας (ός μ^νέηαι,’’’

'■ ■‘ - ~~"ν ''

116. 28. τοι [σύ]: 760, 996.—

χραίσμῃ [χραισμέω] : 2d aor. act. subjunct.,
3d sing., may help, avail. Although singular, this verb has a
plural subject. It agrees, however, with the nearest σκῆπτρον, 973, 2.

29. τήν is emphatic, and is said with haughty brevity, and perhaps
with a contemptuous gesture or jerk of his thumb over his shoulder

toward the tent where
the girl was. — 

ἐγώ is
placed in emphatic contrast
to the other Greeks.
“ Even though the other
do agree with you, I
have something to say
here.” — 

καί: even.

30 ff., said with the
definite intention of insulting
the father and
wounding his feelings
as deeply as possible. —

ἡμετέρῳ; emphatic ; she
shall never be returned
to you and yours.

31.	ἐποιχομένην [ἐποίχομαι]: pres. act. (deponent) part., acc. sing, fem, (modifies μιν, her), plying. — 

ἀντιόωσαν : an “assimilated” form, 945-948.

32.	ἴθι [εἶμι]: pres, act. imperat., 2d sing., go, βegone. — 

ἐρέθιζε [ἐρεθίζω] : pres. act. imperat., 2d sing., vex, anger. — 

νέηαι [νέομαι], pres. act. (deponent) subjunct., 2d sing., you may return. — 

σαώτερος (emphatic by position) : more safely), i.e. than if you should attempt to remain. —

νέηαι (οἴκαδε).

“You depend upon your insignia (σκῆπτρον καὶ στέμμα θεοῖο) as priest
to protect you. Small help will they be if you continue to anger me.”
“ The girl shall never return to you, but she shall be a drudge and a

42

Lions’ Gate, Mycenae

The stone relief of triangular shape represents two
lions (or lionesses) facing each other on opposite sides of a
pillar. The heads of the animals have been lost.
<pb/>

menial all her days, to contribute to my comfort and to my good
pleasure.” To make tbe lot of the captive still more bitter, she must
endure all this in a far-away land in the midst of strangers, who might
not always be sympathetic. The illustration on the preceding page
shows the entrance to the fortified enclosure containing' Agamemnon’s
palace, where he intended the daughter of the priest to serve him.
It is characteristic of the poet’s art that Agamemnon is represented
as leaving to the imagination just what dire form his brutality may
take, although his threat perhaps contains an intimation that if the old


"Treasury of Atreus,” Mycenae

A view showing the central vault which is shaped like a beehive. The tomb was approached by a long, horizontal passage cut through the hillside.

priest does not depart instanter, he may pay for his temerity with his
life. Having no good arguments or adequate reasons to offer, Agamemnon
resorts to vile abuse to close the discussion and get rid of his
unwelcome visitor. Homer represents the brutality of Agamemnon in
as glaring a light as possible, to prepare the way for the righteous
indignation of the god and the fearful consequences which the Greek
hosts are to suffer for the king’s rash impiety.

<pb n="43"/>

117. Translate:

1. The sceptre and the fillets of the god will not avail
the old man (dat.) if he tarries (particip.) beside the hollow
ships of the great-souled Achaeans, or if he returns later,
for Agamemnon will kill him, and send (his) soul to Hades.

2.	He will not free his darling daughter, but old age will
come upon her in the home of Agamemnon and Clytaem(n)estra,
far from (her) native land. 

3. Vexing, having vexed, quarreling, having quarreled, bearing, having borne,
having, sacking, having sacked, helping, having helped,
sharing, having shared, going, tarrying.

LESSON XXI: MIDDLE AND PASSIVE PARTICIPLES

Iliad, 33-37

118.	1) Learn all the forms of the middle and passive
participles of λύω, 735-746, 915, 921.

2)	Review the active participles, 909, and memorize all
eleven forms of the participles, so as to be able to give the
nominative singular (all genders) of all of these, together
with the meaning.

119.	Optional:

VOCABULARY

120.

ἀκέων, ἀκέουσα, ἀκέον silent, quiet, being silent.

ἀμφι-βαίνω (βαν-, βα-), ἀμφιβήσω, (άμφιβήσομαι), ἀμφέβησα, (ἀμφέβην), ἀμφιβέβηκα surround, go round, protect.
ἀπ-άνευθε(ν) apart, away,
ἀρά-ομαι, ἀρήσομαι, ἠρησάμην pray, curse, invoke.

ἀργυρό-τοξος, ἀργυρο-τόξη, ἀργυρό-τοξον of a silver bow, equipped with a silver bow, silver-bowed one. Apollo.
γεραιός, γεραιή, γεραιόν old; masc. as substantive, old man.
δείδω (δϜi-, δϜei-, δϜoi-), δείσ-ομαι, ἔδεισα, δείδοικα (δείδια) fear, be afraid.

ἔπειτα then, thereupon.
<pb n="44"/>

ἠύ-κομος, ον fair-haired, well-haired, beautiful-tressed, well-tressed, having a rich harvest of long, flowing hair.

θίς, θῑνός, ἡ beach, shore, strand.
κί-ω (def.) come, go, depart,
πολύ-φλοισβος, πολύ-φλοισβον loud-roaring, heavy-thundering.


τίκτω (= τε-τέκω: τεκ-, τοκ-), τέξω,
ἔτεκον, τέτοκα* bear, produce, give birth to.

φημί (Φη-, φα-), φήσω, ἔφησα*, imperf. act. ϊφην, mid. ἐφάμην speak, say, tell.

ὥς (ὧς, ὡς) thus, so, in this way;
ὣς ... ὥς as ... so.

Derivatives: tox-ic(ology), tox-ine, anti-tox-ine, in-tox-icate;
gray (597-598); comet; poly-gamy, poly-gyny, poly-andry, poly-theism,
poly-technic; pro-phet, pro-phecy.



121. Translate :

1. Ἀγαμέμνων ὣς ἔφατο, ὁ δε γέρων δείσᾱς ἐπείθετο μύθῳ
κρατέρῳ (996), ἀκέων δ’ ἔβη παρὰ θῖνα πολυφλοίσβοιο θαλάσσης, ἔπειτα δὲ κιὼν ἀπάνευθεν ὁ γεραιὸς ἠράετο πολλὰ (780—781) ἀνακτι Ἀπόλλωνι, τὸν ἠύκομος Λητὼ ἔτεκεν. 

2. Ἀπόλλων ἄναξ ἔκλυε ἱερῆος ἀραομένου (984), τὸν γὰρ ἐφίλησε.


3. ἑκηβόλος θεὸς ἀμφιβαίνει Χρύσην φίλην. 

4. μήνιος (1111) Ἀχιλῆος προϊαψάσης πολλὰς ψϋχάς ἡρώων Ἄιδι τευξάσης δ'
αὐτούς ἑλώρια κύνεσσιν οἰωνοῖσὶ τε δαῖτα βουλὴ Διὸς ἐτελείετο.

5.	τευχόμενος, τευξόμενος, τευξάμενοι, μαχομένης. 

6. γέρων ἦλθε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας Ἀχαιῶν λῡσόμενος θύγατρα. 

7. πάντες Ἀχαιοὶ λύσουσι παῖδα φίλην γέροντος, ἁζόμενοι υἱὸν Διὸς
ἑκηβόλον Ἀπόλλωνα.	

8. γῆρας ἔπεισι τὴν ἐνὶ οἴκῳ Ἀγαμέμνονος Κλυταιμ(ν)ήστρης τε ἐποιχομένην ἱστόν.

122.	Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad, 3SS7


ώς έφατ, εόεισεν δ’ ο γέρων καὶ επείθετο μύθω.
βή 8’ ἀκέων παρα θϊνα ποΧυφΧοίσβοιο θαΧάσσης.
πολλὰ δ’ έπειτ ἀπάνευθε κιῶν ήράθ’ 6 γεραιός .	35

Ἀπόλλωνι ἀνακτι, τον ήύκομος τόκε Ἀητω
“ κΧνθὶ μεν, ἀργυρότοξ’, ός Χρύσην ἀμφιβέβηκας

123.	33. tSturtv = Ιδ/τεισεν.—ό: demonstrative, as ia vs. 35 below,

that old man__μί0ω : 996.

<pb n="45"/>124]

HOMERIC GREEK

34.	βή = ἔβη. — ἀκέων . . . πολυφλοίσ-βοιο are brought into intentional
contrast. This word, descriptive of the roaring, tossing sea, is
perhaps chosen to symbolize the endless tumult in the soul of the priest,
as distinguished from his outward calm, πολυφλοίσβοιο is an onomatopoetic
word, i.e. the sound of the word suggests and imitates the meaning,
so that by using this expression the poet makes his auditors hear
the sea roar. Cf.:

Poluphloisboisterous Homer of old
Threw all his augments into the sea,
Although he had often been courteously told
That perfect imperfects begin with an e.
But the Poet replied with a dignified air,
“ What the Digamma does any one care ? ”

35. πολλὰ : 780-781.—

ἠρᾶθ’ = ἠρᾶτο = ἠράετο [ἀράομαί], 575, 582,
584-585.—

ἀπάνευθε: of course the old priest has a very practical reason
in going at least far enough away that Agamemnon may not overhear.

36.	τέκε = ἔτεκε. — 

Ϝάνακτι: protecting lord, protector. — 

τόν : relative,
may have been thought of as demonstrative, 1028, 3, Note.

37.	κλῦθι [*κλεύω]: aor. act. imperat., 2d sing., hear! — 

μευ [ἐγώ] : gen. sing., 984. — 

άργυρότοξ’(ε)  is of course vocative. The use of this
epithet instead of the name indicates how intimate the priest was with
the god whom he served. “ Come, O Lord, with thy silver bow ! ” By
calling upon him in his capacity as archer god, the priest already has in
mind the kind of answer he desires to his prayer. He would have the
god slay the Greeks with his arrows. Naturally the bow of Apollo must
be of precious metal, as befits the dignity of a god. Read again the
note on vs. 15, § 90. — 

ἀμφιβέβηκας : the perfect is to be translated as a present, dost protect. It is the figure of a warrior bestriding a fallen
comrade, or of an animal bestriding its young, in the face of danger, for
protection.

124. Translate:


1. Thus spoke Agamemnon, and the old man obeyed the stern command, because he feared (use the aor. participl.).

2. They went in silence along the strand of the loud-roaring sea, and going apart they prayed much to (their) lord Apollo, whom fair-haired Leto bore to Zeus. 

3. Apollo of the silver bow heard the Greeks praying, for they were dear to (his) soul. 

<pb n="46"/>

4. Many aged men came from Troy to the camp of the Achaeans to ransom (their) beloved sons.

5. The Achaeans will free the two sons of the priest and accept the shining ransoms, because they reverence the gods who have Olympian homes. 

6. Old age will come upon the daughters of Priam while they are plying the loom in the homes of the sons of the Achaeans.

LESSON XXII: THE PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FUTURE PERFECT OF VERBS

Iliad, 38-42

125.	1) Read the sections dealing,with the formation of

these tenses, 867-888. 

2)	Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative,
active, middle and passive of λύω, 904, 910.

126.	Optional:

127.	VOCABULARY
βέλος, βέλεος, τό dart, arrow, shaft, missile.. (Cf. βάλλω.) 
δάκρυ, δάκρυος, τό tear.<note n="grc">note that "tear" alone does not disambiguate the noun "a tear, tears" and verb "to tear" are indistuishable</note>

ἐέλδωρ (indecl.) τό desire, wish,
εἰ (αἰ) if, whether.

ἐρέφ-ω*, ἐρέψω*, ἤρεψα ROOF (over), cover, build.

ζά-θεος, ζαθέη, ζάθεον very sacred, holy, sacrosanct,
ἠδέ and, also.

ἶφι mightily, with might: an old instrumental of Ϝίς, might., cf. Lot. vis.

κραίνω (κραιαίνω, κραν-), ἐκρήηνα accomplish, perform, fulfill.<note n="grc">I made the lemma κραίνω to be in sync with other resources. Not sure if I should do it this way or by adding markup.</note>





νηός, νηοῦ,  ὁ temple, shrine. <note n="grc">νηός is also the gen sg of ναῦς -- so you have to be sure to search for the lemma and not the inflected form or you get swamped with false positives</note>
ὅ-δε, ἥ-δε, τό-δε this, that.

πίων, πίειρα, πῖον  fat, rich.

ποτέ (Encl.) ever, at any (some) time, once.

Σμινθεύς, Σμινθῆos, ὁ Smintheus, mouse god, an epithet of Apollo.

Τένεδος, Τενέδου, ὁ Tenedos, an island near Troy.
τίνω (τει-, τι-, τινϜ-), τίσω, ἔτῑσα, τέτῑκα*, τέτῑσμαι* requite, atone for, pay the penalty.

χαρίεις, χαρίεσσα, χαρίεν pleasing, grateful, graceful, agreeable.
Derivatives: charity, eu-charist.
<pb n="47"/>

128.	Translate :

I y:

1. Ἀπόλλων ἄναξ ἀμφιβέβηκε Χρύσην Κίλλαν τέ ζαθέην.

2. Σμινθεὺς ἀνάσσει ἶφι Τενέδου φίλης. 
3. ἔρεψαν Σμινθῆι νηὸν χαρίεντα κατέκηαν δὲ πίονα μηρία ταύρων αἰγῶν τε.
4. εἴ ποτε κραιαίνει ἄναξ ἐέλδωρ ἱερῆι, Δαναοὶ τίσουσι δάκρυα γέροντος βέλεεσσιν θεοῦ.

129.	Copy, scan, and translate. Review the preceding lesson
to get the connection.

Iliad, 38-42

Κ ίλλαν τε ζαθεην, Τενέδοιό τε ΐφι ἀνάσσεις,

"Σμινθεύ, εΐ ποτέ τοι γαρίεντ εκ\ νηον ερε-φα,
η εὶ δη 7τότε τοι κατὰ -κίονα μηρί’ εκηα	40

ταύρων ηδ’ aiySov, τάδε μοι κρηηνον εελδωρ ·
τίσειαν Δαναοὶ εμὰ δάκρυα σοΐσι βελεσσιν."

130.	38. Τενέδοιο : 985. — 

ζαθέην: Cilla is called “ holy,” as containing
a temple or sacred precinct which the god loved to frequent. Thus Jerusalem
was the “ holy city ” of Jehovah, since it contained the house
(temple) in which he dwelt, and there are some to-day who still call
Palestine the “Holy Land.” — 

ἀνάσσεις: art protecting lord. — 

τε Ϝῖφι Ϝανάσσεις.<note n="grc">this is a substition for what is in the text, showing lost digammas.</note>

39.	ἐπὶ . . . ἔρεψα: 1049. The part the old priest took in building
the temple may have involved no more work than the superintending of
the job, while ordinary people performed the labor.—

τοι [συ]: dat. sing., for thee. — 

Σμινθεῦ: as in vs. 37 the priest calls upon the god by
his title of ἀργυρότοξος, thereby intimating that he should bring along
his bow, so here he evidently has a purpose in mind by calling upon him
by his title of Smintheus, mouse god. For the old Greeks, probably
without knowing the scientific basis, recognized the connection of mice
with plagues. (Compare the spread of the bubonic plague by means of
rats.) Thus Apollo with his mice could bring a deadly plague upon
whomsoever he chose. The Philistines also, who are to be connected
with the early Greek and Trojan civilizations through Crete, their
former home, associated mice with plagues. “ And the Philistines took
the ark of God, and brought it from Eben-ezer unto Ashdod. . . . But
the hand of Jehovah was heavy upon them of Ashdod, and he destroyed
them, and smote them with tumours, even Ashdod and the coasts

<pb n="48"/>

thereof. ... So they sent and gathered together all the lords of the
Philistines, and said, Send away the ark of the God of Israel and let it go
again to his own place, that it slay us not, and our people: for there was
a deadly destruction throughout all the city; the hand of God was very
heavy there. And the men that died not were smitten with the tumours:
and the cry of the city went up to heaven. And the Philistines called
for the priests and diviners, saying, What shall we do to the ark of
Jehovah ? Tell us wherewith we shall send it to his place. And they
said, If ye send away the ark of the God of Israel, send it not empty;
but in any wise return him a trespass offering. . . . Then said they,
What shall be the trespass offering which we shall return to him?
They answered, Five golden tumours and five golden mice, according to
the number of the lords of the Philistines; for one plague was on you
all, and on your lords. Wherefore you shall make images of your
tumours and of the mice that mar the land.”

Another example of this sort is to be found in the account of the
destruction of the hosts of Sennacherib, which was doubtless due to a
plague of some sort. According to the Biblical narrative, “It came to
pass that night that the angel of Jehovah went out, and smote in the
camp of the Assyrians an hundred fourscore and five thousand: and
when they arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead
corpses.” Herodotus, the early Greek historian, who traveled in Egypt
some two hundred and fifty years later, gives an account of this same
event, but associates the destruction with mice. However, in this two
hundred and fifty years the mice have risen from ordinary pest carriers
till in the narrative of Herodotus they assume an active and intelligent
part in cooperation with the Egyptian armies against the common foe.
By a night attack they fall upon their unwary enemies, and while the
army slept they gnawed their bow strings and shield straps, so that in
the morning, finding their armor useless, the hosts flee in terror, and
countless numbers of them perish in the rout that follows.

40.	τοι [συ] : dat. sing., for thee. — 

κατὰ . . . ἔκηα : 1049.

41.	μοι [ἐγώ] : dat. sing., for me. — 

κρήηνον [κραιαίνω]: aor. act. imperat., 2d sing., accomplish!

42.	τίσειαν [τίνω]: aor. act. optative, 3d plur., may they atone for!


βέλεσσιν : 1005. —

Δαναοὶ seems to be used as a name for the Greeks in
Homer, with no particular distinction in meaning from Ἀχαιοί or
Ἀργεῖοι.

The burden of the priest’s prayer (vss. 37-42) is: “I have placed you
under great obligations; so you ought to do this little favor for me.”

In a sacrifice of this kind the priest burned choice bits of the animal

<pb n="49"/>

to the god as a banquet to him. The god obtained this as it came up
to him in the smoke that rose to heaven (cf. Gen. viii, 20-21, etc.). — 

μηριά (vs. 40) were the thigh-pieces, the bones with the marrow and some
meat. The marrow of the bones was looked upon as a special delicacy.
Observe how specific the priest is in enumerating the favors he has
conferred upon his god. “ I have built for you a shrine, for your pleasure,
and I have served to you the best thigh-pieces I could get, together
with the bones and marrow, and I swear that they had plenty of fat on
them too.”

In vss. 39-42 observe the rhyming effect produced by the repetition
of the οι sound in these verses, which brings these words (τοι, τοι, μοι,
Δαναοί<note n="grc">another place where we can use very precise annotations to specify the particular instance of  a string/token</note>) into special prominence: “If I have done thy wish for thee, then
thou shouldst do my wish for me.” The priest has done so many favors
for the god that now the god ought to do something for the priest, and
avenge his wrongs by slaying the Danaans. If we were in the realm of
reason instead of poetry, with its artistic requirements and its necessities
for the furtherance of the plot, we might ask why the old man does not
request the god to punish Agamemnon directly, which would have been
a much easier task, and might have been expected to produce the desired
results with more certainty.

131.	Translate:

1. All the gods who have Olympian homes protect very
sacred Chrysa and Cilla. 

2. Apollo Smintheus will rule
Tenedos by his might. 

3. We roofed many pleasing temples
to the Olympian gods and burned for them the fat
thigh-pieces of bulls and goats. 

4. If we accomplish the
will of the god, he will destroy the wicked Danaans with his
darts. 

5. Agamemnon will atone for the tears of the old
man.

LESSON XXIII: THE SUBJUNCTIVE MODE OF VERBS

Iliad, 43-47

132.	The subjunctive has only the present, aorist, and
perfect tenses. The perfect is seldom found. In all tenses
the subjunctive has the primary (816) endings.

<pb n="50"/>

133.	Learn the conjugation of the active, middle and
passive, subjunctive of λύω, 905, 911, observing that the
thematic vowel (796) sometimes called the mode vowel, which
is short in the indicative, regularly becomes long in the subjunctive.
That is, ε and ο in the indicative regularly become
η and ω in the subjunctive. Thus λύομεν, λύετε, λύομαι,
λύεαι, λύεται, λυόμεθα, etc., of the indicative regularly become
λύωμεν, λύητε, λύωμαι, λύηαι, λύηται, λυώμεθα, etc., in
the subjunctive, 799-800.

134.	Optional:

135.	VOCABULARY

ἀμφ-ηρεφής, ἀμφ-ηρεφές (731) covered at both ends.

*εἴκω (Ϝεικ-, Ϝοικ-, Ϝικ-), εἴξω*, ἔοικα be like, resemble, be fitting, seem (likely), appear (suitable),

εὔχ-ομαι, εὔξομαι, εὔξάμην, εὖγμαι* pray, talk loud, boast, exult,
κάρηνον, καρήνου, τό peak, summit, headland, citadel,
κατά adv., and prep, with gen. and acc., down (from), down over, down through; adv., down, below ; with gen., down (over, from, below); with acc., down (along, through), according to, on.
κῆρ, κῆρος, τό heart, soul.

κῑνέω*. κῑνήσω*, ἐκίνησα, κικίνημαι* move, stir; middle and pass., move self, bestir, go, come,
κλάζω (κλαγγ-, κλαγ-), κλάγξω*, ἔκλαγξα (ἔκλαγον), κέκληγα CLANG, roar, shriek, resound,
νύξ, νυκτὀς, ἡ night, darkness,
ὀιστός, ὀιστοῦ, ὁ arrow, shaft,
τόξον, τόξου, τό bow.
φαρέτρη, φαρέτρης. ἡ quiver.

Φοῖβος, Φοίβου, ὁ Phoebus, = clear, bright, shining, surname of Apollo.

χώ-ομαι, χώσομαι. ἐχωσάμην be angry, be enraged, be irritated,
ὦμος, ὤμου, ὁ shoulder.

Derivatives: cranium (597-598); kinetic(al), cinema
(tograph).

136. Translate:

1. εὔχεται πολλὰ γέρων, τοῦ δὲ κλύει Φοῖβος Ἀπόλλων.

2.	θεοὶ κλύονται Ἀχαιῶν εὐχόμενων. 

3. βαίνουσι θεοὶ πάντες κατὰ καρήνων Ὀλύμπου χωόμενοι κῆρ (1014).	

4.	ἔχουσι τόξα καὶ φαρέτρας ἀμφηρεφέας ὤμοισιν. 

5. κλάζουσιν ὀιστοὶ ἐπ’ ὤμων Ἀπόλλωνος χωομένου. 

6. χωόμενος θεὸς ἤιε [εἶμι]

<pb n="51"/>

ἐοικὼς νυκτὶ κατὰ καρήνων Οὐλύμπου (Ὀλύμπου, 571).
7. μή σε κοίλησιν ἐγὼ πapὰ νηυσὶν κιχήω, μή νύ τοι οὐ
χραίσμη σκήπτρον. 

8. γέρων ἐρεθίσας Ἀγαμέμνονα μὴ σαώτερος νέηται.	

9. σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι.

137.	Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad, 43-47

ως εφατ εὐχόμενος, του 8’ εκΧυε Φοίβος ἀπόλλων, ..
βή 8ε κατ οὐΧυμποιο καρήνων χωόμενος κήρ,
τόξ' ωμοισιν εχων ἀμφηρεφεα τε φαρετρην.

εκΧαγξαν 8’ αρ’ οιστοι επ ωμων χωομενοιο,
αύτοΐι, κινηθεντος · ὁ δ’ ήιε νυκτϊ εοικώς.

138.	43. ἔφατ’ [φημί],—

τοῦ: 984. — 

Φοίβου : bright, shining; Apollo was god of light.

44.	βή = ἔβη [βαίνω], set out. The gods live on Olympus, a high
mountain in northern Thessaly, just as the favorite home of Jehovah for a
long time was on Mt. Sinai, although he might frequent any high mountain,
as Carmel, Lebanon, or Tabor. In a very real sense heaven lay
about the human race in its infancy, in that it was supposed to be quite
near, so near in fact that if one would shout loud enough his god(s) could
hear him. Thus when one prayed, he commonly cried out with a loud
voice. “ Then stood upon the stairs of the Levites, Jeshua, and Bani,
Kadmiel, Shebaniah, Bunni, Sherebiah, Bani, and Chenani, and cried
with a loud voice to Jehovah their god.” It was thought quite possible
to erect a structure high enough that one might step out of it right into
heaven. “ And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick and
burn them thoroughly. And they had brick for stone and slime for
mortar. And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower whose
top may reach unto heaven.”

Any mountain whose summit was high enough, such as Sinai or
Olympus, might thus furnish a convenient place for the fixed abode of
the gods, where they might build their homes and have some of the
comforts of family life. — 

κῆρ: 1014. It was not thought improper for
gods to show anger (χωόμενος). “ And while the flesh was yet between
their teeth, ere it was chewed, the wrath of Jehovah was kindled against
the people, and Jehovah smote the people with a very great plague.” —

βῆ κατ’ Οὐλύμποιο (Ὀλύμποιο, 571) καρήνων: of course if the gods lived
in heaven, they must come down to earth in order to work their will

<pb n="52"/>

among the children of men, as a system of telepathy had not yet been
elaborated. “ And Jehovah came down to see the city and the tower,
which the children of men builded. ... So Jehovah scattered them
abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth: and they left off to
build the city.” Apollo is thought of as resting at his ease in his palace
on Mt. Olympus when he hears the prayer of the priest.

45.	τόξα: only one bow; the use of the plural visualizes its various
parts. — 

ὤμοισιν: 1009. — 

ἀμφηρεφέα has its final vowel long here,
although it should be short. The reason is unknown.

46.	ἔκλαγξαν: like πολυφλοίσβοιο (vs. 34) is an onomatopoetic word,
by the use of which we are made to hear the rattle of the arrows of the
god in his rage. — 

χωομένοιο is used substantively, <gloss>of him enraged</gloss>.

47.	αὐτοῦ κινηθέντος : 1111. — 

νυκτί: 1007. — 

ϜεϜοικώς.— 

αὐτοῦ is emphatic by position. It is none less than the mighty god himself who is now before us. 

νυκτὶ ἐοικώς: like unto night, both in swiftness of coming and in the awful gloom and dread which night brings to primitive peoples who have no adequate lighting facilities. This expression visualizes his appearance for the eye, as ἔκλαγξαν presents his coming to the ear.

139.	Translate:

1. Apollo heard the Achaeans as they prayed. 

2. The gods went down from the summits of Olympus. 

3. Let us carry bows and quivers on (our) shoulders. 

4. The arrows may clang upon the shoulders of the angry gods. 

5. May we not come upon you, children, beside the hollow ships.

6. They may return more safely home when they have sacked utterly the city of Priam.

LESSON XXIV: IMPERATIVE VERBS, ACTIVE

Iliad, 48-52

140.	Learn all the active imperative forms of λύω, 907.

141.	Spend the next two lessons in a careful review of all
forms and vocabularies that have been covered. Then read

<pb n="53"/>

again Homer’s Iliad, 1-52, with special attention to each
form, and more particularly the imperatives.

142.	VOCABULARY

αἰεί, αἰέν (=αἰϜεί) always, EVER, continually, eternally,
ἀργός, ἀργή, άργον bright, swift, flashing.

ἀργῡρέος, ἀργῡρέη, ἀργῡρέον silver(y), of silver,
αΰτάρ (άτάρ 571) but, moreover, on the other hand,
βάλλω (βαλ-, βλη-) βαλέω, ἔβαλον, βέβληκα, βέβλημαι throw, hurl, shoot, dash,
βιός, βιοῦ, ὁ bow.

γίγνομαι (γεν-, γενε-, γον-) γενήσομαι*, ἐγενόμην, γέγονα, γεγένημαι* become, be, arise.

ἕζομαι (σεδ- 603), ἕσσομαι, εἷσα, ἑ(ε)σσάμην sit down, seat.
ἐφ-ί-ημι (σι-σ-ημι 603, ση-, σε- = ἡ-, ἑ-), ἐφήσω, ἐφῆκα (ἐφέηκα), ἐφεῖκα*, ἐφεῖμαι*, with dat., 1004, shoot against, hurl upon, send upon.

ἐχε-πευκής, ἐχεπευκές sharp, biting.

θαμέες, θαμειαί, θαμέα thick, crowded,
ἵ-ημι (= σι-σημι 603—604, ση-, σε- = ἡ-, ἑ-) ἥσω, ἧκα (ἕηκα), εἷκα*, εἷμαι* throw, hurl, shoot, send,
ἰός, ἰοῦ, ὁ arrow.

μετά, adv., and prep, with gen., dat., and acc., with, in, among, amid, into the midst of, after, next to; adv., among, after(ward), around, about, in the direction, in pursuit; with gen., with; with dat., among, in the midst of; with acc., among, into the midst of, after, in pursuit of, to.

νέκῡς, νέκυος, ὁ dead body, corpse,
οὐρεύς, οὐρῆος, ὁ mule.

Derivatives: hyper-bole, hyper-bolic(al), para-bola, para-ble, 593-597; gen-esis, hydro-gen, oxy-gen, theo-gony, cosmo-gony; sedentary; nec(ro)-polis, necro-logy, necro-mancy, necro-sis.

143. Translate:

1. κιὼν κατ’ Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων Ἀπόλλων ἕζετ’ ἀπάνευθε
νηῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ ἕηκεν ἰὸν παρὰ στρατόν. 

2. κλαγγὴ δ’ ἀργυρέου βιοῦ ἦν δεινή. 

3. Ἀπόλλων ἔχει βιὸν ἀργύρεον. 

4. ἐκηβόλος ἐποίχεται πρῶτον οὐρῆας καὶ κύνας ἀργούς. 

5. ὀλέκονται οὐρῆες καὶ κύνες ἀργοί. 

6. ὁ θεὸς ἐφῑεὶς ἐχεπευκέα βέλεα αὐτοῖσιν (Ἀχαιοῖσιν) ἔβαλλεν. 

7. πολλαὶ δὲ πυραὶ νεκύων πολλαὶ ἐκαίοντο θαμειαί. 

8. μῆνιν ἄειδε, θεά, Πηληιάδεω Ἀχιλῆος.

9.	άλλ’ ἴθι, μή μ’ ἐρέθιζε, σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι. 

10. κλῦθί μευ, ἀργυρότοξε. 

11. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ.

<pb n="54"/>

144.	Copy, scan, and translate:

Iliad, 48-52

εζετ’ €7Teir ἀπάνευθε νέων, μετὰ B’ ibv εηκεν ·

Βεινη Be κλαγγή yevef apyvpeoio βlolo.

όνρηας μεν τρωτόν επφγετο καὶ κννας αργού;,	60

αυτάρ επειτ αύτοΐσι βέλος εχετευκες εφίάς

βάλλ’ · αἰει Be Ίτνραι νεκνων καίο,ντο θαμααί.

145.	48. νεῶν = νηῶν, 572, 992. — 

μετὰ . , . ἔηκεν : 1049. — 

ἰόν: the first arrow. The poet thus makes definite and clear the picture he is
seeking to paint.

49.	δεινή : terrifying. — 

κλαγγή: onomatopoetic. We thus hear the
clang of the bow. The rhythm of the verse, especially toward the end,
helps in producing this effect. — 

βιοῖο: gen. of source, 987.

50.	πρῶτον : 780—781. — 

ἐπῴχετο [ἐπ-οίχομαι] 

ἀργούς : swift as a silvery
flash, a highly picturesque way of presenting the effect upon the eye
of the swift glancing motion of the feet of dogs as they run.

This passage gives accurately the ordinary course of such plagues,
where the poet, perhaps without realizing it, follows closely the results
of modern medical science, in establishing the fact that such pestilences
usually attack animals first, and from these the contagion would spread
among human beings. During this whole procedure the god must be
thought of as seated on some high point of vantage, perhaps a convenient
cloud, or a hill in the neighborhood. He is of course invisible to the
suffering Greeks, who perhaps have not as yet suspected the real cause
of their afflictions. The clang of his bow might easily be mistaken for
thunder. To us moderns it seems rather undignified, not to say bathos,
to see the god so highly wrought up in his anger, coming down from
Olympus with all the attributes of terror, ready to visit destruction upon
the Greeks for their insult (through Agamemnon) to his priest, seat
himself and turn his implements of death upon the mules and dogs of
the camp, who had done him no wrong. This seems to be due to the
fusion of two conceptions: 1) the poetic description of the wrath of the
revengeful god, preparing to destroy those who have insulted his priest,
and 2) the actual description of the usual course of a plague.

51.	αὐτοῖσι: 1004, the men (their masters), as contrasted with the
animals, 1041, 6. — 

βέλος σεχεπευκές  originally, 1167, 2 (1168) ; 603-604;
619. — 

αὐτοῖσι refers of course to the Greeks, and brings them into sharp
prominence. “ The plague did not stop with the animals, but even
attacked their masters.”

<pb n="55"/>

52.	βάλλ’ is emphatic by position, by the following pause, by the prolonged
sound of the trilled λλ (making it onomatopoetic), and by meaning
(imperfect). The imperfect represents a series of repeated actions.
Observe how vividly the poet presents to the eye the great number of
deaths due to the arrows of the god. We can see the funeral pyres,
with their heaps of corpses, burning on every side.

On this whole passage, compare what Lessing says in the Laocoon,
when discussing some of the fundamental differences between the art of
the painter and that of the poet. “ The picture of the plague. What
do we see on the canvas? Dead bodies, the flame of funeral pyres, the
dying busied with the dead, the angry god upon a cloud discharging his
arrows. The profuse wealth of the picture becomes poverty in the poet.
Now let us turn to Homer himself. The poet here is as far beyond the
painter as life is better than a picture. Wrathful, with bow and quiver,
Apollo descends from the Olympian towers. I not only see him, but
hear him. At every step the arrows rattle on the shoulders of the angry
god. He enters among the host like the night. Now he seats himself
over against the ships, and with a terrible clang of the silver bow sends
his first shaft against the mules and dogs. Next he turns his poisoned
(deadly) darts upon the warriors themselves, and unceasing blaze on
every side the corpse-laden pyres. It is impossible to translate into any
other language the musical painting heard in the poet’s words.”

The stage is now all set for the introduction of the hero, the divine
Achilles, who henceforth plays a prominent part, and is never wholly
lost sight of for the rest of the poem.

146. Translate:

1. When the gods had come down from the summits of
Olympus, they seated themselves apart from the ships and
shot arrows among them, and a terrible clang arose from
their silver bows. 

2. All the gods have bows and quivers covered at both ends. 

3. The bow of Apollo is of silver.

4.	First let us attack the mules and swift dogs, and then hurling biting darts upon themselves, let us shoot (them).

5.	Let many funeral pyres be burned. 

6. Burn the pyres of dead bodies. 

7. Shoot your sharp arrows, and sit down.


8. Attack the army of the Achaeans, for they insulted Chryses, the beloved priest of the great god, Apollo.

<pb n="56"/>

LESSON XXV: MIDDLE AND PASSIVE IMPERATIVE OF VERBS

Iliad, 53-58

147.	Review all the active forms of the imperative of λύω, 907, and learn the middle and passive forms, 913.

148.	Optional:

VOCABULARY

149.

ἀγείρω (άγερ-) ἤγειρα, ἀγήγερμαι collect, assemble, gather.

ἀν-ί-στημι (στη-, στα-), ἀναστήσω, ἀνέστησα (ἀνέστην), ἀνέστηκα, ἀνέσταμαι* stand up, set up, raise, (a)rise,
ἐννῆμαρ nine days.

ἐπεί when, since, for.

Ἥρη, Ἥρης, ἡ Hera, consort of Zeus and queen of the gods.
καλεω (καλέ-, κλη-), καλεω, ἐκάλεσ(σ)a, κέκληκα*, κέκλημαι call, summon, convoke,
κήδω (κηδ-, κηδε-, καδ-), κηδήσω, ἐκήδησα*, κέκηδα* (with gen. 984), grieve, distress, hurt, afflict.

κῆλον, κήλου, τό arrow, shaft, dart.
λευκ-ώλενος, λευκ-ώλενον white-armed.
μαετά-φημι (φη- φα-), μεταφήσω, μετέφησα* speak among, address, converse with,
οἴχομαι (οἰχ-, οἰχε, οἰχο-), οἰχήσομαι*, ᾤχωκα come, go, depart.

ὁμη-γερής, ὁμηγερές collected, assembled, gathered together,
ὁράω (Ϝορ-, Ϝιδ, Ϝοπ-), ὄψομαι, εἶδον, ὄπωπα see, behold, look, observe.

ὅτ(τ)ι that, because.
οὖν therefore, hence, now, then, in fact.

Derivatives : pan-orama, optic(al), syn-opsis, aut-opsy.

150. Translate:

1. οἴχεο ἀνὰ στρατὸν  Ἀχαιῶν. 

2. οἰχέσθω ἀvὰ στρατόν.

3.	κήλα θεοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος οἴχονται ἀνὰ στρατὸν Ἀχαιῶν.

4.	πόδας ὠκὺς (1014) Ἀχιλλεύς ἐκαλέσατο λᾱὸν Ἀχαιῶν ἀγορήνδε. 

5. θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη ἐπὶ φρεσὶν ἔθηκε τὴν βουλὴν Ἀχιλῆι. 

6. Ἥρη ἐκήδετο Δαναῶν (984) ὅτι τοὺς θνήσκοντας ὡράετο. 

7. ἠγέροντο οἱ Ἀχαιοί, ἐγένοντο δ’
ὁμηγερέες. 

8. ἀνέστη [ἀνίστημι] πόδας ὠκὺς (1014) Ἀχιλλεὺς τοῖσιν Ἀχαιοῖσιν, μετέφη τε.

<pb n="57"/>

161. Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad, 53-68

ενντφμαρ μεν ava στρατόν ωχετρ κήΧα θεοϊο^
tt£ δεκάπι δ’ ayopfvhpkaXeaaaro Χαον ’^χιλλενς ·
τω γὰρ earl φρέσΐ θΐ)ΐ& θεά, ΧενκώΧενος " Ηpij ■	55

κνδετο γὰρ Ἀαναῶν οτι ρα θνήσκοντας δράτο.



ὶ οὶ δ επεϊ οὐν fjyep&ev oprjyepees re yjpovro,

τοϊσι δ’ ἀνιστάμενος μετεφη ητοδα? ώκύς ἀχίλλεύϊ ·



152. 53. ᾤχετο [oἴχομαι] : 973, 1.

54. τῇ δεκάτῃ (ἡμέρῃ) : 1009, <foregn lang="lat">illa die decima</foreign>, on that (never-to-be-forgotten)
tenth (day). — 

τῇ is emphatic, and of importance for the
further development of the plot. Read again the note on τόν (vs. 11),

90. — (ἐ)καλέσ(σ)ατο : causative, 1069.

ἀγορήν-δε: 788,4.

55.	τῷ: 997.

ἐπὶ φρεσὶ θῆκε Ἥρη: Achilles has an idea, which is
represented by the poet as an inspiration from heaven. Such was a
common belief regarding any plan which later developments showed to
be fraught with more than ordinary consequences, but this of course
could only be known after the events had transpired. “Now the city
was large and great: but the people were few therein, and the houses
were not builded. And my God put it into my heart to gather together
the nobles, and the rulers, and the people.” “And I arose in the night,
I and some few men with me; neither told I any man what my God
had put into my heart to do at Jerusalem : neither was there any beast
with me, save the beast that I rode upon.” “And during supper, the
devil having already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot, Simon’s
son, to betray him. . . .”

It is just as well not to ask why Agamemnon, the leader of the forces,
who apparently was not yet aware of the cause of the plague, did not
summon this assembly. The poet explains it by saying that Hera was
responsible, and he thus frees Achilles from any blame in the matter.

Achilles is brought before us in a few verses as a chivalrous and generous-hearted
warrior, and is contrasted with the selfish, grasping, and
brutal Agamemnon. The poet does all this by indirection, with a very
few words, yet so skillfully that henceforth the sympathies of the
audience are with the hero.

λευκώλενος : the poet keenly senses the features of his objects which
are distinctive and characteristic, and which visualize them best for his
hearers. Thus when he says while-armed (λευκώλενος) Hera, one cannot


<pb n="58"/>

help seeing a beautiful and stately queen, with shining white arms.
In the same way, the ships are swift (vs. 12), and hollow (vs. 26),
Achilles swift-footed (vs. 58), Apollo a sharp-shooter (vss. 14, 21), and is a
god with a silver how (vs. 37), the Achaeans are well-greaved (vs. 17), the
ransoms shining (vs. 23), the sea loud-resounding (vs. 34), Leto flowing-haired
(vs. 36), the thigh-pieces of bulls and goats fat (vs. 40), Apollo’s
quiver covered at both ends (vs. 45), his bow silver (vs. 49, cf. vs. 37), his
arrows biting (vs. 51), and the dog's are swift as a silvery flash, (vs. 50).

56.	Δαναῶν : 984. — 

ὁράτο = ὡράετο, 584-585; 837 ; middle of interest, 1067, 2-3. Hera has a special affection for the Greeks: “ She kept seeing her own Danaans dying.” Observe the force of the imperfects: she had no opportunity to assuage her grief, because she had to keep watching her beloved Danaans perishing.

57.	ἤγερθεν = ἠγέρθησαν [ἀγείρω] : aor. passive ind., 3d plur., <gloss>they were
assembled</gloss>. This with the following phrase are good examples of epic
fullness of expression.

58.	τοῖσι: 997, or 1009. — 

πόδας: 1014.

153.	Translate :

1. Nine days we shoot many arrows up through the camp of the well-greaved Achaeans. 

2. Who summoned those people to the assembly ?	

3. The swift-footed Achilles called all these Achaeans to the assembly, because he was grieved for them in (his) heart. 

4. We see many of the
Achaeans dying, and we are grieved for them. 

5. I suggest a noble plan to the son of Peleus in (his) heart.

6.	We were assembled and became gathered together beside the swift ships of the Achaeans. 

7. I arise and address these Danaans, who are gathered together.

LESSON XXVI: THE OPTATIVE MODE

Iliad, 59-63

154.	In the optative mode occur the present, aorist, perfect,
and future perfect. The tenses have the same relation
to time expressed as in the subjunctive, 905 note.

<pb n="59"/>155-158]

HOMERIC GREEK

155.	Learn the conjugation of the optative, active, and
middle of λύω, 906, 912, and learn the declension of μέγας great, mighty, large, 738.

156.	Optional :

VOCABULARY

157.

ἄγε, ἄγετε [ἄγω] strictly imperative, but used as an interj., up, come, go, go to.

ἀπο-νοστέ-ω*, ἀ-πονοστήσω, ἀπονόστησα return (home), go home, come, go.
ἄψ back (again), backward(s).
γέ postpos. encl., emphasizing the preceding word or clause, at least, indeed, at any rate,
δαμάζω (δαμαδ-), δαμά(σ)ω (603—604) ἐδάμασ(σ)α, subdue, overcome, crush, DOMINATE,
ἐρέω (ἑρεϜ-) (def.) ask, inquire, seek,
λοιμός, λοιμοῦ, ὁ plague, pest(ilence).
μάντις, μάντιος, ὁ seer, prophet, soothsayer.

οἴω (ὀΐω) (οἰ-, οἰε-), οἰήσομαι*, ὠῑσάμην think, suppose, imagine, expect, believe,
ὁμοῦ together, at the same time,
ὄvap (indecl.) τό dream.
ὀνειροπόλος, ὀνειροπόλου, ὁ dream interpreter, dreamer of dreams, 
πάλιν back, backward(s), again, anew.

πλάζω (πλαγγ-), πλάγξομαι, ἔπλαγξα, beat (back), baffle, (cause to) wander.

π(τ)όλεμος, π(τ)oλέμου, ὁ war, battle, fray.
τὶς, τὶ (encl.) some (one), something, any (one), any(thing) ; τὶ as adv. (780-781) at all.

Derivatives: nost-algia; dame; oneiro-mancy, oneiro-scopy,
oneiro-critic ; palin-genesis, palin-ode, palin-drome; Planctae ; polem-ic(al).

158.	Translate:

1. οἴει Ἀχιλλεὺς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἀπονοστήσειν οἴκαδε.

2.	Ἀχαιοὶ οὐκ εφυχον θάνατον, tow γὰρ πόλεμος εδάμασε teal
λοιμός όμον. 

3. ἐρείωμεν τοῦτον μάντιν, ὁ γὰρ φίλος εστὶν
Ἀπόλλωνι. 

4. ἑκηβόλος βάλλοι ὀιστοὺς πολλοὺς ἀνὰ στρατὸν Ἀχαιῶν. 

5. βουλὸν Διὸς τελείωμεν. 

6. πόλεμος κακὸς ὀλέκοι κακῶς Δαναούς, οὕνεκ’ ἠτίμασαν Ἀπόλλωνα. 

7. πῦρ
μέγα καίοι ἑκατόμβᾱς ταύρων ἠδ’ αἰγῶν. 

8. τελέσειε βουλὴν ἑκηβόλος ἄναξ. 

9. ὑμῖν μὲν θεοὶ δοῖεν Ὀλύμπια δώματ’ ἔχοντες ἐκπέρσαι Πριάμοιο πόλιν, ἐὺ δ’ οἴκαδ’ ἱκέσθαι, παῖδα δ’ ἐμοὶ λύσαιτε φίλην.

10. τίσειαν Δαναοὶ ἐμὰ δάκρυα σοῖσι βέλεσσιν.

<pb n="60"/>


169.	Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad, 59-63

60

160. 59. ὀίω is trisyllabic; observe its accent and breathing. — 

ἄμμε [ἐγώ] 971, acc. plur., <gloss>us</gloss>.

πάλιν παγχθέντας: i.e. without having captured
Troy, the object of the expedition.

60-61. φύγοιμεν . . . δαμᾷ = δαμάει = δαμάσει [δαμάζω], 603-604 ; 584-585, 973, 2: by the use of the optative in the first clause and the future
indicative in the second, Achilles would imply that he felt it more probable
that they would all die there rather than escape.

62.	τινα [τὶς, τὶ] : acc. sing. masc. — 

μάντιν ἐρείομεν: when an insoluble
difficulty of any kind arose among uncivilized peoples, it was customary
to consult a specialist in theology, a priest, a prophet, or any one
to whom the lord had revealed his will directly or indirectly, as through
dreams. The true significance of dreams could be known only by those
to whom the god had given the faculty of interpreting them, as to
Joseph and to Daniel. Read 1 Sam. ix, 3-10, and 2 Kings 1, 2-3. —

ἐρείομεν = ἐρεύομεν = ἐρεύωμεν: 800, 1098. — 

ἢ καί: or even. — 

καὶ γάρ τ’ ὄναρ : for the dream also, as well as other signs and portents.

The abrupt action of Achilles in thus bluntly addressing his commander
in chief, and apparently without previous consultation with him,
practically demanding before all the common soldiers that the expedition
should be given up and that all should return home, is most remarkable
and is sure to be resented by Agamemnon. But then Hera is
to blame (read the note on vs. 55). Thus the poet gives good and
sufficient grounds for the righteous indignation of Agamemnon, and at
the same time prevents the sympathies of his audience from being
alienated from the hero.

161. Translate:

1. All these Achaeans are driven back, and they will
return homeward, if haply they may escape evil death.

<pb n="61"/>

2. They will not escape death, for war and pestilence will
crush them at the same time, 

3. May the fire burn the
hecatombs of bulls and of goats beside the swift ships of
the Achaeans. 

4. May the great gods shoot many arrows
up through the camp of the Danaans. 

5. May all the
Danaans fulfill the plans of Zeus and escape evil death.

6. May the war and pestilence at the same time crush these
wicked people, because they dishonored Chryses, priest of
Apollo the free-shooter.

LESSON XXVII: THE PASSIVE VOICE

Iliad, 64-69

162.	Learn the principles of formation and the conjugation
of the passive of λύω and of τρέφω, all modes, 888-896,
916-921, 935, read 810-812, and review the preceding lesson
in Homer for the connection of thought.

163.	Optional:

164.	VOCABULARY

αἰ (= εἰ 127), if, whether.

ἀμύνω (άμυν-), ἀμυνέω*. ἤμῡνα ward off, defend, protect, avert,
ἀπό adv., and prep. with gen., off, from, away, hack,
ἀρήν, ἀρνός, ὁ, ἡ lamb,
βούλομαι (βουλ-, βουλε-). βουλήσομαι*, βέβουλα, βεβούλημαι*, ἐβουλήθην* wish, desire, be willing, prefer.

εἴ τε (εἴτε) ... εἴ τε (εἴτε) whether ... or.

ἐπι-μέμφ-ομαι, ἐπιμέμψομαι*, ἐπίμεμψάμην*, ἐπιμέμφθην* blame, find fault (with), reproach.

εὐχωλή, εὐχωλῆς,  ἡ vow, boast, prayer,
ἧ (τοι) (ἧτοι) surely, indeed, truly, certainly, for a fact.

Θεστορίδης, Θεστορίδᾱο, ὁ son of Thestor, Calchas.

Κάλχᾱς, Κάλχavτος, ὁ Calchas,
κνίση, κνίσης, ἡ fat, savor, odor of roast meat.
λοιγός, λοιγοῦ, ὁ destruction, ruin, death, curse,
ὅ γε, ἥ γε, τό γε (ὅγε, ἥγε, τόγε) this, that; he, she, it.
οἰωνο-πόλος, οἰωνο-πόλου, ὁ bird-interpreter,

augur, soothsayer, seer. 


<pb n="62"/>

ὅ(σ)-τις, ἥ-τις, ὅ(τ)-τι who(so)ever, whichever, what(so)ever; who, which, what; ο(τ)τι as adv., 780-781, why.
πώς encl., (in) some way, somehow, (in) any way, perhaps.

τέλειος, τελείη, τέλειον complete, finished, full-grown, unblemished, perfect.
τόσ(σ)ος, τόσ(σ)η, τόσ(σ)ν so much, so great, so large, so many, so long.

165.	Translate:

1. ὀνειροπόλος εἴποι ὅτι τόσσον ἐχώσατο Φοῖβος Ἀπόλλων.

2. οὐκ ἐλύθη θυγάτηρ ἱερῆος. 

3. παῖδες Ἀχαιῶν ἐλύθησαν Ἀγαμέμνονι. 

4. ἐλύθητε, Δαναοί, γέροντι. 

5. ἤγερθεν Ἀχαιοί. ἠγέρθησαν Ἀχαιοί. 

6. ἐδάμησαν Ἀχαιοὶ πολέμῳ τε καὶ λοιμῷ όμοῦ. 

7. πάντες ἥρωες ἐπλάγχθησαν πάλιν.

8. θεοὶ ἐπιμέμψονται Ἀχαιούς, οὕνεκα τὰς εὐχωλὰς οὐκ ἐτέλεσαν καὶ τὰς ἑκατόμβας ἀρνῶν αἰγῶν τε τελείων οὐκ ἔκηαν.

9.	Άπόλλων βούλεται ἀντιάειν κνίσης (982) ἀρνῶν αἰγῶν τε τελείων καὶ λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι ἡμῖν. 

10. Κάλχᾱς Θεστορίδης οἰωνοπόλων ὄχ’ ἄριστος εἴποι μῆνιν Ἀπόλλωνος.

166.	Copy, scan, and translate:

Iliad, 64—09 

ος κ εϊποι, ότι τόσσον εχώσατο Φοίβος ἀπόλλων,
εϊ τ’ ἀρ’ ο χ’ εύχωΧής επιμεμφεται εϊ θ’ εκατόμβης, 65
αϊ κέν πως ἀρνων κνίσης αἰχῶν τε τεΧείων
βονΧεται ἀντιάσας ήμιν ἀπο Xoiybv αμνναι.”
ή τοι ὁ χ’ ως ειπων κατ’ ἀρ’ εζετο, τοισι 8’ ἀνέστη
ΚάΧχας Φεστορίόης, οίωνοπόΧων οχ’ ἀριστος,

167.	

64. εἴποι: 1145. — 

ὅτι: 780—781, 1014. — τόσσον :	780-781.

Apollo, as god of health and disease, would be the first one thought
of in the present emergeney.

65. εὐχωλῆς, ἑκατόμβης : 979, 6 : on account of a vow (unfulfilled), or on
account of a hecatomb (unoffered). “ When thou shalt vow a vow unto
Jehovah thy God, thou shalt not be slack to pay it: for Jehovah thy
God will surely require it of thee ; and it would he sin in thee.” Cf. the
vow of Jacob, Gen. xxviii, 20-22, and of Jephthah, Judges xi, 30-39.
Achilles suggests some of the stock reasons why a god might be en-

<pb n="63"/>

raged. Apparently no one, apart from the seer, knew the real cause of
the god’s anger.

66.	κνίσης: 982. — 

τελείων goes with both nouns.

67.	βούλεται: 800. —

ἡμῖν [ἐγώ] : dat. plur., 997. — 

ἀπὸ . . . ἀμῦναι 1048-1049.

66-67. The doubtful tone here shows that Achilles does not feel at
all certain that they will be successful in their appeal to the free-shooter.
Of course if the god has been offended, he must first be appeased before
he will listen to their prayer or accept their offering, “ for the sacrifice
of the wicked is an abomination unto Jehovah.” “ Hear, O earth:
behold I will bring evil upon this people . . . , because they have not
hearkened unto my words, nor to my law, but rejected it.” “ To what
purpose cometh there to me incense from Sheba, and the sweet cane
from a far country? Your burnt offerings are not acceptable, nor your
sacrifices sweet unto me.” But if they once succeeded in allaying the
hot wrath of their god, the best way to win favor with him was to give
him a good dinner of nice roast lamb or kid. “ And he shall say, Where
are their gods, their rock in whom they trusted; who did eat the fat
of their sacrifices and drank the wine of their drink offerings?” “And
when thou preparest a bullock for the sacrifice, in performing a vow, or
peace offerings unto Jehovah: then shall he bring with a bullock a food
offering of three tenths of an ephah of flour, mingled with half an hin
of oil.” Of course the animals offered in sacrifice must be of the choicest,
fat and sleek, with no blemish or disease whatsoever.

Seeing that everything is going to ruin, Achilles suggests to Agamemnon,
commander in chief of the allied expedition, that they attempt
to save at least the lives of those remaining. The only way he sees of
doing this is to abandon the undertaking and return home. He suggests
further that they consult some holy man of God, who may tell
them what the trouble is and help them to avert the anger of the
divinity from those who are still alive.

It is characteristic of the psychology of primitive peoples to see in
the operations of nature the direct action of their gods, beings created
in their own image, with feelings and passions like unto their own. If
good fortune befell a people it was a mark of the special favor of their
divinity; if evil came it was a sign of his displeasure, and some one had
sinned, whom the god was seeking to punish. “ And Nathan said to
David, . . . Wherefore hast thou despised the commandment of Jehovah,
to do evil in his sight ? . . . Howbeit, because by this deed thou hast
given great occasion to the enemies of Jehovah to blaspheme, the child
also that is born unto thee shall surely die. . . . And it came to pass

<pb n="64"/>

on the seventh day, that the child died.” “ Then there was a famine in
the days of David, three years, year after year; and David inquired of
Jehovah. And Jehovah answered, It is for Saul, and for his bloody
house, because he slew the Gibeonites.” “ But the men of Sodom were
wicked and sinners before Jehovah exceedingly. . . . Then Jehovah
rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from
Jehovah out of heaven; and he overthrew those cities, and all the plain,
and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which grew upon the
ground.” “ So there went up thither of the people about three thousand
men: and they fled before the men of Ai. And the men of Ai smote of
them about thirty and six men : for they chased them from before the
gate even unto Shebarim. . . . And Joshua rent his clothes and fell to
the earth upon his face before the ark of Jehovah. . , . And Jehovah
said unto Joshua, Get thee up; wherefore liest thou thus upon thy face?
Israel hath sinned, and they have also transgressed my covenant which
I commanded them : for they have taken even of the accursed thing. . . .
Therefore the children of Israel could not stand before their enemies,
but turned their backs before their enemies, because they were accursed.
Neither will I be with you any more except ye destroy the accursed
from among you.”

68.	κατ’ . . . ἕζετο: 1049.

68-69. Although not called upon by name, Calchas here comes
dramatically forward, not from any egotism, but from a proper self-evaluation.
Homer’s heroes seem to have had little of that mock
modesty, humility, and self-depreciation in vogue to-day, which as
found in our own modern life seems to be primarily of Semitic ancestry.
“ And Abraham answered and said, Behold now, I have taken upon me
to speak unto Jehovah, which am but dust and ashes.” “ How then
can man be just with God ? or how can he be clean that is born of a
woman? Behold, even the moon hath no brightness, and the stars are
not pure in his sight: how much less man, that is a worm! and the son
of man which is a worm! ” “ But I am a worm, and no man; a
 reproach of men, and despised of the people.”

69.	οἰωνοπόλων: birds, especially high-flying ones, which went up to
heaven, might reasonably be expected to become acquainted at times
with the will of the gods. This knowledge could be gained by mortals
who knew how to interpret their movements and cries, or who had
learned their language, as in Hebrew legend Solomon is reputed to
have done. “And Solomon’s wisdom excelled the wisdom of all the
children of the east and all the wisdom of Egypt. Por he was wiser
than all men. And he spake with trees, from the cedar that is in

<pb n="65"/>

Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall: he spake
also with beasts and birds and creeping things and with fishes.”

168.	Translate:

1. Calchas, son of Thestor, is the seer who may tell the Danaans why Phoebus Apollo is so greatly enraged.

2. Did Apollo blame the Achaeans on account of a vow, or on account of a goodly hecatomb of unblemished lambs and goats ?	

3. Apollo the free-shooter did not wish to partake of the fat of unblemished lambs and goats, but he warded off evil destruction for the Danaans. 

4. When the swift-footed Achilles had spoken thus he sat down, and the good(ly) seer, Calchas, son of Thestor, arose and spoke among the Achaeans in the assembly. 

5. May Calchas, son of Thestor, far the best of seers, speak the will of Zeus.

169.	Optional. At this point a thorough review of all the
preceding Homer should be taken; all the paradigms of all the
nouns should be memorized ; the irregular adjectives should now
he learned, and a review taken of all the others; and the verb
λύω in all its forms, including infinitives and participles, should
he mastered before attempting to read further. A good plan to
fix both forms and vocabulary is to take each word of the Iliad
as it appears in the text, locate the form, and give the meaning
of the word according to the model found in the vocabulary at
the end of this book. This should be done orally for these
verses, and this should be followed by a comprehensive written
examination. A good drill on these will materially lighten the
following work.

<pb n="66"/>

LESSON XXVIII: ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION

Iliad, 70-75

170.	Only the masculine and neuter of these adjectives
have separate forms in the third declension. When the feminine
differs from the masculine, it is of the first declension.

171.	

1) Learn the declension of all the regular adjectives
of the third declension (725-732). The feminine of these
adjectives ending in -ᾰ is declined like θάλασσα sea, 663.

2)	Review the paradigms of all the third declension nouns, 680-710.

172.	Optional:

173.

VOCABULARY

ἀγορά-ομαι, ἠγορησάμην harangue, address an assembly.

*εἴδω (εἴδομαι) (Ϝειδ-, Ϝοιδ-, Ϝιδ-), εἰδήσω (εἴσομαι). εἶδον. οἶδα, pluperf. ᾖδεα; in act., aor., see ; fut. and perf., know; mid., seem, appear.

εἴσω often with acc., into, to, within.
ἑκατη-βελέτης, ἑκατη-βελέτᾱο, ὁ free-shooter, free-shooting, sharp-shooter,
ἕο gen. 760, οἱ dat. (end.), (of) him, her, it.

ἡγέ-ομαι, ἡγήσομαι, ἡγησάμην, ἥγημαι* with dat., 1001, lead, guide, lead the way; with gen., 9S5, command, rule,
κέλομαι (κελ-, κελε-, κλ), κελήσομαι, ἐκελησάμην* (ἐκεκλόμην) urge, command, bid, request.
μῡθέ-ομαι, μῡθήσομαι, ἐμῡθησάμην speak, tell, declare,
ὅς, ἥ, ὅν (ἑός, ἑή, ἑόν) his, her(s), its (own).

πόρον (πορ-, πρω-) (= ἔπορον, 837), (2d aor., no pres.) ; give, grant, furnish, bestow; perf. τέτρωται it is fated.<note n="grc">good case of a word where a particular tense has a distinct meaning.</note>

πρό adv., and prep, with gen., before; in front, forth, forward.
φρονέ-ω, φρονήσω*, ἐφρόνησα*, think, consider, plan; ἐὺ φρονέω be well (kindly) disposed, be wise, think carefully,
ὧ interj., O!

Derivatives: hegemony; wit, wot, wise, witch, wizard, idol, kaleido-scope, idea(l).

174. 

1. Ἀχιλευς πόδας ὠκὺς ὧς εἶπε καὶ ἕζετο, τοῖσιν δ' Ἀχαιοῖσιν ἀνέστη Κάλχᾱς, οὕνεκ' ἦν ὄχ’ ἄριστος οἰωνοπόλων

<pb n="67"/>

καὶ ᾔδη [*εἴδω] πάντα, μάλιστα δὲ πάσας βουλὰς θεῶν.

2. Κάλχᾱς ἡγήσατο νήεσσι θοῇς Ἀχαιῶν εἰς Ἵλιον. 

3. θεοί ἔπορον Κάλχαντι μαντοσύνην, διὰ τὴν ἡγήσατο νήεσσιν Ἀχαιῶν Ἴλιον εἴσω. 

4. μάντις Ἀχαιοῖσιν ἐὺ φρονέων ἠγορήσατο καὶ μετέειπεν.

175.	Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad, 70-75

o? ήθη τὰ τ' ιόντα τὰ τ' εσσόμενα προ τ’ ιόντα,	70

καὶ νήεσσ ήηήσατ 'Ἀχαιῶν "Ιλιον εϊσω
ήν διὰ μαντοσύνην, την οὶ πόρε Φοίβος 'Ἀπόλλων*
ο σφιν εύ φρονεων ἀ<γορήσατο καὶ μετεειπεν ·

“ ω ἀχιλεν, κελεαὶ με, διίφιλε, μυθήσασθαι

μηνιν Ἀπόλλωνος, εκατηβελεταο ἀνακτος ·	75

176.	70. ὃς Ϝῄδη  [*εἴδω 966]. — 

τὰ τ’ ἐόντα τά τ’ἐσσόμενα πρό τ’ ἐόντα

participles of εἰμί, 964, used substantively with the “ article,” 1034, both
what is and shall be and was before, that is, he knew everything. Observe
how the characters of epic surpass all ordinary mortals. To forward the
action and bring about such far-reaching results, we must have the best
seer (οἰωνοπόλων ὄχ' ἄριστος, vs. 69) the world can afford. Read again
the note to vs. 15, § 90.

71.	νήεσσ’(ι) 1001.—

Ἴλιον, the Troad, not Troy.

72.	ἥν [ὅs, ἥ, ὅν] his own. — 

τήν rel. pron. — 

οἱ [ἑο] 760. Such a difficult
undertaking as the guiding of the ships for so great a distance,
through strange seas, could only be accomplished by the direct assistance
of the god, just as the Israelites were guided by Jehovah in their long
and difficult journey to Palestine. A soothsayer regularly accompanied
all ancient military expeditions, to interpret the will of the gods, and to
guide the people aright. In many cases they doubtless had superior
knowledge, which would help to explain their hold on the masses.
“ Moses was learned in all the wisdom of the Egyptians.” “ And there
arose not a prophet since in Israel like unto Moses, whom Jehovah knew
face to face.” “ And Moses called unto all Israel and said unto them,
... I have led you forty years in the wilderness.” “ Thou leddest thy
people like a flock by the hand of Moses and Aaron.” — 

μαντοσύνην, τὴν οἱ πόρε Φοῖβος Ἀπόλλων : that is, he was a prophet inspired of his god, an
idea which those of his class have never been at pains to controvert.

<pb n="68"/>

“Then came the word of Jehovah to Jeremiah the prophet.” “The
word that Jehovah spake against Babylon and against the land of the
Chaldaeans by Jeremiah the prophet.” “ Thus saith Jehovah.”

73.	σφιν [ἑο] : 760.

74.	κέλεαι με: when Calchas says: “ you urge me to speak,” his statement
is only relatively true, but since he is fully conscious, as are Homer’s
hearers, that he is οἰωνοπόλων ὄχ' ἀριστος, there is nothing out of place
in his stepping forward. In fact this was the only proper course for him
to pursue, and was thought of as perfectly natural by all concerned.
Owing to later developments, Agamemnon would be perfectly justified
in suspecting a collusion between him and Achilles.

Observe the spondaic ending, which brings this verse, and particularly
the last word, into strong prominence, as being of more than ordinary
importance. This gives an air of solemnity and slow-measured speech
to the words of Calchas.

75.	Ἀπόλλωνος Ϝεκετηβελέτᾱο Ϝάνακτος.

177.	 Translate :

1. I spoke thus and sat down. 

2. Calchas the son of Thestor who arose was far the best of seers, but he did not know everything. 

3. Who knows what is, what was, and what shall be ?	

4. We do not know the will of all the gods who have Olympian homes. 

5. Calchas the seer, who was far the best of soothsayers, guided the ships of the Achaeans into Ilium by his gift of prophecy which the gods gave to him. 

6. Phoebus Apollo granted to many Achaeans the gift of prophecy. 

7. Since we are well disposed toward the Danaans, we addressed them and spoke among them.

LESSON XXIX: DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS

Iliad, 76-80

178.	Learn the declension of all the demonstrative pronouns,
and of αὐτός, 765-766, 771-772, 774-775, together
with their uses, 1041.

179.	Optional:

<pb n="69"/>

180.	VOCABULARY

ἀρήγ-ω, ἀρήξω, ἤρηξα (with dat., 996), help, assist, succor,
ἔπος, ἔπεος, τό word, saying, command, speech,
Ἦ surely, indeed, truly, for a fact,
κρατέω (κρατεσ-), with gen., 985, rule, bear sway.

κρείσσων, κρεῖσσον, comparative of κράτος, mightier, more powerful, better,
μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα great, large, tall, mighty.
ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε  this (here),
ὄμνῡμι. (ὀμ-, ὀμο-, ἐμε-), ὀμοῦμαι (= ὀμό(σ)ομαι = ὀμόομαι 603, 584—585), ὤμοσ(σ)α, ὀμώμοκα*, ὀμώμο(σ)μαι*, ὠμό(σ-)θην* swear, pledge with an oath, swear by as witness, swear to.
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο that.
πρό-φρων, πρόφρov eager, zealous, glad, joyful, kindly.

συν-τί-θημι (θη-, θε-), συνθήσω. συνέθηκα, συντέθεικα*, συντέθειμαι*, συνετέθην  put together, unite, perceive, comprehend, heed.
τοι-γάρ therefore.

χέρης, χέρες (dat. χέρηι), worse, inferior, underling, subject, meaner.

Derivatives : epic, ortho-epy; demo-cracy, aristo-cracy, auto-cracy, pluto-cracy, theo-cracy; mega-phone, mega-cephalous, megalo-mania, mega-polis, mega-saurus; syn-thesis.

181. Translate:

1. Ἀγαμέμνων διΐφιλος ἐκέλετο τόνδε μάντιν μῡθήσασθαι τὰς βουλὰς θεῶν πάντων. 

2. μῡθήσομαι μῆνιν Ἀπόλλωνος  Ἀχαιοῖσιν.	

3. μῆνις Ἀπόλλωνος ἑκετηβελέτᾱο ἄνακτος ἦν οὐλομένη Ἀχαιοῖσιν, ἔτευχε γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἑλώρια κύνεσσι πᾶσι.

4. ἐγὼ ἐρέω, εἰ συνθήσεις καί μοι ἀρήξεις πρόφρων ἔπεσι χερσί τε. 

5. εὶ Κάλχᾱς ἐρέει, χολώσει Ἀγαμέμνονα, ὃς μέγα κρατέει πάντων Ἀργείων. 

6. οὗτοι Ἀχαιοὶ πείθονται Ἀγαμέμνονι.

7. βασιλεὺς κρείσσων ἐστὶν ἀνδρὸς ἄλλου (993), ὅτε δὲ χώσηται ἀνδρὶ χέρηι, τὸν ὀλέκει κακῶς. 

8. Ἀγαμέμνων βασιλεὺς ἐχώσατο Κάλχαντι χέρηι ἀνδρί, οὕνεκα ἐμῡθήσατο μῆνιν Ἀπόλλωνος.

182. Copy, scan, and translate:

Iliad, 76-80

τοιγάρ εγῶν ερεω, σύ δε σννθεο καὶ μοι ομοσσον	76

ή μεν μοι πρόφρων επεσιν καὶ χερσϊν ἀρήξειν.

<pb n="70"/>LESSON XXIX

[183-184

rj γὰρ δ ίο pat ἀνδρα γόΧωσεμεν, o? peya πάντων

’Apyeicov κρατεεὶ καὶ ot πείθονται Ἀχαιοί.

κρείσσων γὰρ βασιΧεύς, οτε χώσεται ἀνδρι χερηι ·	80

183.	

76.	

ἐγώ Ϝερέω.	

σύνθέο [συντίθημί] : imperat., 960.

77.	μοι: 996.—

πρόφρων: observe that the Greek uses the adjective
where the English idiom would ordinarily prefer the adverb. — 

ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν: 1005. The prophet signifies his willingness to impart the desired
information, but knowing the truth will hurt, he requests a sworn
pledge and an assurance of protection. As he will have to indicate that
Agamemnon is guilty, and as all are well aware of the violent temperament
of the son of Atreus, he makes the legitimate demand that Achilles
will not merely stand and talk while the god’s holy prophet is being
roughly handled. Observe in vs. 76 the emphasis placed upon ἐγώ and σύ
(which are always emphatic when expressed, since they are contained in
the personal endings of the verb and are ordinarily omitted). “<emph>I</emph> am
willing to perform my duty, if you will see to <emph>yours</emph>.” — 

ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσίν : “ by word and deed.”

78.	χολωσέμεν = χολώσειν, 908; observe its accent, 902, 2. — 

ὀΐω Κάλχαντα χολώσειν ἄνδρα, ὃς μέγα κρατέει πάντων Ἀργείων. 

μέγα : 780-781.
Some see in the wavering meter of this verse an indication of an attempt
to portray the wavering of the mind of the soothsayer in his fear of
Agamemnon.

79. Ἀργείων (another name for the Greeks before Troy), 985. — 

οἱ  can be only the dat. of ἑο, 760, since it is an enclitic (as can be seen from the
accent of καί, 550, and formerly had Ϝ before it (Ϝοι) as is seen from the
meter, 1173,1175. It is a dative with a special verb, 996. Calchas gives
it as his opinion that what he has to say will enrage Agamemnon, whom
he does not mention by name, however, but describes so accurately that
no one could be in the least doubt as to whom he means.

80. κρείσσων (ἐστίν) βασιλεύς: that is, when a king and a man of the
common people become at odds, the king is the mightier, and naturally
will punish the ordinary man for his presumption. — 

ἀνδρί: 996.

184.	Translate:

1. The seer will speak if Achilles will hearken and swear to defend him zealous(ly) with words and hands. 

2. I
think Calchas will enrage Agamemnon, who rules all the Argives, and the Achaeans obey him. 



<pb n="71"/>

3. Agamemnon is king and is mightier than the seer or any other inferior man.

4. When the king is enraged at an inferior man, he will destroy him, for he is mightier.

LESSON XXX: PERSONAL AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS

Iliad, 81-85

185.	Learn the declension of the personal and possessive
pronouns, 760-764.

186.	Optional:

187.	VOCABULARY

ἀπ-αμείβ-ω, ἀπαμείψω*, ἀπήμειψα, ἀπημείφθην* (ex)change; middle, reply, answer,
αὐτ-ῆμαρ the (self)same day.
ἑός, ἑή, ἑόν (= ὅς, ἥ, ὅν), his, her(s), its, his own, her own, its own.
θαρσ-έω, θαρσήσω*, ἐθάρσησα, τεθάρσηκα take heart, take courage, be bold, dare, be resolute.
Θεο-πρόπιον, Θεο-προπίου, τό oracle, prophecy

κατα-πέσσω (πεκ- , πεπ-). καταπέψω*, κατέπεψα, καταπέπεμμαι *, κατεπέφθην* digest, repress, cook.
κότος, κότου, ὁ grudge, rancor, hate,
μάλα very, exceedingly, even, by all means, much, enough.

μετ-όπισθε(ν) afterward(s), later, hereafter,
ὄφρα until, in order that, while,
πέρ end, exceedingly, very, even (if), although.
πρόσ-φημι (φη-, φα-). προσφήσ-ω, προσ-έφησ-α* speak to, address.

σαό-ω, σαώσω. ἐσάωσα, ἐσαώθην, save, protect, rescue, preserve.
στῆθος, στήθεος, τό breast, chest,
φράζω* (φραδ-), φράσω*, ἔφρασα ((ἐ)πέφραδον), πέφρακα*, πέφρασμαι* ἐφράσθην tell, point out, declare; mid. consider, plan, think.

χόλος, χόλου, ὁ hot, furious wrath, blind anger, choler.

Derivatives: amoeba, amoebean (593-595); pep-sin, pep-tic, eu-pepsia, dys-pep-sia ; opistho-dome, opistho-graphy; stetho-scope; phrase-o-logy, peri-phrasis, para-phrase.

188. Translate:

1. 'Ἀγαμέμνων ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καταπέψει χόλον αὐτῆμαρ, ἀλλὰ 
μετόπισθεν ἕξει [ἔχω] κότον ἐν οἷσι στήθεσσιν, ὄφρα τελέσσῃ.

<pb n="72"/>

2. πὀδας ὠκὺς Ἀχιλλεὺς φράσεται εἰ σαώσει Κάλχαντα μάντιν ὄχ’ ἄριστον. 

3. Κάλχᾱς θαρσήσει καὶ ἐρέει  θεοπρόπιον Ἀπόλλωνος. 

4. μάντις οἶδε θεοπρόπια πάντα.

189.	Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad 81-85

el nrep γὰρ re γόΧον ye καὶ αΰτήμαρ καταπέ-ί^-τ),	81

αλλὰ re καὶ μετόπισθεν eyet κότον, οφρα τεΧεσστ),
ev στήθεσσιν έοΐσι. σύ Se φράσαι, el με σ σώσεις.”

τον S’ αιταμειβόμενος προσέφη 7τοδα? ώκύς ἀχιλλενς ·

“ θαρσήσας μάΧα elire θεοπρόπιον, οτι οίσθα ·	85

190.	

81.

εἴ περ γάρ τε for even if.

82.	τε καὶ also. — 

ὄφρα τελέσσῃ (parenthetical):
i.e., till he obtains his revenge.

81-82. χόλος, κότος : the first of hot resentment,
which may pass, the second of a deep-seated
grudge, which calculates upon revenge.

83. ἐν στήθεσσιν ἑοῖσι : the possessive pronoun
is emphatic, to indicate that he keeps it absolutely
secret and bides his time for revenge.

— στήθεσσι: plural, to individualize the various
parts of the chest. — 

σύ: everything now depends
upon you. — 

φράσαι: imperative.

It has always been dangerous to arouse the
wrath of a king or of a god; for even though
they did not exact vengeance immediately they
would hold the grudge, sometimes even to the
third and fourth generation of the children of
the sinner, till they had obtained full satisfaction.
Then, too, when once their wrath was
kindled, they were notoriously and recklessly
cruel in revenging themselves. “ The wrath of
a king is as messengers of death, but a wise
man will pacify it.” “ The king’s wrath is as
the roaring of a lion; but his favor is as dew
upon the grass.” “Kiss the son (i.e. the king),
lest he be angry, and ye perish from the way when his wrath is kindled
but a little.” “And when the people complained it displeased Jehovah:

73

A Silver Coin of
Syracuse

The profile of the nymph
Arethusa has been styled the
most exquisite Greek head
known to us.
<pb/>

and Jehovah heard it: and his anger was kindled ; and the fire of Jehovah
burnt among them, and consumed them that were in the uttermost
parts of the camp.”

The seer really had more power than Agamemnon, who is compelled
to yield to him, as we learn in the sequel; but he does not wish to
expose himself unnecessarily either to any rashness on the part of the
king in his hot wrath nor to his plotting afterward, should he cherish a
grudge.

85. εἰπέ : imperative, observe accent, 903, 1.

191. Translate :

1. The very mighty king was enraged at an inferior man, but on that selfsame day he digested his wrath. 

2. Many men have evil grudges in their own breasts until they accomplish (them). 

3. Let us consider if we will save the king of men Agamemnon. 

4. The seer will take courage and speak the oracles of the gods, for he knows them all.

LESSON XXXI: RELATIVE, INTERROGATIVE, AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS

Iliad, 86-92

192.	Learn the declension of the relative, interrogative,
and indefinite pronouns, 767-713, 776-777.

193.	Optional:

194.	VOCABULARY

ἀ-μύμων, ἀμύμον blameless, noble. 
ἀνα-φαίνω (φαν-), ἀναφανέω, ἀνέφηνα, ἀναπέφηνα*, ἀναπέφασμαι, ἀνεφάνην reveal, show (up), manifest.

αὐδάω, αὐδήσω*, ηὔδησα speak, say, declare, shout, cry out.
βαρύς, βαρεῖα, βαρύ heavy, weighty, violent, severe, grave, serious.



δέρκομαι (δερκ-, δορκ-, δρακ-), —, ἔδρακον, δέδορκα, ἐδέρχθην* (ἐδράκην)* see, look, behold,
ἐπι-φέρω (φερ-, οἰ-, ἐνεκ-), ἐποίσω, ἐπήνεικα (ἐπήνεικον), ἐπενήνοχα*, ἐπενήνεγμαι*, ἐπηνέχθην* bear upon, bear against.

ζώ-ω live,
ἤν ( = ἄν) if.
<pb/>


θεο-προπίη, θεοπροπίης, ἡ oracle, prophecy. 

οὐδέ not even, and not, nor, but not.
μά adv. of swearing, surely, verily. 


ὅς τε, ἥ τε, ὅ τε (ὅστε, ἥτε, ὅτε) who,  which, what(ever).	

σύμ-πᾱς, σύμ-πᾱσα, σύμ-παν all (together).
χθών, χθονός, ἡ earth, land, country.

Derivatives : phenomenon, dia-phanous, phan-tasm, phan-tom, fan-tasy, fan-cy ; bar-o-meter, bar-y-tone ; Dorcas, drag-on, drag-oon; epi-zootic, zoo-logy, zoo-chemistry, zoo-morphism, proto-zoa, palaeo-zoic, meso-zoic, ceno-zoic, eo-zoic, a-zoic; chthon-ic, chthon-o-phagy.

195.	Translate :

1. πόδας ὠκὺς Ἀχιλλεὺς εἶπε μάντει ἀμύμονι · “ ὄμνῡμι μὰ θεὸν Ἀπόλλωνα διΐφιλον, Ἀγαμέμνων ἄριστος Ἀχαιῶν οὐκ ἐποίσει βαρείας χεῖράς σοι κοίλῃς παρὰ νηυσίν.” 

2. Κάλχας μάντις ἀμύμων εὐχόμενος Ἀπόλλωνι ἀναφαίνει θεοπροπίᾱς Δαναοῖσιν. 

3. Ἀχιλῆος ζῶντος καῖ δερκόμενοιο (1111) ἐπὶ χθονί, οὔ τις συμπάντων Δαναῶν ἐποίσει βαρείας χεῖρας Κάλχαντι μάντει. 

4. δῖος Ἀχιλλεὺς σαώσει Κάλχαντα μάντιν, ἢν εἴπῃ Ἀγαμέμνονα, ὅς εὔχεται εἶναι πολλὸν ἄριστος Ἀχαιῶν.

5. ἢν Ἀχιλλεὺς σαώσει μάντιν, θαρσήσει καὶ αὐδήσει θεοπροπίᾱς ἑκετηβελέταο ἄνακτος. 

6. Ἀπόλλων ἐστὶ θεὸς ᾧ τε [ὅς τε, ἥ τε, ὅ τε] Κάλχᾱς εὔχεται.

196.	Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad 86—92

ου μα γὰρ 9A%τόλλωνα $νίφι\ον, ω re συ, ΚάΧγαν,	86

ευχόμενος Δαναοΐσι θεοπροπιας ἀνάφαινεις,
οϋ τις εμεύ ζώντος καὶ επὶ χθονὶ Βερκομενοιο ι
σοὶ κοίΧρς παρὰ νηυσὶ βαρείας χειρας εποίσει
συμπάντων Δαναών, ονδ’ ήν ’ Ἀγαμεμνονα εϊπρς,	90

δς νυν πολλόν ἀριστος Ἀχαιῶν εύχεται είναι.”
καὶ τότε δή θάρσησε καὶ ηύδα μάντις ἀμύμων

197.	86. οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα (ὄμνῡμι) : this is the answer of
Achilles to the demand of Calchas that he swear, (ὄμοσσον, vs. 76) to protect
him. He meets the issue fairly and promises frankly. — 

ᾦ τε [ὅς τε, ἥ τε, ὅ τε].

<pb n="75"/>

87. Prayer was one of the means by which a prophet could learn the
will of his God. “And Samuel prayed unto Jehovah. And Jehovah
said unto Samuel, Hearken unto the voice of the people.” “ The prayer
of a righteous man availeth much.” — 86—87. 

ᾧ τε. . . ἀναφαίνεις parenthetic.

88: 994. There is of course the definite promise here that Achilles
is willing to defend the safety of Calchas, even with his own life, if need
be. The οὐ of this verse repeats the οὐ of vs. 86, for the sake of clearness
after the long intervening parenthetic clause. This verse is another
good example of epic fullness of expression, a form of pleonasm, used to
make the statement more emphatic aud impressive.

89.	σοί: 1004. Merely a picturesque way of saying that no one shall
strike the seer.

90.	Achilles is specific in naming Agamemnon, where the more prudent
and cautious Calchas had been content to use general terms in
describing him, without taking the risk of calling him by name.

91.	This is of course not egotism on the part of Agamemnon (cf.
note on vs. 68 ff.), but merely a naive recognition of his own worth.
He was not without a certain amount of competition in this matter,
however, as Achilles modestly claims this honor (of being ἄριστος
Ἀχαιῶν) for himself (vs. 224) ; and, for the purposes of the poet, various
leaders of the Greeks might on differing occasions be considered worthy
to bear this title. It is part of the superlative and hyperbolic language
of epic, cf. the note to vs. 15, § 90, and to vs. 70, § 176.

With these words Achilles takes the final step which must provoke
Agamemnon beyoud all measure. Carried away by his own generous
enthusiasm in protecting the defenseless, he sets himself up as the equal
of his commander in chief, and thus leads inevitably onward to the
bitter quarrel which ensues.

Achilles swears by the patron god of Calchas himself that no harm
shall befall the prophet, and that he is willing to risk his own life in
his defense, even though he accuse Agamemnon, whose violent and
reckless wrath was a matter of common knowledge. Such a promise
was naturally to be expected from Achilles’ impetuously generous character.
With this assurance the prophet is ready to disclose the will of
the god and the cause of all their woe.

It was once a matter of common belief that if any one swore by a
god and then proved false to his oath, the divinity involved would punish
him with all due severity. For that reason an oath was considered
as binding by those who would have no hesitation in breaking their
word. There is a peculiar fitness in swearing by Apollo here, not only

<pb n="76"/>

as the patron god of Calchas, but he is destroying the Greeks with his
arrows, and Achilles would be inviting a special dispensation of his
wrath npon himself should he fail to keep his vow. “ And ye shall not
swear by my name falsely, so that thou profane the name of thy God:
I am Jehovah.” “ If a man vow a vow unto Jehovah, or swear an oath
to bind his soul with a bond; he shall not break his word, he shall do
according to all that proceedeth out of his mouth.” “ Thou shalt fear
Jehovah thy God, and serve him, and shalt swear by his name.” “ Thou
shalt not swear falsely by the name of Jehovah thy God; for Jehovah
will not hold him guiltless that sweareth falsely by his name.” “ Jehovah
hath sworn and will not repent.”

When Agamemnon claims to be “ far the best of the Achaeans,” he
uses “ best ” in the Irish sense, of being able to overcome any one there
in a fair fight.

92. θάρσησε: took courage: inceptive aorist, 1081. — 

ηὖδα = ηὔδαε [αὐδάω], 584-585. The seer, realizing that Achilles is the type of man
“ that sweareth to his own hurt, and changeth not,” is emboldened to
speak out unambiguously.

198.	Translate:

1. Take courage and speak the oracles of Apollo the freeshooter.
2. By Apollo, son of Zeus, the Achaeans shallnnot lay heavy, hands upon you beside the hollow ships.

3. The blameless seer prays to Apollo the free-shooter andn reveals the oracles of God to the Danaans. 

4. While the Achaeans live and look out upon the earth Agamemnon shall not lay heavy hands upon the old priest of Apollo beside the hollow ships. 

5. Who boast that they are far the best of the Danaans ?

LESSON XXXII: REGULAR VERBS IN -μι

Iliad, 98-100

199.	Learn the conjugation of the present, and the first and
second aorist, active of ἵστημι, τίθημι, ἵημι, and δίδωμι, 949-951.

200.	Optional:

<pb n="77"/>

201.	VOCABULARY

ἀ-εἰκής, ἀ-εἰκές unseemly, grievous, shameful, unfitting.
ἀv-ά-ποινος, ἀv-ά-ποινov unransomed, without μa ransom paid,
ἀπτο-δέχ-ομαι, ἀποδέξομαι, ἀπεδεξάμην (ἀπεδέγμην), ἀποδέγμαι, ἀπεδέχθην* receive, accept,
ἀ-πρίατος, ἀπριάτη, ἀ-πρίατον unbought, without
price.

ἀπ-ωθέω (ὠθ-, ὠθε- = Ϝωθ-, Ϝωθε-), ἀπώσω, ἀπέωσ·α, ἀπέωσμαι*, ἀπεώσθην* shove away, push off, drive off.

ἀ-τῑμά-ω, ἀτῑμήσω, ἠτίμησα, dishonor, insult, slight, despise.
ἑλίκ-ωψ, ἑλίκ-ωπος m., ἑλικ-ώπις, ἑλικωπιδος f.,
bright-eyed, flashing-eyed.

ἕνεκα (εἵνεκα, 571) with gen., usually postpos., on account, because of, for the sake of. in yet, still, in addition, further,
ἱερός, ἱερή, ἱερόν sacred, holy,
ίλά-σκομαι, ἱλάσ(σ)ομαι, ίλασ(σ)άμην, ἱλάσθην* propitiate, appease.

κούρη, κούρης, ἡ girl, maiden, young woman.

οὔ-τε and not, nor. οὔτε . . . οὔτε neither . . . nor.
πατήρ, πατέρος, ὁ father, sire.

τούνεκα (= τοῦ ἕνεκα) on account of this, for this reason, therefore, consequently.

Derivatives : pan-dect; helix, op-tic(al), syn-opsis, autopsy; hiero-glyphics, hier-archy ; patri-arch, patri-archal, patri-archate.

202. Translate :

1. Ἀπόλλων ἐπιμέμφεται ἡμᾶς εὐχωλῆς καὶ ἑκατόμβης (979, 6).	

2. θεοὶ ἐπιμέμφονται Ἀχαιοὺς ἕνεκ’ ἀρητῆρος φίλου Ἀπόλλωνι, τὸν γὰρ ἠτίμησαν. 

3. Ἀπόλλων ἔδωκεν ἄλγεα τοῖσιν Ἀχαιοῖσιν ἠδὲ δώσει ἔτι, οὕνεκ’ Ἀγαμέμνων ἠτίμησεν ἀρητῆρα, οὐδ’ ἐβούλετο λύειν θύγατρα καὶ ἀγλαὰ δέχθαι ἄποινα. 

4. εἰ ἑκηβόλος ἀπώσει λοιγὸν ἀεικέα Δαναοῖσιν, δώσουσι ἑλικώπιδα κούρην φίλῳ πατρὶ ἀπριάτην ἀνάποινον, ἄξουσι δ’ Ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ἐς Χρύσην· τότε θεόν ἱλασσάμενοι
πείσουσιν.

203. Copy, scan, and translate :

Iliad 93-100

<pb n="93"/>



204. 93. εὐχωλῆς, ἑκατόμβης : 979, 6.

94. ἀρητῆρος: emphatic by position, and placed in strict contrast
with εὐχωλῆς, as both occupy the same position in the verse. “ Perhaps
you thought it was a vow or a hecatomb, but no, it was a priest.” Observe
how the seer waits till the last possible moment in his sentence
before speaking the name of Agamemnon, which might seem to indicate
his fear of him, but at the same time would bring this word into special
prominence.

94-95. The prophet first makes the general statement that the priest
was insulted, and follows this by citing two specific features.

96.	τούνεκ’(α) sums up the preceding and brings it out prominently,
so that there can be no mistaking what the real cause of the trouble is.

It has always been dangerous to insult a holy man of God. “ And
Elisha went up from thence unto Bethel: and as he was going up by
the way, there came forth little children out of the city, and mocked
him, and said unto him, Go up, thou bald head; go up, thou bald head.
And he turned back, and looked on them, and cursed them in the name
of Jehovah. And there came forth two she-bears out of the wood, and
tare in pieces forty and two children of them.”

97.	Δαναοῖσιν: 997.—

ὅ γε resumes the subject, Apollo, with emphasis.
96-97 : perhaps the rhyme at the end of these two verses is intentional,
to bring these two words into full relief and sharp contrast with
each other.

98.	The subject of δόμεναι may be the Greeks, but more likely it is
intended to refer to Agamemnon, and would thus be omitted on purpose
by the priest, who is afraid of his anger, in spite of the assurance of
Achilles. — 

ἑλικώπιδα: “ bright-eyes,” is another of those speaking epithets
which brings the object vividly before the mind, and helps to
explain Agamemnon’s infatuation for the girl with her flashing eyes,
that sparkled with the fullness of rippling laughter.

97-98. πρὶν . . . πρίν: he will not sooner drive off pestilence . . . till
(we) give back .... — 

ἀπριάτην ἀνάποινον: “ without money and without
price.” Tautology for the sake of emphasis. Restoration and

<pb n="79"/>

reparation must be made before the god will consider any peace
terms.

100. ἐς Χρύσην: into Chrysa, the town, not to Chryses, the priest.
Calchas is evidently not willing to guarantee that they will succeed in
appeasing the god by following his prescription, as the action of the
divinity is dependent upon his own arbitrary free will, and hence uncertain.
This type of statement has the further advantage of leaving a
loophole of escape for the priest, who would thus preserve inviolate his
reputation for infallibility. Theoretically it should be possible to persuade
the god, as Homer says in another place (where an old friend of
Achilles is trying to induce him to forego his anger against Agamemnon): “ Therefore, Achilles, rule thy high spirit; neither doth it befit
thee to have a ruthless heart. Nay, even the very gods can bend, and
theirs withal is loftier majesty and honor and might. Their hearts by
incense and reverent vows and drink-offerings and burnt offerings men
turn with prayer, so oft as any transgresseth and doeth sin.”.—

πεπίθοιμεν: 1105.

This speech of Calchas is a fine example of good oratory. First, he
disabuses the minds of his hearers of their prepossessions (they thought
the god might be offended because of some vow unfulfilled, or of some
hecatomb unoffered), and after thus clearing the way and having his
audience ask of themselves what then was the trouble with the freeshooter,
he gives the real reason, which strikes home and carries so
much conviction with it that Agamemnon, in spite of his angry opposition,
is compelled to bow, and to acknowledge that it is the finger of
god which forces him to yield his prize.

205. Translate:

1. Do the gods blame the Achaeans on account of a vow, or of a hecatomb, or on account of Chryses the priest, whom Agamemnon dishonored ?	

2. If Agamemnon will not release the dear daughter of the aged priest and receive the shining ransoms, the free-shooter will still give many woes to the Danaans, nor will he ward off unseemly destruction for them until they give back to her own father the white-armed maiden, unbought, and unransomed, and lead a sacred hecatomb into Chrysa ; then perhaps they may appease the god and persuade his soul.

<pb n="80"/>

LESSON XXXIII: REGULAR VERBS IN -μι (Continued)

Iliad, 101-108

206.	Learn the conjugation of the present, and the first
and second aorist, middle and passive of ἴστημι, τίθημι, ἵημι,
and δίδωμι, 957-962.

207.	Optional:

208.	VOCABULARY

ἀμφι-μέλᾱς, ἀμφιμέλαινα, ἀμφιμέλαιναν black all around, very black.	
ἄχ-νυμαι be grieved, be vexed, be enraged.	
ἐσθλός, ἐσθλή, ἐσθλόν good, noble, brave, true, helpful, kindly, virile.	
εὐρύς, εύρεῖα, εὐρύ broad, wide, large.	
κρείων, κρείουσα, κρεῖον ruling, prince, ruler.		
κρήγυος, κρηγύη, κρήγυον good, helpful, favorable, honest, true, truthful, useful. 
λαμετά-ω shine, gleam, blaze, 

μένος, μένεος, τό rage, anger, might, courage,	fury,	power,	spirit,
ὄσσε (dual only), eyes.
ὄσσομαι (όκ-)	eye,	look upon, look, glare at.
πίμ-πλημι (πη-, πλα-), πλήσω, ἔπλησα (ἐπλήμην), πέπληκα*, πέπλησμαι*, ἐπλήσθην, with gen. of material, 986, fill, sate, stuff.
πρώτιστos, πρωτίστη, πρώτιστον a double superlative, first, chiefest, the very first,
πῦρ, πυρός, τό fire, flame, flame.
πώ (enclit.) in some way, any way, ever, yet, at some time, at any time,

μαντεύ-ομαι, μαντεύσομαι, ἐμαντευσάμην  predict, prophesy, act as seer, divine.

Derivatives: melan-choly; lamp-a-drome ; mant-ic, -is (42)<note n="grc">revised edition leaves this out -- I don't know what the derivative is myself</note> ; oc-u-lar, ocu-list; ple-thora, ple-onasm; proto- (80) <n>this remains in Debnar but I don't see what section 80 does to explain this. I presume the derivative is protoplasm.</n> ;
pyr(e)- (15).

209.	Translate:

1. τοῖσι δ’ ἀνιστάμενος μετέφη εὐρὺ κρείων Ἀγαμέμνων.

2. βασιλεὺς Ἀγαμέμνων ἄχννυται μέγα, πίμπλανται 8’ ἀμφιμέλαιναι φρένες μένεος κακοῦ. 

3. ὄσσε ἄνακτος πυρὶ λαμπετόωντι ἐίκτην [*εἴκω].	

4. Ἀχαιοὶ δ’ ὄσσονται μάντιν κακά.

<pb n="81"/>

5. Κάλχᾱς μάντις κακῶν οὔ πώ ποτε κρήγυον εἶπεν Ἀγαμέμνονι ἄνακτι. 

6. τὰ κακὰ μάντει αἰεὶ φίλ’ ἐστὶν μαντεύεσθαι.

7. Άχίλλεὺς εἶπεν ἐσθλὰ ἔπεα πολλὰ καὶ τὰ ἔτελεσσεν.

210. Read and translate :

Iliad, 101-108



211. 102. εὐρύ: adverbial, 780-781. — 

εὐρὺ κρείων : widely ruling.

103. μένεος : 986. — 

μέγα : adverbial, 780-781.

104.	

οἱ [ἕο] : dat. of interest or reference (or possibly of possession).
— 

πυρί: 1003. — 

ἐίκτην [εἴκω]. — 

λαμπετόωντι (945-948): to contrast
with ἀμφιμέλαιναι, verse 108.

103 f. The diaphragm was thought of as the seat of the emotions and
evil passions, just as the word “heart” is still used in English. “For
out of the heart proceed evil thoughts.” The dark cloud first gathers
in Agamemnon’s breast, before bursting in full fury upon Calchas. This
scene demonstrates that the seer well knew what he was about (ὃς ᾔδη
τὰ τ’ ἐόντα, etc., vs. 70) when he demanded protection of Achilles before
making his accusation of the king.

105.	πρώτιστα : 780—781. — 

κάκ’: 780-781, 1012. — 

κάκ’ ὀσσόμενος :
“with evil look” (literally “looking evil things”), i.e. a look that
boded trouble for Calchas. —

πρώτιστα: a double superlative, as “most
unkindest, most highest, chiefest,” etc.

This description of the wrathful Agamemnon, with eyes flashing fire
and foreboding evil, could be applied with exceptional fitness and without
any change to an angry lion, ready to spring upon the object of its
rage, which picture was perhaps more or less actively present in the
poet’s consciousness when he composed this passage.

106. τὸ κρήγυον Ϝεῖπας is unmetrical. Perhaps τὰ κρήγυα Ϝεῖπας stood
here originally. — 

εἶπας: 865, 3. “ I hate him, for he doth not prophesy
good concerning me, but evil.” Many see in this and the following

<pb n="82"/>

verses a reference to the events at Aulis, where in accordance with the
commands of Calchas Agamemnon was compelled to sacrifice his own
daughter, Iphigeneia, before the gods would send suitable winds for the
Greek fleet to set sail for Troy.

107. τοι echoes the μοι of the preceding verse, with which it is contrasted.
— 

τὰ κάκ’ ἐστί: 973, 1.

106-108. Agamemnon’s fury is aroused as he thinks he detects a plot
(of which Calchas and Achilles are the ringleaders) to rob him of his
prize. Apparently he has slight heed for priests and prophets and holy
men. His whole attitude toward the seer is one of burning scorn and
bitter sarcasm. Although he does not use the word, he forcibly suggests
that Calchas is a liar. “ Should thy lies make men hold their peace?”
“ Have ye not seen a vain vision, and have ye not spoken a lying divination
? ” Besides, the gods could be dishonest at times. Thus Zeus sends
a deceitful dream to Agamemnon, and Jehovah might send a lying
spirit to deceive the prophets. It may be that the poet would represent
here a phase of the age-long struggle between rationalism (Agamemnon)
and religion (Calchas). 106-108 are merely the ordinary exaggeration
common to the heat of passion.

212.	Translate:

1. When we had spoken thus we sat down; thereupon the hero, swift-footed Achilles, arose and spake among the Achaeans. 

2. When he is vexed, his heart, black all around, is mightily filled with anger, and his eyes are like unto blazing fire.

3. Agamemnon eyed Calchas evilly and addressed him.	

4. Because you are a prophet of evils you have never spoken or accomplished anything good for me, but it is always dear to your heart to prophesy evil.

5. “ Prophet ” said I, “ bird of evil! ”

LESSON XXXIV: REVIEW OF REGULAR -μι VERBS

Iliad, 109-117

213.	Learn all the forms, active, middle, and passive of
ἵστημι, τίθημι, δίδωμι, and ἵημι 949-963, 924.

214.	Optional:

<pb n="83"/>

215.	VOCABULARY

ἀ- (ά-) inseparable prefix (“ alpha copulative") denoting likeness, union, association with, intensification.

ἀγορεύω, ἀγορεύσω, ἠγόρευσα speak, say, tell, harangue, address an assembly.

ἄλοχος, ἀλόχου ἡ (cf. λέχος) wife, spouse.

ἀμείνων, ἀμεῖνον better, braver, superior, preferable; compar, of ἀγαθός 754.

ἀπόλλῡμι (ὀλ-, ὀλε-, ὀλο-) ἀπολέσ(σ)ω, ἀπώλεσ(σ)a, ἀπόλωλα  destroy, kill, ruin.

δέμας, δέμαος,  τό build, stature, size, form, body, structure.

(ἐ)θέλω  (ἐθελ-, ἐθελε-) ἐθελήσω, ἠθέλησα, ἠθέληκα* wish, desire, be willing.

Derivatives: Apollyon.

εἰμί (ἐσ-), ἔσ(σ)ομαι be.
θεο-προπέ-ω prophesy, foretell, declare an oracle, inquire of a god, interpret the divine will.
κουρίδιος, κουριδίη, κουρίδιον  lawfully wedded, legally married, wedded in youth.

οἴκοι  [οἶκος loc. 657, 714], at home,

προ-βούλομαι (βουλ-, βουλί-), προβουλήσομαι*, προβέβουλα, προβεβούλημαι*, προεβουλήθην* prefer, wish rather,
σόος, σόη, σόον (= σάος = σάϜος) SAFE,
sound, unhurt, unharmed, well,
φυή, φυῦς, ἡ form, nature, beauty, growth, appearance, character.
χέρείων, χερεῖον worse, inferior (754, 3).
Χρῡσηίς, Χρῡσηίδος, ἡ Chryseis, daughter of Chryses.

216. Translate :

1. θεοπροπέοντες ἐν Ἀχαιοῖσι μάντιες ἀγορεύουσιν, ὡς (how) δὴ Ἀγαμέμνονος ἕνεκα ἑκηβόλος τεύχει ἄλγεa, οὕνεκ’ οὐκ ἤθελε δέξασθαι ἀγλαὰ ἄποινα κούρης Χρῡσηίδος. 

2. Ἀγαμέμvωv ούκ ἤθελε δέξασθαι ἄποινα, ἐπεὶ πολὺ βούλεται ἔχειν τὴν κούρην
αὐτὴν οἴκοι. 

3. προβουλήσεται Ἀγαμέμνων  Χρῡσηίδα Κλυταιμ(ν)ήστρης κουριδίης ἀλόχου; (988).	


4. Χρῡσηίς οὔκ ἐστι χερείων Κλυταιμ(ν)ήστρης (988), οὐ δέμας οὐδὲ φυὴν οὔτ’
ἄρ φρένας οὔτε τι ἔργα (1014).	

5. ἔθελουσιν Ἀχαιοὶ δόμεναι πάλιν ἑλικώπιδα κούρην, εἰ τό γ’ ἐστιν ἄμεινον, ἐπεὶ βούλονται λάον εἶναι σόον ἢ (rather than) ἀπολέσθαι. 

6. δοθείη ἡ κούρη πατρὶ φίλῳ. 

7. ἔστη ἱερεὺς Χρήσης ἐν στρατῷ Ἀχαιῶν καὶ ἐλίσσετ’ Ἀγαμέμνονα, ἀλλ' οὐδ’ ὧς παῖς φίλη ἐτέθη πατρῖ ἐν χερσίν.

<pb n="84"/>

THE APHRODITE OF MELOS

Louvre, Paris

More commonly known as the "Venus of Milo.” The statue was discovered
in 1820 a.d. on the island of Melos. It consists of two principal
pieces, joined together across the folds of the drapery. Most art critics date
this work about 100 b.c. The strong, serene figure of the god dees sets forth
the Greek ideal of female loveliness.
<pb/>

217.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 109-117

και νυν ev Ἀαναοϊσι θεοπροπβων ayopevei;,

ω; Βη το0S’ evaid σφιν ίκηβόΧο; aXyea Tevyei,	no

ovve/c eyd> κούρη 9 Χρυσή idos ayXa ἄποινα

οΰκ eOeXov Ββξασθαι, — eirel 7τολυ βούΧομαι αυτήν

οϊκοι βχ€ΐν. teal γὰρ ρα ΚἈυταιμνηστρη; προβέβουΧα,

κουριδιης αΧόγου, errelou οθέν έστι γερείων,

ου depa; obde φυην οὐτ αρ φρένα·; οὐτβ τι epya.	Π5

ἀλλα καὶ &; ΙθυΧω dopeval πάΧιν, el το y apeivov

βούΧομ’ eyd) Χαον σόον e μ pe ναι ἡ αποΧέσθαι.

218.	

109. In vss. 106 ff. Agamemnon makes sweeping general charges
against Calchas; in vs. 109 he proceeds to the particular, καὶ νῦν, as proof
of his assertions.

110.	ὡς: 1154, 1. The whole attitude of Agamemnon toward Calchas
is one of sneering disbelief.

111.	ἐγώ: emphatic, since Calchas had claimed that it was Agamemnon,
and no other, who was to blame for the plague. Naturally Agamemnon makes out as good a case as possible for himself, and mentions
only the rejection of the ransoms, and has nothing to say of the insults
which he had heaped upon the old priest, and the affront he had shown
to the god. — 

κούρης: 979, 5.

112.	αὐτήν: the girl’s own self, as contrasted with the ransom. —
βούλομαι: prefer. — 

πολύ : 780-781.

113.	ῥα Κλυταιμ(v)ήστρης: 524, 988. The correct spelling of this
name is Κλυταιμήστρη, although practically all modern texts have Κλυταιμνήστρη, and we ordinarily have “ Clytaemnestra ” in English.

114.	ἑθέν [ἕο] : 993. When Chryseis is said to be no worse than Clytaem(n)estra,
it is only another way of saying that she is much more
preferable.

115.	δέμας, φυήν, φρένας, ἔργα (Ϝέργα) : 1014. — 

τι: 780-781.

After sneering at Calchas, Agamemnon hastens to add his own defense
for not accepting the ransoms and releasing the girl. He is careful
however not to mention his own brutal speech to the priest. Evidently
he is in love with Chryseis, who is much younger than his own wife
whom he had married in the days of his youth (κουριδίης), a situation
of the sort which has produced many of the world’s most interesting

<pb n="85"/>

tragedies. Apparently he would be more than willing to get rid of
Clytaem(n)estra and marry the girl. Unfortunately we are left entirely
in the dark as to how this was to be done. It would be interesting to
know whether Agamemnon has in mind some practical means of disposing
of Clytaem(n)estra, as by divorce, or whether this is merely a vision
of an unrealizable happiness, and he can only live on in the vague hope
that perhaps she may die first. Perhaps it is only another example of
“Maggie, my wife at fifty, grey and dour and old, with never another
Maggie to be purchased for love or gold.” <note>https://books.google.de/books?id=bbaJDwAAQBAJ&pg=PT4217&lpg=PT4217&</note> By a tragic sort of ironical
poetic justice, Clytaem(n)estra settled accounts with Agamemnon upon
his return home, by murdering him, having proved as unfaithful to him
as he had been to her in his absence. This would of course be brought
vividly to the minds of Homer’s hearers when Agamemnon here mentions
her name.

115 ff. Instead of dealing in generalities, Agamemnon specifies the
qualities which make Chryseis seem lovely and desirable in his eyes.
By δέμας he refers to her stately build. The old Greeks never seem to
have found the petite particularly adorable, and they especially admired
women of large and imposing stature. By φνήν he refers to grace of
form and feature, and φρένας probably means that she was of an affectionate
disposition, implying a marked contrast in this respect with his
own Clytaem(n)estra. In other words, “Maggie is pretty to look at,
Maggie’s a loving lass.” And then, to crown all, he refers to ἔργα, her
accomplishments. These were not of the highly impractical sort sometimes
found in modern times, but the ἔργα of this young lady, which
found such a responsive chord in Agamemnon’s soul, were housewifely
accomplishments. She was doubtless a good cook (“For beauty won’t
help if vittles is cold, and Love ain’t enough for a soldier”), could spin
and weave, kept his soldier hut neat and clean, and saw to it that his
clothes were kept properly mended.

116.	καί: even. — 

εἰ τό γ’ ἄμεινον (ἐστιν) : Agamemnon still would
intimate that it is not for the best, and takes advantage of this opportunity
for another innuendo at the honesty of the seer.

117.	ἤ : rather than.

Seeing that he has to give her up, Agamemnon makes the best of the
situation, and by the addition of the last two verses (116-117) effectively
wins over the common soldiery to his side, an important consideration
in subsequent developments. This is a good speech and well worked
out in every way.

The ἐγώ of vs. 117 echoes the ἐγώ of vs. 11, and effectively refutes
the accusation there made.

<pb n="86"/>

219. Translate:

1. You prophesy to the Danaans and harangue them, saying that it is on account of me that the free-shooter is causing them countless woes. 

2. For this (reason) the free-shooter has caused many woes to the Achaeans, and he will still cause them, because Agamemnon was not willing to accept the splendid ransoms for (of) the bright-eyed maiden Chryseis. 

3. Agamemnon wished to have her at home, since he greatly preferred her to Clytaem(n)estra his lawful wife. 

4. Chryseis is not inferior to Clytaem(n)estra, either in build, in beauty, or in accomplishments. 

5. If that is better, Agamemnon will be willing to give back the bright-eyed maiden to her dear father. 

6. We wished the people to be safe rather than to perish.

LESSON XXXV: IRREGULAR VERBS IN -μι, εἰμί, AND ENCLITICS

Iliad, 118-125
220. Learn the conjugation of εἰμί complete, 964, and read 553-559.






221.	Optional :

222. VOCABULARY

ἀ-γέραστος, ἀ-γεράστη, ἀ-γέραστον, without a prize of honor (γέρας)·
ἀμέίβ-ω, ἀμείψω*, ἠμείψα, ἠμείφθην* (ex)change; (mid.), answer, reply.

αὐτίκα immediately, forthwith,
γέρας, γέραος, τό prize (of honor),
δατέομαι (δατ-, δατε-), δάσ(σ)ομαι,
ἐδασ(σ)άμην, δέδaσμαι divide, distribute, allot.

ἑτοιμάζω* (ἑτοιμαδ-), ἑτοιμάσω* ἡτοίμασα. prepare, make ready.
κεῖ-μαι, κείσομαι lie, recline, repose.
κύδιστος, κῡδίστη, κύδιστον most glorious; superl.

λεύσσω (λευκ-) see, behold, observe, LOOK,
ξῡνήιος, ξῡνηίη, ξῡνήιον common (stock possessions),
οἶος, οἴη, οἶον  alone, sole, only.

<pb n="87"/>

ποδάρκης, ποδάρκες  swift-footed, able-footed.	

πῶς how? in what way?



φιλο-κτεανώτατος, φιλο-κτεανωτάτη, φιλο-κτεανώτατον superl. most avaricious, most greedy of gain.

πού (end.), any way, anywhere,  some way, somewhere, somehow, perhaps.

Derivatives : amoeba, amoebean (593-595), pod- (101).

223.	Translate :

1. ἑτοιμάσομεv αὐτίκα γέρας Ἀγαμέμνονι, ὄφρα μὴ οἶος Ἀχαιῶν ἔῃ ἀγέραστος, τόδε γὰρ οὐδὲ ἔοικεν. 

2. πάντες Ἀχαιοὶ λεύσσουσιν ὅτι γέρας Ἀγαμέμνονος ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ. 

3. ἠμειψάμεθα ἄνακτα καὶ εἴπομεν. 

4. ποδάρκης διος Ἀχιλλεύς εἶπε μῦθον κρατερὸν Ἀγαμέμνονι κύδίστῳ, φίλοκτεανωτάτῳ δὲ πάντων ἀνδρῶν. 

5. Ἀχαιοὶ ἐκπέρσουσι πολλὰ ἐκ λᾱῶν πολίων καὶ δάσονται πάντα λᾱῷ. 
6. οὐ δώσομεν γέρας Ἀγαμέμνονι, οὐ γὰρ ἔχομέν που ξῡνήια κείμενα (1027).

224.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 118-125



225.	118. ἐμοί: 997. It is this unreasonable demand, which Achilles

on behalf of the people feels called upon to oppose, that provokes the
fatal quarrel.

119.	“Even if I should not demand a γέρας as justly due to me in
return for my giving back mine, common decency would require that
the king should have one, and thus not be lacking in this matter of
honor, while all the other chieftains have prizes.” The possession of
the γέρας was looked upon as a mark of honor due to royal station;

<pb n="88"/>

to give one was to honor the king and exalt his station; to take it away
without due recompense was felt as a keen disgrace. This the army
must prevent by giving him an equivalent for the prize he is about
to surrender. Thus Agamemnon’s demand is prompted by his feeling
of wounded honor, and by his inherent sense of the prerogatives due to
his exalted station, and not by avarice as Achilles thinks (vs. 122).
The injustice in his claim consists in his demand for immediate
(αὐτίκα) recompense, which Achilles clearly shows to be impracticable,
without committing an injustice to the others. But Achilles unfortunately
goes entirely too far in insulting the king and accusing him of
avarice beyond all other men.

120.	ὅ = ὅτι: that.—

μοι: dat. of interest, or possibly of disadvantage, 997-998.

121.	Achilles, who has summoned the assembly and who has promised
protection to Calchas, is the logical candidate to answer Agamemnon,
and doubtless all eyes were turned in his direction as Agamemnon finished
his harangne. The manner in which he makes his reply confirms the
suspicions of Agamemnon that he too is plotting to rob him of his
prize, and he thus draws upon himself the bolt which was ready to fall
apparently anywhere.

122. Achilles is so excited by the demand of Agamemnon that he
forgets his manners and does not show proper deference to his
commander-in-chief.

123	is a rhetorical question, and is employed as a device for stating as
strongly as possible that the great-hearted Achaeans cannot be expected
to give a prize. The two following verses explain why this is true.
The form of this question would imply that Agamemnon’s request is
absurd.

124	: litotes, with a touch of the sarcastic in πολλά. — 

τί: 780-781. —
ξῡνήια : used substantively, 1027, common stores.

125. τά, τά: the first of these should be translated as a relative, the
second as a demonstrative used substantively: Whatsoever we look as
plunder . . . these have been divided. — 

δέδασται: this tense would
indicate that the matter is settled, and not to be reconsidered. The
Greeks had already captured and plundered many cities of the Troad,
but had not yet been able to take Troy. This verse would indicate that
they had already met with considerable successes, and that a goodly
amount of spoil had been taken and distributed among the soldiers.
This booty formed the chief inducement to the Greek warrior for engaging
upon such enterprises. In sacking the captured cities, the male
inhabitants were usually put to the sword, while the females were made

<pb n="89"/>

slaves and distributed to the army as prizes. “ And they warred against
the Midianites, as Jehovah had commanded Moses; and they slew all
the males. . . . And the children of Israel took all the women of
Midian captives, and their little ones, and took the spoil of all their
cattle, and all their flocks, and all their goods. And they burnt all
their cities wherein they dwelt, and all their goodly castles with
fire.”

“ When thou goest forth to war against thine enemies, and Jehovah
thy God hath delivered them into thy hands, and thou hast taken them
captive, and seest among the captives a beautiful woman, and hast a
desire unto her, that thou wouldest have her to thy wife; then thou
shalt bring her home to thine house; and she shall shave her head and
pare her nails.” “ When thou comest nigh unto a city to fight against
it, then proclaim peace unto it. And it shall be if it make thee answer
of peace and open unto thee, then it shall be that all the people that is
found therein shall be tributaries unto thee, and they shall serve thee.
And if it will make no peace with thee, but will make war against thee,
then thou shalt besiege it: and when Jehovah thy God hath delivered it
into thine hands, thou shalt smite every male thereof with the edge of
the sword: but the women, and the little ones, and the cattle, and all
that is in the city, even all the spoil thereof, shalt thou take unto thyself
; and thou shalt eat the spoil of thine enemies, which Jehovah thy
God hath given thee.”

226.	Translate :

1. The Achaeans will prepare another gift of honor immediately for Agamemnon, in order that not alone of all the Argives he may be without a prize of honor ; for it is not seemly so. 

2. They all see that the prize of the king is going elsewhere. 

3. Thereupon all the Achaeans answered the swift-footed, god-like Achilles. 

4. The son of Atreus was the most glorious, but the most avaricious of all men, for he was not willing to give his own prize of honor back to her beloved father, because he did not see many common (stores) lying about, and what the great-souled Achaeans had sacked from the cities had been divided.

227.	Optional. At this point another review, similar to the
one at the end of Lesson XXVII, should be taken. Before

<pb n="90"/>

going further the student should make a clean sweep of all the
forms of all the nouns, pronouns, and adjectives, and the verbs
λύω, τρέφω, ἵστημι, τίθημι, δίδωμι, ἵημι, and εἰμί, in all voices,
modes, and tenses, with special attention to the participles and
infinitives. Repeat the drill for the first hundred and twenty-five
verses in the location of forms, as at the end of Lesson
XXVII. Plenty of written work should be given, together
with oral recitation.

LESSON XXXVI: IRREGULAR VERBS

Iliad, 126-132

228.	Some verbs are formed the same as regular verbs in
-μι in the present and first aorist systems, but are more
or less irregular in certain respects. Some of these do not
have the second aorist. So far as they have other forms
they follow the analogy of λύω.

229.	Certain verbs have second perfects and pluperfects
without the tense suffix, the same as verbs in -μι. Their
personal endings are added directly to the verb stem.

230.	In this class belongs the regular verb οἶδa (2d perf.
of *εἴδω, with pres, meaning) know, which is not reduplicated.
The pluperfect (with imperfect meaning) is ᾔδεα
knew.

231.	Learn the conjugation of εἶμι come, go, φημί say,
speak, ἧμαι sit, be seated, κεῖμαι lie, recline, the perfect
οἶδα know, and the second perfect (without tense suffix)
of ἵστημι set, stand, 924, 964-969.

232.	Optional:

233.	VOCABULARY

ἀπο-τίνω (τει-, τι-, τινϜ-), ἀποτίσω, ἀπέτῑσα, ἀποτέτεκα*, ἀποτέτισμαι*, ἀπετίσθην* repay, requite, recompense, atone for.

<pb n="91"/>

ἐξ-αλαπάζω (άλαπαγ-), ἐξαλαπάξω, ἐξηλάπαξα sack utterly, destroy utterly.

ἐπαγείρω (ἀγερ-), ἐπήγειρα, ἐπαγήγερμαι, ἐπηγέρθην collect, gather (together).

*ἐπείκω (Ϝεικ-, Ϝοικ-, Ϝικ-), ἐπ-έοικα, perf. as pres, he seemly, be fitting (either, also, in addition).
εὐτείχεος, εὐτείχεον  well-walled.
θεο-είκελος, θεο-εικέλη, θεο-είκελον godlike,
κλέπτω (κλεπ-, κλοπ-, κλαπ-), κλέψω *, ἔκλεψα, κέκλοφα**, κέκλεμμαι*, ἐκλέφθην]· (ἐκλάπην)* steal, be stealthy, deceive, hide,
νόος, νόου, ὁ mind, plan, purpose.

ὅ-δε, ἥ-δε, τό-δε this, that; he, she, it.
οὕτω(ς) thus, so, in this way.
παλίλ-λογος, παλιλ-λόγη, παλίλ-λογον gathered together again, re-collected, re-assembled.



παρ-έρχομαι (ἐρχ-, ἠλθ-, ἐλυθ-, ἐλευθ-), παρελεύσομαι, παρῆλθον (παρήλυθον), παρελήλυθα (παρειλήλουθα) evade, pass by, outwit, elude, circumvent,

ποθί (encl.) ever, at any time.
προ-ΐ-ημι (ση-, σε- = ἡ-, ἑ-), προήσω, προέηκα (προῆκα), προεῖκα*, προεῖμαι*, προείθην send forward, send forth, give up.
τετρα-πλῇ fourfold, quadruply.
τρι-πῇ threefold, triply.

Τροίη, Τροίης, ἡ Troy, the city, a famous ancient city in Asia Minor, commanding the Hellespont (Dardanelles). According to the legend it was sacked by the ancient Greeks, under Agamemnon, after a siege of ten years.

Derivatives:	klepto-mani(c), cleps-ydra; tetra-gon, tetra-hedron, tetra-meter ; tri-ple(t), tri-ply, tri-gono-metry, tri-meter, tri-pod.

234.	Translate :

1. ἐπέοικεν Ἀχαιοὺς γέρα παλίλλογα βασιλῆι ἐπαγαγεῖν;


2. νῦν μὲν Ἀγαμέμνων προήσει Χρῡσηίδα κούρην ἑλικώπιδα θεῷ ἑκηβόλῳ, ὕστερον δ’ Ἀχαιοὶ τὸν ἀποτίσουσιν. 

3. δώσει Ζεὺς Ἀχαιοῖσίν ποθι ἐξαλαπάξαι Τροίην πόλιν εὐτείχεον.

4. Ἀχαιοὶ προσέφησαν Ἀχιλῆα ποδάρκεα. 

5. ἀγαθὸς μὲν ἐστι θεοείκελος Ἀχιλλεύς, κλέπτει δὲ νόῳ καὶ ἐθέλει παρελθεῖν Ἀχαμέμνονα ἄνακτα ἀνδρῶν.

235.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 126-132


<pb n="92"/>

236. 

126. λᾱούς: 971. In demanding a prize immediately (vs. 118),
Agamemnon asserts that it is not fitting (vs. 119) that one of his rank
should be the only one to suffer from lack. Achilles retorts that it is
not fitting either (observe the force
of ἐπί in ἐπέοικε) for the people to
give up all their prizes (ἔοικεν thus
being echoed by ἐπέοικε).

127.	πρόες [προίημι] : Achilles attempts
to adopt a conciliatory tone,
but the angry Agamemnon is in no
mood to listen. Even though he is
offered a return of three or four hundred
per cent on his investment by
Achilles, speaking for all the Achaeans,
this is made contingent upon
the fall of Troy, which is not at all
sure, and might be at a very indefinite
future date. The appeal to
give up the girl to the god, who,
according to traditional religious
teaching, might be expected to add
some sort of reward of his own (“ and
everyone that hath forsaken houses,
or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands,
for.my name’s sake, shall receive an hundred fold”), is lost upon the
hard-headed Agamemnon.

128.	τριπλῇ τετραπλῇ τ’ : threefold, yea, even fourfold.

129.	δῷ(σι) (ἡμῖν) : since the city is well-walled (ἐυτείχεον), its capture
could only be made certain by divine assistance. “ And Jehovah
said unto Joshua, See, I have given into thine hand Jericho. . . . And
ye shall compass the city, all ye men of war, and go round about the
city once. Thus shalt thou do six days. And seven priests shall bear
before the ark seven trumpets of rams’ horns: and the seventh day ye
shall compass the city seven times, and the priests shall blow with the

98

Silver Fragment fkom Mycene

National Museum, Athens

A siege scene showing the bows, slings,
and huge shields, of Mycenaean warriors.
In the background are seen the masonry of
the city wall and the flat-roofed houses.
<pb/>

trumpets. And it shall come to pass that when they make a long blast
with the ram’s horn, and when ye hear the sound of the trumpet, all
the people shall shout with a great shout, and the wall of the city shall
fall down flat. . . . And it came to pass at the seventh time, when the
priests blew with the trumpets, Joshua said unto the people, Shout, for
Jehovah hath given you the city. ... So the peojale shouted, when the
priests blew with the trumpets: and it came to pass, when the people
heard the sound of the trumpet, and the people shouted with a great
shout, that the wall fell down flat, so that the people went up into
the city, every man straight before him, and they took the city.” “ And
Joshua said unto all the people, Thus saith Jehovah God of Israel. . . .
And ye went over Jordan and came unto Jericho: and the men of
Jericho fought against you. . . . And I delivered them into your hand.”
— 

πόλιν : object of ἐξαλαπάξαι.

131.	δὴ οὕτως: synizesis, 586. — 

ἀγαθός περ ἐών (concessive): although you are brave.

132.	νόῳ : 1009. —

παρελεύσεαι  is a figure taken from the race course :
you shall not pass (me). Agamemnon begins his speech as did Achilles
(vs. 122) by addressing his opponent with a highly honorable title,
which is immediately followed by an abusive term. The fight is on,
and there is no turning back now. — 

κλέπτε νόῳ, to Agamemnon any
one who had the presumption to oppose the will of the mighty king of
men must be a scoundrel; and as Calchas was a liar (vs. 108, etc.), so
Achilles is a thief at heart. This accusation would be a grave insult to
the free and frank Achilles. On another occasion, when referring by
innuendo to Agamemnon, he says, “ For hateful to me even as the gates
of hell is he that hideth one thing in his heart and uttereth another.”
Agamemnon feels sure that Achilles is trying to steal his prize from
him secretly, by having him give her up without bestowing another
upon him. He is not satisfied with a vague promise of future recompense,
contingent upon an uncertainty, the sack of Troy. Achilles
speaks what is right and true; on the other hand, the claims of Agamemnon
are not without justice. Thus the poet with surpassing art
attributes to each the words and sentiments from which it was impossible
for the quarrel to be avoided.

237. Translate :

1. What the Achaeans had sacked from the well-walled cities had been divided, and Agamemnon was not willing to gather this together again from the people. 



<pb n="94"/>

2. If Agamemnon will give up his prize of honor to the gods, the Achaeans will recompense him threefold, yea fourfold, if ever the gods who have Olympian homes should grant to them to sack utterly the well-walled city of Priam. 

3. The Achaeans answered the ruling Agamemnon and said, “Though you are very brave in war, divine son of Atreus, do not be stealthy in mind, for it is not fitting for a very mighty king to outwit the people and persuade them evilly.”

LESSON XXXVII: PREPOSITIONS

Iliad, 133-141

238.	Read carefully 1048-1061.

239.	Optional:

240.	VOCABULARY

Αἴᾱς, Αἴαντος, ὁ Ajax,
αἱρέω (αἱρ- ,	ἑλ-),	αἱρήσω, ἕελον (εἷλον, 584-585), ᾕρηκα*, ἥρημαι*,
ήρέθην* take, seize, deprive, (mid.) choose,
ἅλς, ἁλος, ὁ, ἡ sea, brine,
ἀντ-άξιος, ἀντ-αξίη, ἀντ-άξιον equivalent, of equal value.

ἀπο-δί-δωμι (δω-, δο-), ἀποδώσω, ἀπέδωκα, ἀποδέδωκα*, ἀποδίδομαι, ἀπέδόθην give back, return, give away, pay.

ἀρ-αρ-ίσκω (ἀρ-), ἦρσα (ἤραρον), ἄρηρα, ἤρθην join, fit, suit, adapt, adjust.

αὔτως in the same way, thus, so, as matters now are.



δεύομαι (δευ-, δευε-), δευήσομαι, ἐδεύησα lack, need, he in want,
ἐρύω (Ϝερυ-, Ϝρυ-), ἐρυ(ύ)ω, εἴρυσ(σ)a, εἴρυσ(σ)μαι draw, drag, launch,
ἧμαι (ἡσ-) (pres. only) sit, be seated,
μέλᾱς, μέλαινα, μέλav black, dark, dusky,
μετα-φράζω* (φραδ), μεταφράσω*, μετέφρασα (μετέφραδον), μεταπέφρακα**, μεταπέφρασμαι*. μεταφράσθην tell, point out, declare; mid., consider later, plan hereafter, reflect on later.
Ὀδυσσεύς, Ὀδυσσεύς, ὁ Odysseus (Ulysses).
οὕτως in order that, that, how (that).

τεός, τεή, τεόν thy, thine, your(s).

Derivatives :	sal-t, sal-ine (603-604), hali-eutic(s), -odose, hali-o-graphy, halite ; axiom(atic) ; dose, dowry; mela(n)- (208).

<pb n="95"/>

241. Translate:

1. οὐκ ἐθέλει Ἀχιλλεὺς Ἀγαμέμνονα δευόμενον ἧσθαι, ὄφρ’ αὐτὸς ἔχῃ γέρας. 

2. Ἀγαμέμνων ἧσται αὔτως δευόμενος, κέλεεται δ’ Ἀχιλῆα γέρας ἀποδοῦναι. 

3. μεγάθῡμος Ἀχιλλεῦς οὐ δώσει Ἀγαμέμνονι πολλὰ γέρα, ἄρσᾱς τὰ κατὰ θῡμόν, ὅπως ἔσονται ἀντάξια. 

4. εἰ δὲ κε μὴ δώωσιν Ἀχοιοὶ μεγάθῡμοι γέρας Ἀγαγμέμνονι,  ἄρσαντες τὸ κατὰ θῡμόν, ὅπως ἔσται ἀντάξιον, αὐτός κεν ἕληται ἦ γέρας Άχιλῆος ἦ Αἴαντος ἦ Ὀδυσσῆος. 

5. Ἀγaμέμvωv ἰὼν ἕληται γέρας, ἑλὼν δὲ τὸ ἄξῃ, Ἀχιλλεύς δέ κεν κεχολώσεται, τόν κεν Ἀγαμέμνων ἵκηται. 

6. πάντες Ἀχαιοὶ μετεφράζοντο πάντα καὶ αὖτις. 

7. εἴρυσαν νῆας μελαίνᾱς εἰς ἅλα δῖαν.

242. Read and translate.

Iliad, 133-141


243. 133. ἔχῃς : keep, 1115-1110. — 

ὄφρ’ αὐτὸς ἔχῃς γέρας : parenthetical.

133-134.
Said in scornful and bitter derision. The question is of
course “ rhetorical,” and is a much stronger presentment of his view than
if he had made the positive assertion and accusation that Achilles had
such a plan in mind. The answer of Agamemnon to the charge of covetousness
by Achilles, is that Achilles is the one who has a selfish end in
view, and that he wishes further to disgrace the commander-in-chief in
the eyes of the army by talcing away his prize of honor, while he keeps
his own. — 

αὐτός : yourself, as contrasted with me and my situation.

135. Agamemnon repeats the words of Achilles in verse 123, to indi-

<pb n="96"/>

cate his readiness to accept that plan, but with his own conditions, not
those of Achilles, and it must be done now.

136.	This is perhaps pure subterfuge. Agamemnon may not be considering
the possibility he mentions here, but may have caught an evil
inspiration to rob Achilles of his prize, and so when he assails him by
demanding μη κλέπτε νόῳ (vss. 131-132), he may be employing a device
known the world around, of accusing his enemy of a crime which he is
contemplating himself. Probably Agamemnon makes a gesture at the
end of this verse, which would make the aposiopesis less violent.

137. ἕλωμαι: 1146. ἐγώ and αὐτός are added with a proud feeling of
conscious superior power.

138.	Observe how the addition of ἰών makes the picture definite and
adds a touch of the dramatic.

137-139. This is all more subterfuge. Agamemnon has not the
slightest intention of disturbing his two good and powerful friends,
Ajax and Odysseus, in their vested rights, but the whole passage
is aimed at Achilles. Agamemnon here mentions these two mighty
chieftains to indicate his own superiority. 139. “ I am inclined to think
that he (ὁ said with a meaning look at Achilles) may be enraged.” This
is a good example of the grimly humoresque in which Homer’s heroes
sometimes indulge. Agamemnon gloats over his ability to do as he
pleases, without having to worry over the consequences. — 

ἵκωμαι: 1146.

141. Considering the case closed, the king calls for immediate action,
to carry out his plans as outlined. — 

μέλαιναν indicates that Homer spoke
for the eyes as well as for the ears of his audience. From the time of
“Noah’s ark” vessels were calked by a treatment of pitch, to make the
seams water-tight. This gave them the black appearance which the
poet uses to visualize them for his hearers. — 

ἐρύσσομεν [ἐρύσωμεν] : 800, 1098. 

244. Translate :

1. Surely we do not wish that the son of Atreus should sit (inf.) thus lacking, in order that we ourselves may have prizes of honor; and we do not order him to give back the flashing-eyed maiden to her dear father. 

2. We shall give the great-souled Achaeans many prizes of honor, adapting them to their desire, so that they may be equivalent. 

3. If we do not give (it), the son of Atreus himself will seize either your prize, or (that) of Ajax, or of Odysseus, and when he

<pb n="97"/>

has seized (it), he will lead (it) to the broad camp of the Achaeans. 

4. If Agamemnon should come upon Achilles, he would perchance be enraged. 

5. But he considered this also afterward. 

6. We shall now drag many swift black ships into the divine sea.

LESSON XXXVIII: COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

Iliad, 142-151

245.	Read the sections treating of the comparison of adjectives,
747-756.

246.	Optional:

VOCABULARY

247.

ἀv-αιδείη, ἀναιδείης, ἡ shamelessness,
ἀρχός, ἀρχοῦ, ὁ leader, commander, ruler, pilot, guide, chief,
βουλη-φόρος, βουληφόρον counsel-bearing, full of counsel, discreet.

εἷς, μία, ἕν (758) one, only, sole.
ἑκά-εργος, ἑκα-έργου, ὁ free-worker, working his will, Apollo.

ἔκ-παγλος, ἔκ-παγλον terrible, awful, dread(ful), frightful, fearful.

ἐπι-έννῡμι (ἐφ-έννῡμι) (Ϝεσ-), ἐφέσ(σ)ω, ἔφεσ(σ)α, ἐφεῖμαι (ἐφέσμαι) (both
with and without elision) clothe, invest.

ἐπι-τηδές sufficiently, in sufficient numbers, appropriately, suitably.

ἐρέτης, ἐρέτᾱο, ὁ oarsman, rower, sailor.

Ἰδομενεύς, Ἰδομενῆος, ὁ Idomeneus.
ἱερόν, ἱεροῦ, τό sacrifice, sacred rite, victim for sacrifice.
καλλι-πάρηος, καλλι-πάρηον beautiful-cheeked, fair-cheeked.
κερδαλεό-φρων, κερδαλεό-φρον crafty-minded, cunning-(minded), sly, mindful of gain.

ὁδός, ὁδοῦ, ἡ road, way, path, journey, expedition.

ῥέζω (Ϝρεγ-) ῥέξω ἔρ(ρ)εξα, ἐρέχθην WORK, accomplish, do, perform,
make, sacrifice,
ὑπό-δρα scowlingly, askance, looking at darkly, from beneath (ὑπό) the brows drawn down,
ὤ μοι alas ! ah me ! good gracious !

Derivatives: an-archy, hier-archy, mon-archy, olig-archy, patri-archy, patri-archic, patri-archical, arch-angel, arch-bishop, arch-duke, arch-i-tect, arch- (as arch-fiend, etc.) ;
phos-phoros, zoo-phorus; work (593-595); vest-ment; hier- (101);

<pb n="98"/>

calli-graphy, calli-ope, cali-sthenics; syn-od, meth-od(ist), hodometer;
drag(o)on.

248.	Translate :

1. Ἀχαιοὶ μεγάθῡμοι ἤγειραν ἐρέτᾱς ἐπίτηδὲς εἰς νῆα μέλαιναν.	

2. εἰς νῆας Ἀγαμέμνων ἔθηκεν ἑκατόμβην ἱερὴν θεῷ.

3. ἀνὰ τὴν θοὴν νῆα μέλαιναν Ἀγαμέμνων ἔβησεν (1069) αὐτήν Χρῡσηίδα καλλιπάρηον. 

4. εἷς τις ἀνὴρ βουληφόφος ἔσται ἀρχὸς τῶν νηῶν Ἀχαιῶν.	

5. Πηληιάδης ἐκπαγλότατος ἀνδρῶν ἔσται ἀρχὸς τῆς νηός. 

6. Ἀχιλλεὺς ρέξει ἱερὰ καὶ ἱλάσεται ἑκάεργον Ἀπόλλωνα τοῖσιν Ἀχαιοῖσιν. 

7. οὔ τις Ἀχαιῶν πρόφρων πείσεται ἔπεσιν Ἀγαμέμνονι ἀναιδείην ἐπιειμένῳ (1020, 1; 1071) καὶ κερδαλεόφρονι. 

8. οὔ τις ἐθέλει ὁδὸν ἐλθεῖν ἢ ἀνδράσιν μάχεσθαι ἶφι.

249.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 142-151


250.	142. ἐς, ἐς<n>another case where we need token level citation</n> : 1048-1049. — 

ἀγείρομεν: 800, 1098. Agamemnon
hurries along in his description of what he wants done, employing a well-known
artifice to distract attention from his threat of seizing Achilles’
prize, which threatens to become a very disagreeable subject.

143.	θήομεν [τίθημι]: 800, 1098. — 

ἄν = ἀνά: 1048—1049, 568. The
multiplication of terms with reference to Chryseis, together with the addition
of αὐτήν, contrasting her with the gifts and the rest of the embassy
as being infinitely more important, betrays Agamemnon’s special interest
in her.

<pb n="99"/>

144.	βήσομεν : 1049, 800, 1069, 1098.

146-147. To rob Achilles of his prize, and at the same time to compel
him to become an active instrument in his own undoing, at the behest
of his deadliest and most hated enemy, is the height of ironical tragedy.
Probably Agamemnon does not really intend to do this, but is only making
another attempt at a bitter and cynical jest. — 

ἱλάσσεαι: 800, 1115-1116.	— 

ἱερὰ ῥέξᾱς: (by) performing sacrifices.

149.	The simple-hearted Achilles takes Agamemnon’s words to be in
earnest, and thinks that they indicate a fear on the part of the king to
attempt the seizure of his prize openly, but that he is planning to send
him away on the expedition while he is accomplishing this. So he calls
Agamemnon “ crafty-minded.” — 

ἀναιδείην ἐπιειμένε : 1020, 1; 1071.

150.	τοι: 997.

ἔπεσιν : 996. — 

πείθηται: 1100. Observe the alliteration
of π in this verse.<n>string level citation needed</n>

151. ὁδόν: 1012. — 

ἀνδράσιν : 1007.

150-151. Of course another indignant “ rhetorical ” question, implying
that no one would be willing to obey Agamemnon any longer. Achilles
is perhaps referring primarily to himself, but the effect of this is to make
an indirect appeal to whatever there might be of latent rebellion among
the soldiery against such high-handed injustice.

251. Translate:

1. But come, drag the swift black ships into the divine sea, collect oarsmen in sufficient numbers therein, place in them many sacred hecatombs, and cause to go on board many beautiful-cheeked maidens. 

2. Some counsel-bearing man shall be commander. 

3. Neither Ajax nor Idomeneus nor the divine Odysseus was cowardly, but they feared the son of Peleus, most terrible of men. 

4. Will you perform sacrifices and appease the free-worker for us ?	

5. We looked askance at the swift-footed Achilles and addressed him. 

6. Alas ! how many of the great-souled Achaeans will zealously obey a crafty-minded man clothed in shamelessness, either to go on an expedition or to fight mightily with men?
<pb/>

LESSON XXXIX: FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

Iliad, 152-157

252.	Read carefully 780-788.

253.	Optional:

254.	VOCABULARY

αἴτιος αἰτίη αἴτιον blamable, to blame, guilty, accountable, responsible,
αἰχμητής, αἰχμητᾶο, ὁ spearman, warrior.
βοῦς, βοός, ὁ, ἡ ox, cow.

βωτι-άνειρα fem., man-nourishing, nurturing heroes; subst. nurse of heroes.

δεῦρο hither, to this place, here,
δηλέ-ομαι*, δηλήσομαι, ἐδηλησάμην, δεδήλημαι* harm, hurt, destroy, damage, wrong, ruin.

ἐλά-ω, ἐλά(σ)(σ)ω, ἠλασ(σ)α, ἐλήλακα*. ἐλήλαμαι, ήλάθην* drive, strike, carry on, push, press.
ἐρι-βώλαξ, ἐριβώλακος  rich-clodded, heavy-clodded, fertile.

ἠχήεις, ἠχήεσσα, ἠχῆεν onomatopoetic, (re)echoing) roaring, (re)sounding, thundering,
ἵππος, ἵππου, ὁ, ἡ horse, mare.

καρπός, κάρποῦ, ὁ fruit, crop, produce, harvest.

μαχέ-ομαι (μάχομαι), μαχήσομαι (μαχέσσομαι ?) (μαχέομαι), ἐμαχεσ(σ)άμην fight, battle.
μεταξύ between, intervening,
οὖρος (ὄρος, 571), οὔρεος, τό mountain.
σκιόεις, σκιόεσσα, σκιόεν shady, shadowy.
Tpῶes, Τρώων, οἱ Trojans.

Φθίη, Φθίης, ἡ Phthia, a town and district in northern Greece, home of Achilles.

Derivatives : (a)etio-logy, aetio-logic(al) ; bu-colic, bu-cranium,
bovine ; elas-tic(ity) ; echo-ing, echo-meter, echo-scope ; hippo-potamus,
hippo-drome, hippo-crene, Hippo-crates, Phil-ip ; carp-el, carpo-genic,
carpo-lite, carpo-phore, Poly-carp ; or-ead, oro-logy, oro-graphy, oro-hippus ;
squi-rrel, scio-graph(y), scio-machy, scio-mancy, sci-optic(al).

255. Translate:

1. ἦλθον Ἀχαιοὶ δεῦρο μαχησόμενοι ἕνεκα Τρώων αἰχμητάων.
2. εἰσι Τρῶες αἴτιοι Ἀχαιοῖσιν; 
3. ἠλάσαμεν βοῦς (= βόας) τε καὶ ἵππους Ἀχιλῆος, καρπὸν δ’ ἑδηλησάμεθ' ἐν Φθίῃ ἐριβώλακι. 
4. Τρῶες εἰσιν τηλόθι Φθίης βωτιανείρης. ἐστὶ δὲ μάλα πολλὰ σκιόεντ’ οὔρεα καὶ ἠχήεσσα θάλασσα μεταξύ.

<pb n="101"/>

256.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 152-157

257.	152. ἐγώ: emphatic (1039), as contrasted with Agamemnon
and his brother Menelaus, who had a strong personal interest in the
success of the expedition.

153.	μαχησόμενος : 1109, 5.—

τι: 780-781.

154.	βοῦς = βόας : throughout all history cattle have been an important
economic factor. Thus the English words “ fee, chattel, pecuniary,”
etc., indicate the part they have played in our own and in the Roman
monetary systems, as a medium of exchangee, before the introduction of
coinage. In Homer’s time maidens were called cattle-bringing, because
their suitors regularly gave cattle to their fathers as a wedding present,
in return for the girl as a wife. A useful woman in Homeric times
might be worth as much as four cows. Their great importance has
made them an object of divine worship among many peoples, as among
the old Hebrews, who for a long period of their history worshipped a
bull-god, of which the horns of the altar were a survival.

155.	βωτιανείρῃ: observe the touch of local pride, so common throughout
all nations. His home produces heroes, of which he is one. The
ornamental epithets and picturesque language may indicate how dear to
his heart his old home in Phthia was. Perhaps he is almost homesick.

157.
ἠχήεσσα: onomatopoetic, to represent the sound of the roaring
sea.—

σκιόεντα refers to the long shadows which high mountains throw.
This verse is in apposition with πολλά (used substantively) of the
preceding verse.

Observe the heaping up of the first personal pronouns in this passage,
to indicate that Achilles had no personal interest, as did Agamemnon,
in the expedition.<n>can we show that this is statistically significant? Note that we have egw and moi as well as emas -- different lemmas</n> Achilles emphasizes his own generous motives and
self-sacrificing spirit in joining the undertaking, thereby throwing into
high relief the ingratitude of Agamemnon and the deep injustice of his
selfishness. “ The Trojans have never done me the slightest harm, that

<pb n="102"/>

I should have gone to all this trouble in making this expedition against
them.”

154 ff. Such wanton robbery and destruction of property might he
either the occasion or the result of war. The origin of the Homeric
wars, as most wars before and since,
had ultimately an economic basis,
and they were waged either to protect
their own property or to gain
possession of that of their neighbors.

“And the children of Israel did that
which was evil in the sight of Jehovah
: and Jehovah delivered them
into the hand of Midian seven
years. . . . And so it was when
Israel had sown, that the Midianites
came up, and the Amalekites, and
the children of the East, even they came up against them; and they
encamped against them, and destroyed the increase of the earth till thou
comest to Gaza, and left no sustenance for Israel, neither sheep, nor
ox, nor ass.” “ And ye went over Jordan, and came unto Jericho: and
the men of Jericho fought against you. . . ; and I delivered them into
your hand. . . . And I have given you a land for which ye did not
labor, and cities which ye built not, and ye dwell in them; of the vineyards
and olive trees which ye planted
not do ye eat. Now therefore fear Jehovah
and serve him.” “And Joshua did
unto them as Jehovah bade him: he
houghed their horses, and burnt their
chariots with fire. . . . And all the spoil
of these cities, and the cattle, the children
of Israel took for a prey unto themselves;
but every man they smote with the edge
of the sword, until they had destroyed
them, neither left they any to breathe.”

156-157. Achilles is not strictly logical; for in spite of the crashing sea that
rolled between, he was doing in Troy
the very thing which he says the Trojans
have never done in his land because of the intervening distance.—

πολλὰ (ἐστίν).

Achilles is now ready to renounce all allegiance to such a leader, who


Egyptian weighing “Cow Gold ”

Early Roman Bar Money
A bar of copper marked with the figure of
a bull. Dates from the fourth century b.c.
<pb/>


repays with base ingratitude the loyalty of those who were fighting not
for their own sakes, but for him and his interests.

258. Translate :

1. We came hither to fight with the Trojan warriors; for they are blamable to us. 

2. Once the Achaeans drove away our cattle and horses, and destroyed our crops in fertile, man-nourishing Phthia. 


3. Phthia is far from Troy, and there are very many shadowy mountains and the roaring sea between.

LESSON XL: NUMERALS

Iliad, 158-164

259.	Study the table of cardinals, ordinals, and numeral
adverbs, 757. Commit the first twelve of each to memory,
and learn the declension of εἷς, μία, ἕν one; δύο (δύω) two;
τρεῖς, τρία three ; and τέσσαρες, τέσσαρα four, 758-759.

260.	Optional:

261.	VOCABULARY

ἀλεγίζω (ἀλεγιζ-), with gen., 984 care, reck, consider, regard, worry.

ἅμα with dat., at the same time, together (with).
ἀν-αιδής, ἀν-αιδές shameless, unfeeling.
ἀπειλέ-ω, ἀπειλήσω, ἠπείλησα threaten, boast, menace,
ἄρ-νυμαι, ἀρέομαι*, ἠρόμην acquire, win, save, preserve.
ἀφ-αιρέω (αἱρε-, ἑλ- ). ἀφαιρήσω, ἀφέελον (άφεῖλον), ἀφήρηκα*, ἀφῄρημαι*, ἀφηρέθην* take away, rob, deprive.

ἕπω (σεπ-, σπ-), ἕψω, ἕσπον be busy, perform; mid., follow, accompany, attend.

ἶσος, ἴση (ἐΐση), ἶσον  equal, equivalent, well-balanced, symmetrical.
κυν-ώπης (voc. κυνῶπα) dog-faced, dog-eyed, shameless.

Μενέλᾱος, Μενελάου, ὁ Menelaus, brother of Agamemnon, and husband of Helen.

μετα-τρέπω (τρεπ-, τροπ . τραπ-), μετατρίψω, μετέτρεψα, (μετέτραπον), μετατέτροφα**, μετατέτραμμαι, μετατετράφθην (μετετράπην*) turn (around) ; mid. turn oneself toward, heed,
μογέ-ω, ἐμόγησα toil, struggle,
ναίω (νασ-), ἐνασσα, ἐνάσθην  dwell, inhabit; mid. be situated.

<pb n="104"/>LESSON XL	[262-264

ὁπ(π)ότε when(ever).
πρός (π(ρ)οτί) adv., and prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to, toward, also, at, on, from, on behalf of; with gen., from, before, at the bidding, in the sight; with dat., on, at, by; with acc., to, toward, (up) on, against.

πτολίεθρον (= πόλις), πτολιέθρου, τό city.

τιμή, τιμἠς, ἡ honor, satisfaction, recompense, retribution, value,
χαίρω (χαρ-, χαρ«-, χαιρε-), χαιρήσω, κεχάρη(κ)α, κεχάρ(η)μαι*, ἐχά-
ρην rejoice, be glad, hail ! welcome come!

262.	Translate :

1. Ἀχιλλεὺς ἕσπετο ἄνακτι ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνονι μέγ’ ἀναιδέι, ὄφρα χαίρῃ. 

2. Ἀχαιοὶ ἕσποντ Ἀγαμέμνονι ἅμα, τιμήν ἀρνύμενοι (1070) τῷ καὶ Μενελάῳ. 

3. ἦν Ἀγαμέμνων κυνώπης;	

4. ἀρνύμεθα τιμὴν πρὸς Τρώων Μενελάῳ.

5. Ἀγαμέμνων οὐ μετατρέπεται οὐδ’ ἀλεγίζει τῶν. 

6. βασιλεὺς αὐτὸς ἠπείλησεν ἀφαιρήσεσθαι γέρας Ἀχιλῆι. 

7. Ἀχιλλεὺς ἐμόγησε πολλὰ τῷ γέραϊ. 

8. γέρα πάντες ἕξομεν ἶσα βασιλῆι, ὁππότε ἐκπερσώμεθα πτολίεθρα Τρώων.



263.	Read and translate:

Iliad, 158-164

ἀλλὰ σοί, ώ μεγ’ αναιδές, ἀμ' εσπόμεθ’, οφρα συ χαίρης,

τιμήν ἀρνύμενοὶ ΜενεΧάω σοὶ τε, κννώπα,

προς Τρώων, των οὐ τι μετατρέπη οὐδ’ ἀΧεγίζεις ·	160

καὶ δη μοι γέρας αύτος ἀφαιρήσεσθαὶ ἀπειΧεΐς,

ω επι πολλὰ μόγησα, δόσαν δε μοι υίες Ἀχαιών. -

ον μεν σοὶ ποτέ ίσον εχω γέρας, οππότ Ἀχαιοί

Τρώων εκπερσωσ εύ ναιόμενον πτοΧίεθρον '

264. 158. σοί: 1007, emphatic, as may be seen from the accent, 762.
— 

μέγ'(α) : 780-781. — 

χαίρῃξ*: 1115-1116. — 

σὺ : very emphatic, as contrasted
with Achilles (1039).

159. ἀρνύμενοι: 1070. — 

Μενελάῳ σοί τε: 997. — κυνῶπα: the Homeric
warriors were refreshingly frank in saying what they thought. To be
compared to a dog is usually considered the height of insult, and such
terms regularly form a favorite part in the vocabulary of abuse. Even

<pb n="105"/>264]

HOMERIC GREEK

to-day the dog among the Asiatics typifies all that is beastly and shameful;
and so the Mohammedans call the Christians dogs: and since Christians
are presumptuous enough to refuse to believe in the prophet, they
are “ infidel dogs.” Here κυνῶπα. is perhaps suggested by μέγ’ ἀναιδές,
of which it is merely the more insulting equivalent.

160. τῶν (used substantively): 984.—

τι: 780-781. — 

μετατρέπῃ =
μετατρέπηαι, 584-585.

Caiydonian boar hunt

Games at the funeral of Patroclus

Peleus, Thetis and the gods

Pursuit of Troilus by Achilles

Animal scenes, sphinxes, etc.

The Francois Vase
Archaeological Museum, Florence
Found in an Etruscan grave in 1S44. A black-figured terra cotta vase of about 600 B.c. It
is nearly three feet in height and two and one half feet in diameter. The figures on the vase depict scenes from Greek mythology.

161.	μοι: 997. — 

αὐτός: yourself, i.e. “arbitrarily,” without the consent
of the army or the other chieftains.

162.	ἔπι: 1050. — 

πολλά: 780-781.

163.	σοί: a brachylogical comparison, as in English, “what is good
for a cold,” i.e. “what is good for a man who has a cold.” This thought
intensifies the injustice of Agamemnon’s action.

Observe the emphasis and contrast so effectively obtained by the use
of the personal pronouns in this passage, and the rhyming effect of σοι,
σύ, σοί, μοί μοί, σοί.<note n="grc">great instance of a place where you need to specificy which moi is meant</note>

<pb n="106"/>

265. Translate:

1. They followed the very shameless Agamemnon and
Menelaus, that they might win recompense for them from
the Trojans. 

2. But the two kings did not regard or consider
these things at all. 

3. The king of men, Agamemnon,
threatened to take away the prize of Achilles, for which he
had struggled much, and which had been given to him by
the sons of the Acliaeans. 

4. We never had a prize of
honor equal to Agamemnon(’s), whenever we sacked a well-situated
city of the Trojans.

LESSON XLI

PRESENT, FUTURE, AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEM OF VERBS

Iliad, 165-172

266.	1) Review carefully all the forms of λήω in the present,
future, and first aorist, all voices, modes, and tenses,
904-921, and read 789-809.

2)	Learn the conjugation of φαίνω in the first aorist system,
931-932.

267.	Optional:

VOCABULARY

κ£κμη(κ)α do, make, toil, be

268.

ἀτάρ ( = αύτάρ 571) but, moreover.
il-Tipos, ἡ, ον dishonored, unhonored.

ἀφενοϊ,
εος, τό wealth, riches,
ἀφύσσω (άφυγ). ἀψύξω dip up,

draw (out), collect, heap up.
Sao-pos, ον, ὁ division (of spoils).

δι-έπω (<γ€τγ-, cnr-), διίψω, Sucnrov

accomplish, perform, go through,
be engaged (in).

!νθά-8ε here, hither, there, thither.

κάμινο (καμ-, κμη ). καμεομαι, εκαμον.

weary, suffer, accomplish with
pain.

Kopovis, iSos curved, bent.
όλί·yos, ἡ, ον little, few, small, of
slight value, cheap.
irkovTos, οὐ, ὁ wealth, riches, abundance.

ιτ(τ)ολ£μίξω
(cf. 7τ(τ)όλ€μος), ιτ(τ)ο-
λεμίξω war, battle, fight,
ιτολυ-αϊξ, «os impetuous, onrushing.

<pb n="107"/>269-271]

HOMERIC
GREEK

o-vv adv., and prep, with dat., with, mightier, better, braver, stronger,

together (with), along with.	more	powerful, more productive,

φίρτιροί, ἡ, ον (comparat. 754, 2), more profitable.

Derivatives: corona-tion, crown; olig-archy; pluto-crat,
-cracy; polem-ic(al) ; syn-agogue, syn-.

269.	Translate:

1. Βιέπομεν πόΧεμον ποΧυάϊκα χείρεσσιν. 2. ποτέ Βασμος
Ίκηται, Ἀγαμέμνων έχει το γέρας ποΧν μειζον, ἀχιλλεύς 8’ έχει
(γέρας) οΧίγον μεν φίΧον he. 3. ἀχιλλεύς εχων γέρας οΧίγον
τε φίΧον τ’ έρχεται επι νήας, έπεὶ κε κάμη ποΧεμίζων. 4. νυν
Ἀχιλλεύς είσι ΦθΐηνΒε. 5. ἡ ιτοΧυ φέρτερόν εστιν ϊμεν οϊκαΒε
συν νηυσιν κορωνίσιν. 6. ἀχιλλεύς έων ἀτιμος, ονκ ἀφύξει
αφενός καὶ πΧοΰτον ἀγαμέμνονι ἐνθάΒε.

270.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 165-172

ἀλλα το μεν πΧεϊον ιτοΧυάικος ποΧέμοιο	χβ5

χεϊρες εμα'ι Βιέπουσ, αταρ ην ποτε Βασβος ίκηται,
σοι το γέρας ποΧν μειζον, εγίο 8’ οΧίγον τε φίΧον τε
έρχομ’ εχων eVi νήας, επεὶ κε κάμω ποΧεμίζων.
νυν 8’ είμι ΦθίηνΒ’., επει ἡ ποΧυ φέρτεράν εστιν
οικα8’ ϊμεν συν νημσι κορωνίσιν, οὐ8έ σ’ οίω	χγο

ενθάΒ’ ἀτιμος είέν ἀξενος καὶ πΧοΰτον ἀφυξειν.”
τον 8’ ήμείβετ έπειτα ἀναζ ανΒρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων *

271.	165. τό irXetov: comparat. of πολνς, 754, 9, the greater (part).

166.	x«tp«s «μαί: my hands, a more effectual and picturesque way of
saying “ I did it.” Sao-pos: “ And when Joshua sent them away also unte
their tents, then he blessed them, and he spake unto them, saying, Return
with much riches unto your tents, and with very much cattle, with silver,
and with gold, and with brass, and with iron, and with very much raiment
: divide the spoil of your enemies with your brethren.” “ But all
the cattle, and the spoil of the cities, we took for a prey to ourselves.”

167.	τό: the well-known, usual (gift of honor). — m>Xv: 780-781.—
μ,ίΐζον: comparat, of ρίγας, 754. — ολίγον: of slight value (not petite).

<pb n="108"/>LESSON XLII	[272-275

— ολίγον re φίλον τί: of slight value, yet dear (to me). Cf. Shakespere :
“ a poor virgin, an ill-favoured thing, but mine own.”

168.	ϊρχομ’(αι).— when I am weary (of) fighting.

149-168. There is a distinct note of pathos running through this
whole passage, and a feeling of hot but helpless resentment at Agamemnon’s
overbearing arrogance, together with his ingratitude toward those
to whom he owed so much.

169.	“ This is no place for me; I’m going home.”

170.	<r’(oi) : 997. — έίω: ironically, as often. — κορωνίσιν: this word
visualizes the curved line of the Greek ship, with its high prow and stem.

272. Translate:

1. Although the greater (part) of this impetuous war was
accomplished by our hands, you always have much the greater
prize, whenever a division of spoil (s) comes. 2. When
they grew weary (of) fighting, they went to their ships with
(having) prizes, small yet dear to their hearts. 3. It was
much better to go to Phthia; nor did they think that since
they had been dishonored here they would collect wealth and
riches for Agamemnon.

LESSON XLII

THE SECOND AORIST, AND THE FIRST AND SECOND
PERFECT SYSTEMS OF VERBS

Iliad, 173-181

273.	1) Learn the conjugation of the perfect system of
\νω and of βαίνω, 904-915, 922, 930.

2)	Head carefully 810-818.

274.	Optional:

275.	VOCABULARY

£ιο-τρ«φή5, es Zeus-nourished,
ίϊνίκα (= ϊνίκα, 571) on account of.

im o-<rei<i> (crew, συ-), —, firfcnrcva,
Ιιτίσσυμαι, ί·π·ίο-(σ)ΐθην drive on,
hurry on, urge.

trapos (eratpos, 571), ον, o companion,
comrade, follower, friend,
ίχθρό?, ή, όν (compar, ΐχθίων, ον;
superi, ϊχβιστοί, ἡ, ον) hateful,
hated, enemy, hostile, odious.

<pb n="109"/>276-277]

HOMERIC GREEK

καρτεράς, ·η. αν (= κρατερός) (597—

598), strong, mighty, severe,
harsh, stern,
κοτέ-ω, έκότεσ(σ)α, κεκότη(κ)α hold
a grudge, be angry, be vindictive,
μάλιστα (comparat. of μάλα) most
of all, especially, by all means,
decidedly,
μάχη, ης, ἡ battle, fight, fray,
μένω (μεν-, μενε-) μενεω, εμεινα, μεμέ-
νηκα** remain, await.

Derivatives: Dinomache,
cracy.

276. Translate:

μητίετα, do, 6 counsellor, (prudent)

adviser.

Μνρμιδών, όνος, 6 Myrmidon, Greek.
οθ-ομαι with pen. 984, reck, care,
consider, regard, worry,
τΐμά-ω, τιμήσω, Ιτίμησα, τετίμηκα*,
τετίμημαι, έτϊμήθην* honor, gain
. honor; mid. avenge, exact recompense,
ωδε
thus, so, in this way, as follows.

logo-,
scio-, theo-machy; timo-

1. φεύξομαι μάΧα, επεὶ μοι θύμον eiτεσσυται τάδε. 2. Χισ
σόμεθα ΤΙηΧηιάδην μάναν avete ἀγαμάμνονον. 3. παρ’ ἀγα-
μάμνονὶ ye ἀλλοι είσίν, οΐ κε τον τίμήσουσι, μάΧιστα he μητίετα
Ζεύν. 4. ἀχιλλεό? εστιν εγ_θ ιστόν πάντων διοτρεφάων βασι-
Χήων ἀyaμeμvovι. 5. εριν τε φίΧη ἀχίΧήὶ εστιν αἰει πόΧεμοί
τε μάγαι τε. 6. ἀχιλλείν μάΧα καρτεράν εστιν, ἀλλα που
θεόν οὶ τό y εδωκεν. 7. ἀχίλλεύν εΐσι οίκαδε συν νηνσὶ τε
και ετάροισιν, ἀνάξει δε Μυρμιδόνεσσιν.	8. ’Ayapepvav οὐκ

ἀXeyίζeι οὐδ’ οθεται ἀχίΧήον κοτεοντον.

277. Read and translate*

Iliad, 173-181

“ φeΰye μάΧ’, ei τοι θυμόν επεσσυται, οὐδέ σ’ εγώ γε
Χίσσομαι έίνεκ εμειο μενείύ,· παρ’ εμοὶ ye καὶ ἀλλοι,
οὶ κε με τίμήσουσι, μάΧιστα δε μητίετα Ζεύν.	175

εχθιστόν δε μοὶ έσσι διοτρεφάων βασιΧήων ·
αίεὶ γὰρ τοι εριν τε φίΧη πόΧεμοὶ τε μαχαι τε.
ει μάΧα καρτεράν εσσι, θεάν που σοϊ τὰ y εδωκεν.
οϊκαδ’ ίων συν νηυσὶ τε σην καὶ σοϊν ετάροισιν
Ήίυρμιδάνεσσιν ἀνασσε, σεθεν δ’ εγώ οὐκ ἀλεγιξω	180

ούδ’ οθομαι κοτεοντον ἀπείΧήσω δε τοι ωδε ·

<pb n="110"/>LESSON XLII	[278

278. 173. τοι: 998. — φίΰγί: flee, desert. It is this insinuation
which helps Achilles decide to stay.

173-174. “ Run along home, by all means; don’t stay on my account.”
Ironical, of course.

175. A reply to the assertion of Achilles in vs. 159. This is a good
example of the subtle irony of the poet; for it is Zeus and no other who
dishonors Agamemnon in the sequel. The king’s proud speech here and
his haughty presumption upon the favor of Zeus, the natural protector
of kings, thus make his later discomfiture all the more striking and humiliating.—
Τίμήσουσι : 1144.

177. 2pis τὶ φίλη (ίστίν). φίλη agrees with epis, but is to be taken
with πόλίμοὶ re μάχα,ι re also.

178.	“ Granted that you are brave and mighty (thus acknowledging
Achilles’ assertion of the important part he had played in the war, vss.
165-166), you do not deserve any credit for that, as not you but some
god is responsible, who gave it all to you without any effort or wit on
your part.”

180.	Μυρμ,ιδόνίσσιν1001, but in the mouth of Agamemnon may be
considered a dative of disadvantage, 997. — Μυρμιδόν6σσι ράνασσt originally.
— σίθίν: 984. Observe the hissing effect produced by the heaping
up of sigmas in this and the preceding verse. Μνρμφάνζσσιν receives
prominence by its position in the verse, since Agamemnon wishes to
make clear to Achilles the limits of his authority, and that he has no
right to be issuing commands to the Achaeans. Agamemnon will bear
no infringement of his own prerogatives.

181.	KOTtovTos (<rco) : 984.

In this whole passage Agamemnon assumes a tone of sneering sarcasm
and contempt for Achilles, as though he were but a peevish and willful
child. Thus he belittles Achilles’ every motive and excellence. His
threat to return home is interpreted as due to panicky fear, his bravery
in war, his impetuous spirit, and his strength of will, are all qualities
which make him a nuisance as a quarrelsome and contentious fellow.
“Pray don’t let me detain you,” he says, “if you are in such a hurry to
flee. It will be a blessing to see you gone, since you are so perverse and
given to strife. Be sure to take all your bags and baggage along, and
don’t be trying to strut around here with your authority, but run along
home to the Myrmidons, where you belong. Pout away all you please.
Your anger is the least of my worries. It is all the same to me whether
you hold a grudge or not, and just to show you how much I care, I shall
threaten you as follows: ” This all proves too much for Achilles, who
feels now that he cannot return home without provoking the ridicule of

<pb n="111"/>279-282]

HOMERIC GREEK

the army. Like a spoiled child or an obstinate woman, when Agamemnon
pretends that it would give him pleasure to be rid of him, he insists
upon staying.

Observe the emphasis and contrast obtained by the use of the personal
pronouns in this whole passage.

279. Translate :

1. Agamemnon, king of men, said to Achilles, “ Ply by all
means, if your soul urges you. ”	2.	The	Achaeans	entreated

us greatly to remain with them, that we might honor them
especially. 3. Zeus, the counselor, will especially honor all
the kings. 4. Agamemnon and Menelaus were to Achilles
the most hateful of all the Zeus-nourished kings; for always
strife and wars and battles were dear to their hearts.

5.	Although they were very strong, some god had given
that to them. 6. Let us go home with our ships and our
comrades, and rule the Myrmidons. 7. We do not regard
Achilles, nor do we care when he holds a grudge; since we
are much mightier.

LESSON XLIII

THE PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM OF VERBS

Iliad, 182-192

280.	1) Learn the perfect middle system of Χύω, 910-915,
τρέφω, τεύχω, and πυνθάνομαι, 925-929.

2)	Study the table of personal endings of verbs, 819-829.

281.	Optional:

282.	VOCABULARY

αντην openly, before the face,
αχό?, eos, τό woe, pain, grief.
Bpitnjis, iSos, ἡ Briseis, daughter of
Briseus.

δι-άν-διχο in two ways, differently,
έναρίζω (ΐναριγ-), ίναρίξω, ήνάριξα

strip of armor, spoil, slay.

ΐρητν-ω, ήρήτνσα, ήρητνθην check,
restrain, control, contain, hold
back, curb,
ήτορ, ορος, τό heart, soul, spirit,
κλιο-ίη, ης, ij hut, barrack, tent.
λάσios, ἡ, ον hairy, shaggy, rough,
bushy.

<pb n="112"/>LESSON XLIII

[283-284

|«(»-μηρ£ί> (μηριγ), Ιμίρμήριξα pon- ιταΰ-ω, ιταίσω, «ιτανσα, «άταυκα*,
der, consider.	ΐΓέιταιιμαι,	«ιτανθην*	cease, stop,

μήρος, ον, ὁ thigh.	pause,	check, restrain, hold off.

όμοιί-ω*, ομοιώσω* ώμοιώβην liken, Πηλιΐων, ωι/os, ὁ son of Peleus,
make like, compare, make Achilles.

equal.	στνγίω	(στυγ-, στυγι-), 2στυ|α

o|vs, £Ϊα, υ sharp, biting, cutting,	(«rrvyov),	ίστνγή6ην| hate,

keen, acid.	loathe, dislike,	make hateful,

οσ(σ)οϊ, if, ov how much, how	hold in horror, fear.

great, how many, how large,	φάσγανον, ον, τό sword,	sabre,

how long.

Derivatives: hom(o)e-o-pathy, homologous, -geneous;
Stygian.

283.	Translate:

1. αφαιρεόμεθα βασιΧήα Ἀρϋσηίδα το γέρας καΧόν. 2. Ἀγα-
μέμνων πέμψει Ἀρϋσηίδα e? Χρνσην συν νηϊ καὶ ετάροισιν
εοίσιν. 3. ἀναξ αυτός ιῶν κΧισίηνδε αξει ΈρΙσηίδα καλλπτά-
ρρον τό γέρας ἀχιλλήος, οφρ’ ἀγιλλεύς εύ εϊδτ/ όσσον φέρτερός
εστιν Ἀγαμέμνων.	4. ἀλλοι στνγέουσι φάσθαι σφε'ας αυτούς

είναι'Ισους ἀγαμέμνονι καὶ όμοιωθήμεναι ἀντην. 5. ητορ ΥΙη-
Χεΐωνος έμερμήριξε διάνδιγα, ἡ 6 γε ερυσσάμενος φάσγανον οξύ
7rapa μηρού αναστήσειε μεν τούς Ἀχαιούς, ἐναρίζοι δ’ ἀτρειδην,
ήε 7ταΰσειε γοΧον ερητΰσειέ τε θυμόν. 6. ἀγος μεγα έγένετο
τοισιν ἀγαιοϊσιν, οΰνεκα Ἀγαμέμνων αφείΧετο Βρϊσηίδα καΧ-
Χιπάρηον ἀγιΧήα.

284.	Read and translate:

Iliad, 182-192

ως eμ’ ἀφαιρεΐται Χρυσηίδα Φοίβος ἀπόλλων,

την μεν εγω συν νηὶ τ έμή καὶ εμοϊς ετάροισιν

ςτεμψω, εγω δε κ ἀγω Βρισηίδα καλλπτάρηον

αυτός ίων κΧισίηνδε, τό σόν γέρας, οφρ’ εύ ειδής	185

οσσον φερτερός είμι σέθεν, στυγέη δε καὶ αλλος

Ισον έμοὶ φάσθαι καὶ όμοιωθήμεναι αντην.”

<pb n="113"/>285]

HOMERIC GREEK

ως φάτο ■ ΤίηΧεΐωνι h’ αχός γενετ’, ἐν hi οι ητορ
στήθεσσιν Χασίοισι όιάνΒιχα. μερμήριξεν,
τ} ο γε φάσ'γανον οζν ερνσσάμενο^ ιτα,ρα μηρόν	ι<)0

τούς μεν αναστήσειεν, ὁ S’ ἀτρεί'Βην ἐναρίζοι,
ηε νοΚον παύσειεν έρητύσειε τε θυμόν.

285. 182. εμ’(ε), Χρϋσηίδα : 1020, 1.—άφαιρείταΛ = ἀφαιρεεται: 584-
585. — is : as, since.

184.	ιτφιψω, ἀγω: observe the variation due to the use of the indicative
and subjunctive!. Agamemnon is more sure of the.first than of the
second. — αγω : 1101. — καλλίΊτάρηον is maliciously added by Agamemnon
to tantalize and irritate Achilles further, at the prospect of losing such
a desirable prize.

185.	“ To prove my superior power, I shall go myself.” — το σόν yepas :

in apposition with ΒρϊσηίΒα. The addition of the demonstrative pronoun
(to) makes the expression more vivid. —	:	1115-1116. -Aga-

memnon consciously sets himself over against Achilles, and indicates
that “ as the god has done to me, so will I do to you,” and is careful to
emphasize' that he would yield to no one less than the god himself.
The repetition of εγώ and the addition of αντός show clearly the king’s
feeling of proud superiority and conscious power.

186.	oo-o-ov : 564, 3. — σέθεν: 993. — οτυγετ]: 1115-1116. — καί: also,
even (as well as yourself).

187.	εμοὶ (είναι) : 1003. — φάσθαι ΐ φημί1.—όμοιωθήμεναι : liken himself
890.

186-187. i.e. “I shall make such an example of you that no one else
may ever venture to display such arrogance or set up his will in opposition
to my own.” The situation has now reached an impasse. Stung
as he was by the brutal taunts of Agamemnon, the only thing left for
a high-spirited man in Achilles’ position would be to kill him, or else
lose his own life in the attempt.

188.	Πηλεΐωνι: 998. — iv 5U oi . . . στήθεσσιν : 998, 1009.

189.	XacrCouri: hair on the chest is still considered a mark of a strong
and virile man.

190.	ή: whether.

191.	Toils (aXXovs ἀχαιούβ) : evidently Agamemnon was sitting down
in the assembly, with the other chieftains seated around him. Achilles
would need to make these start up in order to get at Agamemnon. —
ἀνα<πήσ·ειεν, ἐναρίζοι: 1153.

192.	ήε : or.—-ιτα·ί>σ·ειεν, ίρητΐσειέ τε : 1153.

<pb n="114"/>LESSOR XLIV

[286-289

286. Translate:

1. Since the gods thus take away our prize, we shall send
it to Chrysa, with a sacred hecatomb for the god, but we
shall go in person (αυτοί') to the tent of Achilles and lead
away his prize, the beauteous-cheeked Briseis, that he may
well know how much stronger we are than he, and all others
may hate to say they are equal to us and compare themselves
with us openly. 2. When he had thus spoken, grief arose
for the sons of the Achaeans, and within their hairy chests
they pondered in two ways. 3. We shall draw our sharp
swords from our thighs, and rouse the sons of the Achaeans,
but slay the two sons of Atreus, or we shall check our wrath
and curb our spirit.

LESSON XLIY

FIRST AND SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM OF VERBS

j/	Iliad,	193-200

287.	Read 830-859, and review the first passive system
of λύω, 916-921, and of τρέφω, 935.

288.	Optional:

289.	VOCABULARY

Ἀθηναίη (Άβήνη), ης, ἡ Athena, goddess
of war, wisdom, and the arts.
ἀμφω both.

γι-γνώσκω (y v ω. *yvo ). γνώσομαέ,
έγνων, έγνωκα*, έγνωσμαι*, ίγνώ-
σθην* know, recognize, learn,
perceive..

'έλκω (Ιλκ- = σίλκ-, 603-604), draw,
drag, pull, tug.
ηοϊ while, until.

θαμβέ ω, θαμβήσω*. Ιθάμβησα W011-
der, be amazed, be frightened,
stand aghast.

ι-στημι (στη-, στα-), στήσω, έστησα
(έστην), έστηκα, «παμαι ’. έστά-

θην set (up), stand, make stand,
take one’s stand, station.
κολέόν (κουλέόν, 571), ον, τό sheath,
scabbard,
κόμη, η;, ἡ hair, locks, tresses,
ξανθό?, ή, όν tawny, yellow, blond,
ξίφοϊ, eos, τό sword,
όμως equally, alike, together, at the
same time.
ό'ΐτι(σ)θέ(ν) behind, from behind,
later, latter.

<pb n="115"/>290-292]

HOMERIC GREEK

όρμαίνω (όρμαν-), —, ώρμηνα toss
about (turn over) in mind, ponder,
consider, plan,
ovpavos. ov, 6 heaven, sky.

Ιϊαλλάς, ἀδος, rj Pallas (Athena),
τρε'-πω (τρεπ-, τροπ-, τραπ-), τρίψω,
ετρεψα (ετρα-πον), τετροφα**, τε-
τραμμαι, έτράφθην turn (around),

rout, put to flight; mid., turn
oneself, flee,
φαείνω (φαεν-); aor. pass, εφαάνθην

shine, gleam, glare, flash.

φαίνω (φαν-), φανίω, έψηνα, irt-
φηνα*, πίφασμαι, έφ4ν(θ*)ην

show, shine; (mid.) appear.

Derivatives: a-gnostic(ism), pro-gnosticate ; stay, system,
static ; comet; trope, etc., 261; dia-phanous, etc., 194.

290.	Translate:

1. oi Ἀχαιοὶ ωρμαινον ταύτα κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θύμον.
2. έΧκωμεν εκ κοΧεῶν με'/άΧα ξίφεα καὶ έναρίζωμεν ἀ<γαμε-
μνονα. 3. ἀθηνη ήΧθεν οὐρανόθεν, την ηάρ εηκεν Ηρτ; Χευ-
κώΧενος. 4. "Ηρη ΧευκώΧενος φιΧεει ἀχιΧήὰ τε καὶ ἀ<γαμε-
μνονα όμως θυμω, κήΒεται Be τοϊιν ἀμφοιιν. 5. ἀθηνη ήΧθεν
ουρανόθεν, εστη Β’ οπιθεν, εΐΧε Β’ ἀχιΧήα ξανθής κόμης (983).

6.	Άθηνη εφαίνετ ἀχιΧηι οϊω, οὐ ηάρ τις των ἀλλων Ἀχαιών
ωράετο την θεάν. 7. επεϊ θεὰ εΐΧεν ἀχιΧήα κόμης, έθάμβησε,
μετατρεφάμενος B’ εηνω αυτίκα Παλλαδ’ ἀθηναίην. 8. όσσε
Ἀθηναίης εφαάνθησαν Βεινω ἀχιΧηι.

291.	Read and translate :

IUad, 193-200

ήος ὁ τανθ’ ωρμαινε κατὰ φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν,

εΧκετο Β’ εκ κοΧεοϊο μέηα ξίφος, ήΧθε Β’ ἀθηνη

ουρανόθεν · προφάρ ήκε θεά, ΧευκώΧενος "Ηρη,	195

ἀμφω όμως θυμω φϊΧεουσὰ τε κηΒομενη τε.

στη Β’ οπιθεν, ξανθής Βε κόμης εΧε ΤΙηΧείωνα,

οϊω φαινομενη, των Β’ ἀλλων οὐ τις οράτο.

θάμβησεν δ’ ἀχιΧεύς, μετὰ Β’ ετράπετ, αυτίκα Β’ εηνω

Παλλαδ’ ἀθηναίην · Βεινω.Βε οι όσσε φάανθεν.	200

292.	194. ίέλκετο : was drawing. — ήλθε 8 ἀθήνη : coordinate, instead
of subordinate construction, 1114.

<pb n="116"/>LESSON XLIV

[292

196.	άμφω = ἀγιμίμνονα ἀχιλήὰ τ(: Hera did not want to see either
of them get hurt. — θΰμφ ; 1009. —φιλί'ουσα, κηδομένη : 1109, 2.

The situation has now reached the point where Achilles feels constrained
to act, as he would rather die than endure such deep insults and
humiliation at the hands of his most despised enemy. The imperfects
in the first two verses make the description strikingly vivid and picturesque,
while the hurried action of the two following aorists are well
adapted to introduce Athena suddenly and dramatically. The appearance
of Athena is as unexpected, and is
introduced with as much dramatic effect
as the intervention of the angel when
Ahraham was getting ready to perform
the final act in the sacrifice of Isaac:

“ And Abraham stretched forth his hand,
and took the knife to slay his son. And
the angel of Jehovah called unto him out
of heaven, and said, Ahraham, Abraham:
and he said, Here am I. And he said,

Lay not thine hand upon the lad, neither
do thou anything unto him.”

197.	κόμης: 983.

198.	οϊω (Άχιλψ) : divinities regularly
had the power of making themselves invisible
to part of a company and appearing
only to one or more in whom they
had some special interest. “ And I
Daniel alone saw the vision: for the men
that were with me saw not the vision.”

“ And the angel of Jehovah stood in the
way for an adversary against him. . . .

And the ass saw the angel of Jehovah,
standing in the way, and his sword
drawn in his hand: and the ass turned aside out of the way, and went
into the field: and Balaam smote the ass, to turn her into the way.”
The Homeric divinity never appears to a group, hut only to individuals.
Besides it would have spoiled the plot had Athena been seen or heard
by the other Greeks, including Agamemnon.

The latter part of this verse repeats in negative form the first two
words. — όράτο = ώράίτο, 584-585, 837.

199.	θάμβησtv: naturally Achilles was astonished at this unusual
method of restraint. Certainly it would have been death to any of the

117

The “ Mourning Athena”
Acropolis Museum, Athens
A tablet of Pentelie marble. A thena,
leaning on her spear, is gazing with
downcast head at a grave monument.
<pb/>293-296]

HOMERIC GREEK

Greeks who would have dared to attempt it. Even though it might
seem highly undignified in a goddess, no time was to be lost and words
would probably have had little effect on the headlong Achilles. Besides
it gives the poet an unusual opportunity for introducing a picturesquely
dramatic incident.

200. ot refers to Athena. — φάανθίν = ϊψαάνθησαν, 973, 3.

293. Translate :

1. While they were thus pondering in their hearts, but
were drawing from their scabbards their great swords, the
gods came from heaven, together with white-armed Hera
who loves and cares for all men equally in her soul.
2. They stood behind the ships of the Achaeans. 3. Athena
appeared to Achilles alone, and seized him by his tawny
locks. 4. None of us saw the goddess, but we stood
amazed. 5. When they turned around, they immediately
recognized the goddess, for her (two) eyes gleamed terribly.

LESSON XLV

PRESENT, FUTURE, AND AORIST SYSTEM OF -μι VERBS

Iliad, 201-211

294.	1) Verbs ending in -μι differ from -ω verbs, by
having no tense suffix (except in the subjunctive) in the
present and imperfect active, middle, and passive, in the
second aorist active and middle, and in the second perfect
and pluperfect active.

2)	Learn the inflection of the present, future, and both
aorist systems of ΐστημι, τίθημι, ΐημί, and ΒίΒωμί, 949-962.

295.	Optional:

296.	VOCABULARY

αν = κί(ν) (1085-1091).	γλαυκ-ώιτίϊ,	iSos	gleaming-eyed,

αίγί-οχοϊ, ἡ, ον aegis-holding.	flashing-eyed (“ owl-eyed ”).

αυτὶ again, in turn, but, however, ϊνα in order that, (so) that,
further(more), anew.	where.

<pb n="118"/>LESSON XLV

λήγ-ω, λήξω, Εληξα cease (from), refrain,
slack(en), weaken,
μη-δὶ and not, but not, nor, not even;

μηδὶ . . . μηδ« neither . . . nor.
ολλΰμι (όλ-, ολί-, ολο-), oktcrfcr )ω,
ωλ£σ(σ·)α, όλωλα destroy, kill,
ruin, lose ; (mid.) perish, die.
όν£ΐδίξω ( ovtiSiS-). o)v£tSicra revile,
reproach, abuse,
ιτροσαυδά-ω, ΊΤροσαυδήσω', προσηύ-
δησα address, speak to, say to.
n-T£p0£is, εσσα, tv winged, flying.

[297-298

τάχα (ταχύ®, 780-781) quickly,
swiftly, soon.
t£kos, eos, to child, descendant, offspring,
young.
ti-ut£ (τὶ itot£, 592) wliy (in the
world) ?

lippas, ios, ἡ insolence, wantonness,
frowardness, hybiiis.
virfp-οιτλίη, ης, rj arrogance, insulting
conduct, deed of insolence,
φωνε-ω, φωνήσω*, ίφώνησα speak,
lift up the voice.

slack(en) ; ptero-pod, -dactyl ;

Derivatives : op-, 261 ;

tachy-graphy ; pliono-logy, anti-, caco-, eu-, sym-, taut-ophony,
tele-, mega-, micro-phone.

297.	Translate:

1. ἀχιλλεύς φωνήσάς προσηύδὰ ηΧανκώτηδα ἀθήνην επεα
πτερόεντα. 2. τίπτ ήΧθεν ἀντε Π αλλά? ἀθήνη τέκος αϊγιο-
χοιο Ἀιδς;	3.	ηΧαυκωπις ἀθήνη ήΧθεν "να ϊδη ΰβριν ἀγα-

μέμνονος ἀτρείδάο. 4. ἀχιλλεύς ερέει ἀθήνη, το δέ τετελε-
σμένον εσται. οίω ταντα τεΧέεσθαι. 5. τάχ1 αν ποτέ Ἀγα-
μέμνων οΧέσση θύμον ής ύπεροπΧίησιν. 6. γΧαυκώπις ἀθήνη
ήΧθε 7τανσονσα το μένος ἀχϊΧήος, αϊ κε πίθηται. 7. έΧηηεν
Ἀχιλλεύς έριδος, οὐδέ εΧκετο ξίφος χ€ΐρί; 8. ονειδίσει ἀγα-
μέμνονα έπεσιν, ως εσεταὶ περ.

298.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 201-211

καὶ μιν φωνήσας επεα 7περόεντα προσηνδα ·	201

“ τίπτ αντ, αβ/ιάχοιο Ἀιδς τέκος, είΧήΧουθας ;
ή ΐνα νβριν ΐδη ἀ<γαμέμνονος ἀτρείδάο;
ἀλλ’ έκ τοι i ρέω, τδ δέ καὶ τεΧέεσθαι δίω *
ής ΰιτεροπΧίησι τάχ αν ποτε θυμόν δΧέσσηύ’	205

τον δ’ ἀντε προσέειπε θεά, ηΧαυκώπις ἀθήνη ·

“ ήΧθον εγώ ητανσονσα τδ σδν μένος, αϊ κε πίθηαι,

<pb n="119"/>299]

HOMERIC GREEK

ούρανόθεν · 7Tpo δε μ’ ηκε θεὰ ΧευκώΧενος "Ηρη,

ἀμφω όμως θυμψ φίΧεονσὰ τε κηδομε'νη τε.

ἀλλ’ aye Xfjy ept-δος, μηδέ ξίφος ε\κεο χειρί·	210

ἀλλ’ ἡ τοι επεσιν μεν ονειδίσου, ως εσεταὶ περ.

299.	201. μιν : object of προσηύδα.·—«rea: 1012. — ιπίρόίντα : 524;
the words were personified, and if they flew from the mouth of the
speaker to the ears of the listener, they would need wings, just as birds.

202. αἰγιόχοιο: the aegis of Zeus was a shield, adorned with the head
of the Gorgon, a snaky-headed monster, which petrified with chilly fear
all who looked upon it. Athena was the best beloved of the children of
Zeus, since she had sprung, as goddess of wisdom, full grown and fully
armed from his head. As his favorite child she often bore his aegis.
Achilles seems displeased at Athena’s interf erence, and is greatly vexed
that he should be prevented from killing Agamemnon. — aSrt does not
of necessity refer to an earlier appearance of Athena, but may merely
denote Achilles’ impatience that one trouble after another seems to
have befallen him; and so he says, “And have you come too” (as an
addition to all my other vexations) ?

203.	Ιδη = ΐδηαι: 584-585. __ Achilles answers his own question (vs.

202) by a second rhetorical one. Hybris was something always to be
punished by the gods, “ for the froward is an abomination to Jehovah.”
If Athena wished to be sure as to Agamemnon’s hybris, the best way was
for her to come down and see for herself. “ And Jehovah said, Because
the cry of Sodom and Gomorrah is great, and because their sin is very
grievous; I will go down now and see whether they have done altogether
according to the cry of it, which is come unto me; and if not, I will
know.”	%

204.	to : subject of τελίεσθαι, 971. — όίω : ironical, as usual in Homer.

205.	Achilles broadly hints at his intention of killing Agamemnon
for his arrogance. — rjs (os, ἡ, ον). — ύΐΓίροπλίησι: 1005. — όλίσση : 1101.

206.	γλαοκώπνϊ: supplements vss. 199-200, and shows why Achilles so
quickly recognized the goddess. Originally it seems to have meant owleyed.
Its origin was lost sight of before the time of Homer, to whom
she was gleaming-eyed, flashing-eyed, etc., but it represents the earlier idea,
according to which the goddess was thought of in the form of an owl,
just as Jehovah was worshipped by the Israelites for a long time in the
form of a bull-god, as Apollo Smintheus was once the mouse-god, etc.

207.	ιταΰσουσα: 1109, 5. — ιτίθηαι: Athena is not quite sure that
Achilles will obey, but hopes so.

<pb n="120"/>LESSON XLYI	[300-303

210.	epiSos : 987. — tX«o : continue to draw.—χίιρί: 1005.—Χήγ’(ί) :
imperative.

211.	l.e. abuse Mm roundly; only do not strike him. The goddess
counsels a word-war, instead of a resort to arms, and thus there is a
reversion to the situation previous to Achilles’ attempt to draw his
sword. — is ϊσίταὶ irtp: “ tell him how it shall be,” i.e. “ tell him what
shall take place.” This deus ex machina scene, which is necessary for
the further action and development of the poem, would be an artistic
blemish in a work where the gods do not take such a prominent part
and do not consort so freely with mortals as they do in the Iliad.

300.	Translate :

1. We lifted np our voices (part.) and addressed the
flashing-eyed goddess (with) winged words. 2. Why, O
darling daughter of aegis-bearing Zeus, have you returned
to the swift black ships of the Achaeans ?	3.	Is	it that you

may see the insolence of the Zeus-nourished kings? 4. But
we shall speak out to you, and we think that this will be
accomplished, that they will soon lose their souls by their
own arrogance. 5. Athena, the flashing-eyed, came from
heaven to check the anger of Achilles, if perchance he would
obey her. 6. If Achilles will cease from strife nor draw
his great sword with his heavy hand, he may revile Agamemnon
with harsh words as the opportunity may offer (ώ?
eaerai rrep).

LESSON XLYI

FIRST AND SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM OF -|U VERBS

Iliad, 212-222

301.	Learn the conjugation of all the perfect and pluperfect
forms of ΐστημι and of *et8a>, 924, 966.

302.	Optional:

303.	VOCABULARY

ἀ-ιτιθί'-ω*, ἀιτιθήσω, ήιτίθησα, with dat., δαίμων, ovos, ό, ) divinity, god-

996, disobey, fail to obey, distrust. (dess).

<pb n="121"/>304-305]

HOMERIC GREEK

δώρον, οὐ, τό gift, present.

£ (ϊ) ρυμαι (ptpv), «(i)pv<r(<r)op.ai,

((1)ρυ<τ(ο-)άμην save, preserve,
observe, protect, guard, retain.
ίξ-iLpa (pep-, ρρη-, piir-), ίξί(κ'ω, «ξίΐ-
irov, ίξίίρηκα*, ίξίίρημαι, ίξίιρήθην
speak out, declare,
ίπι-ικίθω (ίγϊιΘ-, πιθ-, ιτοιθ), imircί<τω,
«riimoO. (4miriiri0ov), 4m-
πέ—Οίθα. l-Lirt—ίίσμαι. *, 4mmi-
σθην* persuade, trust; mid. obey,
ήμὶ (ήγ-), imperf., ήν speak, say.
ϊ-σχω (Ισχ- = σι-<τ(£)χ-), another
form of ί'χω, have, hold, restrain,
check.

Derivatives : demon-iac, -o-logy, -o-cracy, -o-latry, pandemonium
; Dora, Doro-thea, -thy, Theo-doi’e; am ;
t(h)rice.

κουλίόν = κολ,όν. 571.
κώπη, ηε, ἡ hilt, handle,
mxp-iipa, (4<τ-), παρί'σὶ σ )ομαι be present,
be at hand, be near, be
beside.

<τφωίτ€ρο5, ἡ, ον of you two, belonging
to you two.

TpCs thrice, three times,
χρή (χρίίω, χρίω), ἡ need, necessity,
fate, destiny, due, duty.

ωθίω (ρωθ-, ρωθί-), ώ(τω, Ιώτα,
ίωσμαι*. ίώσθην* shove, push,
thrust, drive, strike.

304.	Translate :

1. it dura γὰρ τάδε τελεσσουσι deol ΌΧνμητια Βώμα τ’
ε·χρντες, ἀ>ς εγώ σοι εξερεω. 2. καὶ 7τότε τρις τόσσα Βώρ’
.άγλά’ εξει Ἀχίλλεύσ βίνβκα τησΒ’ νβριος ’Ayapepvovos 'Arpet-
ύάο. 3. ἀχιλλενς layer at, πείθεται δε θετμν "Ηρρ ΧευκωΧένω
Ἀθηναίτ) τε yXavKcomSi* 4. yp-η ear tv ’Ayiλληα, καὶ μάΧα
7τερ θϋμω κεχοΧοομε'νον, ειτο? είρύσασθαι θεΐμν καΧτμν, ως yap
earιν αμεινον.	5. θεοὶ μάΧ’ εκΧνον ’AyiAXf/os, οὐνεκα τοΐσιν

irr πείθεται. 6. ’Ayaiol eaypOov yεlρaς βαρείας hτι κώπρς
dpyvperjat, ξιφεων μεydXωv. 7. ἀytXXεύς εωσε peya ξίφος
ἀφ ες κουΧεόν. 8. ἀyatol κακοὶ ηπίθησαν μνθοισιν ἀθη-
ναίης. 9. θεὰ ^/Χαυκώπις ἀθήνη εβεβήκειν Οΰλυμπόνύε ες
Scopar α Ἀιός.

305.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 212-222
ώδε γὰρ εξερεω, ro δε καὶ τετεΧεσμενον earai *
καὶ 7rore top τρις τοσσα. rrapeaaerat ayXad Βωρα
ΰβριος εΐνεκα τησύε · αν δ’ layeo, πείθεο δ’ ήμιν."

<pb n="122"/>LESSON XLVI	[306

την 8’ ἀπαμειβόμενος προσεφη πόάας ώκνς ἀχιλλεύς · 215
“ χρη μεν σφωίτερόν ye, θεά, επος είρνσσασθαι,
καὶ μάΧα 7τερ θυμώ κεχοΧωμενον · ωσ γάρ ἀμεινον ·
ο? /ce θεοίς επιπείθηται, μάλα τ’ εκΧυον αυτόν.”
η καὶ €7τ’ ἀρχυρέη κώπη σχεθε χεϊρα βαρεΐαν,
αψ 8’ ες κουΧεον ωσε μέχα ξίφος, ον8’ ἀπίθησεν	220

μύθω ἀθηναίης · ἡ 8’ οὐΧυμιτόν8ε βεβήκειν
8ώματ ες αἰχωχοιο Ἀώς μετὰ 8αίμονας ἀλλους.

306. 212. καί: also. This verse is intended to echo vs. 204.

213.	Toi: 1004 or 999. — ιταρέο-ο-ίται: 973, 1.

214.	ήμ,τν = ἀθψαίη καὶ "Ηρη: 996. Athena agrees with Achilles
that Agamemnon is guilty of ltybris, which is always punished by the
gods. This judgment would thus represent the view of the poet and
the more intelligent among his auditors. —ίιτχίο : reflexive, 1067, 1.

216.	χρή (εστιν). — <τφωίτ€ρον is made emphatic by the following ye,
whereby Achilles contrasts his attitude of respectful obedience toward
the goddesses with that of stubborn defiance toward Agamemnon,
whom he no longer intends to obey. Thus similarly Agamemnon gives
up Chryseis to the god, and so saves his face. This scene and promise
motivate the decision of Achilles to remain before Troy instead of his
carrying out his threat to return home (vs. 169 ff.).

217.	κ«χολωμί'νον : 1109,6. — καί: even though. — αμεινον (έστιν).

218.	fleois: 996. — ίκλυον αϊτοί: 984, 1082. To obey the heavenly
gods was not only the part of wisdom but of prudence as well; since
any other course was supposed to invite destruction. “ If thou turn to
Jehovah thy god, and shalt be obedient to his voice ; he will not forsake
thee, neither destroy thee.” “ As the nations which Jehovah destroyeth
before thy face, so shall ye perish; because ye would not be obedient
unto the voice of Jehovah thy God.” “ Now we know that God heareth
not sinners: but if a man reverence his God, and doeth his will, him he
heareth.” “He will fulfill the desire of them that fear him: he will
also hear their cry, and save them.” “Jehovah is far from the wicked :
but he heareth the prayer of the righteous.”

219.	ή: he spoke. Observe the repetition of e sounds in this verse.
— σχέθ« = ea-yeOe [εχω].

220.	oiS’ ἀιτίθησίν : litotes; compare “ not at all bad.”

221.	μίθω: 996.

222.	Athena’s departure is taken without ceremony, and is as sudden
as her arrival. There is a confusion of conceptions, here as elsewhere,

<pb n="123"/>307-310]

HOMERIC GREEK

regarding Olympus and heaven. Athena comes from heaven, but
returns to Olympus among the other divinities. In the same way it
would be hard to visualize the descent of Apollo (vs. 44 ff.) from the
peaks of Olympus to the Trojan plain, which was many miles away,
across the sea. See the note on vs. 592, 450.

307.	Translate :

1. I shall declare the will of the gods to you, and this
also (καί) shall be accomplished. 2. At some time you
shall have twice as many splendid gifts on account of this
arrogance of Agamemnon, if you will restrain yourself and
obey us. 3. We must obey the gods, even though (we be)
greatly enraged in our hearts ; for it is better thus. 4. The
gods give especial heed to (the prayer of) those who obey
them. 5. Upon their silver hilts they hold their heavy
hands, and thus disobey the commands of the two goddesses.

6.	When Athena departs to Olympus, among the other
divinities, we shall thrust our mighty swords into their
scabbards.	—

LESSON XLYII

THE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE OF -μι VERBS

Iliad, 22-3-232

308.	Take a thorough review of all the -μι verbs, both
regular and irregular, active, middle, and passive, all voices,
modes, and tenses, 924, 949-963.

309.	Optional :

310.	VOCABULARY

ἀντίοϊ, ἡ, ον in opposition, oppos- ίλαφος, οὐ, ό, ἡ deer, stag, hind.

ing, facing, meeting, to meet. ίξ-aims again, anew, then.
apuj-Tiiis, ηος, 6 chief, leader.	θωρή	<τ<τω	(θωρηκ-),	θωρήξομαι,	ίθώρηξα,

ἀταρτηρόϊ, ἡ, όν harsh, bitter.	έθωρήχθην	arm, don the breast-

£ημο-βόρος, -η. ον devouring the plate.

(goods of the) people.	κήρ,	i«|p0s,	rj	death, fate.

<pb n="124"/>LESSON XLVII

[311-312

κραδίη (καρδίη, 597-598), ης,
heart.

λόχοϊ, οὐ, ὁ ambush, ambuscade.

Χωβά-ομαι*, λωβήσομαι', Ιλωβησά-

μην, insult, revile, act arrogantly,
outrage, ruin, wrong,
οίνο-βαρής, «ς drunken, wiNE-heavy,
sot.

δμμα, ατο?, τό eye ; plur., face.

■η οὐ-τιδανόϊ, ή, όν worthless, of no

account, cowardly, feeble.

*τλάω (τλα-, τλη-, ταλα), τλήοτομαι,
ϊτλην (ίτάλασοτα), τετληκα have

the heart, have courage, endure,
dare, suffer,
ίίοπατοζ, ij.. ov (superl. of ίοτερο?, ἡ,
ον) latest, last, uppermost, hindmost.

Derivatives:
anti-dote, -pathy, -podes, anti- in compounds,
as anti-American; aristo-cracy ; dem-agogue, demo-cracy,
epi-demic ; thorax ; cardi(ac-al), -algia, peri-cardium.

311. Translate:

1. eVea 7περόεντ’ ἀχίΧηο<; ηεν ἀταρτηρά. 2. προσεειπών
ἈτρείΒην ’ Ἀχιλλείκ εΧη^/ε χόΧοιο. 3. ’Ayapepvoiv ovk εστιν
οίνοβαρής, οὐΒ’ εχει όμματα /cur'd? κραΒίην δ’ εΧάφοιο, aXX'
ετΧη θΰμω θωρηχθήναι ἀμα Χάω e? 7τόΧεμον, Uvea S’ e? Χόχον
συν ἀριστηεσσιν Ἀχαιών. 4. τό δε εϊΒεται είναι κηρ ἀλλοισιν
ἀνΒράσιν. 5. ἡ ποΧν Χώιόν εστιν αποαιρέεσθαι Βώρα πάντων
ο'ὶ τινε<> ειπωσιν ἀντίον σέθεν. 6. Ἀγαμέμνων εστϊ Βημοβόρος
βασιΧενς, επεὶ ἀνάσσει οὐτιΒανοϊσιν ἀνθρώποισιν · ἡ γὰρ ἀν νυν
ύστατα Χωβησαιτο, τάχ ἀν δε θύμον οΧεσσαιτο.

312. Read and translate :

Iliad, 223-232
ΤΙηΧείΒης S’ εξαυτις ἀταρτηροκ επεεσσιν
ἈτρεΐΒην προσεειπε, καὶ ον πω Χτμ/ε χοΧοιο ·

“ οινοβαρες, κννός ομματ εχων, κραΒίην δ’ εΧάφοιο, 225
ούτε π of ε’? πόΧεμον ἀμα Χαω θωρηχθήναι
ούτε ΧοχονΒ’ ίεναι συν ἀριστήεσσιν Ἀχαιών
τετΧηκας θυμω· το δε' τοι κηρ εϊΒεται είναι,
η ποΧύ Χώιόν εστι κατὰ στρατόν ἐνρνν Ἀχαιών
Βώρ’ ἀποαιρείσθαι, δ? τί? σνθεν ἀντίον εϊπρ ·	230

Βημο βάρος βασιΧεύς, επεὶ οὐτιΒανοίσιν ἀνάσσενς ·
η γὰρ ἀν, ἀτρείΒη, νυν ύστατα Χωβήσαιο.

<pb n="125"/>3X3-314]

HOMERIC GREEK

313.	223. Ιπάιτσιν: 1005. The situation reverts to a word-duel
once more between the two leading characters, and Achilles outdoes
himself in his abusive language.

224.	χόλοιο : 987.

225.	έΧάφοιο : a type of timid cowardice, as was the dog of shamelessness.
Without regard to truth or reason, Achilles heaps upon Agamemnon
all that which seems most disgTaceful. Needless to say, this
description is highly misleading. Agamemnon was not a drunken sot,
nor did his face resemble that of a dog, nor did he lack manly courage
in battle. —- kwos ομματ’ is merely a repetition of κυνώπα (vs. 159).

226.	λαφ: 1007.

227.	λόχονδ’(ί) : 788, 4.

228.	βΰμ,ώ : 1009, i.e. “you great big scoundrelly coward.” — «ϊδίται
[ρ<ιδ-, ροιδ-, ριδ-, 966) middle: seem, appear, resemble.

229-230 with bitter irony, and scornful contempt.

230.	άποαιρΕΐσθαι = ἀποαφεεσθαί: 584—585. — δώρ’ (ανύρός).

231.	δημοβόρος βαο-iXtvs : 978, 3. — οὐτιδανοίσιν: 997,1001; perhaps
a pun, i.e. they were not worthy the name of Da.na.ans.

232.	υο-χατα : 780—781, 784.

Beginning with vs. 224, Achilles now feels free to answer Agamemnon
; and so he pours out his wrath, makes a prophecy of the future,
and sits down, while Agamemnon remains silent, possibly because 'he is
speechless from rage. Achilles employs no word of honor in his address
this time, but laj7s to with the most abusive epithets at his command.
In his anger, he is guilty of untruthful exaggeration in charging
Agamemnon with drunkenness, shamelessness, and cowardice. As a
matter of fact, Agamemnon was brave as a lion.

314.	Translate:

1. All the well-greaved Achaeans addressed the gods
with bitter words, nor ceased they ever from their hot
wrath. 2. The drunken Agamemnon lias the face of a
dog and the heart of . a deer, nor did lie ever dare in his
soul to arm himself with the breastplate together with his
people for war, nor to go into ambush with the leaders of
the Achaeans ; for this seemed to be death to his soul.

3.	He thinks it much better throughout the broad camp of
the Achaeans to take away the prizes of honor of all who
dare to speak against him. 4. This king is a devourer of

<pb n="126"/>LESSON XLVIII

[315-317

the goods of the people and he rules over worthless men.
5. The son of Atreus lias now insulted for the last time, for

he has lost his soul.

LESSON XLVIII

REVIEW OF NOUNS

Iliad, 233-239

315.	1) Review all three declensions of nouns, memorizing
thoroughly the meaning and forms of each word
given in the paradigms, and review the rules for the inflection
and gender of nouns, 626-716.

316.	Optional:

VOCABULARY

317.

ἀνα-θηΧ*-ω, ἀναθηλήο*ω, ἀν€θήλησα|

sprout, bloom (forth), (anew),
bud (again).

StKcur-rroXos, ον, δ judge, arbiter,
θεμις, ιστός, ἡ custom, law, decree,
justice, oracle, rule.

Xciiro) (Xeiir-, Xolit-, λ nr-), Χίίψω,
cXiirov, XeXoiira, λ^λίΐ,μμαι., tXiC-
φθην* leave, forsake, abandon,
desert.

λίΐτω* (λίπ-, λαπ-J. λί'ψω, ίλίψα. \t-

λαμμαι*, «λάιτην* strip), peel, scab.1,
hull.

ναὶ yea, yes, veriiy.
ojjos, οὐ, ὁ branch, shoot, limb,
opos (otpos, 571), eos, τό mountain.
opKos, οὐ, ὁ oath, that by which
one swears (as witness),
παλάμη, 7/9, ἡ Palm, hand, fist.

•rapi adv., and prep, with gen., dat.,
and acc., around, about, concerning',
for, exceedingly, over, above,
more than, superior; adv., around,
about, beyond, over, exceedingly;
u-itli gen., around, about, concerning,
beyond; with dat., around,
about, concerning, for ; with acc.,
around, about, concerning,
τομή, ης, ἡ cut(ting), stump,
φλοιόϊ, οί, ὁ baric, peel, rind, shell.
ψορ£ ω. φορήσ~ω“\ Ιφόρηοα, bear,
carry, bring,
φόλλον, οὐ, τό leaf, foliage.
φύ ω. φΰο-ω, ίφϋ(τα (ίφϋν), -πΐφϋκα

bear; produce, bring forth, cause
to grow.

χαλκό9, oS, ὁ bronze, implement of
bronze (axe, spear, etc.).

-carp, -cranium, -meter,
phys-ic(al), -i-o-gnomy,

Derivatives: peri-anth, -cardinm,
-od, -phery, -phrasis ; phos-phorus ;
-i-o-logy.

<pb n="127"/>318-320]

HOMERIC GREEK

318.	Translate :

1. ἀχιλλεύς εζειπεν ἀταρτηρὰ επεα τοΐσιν ἀχαιοΐσι καί
ωμοσεν ορκον peyav.	2.	ναι μα τάδε σκηπτρον ομνύμι, το τοι

peyas όρκος εσσεται.	3.	τάδε σκηπτρον οΰ ποτε φύσει φύλλα

καὶ όζους, οὐό’ αναθηΧήσει, περὶ γὰρ ρὰ ε φύλλα τε καὶ φΧοιόν
έΧεψαμεν χαΧκω. 4. το σκηπτρον ἀχιΧήος ΧεΧοπτε τομήν ἐν
ορεσσιν. 5. ννν δ’ ανθ’ νΐες Ἀχαιών, δικασπόΧοι, οὶ είρύαται
θεμιστας προς Ἀιός, φορεουσι το σκηπτρον ἐν παΧάμησιν.

319.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 233-239

aXX’ έκ τοι ερεω καὶ επι peyav ορκον ομοΰμαι ·

ναι μα τάδε σκηπτρον · το μεν ον πότε φύλλα καὶ όζους

φύσει, επεϊ δη πρωτα τομήν ἐν δρεσσι ΧεΧοι-πεν,	235

ούδ’ αναθηΧήσει · περι γὰρ ρὰ ε χαΧκός εΧεψεν

φύλλα τε καϊ φΧοιόν ' νυν αύτε μιν νΐες Ἀχαιών

εν παΧάμης φορεουσι δικασπόΧοι, οΐ τε θεμιστας

προς Ἀιός είρύαται ' ὁ Se τοι μεηας εσσεται όρκος ·	239

'3 20 . 233. ίκ, 4ιτ(:	1048—1049.	— ομοΰμαι = όριό(α)ομα,ι = όμανμαι

\ομννμι\ : 603, 584—585.

234.	μὰ τάδε ο-κήπτρον: when a speaker wished to address the assembly,
a herald placed a sceptre in his hands, as a sign that he “ had the
floor.” Eastern peoples swore a great deal by various objects, as “by
the life of the king,” “ by the beard of the prophet,” “ by my hope of
heaven,” etc. Thus Shakespere’s characters swear by their beards.
Achilles swears by the sceptre as a symbol of his royal power, with the
implication that he hopes to lose it if he swears falsely. Slightly different
is the implication when he swears by Apollo (vs. 86). See the note
there, 197. The gods swore by the river Styx. The gist of this whole
passage is “ as surely as this sceptre shall never sprout forth leaves and
branches again, so surely shall the Achaeans miss me, now that I shall
withdraw from the war.”

235.	πρώτα : 780-781.

236.	irepi: 1048-1049. — χαλκός : bronze was the common metal for
implements, before the introduction of iron. Here “ bronze ” means
some tool of bronze, as an axe.

<pb n="128"/>LESSON XLIX

[321-323

236—237. «... φύλλα, φλοιόν: 1020, 1; 1021 and note.

234-239. τό (i«v οϋ . . . «Ιρίαται forms a parenthesis, describing the
sceptre. There is a return to the main idea in the following words, and
this is taken up and completed in the next lesson, vss. 240-244.

239. «Ιρναται: 3d plur. = tlpvvται, 597-598. — ό: masculine, where the
neuter would be expected. It takes the gender of the following predicate
(όρκο?), by what is known as “ attraction.” — irpos Διόβ: under
the supervision of Zeus, or else the laws from (i.e. given by) Zeus.
Most peoples have traditions of law's given them by their gods, as in the
case of Numa and the early laws of Rome. “And Jehovah said unto
Moses, Come up to me into the mount and be there, and I will give thee
tables of stone, and a law, and commandments which I have written;
that thou mayest teach them.” “ These are the statutes and judgments
and laws which Jehovah made between him and the children of Israel
in Mount Sinai by the hand Of Moses.” The judges also received their
authority from on high and were the Lord’s own anointed.

321. Translate:

1. We shall declare and also swear a great oath. 2. By
this sceptre, ye shall not return safely home, but ye shall all
perish here. 3. Our sceptres will never produce leaves and
branches, nor will they sprout forth, since they have left their
stumps in the mountains. 4. The sons of the Achaeans
with bronze peeled the sceptres round about of their leaves
and branches, and now the kings, dispensers of justice, who
preserve the laws given to them by Zeus, bear them in their
hands.

LESSON XLIX

REVIEW OF ADJECTIVES, REGULAR AND IRREGULAR

Iliad, 240-244

322.	Review all the adjectives, both regular and irregular,
learning thoroughly the meanings and forms of each as given
in the paradigms, 717-734.

323.	Optional:

<pb n="129"/>324-326]

HOMERIC GREEK

VOCABULARY

324.

ἀμνσΊΤύ) (άμυχ-), ἀμνξω. ήμυ£α gnaw,
tear, bite, scratch,
ἀνδρο-φόνος, ἡ, ον man-slaying, murderous.

δυνα-μαι,
δυνήΐτομαι, δΐδύνημαι*,
«δυνάσθην be able, can, have
power.

'Εκτωρ, οροί, ὁ Ilector, son of Priam,
and leader of the Trojans.
ev-δοβι within, inside, at home.
ίΰτ£, when, as.

oi8-e£s, οὐδί-μία, ονδ-e'v no one, not
any, none, nothing.
irt-πτω (πίτ-, ITT-, ιπη ), πεοτεομαι,

€7Γ£σον, ·π·£·π·τη(κ)α fall, drop, die,
perish, sink.

ποθή, ης, ἡ yearning, longing, re-
^gret

τϊ-ω, τίσω, €τί<τα, τίτϊμαι honor, esteem.

imi
(ΰιτοί) adv., and prep, with yen.,
dat., and ace., under, beneath, by,
at the hands of, by means of;
adv., under, secretly, behind, beneath,
by, gradually; with yen.,
(from) under, by; with dat.,
(down) under ; with acc., (down)
under, during, toward.

Derivatives: dynam-ic, -ite, -o, dynasty; hector; hypotenuse,
-thesis.

325.	Translate:

1. ποθή ἀχιΧλήοὶ (979,3) ϊξεται σνμτravras vias Ἀχαιών,
τότε S’ Ἀγαμέμνων ἀχννμενόὶ τrep ον δννήσεταὶ χραισμεειν λάώ,
εντ’ αν 7τολλοι avSpes θνήσκοντεὶ ύπ’ ἀνδροφόνοιο "ΈιΚτορος πί-
πτωσίν. 2. ἀμύξει δε θύμον ἐνδοθι Ἀγαμέμνων χωόμενος ον-
νεκα -ούδέν ετϊσεν ἀχΤΧήα ἀριστον Ἀχαιών. 3. το σκήπτρόν
εστιν πεπαρμένον χρνσείοισιν ήΧοισιν, ἀχιΧλενς δε τδ εβαλε
ποτ'ι γαίτ], εζετο δ’ αν ros.	4. "Έκτωρ ἀποΧεσει ποΧλονί

Ἀχαιῶν ἐν μάχρ, ἀχιΧλήοὶ ον παρεόντοὶ (994).

326.	-Read and translate :1

Iliad,

ή ποτ’ ἀχιλἈήοὶ ποθή ΐξεται vias Ἀχαιών	240

avpTravras · τότε δ’ ον τι δννήσεαι ἀχvvμεvόs περ
χραισμειν, εὐτ’ αν ποΧλοι νφ’ "Έι/CTopos ἀνδροφόνοιο
θνήσκοντες πίπτωσι · σν δ’ ἐνδοθι θνμον ἀμνξεκ
χωόμεvos, ο τ’ ἀριστον Ἀχαιῶν ονδεν ετίσας.”	244

1 Review the preceding lesson for the connection of thought.

<pb n="130"/>LESSON L

[327-331

327 . 240. ἀχιλλήο? : 979, 3, spoken with a proud self-consciousness.

—	vlas: 1019. The thought of this and the preceding lesson is “so
surely as this sceptre will never bear leaves and branches, so surely
shall yearning for Achilles come upon every one of the sons of the
Achaeans.”

241.	σίμιτανταϊ (emphatic by position) : modifies Has.— tl : 780-781.

—	άχννμίνοϊ : 1109, 6, although vexed.

242.	χραισμιίν — χραισμίαν 584-585 ( Ἀχαιοίσιν).

243.	αμύξο-ϊ : cf. Eng. “ gnaw one’s heart, eat out one’s heart.”

244.	ii τ’ (e) : because, in that. — CἈχίλληα) αριστον Ἀχαιών. — οΰδίν :
adverbial, 781-782, 1014 not at all; lit. in respect to nothing, in no wise.

328.	Translate:

1. A great yearning for the divine son of Peleus came
upon all the sons of the Achaeans, and Agamemnon, son of
Atreus, was not at all able to help them, though grieved in
his soul, when many of the brave men fell at the hands of
the man-slaying Hector, son of Priam. 2. Then did Agamemnon
gnaw his heart within, enraged that he in no wise
did honor to Achilles, the bravest of the Achaeans.

LESSON L

REVIEW OF PRONOUNS

Iliad, 245-249

329.	Learn the meanings and memorize all the forms of
the pronouns as given in the paradigms 760-779.

330.	Optional :

331.	VOCABULARY

ἀγορητήϊ, So, δ orator,
ἀν-ορον-ω*, ἀνώρουσα jump up,
spring up, start up.
ανδή, ης, ἡ voice, speech, discourse,
language, sound, cry.
γαϊα, 77s, -η earth, land, country.
■yXvKvs, eia, v sweet.

γλώσσα, ης, ἡ tongue, language,
speech.

ercpo>6cv from the other side.
ήδν-eirijs, es swEET-speaking, sweettoned.

ήλο?,
ου, δ nail, rivet, stud.

Xiyus, eia, v shrill, clear-toned.
<pb/>HOMERIC GREEK

332-334]

μίλι, ιτος, τὰ honey,
μηνίω, μηνίσω, «μήνισα rage, fume,
be furious.

Νίστωρ, ορος, 6 Nestor, one of the
Greek chieftains.
π«1ρω fπίρ-, Trap ). —, circLpa, irtrrap-
μαι, «τάρην] pierce, stud, rivet.

IIvXlos, ἡ, ον Pylian, of Pylus,
ρί'ω (p€V-, ρ«ρ-, ρν-, pv«- = σρ«υ etc.,
603—604), ρίύσομαι*, ίρρέυσα*. ίρ-

ρΰηκα*, «ρρύην run, flow, stream,
pour.

Derivatives : geography, -logy, -metry; glyc-erine, -ol;
gloss-ary, poly-glot, epi-glottis; hetero-dox, -geneous; mellilluous';
rhetoric.

332. Translate :

1. διος ἀχιλλεύς εζετο γωόμει’ος, Ἀγαμέμνων S’ ετερωθεν
εμήνιε. 2. τοΐσι δ’ ἀχαιοϊσι Νεστώρ Χιγύς αγορητής ΤΙυΧίων
ανώρουσεν. 3. από γΧωσσης Νεστορος αϋδή ερρεεν γΧυκίων
με'Χιτος (993).	4.	τό σκηπτρόν εστιν πεπαρμένον χρύσείοισιν

ηΧοισιν, ἀ-χίλλεύς Se το εβαΧε ποτι γαίη, εζετο δ’ αυτός

333. Read and translate :

Iliad, SJfS-SJf)

ii>? φάτο ΤίηΧεΐδης, ποτι Se σκηπτρόν βάΧε γαίη 245
•χρυσείοις ήΧοισι πεπαρμένον, εζετο δ’ αυτός ·

Ἀτρεΐδης δ’ ετέρωθεν εμήνιε. τοΐσι δε Νίστωρ

ήδυεπης ανόρουσε, Χι.γυς ΤΙυΧίων αγορητής,

του καϊ από γΧώσσης με'Χιτος γΧυκίων ρέεν αύδή. 249

334. 245. ιτοτὶ (with γαίη 1009) : Achilles in his petulant anger and
vexation acts dangerously like a spoiled child, or a peevish woman.

246. ήλοισι: 1005. Observe how in the moment of highest tension
Homer goes quietly on, here introducing a description which vivifies the
object for his hearers. This sceptre is studded with golden rivets. We
need not feel compelled to infer therefrom that every sceptre mentioned
by Homer as golden was merely studded with golden rivets, as the poet
does not feel obliged to be strongly and carefully consistent, but always
feels free to vary according to the necessity of the situation and the effect
he wished to produce. Thus the gods are at times strictly anthropomorphic,
with very human limitations, at other times they are thought of as

<pb n="132"/>LESSON L

[334

ethereal, omnipotent, and eternal, corresponding closely to the varied
conceptions of Jehovah in the Old Testament. — χρϋσeiois ήλοισι ireu-αρ-
pivov: this addition by way of description in the moment of greatest
suspense is characteristic of the objectivity of the poet’s art. He is so
little touched personally by the content of what he relates, that he makes
his way undisturbed through the strife of the kings without taking sides,
and in the midst of the greatest excitement he still has an eye for details.
He sees not only the wrath of the chieftains but also the golden heads
of the nails, driven into the sceptre as a crude sort of ornament. It may
be too that the poet wished to increase the
tension by keeping his audience in suspense
a moment longer, before telling them what
happened next.

247.	Nestor was famed for his old age,
and for giving long-winded advice, both in
and out of season, in which he dealt with
particular delight upon his own deeds of
wonderful achievement in the “good old
days.” He is the only one of the leaders
who has the hardihood to interfere in the
quarrel.

248.	άνόροικτ£=; ἀνώρουσε: perhaps slightly
undignified; but Nestor feels that he is the
man for the occasion, and that no time is to
be lost. He is in a hurry to show these
young upstarts how foolish and childish
their actions are. The mention of his oratorical ability would indicate
how highly prized oratory was among the ancient Greeks.

249.	τοΰ: rel. pron., referring to Nestor. — («)p££v: the imperfect
of customary or repeated action. — |u\iros: 993, honey was used by
the ancients in the place of sugar, and was the sweetest thing known to
the taste. Hence it was a favorite figure in comparisons where a high
degree of sweetness was involved. “ What is sweeter than honey ? and
what is stronger than a lion?” “The judgments of Jehovah are true
and righteous altogether. More to he desired are they than, gold, yea
than much fine gold : sweeter also than honey and the honeycomb.”
“My son, eat thou honey, because it is good ; and the honeycomb which
is sweet to the taste.” “How sweet are thy words to my taste! Yea,
sweeter than honey to my mouth! ” “ Thy lips, 0 my bride, drop as
the honeycomb : honey and milk are under thy tongue.” “ I have eaten
my honeycomb with my honey.”

Youth keatons a Papyrus
Boll
Relief Oil a sarcophagus

<pb n="133"/>341]

HOMERIC GREEK

341.	250. τώ: 998. The figure of Nestor has become proverbial for
very old age. Reckoning a generation at about a third of a century, as
did the ancient Greeks, he -would be somewhere between seventy and a
hundred years of age. This is an imaginative touch of the poet, to
obtain a necessary character for a particular rSle, and does not require a
rational explanation^ He had lived long and experienced much, and
had no aversion to telling long stories of his earlier experiences, and to
offering all sorts of good advice, which was rarely acted upon. He is
one of the best drawn of Homer’s characters. Like old Polonius, he
was wordy and futile. Since brevity was the soul of wit, he would be
brief — with many words, and proffer his advice, in and out of season,
usually to the irritation of all concerned.

251.	ίφθίαθ’ = Ιφθίατο, 3d plur., = ίφθιντα, 597—598. — οϊ ol: the first
of these is the rel. pron., nom. plur. masc., referring to ανθρώπων, vs. 250 ;
the second is an enclitic (554, 760), as will be seen from the accent of
the first, and is spelled ‘pot, as may be observed from the meter. Here
it is the dative of accompaniment with ἀμα.— τράφεν ( = ίτράφησαν) ήδ«
■γίνοντο, hysteron proteron, i.e. the time represented by iyivovro comes
before that of τραφίν, although τράφίν here precedes lyevovro. This
is a permissible device, as it indicates priority of interest, instead of the
usual one of time. Compare Shakespere’s “I was bred and bom.”
The main idea is contained in the first expression, while the second is
added as an after-thought, for the sake of greater fullness and accuracy.

252.	τριτάτοκτιν is masc., referring to the general idea of men, as
implied in the word yeveai, vs. 250.

254.	Άχαιί8α yalav : 1019, i.e. “ our homes.”

254 ff. “ Tut, tut, my boys ! 1 The very idea of you two fighting like
this and causing all this trouble over a girl, like a couple of naughty
schoolboys over marbles! She isn’t worth it. There are a million surplus
girls.”

255.	γηθήσαι.: 973, 2, optat, sing., i.e. your quarrel would be a source
of rejoicing to our enemies, since it would hinder the successful prosecution
of the war.

256.	peya : 780-781. — θϋρώ : 1009.

258.	βουλήν, μάχίο-θαι: acc. and infinitive of specification, 1014; the
two prime characteristics essential to a successful leader. — Δαναών:
gen., because of the idea of comparison contained in the adverb mpi
taken with the verb Ιστὶ [εΐμ,ι], meaning surpass, he superior, 988.
Observe how judiciously the old man mingles praise with censure.

259.	«ptio: 993; cf. Shak,, Jul. Caes·, “Love and be friends, as two
such men should be; for I have seen more years, I’m sure, than ye.”

<pb n="136"/>342.	Translate :

LESSON LII

[342-345

1. Two generations of mortal men, who were born and
bred with him in the very sacred Pylns, have passed away,
and he is now ruling among (those of) the third. 2. A
great woe will come upon all the lands of the Achaeans,
because Achilles and Agamemnon are contending. 3. Priam
•and the sons of Priam and all the other Trojans will greatly
rejoice in their souls when they learn all these things about
Achilles and Agamemnon contending, for they are better
than the other Achaeans both in council and battle.

4.	They are much younger than Nestor, but they will not
obey him.

LESSON LII

REVIEW OF VERBS IN THE ACTIVE VOICE

Iliad, 260-268

343. 1) Review thoroughly all the active forms of λύω,
and of all the	verbs, paying careful attention to the
meaning of each form, 904-909, 924, 949-956.

2)	Make three copies of the tables of personal endings of
verbs in the active, 819-825.

344.	Optional :

345.	VOCABULARY

ἀ-θάνατοϊ, ἡ, ον deathless, immortal,
imperishable,
ἀ-θίρίζω (6epiS-), with gen., 984
slight, disregard, despise.
ἈΙγέίδη*, ἀο, ὁ son of Aegeus.
ἀντί*0€θ5, -η, ον godlike, equal to the
gods.

apelcoy, ov (compar, ο/'αγαθό*, 754,1),
better, mightier, braver.

Λρύα;, αντος, b Dryas,
ίκ-πάγλω* terribly, horribly, awfully,
dreadfully, frightfully.

Έξάδιοί, οὐ, δ Exadius.
eiri-eiiceXos, ἡ, ον like, resembling.
Ιτη-χθόνιο*, 'rj, ον earthly, of the
earth, earth-born, upon the earth.
Θηcretis, ηος (Ιος, 572), δ Theseus.
Kaivevs, ηος (eo*, 572), δ Caeneus,
κάρτιστο* (= κράτ toros, 597-598),
η, ον, superl. of καρτιρό*, rj, όν,
mightiest, strong-est, bravest,
most excellent,
otos, ἡ, ov such (as), of what sort,
what.

<pb n="137"/>346-348]

HOMERIC GREEK

όμΐλε-ω, όμΐλήίΓω ' , ώμίληπ α associate
with, collect.
opeV-Kiiios, 7jy ov living ill mountain
dens, lying in mountain lairs.
Ileipi-floos, ov, 6 Pirithous,
ιτοιμήν, μ. e cos, 6 shepherd, guardian,
protector.

Derivatives : homil-y, -etics

Πολύ-φημος, οὐ, b Polyphemus.
toIos, ἡ, ov such (as), of the sort
that, of the kind that,
φήρ, φηρόϊ, ό, ἡ wild animal, (savage)
beast.

; ferocious, fierce,

346.	Translate :

1. Nέστωρ ώμίΧησεν ἀνΒράσιν ἀρείοσιν ἀ’γαμβμρουος ἀχιλ-
Χήός τε, οὶ S’ ον 7τότε τ ον y ήθέριζον. 2. οΰ τις πω είδε το ιούς
ανΒρας, οὐΒε ϊΒηται, οϊον ϊίειρίθοόν τε Ἀρύαντὰ τε ποιμένα
Χαών. 3. κείνοι φήρες ησαν κάρτιστοι πάντων φηρῶν ορε-
σκωων, ἀλλ’ οϊΒε ηρωες έτράφησαν κάρτιστοι πάντων έπιχθο-
ν ίων ἀνΒρών, εμάγοντο δε φηρσϊν καὶ ἀπώΧεσσαν τούς εκ-
πάηΧως.

347.	Head and translate :

Iliad, SG0—S68

ηΒη γὰρ ποτ’ eyoo καὶ ἀρείοσιν ηέ περ ύμϊν	260

ἀνΒράσιν ώμίΧησα, καὶ οΰ ποτέ μ’ ο'ὶ y ἀθέριζον.
ού γὰρ πω τοίους ΪΒον ἀνέρας οὐΒε ιΒωμαι,
οΐον ΤΙειρίθοόν τε Ἀρύαντὰ τε ποιμένα Χαών
Καινέα τ Έξάδιόν τε καὶ αντίθεον ΤίοΧύφημον
\@ησέα τ Ἀίγειδην, έπιείκεΧον ἀθανάτοισιν].	265

κάρτιστοι 8η κείνοι επιγβονίων τράφεν ἀνΒρῶν ·
κάρτιστοι μεν έσαν καὶ καρτίστοις έμάγοντο,
φηρσίν ορεσκωοισι, καὶ εκπά^γΧως ἀπόΧεσσαν.

348.	260. καί: even. — ἀρίίοσιν : 1007, an argument, “ a fortiore,” i.e.
if better men than Agamemnon and Achilles had taken Ills advice, so
much the more should they. — ίμΐν : some would substitute ήμΐν for this,
thus saving Nestor’s politeness, but at the cost of his point. Ilis whole
argument depends upon his assertion that better men even than they
had taken his advice. Nestor is a “has-been,” what Horace would call
a “ laudator temporis acti,” one who looks back with longing to the

<pb n="138"/>LESSON LIT

[348

good old days when he was a boy. “ Respect my age.” Length of
years in the eyes of Nestor was reason enough why every one should
heed his words.

Both. Achilles and Agamemnon look at the matter from their own
personal standpoint, and it is good art to introduce a character like
Nestor, who can consider the affair from the point of view of an innocent
bystander, and thus give us a better insight into the situation.

262.	ϊδωμαι: the subjunctive middle, with the idea of yearning for
something past and gone.

263.	“ Shepherd of his people” was a common figure of speech to
indicate the ancient king. “Therefore will I save my flock, and they

“ Theseum ”

An Athenian temple built about 440 n.c.

shall no more be a prey. And I shall set up one shepherd over them,
even my shepherd David; he shall feed them, and he shall be their
shepherd.”	’

265. δθανάτοισιν: 1003.—Brackets enclose lines supposed to be spurious.
268. φηρσlv όρκτκώοισα (in apposition with καρτίστοκ of the preceding
verse) doubtless refers to the centaurs, creatures with the bodies of
horses and the heads and shoulders of men. In later times the Greeks
were fond of representing their enemies as centaurs, and it is characteristic
of human psychology of all ages to term one’s enemies “ brutes,”
“ savage beasts,” and such choice epithets.

This passage refers to the famous battle of the Lapiths and Centaurs,
so well known in Greek legend, and a favorite subject forGreek art.

<pb n="189"/>349-352]

HOMERIC GREEK

349.	Translate :

1. Nestor associated with better men than the chiefs of
the Achaeans, and no one ever despised him and his good
plans. 2. We never saw such men, nor may we see them,
for they are all dead (have died). 3. Those were the
mightiest of mortal men upon the earth, and they fought
with the wild beasts living in mountain dens, and they
utterly destroyed them.

LESSON LIII

REVIEW OF THE VERB IN THE MIDDLE VOICE

Iliad, 269-289

350.	1) Review thoroughly all the middle forms of Χνω
and of the -μι verbs, paying careful attention to the meaning
of each form, 910-915, 957-962.

2)	Make three copies of the tables of the personal endings
of verbs in the middle voice, 821, and read 826-829.

351.	Optional :

VOCABULARY

352.

ἀντι-βίην with opposing might, antagonistically,
amos,
r/, ov (cf αϊτό) far, distant,
βροτός, ov, 6 mortal, man.

■γείνομαι (γεν-),—, έγεινάμην beget,
bear, produce, be born,
ίάω (σερα-), ίασω, εΐατα, εϊακα*, «ϊά-
μαι*, εΐαθην* allow, permit, leave.
ipKos, tos, τό hedge, fence, defence,
bulwark, barrier.
kvSos, cos, τό glory, honor, renown.

μεθ-ί-ημι
(τη-, <τε- = ή-, €-, 603—604),
μεθήτω, μεβήκα (μεθίηκα), μεθείκα*,

μεθείμαι*, μεθείθην let go, give up,
forego, dismiss,
μεθ ομιλε-ω. μεθομίλητα associate
with, consort with,
μείρομαι (<τμερ-, τμορ-, τμαρ-), εμμορα,
divide, (receive as) share, receive
as lot; εΐμαρται, it is fated,
μή-τε and not, neither, nor; μήτε
... μήτε neither . . . nor.
μήτηρ, μητεροϊ (μητρό$), ἡ mother,
dam.

μοίρα, ης, ἡ lot, portion, fate, suitability.

πέλω
(πελ-, πλ-), επελον, ένελόμην;

<pb n="140"/>LESSON Lin	[353-354

2d aor. «τλ«, ϊιτΧίτο; turn, move; «Γ«<τήμασ·μαι* ίοημάνθην* order,

mid. be, become.	point	out,	command,

ο-ημαίνω (σημαν-), «τημανΐω, ίσήμηνα, τηλόθί(ν) far, from afar.

Derivatives : gen-, 338 ; inetro-polis, -nymic, matri- (621),
arch(al) ; sema-phore, semasi-ology, seman-ties, semato-iogy;
tele-, 113.

353.	Translate :

1, Nεστωρ δε μεθωμίλεεν τοϊσιν ανόράσιν, αυτοὶ γὰρ τον
εκαλεσαντο etc Πόλου, εξ απίης <γαίη<;. 2. Νεστωρ δε (κατ’
αύτονβ μάχετο φηρσίν. 3. πάντων των ο'ὶ νυν βροτοὶ είσιν επι-
χθόνιοι, ον τις μαχεοιτο κείνοισι φηρσι κακοϊσιν. 4. κείνοι,
δ’ ἀνδρες ξυνεηκαν βουλάων Νεστορος καϊ επείθετο μνθω.
5. ἀμεινόν εστιν 7τείθεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ονκ ἀτρεΐδη ’Ay αμεμνονι
ήνδανε θνμω, ἀλλ’ ἀγαθάζ ητέρ εῶν ἀφεΐλε την κούρην ’ Ἀχίλλήα,
οόδ’ ei,άσε τον εχειν την, ώ? υΐες Ἀχαιῶν εδοσαν την οι yepas
7τρωτά.	6. ἀχίλλευς S’ ήθελεν ερίζειν βασιλήι αντιβίην.

7.	ον ποτέ τις ἀλλο? σκηπτούχος βασιλεύς, ω Ζευς εδωκε
κΰδος, εμμορε τιμής δμοίης τιμή ἀγαμε'μνονος.

354.	Read, and translate :

Iliad, 269-289

καὶ μεν τοΐσιν eyo) μεθομίλεον εκ Πόλου ελθών,
τηλόθεν εξ απίης Γ/αίης · καλεσαντο γὰρ αυτοί·
καϊ μαχομην κατ’ εμ αυτόν εγώ ' κείνοισι δ’ αν ον τις
των, ο'ὶ νυν βροτοὶ είσιν έπιχθόνιοι, μαχεοιτο.
καϊ μεν μεν βουλεων ξύνιεν πείθοντό τε μύθω.
ἀλλα 7τίθεσθε καϊ νμμες, επει 7τείθεσθαι ἀμεΐνΟν.
μήτε συ τόνδ’ α^/αθός περ εων ἀποαίρεο κούρην, ' i
ἀλλ’ εα, ως οὶ πρώτα δόσαν ηέρας υΐες Ἀχαιών'
μήτε σύ, Πηλείδη, θελ’ εριζεμεναι βασίλήι
αντιβίην, επεϊ ον ποθ’ δμοίης εμμορε τιμής
σκηπτούχος βασιλεύς, ω τε Ζευ? κΰδος εδωκεν.
εὶ δε σύ καρτεράς εσσι, θεὰ δε σε yείvaτo μήτηρ,

141

270

275

<pb n="280"/>355]

HOMERIC GREEK

aXX' oSe φερτερός εστiv, επεὶ πΧεόνεσσίν ανάσσει.
ἈτρεΐΒη, συ Be wave reov μένος · αύτάρ εγώ γε
Χίσσομ ἀχιλλήι μεθεμεν ■χόΧον, δ? μεγα πασι,ν
ερκος *Ἀχαιοΐσιν πεΧεγαι ποΧέμοιο κ,ακοίο,” ;

-ον Βτίίπτήμείβόμενος πρόσέφη κρείων ἀγαμεμνων ·
“ ttal Βηίταΰτά\ε πάντα,'γερόιζ^κατὰ μοίραν εειπες

ἀ\Χ’ οΒ’ ἀνηρ εθεΧει περὶ πάντων εμμεναι αλλων,
πάντων μεν κρατεειν εθε'Χει, πάντεσσι S’ ἀνάσσειν,
πάσι Be σημαίνειν, α τιν οὐ πείσεσθαι οίω.

285

3	55. 269. τοΐο-ιν: 1006-1007, with such men as these, referring to
the Lapithae. ■—«γώ is emphatic (761), said with a proud self-consciousness,
and the effect is further heightened by the use of the middle
καλίσαντο in the next verse. — αΰτοί: “ they themselves, and no less personages,
great as they were, called me, even though I lived far away; for
they were willing to go to extra trouble to obtain the services of such a
good warrior, passing over many brave men who lived between.”

270.	καλί'σαντο: observe the force of the middle, “for their own
sake,” which denotes the special interest of the subject in the action,
1068, 1067, 3.

271.	κατ' ϊμ αΰτόν : by myself alone.

.272. Observe the repetition of the εγώ. — μαχίοιτο : 1105. — ol νΰν

βροτοὶ tlcrtv: it is characteristic of tradition in less advanced stages of
civilization to feel sure that the world is growing worse, that men have
degenerated from a garden-of-Eden stage, when all the world was bright
and happy, when no man did wrong, sickness and sin and sorrows were
not, and the race of men was much better physically as well as morally
than succeeding generations. Since that time the world has continued
to decline till it has reached its present deplorable state. Such ideas
flourish actively in an uncritical and credulous age, when men are perfectly
willing to believe of a former period that “there were giants in
the earth in those days; the same became mighty men, which'were of
old men of renown.” Thus Homer feels convinced that the warriors
whose doughty deeds he sings were far superior to the race of mortals of
his own time. For example, he says “ with his hand the son of Tydeus
seized a stone, a mighty weight, which not even two men could carry,
such as mortals now are, but even alone he waved it easily.” And again
of Nestor’s cup he says “ another man with g'reat effort could have moved
it from the table when it was full, but Nestor, though an old man, raised

<pb n="142"/>LESSON LIU

[355

it with ease.” And again: “ Hector snatched up a stone and lifted it,
which not even two of the best men of the people, such as men now are,
could pry from the ground upon a wagon with crowbars, but he easily
brandished it alone.” Furthermore, Homer’s characters, and those of
epic in genera], are divine, or greater than ordinary mortals.

273.	βουλίων = βονλαων, 984. — μΰθω : 996. — ipiyiev [ίυπ'77/u], imperfect,
3d plural.

274.	καί: also. — ΐπίΐ ΐΓ€ίθίσ*θαι αμ€ΐνον (ecrrtv).

275.	τόνδ*, κονρην: 1020, 1. — ιών: 1109, 6.

276.	ea = eae (584-585) 'Ἀχίλληα ίχαν κονρην.

275-277. Observe how impartial and undiscriminating Nestor is, in
using exactly the same expression of prohibition in addressing the two
contestants (fir/re συ . . . pr/re συ). The first of these refers of course to
Agamemnon, the second to Achilles.

278. ἀντιβίην is emphatic by position. — τϊμ-rjs: 982.

278-279. Never has (any other) sceptre-hearing ling obtained honor equal
(to that of Agamemnon). That is, according to the Homeric tradition,
as placed in the mouth of Nestor, Agamemnon was the mightiest ruler
of his time; therefore Achilles should yield precedence to him. Nestor
emphasizes the divine right of Icings, who have obtained their authority
by grace of god, and as such are his representatives on earth. To oppose
one would be blasphemous; for they are the Lord’s own anointed.
“ And it came to pass afterward that David’s heart smote him because
he had cut off Saul’s skirt. And he said unto his men, The Lord forbid
that I should do this thing unto my master, the Lord’s anointed, to
stretch forth my hand against him, seeing that he is the anointed of the
Lord.” “ David and Abishai came to the people by night; and behold,
Saul lay sleeping within the trench, and his spear stuck in the ground
at his bolster. Then said Abishai unto David, God hath delivered thine
enemy into thine hand this day : now therefore, let me smite him, I pray
thee, with the spear, even to the earth at once, and I will not smite him
a second time. And David said unto Abishai, Destroy him not; for
who can stretch forth his hand against the Lord’s anointed, and be
guiltless ? ”

280.	it: concessive, even if.

281.	irkcovecrcriv: dat., with a verb of ruling. — οδ«: Agamemnon, of
course.

282.	“Nay, it is 7, even Nestor, who entreat thee.” Nestor makes a
strong personal appeal to the king. The emphatic eytii (761) is further
stressed by being placed at the end of the verse, and by being followed
by ye.

<pb n="143"/>356-358]

HOMERIC GREEK

283.	Νίστωρ XitrtrtTCU ἀγαμί'μνονα μίθίμίναι χόλον ἀχιλλήι (997).

284.	Άχαιοϊσιν : 997, 999. — ιτολίμοιο : 979,3. Nestor employs a figurative
expression in speaking of Achilles, of a type common to many
languages; thus in the psalmist: “ Jehovah is my defence; and my god
is the rock of my refuge.”

286.	κατὰ μοίραν : fittingly.

287.	3S ἀνήρ is said by Agamemnon with supreme contempt, as he
does not even deign to mention the hated name of his opponent: “ this
fellow.”

Agamemnon apparently agrees with Nestor’s contention, but will admit
no fault of his own, throwing all the blame on Achilles. He insists
further that his overlordship be formally recognized by the rebellious
spirit of Achilles (see vss. 54, 59 ff., etc.), but Achilles refuses. Agamemnon
is not altogether without justice on his side, as Achilles has done
much to call his authority in question and has set a bad precedent in
case there should be difficulty in the future.

287.	πάντων: 988.

288.	πάντων : 985. — πάντ«ran.: 1001.

289.	fi: 1014. — τιν (α) : 971, perhaps refers to Agamemnon. If so,
it is superlatively ironical and sarcastic. If it merely means “ many a
one,” as often, it still has a considerable amount of the ironical element
in it.

356. NOTE: Iffurther practice in the translation of prose, either GreekEnglish
or English-Greek, is desired, the instructor may make out as much
of this as he wishes for his purposes. Most will find the foregoing more than
adequate for the work of the first, year.

LESSON LIV

REVIEW OF THE VERB IN THE PASSIVE VOICE

Iliad, 290-303

357.	1) Review thoroughly all the passive forms of λύω,
paying special attention to the meaning of each form, 916-
921.

2)	Make three copies of the tables of personal endings of ‘
verbs, 821.

358.	Optional:

<pb n="144"/>LESSON LIV

[359-360

359.	VOCABULARY

ὰ ίκων. ονσα, ον unwilling.
aUv (= aUC) always, ever, forever.

αίμα,
aros, to blood, gore,
αίψα quickly, immediately.
ἀν-αιρ€ω (αίρ€-, IX-) ἀναιρήσω, dvee-
λον (άνίΐλον 584—585), ἀντ(ρηκα*,
ἀνηρημαι*, ἀντ)ρίθην* take (up),
seize.

SitXos, ἡ, ἀν cowardly, cringing,
miserable, pitiable,
δόρυ, Soupos (δοΐρατοϊ), τό spear,
beam, timber.

«I ('interj.) up ! come 1 go to !

tiri-τίλλω (τίλ-, ταλ-) έιτέταλα, <m-
τί'ταλμαι command, accomplish.

Derivatives': hemat-ic, -in,
aem-ic, -ia; em-pir-ic-al, pir-a

ίρ»ί-ω, ίρωήσω, ήρώησα flow, dash,
spurt.

KcXatvos, ή, όν black, dark, dusky,
μήν (cf. μίν, μά) truly, indeed, to
be sure.

ovciSos, to,', τό abuse, reviling, insult.

ιτ»ρά-ω,
ιτ€ΐρήσ·ω, «ικίρησα* (4ι«ιρη-
σάμην), ι«ΐΓ£ίρηκα*, ΊΤίΊΤ, (ρημαι,
ίπίΐρήθην try, attempt.

Ίτρο-τί-θημι (βη-, 06-) ιτροθήσω, ιτροί-

θηκα add, grant (in addition),
ύιτ-ίίκ-ω, ύιτίίξω* (ύιτίΐξομαι), νΐΓ€ΐ£α

yield, submit, weaken.
ίπο-βλήδην interrupting, breaking
in.

ite, -o-logy, hemo-rrhage, ane,
-acy; pro-thet-ic.

360. Read and translate :

Iliad, 290-303

el Be μιν αἰχμητην ’έθεσαν θεοὶ alev εόντες,	290

τούνεκὰ οὶ προθεουσιν ονείδεα μυθησασθαι ; ”
τον 8’ αρ ίπτοβΧήδην ημείβετο δΐος ἀχιλλεύς ·

“ ἡ γὰρ κεν δειΧός τε καὶ οὐτιδανδς καΧεοίμην,
εΐ δη σοϊ ήταν epyov νπείξομαι, οπι κεν εϊπτ}<; ·
αλλοισιν δη ταΰτ εητιτελλεο, μη γὰρ εμοὶ ye	295

\σήμαιν ” ον γὰρ eyw y ετι σοι πείσεσθαι οιω.]
ἀλλο δε τοι ερεω, συ δ’ ἐνι φρεσΙ^βάλλεο στάσιν ·

%€paL μ€ν οὐ τοι eyoo ye μαχήσομαι eiveica κονρης
ούτε σοϊ οὐτε τω αλλψ, επεὶ μ’ αφεΧεσθε ye δόντες ·
των δ’ αλλων, α μοι εστι θοη παρα νηΐ μεΧαίνη,	300

των οΰκ αν τι φεροκ ανεΧων ἀεκοντο? εμεϊο,
εὶ δ’ aye μην πείρησαι, ΐνα yvcBwai καὶ οΐδε.
altjra τοι αἰμα κεΧαινον ερωήσει 7repi δονρί.”

145

<pb n="303"/>361]

HOMERIC GREEK

361. 290. αἰχμητήν: an intentional weakening of Nestor’s words
in vs. 284.	\

290-291. A rhetorical question.—«fletrav, irpo6eov<riv : a pun.

292.	ΰιτοβλήδην: the argument is beginning to get warm when Achilles
cannot wait for his opponent to finish before he begins his reply.

295.	<|ioi -ye: as emphatic as possible.

294. irav ίργον : 1013—1014.

296.	<roi: 996. This verse is a sneering parody of vs. 289; some
scholars consider it spurious. — όίω: is ironical, as usual.

298.	χ«ρ<τί: 1005. — t<h : 760.

299.	tu [ris, τι 769]: Achilles is having a hard struggle with his
pride. He is afraid that some one will call him a coward if he yields to
Agamemnon’s demand that he recognize his authority, and so he finally
decides that he would rather give up the girl, even though he does love
her (see note to vs. 348) than yield to Agamemnon’s wishes. He has
now come to the point of open rebellion against the king, and flatly
refuses to take any further orders from him or to recognize his authority,
as Agamemnon had insisted.

et'vtKa κοΐρηβ is said with supreme contempt. “ I would not fight with
my hands on account of a girl.” Achilles attempts to conceal his real
feelings, as he sees that he has no way of successfully opposing the king
and his forces. Before closing, however, he makes it quite plain that he
holds all the Greeks responsible for the wrong done him, because they
have not the courage to oppose Agamemnoh’s arrogance, and thus through
him they are taking back the prize they once gave.

300.	' poi: 999. — «πι: 973,1.

301.	τῶν resumes the των ἀλλων of vs. 300, with added emphasis. —
cUkovtos Ipcto : 1111.

302.	ΐΓίίρησαι is issued in the form of a challenge: “just try it!”
“ I dare you to try it.” In placing a higher value on liis other possessions
than on his prize, Achilles seems to have suffered an unexpected change
of heart, and whether it is a case of “ sour grapes ” or not, he seems suddenly
to have become converted to the idea that after all “a woman
is only a woman, but a good cigar is a smoke.”

303.	δουρὶ (ίμω).

297-303. These words of Achilles come pretty close to the ridiculous,
and doubtless provoked loud hoots and jeers from Agamemnon’s partisans.
The whole quarrel had been about the girl; and Achilles by this
statement throws his cause completely overboard and brings up another
subject having nothing to do with the question. Agamemnon had never
remotely intimated that he was considering anything of this kind.

<pb n="146"/>LESSON LV

[362-365

LESSON LY

REVIEW OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE -μι
CONJUGATION

Iliad, 304-314

362.	Review thoroughly all the irregular -μι verbs, and all
other verb-forms not taken in the review of the last three·
lessons, 964-969, 922-948.

363.	Optional:

364.	VOCABULARY

ἀντ£-βι.ο5, ἡ, ον opposing, hostile,
ἀνώγ-ω, ἀνώξω, ήνωξα, ανωγα (for
ήνωγα?) command, order, bid.
ἀιτο-Χΰμαίνομαι (λϋμαν-), purify
(oneself), clean(se).
έείκοσι (είκοσι) twenty.

Ιίση, [Ισοϊ] equal, equivalent, symmetrical,
well-balanced,
επι-πλίω (ιτλευ-, ιτλερ·-, πλυ-), 1m-
πΧεύσομαι, επειτλευσα*, ϊπητεπΧ,υ
κα*, Ιπητειτλευσμαι*, sail (upon,
over), navigate.
κΙΧευθος, ον, ἡ (plur. κέλευθα, ων, τα)
road, way, path, journey, route.

κρίνω (κριν-, κρι-), κρινεω, έκρινα, κε-
κρικα**, κεκριραι, έκρ((ν)θην pick
out, select, choose, discern, decide,
judge,
λίρα, atos, to offscouring, filth.
ΜενοιτιάΒηϊ, ἀο, δ son of Menoetius,
Patroclus.

•π-ολύ-μητίϊ, ios wily, rich in counsel.

προ-ερΰω (ρερυ-, ρρυ ). προερύω, προ-
ε£ρυσ(σ)α, ιτροείρυ(σ)μ.αι draw
forward, drag forward, launch,
vypos, ή, όν wet, moist, damp,
watery.

Derivatives: cris-is, crit-ic(al, -ism, -ise), -ique, -erion,
hyper-crit-ical; hygro-meter, -scope.

365. Read and translate :

Iliad, SOIf-Slb
&>9 τώ y ἀντιβίοισι μαχησαμβνω hreeaaiv
ανστητην, \ΰσαν δ’ ayoprjv παρα νηυσίν Ἀχαιών.	30δ

Π^λ,ει'δ^ϊ μον em κΧι.αίαζ καὶ νηας έίσας
rpe συν re ΜevoniaBy καὶ oh Ιτάροισιν,

Ἀτρβί'Βηζ δ’ ἀρα νηα θοην akaBe nrpoepvaaev,

<pb n="147"/>366]

HOMERIC GREEK

e? S’ ερε'τας (εκρινεν) εείκοσιν, e? S’ εκατόμβην

βήσε θεω, αν a Se 'Χ.ρνσηίδα καλλιπάρηον	310

εΐσεν ἀγων · έν S’ ἀρχος εβη ποΧύμητις Όδυσσενς.

οὶ μεν επειτ ἀναβαν τες επεπΧεον υγρὰ κεΧενθα,

Χάους S’ ἀτρεΐδης ἀποΧνμαίνεσθαι ἀνωθεν.

oi	S’ ἀπεΧυμαίνοντο καϊ εις α,Χα Χνματ εβαλλον,	314

366. 304. iir&crcriv: 1005.

305. ἀνστήτην = ἀνεστητψ. Evidently during the last remarks made,
they had remained sitting, contrary to Homeric etiquette. When they
arose, the assembly broke up without further ceremony.

307.	Μίνοιπάδη : Patroclus. Like Agamemnon (vs. 7) Patroclus is
first introduced by his patronymic, because he was such a well-known
figure of the legend that it was not necessary to be more specific. He
and Achilles were fast friends, and he stood by Achilles through all this
period of trial. It is only his death in battle which furnishes a motive
sufficiently powerful to induce Achilles to take a further part in the
fighting. His introduction at this point is very skillfully done, as it is
clearly indicated where he stands in relation to the hero.

308.	Typoipucrcrtv ; 1069, 837.

309.	is, is : 1048-1049. Observe the alliteration of e in this verse.

310.	βή«: 1069. — ἀνά: 1048-1049.

'311. ilcriv : 1069. — ἀγων: 1108, Rote 2. — πολύμητι? is a characteristic
epithet of the wiliest of all the Greeks, and is particularly fitting here,

as it is necessary to choose a man with these qualities for such an important
embassy.

312. κίλΐυθα: 1012.

313-314. The whole army had been made unclean by Agamemnon’s
guilt, as had happened to the army of Joshua because of Achan : so they
must be purified. Physical cleanness, acquired by washing, symbolized
ritualistic purity, just as the rite of baptism typifies the washing away
of the sinner’s guilt. To a mind lacking in poetic and creative imagination,
it might occur that we have here a real hint as to the cause of such
a plague, in a lack of proper sanitary measures and of bodily cleanliness
on the part of the Greeks. After they had given themselves a good
scouring, the plague ceased. In the same way, many of the “ laws of
Moses,” with their ritual of purification, rested ultimately upon a dimly
discerned sanitary basis. “ He that toucheth the dead body of any man
shall be unclean seven days; the same shall purify himself ” (with water
and ashes).

<pb n="148"/>LESSON LVI

[367-369

LESSON LYI

Iliad, 315—333

367.	Optional:

368.	VOCABULARY

αΐδο-μαι (= atSe-ομαι) reverence.
arpviY€Tos, oy barren (?), restless (?).

Ιλίσσω (pcXiK-), 4λ£ξω*, €Ϊλι£α, €Ϊλνγ-

μαν, €ίλίχθην (€t = €€, 584—585)
twirl, twist, curl, turn, roll.
€ΐτ-α'ΤΓ€ΐλ€-ω, 4ιτατΓ€ΐλήσω, 4'ϊΓητΓ€ίλη<Γα
threaten (against), boast.

«ρ8ω (from ρ«ρ[ω : ρίργ-, ροργ-J, «ρξω,
«ρξα, ?οργα do, perform, make,
sacrifice, wokk, accomplish.
ίύρ£ο-κω (ίΰρ-, tipi-), «ΐρήσω*, «vpov,
«νρηκα**, ίΰρημαι* ίϋρίθην* find,
come upon, hit upon.

Εϋρυ-βάτηϊ, ἀο, b Eurybates.
θ.ράιτων, ovtos, b attendant, squire,
comrade.

Derivatives : “ Eureka ” ;
therapy; tel-, 4 ; phon-, 296.

(κ-ω, ϊξον come, go.
καπνόϊ, οϊ, b smoke, vapor, mist,
fume,
κήρυξ, vkos, b herald,
ότρηρόε, rj, ov ready, eager, nimble,
swift.

•π-ί'ν-ομαι work, be busy, labor, do.
ριγίων, ov worse, more hoyrible.
Ταλθύ-βιοί, ov, b Talthybius.
τίλη«Γσίΐ5, ίσσα, tv complete, perfect,
finished, unblemished.

προσ-φων£-ω, προςτφ ωνήσω *. -jrpocr.-
φώνησα address, accost, speak to.
ταρβί'-ω, ταρβήο-ω*, ίτάρβηιτα fear,

be in terror, be frightened.

therap-eutic(s, -al), psycho-

369. Read and translate :

Iliad, 31SSS3

ερύον δ’ ἀπόλλωνι τεΧηεσσας εκατόμβας	315

ταύρων η8’ αἰ'/ων παρὰ θϊν ἀλό? arpvyeTOio·
κνίση δ’ οὐρανόν ΙκενεΧισσομένη περὶ καπνω.

ώ? οϊ μεν τα πενοντο κατὰ στρατόν' οὐδ’ Ἀγαμέμνων
Xrjy εριδος, την πρώτον επηπείΧησ ἀχιΧηι,
ἀλλ’ ο ye ΤαΧθνβιόν τε καὶ Έιύρυβάτην προσέειπεν,	320

τώ οι εσαν κηρυκε καὶ ότρηρώ θεράποντε ·

“ ερχεσθον κΧισίην ΤΙηΧηιάδεω ἀχιΧήος ·
χειρός εΧόντ ayepev Βρισηίδα καλλίπάρηον·

€ὶ δε κε μη δώησιν, iycb δε κεν αύτό? εΧωμαι

<pb n="149"/>370]

HOMERIC GREEK

325

330

370. 316. irepl κα-πνώ : round about in the smoke. Of course it was
necessary for the savor to go to heaven with the smoke, if the gods were
to get the benefit of it. See the notes on vs. 42, § 130, vs. 65, § 167, vs.
471, § 414.

318.	τά: 1012.

319.	tpiSos: 987. In the midst of all the preparations and his various

duties, Agamemnon does not forget the grudge against Achilles and the
threats he had made.

321.	oi: 999.

322.	ϊρχίπ-θον : imperative. — κλισίην: 1019.

323.	xtipos : 983. — ayeptv : 1107,11.

324.	Ιγώ, αντόϊ: observe how Agamemnon, still filled with resentment
that his authority has been questioned, employs a heaping up of words
to indicate his supreme power, which he will allow no man to contradict.

326-327. Observe how closely these two verses echo and recall verses
25 ff., especially vs. 34, where Agamemnon dismisses the old priest so
harshly, to the woe of the Greeks. So here the hot temper of the king
is preparing further trouble for his followers. The ships of the Greeks
were drawn up in lines along the shore. Those of Odysseus were in the
centre, while the two ends, the most dangerous positions, were held by
Achilles and Ajax, as the most redoubtable warriors of the whole army,
for they trusted in their manhood and the strength of their arms The
assembly would be near the centre of the line by the ships of Odysseus.

329. τόν : there is no need to mention his name, as it is uppermost now
in the minds of all; and it is much more effective to say “ him they found,”

329-330. Achilles is apparently already brooding over his wrongs
and his plans for vengeance.

330 (latter part) : litotes. In English, at any rate, this produces a
slightly humoresque effect, to say that Achilles was not glad to see the
heralds.

εΧθων συν ίτΧεόνεσσι · το oi καὶ pvyiov εσται.”
ως είπων προιει, Kparepbv δ’ επὶ μύθον ετελλεν.
τω δ’ ἀέκοντε βάτην παρὰ θΐν ἀΧος ἀτρνγετοιο.
Μιφμιδόνων δ’ επὶ τε κΧισίας καὶ νήας Ικεσθην.
τον δ’ εὐρον παρὰ τε κΧισίτ; καὶ νηϊ μεΧαίνρ
ημενον · οὐδ’ ἀρα τώ ηε ίδων γήθ-ησεν ἀχίλλεύς.
τώ μεν ταρβησαντε καὶ αΐδομενω βασίΧήα
στητην, οὐόε τι μιν προσεφώνεον οὐδ’ ερεοντο ·
αύτάρ δ eyva> f/σιν ἐνὶ φρεσϊ φωνησεν τε ·

<pb n="150"/>LESSON LVII

[371-373

331. Observe the difference in tense of the two participles: the first
denotes the confusion into which they were thrown (1081) at the sight
of Achilles; the other indicates their customary feeling of reverence
toward him. — βα«ηλήα (Άχιλληα) : through no fault of their own the
heralds are in a very delicate situation, as they have no desire to offend
either Agamemnon or Achilles.

333. o, here again, without the name of Achilles, is more poetic than'
to give his name. Achilles shows fine tact and a human feeling for the
heralds in their embarrassment.

LESSON LYII

Iliad, 334-317

371.	Optional:

372.	VOCABULARY

ἀγγελος, ον, 6 messenger, courier,
απηνής, cs harsh, cruel, rude,
ἀο-ο-ον nearer, closer (compar, of
^YX1·)·

δίο-γενής, cs Zeus-born; Zeus-descended.

Ιξ-άγ-ω,
εξάξω, ίξήγαγον, «ξήχα**, e|-

ήγμαι*, εξήχθην* lead out, lead
forth, bring forth.
iir-aCnos, ἡ, ον blameworthy, blamable,
to blame, accountable, responsible,
εταίρος
(«Vapos, 571), οὐ, 6 companion,
comrade, follower, friend,
θνητός, ἡ, όν mortal, human.

θΐ-ω, «θνοτα dash, rush (headlong),
be rash, rage, be insane,
μάκαρ, apos blessed, happy, fortunate,
lucky,
μάρτυρος, ον, δ witness,
νοε'-ω. νοήσω, ένόηετα νενόηκα'. νε-
νόημαι*, Ινοήθην* perceive, think,
consider, plan,
όλβιός, ἡ, όν accursed, baneful, destructive,
όπίσσω
back (ward), behind.
Πάτροκλος, οὐ, ὁ Patroclus,
πρόσσω forward, in front.
χρ«ιώ (χρεώ, χρή) need, necessity.

Derivatives : angel-ic, -ology, arch-angel, ev-angel-ist,
-ism ; gen- ; aetio-logy ; martyr-o-logy, -dom.

373. Read and translate :

Iliad, 334S47
“ χαίρετε, κήρνκεϊ, Ἀι'ος ayyekoi ηδε καὶ ἀνδρων ·
ἀσσον ιτ · ον τὶ μοι νμμες επ αἰτιοι, ἀλλ’ ἀηαμέμνων, 335
ο σφώι προίει Ίάρισηίδος είνεκα κονρης.

<pb n="351"/>374]

HOMERIC GREEK

ἀλλ’ aye, Sioyeves ΠατρόκΧεις, e^aye κονρην

καὶ σφωιν 8ος ayeiv. τώ 8’ αύτώ μάρτνροι εστων

πρός τ€ θεῶν μακάριον πρός re θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων

και προς τοΰ βασιΧήος ἀπηνεος, ei' ποτ€ Ο ἡ aure	340

χρειώ εμειο '/ε'νηται ἀεικεα Xoiyov ἀμύναι

τοις αλλοις) ἡ γὰρ ο y οΧοιησι φρεσι θύει,

ούό€ τι oiSe νοησαι ἀμα πρόσσω καὶ οπίσσω,

οππως οι παρὰ νηνσ'ι σο'οι μαχεοίατ Ἀχαιοί.”

ως φάτο, ΥίάτροκΧος Se φίΧω επεπείθεθ’ εταίρο), 345
εκ S’ ayaye κΧισίης Βρισηί8α καλλιπάρηον,

Βώκε S’ ayeiv. τώ S’ αντις ΐτην παρὰ νηας Ἀχαιών,

3	74. 834. Aios ayyikoi: officials in antiquity regularly obtained
their authority from on high, and were the earthly representatives of
divine power. As such they were to be respected and honored at all
times; “ for thou shalt not revile the gods, nor curse the rulers of thy
people.” “ And they that stood by said, Revilest thou God’s high priest?
Then said Paul, I wist not, brethren, that he was the high priest: for it
is written, thou shalt not speak evil of the ruler of thy people.”

337.	Πατρ4κλί«: voc., irregular.

334-336. · Achilles, realizing the embarrassment, and even fear, of the
heralds, lest he might break out into open violence, hastens to set them
at ease and to let them know that they need not be afraid of him, for he
would not harm them.

337 ff. Achilles asks Patroclus to lead out the maiden and hand her
over to the heralds, evidently not having the heart to do it himself. As
we know from later developments, he had fallen in love with her.

εϊο-ytWs: Zeus-born. The kings of antiquity were regularly gods and
sons of gods. “Jehovah hath said unto me, Thou art my son; this
day have I begotten thee. Ask of me and I will give thee the heathen
for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession.
Thou shalt break them with a rod of iron; thou shalt dash
them in pieces like a potter’s vessel.” Thus shortly before the introduction
of Christianity altars were set up in various parts of the Roman
empire upon which sacrifices were made to Augustus Caesar as a “ god
and the son of a god.”

338.	«ι-των [ei/xi] : imperat., 964.

340. εή αντί, 586, does not mean “ again,” to denote repetition, hut
denotes a situation opposed to the present, as in vs. 237. Achilles does

<pb n="152"/>LESSON LVIII

[375-376

not deign to mention Agamemnon’s name. Below (vs. 342) his contempt
for the people finds expression, and he again refers to Agamemnon
by using merely the demonstrative pronoun.

341.	4|ΐ£Ϊο : 979, 3.

342.	Tots cLXXois: 997, contemptuously, and with emphatic position,
perhaps with a curt gesture.

343.	I.e. to consider carefully and wisely. Achilles at last begins to
realize that it is not merely malice on the part of Agamemnon, but a
blind infatuation (arij) which is leading him on to ruin. This is a matter
for great satisfaction to Achilles under the circumstances.

344.	ot: 997. — μαχίοίατ (o) : 0]jt., 3d plhr.

345.	eratpcp: 996.

346.	καλλιιτάρτ)ον: by his employment of this adjective the poet
makes his hearers see once more the beauty of the maiden, who is slipping
so surely from Achilles’ grasp. A moment more, and she is gone
for good.

LESSON LVIII

Iliad, 348-358

375.	Optional:

376.	VOCABULARY

ἀ-ιτ«£ρων, ον boundless, limitless,
ἀπ-αυράω (ρρα-), imperf ἀπηΰρων
with aor. sense, ἀπουρήσω*, a or.
part, airovpas (= ἀ—o-ppas) take
away, deprive, snatch away,
αφαρ immediately, forthwith.
pei'Oos. cos, to depth,
γυνή, γυναικός, ἡ woman, wife,
δάκρυ ω*. δακρυτω ’, Ιδάκρΰσα, δΐδά-

κρϋμ,αι weep, shed tears.

c-y-γυαλίζω, c-y-γυαλίξω, ήγ-γυάλιζα

grant, present with.

λιάζομαι (λιαδ-), IXtaircra, ΐλιανθην

bend, tum aside, sink, fall,
μινυνθάδιος, ἡ, ον short(lived),
ephemeral, brief.

νόσφι(ν) apart, away, separate.

όρ«γ-ω (όρίγ-νΰμι). ορίζω, ώρέζα. όρώ-
ρ<γμαι, ώρίχθην* reach forth,
stretch out, extend,
όφιίλω (όφίλλω) (όφίλ-, όφί,λι-),
όφιιλήιχω*. ώφιλον. ώφίίληκα**,

ώφαλήθην* owe, ought, be obligated
; aor. in wishes, would that!
irapoi0e(v) before, formerly.
iroXios, ή, όν .gray, hoary.

•irovTos, ον, 6 sea.

iroTvia, η%, ἡ revered, honored
(lady, queen).
τυτθόϊ, ἡ, όν small, little, young,
brief.

ϋψι-βρίμίτηϊ, es thundering, growl-

<pb n="153"/>377-378]

HOMERIC GREEK

ing (grumbling, roaring, rum- χίω (χ«υ-, χ«ρ-, χυ-), χ«ΐω, ϊχί(ν)α,
tiling, bellowing) on high, or κ<=χνκα*, κ€χνμ.<Η, έχύθην pour
high-growling, etc.	(out, forth), shed (tears).

Derivatives: gyn-archy, poly-, miso-gyny, andro-gynons,
gynaeco-logy, -cracy; bathos, bathometer, 597-598.

377.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 3Ιβ-358

ή δ’ ἀέκουσ a μα τοισι γυνή Kiev, αύτάρ ἀχολλεύς
δακρύσας ετάρων ἀφαρ εζετο νόσφι λιασθείς
θΐν εφ’ ἀλός πολίης, όρόων £7τ’ απείρονα -πόντον	350

πολλὰ δε μητρὶ φόλτ) ήρήσατο χεΐρας δρεγνύς
“ μήτερ, ε-πεὶ μ’ ετεκές γ· μονυνθάδοόν ,πε^ εύντα,
τομήν 7rep μοι οφελλεν νϊλύμποος εγγυαλίξαι
Ζευς υψιβρεμετης · νυν δ’ οὐδε με τυτθον ετισεν.
ή -yap μ’ ἀτρεΐδης εὐρύ κρείων Ἀγαμέμνων	355

ήτίμησεν ■ ελῶν γάρ εχει γέρας, αυτός ἀποόρας
ως φάτο δάκρυ χεω ν, του δ’ εκλυε πότνια μήτηρ
ήμενη ἐν βενθεσσιν ἀλος -παρὰ πατρϊ γεροντι.

378.	348. ἀ<κουσ’(α) is a delicate touch of the poet, showing that
Briseis returned Achilles’ affection, and that Achilles is angry not
merely because of wounded honor. This adds to the pathos of the
situation. Later Achilles himself says, “But why must the Argives

; make war on the Trojans? Why hath the sou of Atreus gathered his
host and led them thither? Is it not for lovely-haired Helen’s sake?
Do then the sons of Atreus alone of mortal men love their wives?
Surely whatsoever man is good and sound of mind loveth his own and
clierisheth her, even as I too loved mine with all my heart, though but
the captive of my spear. But uow that he hath taken my prize of
honor from my arms and hath deceived me, let him not tempt me that
know him full well; he shall not prevail.” It is this true affection
between Achilles and Briseis which makes the present situation so inexpressibly
bitter for him. Homer does not waste words in farewell
scenes, and here he sums up the feelings of Briseis in a single adjective.

349. δακρΐο-as, 1081: by this simple description the hearer was made
to see the effect of the situation on Achilles, and to infer the depth of

<pb n="154"/>LESSON LVIII

[378

his feelings. He “ burst into tears,” partly perhaps from grief, but even
more in hot and helpless anger at the insults that had been heaped
upon him. Homer’s heroes are highly emotional, and are not ashamed
to give full expression to their feelings. They are no more dainty about
the shedding of tears than they are over the shedding of blood. Later,
■when the battle has been going against the Greeks, Homer says of Agamemnon,
“ The son of Atreus was stricken to the heart with sore grief,
and went about bidding the clear-voiced heralds summon every man by
name to the assembly. ... So they sat sorrowful in assembly, and
Agamemnon stood up weeping like unto a fountain of dark water that
from a beetling cliff poureth down its black stream; even so with
deep groaning he spake among the Argives.”

350.	ίφ’ ( = ’em) : 1050, 1. — όρόων: an “ assimilated,” or “ distracted ”
form (= δράων), 915-948. It is eminently proper that Achilles should
be represented as looking out upon the deep; since the boundless sea
with its countless, never-resting waves, corresponds to the endless tumult
of his troubled soul.

351.	μητρί: her name is Thetis, but is not yet mentioned, as it was
well known to the hearers of the bard. She had been wooed by Zeus
and Poseidon, but when Zeus learned that she was fated to bear a son
mightier than his father, he forced her against her will, goddess though
she was, to marry Peleus, by whom she bore Achilles. When Achilles
set out for the Trojan war, she packed his trunk with plenty of warm
woolen articles of wear, deserted her husband, and returned to her old
home in the sea, that she might be near her beloved son in whose
fortunes she took a passionate interest.

Xttpas όρί-yvis : when the ancients prayed they regularly stretched out
then- hands in the direction of the divinity whom they entreated. If
this were a god of heaven, they lifted up their hands toward the sky; if
a god of the sea, they stretched out their hands as Achilles does here;
if a god of the lower world, they might even sit down and beat upon
the ground to attract his attention.

352.	It is a distinctly human touch that Achilles should turn to his
mother for consolation; for women are often inchned to be sympathetic
and to take the side of their childreu. Thus when Aphrodite gets her
hand scratched in battle by the spear of Diomedes, she shrieks aloud,
and hurries back to heaven, where she falls into her mother’s lap and
sobs out her grief. Her mother of course consoles her, and strokes the
hand which has been hurt, and it is all cured once more. In the same
way a modern mother might kiss her little child’s head which he
bumped when he fell down. On the other hand, Ares, the god of war,

<pb n="155"/>378]

HOMERIC GREEK

who has been severely wounded in battle, but who is out of favor with
his mother, is stupid enough to carry his tale of woe to his father.
Homer says, “ swiftly he came to the gods’ dwelling, steep Olympus,
and sat beside Zeus, son of Cronus, with grief in his heart, and showed
the immortal blood flowing from the wound, and piteously spake to him
winged words. . . . Then Zeus the cloud-gatherer looked sternly at
him and said : ‘ Nay, tliou renegade, sit not beside me and whine.’ ”

352. μ.ινυνθά8ιον: Achilles had the choice of a long and inglorious
life, or one short and full of renown. He had chosen the latter, and
now that he has made this choice, his situation is one of deep pathos.
It is this certainty of an early death which casts its gloom over all the
rest of his days. He seems later to have become somewhat more reconciled
to this, and when he is entreated with piteous words by one of the
Trojans to spare his life, he says, “ Aye, friend, thou too must die : why
lamentest thou? Patroclus too is dead, who was better far than thou.
Seest thou not also what manner of man am I for might and goodliness?
Yet over me too hang death and forceful fate. There cometh morn or
eve or some noonday when my life too some man shall take in battle,
whether with spear he smite or arrow from the string.” The old Greeks
were so in love with life that death seemed clothed with more than
ordinary gloom. When Odysseus meets the soul of Achilles in Hades
he tries to console him by saying “ As for thee, Achilles, none other
than thou wast heretofore the most blessed of men, nor shall any be
hereafter. For of old, in the days of thy life, we Argives gave thee one
honor with the gods, and now thou art a great prince here among the
dead. Wherefore let not thy death be any grief to thee, Achilles.”
But Achilles replies, “Nay, speak not to me comfortably of death, O
great Odysseus. Rather would I live on ground as the hireling of
another, with a landless man who had no great livelihood, than to rule
over all that have gone down to death.”

353.	τιμήν: emphatic by position, showing how keenly the old Greek
heroes thirsted for glory, and how bitterly they resented any affront to
their honor.

354.	ϋψιβρίμί'τηϊ: thunder and lightning were ordinary accompaniments
of the gods of old. In fact, primitive man often thought that
thunder was the actual voice of his god, who thus roared, growled, and
muttered on high. In Hebrew, for example, the ordinary expression for
thunder is qol Jahweh, “the voice of Jehovah.” “Jehovah shall roar
from on high, and utter his voice from his holy habitation; he shall
mightily roar against his fold.” “And Jehovah shall roar from Zion,
and utter his voice from Jerusalem; and the heavens and the earth

<pb n="156"/>LESSON LIX

[379-380

shall shake.” “ Hearken ye unto the noise of his voice, and the muttering
that goeth out of his mouth. He sendeth it forth under the whole
heaven, and his lightning unto the ends of the earth. After it a voice
roareth; he thundereth with the voice of his majesty: God thundereth
marvelously with his voice.” “ And Jehovah thundered from heaven,
and the Most High uttered his voice. And he sent out arrows and scattered
them; lightning and discomfited them.” “ And it came to pass
on the third day in the morning, that there were thunders and lightnings,
and a thick cloud upon the mount, and the voice of the trumpet
exceeding loud; so that all the people that was in the camp trembled.
And Jehovah came down upon Mount Sinai, to the top of the mount.”
Even in a later age the voice of a divinity might in some cases he mistaken
for thunder by the uninitiated : “ Then came there a voice from
heaven, saying, I have glorified it, and will glorify it again. The people
therefore, that stood by and heard it, said that it thundered: others
said, An angel spake to him.”

356.	ήτΐμησίν by position in the verse is strongly contrasted with τιμήν
of vs. 353. — avTos: of his own arbitrary free will.

357.	τον: 984.

358.	πατρὶ γίροντι: Nereus, who is too well known to the audience to
require an introduction. Homer usually calls him merely “ the Old Man
of the Sea.” — γίρων is here employed as an adjective, aged, old.

LESSON LIX

Iliad, 359-379
VOCABULARY

379.	Optional:

380.

ἀνα-δν-ω, ἀναδυσω, ἀνίδϋσα (ανίδνν),
ἀναδίδυκα, ἀναδί'δνμαι*, ἀνίδύθην*

rise, emerge, “dive up,” plunge
up.

δια-ιτφθω (πίρθ-, πραθ ). διαπίρσω,
δΐί'πίρσα. (διίιτραθον) sack (utterly)
, sack thoroughly, pillage,
plunder, devastate.

<κατη-βόλο$ (= 1κηβόλο$), ον, <5 freeshooter,
sharp-shooter, free-

shooting, sharp-shooting, shooting
according to will, sureshooting,
ιξ-αυδά-ω.
Ιξαυδήσω* ίξηνδησα speak
out, tell, say, declare.

Ήίτίων, ωνος, ὁ Eetion, father of
Andromache.
ήντ£ as, just as, like.

Θήβη, ■ης, rj Thebe, a city in Asia
Minor.

<pb n="157"/>381]

HOMERIC GREEK

καθίζομαι (σίδ- = «S-, 603—604), καθ-

ί’σσομαι. καθίΐσα. καθίίσσάμην sit

down.

καριταλίμωζ quickly, suddenly,
swiftly.

κατα-ρίζω (prpry-), καταρίξω, κατί(ρ)-
ρίξα, κατίρίχβην caress, stroke,
fondle.

Κίΰθω (Κίυθ. κυθ-), Κίύσ·ω, ίκίυσα,
(ίκυθον, κί'κνθον), κί'κίυθ.α hide,
conceal, enclose,
κλαίω (κλαυ-, κλαρ-, κλαι-, κλαΐί-),
κλαύσομαι, Ικλαυσα, κί'κλαυ-
(σ)μαι* cry, weep.

ομίχλη, ψ, ἡ mist, fog, cloud,
vapor.

ονομάζω (όνοματ-), ονομάσω*, ώνό-
μασα, ώνο μακα **, ώνό μασμαι*.
ώνομάσθην* address, call (by

name).

ιτάροιθί(ν) (with gen. 992) in front
of, before,
στίνάχ-ω groan, sob, sigh,
τί'κνον, ov, to child, young, offspring.

χαλκο-χίτων,
ωνοὶ with bronze tunics.

Derivatives:
onomatopoeia, -logy.

381. Read and translate :

Iliad, S59-379

καρπαλίμως 8' ἀνεδυ πολιής ἀλός ηντ ομίχλη,

καὶ ρα πάροιθ’ αύτοΐο καθέζετο δάκρυ χέοντος,	360

χειρὶ τέ μιν κατέρεζεν, έπος τ’ έφατ εκ τ’ ονόμαζεν ·

■ “ τέκνου, τὶ κλαίεις ; τὶ δε σε φρένας ΐκετο πένθος ;
έξαύδα, μη κεΰθε νόψ, ίνα εϊδομεν ἀμφω.”

την Be βαρύ στενάχων προσέφη πόδας ώκύς ἀχιλλευς ·

“ οϊσθα ■ τὶ ἡ τορ ταύτα ίδνίη πάντ αγορεύω;	365

ωχόμεθ’ ες (*)ήβην, ιερήν πόλιν Ίίετίωνος,

την δε διεπράθομέν τε καὶ ηγομεν ἐνθάδε πάντα. ί

καὶ τα μερ ἐν δάσσαντο μετὰ σφίσιν_υιες Ἀχαιών,

εκ δ’ έλον'Άτρεΐδη Χρυσηίδα καλλητάρτ/ον.’’■ \

Χρύσης δ’ αυθ' ίερεύς έκατηβόλου ἀπόλλωνος	370

ήλθε θοάς 67τι νήας Ἀχαιῶν χαλκοχιτώνων
λυσόμενός τε θύηατρα φέρων τ’ ἀπερείσὶ ἀποινα,
στέμματ έχων ἐν χερσιν έκηβόλου ἀπόλλωνος
χρυσέω ἀνὰ σκήπτρω, καὶ έλίσσετο πάντας 'Ἀχαιούς,
Ἀτρείδα δε μάλιστα δύω, κοσμητορε λαών,
εν θ' ἀλλοι μεν πάντες έπευφήμησαν ’ Ἀχαιοί

158	·

<pb n="375"/>LESSON LIX

[382

αΐδέίσθαὶ θ’ iepfja καϊ αγλαὰ δέ'χθαι ἀποίνα.
ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀτρβΐδτ) ἀγαμεμνονι ηνδανε θνμώ,

ἀλλα κακώς cubiei, κρατβρδν δ’ βπϊ μύθον ereWev.

38 2. 359. ήύτ* ομίχλη : the comparison is particularly appropriate
for a sea divinity, who rises easily, quietly, and mysteriously from the
water, “like a mist,” and in shadowy form would resemble the “Erlkonig.”
— ἀλός : 987.

360.	αΰτοΐο: 992.

361.	χειρί: 1005.

362.	<τ£ φρίνας : 1021.

363.	νόω: 1009. — il'Sopcv : 800. Although Thetis as a goddess knows
what the trouble is, and although Achilles recognizes this, still it is quite
true to life to have her as his mother ask him what the trouble is,
and quite as true- to nature that Achilles should unburden his woes,
thereby relieving his feelings. It is good art also on the part of the poet
that this action so important for the subsequent development of the plot
should be emphasized as strongly as possible by being repeated, as it is
here.

364.	βαρύ : 780-781.

365.	τ£: why?— ταύτα : object of αγορεύω.·—ιτάντ (α) : object of
l&vty.

366.	Thebe was a sacred city, as being the dwelling place of a divinity,
just as Jerusalem was the holy city of the Hebrews, since it was the
dwelling place of their god, Jehovah, whose home was in Solomon’s
temple. “ Then the devil taketh him into the holy city; and he set him
on the pinnacle of the temple.”

Eetion seems to be mentioned here for the purpose of preparing the
way for the later introduction of his daughter Andromache, wife of
Hector, one of the best drawn characters of the Iliad and one of the most
pathetic figures of all literature.

367.	Sifirpa0op«v : the first person brings out prominently the fact that
Achilles had a share in the expedition and in procuring Chryseis for
Agamemnon.

368.	This recital, showing that the booty was justly (ev>) divided
among the Achaeans, after they had given Agamemnon his choice of it
all, serves to throw his selfishness and ingratitude into high relief.

369.	Ik: 1048-1049.

370-373. Ικατηβόλον, ίκηβόλου : observe how this word is brought into
prominence by repetition.

<pb n="159"/>383-385]

HOMERIC GREEK

LESSON LX

Iliad, 380-400
VOCABULARY

383.	Optional:

384.

ἀκού-ω, ἀκουσΌμαι, ήκοικτα. ἀκήκοα*,
ήκουσμαι*, ήκονσθην* hear(ken).

Ἀτρεΐων, ωνος, ὁ son of Atreus.

Βρίσίύί, ηος, 6 Briseus, father of
Briseis.

ϊκα-ros, οὐ, ὁ free-shooter, sharpshooter.

«ΐΓ-ασσύτίροϊ,
-η, ον thick, in quick
succession.

iis, itjos mighty, valiant.

κελαινεφής, ts mapped in black
clouds.

Κρονίων, ωνος, 6 son of Cronus.

λαμβάνω* (λαβ-, ληβ-), λήψομαι*,
(λάψομαιφ), ελαβον, λελάβηκα·)·,
λελαμμα, έλήφθην* (έλάμφθην)-)
take, seize, lay hold of, accept.

μίγαρον, οὐ, τό great hall (plu. palace).

ξυν-8ε-ω
= «τυνδε-ω, ξυνδήσω, ξυν48ησ·α,
ξυνδέδεκα*, ξυνδε'δεμαι, ξυνεδεθην*

bind (hand and foot), “ hog-tie.”
ονΕνημι (όνη-, όνα-), όνή<τ«, ώνησα,
ώνήθην* help, benefit, assist,
profit, be useful,
ιτάνπι everywhere, throughout,
ιτερι-ε'χω (σεχ-, σχ-, σχε-), περιεξω
(ΐΓεριετχήσω), περίεο-χον protect,
defend, encompass, embrace.
iroXXaKi(s) often, many times.
Ποσειδαων, ωνος, I Poseidon, god
of the sea, brother of Zeus, and
one of the mightiest of the Greek
divinities.

Derivatives: acoustic(s); astro-labe; syl-lable, -labus;
panto-graph, -mime ; patri-areh, -otic, -mony.

385. Read and translate :

Iliad, 380-400

χωό μένος S’ 6 γέρων πάΧιν ωχετο ■ τοιο S’ ἀπτόλλων	380

εύξαμένον ηκονσεν, έπει μάΧα οΐ φίΧος ηεν,
ηκε δ" επ’ Ἀργείο tat, κακόν βέΧος · οι δε νν ΧαοΙ
J^PflcKOv €7τασσντεροι, τὰ S’ επωχετο κήΧα θεοϊο
7τάνπ] ἀνὰ στρατόν ἐνρνν Ἀχαιών. αμμι δε μάντις
ευ ειδώς αγόρευε θεοπροπίας έκάτοιο.	385

αντίκ εγω πρώτος κεΧόμην θεόν ΐΧάσκεσθαι ·

Ἀτρεΐωνα S’ ’έπειτα χόΧος Χάβεν, αι-φα S’ αναστας
ηπείΧησεν μύθον, δ δη τετεΧεσμένος έστίν.

<pb n="160"/>LESSON LX

[386

την pev γὰρ συν νηΐ θοη ίΧίκωTres Ἀχαιοί
es Χρύσην πΒμπουσιν, ayovai Se δώρα ανακτι ·
την Se veov κΧισίηθεν ’έβαν KypvKes ayovTes
κούρην Βpiafjos, την μοι Βόσαν vies Ἀχαιών.
ἀλλα συ, el δννασαὶ ye, περίσχεο 7ταιΒκ efjos ·
ΒΧθοΰσ οὐΧυμιrovSe Ἀία Χίσαι, ei ποτ€ Βή τι
ή evei ώνησας κραδίην Aios rje καὶ epyo).

7τολλάκι γὰρ aeo 7raTpos evl μeyάpoισιv ακόυσα
€υχοpevys. οτ Βφησθα KeXaivecpei Χρονίωνι
οϊη ev αθανάτοισιν aeiKea Xoiyov ἀμΰναι,
οτΓπότ€ μιν ξυνΒησαι ΌΧύμπιοι ηθεΧον αλλοι,
"ΐίρη τ’ rjBe ΠοσειΒάων καὶ Παλλά? ἀθηνη.

400

395

390

386. 380. τοΐο: 984.— 6 serves to make γέρων emphatic, as important
for the situation.

381.	ivt\ μ.ά\α οὶ φίλος ή«ν : compare the note on vs. 218.

382.	βέλος is used collectively.

383.	£ΐτώχ£το κήλα : 973, 1. — τὰ serves to emphasize and visualize the
arrows of the god, as ὁ does the old priest in vs. 380.

388. The two spondees at the beginning of this verse give it an especially
heavy, halting effect. Some would see in this an attempt of the
poet in his verse to paint the feelings of Achilles in his choking anger
when he recalls this part of the situation. Achilles does not give an
absolutely truthful account of matters. Naturally he does not emphasize
his own part wherein he might be blamed, in calling the assembly
without the sanction of the king, or even without consulting him, and
then bluntly coming forward with a public proposal that the expedition
be given up, and later instigating the seer to make his declaration, which
was the immediate cause of Agamemnon’s violent outburst.

389-391. την |«v . . . την S« : the one (Chryseis) . . . the other (Briseis),
1029-1030. — vior: 780-781.

390. ανακτι: king, lord, referring to Apollo, just as Jehovah was
lord and king of the old Hebrews. “ Jehovah is king for ever and ever.”
“Who is the king of glory? Jehovah strong and mighty, Jehovah
mighty in battle, Jehovah of hosts, he is the king of glory.” “Yea,
Jehovah sitteth as king for ever and ever.” “ For God is the king of all
the earth.” “God reigneth over the heathen; God sitteth upon the
throne of his holiness.” The presents ire'inrowri, αγουο-ι, in this verse are

<pb n="161"/>386]

HOMERIC GREEK

used since the actions were still going on at the time Achilles was
speaking. Homer does not use the “ historical present.”

392.	Achilles never grows tired of insisting that his prize was given
to him justly and in due form, and that Agamemnon had absolutely no
right to take it away.

393.	ικρίο-χίο: hold about, protect, involves the same figure as “about
me are his everlasting arms.” — iraiSos : 989.

394.	AtaXt<rai: 525.—Xi<rai: imperat.

395.	«rei (Ιπ-os), <ργ<«>: 1005.

396.	trio : 984. — πατρός (ep.or) : 979, 1. — «vl μίγάροκπν : 525.

397.	ϊφηο-θα: observe the imperfect. Evidently Thetis was quite
proud of her achievement, and so she kept telling about it, as might

Psestum, the Greek Poseidonia, was a colony of Sybaris. The malarial atmosphere of the
place led to its desertion in the ninth century of our era. Hence the buildings there were not
used as quarries for later structures. The so-called “Temple of Neptune (Poseidon)” at
Psestum is one of the best preserved monuments of antiquity.

have been expected. — κίλαινίφἈ Κρονίωνι: 997. Divinities of heaven
commonly have clouds at their command, either to bring rain, or often
in which to wrap themselves. “ Sing unto Jehovah with thanksgiving ;
sing praise upon the harp to our God: who covereth the heaven with
clouds, who prepareth rain for the earth.” “And Jehovah went before
them by day in a pillar of cloud to lead them the way; and by night in.
a pillar of fire to give them light.” “And the glory of Jehovah abode
upon mount Sinai, and the cloud covered it six days: and the seventh
day he called unto Moses out of the midst of the cloud.”

400. These three divinities were now on the side of the Greeks,
which would give added weight to the prayer of Thetis for help to the
Trojans.

<pb n="162"/>LESSON LXI

[387-389

LESSON LXI

Iliad, 401-112

387.	Optional:

388.	VOCABULARY

Ἀιγαίων, ωνος, 6 Aegaeon,
ἀμφὶ aclv., and prep, with gen., dal.,
and acc., about, around; adv.,
around, about, on both sides;
with gen., around, about, concerning,
for (the sake of) ; with
dat., around, about, because of,
concerning, at, by; with acc.,
around, about,
ἀτη, ης, -η blind infatuation, fo'lly,
ruin, misfortune, hurt.

Βριάρεως (Βρίάρηος, 573, 586), ω, 5
Briareiis.
βίη, ης, ἡ strehgth, might, violence,
γαίω (γαρ-) rejoice, exult, glory,
γόνυ, γουνός (γούνατος), το knee,
δεσμές, οΰ, ο (of. δέω bond, band,
fetter.

Se-ω, δήσω, εδηα-α, δεδεκα*, δίδομαι,
Ιδε'βην* bind, tie.

*εϋιω (εϊλομαι) (ρελ-), εελσ·α, εελμαι,
εάλην crowd, drive.

«κατόγ-χειρος, ἡ, ον hundred-handed,
hundred-armed.

έιτ-αυρίετ-κω (έπαυρε'ω) (αΰρ-, αΰρε-),
έπαυρήσομαι, «ταύρον enjoy, reap
the benefit of (with gen., 982).

κτείνω (κτεν-, κτον-, κτα-ν-), κτενέω,
εκτεινα (εκταν(ον)), εκτονα*, έκτά-

θην kill, slay, murder,
μάκρος, ἡ, όν long, liigh, lofty, large,
distant.

μι-μνήσκω (μνα-) μνήο-ω, εμνησα, με-
μνημαι, έμνήσθην remind, call to
mind, remember,
παρ-ε'ξομαι (<τεδ- = Ιδ-, 603-604) sit
beside, sit near,
πρύμνη, ης, ἡ stern of a ship,
ΰιτο-δείδω (δρι-, δρει-, δροι-), ΰιτοδεί-
σομαι, ΰπε'δειετα, ΰιτοδείδοικα (ίιιτο-
δείδια) fear, shrink before, cringe
before.

ίπτο-λύ-ω, ΰπολυσω. ΰπε'Χϋσ’α, ιπτολί-
λυκα*, ΰπολελυμαι, ύπελύθην loose
(from beneath, by stealth),
ωκα (ώκυ5, 781-782), quickly,
swiftly, suddenly.

Derivatives:	amphi-theater, -bious; dia-gon-al, deca-,

hepta-, hexa-, octa-, poly-gon(al), tri-gono-metry; hecatomb)
; macro-cosm ; a-mnesty, mnemonic(al).

389. Read and translate :

Iliad, Jlfil-Jfl2

ἀ\\α σν τον y Β\θοΰσα, Sea, inreXvaao Ββάμ&ν^	401

ώχ’ Βκατόγχβίρον καΧέσασ e? μακρ'ον ’ΌΧνμπον,

<pb n="163"/>390]

HOMERIC GREEK

ον Bριάρεων καΧέουσι θεοί,, ἀνΒρες Βέ τε 7τάντες

Ἀιγαίων · ὁ γάρ ἀντε βίη οὐ πατρος ἀμείνων ·

ος ρα παρὰ Κ,ρονίώνι καθέζετο κνΒεϊ γαίων ·	405

τον καὶ ύπέΒεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ ονΒε τ’ εΒησαν.

των νυν μιν μνησασα παρεζεο καὶ Χάβε γοννων,

αϊ κεν πως εθε\τ]σιν επι Τρώεσσιν ἀρηζαι,

τούς Βε κατὰ πρνμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ’ αΧα εΧσαι Ἀχαιούς

κτεινομένους, ίνα πάντες έπανρωνται βασίΧηος,	410

γνω Βε καὶ ἀτρε'ίΒης εὐρύ κρείων Ἀγαμέμνων

ην ἀτην, ο τ ἀριστον Ἀχαιῶν ονΒεν ετισεν

390. 401. δίσμών: 987. — 6ta may be nominative (otherwise vocative),
“ in thy power as goddess.” In any case it is employed to indicate
her ability as more than mortal.

403.	Gods and men do not seem to have had the same language at
all times. This may be a reminiscence of an earlier stage of the
Homeric poems or of their models, when their form and language were
different from what they are at present. The older words would belong
to the language of the gods, while their later equivalent would be of the
language of men.— Βριάρίων = Έριάρηον, 573, 586.

404.	αΰτί: on the other side, for his side, as the others were previously
stronger on theirs. See the note on vs. 202. — οΐ ιτατρό?: 993, Poseidon.
— PCtj: 1010.

405.	κΰδίϊ: 1005.

406.	Observe how the vn-iSeicrav is echoed by ονΒὶ τ’ εΒησαν, a pun.

407.	των : 984. — γοννων: 983. — μιν : object of μνησασα. — Χάβε γοννων :
this was the regular custom of a suppliant among the ancient Greets.

408.	Iir£: 1048-1049.—Τρώ«σ·σ·ιν: 996. The prayer of Achilles is
granted by Zeus, at the request of Thetis, but it is directly responsible
for the death of his dearest friend Patroclus.

409.	rolls: 971. —κατὰ -πρΐμνας: because the ships were drawn up on
the shore with their stems toward the land. Up to this time, while
Achilles had taken part in the war, the Trojans had not ventured far
from the gates of their city. Now Achilles prays that they may drive
back the Achaeans to their ships, and give them a taste of defeat under
the most dangerous conditions. For if they lose their ships, all is lost.

Achilles disdainfully sets the names of the Achaeans at the very end
of /the verse.

J410. KTiivopfvovs probably modifies ἀχαιονς as passive, but may be

<pb n="164"/>LESSON LXII

[391-393

taken as middle and construed with tod's, referring to the Trojans,
βασιλήος : 9S2. — έπ-αύρωνται, with bitter irony : that all may reap the benefit
of tlieir king. The only benefit from such h king is death and woe.

411. καί: even the son of Atreus (dummy though he be) may realize
his own folly. — ἀτην: henceforth an important word. Agamemnon
later confesses his blind infatuation (άτη) in this matter.

ίύρυ κρίίων is in harmony with the irony of the rest of the speech,
and Achilles characteristically returns to his beloved self at the close.

391. Optional:

LESSON LXII

Iliad, 413-424
VOCABULARY

392.

ἀγάν-νιφοϊ, ον snow-clad, very
snowy.

Ἀδάκρυτος, y, ov tearless,
αϊθε (used to introduce a wish').
ἈΙΘιοιτίΰς, yos, ὁ Ethiopian,
alvos, y, ov dread, terrible, awful,
painful, sorrowful,
alcra, ys, y fate, lot, portion,
ἀ-πήμων, ov unharmed, painless,
ἀπο -παι'-ω, αιτο-π-ανίτω, ἀιτε-παυσα,
ἀ-πΌ-πΈ-παυκα*, ἀποτίπαυμαι, ἀ*π·€-
ιταΰθην* cease (from), refrain
1 (from), stop (from), restrain,
δήν long, for a long time.

0c'tis, tSos, y Thetis, a sea goddess,
wife of Peleus.

393.	Read and translate:

μίνυνθο$, y, ov short, brief.

■π-άμ-παν completely, altogether,
oijvpos, y, ov piteous, woeful, miserable.

■π-άρ-ημαι
(ήσ-) sit beside.
Tipiri-Ktpavvos, y, ov hurling the
thunderbolt; or more probably
rejoicing in the thunderbolt,
τώ therefore, for this (reason),
χθιξός, y, ov yesterday(s).

’Ωκεανός, οΰ, 6 ocean, Oceanus,
ώκύ-μορος, y, ov swift-fated.
ώκΰ-iropos, ον swift-sailing, swiftgoing,
crossing quickly.

Iliad, JfiS-lftJf
του δ’ ημείβετ επείτα Θετi? Kara δάκρυ χεουσα ·

“ ω μοί, τέκνου εμόν, τὶ νυ σ’ έτρεφαν αΐνὰ τεκονσα;
αιθ’ δφεΧες παρὰ νηνσϊν αδάκρυτος καὶ ἀπήμων
ησθαι, έπεὶ νύ τοι αϊσα μίνννθὰ περ, οὐ τι μάΧα δην ·

165

<pb n="415"/>394]

HOMERIC GREEK

νΰν S’ ἀμα τ’ ώκύμορος καὶ όιζυρος ίrepi πάντων

επΧεο · τώ σε κακτ/ αϊσρ τάκον iv peyapoiaiv.

τούτο δε τοι ερεουσα έπος Au τερπικεραύνφ

είμ αυτή προς "ΟΧνμπον αγάννιφον, αϊ κε πίθηται. 420

ἀλλὰ συ μεν νυν νηυσὶ παρημενος ωκυπόροισιν

μηνὰ ἀχαιοΙσίν, 7τοΧέμου δ’ ἀποπαύεο πάμπαν ·

Ζευς γὰρ ες ’ίϊκεαν'όν μετ’ ἀμύμονας Ἀιθιοπήας
Χθι ζος εβη κατὰ δαιτα, θεοὶ δ’ ἀιχα πάντες εποντο ·

394.	414. τΐ, αἰνὰ : 780-781. — αΐνὰ τί'κουσα : having borne thee to a
dreadful (sorrowful) lot. “Man’s days are few and full of trouble.”
Observe the rhyme at the end of this verse, with the verse preceding.

Thetis is the “mater dolorosa” of Homer, the only divinity in the
poems who suffers human woe. Her motherly affection for her only
son, who is destined to an early death, has cast its shadow over her
whole existence.

416. Ten : 999. — μίνυνθὰ TT€p (e<jτίν). — δρήν.

418.	' αἰο-η: 1005.

419.	τοι: 997. — Ιρίουσα: 1109, 5.

420.	αυτή: Thetis emphasizes her personal interest in the matter.
She will not send a message, but goddess that she is, she will go and
use all her influence with Zeus.

421.	νηυσί: 1004.

422.	*Ἀχαι.οίσιν : 996.—πολέμου : 9S7.

423-4. This is to explain why his request cannot be granted immediately.
It also motivates the inactivity of Achilles for this period, thus
throwing into strong relief his abiding anger. The gods were always
ready to enjoy a good dinner. Here there is a more or less conscious
contrast between tlieir happy, care-free existence and that of the heroes
of the Iliad, which was so full of bitter sorrow. This verse seems to be
in contradiction with the preceding account, according to which Apollo
is at hand, shooting his arrows; Hera is in heaven, from which she
sends Athena, who returns thither to the other divinities. But the poet
could count on the indulgence of his hearers not to be hypercritical in
such matters. His desire to produce striking dramatic effects, and to
motivate various actions, sometimes leads him into such slight inconsistencies,
and the same can be said of many another great author.

ἈΙΘιοπήαϊ: it is a characteristic of the earlier civilizations and was
insisted upon even as late as the eighteenth century by the French
philosophers and their followers, to think of primitive men as living in

<pb n="166"/>LESSON LXII

[394

a purer and more moral form than tlieir later and more degenerate
descendants, who have been corrupted by their culture and lost their
original simplicity» Thus Kousseau {The Inequality of Man) : “Men
are bad; my own sad experience furnishes the proof; yet man is naturally
good, as I think I have shown. What then can so have degraded
him except the changes in his condition, the progress he has made, and
the knowledge he has acquired ? ” In another place {Emile) he says:
“ Coming from the hand of the Author of all things, everything is good;
in the hands of man everything degenerates. Man obliges one soil to
nourish the productions of another, one tree to bear the fruits of
another; he mingles and confounds climates, elements, seasons; he
mutilates his dog, his horse, his slave. He overturns everything, disfigures
everything; he loves deformity, monsters; he desires that nothing
should be as nature made it, not even man himself. To please him,
man must be broken in like a horse; man must be adapted to Man’s
own fashion, like a tree in his garden.” Cf. the note on vs. 272, § 355.

These verses give the final touches to the structure which furnishes a
reasonable motive for Achilles to remain inactive instead of returning
home as he had threatened (vs. 169).

<pb n="167"/>395-397]

HOMERIC GREEK

LESSON LXIII

395. Optional:

Iliad, 425-135

396.

VOCABULARY

ἀπο-βαίνω (βαν-, βα-), ἀιτοβήσω
(άποβήσομαι), ἀιτεβησα (άπί'βην),
ἀ-ποβίβηκα depart, go away.
αύτοΟ there, at that place,
γουνάξομαι (cf γόνυ), γουναχτομαι.
embrace the knees, entreat, implore.

δω
(iieut. indecl.) house, home.
δ(υ)ω-δ«κατο5, ἡ, ον twelfth.

«vtos with gen., 992, within, inside,
ίρίτμόν, or, τό oar.

€υ-ζωνο5, ον well-girded, beautifulwaisted.

Ιστίον,
ον, το sail,
ίστο-δόκη, ης, ἡ mast-receiver,
λιμήν, ἐνός, ὁ harbor, anchoring
place.

δρμο$, οὐ, ὁ anchorage,
πελάζω ( 7re\as), πίλάιτωε—ί’λααήσήα.
πέπλημαι, έπελάσθην (έπλήμην)
bring near, draw near, approach,
πολυ-βενθήϊ, es very deep,
προ tpto'ru) (έρετ-), προήρεσ(σ)α row
forward.

irpo-rovos, οὐ, δ fore-stay, cordage,
στέλλω, (οτελ-, ο-ταλ-), (πίλίω.
εστειλα, εσταλκα**, εσταλμαι*,
ίστάλην* put, place, arrange,
furl.

ϋφ-ί-ημι (ση-, <τε- = ή-, έ-, 603-604)

ϋφήσω, υφήκα (ύφέ'ηκα), ΰφείκα*
ϋφείμαι*, ΰφε£θην let down, lower,
χαλκο-βατήϊ, <fs with bronze threshold,
with bronze pavement.

397. Read and translate :

Iliad, Ι)25-1β5

όωόεκάτη Se τοι αυτις εΧεΰσεται^ύΧυμπόνΰε,	425

και τότ επειτὰ τοι εΐμι Ἀιός πίίτι χαΧκοβατες δω,
καὶ μιν γουνάσομαι, καὶ μιν 7τείσεσθαι dtin.”

<5)9 ἀρα φωνήσασ ἀπεβησετο, τον Se Χίπ_ αυτόν
γωόμενον κατα θυμόν εὐζώνοιο γυναίκας,
την ρα βίτ] ἀεκοντος απηνρων. αντάρ ΌΒυσσενς 430
£9 Χρύσην ΐκαν€ν ἀγων Ιερήν εκατόμβην,
οὶ S’ ότε S-η Χιμενος ποΧυβενθεος ἐντός ίκοντο,
ιστία μεν στείΧαντο, θέσαν S’ ἐν νηϊ μεΧαίνη,
ιστόν S’ ίστοόόκτ] πεΧασαν προτόνοισιν νφεντες
καρπαΧίμως, την S’ εις όρμον προερεσσαν ερετμοΐς. 435
<pb n="168"/>LESSON LXIV

[398-400

398. 425. δωδΕκάπ] (ημίρρ) : 1009. The Ethiopians live so far away
that the gods make a rather lengthy stay, to compensate for the trouble
of going on such a long· trip. This twelve days’ sojourn is well introduced
by the poet, to make more impressive Achilles’ inactivity, and to
indicate how deeply his resentment had taken hold of his whole being.

426.	toe: 997.

427.	δΐω does not imply any doubt on the part of Thetis, but is to be
looked upon rather as an expression of her confidence in the outcome.

428.	άιτίβήα-Ετο : 865, note 1, a “mixed” aorist.

429.	ywaiKos : 979,6.

430.	βίτ): 1005. — ἀ-π-ηύρων [a7racpaoj] : imperf., as aor.—άίκοντοϊ: 987

or 994 (referring- to Achilles), echoes the αἰκονσα, (referring to Briseis)
of vs. 348, and serves to bring out more clearly their mutual affection.

430-487. The scene in Chrysa intervenes between the promise
of Thetis and its fulfillment, and thus makes an exceptionally suitable
episode to help occupy the intervening time of twelve days.

432. λιμένοί: 992. — ίστία: plur. (the Homeric ship had bnt one
sail), to visualize its different parts; cf. the note on τόξ (a), vs. 45.
§138.

434.	ίστοδόκη : 1009. — ιτροτόνοια-ιν : 1005.

435.	tpcTpots: 10Q5.

LESSON LXIV

IniAD, 436-449

399.	Optional:

400.	VOCABULARY

βωμοί, οὐ, ὁ (cf βαίνω), altar, base,
foundation,
ίξίίηὶ in order, in turn,
ίύ-δμητοί, ἡ, ον well-built,
ίΐινή, rjs, ἡ bed, sleeper, anchorstone,
lair, den.
κήδοί, eos, τό woe, grief; suffering,
ούλο χντη, ης, ἡ poured-out barleycorn.

iroXti-o-Tovos,
η, ον causing many a
groan, rich in groans.
irovTo-iropos, ov sea-going, seatraversing,
crossing the sea.

πρυμνήο-ιον, οὐ, τό stern-cable,
stern-hawser,
ρηγμίν, ivos, rj (cf. ρήγνϋμι break),
beach, strand, shore,
tire'p, vmlp,adv., and prep, with gen.
and acc., over, beyond, in behalf
of, concerning, above; adv.,
above; with gen. (from) over, for
(thesake); with acc., over, beyond.
*χ€ρνίιπω (νιβ-) (χίρνίπτομαι), χ«ρ-
νίψω, έχΕρνιψα, εχίρνίφθην wash
the hands, pour lustral water,
purify with lustral water.

<pb n="169"/>401-402]

HOMERIC GREEK

401. Read and translate :

Iliad, Jf36-449

445

440

436

ως· είπων ἐν χερσϊ τίθει, 6 Se Βεξατο χαίρων
7ταΐΒα φίΧην. τοϊ S’ ωκα θεω Ιερήν εκατόμβην
εξείης έστησαν ἐνόμητον περι βωμόν,
-χερνίφταντο δ’ επειτα καὶ οὐΧοχντας ἀνεΧοντο.

449

402. 436. As the Greeks are not to make a long stay, they merely
anchor their ship, and do not draw it out of the -water upon the land, as
they -would otherwise, κατὰ δε ιτρυμνήο-ι’ ΐδησαν, i.e. the ship was rowed
in close to land, and then turned around so that the stern pointed landward.
The stern was then made fast to shore by means of the sterncables'
(πρυμνήσια), while the prow was prevented from swinging by
means of the anchor-stones (εΰναι), attached to cables and thrown out
on either side of the ship well forward.

438.	βήσαν: causative, 1069.

439.	νηός: 987.

4	40. tirl βωμ.ον ἀγων: to make the god a witness of the transaction;
cf. “ before the face of Jehovah,” in the Ο. T. — ἀγων, 1108, note 2.

441. tv χερο-t τίθει may mean no more than “ gave into the charge
of ” ; as in another situation the poet says r) (he spoke) ρα καὶ ίππον ἀγων
μεγάθυμου Νεστορος νιος ἐν χιίρεσσι τίθει Μενελάου. (Be sure to translate
this sentence!!)

443.	άγεμ,εν : inf. to denote purpose, 1107, 10.

444.	£εξαι : inf. to denote purpose, 1107, 10. —ίλασόμ,εσθα : 800.

447. τοὶ [έ, ή, τό] : nom. plur. masc.

449. χερνίψαντο : they washed their hands, not because they were
dirty, but because of the necessity of complying with the religious cere-

<pb n="170"/>LESSON LXV

[403-404

mony, as the modern Roman Catholics use holy water. “ And Jehoyah
spake unto Moses, saying, Thou shalt also make a layer of brass, and
Ms foot also of brass, to wash withal: and thou shalt put water therein.
For Aaron and his sons shall wash their hands and their feet thereat:
when they go into the tabernacle of the congregation, they shall wash
with water, that they die not; or when they come near to the altar to
minister, to burn offering made by lire unto Jehovah: so they shall
wash their hands and their feet, that they die not.”

οϋλοχύτάϊ: the use of whole barleycorns is a survival, due to religious
conservatism, of a distinctly primitive practice. ‘At an early day, before
men knew how to grind their grain, they offered it whole to their gods.
As civilization advanced, religious ceremonies, with their static tendency,
remained practically unchanged, and whole barleycorns were still offered
to their gods. In the same way the feast of unleavened bread among
the old Hebrews was probably a survival of a primitive practice, inherited
from a stage when they had not yet learned the use of leaven.

LESSON LXV

Iliad, 450-461

403.	Optional:

404.	VOCABULARY

ἀν4χω (σ«χ-, σχ-), ἀνίξω (άνασχή-
σω), ἀνέσχον (άνίσχίθου), ἀνό-
χωκα, ἀνίσχημαι* hold up, raise,
endure, suffer.
αύ«ρύω ( = ἀν-ριρυω = ἀρ-ρ*ρυω : ρ«-
ρυ-, ρρΰ-), αϋί'ρυσα (= ἀν*ριρυσα.

837) draw up (the head).

δί'ρω (Sep . δαρ-), διρϊω L tStipa, διδαρ

μαι*, ίδάρην* skin, flay,
δί-ιπνξ, νχο5 double, twofold,
ίκ-τάμ-νω, «ξέταμον cut out.
«πι-κραιαίνω (κραν-), €ΐί€κρήηνα accomplish,
perform, fulfill (in
addition),
ήμίν correi, with ·ήδί, surely, truly,
on the one hand.
fir-τομαι*, ϊψομαι, Ιψάμην crush,
overwhelm, punish, afflict.

καλύπτω (καλυβ-), καλΰψω, «κάλυψα,
κ«κάλυμμαι, «καλΰψθην cover, conceal,
hide, envelop,
irapos formerly, of old, before this.

ιτοΐί-ω, ποιήσω, «ποίησα. πιποίηκαρ

πιποίημαι, ιποιήΟην' do, make,
perform, execute, cause, effect,
fashion, build, produce.

προ-βάλλω (βαλ-, βλη-), προβαλίω,
προέβαλον, προβίβληκα, προβιβλη
μαι, ιτροεβλήθην* cast, throw
forward.

σφάζω (σφαγ-), σφάξω*, ισφαξα.
«φσαγμαι, ΐσφάχθην) cut the
throat, slaughter, slay.
ώμο-θ«τ«-ω, ώμοθίτησα place raw
meat upon.

<pb n="171"/>405-406]

HOMERIC GREEK

•Derivatives: epi-dermis, pachy-derm, taxi-dermist, dermatology
; di-ptych; eu-calyptus, apo-calypse, -calyptic:
poet.

405. Read and translate :

Iliad, J/tO-Jfil

τοΐσι,ν 8e Χρύσης μεγάλ’ ἐνχετο χεϊρας ἀνασχων	450

“ κΧυθὶ μεν ἀργνρότοξ’, ος Χρύσην αμφίβέβηκας

Κ ίλλαν τε ζαθεην, Τενεόοιό τε Ιφι ἀνάσσεις ·

ημεν 8η 7τοτ εμεΰ ητάρος εκΧυες εύξαμενοιο, \

τίμησας μεν εμε, μεγα 8’ ΐψαο Χαον Ἀχαιῶν ■

ή8’ ετι καὶ νΰν μοι τό8’ επικρήηνον εεΧ8ωρ · '	455

η8η νυν Ἀαναοϊσιν ἀεικεα Xoiybv ἀμννον

ως εφατ εὐχόμενος, του 8’ εκΧυε Φοίβος ἀπόλλων.
αντάρ επεὶ ρ εΐιξαντο καϊ ονΧοχύτας -προβάΧοντο,
αύερυσαν μεν 7τρωτὰ καϊ έσφαξαν καϊ εόειραν,
μηρούς τ’ εξετα,μον κατὰ τε κνίση έκάΧνφ-αν	460

8ίπτυχα 7τοιησαντες, επ αυτ&ν 8’ ώμοθετησαν.

.406 . 450. ἀνασχῶν : see the note on vs. 351.— τοίο-ιν : 997. — μιγάλ’
(α) : 780-781.

451.	μιυ: 984.

452.	TtviSoio: 98ο.

453.	ίμιΰ: 984.

454.	ίμέ: 525, —μίγα: 780-781.

455.	μοι: 997.

456.	Δαναοΐοην : 997.

457.	τού: 984. Observe that the old priest uses exactly the same
words in opening this prayer as he did in the one in which he prayed for
vengeance upon the Greeks (vs. 37 ff.), and furthermore we are told in
identically the same words at the end: τον S’ ίκλνε Φοίβος Ἀπόλλων.
Thus the second prayer is intended by the poet to echo the first, and to
bring this situation more vividly before the minds of his hearers. This
furnishes a good example, and the first in European literature, of what
is known as a palinode.

<pb n="172"/>LESSON LXYI

[407-409

LESSON LXYI

Iliad, 462-470

407.	Optional:

408.	VOCABULARY

αϊθ-οψ, οπό? bright, shining,
δαί-νϋμι, δαίσω, «δαισα* (έδαισάμην),
ίδα£(τθην*" (rf Sal?) feast, banquet,
entertain.

Ιδητύϊ, ΰοϊ, ί] food, feed, eating,
ίπι-ίπίφ-ω, ίπκπίψωb en-ίσΤίψα*"
(ί·77€<ΓΤίψάμην), ίπίο-τίμμαι.*, ίπί-

στ^φθην* surround, encircle, fill
brimming full.

«pos, ον, ὁ love, desire, passion.
Kovpos, ov, 6 young man, noble,
κρητήρ, ηροs, ὁ mixing bowl, punch
bowl.

λίίβω, ϊλίίψα pour a libation,
μήρον, ον, to thigh-piece, thighbone.

μιστύλ-λω
slice, cut into bits,
όβίλόϊ, ov, 6 spit,
oivos, ov, 6 (potvos) WINE,
οιπά-ω, ώπτησα. ώπτήθην cook,
roast, bake.

ΐΓατίομαι* (πατ-, πατ< ). €-Truer ( σ) ἀ-
μην, ιτίπασμαι eat, feed.
πίμίΓ-ώβολον, οὐ, τό five-pronged
fork.

πίρι-φραδίως carefully,
irovos, ον, ὁ work, labor, toil,
' trouble.

πόσis, tos, ἡ drink(ing).

Ίτοτόν, ov, to drink (ing).
σιτλάγχνον, ον, τό vitals, haslets,
σχίζη, ης, i/ sallit wood.

Derivatives : edi-ble ; Stephen ; Eros, erotic ; crater 621;
geo-ponic(s, al) ; sym-posium, potion, potable (s); spleen.

409. Read and translate :

Iliad, 1β%-ΐμ0

Kale S’ ini σχίζτβ 6 ηερων, ini S’ αϊθοπα οίνον
Χεΐβε' vioL Se παρ’ αυτόν εχον πεμπώβοΧα γερσίν.
αύτάρ επεϊ κατά, μηρα κάί) κεά'σπΧάγχνα πάσαντο,.
μίστυλλόν τ ἀρα ταλλα καὶ ἀμφ“ όβεΧοισιν'επειραν, 465
. ωπτησάν Te περιφραόε'ως, ερνσαντό τε πάντα,
αύτάρ επεΙ παύσαντο πόνου τετνκοντό τε Βαΐτα
Salvavi’, ovSe τι θυμόs εόεύετο δαιτό? είσης.
αύτάρ επειπόσιος καὶ εόητύος εξ ερον ἐντο,
κούροι μεν κρητήραζ επεστεψαντο ποτοϊο,

173

<pb n="470"/>410-412]

HOMERIC GREEK

410. 462. αϊθοιτα ροϊνον. — tTrL : 1048-
1049.

463.	xtpc-ίν : 1005,1009.

464.	κατὰ μήρα κάη:	were consumed;

6ince they were for the gods, while the worshipers
tasted of the various parts in order
to have a share in the sacrifice. — κατά:
104S-1049.

465.	τάλλα : erasis, 587.

467.	τόνου: 987.

468.	SaiTos: 986.

469.	πόσΊος, «8ητύο5 : 979, 3.

470.	ποτοίο: 986. The wine was mixed
with water, just as is the custom among
the peasants of .modern Greece. “ For as it
is hurtful to drink wine or water alone;
and as wine mingled with water is pleasant
and delighteth the taste: even so speech
finely framed delighteth the ears of them
that read the story.” The Greeks usually
mixed them in the proportion of three
parts of wine to two of water; but the
poet Hesiod recommends one part of wine
to three of water. The later Greeks, who
lacked the stern simplicity of the rustic poet,
claimed that this would be more suitable as
a drink for fishes than for men.

LESSON LXVII

Iliad, 471-479

411.	Optional:

412.	VOCABULARY

ἀν-άγ-ω, ἀνάξω. ἀνήγαγον, ἀνήχα**, «τήρχθην* begin, perform the
ἀνήγμαι*, ἀνήχθην* lead forth, ' initiatory rites,
set out, go forth, drive, carry.	ήίλι,οϊ, οὐ, δ sun.

SiVas, aos, τό cup, goblet.	ήμ-os when.

Ιπ-άρχω, fcirdpf ω. Ιπήρξα. €π·ήργμ.αι*, ήρι-ytvttos, a, ον early-borm

174

A CitETAN CuPBEAltEll
Museum of Candia, Crete
A fresco-painting from tlie
palace of Gnossus. Tlie youth
carries a silver cup ornamented
with gold. His waist is tightly
drawn in by a girdle, his hair is
dark and curly; his profile is almost
classically Greek.
<pb/>LESSON LXVII

[413-414

Ήώϊ, ’Hoos, ἡ Eos, goddess of
dawn, dawn.

Ϊκμίνοϊ, ἡ, ον favorable, welcome.

κατα-δΰ-ω, καταδυσω. κατίδϋσα, (κατ
ὶ δΰν), καταδέδϋκα, καταδίδομαι*,
κατίδόβην* go down, sink, set,
dive.

κνέφας, αος, τό darkness, night,
gloom.

κοιμά-ω (cfi κίΐμαι). κοιμήσω*, ίκοί-
μησα, ίκοιμήθην (lull to) sleep,
slumber, lie down.

μίλιτ-ω, μίλψω*, «μιλψα* sing, dance,
hymn, chant.

μολπή, rjs, ἡ dance, song, singing,
hymn(ing), dancing,
νωμά-ω, νωμήσω*, Ινώμησα distribute,
apportion, handle easily, brandish.

oopos,
ου, ὁ breeze, wind,
παιήων, ovo;, ὁ paean, song of praise,
παν ημίριο;, -η, ov all day long,
ροδο-δάκτυλοϊ, ov rosy-fingered.
Τίρπω (τίρτΓ-, ταρπ-. τραπ-), τί'ρψω*
(τί'ρψομαι), ίτίρψα* (ίτίρψάμην),
ίτίρφθην (ίτάρφθην, ίτάρπην)

please, delight, satisfy, sate,
charm, rejoice.

Derivatives: cemetery; rhodo-dendron; dactyl(ic), pterodactyl
; terpsi-chorean.

413.	Read and translate.

Iliad, 471-479

νώμησαν S’ dpa πάσιν επαρζάμενοι δεπάεσσιν,	471

oi	Se 7τανημεριοι μοΧπή θεόν ιΧάσκοντο,

καΧόν ἀείδοντες παιήονα, κούροι Ἀχαιών,

μεΧποντει εκάερηον · 6 Se φρένα τέρπετ ακούων.

ημος S’ ήεΧιος κατέδυ καὶ επὶ κνεφας ηΧθεν,	475

δη τότε κοιμήσαντο παρὰ πρυμνήσια νηόΐ.

ήμο? S’ ήριγενεια φάνη ροδοδάκτυΧος ἡ ok,

και τότ επειτ avayovro μετὰ στρατόν ἐνρνν Ἀχαιών·

τοισιν δ’ ικμενον οὐρον ΐει εκ ἀεργος ἀπόλλων.

J

414.	471. πάσιν : , 995. — διπά«σσιν : 1005. — ίπαρξάμίνοι refers to the
beginning of their religious ceremony, which was performed in this case
by each of those present pouring a few drops of wine from his cup as a
libation before the drinking began. The libation corresponded to the
“ drink offerings”pi the Old Testament. “In the holy place shalt thou
cause the strong;wine to be poured unto Jehovah for a drink offering.”
The worshippers thus shared their food and drink (communion) with
their god. According to primitive ideas, those who eat of the same loaf
an4 drink of the same cup become of the same flesh and blood when the

<pb n="175"/>415-416]

HOMERIC GREEK

food is assimilated into their bodies. This would thus establish and
maintain the strongest possible bond between the divinity and his
worshippers. “ The cup of blessing which we bless, is it not a communion
of the blood of Christ ? The bread which we break, is it not a communion
of the body of Christ? seeing that we, who are many, are one bread, one
body; for we all partake of the one bread.” “ But I say that the things
which the heathen sacrifice, they sacrifice to devils, and not to God : and
I would not that ye should have communion with devils.”

472.	μολπή : 1005, with song and dance. Singing has always been
looked upon as a suitable form of expression for pleasing a divinity.
Dancing also was long considered a form of religious exercise, and is
still found as such among many savag’e tribes. “ Let the children of
Zion be joyful in their king. Let them praise his name in the dance:
let them sing praises unto him with the timbrel and the harp.” “ And
David danced before Jehovah with all his might.”

473.	παιήονα: 1012 (παιω, strike) : originally an epithet of Apollo,
the “ striker,” “ beater,” “ rapper,” who heals by his magic stroke.
Then the song having this word as a refrain; cf. “ Te Deum,” a hymn
of thanksgiving, which is a type of song so named from its opening
words: “ Te Deum laudamus.”

474.	μ^λποντΕϊ ρΕκάρΕργον; praising the free-worlcer with song and
dance, that is, singing a song of which Apollo was the theme, praising
Apollo in song and dance, the most important part being the dance.
The god can hear the song and see the dance, although he is far away
in the land of the Ethiopians (vs. 424). — φρίνα: 1014.

477. ροδοδάκτιιλοϊ: the old Greeks had observed the long streamers of
the light of early dawn, and their never failing fancy had pictured them
as the rosy fingers of a beautiful goddess.

LESSON LXVIII

Iliad, 480-489
VOCABULARY

415.	Optional:

416.

avEpos, ov, 6 wind, breeze,
δια-πρήσσω (πρηκ ). διαπρήξω, Sit'
πρηξα, διαπΕπρηναγ, διαπίπρη-

γμαι], δΐΕπρήχθην-j· go across,
pass through, traverse, accomplish,
pass over.

έρμα, ατοϊ, τό beam, prop, support.
ήπΕίροϊ, οὐ, ἡ (main)land, continent.

θε'ω
(Θετι-, θ e p-), θεΐο-ομαι run, speed,
ίάχω (ριραχ-, ριραχΕ-), ίαχα shout,
howl, roar.

<pb n="176"/>LESSON LXVIII

κύμα, ατος', τό wave, billow,
λίυκόϊ, ή, όν white, shining.
p«ros, ἡ, ον middle, midst, medium,
πίτάννϋμι* (τΐτα-, ΤΓΤa- i. πίτάσω*,
Ι·7Γί'τασ(σ)α, πέιπαμαι, έπίτάσθην
stretch, spread (out), unfurl, expand.

Πηλίΰϊ,
ί}ος, 6 Peleus,
πορ φύρέος. η. ον dark, ptji; ΐΊ.ι:, violet,
glistening.

[417-418

ιτρήθ-ω, τρήσω, «τρησα blow, burn,
inflate.

σκίδ-ναμαι scatter, disperse,
στίΐρα, ης, ἡ cut-water, stem,
τα-νύ-ω (for τν-νο-ω, 597-598), τα-
νύσω, 4τάνυσ(σ)α, τίτάνυσμαι,
Ιτανύσθην stretch, place along,
ύψοΰ high.

ψάμαθος, ον, ἡ sand (of the beach),
dune.

Derivatives : anemone ; porphyry.

417. Head and translate :

Iliad, 480-489

ol	S’ ιστόν στησαντ ἀνὰ θ' Ιστία Χευκὰ 7τέτασσαν ·	480

iv 8’ ἀνεμος πρήσεν μέσον ΐστίον, α.μφϊ Se κύμα
στείρτ) πορφύρεον μεγάΧ’ ίαγε νηος ίούσης·
η 8’ εθεεν κατὰ κύμα Βιαπρήσσουσα κέΧενθον.
αυτάρ επεὶ ρ ϊκοντο κατὰ στρατόν εύρύν Ἀχαιών,
νήα μεν οΐ γε μεΧαιναν επ’ ηπείροιο ερυσσαν ^	485

νψ-οΰ εητι -φαμάθοις, ΰπο 8’ έρματα μακρὰ τάνυσσαν,
αυτοὶ 8’ εσκίΒναντο κατὰ κΧισίας τε νέας τε.

αύτάρ ὁ μηνιε νηυσι παρήμενος ώκυπόροισιν
Βιογενης ΪΙηΧήος υιός, πο'8ας ώκύς ἀχιλλενς.	489

418. 478. κατὰ : over against, off.

480.	άνά: 1048-1049.

481.	μέσον ιστίον : the middle of the sail. The Homeric ship had but
one. — 4v, ἀμφί: 1048-1049.

482.	στιίρτι : 1009. — νηόε Ιούσης: 979: 1; 994, in the transitional
stage between the dependent genitive (in this case the genitive of
possession) and the genitive absolute. — πορφύρίον: a well-known characteristic
of many tropical and subtropical waters.

483.	Kt'XtvBov : 1012.

485^486. Observe the rhyme at the end of these verses.

486. imo : 1048-1049.

489. mos : 1173, note. This verse is merely explanatory and descrip-

<pb n="177"/>419-421]

HOMERIC GREEK

tive of the ὁ in vs. 488. The poet brings us back for a moment and lets
us catch another glimpse of Achilles in his sullen wrath, before leaving
him for a long period. We have an intimation in these and the three
following verses that several battles and assemblies took place during
this inactivity of the leading' character of the poem, but with what success
we are given no intimation here.

LESSON LXIX

Iliad, 490-499
VOCABULARY

419.	Optional:

420.

aKpos, ἡ, ον sharp, high, utter. ·
αρχ-ω, ἀρξω, ήρξα, ήργμαι* ήρχθην*

begin, lead, rule, be first.
aTtp, with gen. 992, apart, away
from, without,
αυθι here, there, in the same
place.

ἀΰτή, ἡ battle-cry, war-whoop,
ιΰρυ-οψ, οπο; far-thundering, cf
υψιβρεμίτης; (far-seeing ?).
Ιφίτμή, ης, ἡ command, behest, request,
prescription,
ήέριος, ἡ, ον early (in the morning),
(clad in mist?),
κορυφή, ijs, ἡ peak, summit, crest.

Κρονίδηβ, do, ὁ son of Cronus,

Zeus.

κϋδι-άνίίρα fern, adj., man-ennobling,
bringing glory to men.
λήθ-ω, with gen., 984, escape the
notice, be hidden ; mid. forget.

Ίτοθί-ω, ποθήσω '. Ε-πόΟι σ~α i Ι-ιτόθησα*),

yearn, long for (what is lacking),
desire, lack, miss,
■π-ολυ-δίΐράϊ, ἀδοτ many-ridged, with
many cliffs,
ιτωλί-ομαι, ιτωλήσομαι, go, attend,
frequent, come, return,
φθι-νυθ-ω destroy, waste away, pine,
perish.

Derivatives: acro-polis, -bat(ic), -carpous, -«pore, -megaly;
coryphaeus; Lethe, leth-al, -argy.

421. Read and translate :

Iliad,

ούτε 7Γ0Τ εις ayopr/v πωΧεσκετο κνΰιάνειραν	490

ούτε ποτ e? πόΧεμον, aXXa φθιννθεσκε φίΧον /crjp
αύθι μενών, 7τοθεεσκε δ’ αυτήν τε πτόΧεμόν τε.
αλλ’ οτε ύή ρ etc τοϊο δυωΒεκάτη ηένετ ήώς,·

<pb n="178"/>LESSON LXIX

[422

και τότε 8η προς "Ολυμπον ϊσαν 6eol alev έόντβς

πάντβς ἀμα, ZeiK 8’ ήρχ€. θετις 8’ οὐ λήθετ έφετμβων 495 '

παι8ός ίου, ἀλλ’ ἡ γ’ ἀνεάύσετο κΰμα θαλάσσης,

Tjept'η 8’ ἀνέβη μΦγαν οὐρανον Οΰλυμπόν τε.

ehpev 8’ ΐύρύοπα Κρονί8ην arep ημβνον ἀλλων

ἀκροτάτη κορυφή πολυ8ειρά8ος οὐλύμποιο.	499

422, 490. κϋδιάναραν: this epithet of the assembly would imply a
considerable freedom of discussion and a tendency toward democracy, so
characteristic of later Greece. — πωλίσκίτο : iterative, 900.

492. αυτήν: always of three syllables (as may be seen from the
breathing), and must not be confounded with αντην [αϊτός, ἡ, ό]
her (self ).

Achilles was a great fighter and found his chief delight in battle,
which makes his enforced idleness especially galling to him.

491-492. φθινΰθίο-κ€, ·π·οθ«<τκ€ : iterative, 900.

498. Ik tolo : “from that most important (point of time),” viz., the time
when Achilles withdrew from the conflict and entreated his mother
to obtain satisfaction for him from Zeus, referring to the beginning of
the wrath, the day of the quarrel, so important for the action of the
entire Iliad.

495. έφίτμίων: 984. — ήρχ«: as lord and master he led the way, while
the women folks and all the other divinities came trooping after.

497.	ουρανόν οὐλυμ-π-όν re: 1019. Heaven is Olympus, the state of
ideas at that time being in a flux. Compare the Ο. T. ideas about
Jehovah, living on Sinai, and in heaven, being anthropomorphic, yet
omnipotent, etc. Olympus was so high that its top reached above the
clouds to heaven, where in the bright and sunny sky were the mansions
of the' gods. Heaven and Olympus seem to be used here, as elsewhere
in Homer, synonymously, without any very consistent picture in the
mind of the poet. Apparently the earlier belief in a physical Mount
Olympus as the abode of the gods was passing through a stage in which
it was rapidly becoming idealized, following pretty much the same
course as the Christian belief in a heaven and a hell, which were once
thought of as very real places.

498.	όλλων: 992.

499.	κορυφή: 1009. The picture of Zeus sitting away out on a
remote peak of Olympus, apart from all the rest of the family, immediately
after their return home from a long trip, is well drawn. This is
absolutely essential for the following scene with Thetis, since Hera

<pb n="179"/>423-425]

HOMERIC GREER

would never have allowed it to take place, nor would Thetis have been
foolish enough to have attempted it in her presence. Furthermore, as
we shall soon see, Zeus had an unhappy home life, and perhaps he has
come here to get a little peace.

LESSON LXX

Iliad, 500-516

423. Optional:

VOCABULARY

424.

ἀνθίρεών. uu'os', b beard, chin.
ἀίΓο-ίΙιτον speak out, deny, refuse.

απτω (άφ-), αψω* (αψομαι), ήψα,

ημμαι, ήφθην* with gen. 983, touch,
lay hold of, attack, attach.
S«|iT«p0s, ή, όν right (haud), lucky.
Sfos, S«os (Sttovs), τό fear, dread,
timidity,
δεύτεροί, r), ov second, succeeding,
later.

ιιρομαι ( ερεω) (tip. είρε-), είρήσο-
. μαι, ask, inquire, question, seek,
εμ-φύ-ω, έμφΰσω, ἐνεφϋσα (ενέφΰν)
εμ-πεφυκα grow into, cling very
closely.

κατα-νεύ-ω, κατανεύο-ω, κατίνευσα,
κατανε'νευκα* nod (down, assent),
κράτοϊ, εος, τό power, might, rule,
victory, strength, dominion,
νεφελ-ηγερετα, do, b cloud-gatherer,
wrapped in clouds,
νημερτήϊ, unerring, true, truthful,
reliable, infallible, certain.
όφίλ-Χω increase, magnify, exalt,
swell.

σκαιόί, ή, όν left (hand), unlucky,
τόφρα so long, meanwhile.
ΰΐΓ-ίο-χομαι (έχ-, ο-χ-, ο-χε-, c/. εχω)
ίπΓΟίτχήσομαι, ύπεο-χόμην, ύτΐΈσχτρ

μαι* undertake, promise, assure.

Derivatives: dexter-ous; deutero-nomy, -gamy ; aristo-,
auto-, demo-, demono-, gyneo-, pluto-, theo-cracy.

425. Read and translate :

: j	Iliad, 500-516

καὶ pa 7τάροιθ’ αύτοΐο καθεζετο καϊ Χάβε yovvcov	500

σ/caijj, 8εξίΤepy 8’ ap’ ΰπ ἀνθερεώνος εΧοΰσα
Χισσομενη προσέειπε Ἀία Κρονίωνα ἀνακτα ·

“ Ζεΰ 7τάτερ, εὶ 7rore 8η σε μετ’ αθανάτοισιν ονησα
η επει ἡ epyw, τό8ε μοι κρήηνον εεΧ8ωρ ■
τίμησαν μοι υΙόν, δὶ ώκυμορώτατος ἀλλων	.505

€7τΧετ’ · ατάρ μιν νυν ye ἀναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων

<pb n="180"/>LESSON LXX

[426

ητίμησεv · ίΧων γὰρ e%ei yepas, αυτό? ἀπούρας.
ἀλλα σύ rrep μινμ^1πηυ.^( )Χύμταε μητίβτα Zeu ·
τόφρα 8’ €7Γὶ Ύρώέσσι τίθοι κράτος, δφρ’ ἀν Ἀχαιοί,
υί'όν i μου τίσωσιν, οφόλλωσ ίν τε e τιμϊJ.”

510

α>9 φάτο ■ την 8’ οϋ τι προσέφη vefyeXyyepera Zetif,
ἀ,λλ’ ακίων 8ην ηστο. ®έτις 8’ ώ? ήψατο yowtov,
ως e%eT έμιτβφυυΐα, καὶ βϊρετο 8εντ(ρον αυτις ·

515

426. 500. αΰτοΐο : 992. ■—γουνών: 983.

501. σκαιη (χ£ΐρϊ), δίξι/τίρη (χ«ιρί) : 1005.

503. Zc€ πάτΕρ, to indicate his patriarchal royal dignity, may be used
by any of the gods or men, and is so employed by Hera even, when she
wishes to obtain a special favor.

505. ϋλλων: ablatival genitive.

505-507. τίμηο-ον, ήτΐμησtv are both emphatic, and in strong opposition
and contrast. Observe how they echo the words in the prayer of
Achilles to his mother, vss. 353, 356.

508.	μητίίτα: chosen deliberately by Thetis as a delicate bit of flattery:
“you are so wise.” As she renews her request, she brings into
greater prominence the titles of Zeus indicating his wisdom and power.

509.	ti0£ l : imperative, grant.

510.	Tlpfj: 1005.

512. γουνῶν : 983.

512-513. as ... is: as .. . so. She demands a strict yes or no.

514.	κατανίϋσον : negation was indicated by the ancient Greeks (and
the custom still prevails among the modern Greeks) by an upward
motion of the head, while affirmation was denoted by a downward nod.

515.	«τι = «ΐΈστι: 1048-1050, 2. — Im Speos: some more subtle flattery
on the part of Thetis, “ you are so brave,” tut delicious humor on
the part of the poet, who knows that Zeus is afraid, and that nothing
else is holding him back.

To get the full benefit of this scene, it. must be understood that
although Thetis addresses Zeus as πάτερ (vs. 503), this is merely an honorary
title, to indicate his majesty and superior power among all the gods
and men. As a matter of fact, Thetis was an old flame of Zeus. She
must he thought of as eternally young and surpassingly beautiful.

<pb n="181"/>431-132]

HOMERIC GREEK

reward Paris for showing such good -judgment, gave him Helen, the most
beautiful woman in the world, to be his wife. But as Helen was already
married to Menelaus, her elopement with Paris to Troy brou ght on the
Trojan War, undertaken by the Greeks for the purpose of bringing her
home.

The abject terror of the father of gods and men, who raises his voice
almost to a whimper, as he tells how he is imposed upon at home, is
intended by the poet to produce a comic effect, and the remainder of the
first book of the Iliad is not merely comical but ludicrous at times.
This is carefully worked out by the poet, not merely as furnishing a
foil to his heroes, but for the purpose of providing a rest for his hearers and
a highly acceptable variety after the tensely tragical scenes of the preceding.
This whole passage, with the differences in tone of voice, gesture, and
manner, would offer especial opportunities to the bard in reciting his verses.

It seems hardly chivalrous of Zeus to drag out the skeleton from the
family closetforthe inspection of Thetis, but he must remove the suspicion,
half expressed by her in vs. 516, that he does not care for her. Throughout
this whole scene he treats Thetis as though she were an innocent
little girl, whom he is anxious to please, even at the expense of his own
discomfort. So he says in his kindest tones: “You hurry along back
home, and I will attend to all this. Only make sure that Hera doesn’t
see you.” It would have created a most disagreeable scene if Hera had
caught her.

523.	μελήσεται: 973, 1.

524.	κεφαλή : 1005.

526.	τεκμωρ (εστεν).— παλινάγρετον (εστεν).

527.	κατανεύσω : aorist subjunctive. It is interesting to observe that
the nod of Zeus establishes his word as truthful and irrevocable,
whereas he plainly intimates that any mere promise on his part might be
deceitful and might be broken at any time, if it so pleased him. This
idea may go back to the practice which the images of the gods sometimes
had of nodding a confirmation to some of the prayers offered in the temples.

LESSON ^LXXII

Iliad, 528-535

431.	Optional:

432.	VOCABULARY

αίγλήεεϊ, εσσα, ἐν bri'glit, shining, αλ λομαι, ἀλΐομαι*, ἀλμην jump,

gleaming.	leap.

<pb n="184"/>LESSON LXXII	[433-434

ἀ-μβρόσιοβ, ἡ, ον ambrosial, immor- ■
tal, diyine, deathless, heavenly. ·
a Tas- ana.era, anav all, entire,
whole, all together,
βαθύ®, eta, ύ deep, profound,
βουλεύ-ω, βουλίικΓω. έβούλευσα, βεβού-
λίυκα*, βέβούλϊυμαι'ν «βουλϊύθην*
plan, counsel, advise, deliberate,
δια-τμήγω (τμη-y-, τμαγ-), διατμή£ω*,
δίίτμηξα (δι4τμαγον), δι«τμάγην
separate, part, divide, cut apart,
split.

&>os, eos, to seat, abode, habitation,
home.

έλ-ίλιζω^ (cXlk- ), έλ4λιξα, ίΧίΧιχθην

shake, twirl, twist, coil, make
tremble, brandish.

ev-avrlos, ἡ, ον opposite, facing, before,
to meet.

4ιτ·-ί'ρχομαι (ίρχ, 4λθ-, Ιλίνθ-, ίλνθ-),
tTreXetcropai, «πηλίον (Ιιτήλυθον),
ίιτίλήλυθα (ίπβιλήλουθα) come
(upon, to, toward), attack,
έπί-ρρώ-ομαι,έπερρωσάμην flow down,
fall down.

κάρη, κρατός (κάρητος), τό head,

peak, summit,
κυάνιο;, η1 ον dark (blue), black,
dusky.

vet o), vetcrur evevoa. vevtDKa* nod.

όφρνϊ, nos, ἡ (eye)brow.
σφόϊ, ἡ, όν one’s own, their (own),
'χαίτη, rp, ἡ hair, locks, tresses,
mane.

Derivatives: salient, 600, 60B-604-; bathy-bius, -metry;
cyan-icle.

433.	Read and translate :

Iliad, 528-535

η καὶ κνανερσιν επ’ οφρνσι νενσε Κρονίων·
αμβρόσιαι δ’ ἀρα χαΐται έιτερρώσαντο ανακτος
κράτος απ’ ἀθανάτοιο, μεγαν δ’ έΧε'Χιξεν’ΌΧνμπον. 530
" τό) γ’ ως βονΧενσαντε Βιετ payev · ἡ μεν ’έπειτα
εις α,Χα αΧτο βαθεΐαν απ’ α’^Χήεντος ΌΧνμπον,

Ζευς δε έόν προς Βω μα. θεοὶ δ’ ἀμα πάντες ἀνέσταν

εξ εδεωη, σφοΰ πατρος ἐναντίον · ονΒέ τις ετΧη

μείναι επερχόμενον, ἀλλ’ ἀντίοι εσταν ἀπαντες.	535

434.	528. ἡ [ημ,ι]" he spoke. — όφρύοι:	1005. — vetoe Κρονίων

524.

529. χαΐται: he wore Long flowing hair, like primitive men and women,
due to religious conservatism. See note on verse 449, § 402.

According to ancient tradition, Phidias, the greatest of Greek sculptors,
based on vss. 528-530 his conception of Zeus which found its embodiment
in the greatest and most famous work of art of the ancient

<pb n="185"/>434]

HOMERIC GREEK

■world, his statue of the Olympian Zeus, made of gold and ivory, of colossal
size, and reckoned as one of the seven wonders of the ancient world.
It was a work of such marvelous art that it was considered a misfortune
to die without having seen it. The calm majesty of these verses is in
marked contrast to the preceding anxious fear of Hera, just displayed
by the father of gods and men, which gives almost a grotesque effect.
It may be that the poet intended something of the kind in making
Olympus tremble at his nod, as on another occasion Hera makes Olympus
tremble by bouncing angrily about on her throne. The presence or
movements of divinities commonly made the earth and mountains trem-

The Olympieum at Athens

ble, as when Poseidon, the god of the sea, is passing along with swift
footsteps, the mountains trembled, and the forests, beneath the immortal
footsteps of the god as he moved. “And Mount Sinai was altogether
on a smoke, because Jehovah descended upon it in fire: and the smoke
thereof ascended as the smoke of a furnace, and the whole mount quaked
greatly.” “Jehovah, when thou wentest forth out of Seir, when thou
marchedst out of the field of Edom, the earth trembled, and the heavens
dropped, the clouds also dropped water. The mountains quaked at the
presence of Jehovah.” “Then the earth shook and trembled, the foundations
of heaven moved, and were shaken, because he was wroth.”

531. δι«τμαγ«ν = δΐ£τμάγη<ταν. — ἡ μίν . . . Ztvs SI . . . .· zeugma. The
mode of exit chosen by Thetis indicates how greatly the old bard loved
the highly picturesque and dramatic.

534. irarpos: 992. Here and in the following verses Zeus is represented
as a typical bully. He would not have hesitated to employ per-

<pb n="186"/>LESSON LXXIII

[435-437

sonal violence toward anyone, god or goddess, who did not accord him
the honor which he knew to be his due. All rose in reverence, as Ger=
man students when their professor enters the classroom.

LESSON LXXIII

435. Optional:

Ilia]», 536-550

VOCABULARY

436.

d vvoLfc'-ω. ήγνοίηοτα fail to notice,
be ignorant of, fail to observe.
ciXios, ἡ, ον of the sea, marine.
ἀπο-νόσφι(ν) apart, away (from),
ἀργυρό-πίξοδ, a, ov silvery footed,
av anew, again, a second time, but
now.

δι-ίΐρομαι (tip-, dpt), δΐ£ΐρή<τομαι

inquire into, ask about item by
item.

δικάζω (δικαδ-), δικάο-ω*, ίδί-
καοτ(σ·)α, διδικασμαι-. ίδικάοτθην*

judge, decide,
δολο-μήτηϊ, αο, 6 deceiver, craftyminded.
ϊκαο-ros,
τ], ον each, every.

ΙΐΓΐ-ιικήϊ, *s suitable, fitting, proper,
becoming, decent.

ιτΓΐ-ιλπω (ριλπ-, ρολπ-), t—coXiru

per/., hope (for), wish (for), desire,
expect,
θρόνοί, ον, ὁ throne, seat, armchair.

, KtpTopios, ἡ, ov biting, cutting,
sharp, bitter, contemptuous, reviling.

μ€τ-αλλά-ω,
μιταλλήιτω *. μ€τάλλησ·α

inquire after, seek to know,
search after,
μη-δὶ and not, neither, nor.
wpoTtpos, -η, ov former, sooner, older,
before.

συμ-φράϊομΟΛ (φραδ-), οτυμφράσ·(<τ)ο-
μαι, ιτννίφραο·(ο·)άμην, ο-υμιτίφρα-
οτμαι*, οτυνίφράοτθην devise plans
with, counsel together.

XaXtiros, ἡ, ov hard, harsh, severe,
stern, cruel, difficult.

Derivatives : metal-l-ic, -urgy ; hysteron proteron.

437. Read and translate :

Iliad, 586-350

ό μεν ’ένθα καθεζετ έπι θρόνου · οὐδέ μιν ''Άρη	536

ηηνοίησεν ιδοΰσ, οτι οὶ συμφράσσατο βου\άς
ἀργυρόπεζα Θετιν, θυηάτηρ αΚίοιο γέροντος.
αύτίκα κερτομίοισι Δία Κρονίωνα προσηύδα·

<pb n="187"/>438]

HOMERIC GREEK

τις δη αν τοι, δοΧομητα, θεῶν συμφράσσατο βουΧάς ;	540

alet τοι φιΧον εστιν, εμού απονόσφιν εόντα
κρυπτάδια φρονέοντα δικαζέμεν · οὐδέ τὶ πώ μοι
πρόφρων τετΧηκας είπεϊν έπος, δπι νόησης.’’’’

την 8’ ημειβετ έπειτα πατήρ ανδρῶν τε θεῶν τε ·
α"ϊΙρη, μη δη πάντας εμούς έπιέΧπεο μύθους	545

είδησειν ■ χαΧεποὶ τοι εσοντ ἀΧόχω περ εονση.
ἀλλ’ ον μεν κ επιεικές ακουέμεν, οΰ τις έπειτα
ούτε θεῶν πρότερος τόν y εϊσεται οὐτ ανθρώπων ·
ον δέ /cl eyow ἀπάνενθε θεῶν εθέΧωμι νοησαι,
μη τι σύ ταντα εκαστα διείρεο μηδέ μέταλλα.”	550

43 8 . 537. οί: 1004. Hera shows a keenly feminine instinct. Without
having to be told, she recognizes the situation. Perhaps Zeus
showed his guilt in his countenance, or else he may have looked more
fearful than usual. Of course she loses no time in giving him a “piece
of her mind,” and turns loose all her pent-up fury. In addition to forming
a pleasing variety, this scene is employed by the poet to make his
hearers more familiar with the attitude of the other divinities toward
the βονλη of Zeus (vs. 5), upon which the action of the whole poem
turns.

538.	The “Old Man of the Sea” was Nereus.

539.	κερτομίοισι (μνθοισιν) : 1005. Hera does not even wait for the
father of gods and men to catch his breath and collect his thoughts, but
pours out upon him a flood of bitter and abusive language.

540.	tol : 1004. — αΰ may indicate mere impatience, “ what now,” but
more probably means “ again, once more,” and would indicate that this
is not the first time that such a scene had taken place. Zeus was
preeminently the Don Juan of the gods. Hera naturally, resents his
policy of secrecy in keeping everything hid from her. The soul· of
Agamemnon in Hades, who had a particularly hard time of it with his
.awn wife, and was finally killed by her with an ax, thus advises
Odysseus: “ Wherefore, do thou too never be soft even to thy wife, neither
show her all the counsel that thou knowest, but a part declare and let a
part be hid. . . . And yet another tiling will I tell thee, and do thou
ponder it in thy heart. Put thy ship to land in secret, and not openly,
on the shore of thy dear country; for there is no more faith in woman.”

541.	4(ΐίΰ : 992.—«όντα: accusative to agree with the implied subject
of δικαζέμεν, rather than the dative to agree with rot its antecedent.

<pb n="188"/>LESSON LXX1V

[439-440

543.	πρόφρων receives emphasis from its position. Perhaps a slight
intimation that Zeus will have to tell any way, even if he does not do it·
“eagerly.”

544.	The conception of a god as a father is a common one, and well
known to most Christians from the opening words of the “ Pater Noster.”

545.	Zeus begins in a grandiose style, and tells Hera pompously (the
spondaic ending of vs. 548 helps to give this effect) that his plans are
too deep for her understanding, seeing that she is only a woman.
Whenever he wants her to know anything he will tell her, so far as it
may be proper for her to hear. And further, just think! he will tell
her the very first, before anybody else. She must keep quiet now, and
stop prying into his private affairs. All this serves merely to confirm
her suspicions and opens the way for a more direct attack. The whole
attitude of Zeus toward Hera is pretty much the same as that which
furnishes the theme of Ibsen’s “ The Doll’s House.”

546.	έοΰστ] : 1109,6.—χαλειτοί: 1023.

549. θεῶν : 992.—έθελω(μι) : subjunctive.

LESSON LXXJV

Iliad, 551-572
VOCABULARY

439.	Optional :

440.

aairros, ov untouchable, invincible,
αίνώς terribly, dreadfully, aw'fully.
βο-ώτις, ιδος calm-eyed, large-eyed,
ox-eyed.

δαιμόνιος, ἡ, ov possessed by a daemon,
good friend; crazy, foolish,
wretch.

εμ-π-ης nevertheless, for all that,
by all means, absolutely, completely.

fc'TrL-'yνάμ-π-τω.
fc—ιγνάμψω '. ειτέγναμ-
ψα, έπεγνάμφθην bend, curb, subdue,
win over,
ετ-ήτυμος, ἡ, ov true, unfailing, sure,
real, actual,
εΰκηλος, ἡ, ov undisturbed, in
peace, in calm, quiet.

ήρα indecl. neut. plur. favor, benefit,
pleasure, kindness, protection.

"Ηφαιστος,
ov, 6 Hephaestus, the
lame god of fire.
καθ-ήμαι (ήσ) sit down, be seated,
κλυτο-τεχνης, ες renowned for skill
in handicraft, of renowned skill,
λτην exceedingly, very, especially,
μάλλον [μάλα] more, rather, preferably.

μέλλω
(μελλ-, μελλε-), μελλήσω*,
ίμέλλησα* he about, be destined.

Ουρανίων,
ωνοζ, 6, rj dweller of
heaven, divinity, god(dess).
■π-αρ-εΐπον 2d nor., persuade, cajole,
<pb/>441-442]

HOMERIC GREEK

win over, urge, outwit, delude,
beguile, talk over.
ttolos, 77, ον what (sort) ? what
kind?

Derivatives : etymo-logy;
niqne ; practice, pragmati(sn

441.	Read and translate :

ιτρήσσω (ιτρηκ-), πρήξω, ί-ιτρηξα, τre-
πρηγα], irGrpipypaij·, Ιπρήχθην]

carry through, do, accomplish,
act, perform.

poly-, pyro-technic(al), tecli-
, c, st), 621,

Iliad, 551-572

τον 8’ ήμείβετ επειτα βοωητις 7τάτνια 'Ήρη ’	551

“ αἰνότατε Κρονί8η, 7τοΐον τον μύθον εειπες.
καὶ Χίην σε πάρος y οΰτ Ἀίρομαι οὐτε μεταλλώ,
ἀλλὰ μάΧ’ εΰκηΧος τὰ φράζεαι, ασσ εθεΧρσθα *
νυν 8’ αἰνως 8εί8οικα κατὰ φρένα, μή σε παρείπΎ]	555

ἀρ'γυρόπεζα ®ετις, θυ^άτηρ ἀΧίοιο ηέροντος ·
ήερίη jyap σοὶ ηε ιταρεζετο καὶ Χάβε ηούνων ·

Tg σ’ οίω κατανεΰσαι ετητυμον, ως ἀχίΧήα
τιμήσεις, οΧεσεις 8ε 7τοΧεας επϊ νηνσίν Ἀχαιών.”

την 8’ ἀπαμειβόμένος προσέφη νεφεΧηηερετα Ζευς *	560

“ 8αιμονίη, αἰει μεν οίεαι, οὐ8ε σε Χήθω, (
πρήξαι 8’ εμπης ον τι 8ννήσεαι, ἀλλ’ ἀητο θυμού
μάλλον εμοϊ εσεαι · το 8ε τοι καὶ piyiov εσται.
χεί. δ’ οΰτω τ οΰτ εστίν, εμοϊ μελλει φίΧον είναι)

ἀλλ’ ἀκεονσα κάθησο, εμω 8’ επιιτείθεο μύθω,	565

μή νν τόί\ού χραίσμωσιν, οσοι θεοὶ είσ' ἐν ΌΧνμπω,
ἀσσον ΐονθ’, οτε κέν τοι ἀάηπους χειρας εφείω.”
ως εφατ, ε8εισεν 8ε βοωπις πότνια "Ηρη,
καὶ ρ ἀκεονσα καθήστο, 67τιγνάμψασα φίΧον κήρ ·
ωγθησαν 8' ἀνὰ 8ώμα Ἀιος θεοὶ Ονρανίωνες ·	570

τοίσιν 8’ ’Ήφαιστος κΧντοτεχνής ήρχ ἀ^ορεύειν,
μητρὶ φίΧη 67τι ήρα φε'ρων, ΧευκωΧενω 'Ήρη ·

442. 552. Not a question, but an indignant exclamation. Ilera
now plays one trump after another. She shows a complete knowledge
of the situation, even in its details. It adds to the comedy that she is
much brighter than Zeus, whose pompous loftiness takes on a touch of
the absurd.

<pb n="190"/>LESSOR LXXIV

[442

553. She throws back at Zeus his own words (άρομαι, μεταλλάω) in
an indignant denial of having been too inquisitive heretofore. On the
other hand, she has never before this (πάρος) inquired into his private
affairs, “but now (jvCv) this is too much for a loving and faithful wife
like me to endure.”

557. troi: 1004. — γοόνων: 983.

561.	δαιμονίη: “thou fool.” — ouo.1 echoes the oiu> of vs. 558. Hera
there says, “I imagine,” to which Zeus replies, “Yes, you are always
imagining.” If llera has only made a shrewd guess, the towering rage
into -which Zeus falls at being so neatly caught would be the best possible
confirmation of her suspicions. — oihi <rt λήθω : i.e. “You are always
spying on me.”

562.	αϊτό θϋμοΰ: farther from my heart, i.e. you will lose my affec-

tions.— π-ρήξαι: in this connection it is interesting to observe how
well the poet knew human life ; for later Hera does succeed in outwitting
Zeus and does accomplish (πρηζαι) just what she had in mind here,
which Zeus is compelled in his discomfiture to acknowledge: “ Thou
hast accomplished it at last, O Hera, ox-eyed queen, thou hast aroused
Achilles fleet of foot.”	✓

564.	“ Granted that this is true ” (which I do not). Zeus cannot
bring himself to make a clean breast of it. — έμοὶ φίλον: autocratic and
arbitrary: car tel est noire Ion plahir. Such is my good pleasure, reason
enough for the likes of you ; cf. Shakespeare, Jul. Cues., “ Decius, go tell
them (the senators) Caesar will not come.” “ Most mighty Caesar, let
me know some cause, lest I be laughed at when I tell them so.” “ The
cause is in my will, I will not come, that is enough to satisfy the senate.”

565.	άκίουο-α : translate by another imperative, “ But shut up and sit
down.”—μυθω: 996. Zeus has lost completely in the argument, which
makes him very angry, so he now turns to threats of the direst violence.
These are not merely empty words either, as we know from another
occasion, when he tauntingly reminds Hera that he had once hung her
up with her hands tied together and an anvil bound to either foot. On
that occasion he threatened to horsewhip her severely. Like patient
Job, he finds his own wife too much to endure.

567. ίφίίω must be understood of blow's as violent as Zeus had the
power to deliver them. — ίόνθ’ (ιόντα) (pie).

This method of silencing Hera, contrary to ordinary human experience
in such matters, proves effective. It is necessary for the poetic
■ economy that she be stopped, so that there may be further development
in the action of the poem. Besides she is bright enough to sec that the
best method of having her way is by apparent submission.

<pb n="191"/>443-445]

tiOMERIC GREEK

LESSON LXXV

Iliad, 5/3-589

443.	Optional ·

444.	VOCABULARY

ἀμφι κνπίλλον, ον, το double cup
(goblet) ; it may he turned upside
down, the bottom forming another
receptacle.
ἀν-αίσσω (ραι-ρικ-), ἀναίξω, ἀνήιξα,
ἀνηίχθην startup, dart up, spring
up.

ἀν-εκτός, ἡ, or endurable, tolerable,
bearable,
ἀντι-φέρω (φερ-, ol-, έ v ε κ -). ἀντοίσω

bear against, oppose,
ἀργαλεος, ἡ, or horrible, terrible,
awiul, cruel, difficult,
ἀστεροπητής, αο, 6 hurler of lightning.

έλα-νν-ω
(cf. έλάω) drive, carry on,
strike, push, press,
εριδαίνω (έριδαν-) quarrel, bicker,
ήδος, eos, τό use, utility, advantage,
supei'iority.
θείνω (θεν ), θενέω*, εθεινα strike, hit,
beat.

Derivatives : Nike ; oplitha

ίλαος, ἡ, or propitious, kindly, gentle,
favorable,
καθ-ά-ιπω (άφ-), καθάψω ■ (καθάψο-
μαι), καθήψα, καθήμμαι, καθήφθην*

attack, lay hold, accost, address,
κολωός, oC, 6 brawl, wrangling,
quarrel.

μαλακός, rj, or soft, gentle, tender,
mild.

νικάω, νικήσω, ένίκησα, νενίκηκα*,
νενίκημαι*, ένϊκήθην conquer, prevail,
surpass,
οφθαλμός, ον, δ eye, sight,
παρά-φημι (φη-,	φα-),	ιταραφήσω,

παρέφησα* advise, counsel, urge,
persuade. /
στνφελίξω (στνφελιγ-), έστνφέλιξα
strike, thrust, hurl,
ταράσσω* (ταραχ-), ταράξω*, (τάραξα,
τετρηχα. τετάραγμαι*, έταράχθην*
disturb violently, throw into
confusion ; per/., be disturbed.

ii-ic, -ia, -o-logy.

445. Head and translate:

Iliad, 573-589
“ ἡ δη Xoiyia epya τάδ’ εσσεται οὐδ' er’ ανεκτά,
ει δη σφώ ένεκα θνητῶν εριδαίνετον ωδε,

iv δε θεοϊσι κοΧωδν εΧαύνετον · οὐδε τι δαιτος	575

εσθΧής εσσεται ηδος, εητει τα χερείονα νίκα,
μητρ'ι δ’ ε’γώ 7ταράφημι, καὶ αυτή 7τερ νοεονση,
πατρὶ φιΧω επϊ ηρα φερειν Ἀιί, οφρα μη αΰτε

<pb n="192"/>LESSON LXXV

[446

680

ωϊ dp’ εφη, κ·θ,ϊ αναίζας δεπας αμφικνπελλον
μητρι φίλ-17 ἐν XeLPL τίθεμ καὶ μιν προσεειπεν '

“ τετΧαθι, μητερ εμή, καὶ ἀνάσχεο, κηδομένη περ,
μή σε φί\ην περ ίοΰσαν ἐν δφθαΧμοϊσιν ϊδωμαι
θεινομένην · τότε δ’ οΰ tl δυνησομαι ἀχνύμενός περ
χραισμεϊν · ἀργαλεο? iyap ’ΟΧνμπιος αντιφέρεσθαι.

589

585

446. 573. τάδ’^ε) εα-σεται : 973, 1.

574-575. eveκα θνητών, contemptuously, contrasted with eV θεόΐσι.

Hephaestus essays the role of mediator, as Nestor did between Agamemnon
and Achilles, but with infinitely better success. He is evidently
much worried that they two should create such a disturbance
over such insignificant creatures as mortals. Ινεκα. θνητῶν is said with
the utmost contempt, as being au unworthy cause for such wrangling.
Thus, on another occasion, when Poseidon challenges Apollo to a combat,
because of their having taken different sides in the Trojau war, Apollo
loftily replies, “ Shaker of the earth, thou wouldst consider me of unsound
mind if I should fight against thee for the sake of pitiful mortals, who
like unto leaves now live a glowing life, consuming the fruit of the
earth, and now again waste away in death.” On another occasion· the
poet says : “ This is the lot the gods have spun for miserable men, that
they should live in pain : yet themselves are sorrowless.”

575.	Scutos : 979, 3. Here we catch a glimpse of the nature of tlie
gods, and of Hephaestus in particular. “ For shame, that you should
raise such a disturbance among the gods over mortals that you run the
risk of spoiling our dinner! ” The prospect of losing a good dinner
ought to be enough to bring the gods to terms.

576.	τά, said with a deprecating gesture. — νίκα (νικάει): 584-585,
973, 1.

577.	μητρι: 1004. — νοεονση : 1109, 6. Observe how courtly Hephaestus
is, by prefacing his advice with the declaration that his mother
is so wise and prudent that slie does not need it.

578.	' Iirt (1048-1049). — ηρα φε'ρεεν : show kindness toward. — φίλω:
as applied here to Zeus, “ our beloved father,” is not meant very seriously.

<pb n="193"/>447-448]

HOMERIC GREEK

579.	νίΐκίΐησι, ταράξη : 1115. — <ηίν : 1048-1049. — ταράξη is to be

taken literally, as throwing everything into confusion, as by breaking
up the furniture, overturning the table though loaded with food and
drink, and throwing all the gods out of the house, after having laid
violent hands, or feet, upon them.

580.	ίθέλησιν : 1135. — 580-581 : a good example of the figure known
as aposiopesis, i.e., instead of completing his sentence, the god breaks off
abruptly, and leaves to the imagination, as being beyond the power of
adequate expression in words, just what Zeus might do to them all, if
he should take the notion. It may be that Hephaestus is afraid to say
what will happen, for fear that a mere “absit omen” spoken thereafter
may not be sufficient to keep Zeus from doing this, and he fears to put
such an idea into the head of his still scowling, muttering father.

581.	n-ολί: 780-781.

582.	ΜΓ&σσιν: 1005. — καθάπτίσθαι: 1107, 11, “ lay hold of him, attack .
him, not with your hands or the poker, but with soft words.”

This whole passage contains some very sensible advice on “ how to
manage a husband,” but spoken as it is in the presence of Zeus it has a
touch of the grotesque and comic.

587.	Ι’δωμαι: 1115.

588.	τι: 780-781.

589.	’ΟλύμΊτιοΞ (eort).

LESSON LXXVI

■ Iliad, 590-598
VOCABULARY

447.	Optional:

448.

ἀλίξω (άλίξ-, ἀλέξι , iXeK-, ἀΧκ-J,
ἀλίξήσω, ήλί'ξηιτα (αλαλκον) ward
off, defend, protect.
αλλο-Te at another time,
βηλόϊ, οΐι, 6 threshold.

4v-Si|ios, ἡ, ον, to(ward) the
right.

ev tlfj.l (Ιο·-), 4νίσ(σ·)ομαι be in.
ήμαρ, ήματος. ro day.
θ€-<Γΐτ€σιο$, ἡ, ον divine, marvelous,
divinely sounding.

κατα Ίτιιπω (tut-, TTTt. ιπη-), κατα-
τάσσομαι, κατίπίσον. καταπί-
ιπη(κ)α fall, drop,
κομίζω (κομιδ-), κομιώ, €κόμκτ(σ·)α,
κίκόμικα* κίκόμκτμαι*, ίκομίσθην*
bear, care for, attend, accompany.

κνιτίλλον,
ον, τό cup, goblet.
Λήμνος, οὐ, ἡ Lemnos, an island in
the A egean near Troy.

*μ€ΐδά-ω, ίμίίδησα smile, laugh.

<pb n="194"/>LESSON LXXVI

[449-450

μί-μονα (μ«ν-, μον, μα-) perf. only,
be eager, desire greatly, strive
zealously, intend, plan,
νί'κταρ, αρο?, τό nectar, drink of
the gods.

οΙνο-χο«-ω, οίνοχοήίτω*, φνοχόησα

pour wine, pour drink(s).

Derivatives: Alex-ander.

ρΐπ-τω, ρΐψω, (ρρΐψα, ίρρΐφα^*, eppi-
μαι*, ίρρίφ(θ)ην* hurl, dash, ■
throw with a twirl, brandish.
SCvtws, ων, oi Sintians.
τί-ταγ-ῶν ('2d aor. part, only) touch,
lay hold of, seize.

449.	Read and translate:

Iliad, 590-598

η8η γὰρ με teal aXXof ΰΧεξεμεναι μεμαωτα	590

ρΐψε ποδό? jeTaywv αϊτό βηΧου θεσπεσίοιο.
ίταν 8' ημαρ φερόμην, αμα 8’ ρεΧίω καταόύντι
κάππεσον ἐν Ἀημνω, ολίγο? δ’ 4τι θυμός ένηεν
ένθα με ’Σίντιες αν8ρες ἀφαρ κομίσαντο πεσόντα.”

ώς φάτο, μεί8ησεν 8ε θεά, ΧευκώΧεύος "Ηρη,	595

μεί8ησασα 8ε παί8ος ε8εξατο χειρὶ κνπελλον.
αύτάρ 6 τοΐς ἀλλεασι θεοΐς ἐν8εζια πάσιν
οίνοχόει yXvtcii νέκταρ, anτο κρητήρος ἀφνσσων.

450.	590. μίμαώτα modifies με, subject of ἀλεξεμεναι. (971).

591. troSos: 983. Apparently Zeus seized Hephaestus by one foot,
twirled him a time or so around his head, as he would a rabbit, and
then let go. —-·άπο βηλοΰ : from the threshold (of the palace in heaven).

Evidently Zeus enjoyed throwing the gods out of heaven, to vent his
rage when angry, as he boasts of this on another occasion: “ 0 Hera,
hard to deal with. Nay but yet I know not whether thou mayest not
be the first to reap the fruits of thy cruel treason, and I beat thee with
stripes. Dost thou not remember, when thou wert hung from on high,
and from thy feet I suspended two anvils, and round thy hands I fastened
a golden bond that might not be broken? And thou didst hang
in the clear air and in the clouds, and the gods were wroth in high
Olympus, but they could not come round and loose thee. Nay, whomsoever
I might catch, I would clutch, and hurl from the threshold, to
come fainting to the earth.” The poet tells us that on another occasion,
“ But ZeuS, when he awakened, was wrathful, aud dashed the gods
about his mansion.” He was once deceived by the goddess of folly,

<pb n="195"/>450]

HOMERIC GREEK

Atιέ. Thereupon “ he seized At6 by her bright-haired head in the anger
of his soul, and sware a mighty oath that never again to Olympus and
the starry heaven should Atd come, who blindeth all alike. He said,
and whirling her in his hand flung her from the starry heaven, and
quickly she arrived among the works of men.”

We need not demand of our poet absolute consistency in the treatment
of various features of his theme; and it would be idle to ask how
a god could fall to earth, if thrown out of heaven, when we see them
making daily trips from heaven to earth and return, through the air,
passing from one to the other in a moment, or very quickly, and without
any external assistance. This conception of the fall of Hephaestus,

From a vase painting by Duris

so crudely anthropomorphic, is matched by the Christian legend of
Satan having been thrown out of heaven, as developed in Milton’s
Paradise Lost. The poet is a little confused also in his topography here,
for if the seat of the gods is on the top of Mount Olympus, it would not
be possible for Hephaestus to occupy much time in falling to the earth.

592.	ήμαρ: 1015. This would indicate that the home of the gods
was much higher than Olympus could be.

593.	Konnrtcrov = κατα-7τεσον = κατ-πεσον, 608-609. — ίν Λήμνω : Lemnos
was considered the island of Hephaestus, the god of fire, because of
the volcano, Mosychulus, situated there. — θΐμόϊ: breath·, soul, life.

594.	SivTits: literally “ brigands,” a piratical folk.

595-596. μ«ίδησ·«ν, μειδήσασα: the repetition to show that there is no
doubt but that Hera is in good spirits once more.

596.	TrcuSos : 987.—χ«ιρὶ : 1005.

597.	««cis : 997, or 1009.

<pb n="196"/>LESSON LXXVII

[451-453

598.	οίνοχό«ι: strictly “ to pour wine,” but the meaning of the first
part of the compound soon beeame weakened, so that it came to mean
to pour anything good to drink, such as the nectar of the gods. Thus
in English we say that a green blackberry is red, or we speak of a steel
pen (penna = feather), a monthly or weekly journal (jour = day), a golden
candlesftc/c, etc.

LESSON LXXYII

Iliad, 599-611

451.	Optional:

452.	VOCABULARY

όμφι-γυήίΐϊ, εσσα, tv wobbly-kneed,
bow-legged (possibly = skillful,
ambidextrous).
α-σβίσTos, 77, ov inextingmishable.
•ytkos, οὐ, 6 laughter.
tv-ορ νΰμί, ίνόρσω, ένώρσα (ένώρορον),
Ινόρωρα, «νορώρεμαι rouse among,
kindle among, excite,
ηχι. where.

καθ i ύδω	ti&t ). καϋευ&η<Γω*

sleep, slumber, rest (in bed), lie
(in bed).

κατα-κίί-ω desire to lie down (rest^
repose, slumber).,

Xapirpos, 77, ov bright, brilliant,
shining, gleaming.

Μοΰσα, 77s, ἡ muse.

δψ, ottos, ἡ voice, word, speech,
language,
πίρι-καλλήβ, h very beautiful,
charming,
πίρι-κλυτός,^, όν famous, very renowned.

ποι-πνυ-ω,
ίποίπννσα bustle, hurry,
puff, pant.

Trpairls, «Sos,. ἡ heart, mind, soul,
diaphragm.

Trp0-7ras, ασα, αν all, entire, whole.
ottvos, οὐ, 6 sleep, slumber,
φάοϊ, ον, ὁ light, gleam, luminary,
φόρμιγξ, lyyos, 77 lyre, harp.
χρΰσό-θρονο5, ov golden-throned,
possibly with robes embroidered
with golden flowers, θρόνα.

Derivatives : a-sbestos ; muse, music, museum ; pneumonia,
-atic(s), 593-596 ; hypnot(ic, ism) ; plios-phorus,
photo-graph(y), -meter, 584-585.

453. Read and translate :

Iliad, 699-611

ἀσβεστος S’ αρ’ ένωρτο γε'λο?, μακάρεσσι θεοΐσιν,
ως ΪΒον "ΐίφαιστον Bid Βώματα ποπτννοντα.

197

<pb n="600"/>454]

HOMERIC GREEK

ως τότε μεν πρόταν ημαρ ές ηεΧιον καταΒύντα
Βαίνυντ, ονΒε τι θυμός εΒεύετο Βαιτ'ος είσης,
ον μεν φόρμι^/^/ος ητερικαλλεος, ην εχ ἀπόλλων,

Μονσαωρ θ\ α'ὶ ἀειΒον ἀμειβόμεναι όπϊ καΧτ/.

αύταρ ετεὶ κατε'Βυ Χαμπρόν φάος ήεΧίοιο,	605

οι μεν κακκείοντες εβαν οΙκόνΒε έκαστος,

Ύ)γι εκάστω Βωμα περικΧυτός ἀμφσ/υήεις
"Ηφαιστο? 7τοίησεν ίΒμί-ρσι πραπίΒεσσιν,

Ζευς Βε προς ον Χεχος ηι ΌΧύμπιος ἀστεροπητης,

ένθα πάρος κοιμαθ’, οτε μιν 'γΧυκύς ύπνος ικανοὶ ·	610

ένθα καθεΰΒ’ αναβάς, παρὰ Βε χρυσόθρονος "Άρη.

454. 599. The drinks were uguaily sefyed in Olympus by the goddess
Hebe, whose name has become a synonymn for feminine grace and
maidenly beauty. In marked contrast to her is Hephaestus, rough,
ungainly, and distressingly homely, who here makes his debut as cupbearer
to the gods, and goes through so many funny motions (cf.
Charlie Chaplin) that all of them laugh most uproariously.

θεοΐσιν: 1004, 1009. This inextinguishable laughter is well motivated
psychologically; as the situation has been so exceptionally tense that
when there is a change brought about by the comic figupeof Hephaestus
and his recital of his discomfiture at the hands of Zeus, all are ready
to give vent to their pent-up feelings in this undignified fashion.

600. ΐΓοιίΓνΐίοντα is onomatopoetic; we can hear the bow-legged,
wobbly-kneed Hephaestus puffing as he bustles awkwardly around.
Observe the heavy effect given to this verse by the spondaic ending.

602-604. Bairos, φόρμιγγος, Μουσαων : 986. ·— αμείβόμεναι bπί, “ antiphonally.”
The song was doubtless accompanied by the dance, as
Iiomer tells us elsewhere that song and dance are the crown of the
feast; and thus the muses would be able to display their varied grace
and charms to the best advantage. The book thus begins with the
heroic and tragic figures of Achilles and Agamemnon, and ends with a
cabaret show among the gods of Olympus. — on-C: 1005.

606.	κακκείοντες = κατακείοντες [κατακείω] : 608-609.

607.	έκαστη: 997. The gods had separate homes of their own, thus
forming quite a settlement in heaven. With this may be compared the
Christian conception of heaven as a city, the new Jerusalem. ·

608.	ΐΓραπίδεσσιν : 1006.

609.	Si πρός: 524.

<pb n="198"/>VICTORY OF SAMOTHRACE

Louvre, Paris

Commemorates a naval battle fought in 306 b.c. The statue, which is considerably
above life-size, stood on a pedestal having the form of a ship’s prow. The goddess of
Victory was probably represented holding a trumpet to her lips with her right hand.
The fresh ocean breeze has blown her garments back into tumultuous folds.
<pb/>454]

2

e

‘τΜ

454

dess Η
maidej
ungair
bearer
Charli]

OtOLf

psycho
when f
and hii
to give
600'j
wobblj
Observ
602-i

tiphonj
Homeij
feast; ]
and cl
heroic |
cab are-

606.
607;
formin
Christ)
608.
609;
<pb/>LESSON LXXV1I

[455

455. The first book of the Iliad, after its grim and gloomy beginning
! amidst the tragedy of earthly life and its unending sorrows, closes amid
-the laughter of the care-free blessed gods, feasting happily on Olympus,
■ “ where, as they say, is the seat of the gods that standeth fast forever.
Not by winds is it shaken, nor ever wet with rain, nor doth the snow
come nigh thereto, but most clear air is spread about it cloudless, and
the white light floats over it. Therein the blessed gods are glad for all
their days.” This alternate play of light and shade, of laughter and
of tears, of stern, dignified men, and frivolous, lighthearted gods, who
serve as their foil, is worked out by the poet with remarkable artistic
feeling and delicacy of touch. The scene on Olympus as contrasted
with the earlier action may best be compared to a satyr play, a kind of
burlesque show, which was regularly performed in ancient Athens at
the close of a series of tragedies, and for the same purpose, to relieve
the minds of the audience.	->

With surpassing art the poet has woven into the action and the
narrative of this book the most important characters, both human and
divine, of the entire poem.

“No book of Homer is so full of dramatic groups and situations as
this : Apollo striding with his bow and ringing quiver; Thetis caressing
the grieving and angry Achilles; Thetis before Zeus, clasping· bis knees
and extending her right hand toward his chin; Zeus with his dark
brows and ambrosial locks nodding a confirmation to his promise;
Chryses with his filleted scepter and his gifts, before the two sons cf
Atreus; Odysseus at the altar of Apollo with the maiden whom he is
restoring to her aged father, — with his companions and the hecatomb ;
Achilles in his rage drawing his sword from its sheath, calmed by
Athena, who takes him by his long locks, — with Agamemnon before
him and the other chiefs around him; the heralds of Agamemnon at
the tent of Achilles, as Patroclus leads forth the fair Briseis; Zeus and
Hera on Olympus, with Hephaestus playing the part of Hebd; the
assembly of the gods, Apollo playing the lyre, and the singing muses.”

<pb n="199"/>456-463]

HOMERIC GREEK

INTRODUCTION TO ATTIC GREEK

456. Dialects. — The Greek language was divided into a number
of dialects, the most important groups of which were the
Aeolic, Ionic (Ionic-Attic), and Doric.

457. Very closely related to Ionic is Attic, and both are usually
grouped together as Ionic-Attic. In the great mass of their forms
they are fundamentally alike, and differ
only in minor details.

458.	The Homeric poems are composed
in what is known as the Homeric dialect,
a mixture of Aeolic and Ionic, the bulk of
the forms being Ionic (620).

459.	Contraction. — Attic carries the
contraction of vowels to a further extent
than does any other of the Greek dialects,
two or more vowels coming together and
admitting of contraction practically never
remaining uncontracted.

460.	Hence one of the most important
things for the student to do in passing
from Homeric to Attic Greek is to memorize
thoroughly the table of contractions
(584-585).

461.	In general vowels are contracted
in Attic as in Homer (584-585), the only
exceptions being that ε + ο and ε + οὐ = οὐ
in Attic instead of εὐ in Homer.

<note><head>Athlete using the
Strigil (Apoxyomenus)</head>
<p>Vatican Gallery, Rome
Marble copy of the bronze
original by Lysippus, a fourth
century sculptor</p></head>

462.	Treatment of ᾱ in Attic. — After e, i, p, the ἡ of Homer,
when representing an earlier ᾱ (621), becomes ᾱ in Attic, except
that ρϝη = ρη, as κόρη for κόρϝη = Homeric κουρη maiden and ρση =
ρρη, as θάρρος for θάρσος <gloss>courage</gloss>.

463.	If ρη is the product of the contraction of ρεα (584-585) it
remained unchanged, as ὄρη = ὄρεα  <gloss>mountains</gloss>.

<pb n="200"/>

464. Use of Vau. — Vau had gone entirely out of use in Attic
before Attic literature begins, and it had no influence on Attic verse.

465. Consonantal change. — 

1) σσ of Homer becomes rr in Attic,
as θάλασσα, πρήσσω of Homer become θάλαπα, πράπω in Attic;
except that two sigmas brought together by inflection become σ,
as ποσὶ for ποσσὶ (ποδσι), ἔπεσι for ἔπεσσι, τελέσαι for τελέσσαι.

2) ρσ of Homer becomes ρρ in Attic.

466.	Inflection. — In the inflection of
words, the chief differences between the
Homeric and Attic forms are due to the
greater extent to which the Attic dialect
carries either contraction (584-585), or to
which it carries metathesis of quantity
(573).

467.	Thus Homeric θαλασσάων, ἥρωι.

ἥρώα, ἔπεος, ἔπεα, γέραος, γέραα, πόληος, βασιλῆος, 
βασιλῆα, βασιλήων, βασιλῆας, νηάς, νηῶν
regularly become in Attic θαλαπῶν, ἥρῳ,

ἥρω, ἔπους, ἔπη, γἐρως, γέρᾱ, πόλeως, βασιλέως, 
βασιλέᾱ, βασιλέων, βασιλέᾱς, νεώς, νεῶν.

468.	Nouns and adjectives. — Attic had
the following case endings, either not
found or else very uncommon in Homer:

1)	Dual, gen. and dat. end in -ιν instead of -ιιν.

<note>The Discus Thrower
(Discobolus)

Lancelotti Palace, Rome
Marble copy of the bronze
original by Myron, a fifth century
sculptor</note>



2) Dual of the first decl., gen. and dat. ends in -αιν.



3)	The dative plural of all three declensions regularly lias the
shorter forms : in the first declension -αις, in the second declension
-ois, in the third declension -σι.

4)	The gen. sing. masc. of the first declension ends in -ov.

5)	The gen. sing, of nouns and adjectives with stems in ην, ι, υ is regularly-εως.

6)	The acc. plur. of masc. and fem. nouns and adjectives with stems in ηυ, ι, υ, ες regularly ends in -εις.

<pb n="201"/>



7)	Comparatives with, stems in -or, as ἀμείνων, may end in : ω in
the acc. sing., masc. and fern., and in the nom., acc., and voc. plur.
neuter; and may end in -ους in the nom., acc., and voc. plur.
masc. and fern.

469.	For the irregular “ Attic Second Declension,” and the
declension of adjectives as ΐλεως, ων, of ναΰς, and of ypav<; see any
good Greek grammar.

470.	Pronouns. — For the declension of the personal, interrogative,
indefinite, and reflexive pronouns, see any good Greek grammar.

471.	Verbs.
— Attic Greek has the future optative and future
passive, entirely regular in formation, which may be easily learned
from any good Greek grammar.

472.	The middle optative, third plural, regularly ends in -ντο
instead of in -ατο as in Homer ; and -ατο is very rare as the ending
of the third plural of Attic verbs.

473.	For the Attic forms of regular -μι verbs, see any good
Greek grammar.

474.	For the Attic forms of the irregular verbsp-riju, εΐμι, φημί,
ημαι, κείμαι, and οίδα, see any good Greek grammar.

475.	The first perfect active of verbs, as λελνκα (904), is common
and is the regular form in Attic Greek for verbs with all
classes of stems.

476.	In many second perfects with stems in -π-, β, κ, y, the final
mute of the stem is asjjirated (619), v and β becoming φ, while κ
and y become y. Thus πέπομφα \_πεμπω~\, τετριφα. [τρΓ/3ω], ηχα
[αγω], διδίωχα [διώκω].

477.	Contracted nouns, adjectives, and verbs. —For the inflection
of contract nouns, adjectives, and verbs, see any good Greek
grammar.

478.	The following table for Attic forms, corresponding to the
table in 649 for Homeric forms, indicates the resultant endings
produced by the fusion of the case endings with the stem^of nouns
and adjectives.

<pb n="202"/>First Declension	Second	Declension	Third	Declension

INTRODUCTION TO ATTIC GREEK

[479

H

P

H

fa

*3

H

P

B

£

3- o

· °€Λ  fa 3	>  3
<Λ	P
S o  ^ v^/	oo o  3 'w/
(λ"  O	p' >" o 3" O

a

R

fa

W w

id i—i

- e-4
2 >
j=- . 3'

3" S

^ id

o d

3 b

„	>	«Λ

3

Td

'w'

d'

b

P"

b

d-

- b

-»	>	C3	«Λ

d ‘3	id

b C

·< -< ® r
I·

v « ,5 *

t- ·< . '2*

*1 m :

3 b «
«

3

.5

0	^
tD <P“

i o ■<

1	b -<

■£ u t-

E. 5 «L *

0	C

a> — *2

©

1	^ >o >
s03 Φ

— «

© . >.
? £ 5

1 fcp *



5 .5 * j

; *«!f fc

C — © o
s ” pj s- »

P 42 2 <2 a.

« p £ © ο ·
O fc£ *° d
- ? ὁ s j
ci ~ C © w

65 d «

3 ὁ *o o 'V
Ϊ- fc -^*β *

.s-i

be?

«■«.S':

·< *£ o
η c o
* * 01

o' ^ oT

.§ t '©

eo b «
-Ε·»ΰ a

S S S

5	^

§

* if

£ a

«s ©
^ S

* f

(P'2

C d *'
o ·

Mg §

tj 2 -=
fa 5 C

— m
5 ϋ «

ill

|S I

S i a

&< 5

1.1 5

c	Γ	b	°

j	a	*3	^	,s	g

-	«	«	©	t	S.

■>	~.:	_2	a.	Λ

.3	►.

S)

e e π

_	c

3τΙ m
a q
do©
A g °

® g 3
►.§2
d 7^ ^
£ .>> O

to <2

S 8

© 2
fa CJ

S

g to £

toiOOf

-	= E "

-	.5 £ $ ,

1·=- i i

’ § Si j

I _<β © c.

J s> ? s

s.g| “

11«!:
S „ M a

c 9 - c ,

-	° b ® ;
· 2 « ,

^ r fc « c

^ 5 b v i

C t/j v ^ 'J

5 c©S i

d c sg '

® c b *j

r<i

E J
£ .1
•c -<

S ?

1§ i

: I b
, E ■»

1 a 8 i

- K ^ i8

<pb n="203"/>480-486]

HOMERIC GREEK

SYNTAX

480.	The differences in Homeric and Attic syntax can best be
learned by the careful study of some good work on Attic prose

composition.

481.	The article. — In Attic Greek 6, f/, to is regularly employed
as the definite article (the), its absence ordinarily marking a noun
as indefinite, as ὁ πόλεμος the war, πόλεμος war.

482.	At times the article may be omitted, especially in poetry
without marking the noun as indefinite.

483.	At times it may represent the unemphatic possessive pronoun,
as Kνρος καταπεύήσάς από τον ἀρματος τον θωρηκα ἐνεύν καί
ἀναβας επὶ τον ίππον τα πάλτα εις τας χεΐρας ελαβε Oyrus, having
leaped down from his chariot, put on his breastplate, and having
mounted his horse took his javelins in his hands.

484.	It may be employed, especially with adjectives and
participles, in a generic sense, denoting a class, as ὁ ἀνθρωπος
manQcind), οι ἀ-γαθοὶ the good, b βονλόμενος anyone who wishes, oi
•γέροντες the aged.

485.	It may be used with proper names in familiar style, as b
Σωκράτης Socrates.

486.	It is used in a variety of ways to form substantives :

1)	With adjectives and participles, as oi πλούσιοι the rich, oi
7ταράντες those present.

2)	With possessive pronouns, as oi σοὶ your people, τα ημέτερα.

our possessions, our affairs.

3)	With genitives, as ®ονκν8ί8ης b ’Ολόρον Thucydides, son of
Olorus.

4)	With locatives, as oi MapaiWt καὶ Ίαλαμΐvi those (who fought)
at Marathon and Salamis, τα οίκοι affairs, things at home.

5)	With adverbs, as oi vvv the people of to-day, oi τότε those of that
time, oi εκεὶ those over there.

6)	With prepositional phrases, as oi ἐν τω α,στει those in the city,
τα προς τον πόλεμον the things (needful) for the war.

<pb n="204"/>INTRODUCTION TO ATTIC GREEK

[487

7)	The neuter article is prefixed to any word or part of speech
when considered merely as an expression, as to λε'γει the word
“ λεγει,” to yviodi σεαντόν the (saying) “ know thyself”

8)	The neuter article in the singular, all cases, is used with the
infinitive (articular infinitive), when emphasizing the substantive
character of the infinitive. In this usage it is commonly translated
by the English verbal noun in -ing, as το καλώ·: μάχεσθαι
(the act of) fighting bravely, to fight bravely, to ypafiuv (nom.)
writing, τον γράφειν of writing, τω γράφειν to, or for writing, το
γράφειν (acc.) icriting. Note. — The article is always thus used
with the infinitive when the infinitive is construed with a
preposition.

487. Verbal adjectives. — In addition to verbal adjectives in
-T09, as found in Homer and denoting possibility, or merely as
the equivalent of the perfect passive participle, Attic Greek has
a verbal adjective in -τίο:, similarly formed, and used with dpi
(often omitted), expressing necessity or duty, and admitting of
two constructions :

1)	Personal (passive) construction. Only verbal nouns from
transitive verbs can be thus employed, the verbal agreeing in
gender and number with the subject. The agent is in the dative,
as ύφελητέὰ σοι ἡ πάλι: Ιστὶ the state must be benefited by you, ov
7τρό ye τη: αλήθεια.·: τιμητέο: ἀνηρ ci man must not be honored before
the truth.

2)	Impersonal (active) construction. In this construction,
which is more frequent, the verbal is active in meaning and
stands in the neuter nominative, usually singular, while its object
is in the case which the finite verb would govern. The agent, if
expressed, is usually in the dative, but is sometimes in the
accusative as if dependent upon δε?, which has a meaning similar
to that contained in these verbals, one must. Thus ίσκψεον σοι
την αρετήν you must Cultivate virtue, tovs φίλον: ινεργετητεον, την
πόλιν ώφελητεον, των βοσκημάτων ετημελητεον One must do favors for
one’s friends, benefit one’s state, and care for one’s cattle, τον
βουλόμενον ἐνδαίμονα είναι σωφροσύνην διωκτεον καὶ ἀσκητεον he who
desires to be happy must pursue and cultivate temperance.

<pb n="205"/>488-500]

HOMERIC GREEK

488. ἀν in Attic. — Attic, which does not employ k<?(v), has the
following unhomeric uses of av:

1)	With past tenses, apparently as present conditional, as
ttoWov ἀν aiiov ην το πλόυτΰν el καὶ to χαίρειν αύτω σννην it would be
worth a great deal to be wealthy if joy were associated with it.

2)	With past tenses it takes the place of the iteratives in -σκον,
which are not found in Attic Greek, as ίτρε-πεν ἀν = τρέπεσκεν,
ετρεψεν ἀν = τρέψασκ€ν.

3)	The subjunctive with ἀν is found in general statements
which are valid also for the future, where English employs the
indicative present, as μαινόμίθα πάντα ό-ότ' ἀν ἀργιζωμεθα, tve are all
mad when we are angry.

489—500. These sections, which are omitted from this book for
the sake of brevity, refer to the standard Greek grammars.
Those wishing to learn Attic Greek should now read some good
Attic author, with a few sections from the grammar each day till
the most important fundamentals of Attic Greek become
thoroughly familiar. Bon voyage !

<pb n="206"/>GRAMMAR

I. PHONOLOGY
501. The Greek alphabet has twenty-six letters:

Form  A a	Sound  a as ill father (when short as in aha)	Name  ἀλφα	alpha
B β	δ as in bite	βήτα	beta
Γ Ϊ	g as in pet (never soft as in oblige)	•γάμμα	gamma
Δ δ	d as in deal	δέλτα	delta
E €	e as in red	et, e (e ψιλοί/)	epsilon
F1 F	w as in wine	ραυ 1	vau
z 1	zd as in Ahura Mazda	ζήτα	(digamma)  zeta
Η η	e as in they	ητα	eta
Θ Θ	t7l as in i/lick (originally t + li)	tθήτα	theta
I i	i as in machine (when short as % in hit)	ιώτα	iota
K k	k as in ftill	κὰ 7Γ7τα	kappa
Λ λ	I as in English, but with a trill	λάμβδα.	lambda
Μ μ.	m as in met	μυ	mu
Ν ν	n as in «et	νν	nu
S|	a: as in waa:	(£)	xi
0 ο	o as in obey	ον, δ (ο μικρόν)	omicron
Π ιτ	p as in pie	7Γ£ὶ (πΐ)	Pi
φ1 ?	k as in ftale	9 07Γ7Γα L	koppa
ρ ρ	Er. or Ger. trilled r	ρω	rho
Σ σ s2	s as in sit	σίγμα	sigma
Τ τ	t as in tie	ταυ	tau
Υ υ	Er. U3 or Gel', ii3 (originally u in prune)	ν (ν ψιλόν)	upsilon
Φ φ	ph as in sop/iomore (originally p + h)	φὰ (φΐ)	phi
χ X	ch as in locfc or doc/l (originally e + A)	Χ“ (χ1)	chi
Ψ ψ	ps as in lips	ψὰ (φΐ)	psi
Ω ω	o as in bone	ω (ώ μΐγα)	omega

1, 2, 3 : see next page for footnotes.

<pb n="207"/>502-506]

HOMERIC GREEK

502. Only the capitals were used in antiquity, the small
letters being introduced by mediaeval copyists of Greek
manuscripts.

503.	The vowels are: a, e, ἡ, ο, ω, open vowels, and

i, v, closed vowels.

.504. The diphthongs are :

at pronounced as ai in aisle.

“ ou in house (or rather as au in Ger. Haws).

“ ei in freight (or better still, pronounce both
vowels, e + t, but fuse them into a single
syllable ei, with the accent on the first part).
“ eh + oo in spoon, hut fused into one sjdlable,
somewhat as eu in Fr. fleur.

“ ὰ + oo in spoon, but fused into one syllable.

“ oi in boil.

“ ou in soup.

“ we in we (or rather as ui in Fr. lwi).

“ δ + oo in spoon, but fused into one syllable.
yper diphthongs are a, y, ω. These consist of a
long vowel (d, ἡ, ω) with an iota (i), called iota subscript, written
beneath, unless the first of these vowels is a capital, in which
case the iota is written in the line, as ωχετο — Ωιχετο = ΩΙΧΕΤΟ
went.'

Note.—Whenever by inflection (626) or otherwise an iota follows
immediately after d, ἡ, or ω, it regularly becomes iota subscript (505),
thus producing an improper diphthong.

506.	These diphthongs are usually pronounced the same as
d, ἡ, and ω respectively, although in Homeric times the iota was
probably sounded to some extent. 1 2 3

1	f and 9 are not ordinarily printed in Greek texts to-day, but , both were
common in the earlier period of the language ; and a knowledge of tire use
of vau (or digamma, as it is sometimes called) is necessary in order to
understand the metre of Homer, as well as to explain many irregular forms.

2	s at the end of a word ; elsewhere <r, as σαώσα$ you will save.

3	Except in diphthongs, where it has the sound of oo in spoon. Eor simple
υ round the lips as though to pronounce oo in spoon, and with them in
this position pronounce long e in me.

208

av	tt
€1	a

€V	a
	a
ηυ	
OL	tt
OV	tt
Vi	a
ων	a
505.	The
<pb/>PRONUNCIATION, CONSONANTS	[507-516

507.	θ, φ, and. χ may be pronounced as indicated above. In
Homeric times they were pronounced somewhat as t-h in fat-head,
p-h in sap-head, and ck-h in thick-head, respectively, but without
the break noticeable in English between the two syllables.

508.	The remaining consonants may be pronounced as specified
in the list, but γ before μ, v, y, χ, or £ is called gamma-nasal,
and is pronounced as n in song, as κλαγγή uproar, pronounced
clahngdy.

509.	Mutes. — The letters π, β, φ; κ, γ, χ; τ, 8, θ are called
mutes or stops.

510.	They are divided into three classes, according to the part
of the mouth most occupied in producing them:

Labial (lip) mutes (π, β, φ), called 7r-mutes.

• Dental (teeth) mutes (τ, δ, 6), called τ-mutes (called also lingual
(tongue) mutes.

Palatal (palate) mutes (κ, γ, χ) calle/1 κ-mutes (called also
guttural (throat) mutes).

511.	Mutes of the same class are called cognate, as being pronounced
by the same organs of speech; lips (labials), tongue and
teeth (linguals, dentals), or palate and throat (palatals, gutturals).

512.	The mutes are also grouped in three orders, according to
the relative amount of expiratory force employed in making
them:

Smooth mutes (τγ, τ, k), called tenues.

Middle mutes (β, 8, γ), called medials.

Rough mutes (φ, θ, χ), called aspirates.

513.	Mutes of the same order are said to be coordinate.

514.	Nasals. — The nasals are μ, v, and γ-nasal (508).

515.	They may also be divided into three classes, corresponding
to the three classes of mutes:

μ a labial. 1

v a dental (lingual).

γ-nasal a palatal (guttural).

516.	Liquids. — The liquids are λ and p, to which are sometimes
added the nasals, μ and v.

<pb n="209"/>517-527]

HOMERIC GREEK

517.	Spirants. — The spirants are σ and p.

518.	Double Consonants. — The double consonants are ζ (= id),
£ (= κσ, γσ, χσ), and ψ (= 7τσ, βσ, φσ).

519.	Quantity. — The vowels -η and ω are always long; c and o
are always short, while α, ι, and υ are sometimes long and sometimes
short, and hence are called doubtful vowels.

520.	When the doubtful vowels are long in this text, it will be
indicated (except in the direct quotations from Homer) by their
having the mark (-) placed over them, as θεὰ goddess. This
mark will not be placed over vowels having the circumflex
accent (534), as they are always long (537).

521.	Diphthongs, including improper diphthongs (505), are
always long.

522.	A syllable is long by nature when it contains a long vowel
or a diphthong. It is long by position when its vowel is followed
by two or more consonants, or by a double consonant (518).

523.	One or both of the consonants which make a syllable long
by position may come in the following word.

524.	If a mute (509), followed by a liquid (516), or by the
nasals μ or ν, comes after a short vowel, and the mute and liquid
(or nasal) come within the same word or the same part of a compound,
the syllable is common, that is, it may be either long or
short, according to the requirements of the verse.

525.	Sometimes a short vowel followed by λ, μ, ν or ρ (occasionally
σ or Ϝ) forms a syllable long by position, in which case
these consonants seem to have been doubled in pronunciation,
and are sometimes so written.



526.	One of the consonants which make a syllable long by
position (particularly Ϝ, occasionally σ) is sometimes lost, but in
many of these cases the Ϝ was probably pronounced in Homeric
times.

527.	Breathings. — Every vowel at the beginning of a word
must have either the smooth breathing (᾽) or the rough breathing (῾),
written over it if it is a small letter, and before it if it is an

<pb n="210"/>QUANTITY, BREATHINGS, ACCENTS [528-538

initial capital followed by small letters. If the entire word is
written in capitals, the breathing is omitted.

528.	The rough breathing, called aspiration, shows that h was
sounded before the vowel, as ἱστός loom, mast (pronounced
histós).

529.	Initial p always has the rough breathing ; initial v usually
has it.

530.	The smooth breathing denotes that the vowel was sounded
without the h, as epos my, mine (pronounced emos).

531.	A diphthong, except an improper one (505) at the beginning
of a word takes the breathing over its second vowel, as
Ἀυτός (αυτός) self (pronounced owtos), Υιός (υιός) son (pronounced

Jrneos).

532.	Improper diphthongs take the breathing over the first

vowel when it is a small letter, and before it when it is an initial
capital followed by small letters.	*

533.	In compounds no word is written with a breathing unless
it be initial, even though it originally had it, as ξννίημχ (βιν + ΐημι)
bring together, hearken to. In such cases the rough breathing
should be pronounced.

534.	Accents.—There are three accents, the acute Q, the
grave ('), and the circumflex ("), as βουλή a plan, βουλή καλή a
good plan, μήνις wrath.

535.	These accents are all ordinarily pronounced alike, by
stressing the accented syllable, as in English. In ancient Greek
they seem to have represented a difference of pitch.

536.	The acute accent can stand on one of the last three
syllables only of a word, the circumflex on one of the last two
only, and the grave on the last only.

537.	The circumflex accent can stand only over a long vowel
or a diphthong.

538.	If diphthongs (except improper ones, 505) have either
the accent or breathing, or both, these must come over the second
vowel, as αντονς themselves, οννικα because, οντος (Οντος) this.

<pb n="211"/>539-548]

HOMERIC GREEK

539.	For improper diphthongs, these come over the first vowel
if it is written in small letters, and before it if it is an initial
capital followed by small letters.

540.	If a vowel or a diphthong has both the accent and
breathing, the acute and grave follow the breathing, while the
circumflex is placed' over the breathing, as ava£ king, protecting
lord, ύστερον afterward(s), <5s ϊφατο thus he spoke, ΐφι mightily,
with might.

541.	If the accented vowel is initial, the accent as well as the
breathing stands over it if it is a small letter and before it if it
is a capital followed by small letters, as ἀιδι to Hades, "Ολυμπος
Olympus, ἀλγος grief, pain, woe.

542.	If the entire word is written in capitals, both breathing
and accent are omitted.

543.	The last syllable of a word is called the ultima, the last
but one. the penult, and the last but two the antepenult.

544.	The antepenult when accented must have the acute, but
it cannot have the accent if the last syllable is long by nature
(522), or ends in either of the double consonants £ or <p, as ίλωριον
booty, but Ιλωρίον (gen.) of booty.

545.	An accented penult has the circumflex if it is long by
nature (522), while the ultima is short by nature, as σκηπτρον
sceptre.

546.	An accented ultima may have the acute when short, as
καλός good, the acute or circumflex when long, as ψϋχή soul, ψϋχης
(gen.) of a soul.

547.	Final ai and oi are counted short when determining the
accent, except in the optative and in olpoi (loc.) at home, as μΰθοι.
(545) words, θάλασσαi (544) seas. These diphthongs are regularly
long in metrical quantity, and must be so treated when reading
the verse, although considered short when determining the
accent.

548.	Verbs regularly have the recessive accent, that, is, their
accent is thrown as far back to the left as the rules of accent will
allow.

<pb n="212"/>National Museum, Athens
Found at Athens in 1880. A marble statuette copy of Athena by Phidias, placed in
the Parthenon in 488 b.c. The original, nearly forty feet high, had ivory for the face,
feet, and hands, and gold for the drapery and accessories.
<pb/>ACCENT, PROCLITICS, ENCLITICS [549-554

549.	A word wjxli the acute on the last syllable is called
oxytone (sharpjnried).

550.	Oxytones change the acute to the grave before other
words, not separated by punctuation marks, in the same sentence,
except before enclitics (553), elided syllables (575), or the interrogative
pronoun tls, t'l who % which ? what ? as ἀνὰ up, up through,
but dra στρατόν up through the camp.

551.	Proclitics. — Some monosyllables have no accent of their
own and are closely attached to the following word, as iv χερσίν
in his hands, where iv has no accent of its own, just as in the
ordinary use of the (unemphatic) definite and indefinite article
in English. These words in Greek are called proclitics, and are
accented only —

1)	when followed by an enclitic (553);

2)	at the end of a sentence ;

3)	tig (Is) into, to, Ικ (ίξ) out of, from, iv in, and is as, when
they follow the words they modify.

552.	The proclitics are :

1)	The forms 6, y, ol, a I of the pronoun (usually called the
“article,” from its use in later Greek, 765, 481).

2)	The prepositions ets (is) into, to, εκ (εξ) out of from, and
iv in, except when they follow the word they modify.

3)	The conjunctions « if, and is as, that (also a preposition to),
except when it means thus, or when it follows its noun.

4)	The adverb ον (ονκ, ονχ) not, except at the end of a sentence.

553.	Enclitics. — An enclitic is a word which regularly loses its
own accent, and is pronounced as if it were a part of the preceding
word, as οΐωνοΐσὶ τ£ and for the birds, where re (re) has lost
its accent, which has become attached to the last syllable of the
preceding word.

554.	The enclitics are :	,	v,/

1)	The personal pronouns 'μεν, μοε, μί, σεν (σεο), σοὶ (τοί), σε, Ιο
(eo), εθεν, όε^ε, σφε(σε), σφίν, σφε, σφάς (σφας), σφεα(s), σφωεν, σφωε,
σφεων, μεν·

2)	The indefinite pronoun τις, τϊ some (one), any (one), something,
anything, in all its forms (but not ασσα = τενα).

<pb n="213"/>555-559]

HOMERIC GREEK

3)	The indefinite adverbs που (ποθί), πη, ποί, ποθίν, ποτέ, πώ, πώς.

Note. — When used as interrogatives, the pronouns τίς, τὶ who f
which ? what ? and the adverbs που (ποθώ), ιτβ, ποΐ, πόθίν, πότε, πω, πώς,
have the accent here given, “which they never lose.

4)	The present indicative of ἀμὶ be, and of φημὶ say (except
Ιάσι, the 3d pi. of ἀμὶ and possibly the second singular φης of
Φημί)·

5)	The particles γέ, τί, τοί, πέρ, νν(ν), κέ(ν), θην, ρά.

6)	The pronominal suffix -δε, the local suffix (“ preposition ”) -δε,
and the adverbial suffix (as cl6c, αϊθί).

555.	An enclitic does not lose its accent in the following cases:

1)	When it is dissyllabic and follows a word which has the
acute on the penult.

2)	When the preceding vowel is elided (575).

3)	When there is no preceding word.

4)	When there is an emphasis on the enclitic.

556.	έστί(ν) is written with an accent on the first syllable (Ιστι)
when:

1)	It comes at the beginning of a sentence or of a verse of
poetry :

2)	It denotes possibility or existence.

3)	It is preceded by ονκ, ἀ, καί, ω,\ μη, ἀλλ’, or τοίτ\

557.	When an enclitic is followed by one or more enclitics in
the same sentence, each except the last receives the acute accent
on its final syllable from the enclitic following.

558.	When a word is compounded with an enclitic, it is
accented as though they were separate, as οὐτε (ον + τί),

(η + δε), οιδε (οΐ + δε), etc.

559.	In the following cases the word before an enclitic keeps
its own accent, and never changes the acute to the grave :

1)	If it has an acute on the antepenult (543), or the circumflex
on the penult (543), it adds an acute on the ultima (543) as a
second accent.

2)	If it has the acute on the penult (543), or the circumflex on
the ultima (543), no change is made.

<pb n="214"/>ENCLITICS, SYLLABLES, ORTHOGRAPHY [560-563

Note. — Remember ih/it two acute accents cannot stand on successive
syllables.

3.	If it is a proclitic or an enclitic, it takes the acute on the
ultima (543).

560.	Syllables. — A Greek word has as many syllables as it has
vowels and diphthongs. In dividing a word into syllables, single
consonants, combinations of consonants which can begin a word,
and a mute (509) followed by μ or v are usually placed at the
beginning of the syllable. Other combinations of consonants are
divided, as ἀν-θρω-ποὶ man, φα-ρί-τρη quiver, μά-χε-σθαι to fight,
l-χω I have, 0ά-λασσα sea, ἀγ-α-μί-μνων Agamemnon. Compound
words are divided according to their original parts, as ένν-ί-ηκε
brought together (a compound of £vv and eque, from ξννίημι = £ΰν

+ ιημι = £νν-ί-^η-μι).

561.	Movable Consonants. — The following words are sometimes
spelled with and sometimes without a final v, called v-movable:

1)	All words (except ίσσί), ending in -σι, including -|i and -ψι.

2)	All verbs of the third person singular ending in -e.

3)	The third singular of the pluperfect ending in -« (originally
-ce, 584, 2 ; 585).

4)	-The verb έστί, and the particles κὶ and vv, all of which are
enclitics.

5)	The dative plural of the personal pronouns αμμι, νμμι, σφί,
σφίσι.

6)	The endings φι and θί, mostly adverbial.

7)	The pronoun έγώ I.

562.	This nu-movable comes regularly in all these words at the
end of a line of poetry and at the end of a sentence, and always
when the end of a verse coincides with the end of a sentence.
Elsewhere the word may be spelled with or without it, according
to the pleasure of the writer or the requirements, of the verse.

563.	Similarly some adverbs had a movable sigma at the end,
as τΓολλώα(ϊ) often, and others ending in -κι(ς), μίσ(σ)ηγν(ν),
ἀτρί)ua(s), ἀντίκρν(ί), Ιθν(ς), μίχοφς), ἀχρι(ϊ), ἀμφί(s), οὐτω(ϊ), iru>(s),
£Κ (i£).

<pb n="215"/>564-572]

HOMERIC GREEK

564.	Variant Spellings. — The following words were spelled at
times with a single sigma, and at times the sigma was doubled :

1)	The future and aorists of verbs with stems (630) ending in
a short vowel, or in a short vowel followed by a consonant.

2)	The ending of the dative plural of the third declension.

3)	The words όσ(σ)θ5, όποσ(σ)ος, όσ(σ)άκι, τόσ(σ)ος, τοσ(σ)άκι,
τόσ(σ)ο&8ε, τοσ(σ)οντος, μέσ(σ)ος, πρόσ(σ)ω, πρόσ(σ)οθε(ν), δπίσ(σ)ω,
νεμεσ(σ)άω, νεμεσ(σ)ητός, νέμ.εσ(σ)ίς, and Όδυσ(σ)εΰ5 ill all _its cases.

565.	In the same way, other words were spelled with a single
or a double consonant, as όπ(π)ως, όπ(π)η, ἀχ;λ(λ)ενς, o(t)tl.

566.	Many words begimiing with λ, μ, v, p, and σ are often
spelled with these letters doubled when they are brought before
a short vowel by composition or inflection, as έπέσσνται (επί, σενο-
μαί), έμμορε (μείρομαι), ελἈαβε (λαμβάνω), ερρεε (ρέω), ἀπεν(ν) ίζοντο
(από, νίζω).

Note. — These letters were sometimes doubled in pronunciation,
although it was not represented graphically.

567.	A few words were spelled with or without a final vowel:

1) -i ; ἐν(ί), οΰκ(ί), π(ρ)οτὶ = πρός ;	2)	-α ; ἀν(ά), κατ(ά), παρ((£).

568.	The following words were spelled with and without τ or Θ :

π(τ)όλις, π(τ)όλεμος, μαλ(θ)ακός, 8ι.χ(θ)ά, τρίχ(θ)ά.

569.	The following words were spelled with or without

initial σ :	(σ)κεδάνννμι,	(σ)μίκρός,	σΰς	(vs), συφορβός (νφορβός),

Φελλοὶ (Ελλοί). See 603-604.

570.	Some double forms are : μία (ία) one; γαΐα (γη) earth, land,
country; λείβω (ε’ίβω) drip, drop, pour; ερί(γ)8ονπος loud-roaring,
resounding; £όν, συν together, with.

571.	Variations in Quantity. — Some words have a syllable which
may be either long or short (sometimes, Wt not always, represented
by a difference in spelling), according to the pleasure of the one
using it, as "Ολυμπος (Ονλνμπος), όνομα (ουνομα), κολεόν (κουλεόν),
όρος (ονρος), ἀνηρ (άνηρ), Ἀπόλλων (2Ἀπόλλων), είληλονθα (εληλνθα),
εϊνεκα (ένεκα), μην (μέν), έταρος (εταίρος), ἀτάρ (αντάρ), πολνς (πουλύς).

572.	A diphthong or a long vowel, which precedes another
vowel in the same word, is often shortened in pronunciation,

<pb n="216"/>ORTHOGRAPHY, ELISION

[573-578

as υίός son (A, 499), where the i&efer requires the first syllable
to be pronounced short. In the following examples the difference
in pronunciation is indicated by the spelling also :

®ησηα
εστηοτος
*Ἀρηος

νηάς, vrja, νηες, νηων, νηεσσι, νηας

ήνς
ηα,ται
κείαται

*βασιληνς,*Ζψς, etc. (llOUllS in -*ψς)

becomes Θι^σεα
“	εσταότος

“	*Ἀ ρεος

reos, via, νίεs, νέων, νεεσσι,
reas
evs
εαται
«carat

βασιλεύ s, Zetis, etc. (nouns
in -evs)

573.	Metathesis of Quantity. —'do and ηο often become εω by an
exchange (metathesis) of quantity; that is, the long vowel (d, η)
becomes short (e), while the short vowel (o) becomes long (ω).

574.	The accent is not affected by metathesis of quantity, but
remains as it was before the metathesis took place. Thus Τϊηλγμ-
ἀδαο becomes Π^λ^ιάδεω, Βριάρηο^ becomes Bpuxpcos, etc.

575.	Elision. — A short final vowel (very rarely the diphthongs αι
and οι also) is regularly dropped when the next word begins with a
vowel or a diphthong. This is called elision. An apostrophe (’)
marks the omission, as 
στέμματ’ ἔχων (for στέμματα ἔχων) having fillets, 
οἴκαδ’ ἱκέσθαι (οἴκαδε ἱκέσθαι) to arrive home, 
ἐπ' ὤμων (ἐπὶ ὤμων) on his shoulders.

576.	Note. — When a final short vowel, preceded by one or more
vowels in the same word, is elided, only the last vowel is lost, and the
other vowels remain unchanged.

577.	The most frequent occurrences of elision are in :

1)	Words of one syllable ending in -ε, as γέ, δέ, κέ, τέ.

2)	Prepositions and conjunctions of two syllables, as ἀλλά,

ἀμφί, ἐπί, παρά.

3)	Some common adverbs, as μάλα, τάχα, ἅμα, ἔτι, ἔπειτα, εἶτα.

578.	In the following words elision does not usually take place:
1) ἄχρι, μέχρι, περί, πρό, ὅτι, τί and its compounds.

<pb n="217"/>

2)	Monosyllables (except those ending in -ε, and a very few
others), as σά, ῥα, and (rarely) σοί, τοί, μοί.

3)	Words ending in -υ.

579.	Elision occurs also in the formation of compound words,
but then without the apostrophe to mark it, as ἐπευφήμησαν (ἐπὶ
εὐφήμησαν they shouted assent.

580.	When the following word begins with a vowel which was
formerly preceded by a lost consonant, especially ϝ, elision does
not ordinarily take place, as ἐνὶ οἴκῳ (= ἐνὶ ϝοίκῳ in (our) home.

581.	ϝ, a semi-vowel corresponding to Eng. w, was pronounced
at times, and at other times neglected.

582.	A smooth mute (512) brought before a rough breathing
(527) by elision (575) is changed to the cognate rough mute
(511-512). Thus κ before a rough breathing becomes χ, τ becomes
Θ, and π becomes φ, as αἰδεῖσθαὶ θ' ἱερῆα and to reverence the
priest, for αἰδῖΐσθαὶ τε ἱερῆα; ὦχ’ ἑκατόγχειρον καλέσᾱσ’ ές μάκρον
Ὄλυμπον quickly having summoned the hundred-handed (giant) into
lofty Olympus, for ὦκα ἑκατόγχειρον, etc.; ἀφίει he sent (him) away,
for ἀπο-ἵει.

583.	If an accented final syllable of a preposition or a conjunction
is elided (575), the accent of the word is lost with the
elided syllable. Other words so accented throw the accent back

on the preceding syllable, but do not change the acute to the
grave (534, 550).

584.	Contraction. —When one vowel follows another vowel in
the same word, contraction sometimes (but not usually) takes
place. When vowels are thus contracted, the following are the
rules:

1)	Vowels which regularly form diphthongs do so, as a 4-1 = at,
o 4- i = oi, etc.

Note.—Observe that the long vowels ἀ, ἡ, ω, when followed by i
regularly form the improper diphthongs a, y, ω (505).

2)	Two like sounds unite in the common long sound, that is,
two a-sounds (a), two e-sounds (e, η), two i-sounds (i), two

<pb n="218"/>ELISION, CONTRACTION, SYNIZESIS [585-586

o-sounds (ο, ω), or two u-sounds (υ), unite to form the common
long (ά, ἡ, l, ω, ΰ) sounds, except ee becomes a, and oo becomes οὐ.

3)	An o-sound absorbs an abound or an e-sound and becomes
long ο (ω), except to gives tv, while ot becomes ov.

4)	If an abound comes together with an e-sound, the one which
comes first absorbs the other and becomes long (α, -η).

5)	A vowel coming before a diphthong beginning with the
same vowel may be, absorbed, and t may be absorbed before oi.
In other cases a vowel before a diphthong may be contracted
with the first vowel of the diphthong, a following iota becoming
iota subscript (505), and a following υ disappearing.

585.	Table of	Contractions	
a + a = a	e + d = η	η + ὶ = η	0 4 n =01
a r a = a	« + ω = Ό	η + = ·π	(rarely <}>)
a + d = ἀ	(rarely αι)	(rarely η)	0 + ι — οι
a + ai = ai	ὶ + e = tu	η + ἡ = η	ο + ο — οὐ
a + ij, = a	ὶ + il = il	η + τι = ό	ο + οι — οι
a + i = a	ὶ + ἡ = η	η + ι = Π	ο + οὐ = οὐ
a + ei = a	e + Τΐ = η	η + οι = ω	ο + υ — οὐ
(rarely = a)	€ + 1 = €1	1 + € = X	ο + ω = ω
a + ἡ = a	€ Η- 0 = €υ	ι + ὶ = ϊ	ο + <}> = ω
a + ἡ = 9·	€ -f ΟΙ =01	ο 4- α = ω	υ + ι = ν
a + ι = ai	€ + οὐ = £υ	(rarely α)	υ + υ = ν
a + ι = a	£ -j- υ = «υ	ο -{- αι = αι	ω + α = ω
a ο = ω	« 4· ω = ω	ο + e = οὐ	ω + £ = ω
a + οι = ω	£ +· «ρ = ω	Ο -{- €1 = οι	ω + ι — ω
a -{- οὐ = ω	η + α = η	(rarely οὐ)	ω + ο = ω
a + ω = ω	η + α>· = Ή	ο 4- ἡ = ω	ω + ω = ω
€ + a = η			

586.	Somewhat akin to contraction is synizesis, which takes
place when two successive vowels which do not form a diphthong
are pronounced as one syllable for the sake of the meter, as
ΊΙηληίάδΐω of the son of Peleus, where Stu> must be pronounced as
one syllable; 6tol Soitv may the gods grant, where 6toI is also pronounced
as one syllable. Or the two syllables forming synizesis
may come in separate words, as S?) οὐτως thus, pronounced as two
syllables, or as δη αΰ again, pronounced, as one syllable.

<pb n="219"/>587-595]

HOMERIC GREEK

587.	Crasis. — A vowel or a diphthong which ends a word may
he contracted and combined into a single syllable with the vowel
which begins the word following. This is very rare in Homer.
A coronis (’) is usually placed over the syllable contracted, as
ταλλα the other {parts), for τα ἀλλα.

588.	In crasis the first word loses its accent, while the accent
of the second remains, which may change however from the acute
to the circumflex, if the rules of accent require it, because of the
long syllable which arises from it.

589.	When two or more syllables are contracted into one, if
either had an accent before contraction, the contracted syllable
has one.

590.	In the case of the contracted penult (543) or antepenult
(543), the accent follows the regular rules.

591.	A contracted ultima (543) takes the acute accent if it had
the acute before contraction. If the penult (543) had the acute
and is contracted with the ultima, the ultima takes the circumflex.

592.	Syncope is the suppression of a short vowel within a
word, as nWe; why in the world ? for τὶ ποτέ.

593.	Ablaut. — In many words which are closely related occurs
a change (sometimes disappearance) of the vowel, as in Eng. sing,
sang, song, sung. This is known as Ablaut {Vowel Gradation).

594.	Ablaut has strong grades and a weak grade, in the latter
of which the vowel (sometimes) does not appear {disappearing
grade).

595.	The most important grades are :

Stkong	Weak

1)	c, o	'	—, or a

2)	a (usually	η in Homer), ω	a

3)	η, ω	«,	a

4)	ω	ο

5)	οι	ι

6)	(υ, οὐ	υ

Note. — (5) and (6) are really part of (1), being the short vowels t, o
combined with i and υ, forming the diphthongs ci, oi.

<pb n="220"/>ABLAUT, SONANT CONSONANTS [596-598

596.	Examples. — 1) βίλ-os missile, ίκη-βόλ-ος free-shooler, ύπο-βλή-δ^ν

breaking in, shooting in, βάλ-λω shoot, hurl - φίρ-ω bear, βουλη-$όρ-ο<; counselbearing,
δί-φρ-os chariot (bearer, carrier), φαρ-ίτμη quiver (arrow-carrier).
2) φη-pt (originally φα-pt, 621) I speak, φω-νί'ω I lift up the voice, speak,
l-φα-το lie spoke. 3) τ/-θη-ρι I pul, place, 6ω-η fine {penally placed upon
one), ri-Qi-ycv we jilace; ρήγ-νϋρι I break, tp-ρωγ-α I broke, tp-paqnj it was
broken. 4) δώ-ρον gift, δό-σι? gift. 5) XeCir-o) I leave, λί-λοιιτ-α I have left,
Ι-λιιτ-ον 1 left. 6) t-λίί-σοραι I shall come, (Ιλή λουθ-α I have come, ')-λυθ-ον
I came.

597.	Sonant Consonants. — In an earlier stage of the language,
the liquids (λ, p) and μ, v of the nasals were often vocalic
(sonant) ; that is, they were used as vowels in certain combinations.
In this case they are ordinarily written with a small circle

underneath, to distinguish them from the consonantal λ, p, μ, v.

598.	In G-reek as we know the language:

1)	Vocalic λ (λ), becomes consonantal (λ) and a strengthening
vowel is developed either before or after, as ίσταλμαι I am sent,
for an earlier Ιστλμαι; πίμπλαντο were filled, for an earlier πι(μ)-
πλντο; πολύς much, for an earlier πλνς.

2)	Similarly vocalic p (p) becomes consonantal (p), and a

o

strengthening vowel is developed either before or after it, as
KapBtrjy κραΒίτ) (= καρδιά, κραδια, 621) heart, for an earlier κρδιά,
καρτ€.ρόζ, Kparepos strong, harsh, for an earlier κρτ€ρος.

o

3)	Vocalic μ (μ) becomes short a, as in δέκα ten, for an earlier

O

δ«κρ, Ιλϋσα I loosed, for ah earlier έλνσμ.

o	o

4)	Vocalic v (v) also becomes short a, as in the ending -a of the

accusative singular, and the ending -as of the accusative plural,

masculine and feminine, of the third declension, for an earlier -v

• °
and -vs. Compare πόδα (acc. sing.) foot with Lat. pedem, which

is for an earlier ποδν (pedm). It occurs commonly elsewhere, as

dpvarca they protect, for ἀρννται, βαθύς deep, ϊπαθον I suffered, for

earlier βνθνς, έπνθον.

Note. — Occasionally the vocalic nasals μ, v (μ, v) became conso-

O O

nantal (μ, v), with or without the development of a strengthening
vowel, as βένθος depth, πένθος woe, for earlier βνθος, νπθοσ

<pb n="221"/>599-603]

HOMERIC GREEK

599.	In the case of the development of a short strengthening
vowel, two spellings of the same word often arose, or else different
forms of the same stem were used, as κρατερός, καρτεράs strong,
harsh; καροίη, κραΒίη heart; ίβαλον I hurled, ίβλήθην I was

hurled.

600.	Consonantal t. — Many Greek words earlier had a consonantal
(semi-vocalic) i, sounded as i in onion, and written i.
Its loss when following the final consonant of the stem of a word
caused the following changes in spelling :

At = λλ; κι, = σσ; τι, 0ι = σσ (sometimes σ); Βι = ζ between
vowels ; yι = ζ after a vowel; y t = δ after a consonant; <m, apt,

opt = aiv, aip, oip ; tw, ept, ivi, ιρι, vvc, vpi = ειν, up, lv, Ip, vv, vp.

601.	Compensative Lengthening. — The loss of one or more consonants
in a word usually occasions the lengthening of the preceding
vowel. This is called compensative lengthening. When it
takes place, a, ι, υ = ἀ, l, ϋ ; e = et; ο = οὐ.

602.	Consonantal υ. — p (vau, digamma) was simply a consonantal
(semi-vocalic) υ (just as w in English usually represents a consonantal
u), and one often becomes the other in Greek, as may be
seen from the declension of such forms as βασιλεύς (*βασιληνς)
king, νηνς ship, and βονς (*βωνς) ox, cow, of which the genitives are
βασιληος, νηός, βοός (for ail earlier βασιλ-ηρος, νηρος, βωρος) (572).
The final υ of the stem (630) of these' words thus first became
p and was then lost.

Note. — In a few words p became υ and remained, as ἀπούρας having
taken away (= ἀπορράς), ανερνσαν they drew up (the heads of the victims)
(= ἀρερνσαν = ἀρρερνσαν = ἀνρερνσαν).

603.	Loss of Sigma. —The rough breathing (527) in Greek often
represents a lost sigma. A sigma between two vowels usually
became the rough breathing (compare the change of intervocalic s
to r in early Latin) and was then lost.

<pb n="222"/>ORTHOGRAPHY, CONSONANT CHANGE [604-610

604.	Compare		
Greek	νπίρ over	άλϊ the (salt) sea	ΐστ-ημι stand
Latin	super	sal	sisto
Greek	ΐημι (ί-ij/u) throw	li six	iirra (Ιπτμ 597,598,3) seven
Latin	sero (seso)	sex	septem
Greek	εδοϊ seat	I self	τ)ως (αρ-ως) dawn
Latin	sedes	se	aurora (ausosa)
Greek	ομός similar	αΧλομαι (aX.tr) leap	ΰπνοϊ sleep
Latin	simi-lis	salio	somnus (sopnos, of. sopor)
Greek	os, ἡ, ον ('fos, 'ρη,	'/τον) one’s own	ytveoi of a race (γενε-os)
Latin	suus, sua, suum		generis (genesis)
Greek	genitive plural ending, feminine, 1st deel. ΰων (α-ών)		
Latin	ii ii	u a a	“ arum (asum)
605.	Final Consonants. — The only consonants which can stand		

at the end of a word are v, p, and s (including i and ψ). Other
consonants coming at the end of a word are dropped, as δώμα house
(for διοματ) ; νπόδρα askance, scowlingly (for viτοδρακ) ; ελυε for ελυετ.
Cf. amat, amabat, etc.

606.	έκ (ii) out of, from, and ονκ (οΰχ) not, are apparent exceptions,
but as proclitics (551) they are attached closely to the
following word.

607.	οΰ, ονκ, ονχ not are the Yariant spellings for this word
according as it comes before a consonant, a smooth breathing, or
a rough breathing, respectively. At the end of a sentence, clause,
or verse, the form οΰκὶ is sometimes found.

608.	Consonant Change. — There are certain changes which some
of the consonants undergo, mostly in the nature of assimilation,
that is, a consonant becomes similar to, or the same as the consonant
following (partial, or complete assimilation).

609.	Thus κάππζσον (καπτζσον) I fell has complete assimilation
of the t to the following ?r, while in ίπίμφθην (ΐπίμπθην) I was
conducted, sent, there is only partial assimilation.

610.	The most important of these changes are:

1) A labial (-π-, β, ψ), or a palatal (κ, γ, χ) mute before a dental
(τ, δ, Θ) mute must be of the same order (512).

<pb n="223"/>611-613]

HOMERIC GREEK

2)	A dental (τ, δ, Θ) mute before another dental mute becomes σ.

3)	Before μ a labial mute (π, β, φ) becomes μ, while the palatal
mutes κ and χ regularly become gamma-nasal (508), and a dental
mute (τ, δ, Θ) regularly becomes σ.

4)	Before σ: 
a labial mute (π, β, φ) combines and becomes φ.

a palatal mute (κ, γ, χ) combines and becomes ξ.
a dental mute (τ, δ, Θ) is usually assimilated (608),

becoming σ, and one σ is often dropped, as ποσ(σ)ὶ = ποδσι loith
his feet.

5) μ before a labial mute (π, β, φ) remains unchanged.

6)	v before a labial mute (π, β, φ) becomes μ.

v before a palatal mute (κ, γ, χ) becomes gamma-nasal (508).
v before λ, ρ is assimilated (608), becoming λ, or ρ respectively.

7)	A smooth mute (512) before Θ becomes a rough mute of the
same class (510).

8)	β + v becomes μν ; δ or τ + π becomes ππ ; δ + λ = λλ ; λ
+ ν = λλ; ν + μ = μμ.

9)	τ + ι (when ι is final, or medial followed by another vowel)
usually = σι, πλούσιος (πλοῦτος).

Note. — ντ before final ι becomes νς; the v is then dropped and the
preceding vowel lengthened by compensation, 601, 618.

611. Thus, with the exception of	(out of, from) in composition,
the only combinations of mutes which can occur are πτ, κτ,
/38, γδ, φθ, Χθ, 7τφ, κχ, and τθ.

Νότε. — y before κ, y, χ, ξ is a. nasal (508, 515) and not a mute.

612.	When v is brought before p by inflection (626) or composition,
a δ is developed to assist the pronunciation. Similarly,
when a μ is brought before p (or λ) a β is developed, as ανήρ, ἀν-
8ρός (άνρος) α man, of a man, αμβροτος (ά-μρτος, 597), immortal,
μίμβλιται (μιμλΐται) is a concern. For a similar development in
English compare tender (Lat. tenerum), cinder (Lat. cinerem),
number (Lat. numerum), humble (Lat. humilem).

613.	μ, ν, ντ, νδ, νθ, ρ, λ before σ, and σ before ν are regularly
dropped and the preceding vowel is lengthened by compensation
(601).

<pb n="224"/>CONSONANT CHANGE, PUNCTUATION [614-623

614.	In prepositional compounds, iv before λ, p, or σ remains
unchanged, while συν (ξύν) before σ becomes συσ, and before σ +
a consonant or before ζ becomes συ-.

615.	μ. before σ is dropped and the preceding vowel lengthened,
or else the μ is doubled, as ἀμὶ (ίσμι) I am, ίμμ^ναι (έσμεναι) to be.

616.	Words spelled with an initial p have this letter regularly
doubled when by composition or inflection it comes to stand after
a vowel (not a diphthong).

617.	λ, μ, v, and σ are often doubled under similar conditions
(525, 566).

618.	σ between consonants, except in compounds, is dropped.

619.	If a syllable begins with an aspiration (a rough breathing,
or a rough mute φ, θ, χ), the preceding syllable may not ordinarily
have an aspiration, but becomes smooth, as τίθ-ημι (θιθημι) I put,
place, τρίφια (θρέφω) I nurture, πίφηνα (φΐφηνα) I shone, ίχω (ίχω)
I have. This is known as dissimilation.

Note. — This rule is not always observed in the formation of the
aorist passive, where two rough mutes may begin successive syllables.

620.	Dialects. — The Homeric poems are a mixture of two Greek
dialects, Aeolic and Ionic, the bulk of the forms being Ionic.
Certain apparent irregularities are due to the Aeolic element in
them.

621.	The long alpha (ά) of the earlier language and found in
most of the other Greek dialects regularly becomes ἡ in Ionic
Greek, as βουλή desire, plan (βονλά). Long alpha in the Homeric
poems is regularly due to contraction (584-585), to compensative
lengthening (601), or else is an Aeolic form.

622.	Punctuation. — Greek punctuation differs from English in
having the semicolon and the colon represented by a single dot
above the line (·), while the interrogation mark has the same form
as the English semicolon (;)·

623.	Transliteration. — So many Greek words have come into
English through the medium of the Latin that the system of
transliteration usually employed by the old Bomans is the one
commonly used for the mass of Greek words in our tongue.

<pb n="225"/>624)

HOMERIC GREEK

This in general represented the Greek letters by their corresponding
English equivalents. Those which differ at all were
regularly transliterated as follows :

ζ = z, as ζωον animal (zoology, zoon, epizootic).
k = c, as δέκα ten (decalogue, decagon, decade).
v = y,1 as 7npfire (pyre, pyrotechnie(al), pyrography, pyrolatry).
cu = (a)e, as παΐς (stem παιδ) child (pedagogue, paedobaptism,
paedogenesis).

a = e, i, ei, as χείρ hand (chirography), είδωλον (idol), ΰδός appearance
(kaleidoscope), μονσεάον dwelling of the muses (museum),
ot = (o)e, as οΐκος house, home (economy, ecology), όμοιος like
(hom(o)eopathy, homoeomorphous).
ου = v, as βονς ox, cow (bucolic, Bucephalus, bucentaur,
bucranium).

ευ — eu2 as ἐν well (euphony, eulogy, euphemism).
p = rli, as ρέω flow (rhetoric, rheum(atism), catarrh).
γ-nasal (508)=«., as ἀγγελος messenger (angel(ic, -ology),evangel).
Iota-subscript (505) was usually omitted, as ωδή ode, ®ρήκη
Thrace, ἡ in Homeric Greek, when representing an ὰ in later
(Attic) Greek (621), was often transliterated by a, as "Ἀρη Hera,
Ἀθήνη Athena. This rule applies especially to ἡ when following
e, t, p, or when final.

624.	The following special rules apply to final endings :
oi = i, as 'Ἀχαιοὶ Achaei, Δαναοὶ Danai.

■η = a (sometimes e) (621) : ~2πάρτη Sparta, Ιθάκη Ithaca,
Εκάτη HecatL

ος = US (sometimes os) :	Πάτροκλος	Patroclus,	'Όλνμπος

Olympus; but Ἀήμνος Lemnos, Ἀήλος Delos, etc.
ov = urn, as Sowiov .Sunium, Παλλάδιον Palladium.
tui, τιη — cy: δημοκρατίη democracy,
ιη, La = y, as ἀρκαδίη Arcadia, Arcady, φιλοσοφίη (φιλέω love,
σοφίη skill, wisdom), philosophy, literally = love of
wisdom.

1	Only when standing alone ; never when part of a diphthong.

2	Occasionally = ev in compounds, as εύά^γελοϊ messenger of good (news)
(evangel, evangelist(ic), evangelic(al)).

<pb n="226"/>Restoration

Present Condition

THE PARTHENON

After serving as a temple for about nine centuries, the Parthenon was turned into a Christian
church, and later into a Mohammedan mosque. In 1687 a.d. the Venetians bombarded Athens
and sent a shell into the center of the building, which the Turks had used as a powder magazine.
The result was an explosion that threw down the side walls and many of the columns.
<pb/>TRANSLITERATION, INFLECTION [625-633

625.	Greek proper names are transliterated according to the
foregoing rules. They are put into the nominative (639), and
are pronounced by ignoring the Greek accent and by accenting
the penult (543) of the word if it is long (522) in Greek, otherwise
the antepenult ( 543), as Ἀητώ Lito, "Ολυμπος Olympus.

II. MORPHOLOGY
INFLECTION

626.	Inflection, including declension (nouns, adjectives, pronouns),
comparison (adjectives, adverbs), and conjugation, is the
fusion of a so-called stem (630), and certain elements which express
relationship to other words.

627.	A root is the essential part of a word which remains after
it has been analyzed into its various parts, and all prefixes, suffixes,
and formative elements have been removed.

628.	A stem often has more than one form, its different forms
usually standing in ablaut (593-595) relation to each other. It
is ordinarily derived from a root, by the addition of various
formative elements, prefixes, and suffixes.

629.	Some roots are also stems, and are combined directly
with inflectional elements.

630.	An inflected word is in general made up of two parts:

1)	The fundamental part, or stem.

2)	The inflectional element (usually an ending, commonly called a
suffix ; sometimes a prefix, as in the case of the augment, 830), which
combines with the stem to form ease, number, tense, person, etc.

631.	The last letter of the stem is called the stem characteristic,
and from this last letter stems are classified as vowel stems, mute
(509) stems, liquid (516) stems, etc.

DECLENSION

Nouns

632.	Nouns, pronouns, and adjectives are declined.

633.	Number. — There are three numbers in Greek, the singular
denoting one, the dual denoting two (usually referring to a pair of

<pb n="227"/>

objects closely associated, or belonging together by nature and
forming a closely related, unified group, as χεῖρε, ὀφθαλμώ, ἵππω the
two hands, eyes, horses. Compare yoke, team, pair in English),
and the plural denoting more than two.

Note. — The plural is often used interchangeably with the dual to
denote only two.

634.	Gender. — There are three genders, the masculine,
feminine, and neuter.

635.	The gender must usually he learned by observation, hut
in general:

1)	The names of males are masculine.

2)	The names of females are feminine.

3)	The names of rivers, winds, and months are usually masculine.

4)	The names of countries, towns, trees, and islands are usually

feminine.

5)	Most nouns denoting qualities and conditions are feminine.

636.	A few nouns are used either as masculine or feminine, as
παῖς child, which may be of either gender, and may mean either
hoy or girl, as may be required by occasion. Such words are said
to be of common gender.

637.	The demonstrative (often relative, or personal) pronoun
most extensively used in the Homeric poems is ὁ, ἡ, τό, the first
form being masculine, the second feminine, and the third neuter.

638.	The form of the noun which appears in the vocabulary is
the nominative singular, unless otherwise indicated. This is followed
by the ending of the genitive singular<n>grc:I think we should change this and show the whole form -- more space but more explicit</n>, which denotes to
which declension the noun belongs. After the ending of the genitive
singular is placed the appropriate form of this,, pronoun, to
indicate the gender. Thus θεός, θεοῦ, ὁ god is second declension
masculine; βουλἠ, βουλῆς, ἡ wish, will, plan is first declension feminine,
and ἄλγος, ἄλγεος, τό pain, woe is third declension neuter.

639.	Cases. — There are five cases in Greek, the nominative,
genitive, dative, accusative, and vocative, together with remnants
of three lost cases, the locative, instrumental, and ablative (657).

<pb n="228"/>

640.	All these cases except the nominative and vocative are
called oblique cases.

641.	Accent of Nouns. — The accent of a noun usually remains
in all the forms on the same syllable as in the nominative singular,
or at least as near that syllable as the general rules of accent will
allow. Thus ἥρως (nominative singular), but ἡρώων of heroes
(genitive plural). See 544 ff.

642.	Words monosyllabic in the nominative singular, when
becoming dissyllabic by declension, regularly have the accent on
the final syllable in all the dissyllabic forms of the genitive and
dative of all numbers, but keep the accent on the first syllable in
all other cases.

643.	An accented ultima in general takes the acute, but in the
genitive and dative of all numbers a long ultima, if accented,
takes the circumflex, as ψύχη soul (nom. sing.), but ψνχῆς of a soul
(gen. sing.), ψνχῃ to, for a soul (dat. sing.), etc.

644.	Declensions. —Nouns are declined in two general ways:

1)	The vowel declension, for stems (628) ending in the open
vowels, ᾱ, ο.

2)	The consonant declension, for stem's ending in a consonant,
or the closed vowels, i, v.

645.	The vowel declension has two forms, according as the
noun stem ends in d or o. Hence we have:

1)	The α declension, commonly called the first declension;

2)	The ο declension, commonly called the second declension.

646.	The consonant declension, for stems ending in a closed
vowel (ι, υ, which were at times semi-consonantal) or a consonant,
is commonly called the third declension.

647.	Words of the first declension have stems ending in ᾱ,
which either becomes shortened in the nominative singular to ᾰ,
or else becomes η (621), except in the one word θεἀ goddess, and a
very few proper names. Nouns of the first declension are either
masculine or feminine.

648.	Case Endings. — To form the various cases, numbers, and
genders, the following case endings were fused with the stems
of substantives and adjectives :

<pb n="229"/> 

Vowel Declension	



First Declension

Masculine
Singular
Nom. ς (none)
Gen. ο (ιο?)
Dat.	ι
Acc. ν
Voc.	none

Dual
N. A. V. none
G. D.	ιιν

PLURAL
N. V.	ι
Gen.	ων
3 Dat.	(ι)σι, ις
Acc.	νς5

Feminine
singular
Nom. ς (none)
Gen. ο (ιο?)
Dat.	ι
Acc. ν
Voc.	none

Dual
N. A. V. none
G. D.	ιιν

PLURAL
N. V.	ι
Gen.	ων
3 Dat.	(ι)σι, ις
Acc.	νς5

Second Declension
Masculine and Feminine

Nom. none
Gen. ο (ιο)
Dat.	ι
Acc. ν
Voc.	none<n n="2">But with ablaut of the final vowel of the stem ο : ε (595).</n>


Dual
N. A. V. none
G. D.	ιιν

PLURAL
N. V.	ι
Gen.	ων
Dat.	(ι)σι, ις<n n="3">Usually ισι; rarely the shorter form ις.</n>
Acc.	νς

Neuter

Nom. ν
Gen. ο (ιο)
Dat.	ι
Acc. ν
Voc.	ν


Dual
N. A. V. none
G. D.	ιιν

PLURAL
N. V.	ᾰ
Gen.	ων
Dat.	(ι)σι, ις<n n="3">Usually ισι; rarely the shorter form ις.</n>
Acc.	ᾰ

Consonant Declension

M. AND F.
Singular 
Nom.	ς (none)
Gen. ος 
Dat.	ι
Acc. ν, α (ν0)<n n="1">597 ; 598, 4.</n>
Voc. ς (none)

DUAL
N. A. V.	ε
G. D.	οιιν

PLURAL
N. V.	ες
Gen.	ων
Dat.	σ(σ)ι, εσ(σ)ι	
Acc.	νς,<n n="5">613</n> ν0ς<n n="1">597; 598,4.</n>


Neut.
Nom. none
Gen. ος 
Dat.	ι
Acc.  none
Voc.	none

DUAL
N. A. V.	ε
G. D.	οιιν

PLURAL
N. V.	ᾰ
Gen.	ων
Dat. σ(σ)ι, εσ(σ)ι
Acc. 	ᾰ




649.	When these suffixes combined with the stem of a word,
the following endings were produced:

First Declension

Masculine

SINGULAR
N.	ης, [α, ᾱς] <n n-"5">613.</n>
G.	ᾱο, [εω, ω] <n n="7">-εω, -εων regularly pronounced as one syllable by synizesis, 586 ; -εω usually contracted to -ω after a vowel.</n>	
D.	ῃ, [ᾳ]		
A.	ην, [αν]	
V.	η, α, [ᾱ]

DUAL
N. A. V.	ᾱ
G. D.		[ῃιν]	

PLURAL		
N. V.	αι
G.	ᾱων, [έων,1 (ῶν)]
D.	ῃσι, ῃς, [αις]
A.	ᾱς	

Feminine
SINGULAR
N.      η, α, ᾱ	
G.	ης, ᾱς	
D.	ῃ, ᾳ
A.	ην, αν, ᾱν
V.	η, α, ᾱ

DUAL
N. A. V.	ᾱ
G. D.		[ῃιν]


PLURAL		
N. V.	αι	
G.	ᾱων, [έων,1 (ῶν)]	
D.	ῃσι, ῃς, [αις]	
A.	ᾱς	

Second	Declension

Masculine and Feminine
SINGULAR.

os, [(ως, ους)]<n n="6">Forms in square brackets [ ] are rare and need not be memorized; those in parentheses ( ) are contracted.</n>
G.      οιο, ου, [οο, ωο	(ω)]
D.	ῳ	
A.	ον, [(ων)]	
V.      ε [ος]	

N. A. V.	ω
G. D.		οιιν

PLURAL		
N. V.	οι [(ῳ)]
G.	ων
D.      οισι, οις
A.	ους, [(ως)]


Neuter
SINGULAR.

N. 	ον
G.      οιο, ου, [οο, ωο	(ω)]
D.	ῳ
A.      ov
V.      ον

N. A. V.	ω
G. D.		οιιν


PLURAL		
N. V.           ᾰ
G.		ων
D.              οισι, οις
A.		ᾰ















<pb n="230"/>

DUAL



	Third (Consonant) Declension			
		SINGULAR,		
	Masc. and Fem.		Nedt.	
	N. ς(none)		—	
	G. ος, [(ευς, ους, ως)]		ος [(ευς, ους, ως)]	
	D. ι, [(ῑ ῳ)] ι, [(ῑ)]

A. α, ν [(η, ω)]

V. (ς none)


DUAL	
N. A. V. ε			ε	
	G. D. οιιν		οιιν	

PLURAL

N. V.	ες, [(εις, ους)]

α,   [(η, ω)]	

G.	ων	ων
D.	σι, εσσι, [εσι]
[(η, ω)]

A.	ς, ας, [(ῑς, ῡς, εις)]	α, [(η)]

650.	Observe that the dative singular of all declensions ends
in ι, which always becomes iota subscript (505) after long vowels
(584, 1, note).

651.	The dative plural regularly ends in σι, to which may be
added nu-movable (561, 1).

652.	-ῃσι and -οισι are the regular forms for the ending of the
dative plural in the first two declensions. Occasionally the
shorter forms, -ῃς, -οις, are found, hut this is almost always before
vowels, and it is possible that in that case they should be treated
as examples of elision (575) and written -ῃσ' and -οισ’.

653.	The genitive plural of all forms ends in -ων.

1 See footnote 7 on page 230.

<pb n="231"/>

654.	There are but two forms of the dual in each declension,
one (masc. only) for the nominative, accusative, and vocative;
the other for the genitive and dative.

Note. — The form of the gen. and dat. dual of the first declension is
uncertain. Instead of -ῃιν, some read -αιιν (-αιν)

655.	As in Latin, the vocative singular is often like the nominative,
and the vocative plural of all forms is always like the
nominative plural.

656.	The nominative, accusative, and vocative of all neuters are
alike, and in the plural end in short -α.

657.	In an earlier stage of the language there were three other
cases: the instrumental, denoting instrument, means, manner,
etc., the locative, denoting the place where, and the ablative, denoting
separation, source, etc. There are only remnants of these
left in Greek, as the dative became fused with the instrumental
and locative, taking over most of their uses, while the genitive
absorbed most of the functions of the ablative.

658.	In addition to the endings given in the tables (648-649),
two other suffixes, -φι(ν) and -θεν, were sometimes used. For
their uses, see 712, 715.

PARADIGMS

Nouns

First Declension Feminine

659.	βουλή, fis, fi (a, the) desire, will, plan, counsel, council.

(βουλα-) 1

SINGULAR

N. βουλή (a, the) plan (as subject).

G. βουλ-fis of; off, from (a, the) plan.

D. βουλή to, for; with, by; in, at, on (a, the) plan.

A. βουλήν (a, the) plan (as object).

Ύ. βουλή O plan!

1 In the paradigms the stem of the word will be indicated each time in
parentheses; it will not be accented, and will be followed by a dash, as
(/3ουλά-) above.

<pb n="232"/>NOUNS, MUST .DECLENSION

[660-662

DUAL

N. A. V. βουλα (the) two plans (as subject, or object) ; O two plans!

G. D. βουλήiv of; off, from; to, for; with, by; in, at, on (the) two plans.

N. V. βουλαὶ (the) plans (as subject) ; O plans!

G. βουλαων [ίων, -ών] of ; off, from (the) plans.

D. βουλήσι, rjs to, for; with, by; in, at, on (the) plans.

A. βούλας (the) plans (as object).

660.	Use of Article. — Observe that there are no words used
regularly in Homeric Greek with the meaning of the English
article, either definite (the) or indefinite (a, an). One decides
from the context whether or not the English article is to be
employed in translation.

661.	Meanings of Cases. — The variety of meaning found in the
genitive and dative is due to the fact that each represents the
fusion of two or more earlier cases (657). An attempt is made
to represent this above by the use of semicolons to separate
meanings which once belonged to different cases.

662.	καλή βουλή (a, the) good plan.

(καλα- βούλα )

SINGULAR

N. κᾱλὴ βουλή (a, the) good plan (as subject).

G. κᾱλῆς βουλῆς of; off, from (a, the) good plan.

D. κᾱλὴ βουλή to, for; with, by; in, at, on (a, the) good plan.

A. κᾱλὴν βουλήν (a, the) good plan (as object.).

V. κᾱλὴ βουλή O good plan !

DUAL

N. A. V. κᾱλὰ βουλά (the) two good plans (as subject, or object) ; O two
good plans!

G. D. κᾱλῇιν βουλῇιν of ; off, from ; to, for; with, by; in, at, on (the) two good plans.

PLURAL

N. κᾱλαὶ βουλαί (the) good plans (as subject) 

V. κᾱλαὶ βουλαί  O good plans!

G. κᾱλάων βουλάων [βουλέων, βουλῶν] of good plans; off or from (the) good plans.

D. κᾱλῇσι βουλῇσι βουλῇς to, for; with, by; in, at, on (the) good plans.

A. κᾱλὰς βουλάς (the) good plans (as object).

<pb n="288"/>

663.	θεά, θεᾶs, ἡ  (θεᾱ-)		

θάλασσα, θαλάσσης, ἡ	

γαῖα, γαίης, ἡ


(θαλασσᾱ-)	

(γαιᾱ-)
	goddess	
		SINGULAR	
N.	θεά	
G.	θεᾶς	
D.	θεᾷ	
A.	θεάν	
		DUAL	
n. a. v.	θεά	
G. D.	θεῇιν	
		PLURAL	
n. y.	θεαί	
G.	θεάων [θεῶν]	
D.	θεῇσι [θεῇς]	
A.	θεάς	

	sea	
		SINGULAR	
N.	θάλασσα
G.	θαλάσσης
D.	θαλάσσῃ
A.	θάλασσαν
		DUAL	
n. a. v.	θαλάσσᾱ
G. D.	θαλάσστῃιν
		PLURAL	
n. v.	θάλασσαι
G.	θαλασσάων [θαλασσέων, θαλασσῶν] 
D.	θαλάσσῃσι, θαλάσσῃς
A.	θαλάσσας


	land, country, earth
		SINGULAR	
N.	γαῖα
G.	γαιῆς
D.	γαιῇ
A.	γαῖαν
		DUAL	
n. a. v.	γαίᾱ
G. D.	γαίῃιν
		PLURAL	
n. y.	γαῖαι
G.	γαιάων [γαιέων, γαιῶν]	
D.	γαίῃσι, γαίῃς
A.	γαίας

	First	Declension Masculine	
664.	,Ἀτρί*Ιδης, ao, δ	ἈΙνίίας, ἀο, ό αἰχμητήε, ἀο, ό
	( ArpcpiSa-)	(Alvc La-)	(αίχμητα-)
	son of Atreus	Aeneas	spearman, warrior
		SINGULAR	
N.	^Ἀτρίΐδης	A l velas αἰχμητήϊ [αίχμητά]
' G.	‘ArpctSao [€ω]	>  <  PI  o  i—1  ε  1	1 αἰχμητάο [ίω]
D.	Άτρίΐδτ]	Atvcla	α1ΧΗ·ητίι
A.	*Ἀτρ€Ϊδην	Alvc lav αἰχμητήν
y.	Άτρ€'£δη	Alvc la αἰχμητά
		DUAL	
n. a. y.	*Ἀτρ€Ϊδά	 αἰχμητα
G. D.	Ἀτρεΐδηι,ν	PLURAL αἰχμητήιν
N. V.	Άτρ€'ίδαι	 αἰχμηταί
G.	*Ἀτρ€Ϊδαων [ίων, ών]	 αἰχμηταων [ίων, cSvJ
D.	*Ἀτρ€Ϊδησι, t)S	 αἰχμητήο-μ fjs
A.	Άτ pellas	 αἰχμηταϊ

665.	Observe that the original d of the stem of first declension
nouns commonly becomes ἡ throughout the singular (621). It
rarely remains ὰ (in θζα goddess, and a few proper names).

<pb n="234"/>NOUNS, SECOND DECLENSION

[666-676

666.	In some feminines the ὰ of the stem becomes ὰ in the
nominative, which is found also in the accusative and vocative,
but. in the genitive and dative singular the d of the stem becomes
17, just as in nouns ending in ἡ in the nominative singular.

667.	The masculines usually take the case-ending -s in the nominative
singular ; the feminines do not.

668.	The nominative singular of a few masculines ends in -a.;
a very few end in -ds, but most end in -ης.' Those ending in -ά,
excepting those with variant forms in -ψ, regularly have the recessive
accent (548), hnd all are adjectival except the proper name

Θυεστα ThyGStGS.

669.	Masculines and feminines of the first declension are all
declined alike in the dual and plural.

670.	Masculines ending in -ψ and -as in the nominative singular
retain this ἡ or d throughout the singular, with the exception
that the genitive singular always has either the ending -do (regular)
or -εω (rare).

671.	Those ending in -d in the nominative have the same form
also in the vocative singular, but otherwise are declined like those
ending ih -77s.

672.	Feminines ending in -η or -d in the nominative singular
retain this throughout the singular.

673.	Those ending in -d retain this only in the nominative, accusative,
and vocative: the genitive and dative are declined the
same as those ending in -η.

674.	Masculines are declined like feminines except in the nominative
and genitive singular, and occasionally in the vocative singular.

675.	Masculines ending in -817s have -17 in the vocative singular ;
those ending in -της [-τα], compound nouns, and names of national-'
ities have -a ; those ending in -ds have -d.

The Second Declension

676.	Nouns of the second declension have stems ending in -0
(-ε in the voc. sing. m. and f., which stands in ahlaut relation (593-
595) to the -0). They are chiefly masculine and neuter, with a

<pb n="235"/>677-679]

HOMERIC GREEK

very few feminines. The masculines and feminines end in -s in
the nominative singular, the neuters in -v. These when combined
with -o of the stem give the endings os for the masculines and
feminines and -ov for neuters.

677.	The masculines and feminines are declined alike; the
neuters differ from them in two respects :

1)	The nominative, accusative, and vocative singular all end in

(i.e. -ov).

2)	The nominative,. accusative, and vocative plural end in -a.

678. θυμός, οὐ, 6 spirit, life, soul.	κακός πόλίμος, οὐ, ὁ evil war.
(θΰμο-)	(κακό- ΐΓθλ€μο-)
SINGULAR	
N. θυμός	κακός πόλίμος
G. θϋμοΰ, οΐο [όο]	κακού πολίμου, οΐο, οιο [όο, οο]
D. θϋμώ	κακώ ιτολίμω
A. θυμόν	κακόν πολίμον
Y. θΰμ^	κακ€ TroXtpc
DUAL	
Ν, Ἀ. Υ. θΰμώ	κακώ ιτολίμω
G. D. θϋμοΐιν	κακοΐιν πολέμοιιν
PLURAL	
if. Y. θυμοί	κακοὶ ιτόλίμοι
G. θυμών	κακῶν ιτολ^μων
D. θϋμοΐσι, οΐς	κακοΐαι πολέμοιοΊ, οΐς οις
A. θυμούς	κακούς ιτολίμους
679. κᾱλόν «ργον, οὐ, τό noble deed.	κακή νοΰσος, οὐ, ἡ destructive
(κᾱλό- ρ€ργο-)	(κακα- νουσο-) plague.
SINGULAR	
if. κᾱλόν «ργον	κακή νοΰσος ^
G. κάλοΰ «ργου, οΐο, οιο [όο, οο]	κακής νουιτου, οιο [οο]
D. κᾱλώ €ργω	κακή νούσ*ω
Ἀ. κᾱλόν ίργον	κακήν νοΰο“ον
Υ. κᾱλόν €ργον	κακή νοΰσ·€
DUAL	
if. Ἀ. Υ. κᾱλώ φγω	κακα νούο*ω
G. D. κάλοΐιν «ργοιιν	κακήιν vovcrouv

<pb n="236"/>NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION	[680-685

PLURAL

N. V. κᾱλὰ έργα '

G. κᾱλῶν έργων
D. κᾱλοίσιεργοισι, ots, ois
A. κᾱλὰ έργα

κακαὶ νοΰιτοι

κακαων [ίων, wvj νούνων
κακήετι νούσοισι, rjs ois
κακαδ vovaovs

The Third Declension

680.	Nouns of the third declension are masculine, feminine,
and neuter.

681.	There are many forms of the nominative of third declension
nouns, which must be learned partly by practice, but in general
:

1) Masculine and feminine stems, except those ending in v, p,
and σ, add σ to the stem and make the usual euphonic changes

2)	Masculine and feminine stems ending in p, σ and most of
those ending in v make no change except to lengthen the last
vowel if it is short.

3)	Stems ending in v(t) either make no change except to
lengthen the last vowel if it is short, dropping final τ wherever
it occurs, or else they add σ to the stem and make the usual
euphonic changes (613), loss of v(t) and lengthening of the preceding
vowel. Thus the stems : δαιρ,ον-, θϊν-, ρ,ελαν-, γεροντ- give the
nominatives δαιρ,ων divinity, Ois shore, beach, μιλάς black and γέρων
old man, respectively.

682.	In neuters the nominative singular is usually the stem,
with the exception of those with stems ending in τ which is
dropped wherever it occurs.

683.	As a rule the stem of third declension nouns may be found
by dropping the case ending (-os) of the genitive singular.

684.	The dative singular regularly ends in i, but occasionally
in ϊ.

685.	The accusative singular of masculine and feminine nouns
is regularly formed by adding v to stems ending in vowels and by
adding v (597) to consonantal stems, v of course regularly becomes
-ὰ (598, 4), thus making the case ending of accusatives sin-

(613). .

<pb n="237"/>686-693]

HOMERIC GREEK

gular masculine and feminine regularly -v for vowel stems and -a
for consonantal steins.

686.	The dative plural is formed in two ways :

1)	By adding -εσσι (rarely -εσι) to the stem.

2)	By adding -σι (rarely -σσι) to the stem.

687.	Note.— When -σι [-σσι] is added, the preceding consonants are
assimilated, or dropped, according to the rules (613 f£.). Thus του?, πο-
δός, ο fool gives ποσσὶ (from ^Γοδ-σι), which maybe further simplified to
ποσι; νΰ£, ννκτός, -η night gives νυ£ι (from ννκτ-σι) ; γέρων, γεροντο?, ὁ old
man, gives γερονσι (from γερονν-σι), etc. The longer forms of the datives
of these nouns are πόδεσσι, ννκτεσσι, -γερόντεσσι.

688.	The accusative plural of masculines and feminines originally
ended in -ys (-vs), which gives the ending -as (598,4) for consonant
stems, and -ts, -is (613 ff.) as the regular ending for the
vowel stems.

689.	Note. — A few vowel stems seem to have had -as in the accusative
plural, formed by analogy from the consonantal stems.

690.	Words ending in -ts and -vs in the nominative singular,
but with dental mute (τ, δ, θ') stems very rarely drop the mute
and take the accusative ending (-v) of vowel stems.

691.	The vocative singular is either the same as the nominative,
or else the same as the stem, final consonants except v, p, ?
(605) being dropped whenever they occur.

692.	Compensative lengthening (601) regularly takes place in
the formation of the dative plural when vr is thus dropped, but
does not take place when only one letter, as τ, δ, θ, σ, v, is dropped ;
as πασι (παντ-σι), γερουσι (γεροντ-σι), δαίμοσι (δαιρ.ον-σι).

693.

Dental Mute Stems

ἀναξ, avaKTOs, ό
(ρανακτ )

king, lord

νύξ, wktos, ή
(νυκτ-)

night

irats, ttcuSos, ό, ή
(ircuS-)

child

SINGULAR

N.	άναξ	νύξ	irats

Gr.	avaKTOs	vvktos	iraiSos

238

γέρων, γφοντΟΞ, ό
(γίροντ-)

old man

γ^ρων

•ycpovTos
<pb/>NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION

[694-695

D-	ανακτι	νυκτί	irauSi	γέροντι
A.	ανακτα	νύκτα	-παίδα	γέροντα
V.	1	1  d > »d 1	1  AA/I  d  >  *d	νύξ	παΖ	γέρον
		DUAL		
N. A. V.	ανακτ€	νύκτί	ιταΐδί	Y€pOVT€
G. D.	ά,νάκτοιι,ν	νύ KTOLUV	ιταίδοιιν	γίράντοιαν
		PLURAL	'	
N. V.	avaKT€S	VVKT€S	ΊΓαΐδ€5	Y^pOVT€S
G.	ανάκτων	νυκτών	παίδων	γ€ ράντων
	f ἀνάκτ€0Γ<Γΐ	VVKT€CTCTL	Γ ‘παίδίσσ'ΐ	1 Y€pOVT€CTCrt
D.	1 [«ο-1]	r^i  2  1	1	I [id]	1 [£<γι]
	[ ava£i	. νυ|ί	1 iraicri	1 γέρουσι
A.	ανακτας	νύκτας	παΐδας	γέροντας

694. Observe the irregular accent of π-αίδων (642), genitive plural
of παΐς. This word is somewhat irregular, owing to the fact
that it was earlier dissyllabic (πάρα). It has the following variants

of accent	: nom. sing. πάις,	7rats; yoc. sing. πάι?	7ταΓ.
695.	Labial	and Palatal Stems	
atij, atyos, ό, ή		κήρυξ, ϋκος, ο	ἈΙΘίοψ, oiros, 6
(aly-)		(κηρϊκ-)	(ἈΙΘιοπ-)
goat		herald	Ethiopian
		SINGULAR	
N.	at|	κήρκξ	ἈΙΘίοψ
G. αἰγός	κήρϋκος	ἈΙΘίοπος
D. αἰγί	κήρϋκι	ἈΙΘίοπι
A. αἰγα	κήρϋκα	ἈΙΘίοπα
V.	αϊξ	κήρυξ	ἈΙΘίοψ
		DUAL	
N. A. V.	αΐγ€	κήρϋκ€	ἈΙΘίθ1Γ€
G. D.	αΐγοιιν	κηρυκοιιν	ἈΙΘιόιτοιιν
		PLURAL	
N. V.	αΐγ€5	κήρϋκ€ς	ἈΙΘίοιτίς
G.	αΙγών	κηρυκων	ἈΙΘιόπων
j aiyara-i [e<ri]		j κηρυκ€<τσ·ι [«σι.]	j AtOuSirccnn [«crt]
\at|i		1 κήρϊξι	{ἈΙΘίοψι
A.	αΐγας	κήρϋκας	ἈΙΘίοιτας
		239	
<pb/>696-697]		HOMERIC GREEK	
696.	δαίμων, ovos,	Liquid and Nasal Stems  ὁ φρήν, φρίνόί, ή	\€tp, OS, ή
	(Βαιμον-)	(φρίν-)	(χειρ-)
	divinity	diaphragm, heart, mind	hand, arm
		SINGULAR	
N.	Βαίμων	φρήν	Χ«£Ρ
G.	Βαίμονος	φρενόβ	Xiipos
D.	Βαίμονι	φρενί	x«(0p£
A.	Βαίμονα	φρένα	χίΐρα
y.	Βαΐμον	φρήν	X‘£P
		DUAL	
27. A. Y.	Βαίμονα	Φ ρ 6 Vt	X«ip«
G. D.	Βαιμόνοιιν	φρένοιιν	χείροιιν
		PLURAL	
nr. y.	δαίμονες	φρένΐΐ	χειρες
G.	δαιμόνων	φρ€ν«ν	χειρών
D.	ὶ δαιμόνεσσι [εσι] ὶ φρίνεσσι [ε<Γΐ]		J χείρεσcri [ccri"
	[ Βαίμοσι	\ φρεσί	1 χ*Ρσί
A.	δαίμονας	φρε'νας	Xetpas

Liquid Stems

697.	Several words ending in -?jp in the nominative singular
have three different grades of ablaut (593-595), -ηρ, -tp, -p in the
stem. The vocative singular regularly has recessive accent (548).

SINGULAR

	ιτατήρ, τίρος, τρός, ό	father	μήτηρ, Tepos, Tpos, ἡ mother
	(irarep-, -ηρ, -ρ)		(ματηρ-, -ερ, -ρ)
Ν.	ιτατήρ		μήτηρ
G.	ιτατερος, τρός		μητέροβ, Tpos
D.	πατερι, τρ£		μητίρι, τρί
A.	πατερα		μητέρα
V.	Ίτάτερ	DUAL·	μήτερ
Ν. A. V.	πατίρε		μητίρε
G. D.	πατφοιιν	PLURAL	μητεροιιν
Ν. V.	Ίτατίρες		μητε'ρες
G.	Ίτατ^ρων, τρων	240	μητέρων
<pb/>NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION

[698-701

D.	ΐΓατράσι	μητράσΊ,
A.	iraT^pas	μητέρας
	θυγάτηρ, repos, τρό$, ἡ daughter	άνήρ, έρος, δρός,
	(θυγάτηρ-, -ep, -p)	(άνηρ-, -ερ, -ρ)
	SINGULAR	
N.	θυγάτηρ	ά^ήρ
G.	θυγατί'ροβ, Tpos	άνερος, ἀνδρός
D.	θυγατε'ρι, τρί	άνέρι, av8pC
A.	θυγατέρα, θύγατρα	άνερα, ἀνδρα
V.	θύγατερ	άνερ
	DUAL	
N. A. V.	θυγατέρε	άνέρε, ἀνδρε
G. D.	θυγατέροιιν	άνεροιιν, ἀνδροιιν
	PLURAL	
N. V.	θυγατέρες, θύγατρες	άνέρες, ἀνδρες
G.	θυγατέρων, θυγατρών	άνερων, ἀνδρών
D.	θυγατράσι, τερεσ<τι	άνδράσι, ἀνδρεσσι
A.	θυγατέρας, θύγατρας	άνέρας, ἀνδρας

698.	Observe that a 8 is developed in the forms of ανηρ between
v and p whenever they would otherwise come together
(612).

699.	In the genitive and dative singular of ἀνήρ, μήτηρ, and
θν-γάτ-ηρ, the shorter forms have the accent, after the analogy of
Ίτάτ'ηρ. πατρός, πατρί, which was originally monosyllabic (νατρ),
and follows the regular rides for the accentuation of monosyllabic
nouns (642).

700.	The ρὰ in the dative plural, and these forms in general
are explained in 597-598.

701.	Stems	in	ηυ	(ty),	ον, and ωρ

βασιλεύς, ήος, ό	βθϊ$, βοόϊ, ό, ή	νηΰϊ, νη05 (v€0s), ή.	ηρως, coos, ό
(βανιληυ-, -(V-, -ηρ-)	(βου-, βωρ-, βορ-)	(ναυ-, ναρ- 621)	(ήρωρ-)
king	ΟΧ, COW	ship, bark	hero, mighty warrior
	SINGULAR		
Ν. βασιλεύς *"""	βούς	νηΰς	ήρως
Gr. βασιλήος [·έος]	βοός	νηός [νεός]	ήρωος
D. βασιλήι [-έι]	βοΐ	νη[	ήρωι
Ἀ. βασιλήα [-ία]	1	1  <3  ΟΧ  L—)  ρ-  Ο  CX	νήα [νέα]	ηρώα
V. βασιλεύ	βου	νηύ	ήρω$

<pb n="241"/>702-706]

HOMERIC GREEK

DUAL

N. A. V.	βασιἈήε	βθ€	νήΐ	ήρωε
G. D.	βασιλήοιιν	βόοιιν	νήοιιν	ήρώοιιν
		PLURAL		
N. V.	βασνλήε$	βθ€δ	vf)eS	ήρωεδ
G.	βασιλήων	βοών	ε>  *  Γ	1  *  ε>	ηρώων
D.	1 βασιλήεσσι	1 βόεσσι	j VTj€<T<rt [v€€<rcnj	j ήρώεσσι
	( βασιλεΰσι	- \ βουσί	1 νηυσί	\ ήρωσι
A.	βασνλήαε ί	y ' βόας (βον$)	νήα$ (vias)	ήρωα$

702.	The shortening of a vowel before a following vowel in
such forms as βασιλής (*βασίληνί), νηός (veos) is explained in 572.

703.	Observe that the v of the stem of these words became p
in many cases and was then lost (602).

704.	Stems	IX ι (ei, ei)i and	υ (ευ, ερ)	
iroXis, vos,'	ή πήχυς, €os, ὁ αστυ, €os, τό		νεκΰ$, vos, ό	δάκρυ, vos, τό
(πολι-, ~ev-) (·π-ηχυ-, -«		F') (άστυ-, ep-)	(νεκΰ-)	(δάκρυ-)
city	. forearm	city, town	corpse	tear
		SINGULAR		
Ν.	•π-όλΐϊ	iriJXvs αστυ	VCKVS	δάκρυ
G.	ΐΓ0λιθ5, -t|og	irqxcos αστ€θ$	V6KVOS	δάκρυοβ
D.	ιτόλα,^-ψ,-ίΐ	πήχεϊ ἀστεϊ	νε'κυϊ	δάκρυϊ
. Ἀ.	ΊΓΟλίν	πήχυν αστυ	νεκϋν	δάκρυ
Υ.	πόλι	ιτήχυ αστυ	ν4κϋ	δάκρυ
		DUAL		
Ν. A. V.	ΐτόλΐε	•πήχεε αστίί	ν^κυε	δάκρυε
G. D.	πολίοαν	ιτηχίοιιν ἀστεοαν	νεκύοιιν	δακρυοιιν
		PLURAL		
Ν. V.	TT0Xv€S, -ηε$	πήχεε5 ἀστε a	V€KV8S	δάκρυα
G.	-πολίων	πηχεων ἀστίων	νεκύων	δακρύων
D. J	' ιτολίεσσν | ΐΓηχ&σσι f ἀστέεσι		j νεκύεσσι ^	J δακρύεσσι
	1 πόλεσι, -ισν \	ΐΓήχίσι \ ἀστεσν	\ νεκΰσ(σ)ι	\ δάκρυσι
A. j	πόλιας, -ηas,	·7Γήχ6α$ ἀστεα	v^Kvas [-vs]	δάκρυα
	I -Xs, (-€IS?)			

705.	Forms as πόλις, πηχνς, αστν show different grades of
ablant (593-595): i, ei, and v, eu ([cp).

706.	Observe the loss of the v and t in sneh words as πήχνς, eos
αστν, eos, and πόλις. They first become p, or t of course (602, 600).

<pb n="242"/>NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION

[707-710

707. Nouns with Stems in -s (-«s, -as- -os) and in t

tiros, tos, to -ycpas, aos, τό ήώς, ήόο$, ἡ δώμα ημαρ. ήματοβ, τό
(ρίΐτίσ·-) (γ(ρασ)	(άρσοσ·-) (δωματ-) (ήμαρ-, ήματ-)

wor.d, speech prize (of honor) Eos, dawn house, home day

		SINGULAR			
N.	tiros	•ycpas	ήώ$	δώμα	ήμαρ
G.	tirtos	■ytpaos	ήόθ5	δώματο5	ήματοβ
D.	€1T€l	■ytpa'i	ή<Η	δώματι	ή ματ ι
A.	tiros	'ytpas	ήόα	δώμα	ήμαρ
V.	tiros	■ycpas	ήω8	δώμα	ήμαρ
			DUAL		
n. a. y.	tirtt	•ytpat		δώματί	ήματ£
G. D.	tirtouv	-ytpaoiLV		δωμάτοιιν	ήμάτοιιν
			plural		
N. V.	tlTtCL	■ytpa(a)		δώματα	ήματα
G.	flTtiDV	■γ€ράων		δωμάτων	ήμάτων
T)	f tTTtWo-l	j -ytpato-o-i		j δωμάτίσσι	ὶ ήμάτ€<Γ<τι
JJ·	\ ?·π·ί(σ·)σι [ yipa(o-)o-i			1 δώμασι	[ ημασΊ
A.	tirta	■yepa(a)		δώματα	ήματα
708. Observe that stems ending in				σ lose this σ when it comes	
between	two vowels (603).		. Thus these words were formerly		
declined					
			SINGULAR		
N.	tiros	■ycpas	ήρώ$	= apcrcos (621) ~	αυσωβ (602)
G.	tirto-os	-yepacros	ήροοΌΞ	= ἀρσοσos =	άυσοσos
D.	€ΤΓί<ΓΙ.	-yepacri	ήροσι	= apcrocri =	άυσοσι

and thus throughout the whole declension, all numbers. The loss
of intervocalic σ (603-604), and of p also from ήύς (602), gave
the forms found above, 707.

709.	Observe that all nouns ending in -os in the nominative singular
are masculine or feminine (almost always masculine) if of the
second declension, and that they are neuter if of the third declension.

710.	Nouns ending in -μα, in the nominative singular, and all
others with genitives in -ατο? are neuter.

<pb n="243"/>711-718]

HOMERIC GREEK

Stray Case Forms

711.	The old ending -θι may be added to the stem of a noun
or a pronoun to indicate place where.

712.	The ending -θεν may be added to the stem of a noun or a
pronoun to indicate source or separation, or to express various
other relations of the genitive, as ονρανόθεν from heaven, σίθεν of
you.

713.	-Sc, a postpositive (15, 3) enclitic (553; 554, 6), with the
force of a preposition (as, cs, cVi), may be added to the accusative
to denote place to which, or limit of motion, as ἀγορην&ε to the
assembly.

714.	The ending -i may be added to the stem of a noun to denote
place where, or in which (the locative, 657), as οίκοι at home.

715.	The ending -φι(ν), added to the stem of a noun or pronoun,
is used to express various relations, both singular and
plural, of both genitive and dative (especially -when used in the
instrumental sense).

716.	Irregular Nouns. — There are various types of irregularity
in the formation and declension of nouns; the gender in the
plural may be different from that in the singular; -words may be
declined from two separate stems (heteroclites), but have the
same nominative singular; they may have cases formed from
another stem than the nominative singular (metaplastic forms) ;
or they may be used in only one case, or part of the cases (defectives).
Irregular nouns can best be learned from the lexicon,
as one meets them in reading and has occasion to use them.
Most of them are very rare.

Adjectives

717.	Adjectives have three declensions, as nouns, and follow
the same general rules.

718.	With respect to form they may be divided into four
classes:

1)	Adjectives of the first and second (vowel) declensions.

2)	Adjectives of the second declension (mostly compounds).

<pb n="244"/>ADJECTIVES, FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS [719-721

3)	Adjectives of the first and third declensions.

4)	Adjectives of the third (consonant) declension.

719.	The form of the adjective which appears in the vocabulary
is the nominative singular of all genders (except in the case
of a very few of only one gender, in which case the nominative
and genitive singular are given).

720.	Adjectives of the first and second declensions have three
endings (ος, η, ον) in the nominative singular, for the three
genders, masculine, feminine, and neuter, respectively.

Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions

721.	κᾱλός,	καλή, καλόν beautiful, noble

(κᾱλό-, κᾱλα-, κᾱλό-)

	SINGULAE	
Masc.	Fem.	Neut.
Ιν. κᾱλός	κᾱλή	κᾱλόν
G. κᾱλοῦ, οῖο [όο]	κᾱλῆς	κᾱλοῦ, οῖο [όο]
D. κᾱλώ	κᾱλή	κᾱλώ
Ἀ. κᾱλόν	κᾱλήν	κᾱλόν
V. κᾱλέ	κᾱλή	κᾱλόν
	DUAL	
N.A.V. κᾱλώ	κᾱλά	κᾱλώ
G. D. κάλοῖιν	κᾱλῇιν	κᾱλοῖιν
	PLURAL	
N.V. κᾱλοί	κάλαί	κᾱλά
G. κᾱλῶν	κᾱλάων [καλέων, καλῶν]	κᾱλῶν
Γλ κᾱλοῖσι, καλοῖς	κᾱλῇσι, κᾱλῇς	κᾱλοῖσι, καλοῖς
Ἀ. κᾱλούς	κᾱλάς	κᾱλά

φίλος, φίλη, φίλον dear, lovely, beloved
(φίλο-, φίλα-, φίλο-)

SINGULAR

Masc.	Fem.	Neut.
Ν. φίλος	φίλη	φίλον
G. φίλου, φίλοιο [φίλοο]	φίλης	φίλου, φίλοιο [φίλοο]
D. φίλῳ	φίλῃ	φίλῳ
Ἀ. φίλον	φίλην	φίλον
V. φίλε	φίλη	φίλον
		
<pb/>

DUAL

N. A. V. φίλω	φίλα	φίλω
G. D. φίλοιιν	φίλῃιν	φίλοιιν
	PLURAL	
N.V, φίλοι	φίλαι	φίλα
G. φίλων	φιλάων [φιλέων, φιλῶν]	φίλων
D. φίλοισι, φίλοις	φίλῃσι, φίλῃς	φίλοισι, φίλοις
A. φίλους	φίλας	φίλα

Note. — Superlatives (as ἄριστος, ἀρίστη, ἄριστον), participles in ος, η, ον and
all words that have these three endings in the nominative singular are
similarly declined.

722.	The feminine of adjectives of the first and second declensions
regularly ends in -η, and is declined as above ; a few end in
the -α, as δῖος, δῖα, δῖον, and are declined as θάλασσα (663).

723.	Adjectives of the second declension have only two endings
(ος, ον), of which the first is both masculine and feminine,
the second neuter. Most of these adjectives are compounds.

724.	The masculine form of many adjectives is often used for
both masculine and feminine, even in the case of those which
have separate forms for the feminine.

725. Adjectives of the first and third declensions have a separate
form for the feminine, which is declined like a noun in -α
(θάλασσα, 663) of the first declension.

726. The masculine and neuter of adjectives with stems in
-ν-, -if- are declined like πη-χυ% and ἀστυ respectively (704).

727.		πτερόεις, «σσα, £ν winged (ιπ€ρορ€ντ-, ρ€τ*α-, ρεντ-)	
		SINGULAR	
Ν.	·7ΓΤ€ρ0€ΐς	7TT€p0€crcra	•πτεροεν
G.	7ΓΤ€ρ0€νΤθς	7ΓΤ€ pOCCTCTTJS	7rT€p0€VTOS
D.	ΤΓΤίρόίνΤΙ	7π€ρο€σ·στ)	1TT€p0€VTl
Ἀ.	•ΪΓΤ€ρ0€ντα	irTep0€trcrav	ιπερόεν
V.	Ίπίρόεν	πτ epoccr era	7rT€p0€V
		DUAL	
Ν. A. V.	1TT€p0€VT€	irT€po4ercra	1TT€p0€VT6
G.D.	*ITT€poivTOllV	irTepoco'orjiv	πτεροε ντοιιν
		246	
<pb/>ADJECTIVES, THIRD DECLENSION [728-731

PLURAL

N. V.	irrepoevres	irrcpoco-^ai	irTcpocvra
G.	7ΓΤ€ρο€ντων	‘ΐΓΤ€ρο€σ'σ·άων [Ιων, ών] .	ιπεροίντων
• D.	j 7TT€p0€VT€0-(<r)t '■	ὶ 7ΓΤ€ρο€σ·στ)σι	ὶ ‘πτ€ροεντ€σ(σ)ι
	\ πτ€ρ0€σ(σ·)ι 1	[ 1TT€pO€(r<rT)S	{ ΤΐΤ€ρ0€((Γ^ σι
A.	■7TT€p0€VTaS	TrT€po€<ro-as	Trrtpoivra
	cvpvSj	€ΐα, ν broad, wide	
	(etpv-,	eF-; epia-; v-, ep-)	
		SINGULAR	
N.	eipvs	cxtpcia	€υρύ
G.	€vpios	€ύρ€ίη$	€Vp€OS
D.	€Vpll	€vp€W)	ίύρά
A.	€υρύν [la]	evipeiav	ίύρύ
V.	tvpv (s)	€Vp€ia	€υρύ
		DUAL	,
N. A. V.	€Vp€€	€ip€ia	CVp€€
G. D.	CVpCOlLV	cvpeifltv	ίύρΙοιιν
		PLURAL	
N. V.	€ Vp€€S	cvpctai	«ύρία
G.	€υρ ίων	evpeiawv [Ιων, ών]	ίύρΙων
D.	€Vpc(c)<r(<r)i	cvpcl^tri	eupl(€)<r(<r)i
A.	evpeas	ίύ pii as	cvpla

728.	Observe that irrepo/rexta gives 7ΓΤ£ρθ€σσα (600), while tvptfrog
gives eipe'og, etc. 602.

729.	Adjectives of the third declension have only two endings,
one for the masculine and feminine, the other for the neuter.
Most of them have stems in -ov (nominatives in -ων, -ον), and in
-eg (nominative in ->75, -eg).

730.	A very few defectives have stems in -ωπ (nominative in

-ωι/', -ω7rig).

731.

ἀμίίνων, ov better, braver	άίΐκής,	eg	unseemly

(αμ€ΐνον-)	(-ά-ρ€ΙΚ€(Γ-)	
	SINGULAR	
Masc. and Fem.	Neut. Masc. and Fem.	Neut.

N,	ά|λ€ΐνων	ajieivov

G.	djieivovos	dativovos

ἀεικής	deuces

aeuceos	aeucios

<pb n="247"/>732]

HOMEKIC GKEEK

D.	άμίΐνονι	άμίίνονί	dildi	άίΐκέι
A.	άμίίνονα	άμανον	άακία	άίΐκέδ
V.	ap.€LVOV	αμίΐνον  DUAL	diLK^s	diLK^S
N. A. Y.	άμίίνονί	άμίίνονί	dcixcc	diiKCi
G.D.	a^UVOVOlLV	αμίΐνόνοιιν  PLURAL	άακί'οίΛν	dciKCOLtV
N. V.	dpctvovis [ovs]	άμίίνονα	diiKtes	diiKca
G.	άμίΐνόνων	άμανόνων	άακί'ων	άακίων
D. <	f ἀμίΐνόνίσ·(σ)ι	1 ἀμ£ΐνόνίσ(σ·)ι	άίΐκί(ί)σ(σ)ι	deuce (c) σ(σ)
	άμίίνοσι	\ ἀμίίνοσι		
A.	άμίίνοναδ [ovs]	άμίίνονα	dcLKcas	αακί'α
732.	Stems in vt and in v  ira$, πάσα, παν all, every (παντ-, παντια-, παντ-)  SINGULAR			
N.	7rds	πάσα		irav
G.	πανΤοδ	πασηδ		παντ <5s
D.	παν-fi	irdcrrj		παντί
A.	πάντα	7rdcrav		παν
V.	πά$	πάσα  DUAL  (None)  PLURAL		irav
N.V.	irdvrts	πάσαι		πάντα
G.	πάντων	πασαων [ί'ων, ών]		πάντων
D- 1	πάντίσ(<τ)ι	ὶ πασησι		j πάντίσ(σ)ι
	πάσι	\ πασηδ		[ πάσι
A.	irdvras Tracras  μέλας, μίλαινα, μίλαν black, dark (μίλαν-, μίλανια-, μίλαν-)  SINGULAR			-πάντα
N.	μίλα$	μίλα ι να		μίλαν
G.	μίλα vos	μίλαίνηδ		μίλανοδ
D.	μίλα νι	μίλαίνη		μίλανι
A.	μίλα να	μίλαιναν		μίλαν
V.	μίλαν	μίλαινα		μίλαν

<pb n="248"/>IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES	[733

		dual	
N. A. V.	μέλανί	μίλαίνα	μἈανί
G. D.	μίλάνοιιν	μίλαίντμν	μίλάνοαν
		PLURAL	
N.V.-	μέλανίδ	μίλαιναι	μίλαγα
G.	μίλάνων	μίλαίναων [ίων, ών]	μὶ Χάνων
D.	( μ€λάν€σ(<Γ)ι	( μίλαίνησι	( μ€λάνίσ·(σ·)ι
	\ μίλασι	\ μίλαίντ)δ	\ μίλασι
A.	μ&ανας  I	μίλαίναδ Irregular Adjectives	μίλανα
733.	μέγας  (μ€Ύα	, μίγάλη, μί'γα great, large -, μ«γαλο-, μίγαλα-, μίγαλο-)  SINGULAR	
N.		μίγάλη	μίγα
G.	μίγάλου, οιο	μίγάληδ	μίγάλου, οιο
D.	μίγάλω	μίγάλτ]	μίγάλω
A.	μέγαν	μίγάλην	μ«γα
V.	μί'γα(ϊ)	μίγάλη  DUAL	μί'γα
N. A. V.	μίγάλω	μίγάλα	μίγάλω
G.D.	μίγάλοαν	μίγάλτμν  PLURAL	μίγάλοιιν
N. V.	μίγάλοι	μίγάλαι	μίγάλα
G.	μίγάλων	μίγαλαων [ίων, ών]	μίγάλων
D.	μίγάλοισι, ots	μεγάλησι, ηδ	μίγάλοισι, οις
A.	μβγάλους	μίγάλαδ	μίγάλα
	ιτολύβ, πολλή, πολύ much, many		
	(πολύ-, τι	roXip-; πολρα-; πολύ-, πολίρ-)  SINGULAR	
N.	πολύδ [πουλύδ]	πολλή	πολύ [πουλύ]
G.	πολί'οδ	πολλήδ	πολίος
D.	ΐτολίΐ	πολλή	πολίι
A.	πολύν [πουλύν]	πολλήν	πολύ [πουλύ]
V.	iroXv(s)	πολλή  DUAL  (none)  249	πολύ
<pb/>734-740]

HOMERIC GREEK

PLUKAL

πολλαι

πολλαων [ών, ών]
πολλησι, fjs
Ίτολλίβ

Ν. V. iroXiiS
G. ΐΓολί’ων
D. ·π·ολί(€)σ·(σ)ι
A. iroXfas [ιτολίβ]

734. In addition to the irregular form πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, there
is another form (u-oXXos, ή, όν) of this adjective which is regular
and declined like κᾱλός, ή, όν (721).

ιτολία

πολί'ων

■π·ολί(€)σ·(σ)ι

ΐΓολί'α

Declension of Participles

735.	All middle and. passive participles, except those of the
first and second aorist passive, are declined like κᾱλός, ή, όν (721).

736.	All active participles (except the perfect, 744) and both
first and second aorist passive participles have stems in -vt.
The masculine and neuter are of the third declension, the feminine
of the first.

737.	The vocative of participles has the same form as the
nominative.

738.	Participles with stems in ovr usually have the nominative
singular masculine in -w, as γέρων 693.

. 739. But the present and second aorist of -μι verbs (διόονς, Sou's),
and all stems ending in avr, tvr, wt, add s, lose vt (613), and
lengthen the preceding vowel (giving ous, as, as, us 601). The
dative plural of these stems is similarly formed.

740. Participles with stems in οντ, ending in -ων, οὐσα, ον in the
nominative singular:

λύων, οὐσα, ον loosing, freeing
( λυοντ-. λυοντια-, λυοντ-)

N. V.	λύων	SINGULAR  λύου<τα	λύον
G.	Xvovros	Χυού<τη5	λύοντοβ
D.	λύοντι	λυούσ^}	Χύοντι
A.	λύοντα	λύουσα,ν	λύον
N. A. V.	λύοντ€	DUAL  λυούσα	λύοντί
G.D.	λυόντοιιν	λυούίτηιν	λυόντοαν
		250	
<pb/>DECLENSION OF PARTICIPLES

[741

		PLURAL	
N.y.	Xvovtcs	λύουσαι	λύοντα
G.	λυόντων	λυούσαων [ίων, ών]	λυόντων
D.	λυόντ€σ(σ)ι, λύουσι	λυούσησι, λυούσηδ	λυόντ£σ(σ)ι, λύουσι
A.	λύονταδ	λυούσαδ	λύοντα

741. Participles with stems in οντ, avr, tvt, wt, ending in s

in the nominative singular masculine :

Present Participle : SiSots, οίσα, όν giving

	Masc.	(διδοντ-, διδοντια-, διδοντ-)  SINGULAR  Fem.	Neut.
N.y.	8ιδού$	διδούσα	διδόν
G.	8ι8όντοδ	διδούσηδ	δίδόντοδ
D.	δίδόντί	διδούση	διδόντί
A.	διδόντα	διδούσαν	διδόν
Ν. A. V.	διδόντί	DUAL  διδούσα	δΐδόντ€
G. D.	διδόντοιιν	διδούση ιν	διδόντοιιν
N.V.	διδόντίδ	PLURAL  διδούσαι	διδόντα
G.	διδόντων	διδουσάων [^ων, ών]	διδόντων
D.	J διδόντ£σ(σ)ι	J διδούσησι	ὶ διδόντ£σ(σ
	\ διδούσι	\ διδούσηδ	\ διδούσι
A.	διδόνταδ	διδούσάδ	διδόντα
Aorist Participle :		: λυσαδ, ἀσα, αν having loosed	
	Masc.	(λϋσαντ-, λϋσαντια-, λϋσαντ-)  SINGULAR  Fem.	Neut.
N.V.	λυσαδ	λυσασα	λΰσαν
G.	λυσαντοδ	λΰσασηδ	λυσαντοδ
D.	λυσαντι	λϋσαση	λυσαντι
A.	λυσαντα	λυσασαν	λΰσαν
N. A. V.	λυσαντε	DUAL  λϋσασα	λυσαντί
G. D.	λϋσάντοιιν	λϋσαση ιν	λϋσάντοιιν
		251	
<pb/>742-743]

HOMERIC GREEK

PLURAL

n y.	λυσ*αντ€5	λΰ(τασαι	λυ<ταντα
G.	λΰσάντων	λϋ<τασάων [ίων, ών}	λϋσάντων
D.	f λϋο-άντ€σ(σ)ι	( λνσάσησι	Γ Xv<ravT€<r(«r)i
	1 Xij<ra<rt	[ λϋσασης	[ Xvcra<ri
A.	λνσavras	λϋσόσas	λΰσαντα
742.	Aorist Passive Participle  Xv0cis, cto-a, (having been) loosed (Χυ0€ντ-, λυθίντια-, Xv0cvt-)  SINGULAR		
	Masc.	Fem.	Neut.
N. V.	Xv0c£s	Χυ0€ΐσα	Χυ0^ν
G.	λυθ^ντο?	Χυ0€£ση5	λυθ^ντο?
D.	Xv0€VTl	Xv0c £o-g	λυθ^ντι
A.	λυ0€ντα	Xv0€L<rav  DUAL	Χν0^ν
N. A. V.	Xv0€VT€	Xv0i£<ra	Χυ0€ντί
G. D.	λυθ^ντοιιν	Xv0€i<rgi.v  PLURAL	λυθίντοιιν
N. V.	Xv0€VTCS	λυθίΐσαι	Χυ0€ντα
G.	Χυ0€ντων	Χυ0€ΐσαων ών]	Χυ0^ντων
D.	f Xv0€VT€<r(<r)u j	Χυ0€£(τησι ί	λυ0€ντ€<τ(σ)ι
	\ Χυ0€ΪσῚ (	Xv0i£<rgs (	Xv0ci<rt
A.	Xv0€VTas	λυθίίσas	λυθ^ντα
743.	Second Aorist Active Participle 8vs, 8ΰ(τα, 8ΰν having entered (8υντ-, δυντια-, 8υντ-)  SINGULAR		
	Masc.	Fem.	Neut.
N.y.	8vs	δΰσα	8ύν
G.	8vvros	δΰ(τη5	δύντοϊ
D.	δύντν	8υση	δύντι ,
A.	δνντα	8ΰ<ταν  DUAL	δύν
N. A. V.	δύντ€	δΰ(τα	δνντ«
G. D.	δνντοιιν	δνσηιν  252	δύντοιιν
<pb/>DECLENSION OF PARTICIPLES

[744

		PLURAL
N. y.	δύντίδ	δΰσαι
G.	δΰντων	δΰσαων [ίων, ών]
D.	( δύντ€σ(<τ)ι	ὶ δυ(ΓΤ](Γΐ
	\ δΰσι	\ δυσηδ
A.	δύνταδ	δυσάδ

Perfect Active Participles

δύντα
δΰντων
ὶ δύντ6(τ(σ)ι
L δυσι
δΰντα

744. Perfect active participles have stems in (k)ot. Those
which have κ are called first perfects, those without κ second
perfects.

λίλυκώβ, νΐα, os having loosed
(λίλυκοτ-, λίλυκυο-ια-, λίλυκοτ-)

	Masc.	SINGULAR  Fem.	Neut.
Ν. Υ.	λίλυκώδ	λίλυκυΐα	λίλυκόδ
G.	λίλυκότοδ	λίλυκυίηδ	λίλυκότοδ
D.	λίλυκότ».	λίλυκυίη	λίλυκότί
Ἀ.	λίλυκότα	λίλυκυΐαν	λίλυκόδ
F. A. Υ.	λίλυκότί	DUAL  λίλυκυία	λίλυκότί
G. D.	λίλυκότοιιν	λίλυκυίτμν	λίλυκότοαν
Ν'. Υ.	Χίλυκότίδ	PLURAL  λίλυκυίαι	λίλυκόται
G. D.	λίλυκότων	λίλυκυιαων [ίων, ών]	λίλυκότων
Ό.	J λ€λυκότί<τ((Γ)ι	1 ΧίλυκυίησΊ	j λίλυκότi«r(tr)
	\ λίλυκό<τι	\ λίλυκυίηδ	\ λίλυκόσι
Ἀ.	λίλυκόταδ	λίλυκυίαδ	λίλυκότα
	itS<Js, (ί)Ιδνία, «tSos knowing (ptiSpoT-, ρ(«)ι8ρ«Γΐα-, ρίΐδροτ-)		
	Masc.	SINGULAR  Fem.	Neut.
Ν. Υ.	ίΐδώδ	(ί) Ιδυΐα	ίίδόδ
G.	ίΐδότοδ	(ί) Ιδυίηδ	ίϊδότοδ
D.	ίΐδότι	(€) tSvirt	ίΐδότν
Ἀ.	ίΐδότα	(ί)Ιδυΐαν	etSos
		253	
<pb/>745jl		HOMERIC GREEK	
		DUAL	
N. A. V.	€i80T€	(«) Ιδυία	«ΙδόΤ€
G.	«Ιδότοιιν	(«)1δυίτμν	«Ιδότοιιν
		PLURAL	
N. Y.	itSoTCS	(«) Ιδυΐαι	«ίδότα
G.	«Ιδότων	(ί)Ιδυιαων [^ων, ών]	«Ιδότων
D. i	ct80Tc<r(<r)i	Γ (ί)Ιδυίτ]<Γΐ	Γ «1δότ€α·(<τ)ι
I	ctSocri	\(ί)1δυίτ}5	1 «1δό<π
A.	elSoTas	(e) ίδυία?	«Ιδότα
Note 1.	— λελνκώς,	υΓα, os does not occur in Homer,	and there are
very few first perfects		in Homeric Greek. The forms of the first per-	
feet participle, as given		above are common in later Greek.	
Note 2.	— Perfect participles are often declined with		: ω instead of ο
throughout; and at times end in -ων, -ουσα, -ον and are			inflected with
the same endings as the present participle.			
745. Participles of contract verbs, 936-944 (usually left uncon-			
tracted) are declined		in their contracted forms as follows :	
	τιμών, οΰ<τα, ῶν (τΐμάων, ἀον<τα, ἀον) honoring		
	(τιμαοντ-,	τΐμαοντια-, τιμαοντ-)	
		SINGULAR	
	MasC.	Fem.	Neut.
n. y.	τιμών	τΐμώσα	τιμών
G.	τϊμώντο*	τΐμώσηδ	τιμώντθ5
D.	τΐμώντι	τΐμώση	τΐμώντι
A.	τΐμώντα	τΐμώ<ταν	τιμών
		DUAL	
N. A. V.	τΐμώντε	τϊμώσά	τϊμώντ«
G. D.	τΐμώντοιιν	τΐμώστμν	τΐμώντοιιν
		PLURAL	
N. V.	τΐμώντ€5	τϊμώσαι	τΐμώντα
G.	τϊμώντων	τΐμωσαων [««V, ών]	τϊμώντων
D.	Γ τΐμώντ€(τ(>	r)l ( τΐμώστ}<τι Γ	τΐμώντ«σ·((Γ)ι
	[ τΐμώσι	\ τιμώσTjs |	τΐμώσι
A.	τΐμώνταδ	τΐμώσas	τΐμώντα
		254	
<pb/>COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES	[746-750

ttolujv, (ΰ<τα, ίΰν (ίων, ίουσα, Ιον)

(ποΐίοντ-, ΊΓΟίίοντια-, iroieovT-)

SINGULAR

	Masc.	Fem.	Neut.
N. V.	ποιών	ποΐίΰσα	7T0LCVV
G.	1ΠΗ€ΰνΤ0$	1Γ0 l€VO*T]S	iroiiCvTOS
D.	iroicvivTi	ποΐ€ύσ·η	ιτοΐίΰντι
A.	ιτ<Η€ΰντα	ποΐίΰσαν	ΊΓΟΙίΰν
		dual	
N. A. V.	iroicGvTC	-ιτοΐ€ύ<Γά	TTOLC VVT£
G. D.	TTOUVVTOllV	ιτονίνσηιν	irot€vvTOUV
		PLURAL	
N. V.	ttouvvtcs	ιτοΐ€ΰσαι	ποιίΰντα
G.	itouvvtcov	ΐΓθΐ€υ<Γάων [^ων, ών]	,Ίτοΐίύντων
D.	f 1TOl€VVT€<r(<r)l  \ ιτοΐίΰσι	j ΤΓΟίίνσησι 1 ·ΙΓΟΙ€ύ(Γη5	Γ ποΐ€ύντ€σ(σ) \ ΙΓΟΙίνΚΓΙ
A.	ΐΓθΐ€ΰντα$	Troi€iJcras	ιτοΐίΰντα

746.	The participles of -οω contract verbs (as χολόω anger) end
in -ών, οΐσα, ovv (as χολών, χολοΐσά, χολοίν) in the nominative singular,
and are quite regular in their declension, the genitive being
χολοΐντοϊ, χολοΰσης, χολοΐψτος; the dative being χολονντι, χολονσrj,

χολονντι, etc.

Comparison of Adjectives

747.	Most adjectives form their comparatives by adding -repos,
rj, ov, and their superlatives by adding -raros, ἡ, ον to the stem of
the masculine positive.

74S. If the penult of the stem is long by nature or position
(522), the stem for the comparative and superlative remains unchanged.
If it is short, it is regularly lengthened, o becoming <■>.

749.	Examples

Positive	Comparative	Superlative

πιστόϊ (πιστο ) faithful, trustworthy TTLCTTOTEpos	ιτιστότατοϊ

μαλακοὶ (μαλακό-) soft, gentle	μαλακώτίροί	μαλακώτατοϊ

750.	The declension of comparatives and superlatives is usually
the regular vowel declension of adjectives, as κᾱλός, ή, όν (721).

<pb n="255"/>751^55]

HOMERIC GREEK

751.	Some adjectives, mainly those in -us and -pos, form the
comparative and superlative by changing these endings to -ιων,
-ιον for the comparative, and to -ιστ-os, y, ov for the superlative.

752.	Examples

Positive	Comparative	Superlative

ήδός sweet	ήδίων, ήδιον sweeter	ήδκπος, ἡ, ov sweetest

αίσχρός shameful αἰσχίων, ιον more shameful αϊσχκπος, ἡ, ov most

shameful

753.	The comparative of these adjectives is.declined like ἀμ,ΰ-
νων, ον (731), and the superlative like κᾱλός, ή, όν (721).

754.	The most important cases of irregular comparison are :

Positive
1) αγαθός good, brave,
noble

κρατνς ( κραταιός, ή,

όν) powerful .
κρατιρός, ή, όν (καρ-
rcpos) powerful

3)	κακό*, ή, όν bad,

cowardly

4)	κᾱλός, ή, όν beauti-

ful, noble

5)	μίγας large, mighty

6)	μικρός small, tiny

■ 7) ίλαχός small, tiny

8)	ολίγος small, few

9)	iroXis much, many
10) φίλος dear, lovely

Comparative
ἀριΐων, ον
ἀμείνων, ον
piXrtpos, ή, ον
λωίων, ον ί'λωίτ,ρος. ἡ,
ον)

κρι ία^τινν. ον

"Si··	"

φίρτερος

κακιών, ον (κακώτ€ρο$)
ήσ(των, ον

χ€ίρων, ον (x€ip0T€pos)
(χ«ρ€ίων, ον)
καλλιών, ον

μ.€ί£ων, ον (μέζων, ον?)
μ.€ίων, ον
€λάσ<των, ον
ολ€ίζων, ον (όλίξων, ον)
πλίίων, ον (ιτλ^ων, ον)
φ ίλτ€ροξ, ἡ, ον (φιλίων,
ον)

Superlative
αρισTOs, ἡ, ον

κράτισTois (κάρτισTos)

φ€ρτατο$ ( φ« ρ ιστο s)

κάκ«πο$, ἡ, ον
ήκισros, ἡ, ον

κάλλΐ(πο$, ἡ, ον

p.£yi<rros, ἡ, ον

«λάχισTos, ἡ, ον
ολίγισros, ἡ, ον
‘ίτλεϊστοδ, ἡ, ον
φίλτατο$, ἡ, ον

755.	Some adjectives do not occur in the positive. Their comparatives
hud superlatives are formed from prepositions, adverbs,
verbs, nouks, and pronouns.

<pb n="256"/>COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES, NUMERALS [756-757

756.	The comparative and superlative may express merely a
high degree of the quality, without any idea of comparison being
involved, and at times may indicate simply characteristic or
possession.

Numerals

757; The Greek numerals were as follows :

; Cardinals	Ordinals	Adveebs
1 els, μία (la), 'ev	πρώτος, Νη, ον	άπαξ
2 δύο (δύω)	δεύτερος, ἡ, ον	δί?
3 τρεις, τρία	τρί(τα)τος, ἡ, ον	τρις
4 τέσσαρες (πίσυρες),	τέταρτος (τέτρατος), ἡ, ον	τετράκις
τέσσαρα		
5 -TT^VTC	πέμπτος, ἡ, ον	πεντάκις*
6 έξ	€KTOS, ἡ, ον	έξάκις*
7 CTTTQ,	έβδομος (έβδόματος), ἡ, ον	επτάκις*
8 οκτώ	όγδοος (όγδόατος), ἡ, ον	όκτάκις*
9 έννέa	ένατος (εϊνατος), ἡ, όν	ένάκις
10 δέκα	δέκατος, ἡ, ον	δεκάκις
11 ένδεκα	ενδέκατος, ἡ, ον	ένδεκάκις*
12 δ (υ) «δέκα, δύο καὶ δέκα	δ (ν) «δέκατος, ἡ, ον	δ(υ) «δεκάκις*
13 τρεισκαίδεκα (τρεις καί	τρεισκαιδέκατος, ἡ, ον	τρεισκαιδεκ ἀκις*
δέκα)		
14 τεσσαρεσκα^δεκα	τέταρτος (τέτρατος) καί	τεσσαρεσκαιδε-
	δέκατος, ἡ, ον	κάκις*
15 πεντεκαίδεκα	πέμπτος καὶ δέκατος, ἡ, ον	π« ντεκαιδε κάκις*
16 έκκαίδεκα	έκτος κα'ι δέκατος, ἡ, ον	έκκαιδεκάκις*
17 έπτακαίδεκα	έβδομος καὶ δέκατος, ἡ, ον	έπτακαιδεκάκις*
18 όκτωκαίδεκα	ογδοοε καὶ δέκατος, ἡ, ον	δκτω κ αιδε κὰ κ ις*
19 έννεακαίδεκα	ένατος καὶ δέκατος, ἡ, ον	έννεακαιδεκάκις*
20 εϊκοσι (έείκοσι)	€ΐκο<πός (έεικοστός), ή, όν	είκοσάκις
21 els καὶ είκοσι (είκοσι	πρώτος καὶ είκοστός	είκοσάκις ἀπαξ
καὶ els, εϊκοσιν els)		
30 τριήκοντά	τριηκοστός,* ή, όν	τριηκοντάκις*
40 τεσσαράκοντα	τεσσαρακοστός,* ή, όν	τεσσαρακοντάκις*
50 πεντή κοντά	πεντηκοστός,* ή, όν	πε ντη κοντάκις*
60 έξη κοντά	έξη ιοστός,* ή, όν	έξηκοντάκις*
70 έβδομήκοντά*	εβδομηκοστός,* ή, όν	έβδομηκοντάκις*
80 δγδώκοντα	όγδωκοστός,* ή, όν	όγδω κοντάκις*
90 Ινενή κοντὰ (έννήκοντα)	ενενηκοστός,* ή, όν	ένενη κοντάκις*

<pb n="257"/>HOMERIC GREEK

100	Ικατόν	ίκατο<πό$,* ή, όν	ίκατοντάκις*
200	διηκόσLOiyai, a	διηκοσιοστός,* ή, όν	διηκοσιάκις*
300	τριηκόσιοι, at, a	τριηκοσιοστός,* ή, όν	τριηκοσιάκις*
400	τ€τρακό<ποι,* at, a	T€TpaKo<rto<rT0s,* ή, όν	Τ€τρακοσιάκις*
500	■πΈντηκόσιοι, at, a	■πΈντακοσιοστός,* ή, όν	ΐΓεντακοσιάκις*
600	«ξακόσιοι,* at, a	c£aKO<rto<TT0s,* ή, όν	εξακοσιάκις*
700	«πακόσιοι,* at, a	«πακοσιοστό?,* ή, όν	έπτακοσιάκις*
800	οκτακόσιοι,* at, a	οκτακοσιοστό?,* ή, όν	όκτακοσιάκις*
, 900	ένακόσιοι,* at, a	€v(v)aKO<rioo-T0s,* ή, όν	ένακοσιάκις*
'1000	χίλιοι, ai, a	χιλιοστός,* ή,* όν	χϊλιάκις*
2000	δισχίλιοι, at, a	SlO'XlXuXTTOS,* ή, όν	δισχΐλιάκις*
■x 3000	τρισχΐλιοι, at, a	τρισχϊλιοστός,* ή, όν	τρισχΐλιάκις*
10,000	μυριοι,* at, a (δ«κά-	μυριοστός,* ή, όν	μυριάκις*
	χΐλοι, ai, a)		
20,000	δισμυριοι,* at, a	δισμΰριοστός,* ή, όν .	δισμΰριάκις*
100,000	δ€κακι<τμΰριοι,* at, a	δεκακισμϋριοστός,* ή, όν	δεκακισμϋριάκις^
758.	Declension of	the First Four Cardinals	

cts, μία, tv		one	δύω (δύο)	τρεῖς<note>= τρέες, 584, 5.</note>, τρία	τ&τσαρες,	τε'σσαρα
(ev-.	, μια-, iv-)		(δυω-, ο-)	(τρί-, τρι-)	(τεσσαρ-)	
ts	μία	ϊν	δύω indecl.	τρεῖς<note>= τρέες, 584, 5.</note> τρία	τ^σσαρες	τε'σσαρα
νός	μιή®	ivos		τριῶν τριών	Tco-σάρων	τεσσάρων
νί	μΐή	ivi		τρισὶ τρισί	τίσσαρσι	τίσσαρσι
va	μίαν	■iv		Tpets τρία	τίσσαρας	τάτσαρα

759.	In addition to the' above forms there occur at times for

μία, la (ir/s, Irj) ; for ivi, ίω; for τίσσαρες, πίσνρίς.

Personal Pronouns

760.	The personal pronouns are declined as follows :

SINGULAR

1st sg N. V. ἐγώ(ν) I

1st sg G. ἐμεῖο, μευ (ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, ἐμέθεν)

1st sg D. ἐμοί, μοι
1st sg A. ἐμέ, με

2nd sg N. V.  σύ [τύνη] you
2nd sg G. σεῖο, σεο, (σέο,μ σεῦ, σευ, σέθεν) 
2nd sg D. σοί, τοι [τεΐν]
2nd sg A. σέ, σε


—- he, she, it
3rd sg G. εἷο, ἑο (ἕο, εὗ, εὑ, ἕθεν, ἑθεν)
3rd sg D. ἑοῖ, οἱ (οἷ)
3rd sg A. ἑέ, ἑ (ἕ, μιν)




<pb n="258"/>

	DUAL	
1st du N.A.V. νῶι, νώ
1st du G.D. νῶιν

2nd du N.A.V. σφῶι, σφώ
2nd du G.D. σφῶιν (σφῷν)

3rd du N.A.V. σφωε
3rd du G.D. σφωιν

Plural

1st pl N.V. ἡμεῖς (ἄμμες)
1st pl G. ἡμείων (ἡμέων)
1st pl D. ἡμῖν (ἄμμι(ν), ἥμῑν, ἧμιν <n>ἡμῖν and ἥμῑν look metrically equivalent -- why do we have both in this formulaic system?</n>
1st pl A. ἡμέας (ἧμας, ἥμεας, ἄμμε)

2nd pl N.V. 
2nd pl G. ὑμείων (ὑμέων)
2nd pl D. ὑμῖν (ὕμμι(ν), ὕμῑν)
2nd pl A. ὑμέας (ὔμμε)

3rd pl N.V. 
3rd pl G. σφείων, σφεων (σφέων, σφῶν)
3rd pl D. σφίσι, σφισι (σφι(ν))
3rd pl A. σφέας, σφε(ας), σφάς




761.	The nominative singular of the personal pronouns is used
only for the sake of emphasis and contrast, being omitted under
other conditions.

762.	The oblique cases of these pronouns are enclitic (553),
but if the pronoun is emphatic these cases keep their accent, and
the longer forms of the first person are then used. This happens
as a rule after prepositions. The forms without accent in the
above table are enclitic.

763.	The pronoun of the third person is sometimes used as a
reflexive, that is, it refers to the subject of the leading verb of
the sentence.

764.	The possessive pronouns are formed from the stems of
the personal pronouns and are declined like adjectives of the
vowel declension, i.e. like κᾱλός, κᾱλή, κᾱλόν  (721).

Possessive Pronouns

Sing.

ἐμός, ἐμή, ἐμόν my, mine. 

σός, σή, σόν (τεός, τεή, τεόν) your(s).

ἑός, ἑή, ἑόν (ὅς, ἥ, ὅν) his, her(s), its (own), [my, your own].
Dual.	

vεώτερος, νεωτέρη, νεώτατον our(s). 

σφωίτερος, σφωιτέρη, σφωίτερον your(s).

Plural. 

ἡμέτερος, ἡμετέρη, ἡμέτερον our(s). 

ἀμός, ἀμή, ἀμόν our(s).

ὑμέτερος, ὑμετέρη, ὑμέτερον your(s). 

ὑμός, ὑμή, ὑμόν your(s).
σφέτερος, σφετέρη, σφέτερον their(s). 

σφός, σφή, σφόν their(s).

765.	The most common pronoun, ὁ, ἡ, τό, used regularly as the
definite article in later Greek, is usually employed as the demon-

<pb n="259"/>

strative, but sometimes as a personal or as a relative pronoun in
Homer. It is declined as follows :		
ό, ή, τό this, that;	he, she, it; who,	which, what
	SINGULAR	
Masc.	Fem.	Neut.
N. 6	ή	TO
G. του, το to	τήδ	του, Toto
D. τω	τϋ	τώ
A. τόν	την	τό
	DUAL	
N. A. τώ	(τώ)	τώ
G. D. τοΐιν	(τοΐιν)	τοίιν
	PLURAL	
N. οι (toC)	αὶ (ταί)	τά
G. των	τ<£ων [των]	τών
D. τοί<τι, Tots	τΉ<γι,5 τΏ5	τοκτι, τοίδ
A. tovs	τάδ	τά
766. The intensive pronoun is declined as follows :		
αύτόδ^ή, ὁ self, same		
SINGULAR		
Masc.	Fem.	Neut.
N. αύτόδ	αυτή	αυτό
G. αυτού, oto	αύτήδ	αύτου, oto
D. αύτω	αυτή	αύτώ
A. αυτόν	αυτήν	αύτό
	DUAL	
2Sf. A. αύτώ	(αύτώ)	αύτώ
G. D. αύτοΐιν	(αύτοΐιν)	αύτοΐιν
	PLURAL	
N. αυτοί	αύταί	αύτά
G. αυτών	αυταων [«ων, ων	] αύτών
D. αύτοΐ<τι, ots	αύτήσα, ήδ	αύτοΐσι, οί$
A. αύτούδ	αύταδ	αύτά
767. The most important interrogative		pronoun, τίς9 τὶ who?
which ? what ? has the acute accent always		on the first syllable,

<pb n="260"/>PRONOUNS	[768-772

and never changes the acute to the grave, even when followed by
other words.

768.	The indefinite tis, τὶ some (one), any (one), something, anything,
a(n) is spelled and declined the same as the interrogative,
but differs from it in accent, the indefinite pronoun being always
an enclitic, 553 ff.

769.	Indefinite	and	Interrogative Pronouns

rls, tI some (one), any (one), something τί$, τί, who ? which ? what?

SINGULAR

Masc. and Fem.			Neut.	Masc. and Fem. '	Neut.
N. A.	rls		tI	τί$	τί
G.	T€0	(tcS)		Τ^Ο (τ«0)	
D.	T€U)	(t<!>.	tivI)	τ^ω (τά, τ(νι)	
A.	τινά		rl	τϊνα	τί
			DUAL		
N. A.	TlW		TlW	rive	τίν€
G. D.	τινοϊιν		τινοϊιν	τίνοιιν	τίνοιιν
			PLURAL		
N.	-IV€S		τινὰ (ασίτα)	tCv€S	τίνα
G.	τίών		Τ€ΰ>ν	τά»ν	T€li>V
D.	Τ€θΐθΊ		Τ€θΐ(ΓΙ	Wowri	τ^οισι
A.	rivas		τινα (ασ·(τα)	Tivas	τίνα

770.	The relative pronouns are os, ή, 5, and ό, ή, τὶ who, which,
what (765), together with the indefinite relative pronoun Jims,
ijiris, on (os ns, ἡ tis, ὁ π) whoever, whichever, whatever.

771.	The most important demonstrative pronouns are outos,
αντη, τούτο this, (Ι)κΰνος, ἡ, o that, ό, ή, τό (used also as a relative
and as a personal pronoun, 765) this, that, with its compounds, as

08c, 178c, to8c ; oye, r/ye, roye (o ye., ἡ ye, τό ye), etc.

772.	These pronouns are declined in the main like adjectives
of the vowel declension («ciXos, ἡ, όν, 721) with the exception that
the neuter nominative and accusative singular ends in -o instead
of in -or.

<pb n="261"/>HOMERIC GREEK

773-774]

773.	Relative	Pronoun

Ss (°)> ή, ° who? which? what?
SINGULAR

	Masc.	Fem.	Neut,
	N. os (6)	ή	δ
	G. οὐ [δου,	6θ] η5 [<Rs]	ου [8ου, 8ο]
	D. £	ϊ  η	ί'  ω
	Ἀ. δν	ήν	δ
		DUAL	
K	Ἀ. V. ii	(")	ώ
	G. D. οΐιν	(οΐιν)	οΐιν
		PLURAL	
	N. οί	at	α
	G. ών	ών	ών
	D. oI<ri, ots	tfci, ijs	οΐετι, ots
	A. oils	a  as	ά
774.	Demonstrative Pronoiins		
		(4)Kcivos, ἡ, o that	
		SINGULAR	
	Masc.	, Fem.	Neut.
N.	(4) K€lVOS	(4) κείνη	(ε) κείνο
G.	(4) κείνου, ouo	(4) κείνηΞ	(4) κείνου, οιο
D.	(4) K€lV(p	(4) κείνη	(4) κείνω
A.	(4) K€tV0V	(4) κείνην	(4) κείνο
		DUAL	
A. V.	(4) κείνω	((4)κείνω)	(4) κείνω
G. D.	(4)κεΙνοιιν	((4)κείνοιιν)	(ε)κείνοιιν
		PLURAL	
N.	(e) κείνοι	(4) κείνα ι	(4) κείνα
G.	(ε) κείνων	(4)κειναων [4ων,	ών] (4) κείνων
D.	(ε)κείνοισι, ois	(4)κείνησι, fls	(4)κείνοισι, ois
A.	(4) kcCvoos	(4) Kcivas	(4) κείνα
		δδε, ήδε, τόδε this	
		SINGULAR	
N.	δ8ε	η8ε	τόδε
G.	τοΰδε, TotoSe	τήσδε	τοΰδε, τοΐοδε
		262	
<pb/>PRONOUNS

[775-776

D. τφδί	τήδ€	τφδ€
A. Τ0νδ€	τήνδ€	Τ0δ€
	DUAL	
N. A. τώδί	(τώδ€)	τώδ€
G. D. τοΐινδί	(τοΐινδί)	ΤΟΪΐνδ€
	PLURAL	
Ν’. 0Ϊδ€ (τθίδ«)	αΐδὶ (ταίδ€)	τάδ€
G. τώνδί	_ τϊχωνδε [τώνδί]	τώνδ«
D. Τθί<τ(ΐ)δ€	τή<τ(ι)δ€	τοΐσ(ι)δ€
A. TO-U<r6e	τασδε	τάδ€
	o-uTOs, αύτη, τούτο this	
	SINGULAR	
Masc.	Fem.	Neut.
Ν’. O-UTOS	αύτη	,τούτο
G. τούτου, οιο	ταύτηξ	τούτου, οιο
D. τούτω	ταύτη	τούτω
A. τούτον	ταύτην	τούτο
$	DUAL	
Ν’. Ἀ. τούτω	(τούτω)	τούτω
G. D. τούτοιιν	(τούτοιιν)	τούτοιιν
	PLURAL	
Ν’, οὐτοι	αύται	ταύτα
G. τούτων	ταϋταων [εων, g>vJ	τούτων
D. τούτο ι<τι, ois	ταύτησι, tjs	ΤΟνΤΟΜΓΙ, 01$
Ἀ. τούτουδ	ταύτα$	ταύτα

Note. — The dative plural of όδε, r)8e, toSe at times has τοίσ8οσ(σ)ι
instead of τοΐσ (i)8c.

775.	Compounds of ό, r/, τό (as 68ί, y8e, τό8ο; oyr, ήγο, roye) are
declined the same as the simple form (ό, ή, τδ) with the additional
part (-y«, -Se, etc.) attached. As these are compounds,
formed of the simple pronouns and the enclitics, they are accented
the same as the simple forms without the enclitics (553, 558).

776.	The indefinite relative pronoun (όστι?, rf-rts, on) whoever,
whichever, whatever, is a compound of the simple relative (ό?, ή, ο)
and the indefinite rU, rl, each part of which is declined separately
(or sometimes only the latter part).

<pb n="263"/>777-783]

HOMERIC GREEK

777.	Z τι, the neuter of the indefinite relative pronoun, is thus
printed in most texts, that it may not be confused with the conjunction,
otl that, because, ivhy.

778.	The	Reciprocal Pronoun

ἀλλήλοιιν, ηiv, ouv (of) one another

	Masc.	DUAL  Fem.	Neut.
G.	άλλήλοιιν	άλλήληΐν	άλλήλοιιν
D.	άλλήλοιιν	άλλήληιν	άλλήλοιιν
A.	άλλήλω	άλλήλα	άλλήλω
G.	άλλήλωv	PLURAL  ἀλληλαων £«ων, ών]	άλλήλων
D.	άλλήλοι$(ι)	άλλήλ·η$(ι)	άλλήλοι$(ι)
A.	άλλήλου$	άλλήλά$	άλληλα

779.	This pronoun is used only in the genitive, dative, and
accusative.

Adverbs

780.	Most Greek adverbs are of twofold origin :

1)	Isolated case-forms of nouns, pronouns,, and adjectives,
which became crystallized and used in an adverbial connection.

2)	Adverbs formed by means of various suffixes (630), of which
the origin is unknown.

781.	The most common occurrence of the use of various cases
of the noun, pronoun, and adjective adverbially is the employment
of the neuter accusative of the adjective, singular or plural,
with or without the pronoun τό, τά, as an adverb. The neuter of
nouns and pronouns is sometimes, but less commonly, used in
the same way.

782.	A great number of adverbs end either in -ω or in -ως.

783.	Those ending in -ως are adverbs of manner, and are
formed from adjectives and pronouns. They have the accent of
the genitive plural neuter of the word from which they are
formed.

<pb n="264"/>

Figures from the Pediment of the Parthenon

Groups from the Parthenon Frieze

Corner of the Parthenon
(Restored)

Caryatid Porch of the Erechtheum
<pb/>

784.	For the comparative of these abverbs, the neuter accusative
singular of the comparative of the adjective is used, and for
the superlative the neuter accusative plural of the superlative of
the adjective.

785.	Adverbs of place which end in -ω (and a few others) form
the comparative by adding -τέρω, and the superlative by adding
-τάτω to the stem (628).

786.	The prepositions were originally adverbs, and most of
them are still so used in Homer.

787.	Examples	of	Formation

ADJECTIVE	STEM	GENITIVE PLURAL	ADVERB
κᾱλός, κᾱλή, κᾱλόν	κᾱλο-	κᾱλῶν	κᾱλῶς
κακός, κακή, κακόν	κακο-	κακῶν	κακῶς
ἄλλος, ἄλλη, ἄλλο	ἀλλο-	ἄλλων	ἄλλως

788.	The most important suffixes (630) used in the formation
of adverbs (780, 2) are:

1)	-ι, -σι, -θι, -ου, denoting place where.

2)	-θα, -θε(ν), denoting place where.

3)	-θεν, denoting place whence.

4)	-δε (originally an enclitic preposition = English to), denoting whither.

5)	-σε, denoting whither.

6)	-τε, denoting time.

7)	-τος, denoting where.

8)	-κα (origin unknown), as in αὐτί-κα.

9)	-κας (origin unknown), as in ἑ-κάς.

10)	-κις (with generalizing, indefinite meaning; akin to τὶς, τὶ), as πολλά-κις many a time, often.

11)	Some other endings are -α, -δην, -δον, -τι, -στι.

Verbs

789.	Verbs, as well as all other inflected (626-630) forms, consist
of two principal elements :

1)	the stem;

2)	the ending, or suffix.

<pb n="265"/>

790.	Often more than one suffix is fused with a verb stem, to
indicate its various relations of mode, tense, voice, person, number,
etc., as λύ-ο-μεν, λύ-ε-τε (from λύ-ω loose), where the primary stem
of the verb is λυ-, to which the suffixes are attached.

791.	The forms of a Greek verb fall into two main classes :

1)	Finite (indicative, subjunctive, optative, and imperative).

2)	Infinite (infinitive and participle).

792.	The characteristics of the finite forms are the personal
endings, augment, reduplication, voice, mode, and tense signs, etc.

793.	The participle is a verbal adjective, and is used as other
adjectives.

794.	The infinitive is a verbal noun, formerly used in several

cases, but restricted in Greek to old case-forms of the dative and
locative.	

795.	Thematic and Athematic forms.—With respect to form
Greek verbs fall into two main classes :

1)	-ω verbs, i.e. those ending in -ω in the first person singular,
present active indicative, sometimes called thematic verbs (796).

2)	-μι verbs, i.e. those ending in -μι in the first person singular,
present active indicative, sometimes called athematic verbs (797).

796.	The thematic verbs are so named because in a majority
of their forms the personal ending (819-821) is preceded by ο/ε
(ο before μ or ν, or in the optative mode, otherwise ε), which is
called the thematic vowel. Thus, λυε/ο- (λύω) is called the theme,
to which the personal endings (819-821) are attached.

797.	Athematic verbs do not have this connecting vowel, but the
personal endings are attached directly to the stem of the verb.

798.	Many verbs which are regularly thematic may have
athematic forms, as δέχθαι, δέκτο (δέχομαι) ; λύμην, λύτο (λύω) ; ἇλτο
(ἅλλομαι), etc.

799.	In the subjunctive these thematic vowels, ο/ε, are regularly
long, being ω/η respectively.

800.	In some cases the thematic vowel is short in the subjunctive,
particularly in the dual and plural of the present and second

<pb n="266"/>

aorist of -μι verbs, the first aorist and second perfect of all verbs,
and the second aorist of all verbs having athematic second aorists
in the indicative.

801.	Strictly speaking no Greek verb is thematic or athematic
throughout; but certain of their forms are inflected thematically
and others athematically.

802.	Those inflected thematically are : all futures ; all presents
and imperfects of -ω verbs (thematic presents); all second aorists
having the thematic vowel (ending in -ον in the first person
singular, active indicative, 865); all subjunctives.

803.	The athematic forms are : the presents and imperfects in
all voices of -μι (athematic) verbs; all aorists passive (except the
subjunctive farms); all middle and passive perfects and pluperfects
; all second aorists whose tense stem does not end in the
thematic vowel (796); a few verbs (as ἵστημι) in the second
perfect and pluperfect, active; all first aorists, active and middle.
The perfects and pluperfects active are primarily athematic in
their inflection.

804.	In the thematic inflection the tense stem varies, ο/ε, as
indicated above.

805.	In the athematic inflection the final vowel of the tense
stem is usually long (lengthened grade) in the singular, and
commonly (but not always) is short (standing in ablaut relation
(593-595), weakened or disappearing grade) in the dual and
plural. This is particularly true of athematic presents and imperfects,
second aorists, perfects, and pluperfects active.

806.	Voices and Modes. — The Greek verb has three voices:
active, middle, and passive. Each voice has six modes: the indicative,
subjunctive, optative, imperative, infinitive, and participial.

807.	Tense systems. — The Greek verb has the following nine
systems of tenses :

1)	present, consisting of the present and imperfect.

2)	future, consisting of the future.

3)	first aorist, consisting of the first aorist, active and middle.

4)	second aorist, consisting of the second aorist, active and
middle.

<pb n="267"/>

5)	first perfect, consisting of the first perfect and pluperfect
active.

6)	second perfect, consisting of the second perfect and pluperfect
active.

7)	perfect middle, consisting of the perfect, pluperfect, and
future perfect middle (passive).

8)	first passive, consisting of the first aorist passive.

9)	second passive, consisting of the second aorist passive.

808.	Each of these systems has a stem, called the <term>tense stem</term>,
to which are added certain endings to denote person and number.

809.	Tense Suffixes. — The suffixes (630) by which the various
tense stems are formed from the verb stem are as follows:

1)	present: a) thematic ε/ο (ο before μ or v, or in the optative,
otherwise ε), as λύ~ο-μεν, λύ-ε-τε; b) athematic none, as φά-μεν,
φά-τε.

2)	future: a) σ(σ)ε/ο  (same rule as the present for ε/ο  ; σ after
long vowels or diphthongs; either σ or σσ after short vowels),
as λύ-σο-μεν, καλέσσ-ο-μεν.

b) εσ ε/ο in liquid and nasal stems (514-516), and σ regularly
dropped (603), as βαλ-έ-ω, φαν-έ-ω ; exceptions κέλ-σω, κέρ-σω,
ὄρ-σω.	

3)	first aorist σ(σ)α (σ after long vowels or diphthongs; either
σ or σσ after short vowels);

b)	σε/ο in a few cases.

c)	σ is usually lost in liquid and nasal verbs, and the preceding
vowel lengthened by compensation (601), as ἔ-μειν-α., ἔ-φην-α, for ἔμενσα, ἔφανσα.

Exceptions to c) : ἔ-κελ-σα, ἔ-κυρ-σα, ὦρ-σα.

4)	second aorist: a) thematic ε/ο, as ἐ-λίπ-o-μεν, ἐ-λίπ-ε-τε.

b) athematic none, as ἔ-βην, ἔ-στη-ν, ἔ-δῡ-τε, ἔ-γνω-ν.

5)	first perfect κα, pluperfect κε, as βέ-βη-κα, έ-βέβή-κε-α (-η)·

6)	second perfect α, pluperfect ε, as πέ-ποιθ-α, ἐ-πε-ποίθ-ε-α (-η), or
none, as ἕ-στα-μεν, ἕ-στα-τε.

7)	perfect middle none, as λέ-λυ-μαι; future perfect σ(σ)ε/ο.

8)	first passive θ η/ε, as ἐ-λύ-θημεν, ἔ-λυ-θε-ν.

9)	second passive η/e, as ἐ-δάμ-η-μεν, ἔ-δαμ-ε-ν.

<pb n="268"/>

810.	Principal Parts. — The principal parts of a verb are the
first person singular of each tense system found in it.

811.	No verb has all the tense systems entire. Most verbs
have no more than six: the present, future, first aorist, first (or
second) perfect active, perfect middle (passive), and the first or
second aorist passive. If the verb does not have a future active,
the future middle (passive) is given. If the verb has a second
aorist, it is added.

812.	Of deponent verbs (897) the principal parts are: the present,
future, perfect, and aorist. This includes both first and
second aorists, middle and passive, if they occur.

813.	Mode Suffix. — Observe that the optative has also the mode
suffix ῑ/ιη, which contracts with the final vowel of the tense stem,
as λύοιμι for λύ-o-ῑ-μι. ἰσταίην for ἱ-στα-ιη-ν.

814.	Tenses. — Of the tenses, seven are found in the indicative
mode: the present, imperfect, aorist, future, perfect, pluperfect,
and future perfect.

815.	The other modes have the present, aorist, and perfect
tenses; the infinitive and participle have in addition the future
tense. 

816.	The tenses of the indicative are distinguished as:

1)	principal (primary) tenses : the present, future, perfect, 
and future perfect.

2)	past (secondary) tenses: imperfect, aorist, and pluperfect
(historical tenses).

817.	The passive has a distinct form only in the aorist;<note>Two second future forms (δαήσεαι, μιγήσεσθαι) are found.</note> in
the other tenses the middle form has both the middle and passive
meaning.

818.	Number and Person.—There are three numbers (singular,
dual, plural) of the Greek verb, as in nouns, and three persons
(first, second, third).

819.	Endings. — Certain suffixes, called personal endings, are
attached to the tense stems of the various finite (791) modes, and



<pb n="269"/>

other endings are attached to the infinitives and participles, to
make the complete verbal forms.

820.	Some of these personal endings have undergone considerable
changes.

821.	In their earlier form they were as follows:


Active

Indicative primary tenses, and Subjunctive				
S1	-μι, -ω	
S2	-σι, -ς, -(σ)θα	
S3	-τι = -σι
D1			
D2	-τον
D3	-τον
P1	-μεν
P2	-τε
P3	-ντι = -νσι
Indicative secondary lenses, and Optative	
S1	   -v, -v0 = -α  
S2 -ς, -σθα		
S3 -(τ)	
D1
D2	-τον
D3	-την
P1	-μεν
P2	-τε
P3	-ν(τ), -σαν

Middle

Indicative primary tenses, and Subjunctive		
S1 -μαι	
S2 -σαι	
S3 -ται
D1  -μεθον	
D2 -σθον
D3 -σθον
P1	-μεθα (-μεσθα)
P2	-σθε
P3	-νται	(-αται = -ν0ται, -ντο 597-598)


Indicative secondary tenses,  and Optative
S1 -μην
S2 -σο
S3 -το
D1 [-μεθον]
D2 -σθον
D3 -σθην
P1	-μεθα (-μεσθα)
P2	-σθε
P3	-ντο	(-ατο = -ν0το 597-598)

			
Imperative Active		

S2	—, -θι, -ς
S3	-τω
D2	-τον
D3	-των
P2	-τε
P3	-ντων

Imperative Middle
S2	-σο	
S3	-σθω	
D2	-σθον	
D3	-σθων	
P2	-σθε	
P3	-σθων	

822.	Observe that the subjunctive has the. same endings
throughout as the primary tenses of the indicative, while the

<pb n="270"/>

optative (except at times in the first singular, when it ends in -μι),
has the same endings as the secondary tenses of the indicative.

823.	The first and second aorists passive have the same endings
as the secondary tenses of the active voice.

824.	Primary Endings or the Active Voice (Indicative and Subjunctive)

1	sing.: -μι is found in the present indicative of all -μι verbs,
and in a few subjunctives of -ω verbs, -ω is found in the present
indicative of all -ω verbs, in all futures, and in the subjunctive.
In the perfect indicative there is no personal ending, -α taking the
place of the thematic vowel.

2	sing.: -σι is found only in ἐσσί you are; elsewhere -ς has taken
its place, -θα (-σθα) is used at times in the perfect, imperfect
and pluperfect of the indicative, and occasionally in the subjunctive
and optative.

3	sing.: -τι is found only in ἐστί he is. It becomes -σι in the
other -μι verbs, and -σι is occasionally found in the subjunctive of
-ω verbs, -ω verbs have another ending, of which the origin is
uncertain. The perfect, -ε, has no personal ending.

3 plur.: -ντι regularly becomes -νσι, and ν is then lost, with
lengthening of the preceding vowel (613). Many -μι verbs seem
to have ended in -αντι, which first became -ανσι, and then -ᾱσι (612).
The perfect of consonant stems ended in -ντι (-νσι) which became
-v0τι (-ν0σι) and then -ασι (597-8). Generally -ασι in both present and
perfect has been replaced by -ᾱσι.

825.	Secondary Endings of the Active (Indicative and Optative)

1	sing.: -ν after vowels remained unchanged; after consonants
it became -v0, and then -α (597-8). Pluperfect -εα is usually contracted
to -η. The optative has -ν when the mode suffix is -ιη-
(813); otherwise it has -μι.

3 sing.: -τ is always dropped (605); ἔλυε from ἐλυετ; cf. amat;
ίλνσε has no personal ending; it takes its -e from the perfect.

2	dual: -την sometimes occurs instead of -τον.

3	dual: -τον sometimes occurs instead of -την.

<pb n="271"/>

3 plur.: -v is for an earlier -ντ, t being lost (605), the vowel
before it being regularly short, -σαν, from the first aorist ending,
is used in the imperfect, and often in the second aorist of -μι verbs,
at times in the aorist passive, in the pluperfect active, and in the
optative when it has the mode suffix -ιη-.

826.	Middle Endings, Primary and Secondary (Indicative, Subjunctive, and Optative)

2	sing.: -σαι drops its σ between vowels (603), except in the
perfect, and in the present indicative of -μι verbs.

2	sing, (secondary): -σο regularly drops its σ between vowels
(603), except in the pluperfect, and in the imperfect of -μι verbs.
In a few cases σ is dropped in the pluperfect.

Dual: the first dual -μεθον is rare ; -σθον occurs once instead of
-σθην.

3	plur.: -νται, -ντο regularly become -αται, -ατο (-νται, -ντο) in the
perfect and pluperfect of verbs with consonant stems, stems ending
in -ι, occasionally in vowel stems, and always in the optative.
Elsewhere occasionally -νται, -ντο become -αται, -ατο (597-8).

827.	Endings of this Imperative

2 sing, active: -ε of the second sing, is the thematic vowel, and
forms like λύε, ἄειδε have no personal ending.
-θι is common, with both an active and passive
meaning. In the first aorist passive -θι becomes -τι after -θη- of the passive stem (619).
-ς occurs in a few cases. The endings of the
aorist, -σον (active) and -σαι (middle) are
obscure.

2 sing, middle: -σο loses its σ between vowels (603), except in
the perfect of all verbs and the pres, of -μι
verbs.

Endings of the Infinitives, Participles, and Verbal
Adjectives

828.	Infinitives have the following endings :

1) dative (794) : -αι (-ναι, -μεναι, -εναι, -σαι active ; and -σθαι, -θαι
middle and passive).

<pb n="272"/>

2) locative (794): -εν, -μεν (following the thematic vowel ε, ε-εν
regularly contracts to -ειν, 584-5).

829.	Participles have the following endings added to the tense
stem:

1)	-ντ- for all active tenses, except the perfect (usually), and the
first and'second aorists passive.

2)	-οτ- (-Ϝοτ-), occasionally -οντ- in the perfect active.

3)	-μενο- (feminine -μενᾱ.-) in the middle; and in the passive,
except the aorist passive.

Note. — Verbal adjectives end.in-τός, and are usually equivalent
to passive (sometimes active) participles in meaning, or else denote
possibility, as -γνωτός [γιγνώσκω] known, ποιητός [ποιέω] made, τυκτός
[τεύχω] made. They are formed by adding the ending tos to the verb
stem, usually as it appears in the first or second aorist passive.

830.	Augment. — Greek verbs prefix an augment (increase) at
the beginning of the secondary (816) tenses of the indicative,
to denote past time.

831.	This augment is of two kinds :

1)	syllabic augment, which prefixes ἐ- to verbs beginning with a
consonant, as λύω I loose, imperfect ἔλυον I was loosing.

2)	temporal augment, which lengthens the first syllable of words
beginning with a vowel or a diphthong, ἀκούω I hear, ἤκουον
I was hearing.

832.	When augmented α, ε regularly become η; ι, o, υ become ῑ,
ω, ῡ respectively; αι and ᾳ become ῃ; while οι becomes ῳ.

833.	Of course η, ῃ, ῑ, ῡ, ω, and ῳ do not undergo any change
when augmented.

834.	Verbs beginning with ρ regularly double it after the
augment. Those beginning with λ, μ, v, or σ sometimes double
the initial consonant after the augment.

835.	Verbs beginning with a vowel formerly preceded by a lost
consonant (usually p, or σ), may take the syllabic instead of the
temporal augment, as ἑανδάνω, imperfect of ἁνδάνω (σϜανδάνω)
please.

836.	When initial σ has thus been lost, the augment always

<pb n="273"/>

contracts with the first vowel of the stem, according to the rules
(584-5); when initial Ϝ has been lost, contraction may or may not
take place. Thus ἔχω (σεχω), imperfect εἶχον (σέσε-χον, ἔεχον) ·
ἕπομαι (σέπομαι), imperfect εἰπόμην (σεσεπόμην, ἐεεπόμην) ; εἴδον
(ἔϜιδον), second aorist of ὁράω (Ϝοράω) ; ἄγνμι (ράγῡνυμι, aorist ἔαξα
(ἔϜαξα).

837.	The augment, both syllabic and temporal, is often omitted.

838.	Compound Verbs. — Some prepositions (originally adverbs)
are prefixed to verbs, the whole forming a compound. If the
preposition ends with a vowel and the verb begins with one, the
vowel of the preposition is usually elided (575), as διίστημι
(διά-ἵστημι), ἀφαιρέω (ἀπό-αἱρέω (582)).

839.	The augment of compound verbs comes between the
preposition and the verb. If two vowels are thus brought
together, the first is usually elided, as ἀπολύω loose, free ; imperfect
ἀπέλυον (ἀπό-ἔλυον) ; aorist ἀπέλυσα (ἀπό-ἔλῡσα).

840.	Imperfect. — The imperfect (a secondary tense (816)) is
formed by adding the secondary endings (821) to the augmented
stem of the present, as λύω I loose, imperfect ἔλυον I was loosing;
τίθημι I place, imperfect ἐτίθην.

841.	First Aorist. — The first aorist of vowel and mute verbs
(849) (a secondary tense, 816) is regularly formed by adding
-σ(σ)α to the augmented verb stem, followed by the personal
endings of the secondary tenses. If the verb stem ends in a
long vowel or a consonant only one σ is ever added; if it ends
in a short vowel, either one or two sigmas may be used.

842.	“Mixed” Aorists. — A few aorists (sometimes called
“ mixed aorists ”) are formed by adding -σο/ε, followed by the personal
endings of the secondary tenses, to the augmented verb stem.

843.	ἵημι throw, send; δίδωι give, grant; and τίθημι put, place,
have -κα in the aorist instead of -σα.

844.	Future. — The future (a primary tense) of vowel and
mute verbs (849) is regularly formed by adding the tense suffix
-σ(σ)ε/ο to the verb stem, followed by the personal endings of
the primary tenses.

<pb n="274"/>

845.	If the verb stem ends in a long vowel, the stem is not
affected by the addition of -σο/ε and -σα in the formation of the
future and aorist.

846.	If the verb stem ends in a short vowel, all tenses except
the present and imperfect regularly lengthen this, α and ε becoming
η; ο becoming ω ; as ποιέω, ποιήσω, ἐποίησα; χολόω, χολώσω,
ἐχόλωσα.

847.	Some verbs do not lengthen the short vowel according to
the rule in 846.

848.	These, and a few others, usually have σ before the personal
ending of the perfect middle and the aorist passive.

849.	Classes of Verbs.—Verbs are called vowel verbs, liquid
verbs, nasal verbs, and mute verbs, according as their stem ends
in a vowel, a liquid, a nasal, or a mute.

850.	Mute Verbs. — If-the verb stem ends in a mute, the following
euphonic changes take place:

1)	a labial mute (π, β, φ) unites with the sigma following and
forms ψ, as πέμπω, πέμψω (πέμπσω), ἔπεμψα (ἔπεμπσα) send, escort:
ἀμείβω, ἀμείψω, ἤμειψα (ἀμείβσω, ἤμειβσα) (exchange ;

2)	a palatal mute (κ, γ, χ) unites with the sigma following and
forms ξ, as ἀρή-γω, ἀρήξω (ἀρήγσω), ἤρηξα (ἤρηγσα) help, assist;
τεύχω, τεύξω (τεύχσω), ἔτευξα (ἔτευχσα) make, fashion, cause.

3)	a lingual mute (τ, δ, Θ) before the σ is assimilated (610, 4),
as πείθω, πείσω, ἔπεισα persuade; κλέπτω, κλέψω, ἔκλεψα steal.

851.	Liquid and Nasal Verbs. —If a verb stem ends in a liquid
(λ, p) or a nasal (μ, v), the future is regularly formed by adding
-εσε/ο, with the loss of σ between vowels (603), to the verb stem,
to which are attached the primary personal endings, as βάλλω,
βαλέω (from βαλέσω) throw, shoot.

852.	In a few cases the first ε is omitted, and σ is retained in
verbs of this kind, as ὄρνῡμι, ὄρσω arouse, stir up.

853.	A few verbs in addition to those with liquid and nasal
stems have lost σ in the future, as καλέω, καλέω call, summon. In
general these verbs have a liquid or nasal before the final vowel

<pb n="275"/>

of the stem, and imitate the forms of the futures of liquid and
nasal verbs.

854.	Those formations in which σ is dropped after α or ε are
sometimes called “ Attic futures.”

855.	A few verbs have active forms in the present, but middle
forms in the future, as ἀκούω, ἀκούσομαι hear.

856.	Verbs with liquid and nasal stems regularly form their
aorists by dropping the σ and lengthening the stem vowel by
compensation (601), α becoming η, ε becoming ει, ι becoming ῑ,
and υ becoming ῡ, as φαίνω (φαν-), φανέω (φανέσω), ἔφηνα (ἔφανσα)
show; μένω, μενέω (μενέσω), ἔμεινα (ἔμενσα) remain, await.

857.	In some cases the σ is retained in formations of this kind,
as ὄρνϋμι, ὦρσα stir up, arouse; κέλλω, ἔκελσα land; κύρω, κύρσω
meet.

858.	The present of most liquid and nasal verbs regularly
lengthens the last syllable of the stem by compensation (601)
as the original form of the stem of these verbs ended in consonantal
ι (600).

859.	Presents in -λλω are from an earlier form in -λιω. Thus
ἀγγέλλω, βάλλω, στέλλω, τέλλω, etc., were Originally ἀγγελίω, βαλίω,
στελίω, τελίω, etc. In these cases the last syllable of the stem
is lengthened by doubling the final λ.

860.	Verbs with presents in -αινω, -αιρω, -εινω, -ειρω, -ῑνω, -ῑρω, -ῡνω,
-ῡρω originally had the endings -ανιω, -αριω, -ενιω, -εριω, -ινιω, -ιριω
-υνιω, -υριω (consonantal ι, 600) respectively.

861.	The quantity of the last vowel of the stem of many verbs
often varies, as λύω, λῡσω, ἔλῡσα, λέλνκα*, λέλυμαι, ἐλύθην.

862.	Ablaut (vowel gradation, 593-595) is seen in the various
tense systems of many verbs, particularly in what are known as
“second” (863) tenses. The second aorist and second passive
systems commonly have the weak (594-595) grades ι, υ, α. The
other systems usually have the corresponding strong grades ει
(οι), ευ (ου), η (ω); οι, ον, ω in the second perfect. When ε is preceded
or followed by a liquid or a nasal its weak grade is α.

<pb n="276"/>

863.	Second Tenses. — Many verbs have what are called second
tenses, as second aorists (active, middle, and passive), and second
perfects and pluperfects (active). These second tenses are irregular
in formation, and are thus named to distinguish them from
the more common, regularly formed tenses, which are called first
tenses.

864.	The meaning of these second tenses ordinarily corresponds
to that of the first tenses, except in the comparatively few cases
when a verb has both forms. Then the first and second tenses
may differ slightly in meaning, usually by the first being transitive
(sometimes causative), the second intransitive, Compare the
Americanism shine, shined, shined, used transitively, as in the
expression “ he shined my shoes,” with the more common forms
of the verb, shine, shone, shone, used intransitively, as “ the sun
shone.” “ Shined ” may be compared in form and meaning to a
first aorist, while “ shone ” would correspond in form and meaning
to a second aorist. Thus in Greek, ἔβην (2d aor.) signifies
I went, walked (intransitive), while ἔβησα (1st aor.) signifies I
caused to go, walked (transitive), as in English I walked my horse
(ἔβησα ἵππον) i.e. I caused my horse to walk.

865.	Second aorists are formed in various ways :

1)	A common method is for them to have the secondary (816)
endings, following the thematic vowel ε/ο, thus being conjugated
like the imperfect, as ἔχω, ἕξω, ἔσχον to have, where ἔσχον the
second aorist is conjugated like ἔλυον, the imperfect of λὐω to loose.

2)	Many have the secondary endings attached directly to the
tense stem, and thus are conjugated like the aorist passive, hut
without the Θ of the passive stem. Thus ἔβην (βαίνω), ἔδῡν (δύω),
ἔγνων (γιγνώσκω), etc. These are athematic (797) of course.

3)	Others end in -α and are conjugated with the same endings
as the first (regular) aorists, hut without the σ, as εἶπα, ἔκηα.

4)	Many are reduplicated (867), as ἤγαγον [ἄγω], κεχαρόμην

[χαίρω].

Note. — The stem of the second aorist usually diSers from the
present, regularly standing in ablaut (593-5) relation to it, as βαίνω,
ἔβην; λείπω, ἔλιπον.

<pb n="277"/>

866.	The stem of the singular of athematic (797, 865,2) second
aorists regularly stands in ablaut (593-5) relation to the stem
found in the dual and plural.

867.	Reduplication. — The perfect and pluperfect (with a few
presents, second aorists and futures) in all modes have reduplication
(doubling), which regularly denotes completed (sometimes
intensified) action, a state, or a condition.

868.	Verbs beginning with a single consonant, except ρ, prefix
this consonant, followed by the letter ε, as δέω, δέδῡκα go in.
Often the stem stands in ablaut (593-5) relation to the stem of the
present, as βαίνω (βαν-, βα-), βέβηκα come, go.

869.	Verbs beginning with a double consonant (518), with two
consonants (except a mute followed by a liquid or nasal (509, 516),
those beginning with ρ, and some beginning with μ, instead of
being reduplicated, simply add ε, the reduplication in these cases
having the same form as the syllabic augment (830-1).

870.	A rough mute when reduplicated is changed to its cognate
smooth (510-511), as φύω, πέφυκα ; θνήσκω, τέθνηκα. This is deaspiration
(dissimilation) (619).

■ 871. In verbs beginning with a vowel or diphthong the reduplication
has the form of the temporal (831) augment, as οίχομαι, ὤχωκα.

872.	Verbs beginning with a vowel which was formerly preceded
by a lost consonant may take the reduplication in the form
of the syllabic augment (830-1).

873.	Some verbs beginning with α, ε, or ο, followed by a consonant,
reduplicate by repeating this vowel and the consonant and
by lengthening the vowel, a and ε becoming η, and o becoming ω,
as ἔδω, ἐδήδώς ; ἀραρίσκω, ἄρηρα; ὄλλῡμι, ὄλωλα. This is sometimes
called “ Attic reduplication.”

874.	A few verbs reduplicate the present by prefixing the first
consonant of the stem followed by i, as ΐστημι βηστημι 603-4),
τίθημι, δίδωμι, ἵημι (σίσημι 603—4), πίμπλημι, γίγνομαι, γιγνωσκω,
μιμνήσκω.

<pb n="278"/>

875.	When the reduplicated perfect begins with a consonant,
the pluperfect prefixes the syllabic augment (e) to the reduplication,
as βέβηκα (perfect), ἐβεβήκεα. (pluperfect).

876.	In other cases the pluperfect usually retains the temporal
(831) apgment of the perfect unchanged.

877.	Perfect. — The first (regular) perfect adds -m, the pluperfect
-*e, to the reduplicated theme to form the singular. The dual
and plural regularly have the endings of the second perfect, except
at times in the third plural, which often has the endings of the
first perfect.

878.	The stem is not affected by the addition of -κα, -κε, except
that a final short vowel is usually lengthened (846).

879. This form of the perfect (first or regular perfect) is found
only in verbs with vowel stems and in only about twenty verbs in
the whole of the Homeric poems.

880.	Second Perfect. — The stem of the second (irregular) perfect
is formed by adding -α to the reduplicated theme, and the
pluperfect by adding -ε.

881.	The second perfects are the earlier and are much more
common in the Homeric poems than are the first or κ-perfects.
They are found regularly in verbs with consonantal and sometimes
in those with vowel stems.

882.	The singular of the first and second perfect and pluperfect
active regularly stands in ablaut (593-5) relation to the dual and
plural, the dual and plural having the weak (disappearing) grade
(594-5), while the singular has the strong grade.

883.	Both perfect and pluperfect are rare in Homer, the latter
occurring in only about twenty verbs.

884.	The reduplication is occasionally omitted.

885.	Verbs compounded with a preposition (838) regularly
have the augment and the reduplication between the preposition
and the verb, as ἀμφιβέβηκa, προβέβουλα (ἀμφιβαίνω, προβούλομαι).

886.	When futures and second aorists are reduplicated it is
usually after the manner of the reduplication of perfects ; presents
are reduplicated in various ways, but chiefly with ι (874).

<pb n="279"/>887-898]

HOMERIC GREEK

887.	Middle Voice. — The endings of the middle are different
from those of the active.

888.	Passive. — The aorist passive has active endings; the
other forms of the passive have middle endings.

889.	Since only the aorist<note>But see 817, note, for two exceptions.</note> of the passive differs in form from
the middle, all the other tenses having the same forms in both
voices, the context must determine in these other tenses which
voice is intended.

890.	The aorist middle, especially the athematic (797) aorist,
is often used instead of the aorist passive. On the other hand
the aorist passive is often used with a middle meaning.

891.	The perfect and pluperfect, middle and passive are athematic
(797), i.e. the personal endings are attached directly to the
reduplicated verb stem.

892.	The future perfect passive stem is formed by adding -σε/ο
to the perfect middle (passive) stem. A vowel which precedes
this -σε/ο is lengthened, even though it be short in the perfect
middle.

893:. The first aorist passive stem is formed by adding θε/η to
the verb stem.

894.	Sometimes a sigma also is added to the verb stem before
the θε/η·

895.	Before the theta of the passive stem, π and β become φ ;
κ and γ become χ; τ, δ, and Θ regularly become σ (610, 1, 2).

896.	Many verbs have a second aorist passive, which does not
have the Θ, but otherwise has the same endings as the first aorist
passive.

897.	Deponent Verbs. — There are many verbs which have no
active forms, but the middle, or the middle and passive are used
with an active meaning. These are called deponent verbs.

898.	Defective Verbs. — Many verbs do not have all the principal
parts, that is, they are defective. When any parts are omitted



<pb n="280"/>

from the vocabularies of this book, it indicates that these forms
do not occur either in Homer or in later classical Greek.

899.	Periphrastic Forms. — There are some forms of the verb in
Greek which are expressed at times by a compound of the verb
to be (εἰμί) with a participle of the verb. These are called periphrastic
forms. The most important are:

1)	The perfect and pluperfect, represented at times by the perfect
participle with the present and imperfect respectively of εἰμί.

2)	The future perfect, both active and passive, represented by
the future of εἰμί with the perfect active and middle (passive)
participle.

900.	Iterative Forms. — Many verbs have what are called iterative
forms in the imperfect and aorist, active and middle. These
have no augment and add σκ followed by the personal endings
to the verb stem. Some have a connecting vowel (usually ε,
sometimes α), others do not.., Thus from ποθέω comes ποθέεσκον,
from φθινύθω comes φθινύθεσκον, etc.

901.	A few verbs have special forms in the present and second
aorist made by adding Θ to the tense stem, as ἔσχεθον from ἔχω
(2d aor. ἔσχον), φθινύθω from φθίνω.

Accent of Verbs

902.	Verbs, both simple and compound (838), usually have the
recessive accent (548), except in the following cases:

1)	A few second aorists imperative, 2d singular, have the acute
on the ultima, as εἰπἐ, ἐλθέ, εὑρέ, λαβέ. When compounded these
verbs have the recessive accent.

2)	The following forms accent the penult: the first aorist active
infinitive, the second aorist active infinitive (usually contracted
with the ultima), the second aorist middle infinitive (except πρἰασθαι,
ὄνασθαι), the perfect middle (passive) infinitives and participles,
and all infinitives in -ναι or -μεν, except those in -μεναι.

3)	The following participles have the acute on the ultima for
the masculine and neuter, and the circumflex on the penult of the
feminine: the second aorist active, all those of the third declension
(except the first aorist active) ending in -? in the nominative

<pb n="281"/>903-904]

HOMERIC GREEK

singular masculine, and the present particijfles of εἰμί, εἶμι and

κίω (ἐών, ἰών, κιών).

4)	For the variations in the enclitic forms of εἰμί, φημί, see the
paradigms 964, 967, and 554-556.

5)	The accent of athematic optatives never goes further to the
left than the diphthong containing the ι of the mode sign.

6)	In unaugmented compound verbs the accent cannot go further
to the left than the last syllable of the preposition with
which the verb is compounded.

7)	Unaugmented monosyllabic second aorists have the circumflex
when containing a long vowel, as βῆ (= ἔβη).

8)	In augmented and reduplicated compound forms the accent
cannot go further back than the augment or reduplication.

9)	Middle imperatives in -εο have the acute on the penult when
compounded with monosyllabic prepositions.

10)	The exceptions are only apparent in the accent of contracted
forms 936-944, including the aorist passive subjunctive, λυθέω —
λυθῶ, and optative, λυθέ-ῑ-μεν = λυθῶμιν, the future of liquid and
nasal verbs, and the present and second aorist active and middle
subjunctive of most -μι verbs. See 951-952.

903.	Final -αι and -οι of the optative, and the final -οι of the
locative οἴκοι at home, are always considered long when determining
the accent; otherwise final -αι, -οι are considered short for
purposes of accent.

904.	Conjugation of λύω<note>Observe that the υ of λύω is long only when followed by σ; otherwise it is short.</note>	<gloss>I loose</gloss>

Active

Indicative

#λύω Present Indicative Active

S. 1 λύω I loose, I am loosing, I do loose

S. 2	λύεις you (sg) loose, you (sg) are loosing, you (sg) do loose

S. 3	λύει he/she/it looses, he/she/it is loosing, he/she/it does loose

Du. 2 λύετον you two loose, etc.

Du. 3	λύετον they two loose, etc.

Pl. 1 λύομεν we loose, etc.

Pl. 2	λύετε you (pl) loose,  you (pl) are loosing, you (pl) do loose

Pl. 3	λύουσι they loose, they are loosing, they do loose

#λύω Imperfect Indicative Active


S. 1 ἔλυον I was loosing, I loosed, did loose

S. 2 ἔλυes you (sg) were loosing, you (sg) loosed, you (sg) did loose
S. 3 ἔλυε he/she/it was loosing, he/she/it loosed, he/she/it did loose

Du. 2 ἐλύετον you two were loosing, etc.
Du. 3 ἐλυέτην they two were loosing, etc.

Pl. 1 ἐλύομεν we were loosing, we loosed, we did loose
Pl. 2 ἐλύετε you (pl) were loosing, you (pl) loosed, you (pl) did loose
Pl. 3 ἔλυον they were loosing, they loosed, they did loose

<pb n="282"/>



#λύω Future Indicative Active

S. 1 λύσω I shall (will) loose

S. 2	λύσεις you (sg) will (shall) loose

S. 3	λύσει he will (shall) loose
Du. 2 λύσετον you two will (shall) loose

Du. 3 λύσετον they two will (shall) loose

Pl. 1 λύσομεν we shall (will) loose

Pl. 2	λύσετε you will (shall) loose

Pl. 3	λύσουσι  they will (shall) loose

#λύω Perfect Indicative Active
<note>The perfect of λύω is not found in Homer, but these are the ordinary forms in Attic Greek. For the Homeric perfect system see 922, 924, 966.</note>
S. 1 λέλυκα I have loosed

S. 2	λέλυκας you have loosed

S. 3	λέλυκε he has loosed

Du. 2 λελύκατον you two have loosed

Du. 3 λελύκατον they two have loosed

Pl. 1 λελύκαμεν we have loosed

Pl. 2	λελύκατε you have loosed

Pl. 3	λελύκᾱσι they have loosed



#λύω Aorist Indicative Active

S. 1 ἔλυσα I loosed, did loose
S. 2 ἔλυσas you loosed, did loose
S. 3 ἔλυσε he loosed, did loose

Du. 2 ἐλύσατον you two loosed, did loose
Du. 3 ἐλυσάτην they two loosed, did loose

Pl. 1 ἐλύσαμεν we loosed, did loose
Pl. 2 ἐλύσατε you loosed, did loose
Pl. 3 ἔλυσαν they loosed, did loose

#λύω Pluperfect Indicative Active
<note>The perfect of λύω is not found in Homer, but these are the ordinary forms in Attic Greek. For the Homeric perfect system see 922, 924, 966.</note>
S. 1 ἐλελύκη (λελύκεα) I had loosed
S. 2 ἐλελύκης (λελύκεας) you had loosed
S. 3 ἐλελύκει (ἐλελύκεε) he had loosed

Du. 2 ἐλελύκατον you two had loosed
Du. 3 ἐλελυκάτην they two had loosed

Pl. 1 ἐλελύκεμεν we had loosed
Pl. 2 ἐλελύκετε you had loosed
Pl. 3 ἐλελύκεσαν they had loosed

905.	The Subjunctive

#λύω Present Subjunctive Active 2.

S. 1 λύω  (λύωμι) I may loose3

S. 2	λύῃς (λύῃσθα) you may loose

S. 3	λύῃ (λύῃσι) he may loose

#λύω Aorist Indicative Active 2

S. 1 λύσω  (λύσωμι) I may loose3

S. 2	λύσῃς (λύσῃσθα) you may loose

S. 3	λύσῃ (λύσῃσι) he may loose





2	See footnote 1 on next page. 3 See footnote 2 on next page.

<pb n="283"/>

Du. 2 λύητον you two may loose
Du. 3 λυήτην they two may loose
Pl. 1 λύωμεν we may loose

Pl. 2	λύητε you may loose

Pl. 3	λύωσι they may loose

Du. 2 λύσητον you two may loose
Du. 3 λυσήτην they two may loose
Pl. 1 λύσωμεν we may loose

Pl. 2	λύσητε you may loose

Pl. 3	λύσωσι they may loose


S. 1 λελύκω I may loose 2

S. 2	λελύκῃς (λελύκῃσθε) you may loose

S. 3	λελύκῃ (λελύκῃσι) he may loose
Du. 2 λελύκητον you two may loose
Du. 3 λελύκητον they two may loose

Pl. 1 λελύκωμεν we may loose 2
Pl. 2 λελύκητε you may loose
Pl. 3 λελύκωσι they may loose


906.	Optative
<p>The different tenses of the subjunctive, optative, imperative, and infinitive,
do not of themselves represent distinctions of time.</p>

<p>The present of
these tenses denotes continuance of action, as λύειν (pres, infin.) to be loosing
(at any time).</p>

<p>The aorist denotes simply the occurrence of an action, its time being
exactly the same as the present, as λῦσαι (aor. inf.) to loose (at any time).</p>

<p>The perfect denotes completion of an action, as λελυκέμεν (perf. inf.) to
have loosed (at any time).</p>

#λύω Present Optative Active 
S. 1 λύοιμι may I loose 4	



S. 2 λύοις (λύοισθα)  may you loose	

S. 3 λύοι may he loose	



Du. 2 λύοιτον may you two loose
Du. 3 λυοίτην may they two loose

Pl. 1 λύοιμεν may we loose
Pl. 2 λύοιτε may you loose
Pl. 3 λύοιεν may they loose


#λύω Aorist Optative Active

S. 1 λύσαιμι may I loose 5	

S. 2	λύσαις λύσαισθα λύσειας  may you loose 

S. 3	λύσαι (λύσειε) may he loose	

Du. 2 λύσαιτον may you two loose
Du. 3 λυσαίτην may they two loose
Pl. 1 λύσαιμεν may we loose

Pl. 2	λύσαιτε may you loose.

Pl. 3	λύσαιεν (λύσειαν) may they loose

#λύω Perfect Optative Active

S. 1 λελύκοιμι may I loose 5
S. 2 λελύκοις λελύκοισθα may you loose
S. 3 λελύκοι may he loose
Du. 2 λελύκοιτον may you two loose
Du. 3 λελυκοίτην may they two loose

Pl. 1 λελύκοιμεν may we loose
Pl. 2 λελύκοιτε may you loose
Pl. 3 λελύκοιεν may they loose


2	Also let me loose, and various other meanings which must be learned
from the syntax.

3	Not found in Homer; see note 1, p. 283. The subjunct. and optat,
perfect are very rare in Homer.

4	Also, <gloss>I may loose</gloss>, <gloss>I might loose</gloss>, <gloss>I could loose</gloss>, <gloss>I would loose</gloss, <gloss>I should loose loose</gloss>, with various other
meanings which must be learned from the syntax. Read the notes to 905.

5	Read the notes at the end of 905.

<pb n="284"/>

907.	Imperative

#λύω Present Imperative Active 1

S. 2 λύε loose (continue to loose)
S. 3 λυέτω let him loose (continue to loose)

Du. 2 λύετον loose (you two), continue to loose
Du. 3 λυέτων let those (two) loose (continue to loose)

Pl. 2 λύετε loose (continue to loose)

Pl. 3 λυόντων let them loose (continue to loose)

#λύω Aorist Imperative Active 1

λῦσον loose
λυσάτω let him loose

λύσατον loose (you two)
λυσάτων let those (two) loose.

λύσατε loose
λυσάντων let them loose

908.	Infinitive	1

#λύω Present Infinitive Active
 λύειν (λύμεν, λύμεναι, λυέμεν, λυέμεναι) to loose, to be loosing
#λύω Future Infinitive Active 
 λύσειν (λῡσέμεν, λῡσέμεναι) to loose, to be about to loose, to be νloosing

#λύω Aorist Indicative Active
 λΟσαι (λῡσάμεν, λῡσάμεναι) to loose, to have loosed.

#λύω Perfect Infinitive Active 2 
λελυκέμεν, λελυκέ(με)ναι to loose, to have loosed.

909.	
#λύω Present Participle Active
λύων, λύουσα, λύον (740) loosing

#λύω Future Participle Active

 λύσων, λύσουσα, λῦσov (being) about to loose, desiring to loose

#λύω Aorst Participle Active
λύσas, λύσᾱσα, λῦσαv (741) having loosed

#λύω Perfect Participle Active 2 
λελυκώς, λελυκθυῖα, λελυκός (744) having loosed

<note>Read the notes at the end of 905.</note>

<note>Not found in Homer ; see note 3, 905.</note>

<pb n="285"/>

Middle Voice of λύω loose
910.	Indicative

#λύω Present Indicative Midde
<note>The most common meanings are I loose for myself, I am loosed; I was loosing for myself, I was being loosed, etc. The context must determine which of these is most suitable. When it has an active meaning, I loose, it is with the strict implication of loosing one's own, or something in which the subject has an active personal interest, hence : to ransom, redeem, deliver, etc.</note>

S. 1 λύομαι I loose (for) myself, I am loosed


S. 2	λύεαι [(λύῃ)] you loose (for) yourself, are loosed

S. 3	λύεται he looses (for) himself, is loosed

Du. 2 λύεσθον you two loose (for) yourselves, are loosed
Du. 3 λύεσθον they two loose (for) themselves, are loosed

Pl. 1 λυόμε(σ)θα we loose (for) ourselves, are loosed

Pl. 2	λύοισθε you loose (for) yourselves, are loosed

Pl. 3	λύονται they loose (for) themselves, are loosed

#λύω Imperfect Indicative Middle

S. 1 ἐλυόμην I was loosing (for) myself, was being loosed

S. 2	ἐλύεο [(ἐλύευ)] you were loosing (for) yourself, were being loosed

S. 3	ἐλύετο he was loosing (for) himself, was being loosed

Du. 2 ἐλύεσθον you two were loosing (for) yourselves, were being loosed
Du. 3 ἐλυέσθην they two were loosing (for) themselves, were being loosed

Pl. 1 ἐλυοίμε(σ)θα we were loosing (for) ourselves, were being loosed

Pl. 2	ἐλύοισθε you were loosing (for) yourselves, were being loosed

Pl. 3	ἐλύοντο they were loosing (for) themselves, were being loosed

#λύω Future Indicative Middle

S. 1 λύσομαι I shall loose (for) myself, shall be loosed

S. 2	λύσεαι [(λύσῃ)] you will loose (for) yourself, will be loosed

S. 3	λύσεται he will loose (for) himself, will be loosed

Du. 2 λύσεσθον you two will loose (for) yourselves, will be loosed
Du. 3 λύσεσθον they two will loose (for) themselves, will be loosed

Pl. 1 λῡσόμε(σ)θα we will loose (for) ourselves, will be loosed

Pl. 2	λύσεσθε you will loose (for) yourselves, will be loosed

Pl. 3	λύσονται they will loose (for) themselves, will be loosed


<pb n="286"/>

#λύω Aorist Indicative Middle

S. 1 ἐλῡσάμην (ἐλύμην) loosed (for) myself, was loosed	

S. 2	ἐλύσαο [(ἐλύσω) ἔλυ(σ)o] you loosed (for) yourself, were loosed 

S. 3	ἐλύσατο (ἔλυτο) he loosed (for) himself, was loosed	

Du. 2 ἐλύσασθον (ἔλυσθον) you two loosed (for) yourselves, were loosed 

Du. 3 ἐλῡσάσθην (ἐλύσθην) they two loosed (for) themselves, were  loosed

Pl. 1 ἐλῡσάμε(σ)θα (ἐλύμε(σ)θα) we loosed (for) ourselves, were loosed

Pl. 2	ἐλύσασθε (ἔλυσθε) you loosed (for) yourselves, were loosed

Pl. 3	ἐλύσαντο (ἔλυντο) they loosed (for) themselves, were loosed


#λύω Perfect Indicative Middle

S. 1 λέλυμαι I have loosed (for) myself, have been loosed

S. 2	λέλυσαι you have loosed (for) yourself, have been loosed

S. 3	λέλυται he has loosed (for) himself, has been loosed

Du. 2 λέλυσθον you two have loosed (for) yourselves, have been loosed

Du. 3 λέλυσθον they two have lposed (for) themselves, have been loosed
Pl. 1 λελύμε(σ)θα we have loosed (for) ourselves, have been loosed

Pl. 2	λέλυσθε you have loosed (for) yourselves, have been loosed

Pl. 3	λέλυνται (λελύαται) 2 they have loosed (for) themselves, have been loosed

#λύω Pluperfect Indicative Middle

S. 1 ἐλελύμην I had loosed (for) myself, had been loosed

S. 2	ἐλέλυσο you had loosed (for) yourself, had been loosed

S. 3	ἐλέλυτο he had loosed (for) himself, had been loosed

Du. 2 ἐλέλυσθov you two had loosed (for) yourselves, had been loosed
Du. 3 ἐλελύσθην they two had loosed (for) themselves, had been loosed
Pl. 1 ἐλελύμε(σ)θα we had loosed (for) ourselves, had been loosed

Pl. 2	ἐλέλυσθε you had loosed (for) yourselves, had been loosed

Pl. 3	ἐλέλυντο (ἐλελύατο) 1 2 they had loosed (for) themselves, had been loosed

#λύω Future Perfect Indicative Middle

S. 1 λέλυσομαι. I shall have loosed (for) myself, shall have been loosed

S. 2	λελύσεαι. [(λελυσέῃ)] you will have loosed (for) yourself, will have been loosed

S. 3	λελύσεαι. he will have loosed (for) himself, will have been loosed

1	Less common, athematic (797-798) 2d aorist forms.

2	-αται, -ατο (= -νται, -ντο, 597-598) regularly in verbs with consonantal
stems, and stems ending in ι; sometimes in stems ending in other vowels.

<pb n="287"/>

Du. 2 λελύσεσθον you two will have loosed (for) yourselves, will have been loosed

Du. 3 λελύσεσθον they two will have loosed (for) themselves, will have
been loosed

Pl. 1 λελῡσόμε(σ)θα we will have loosed (for) ourselves, will have been
loosed

2	λελύσεσθε you will have loosed (for) yourselves, will have been loosed

3	λελύσονται they will have loosed (for) themselves, will have been loosed

911.	Subjunctive

#λύω Present Subjunctive Middle

S. 1 λύωμαι I may loose (for) myself, may be loosed <note>Read the note at the end of 905.</note>

S. 2	λύηαι [(λύῃ)] you may loose (for) yourself, may be loosed

S. 3	λύηται he may loose (for) himself, may be loosed

Du. 2 λύησθον you two may loose (for) yourselves, may be loosed
Du. 3 λύησθον they two may loose (for) themselves, may be loosed

Pu. 1 λυώμε(σ)θα we may loose (for) ourselves, may be loosed

2	λύησθε you may loose (for) yourselves, may be loosed

3	λύωνται they may loose (for) themselves, may be loosed

#λύω Aorist Subjunctive Middle 

S. 1 λύσωμαι I may loose (for) myself, be loosed 

S. 2	λύσηαι [(λύσῃ)] you may loose (for) yourself, be loosed

S. 3	λύσηται he may loose (for) himself, be loosed

Du. 2 λύσησθον you may loose (for) yourselves, be loosed

Du. 3 λύσησθον they two may loose (for) themselves, be loosed

Pl. 1 λῡσώμε(σ)θα we may loose (for) ourselves, be loosed

Pl. 2	λύσησθε you may loose (for) yourselves, be loosed

Pl. 3	λύσωνται they may loose (for) themselves, may be loosed

#λύω Perfect Subjunctive Middle 

S. 1 λελύμενος ἔω  I may loose (for) myself, may be loosed

S. 2	λελύμενος ἔῃς you may loose (for) yourself, may be loosed

S. 3.	λελύμενος ἔῃ he may loose (for) himself, be loosed

Du. 2 λελυμένω ἔητον you two may loose (for) yourselves), may be loosed

Du. 3	λελυμένω ἔητον they two may loose (for) themselves, may be loosed



<pb/>

P. 1 λελυμένοι ἔωμεν we may loose (for) ourselves, may be loosed

2	λελυμένοι ἔητε you may loose (for) yourselves, may be loosed

3	λελυμένοι ἔωσι they may loose (for) themselves, may be loosed

912.	Optative

#λύω Present Optative Middle 

S. 1 λυοίμην may I loose (for) myself, may I be loosed 2

S. 2	λύοιο may you loose (for) yourself, may you be loosed..

S. 3	λύοιτο may he loose (for) himself, may he be loosed

Du. 2 λύοισθον may you two loose (for) yourselves, may you two be loosed

Du. 3 λυοίσθην may they two loose (for) themselves, may they two be
loosed

Pl. 1 λυοίμε(σ)θα may we loose (for) ourselves, may we be loosed

Pl. 2	λύοισθε may you loose (for) yourselves, may you be loosed

Pl. 3	λυοίατο may they loose (for) themselves, may they be loosed

#λύω Aorist Optative Middle 

S. 1 λῡσαίμην may I loose (for) myself, may I be loosed2

S. 2	λύσαιο may you loose (for) yourself, may you be loosed

S. 3	λύσαιτο may he loose (for) himself, may he be loosed

Du. 2 λύσαισθον may you two loose (for) yourselves, may you two be loosed

Du. 3 λῡσαίσθην may they two loose (for) themselves, may they two be loosed

Pl. 1 λῡσαίμε(σ)θα may we loose (for) ourselves, may we be loosed

Pl. 2	λύσαισθε may you loose (for) yourselves, may you be loosed

Pl. 3	λῡσαίατο may they loose (for) themselves, may they be loosed

#λύω Perfect Optative Middle 

S. 1 λελυμένος εἴην may I loose (for) myself, may I be loosed 2

S. 2	λελυμένος εἴης may you loose (for) yourself, may you be loosed

S. 3	λελυμένος εἴη may he loose (for) himself, may he be loosed

Du. 2 λελυμένω εἶτον may you two loose (for) yourselves, may you two be loosed

Du. 3 λελυμένω εἴτην may they two loose (for) themselves, may they two be loosed

<note>Read the note at the end of 905.</note>

<note>Read the note on 906.</note>

3	Also λελΟτο (= λελυ-ῑ-το).

<pb n="289"/>

Pl. 1 λελυμένοι εἶμεν may we loose (for) ourselves, may we be loosed

Pl. 2	λελυμένοι εἶτε may you loose (for) yourselves, may you be loosed

Pl. 3	λελυμένοι εἶεν may they loose (for) themselves, may they be loosed

913.

Imperative

#λύω Present Imperative Middle 

S. 2. λύεο [(λύευ)] loose (for) yourself, be loosed
S. 3. λυέσθω let him loose (for) himself, let him be loosed

Du. 2 λύεσθον loose (for) your two selves, be loosed

Du. 3 λυέσθων let those two loose (for) themselves, let them be loosed

Pl. 2 λύεσθε loose (for) yourselves, be loosed

Pl. 3 λυέσθων let them loose (for) themselves, let them be loosed

#λύω Aorist Imperative Middle

S. 2 λῦσαι loose (for) yourself, be loosed

S. 3 λῡσάσθω let him loose (for) himself, let him be loosed

Du. 2 λύσασθον loose (for) your two selves, be loosed

Du. 3 λῡσάσθων let these two loose (for) themselves, let them be loosed

Pl. 2 λῡσασθε loose (for) yourselves, be loosed

Pl. 3 λῡσάσθων let them loose (for) themselves, let them be loosed

#λύω Perfect Imperative Passive 

S. 2 λέλυσο loose (for) yourself, be loosed

S. 3 λελύσθω let him loose (for) himself, let him be loosed

Du. 2 λέλυσθον loose (for) yourselves, be loosed

Du. 3 λελύσθων let them loose (for) themselves, let them be loosed

Pl. 2 λέλυσθε loose (for) yourselves, be loosed

Pl. 3 λελύσθων let them loose (for) themselves, let them be loosed

914.	Infinitive	

#λύω Present infinitive middle
λύεσθαι to loose (for) one’s self, to be loosed
#λύω Future infinitive middle
 λύσεσθαι to loose (for) one’s self, to be loosed, to be about to be loosed

#λύω Aorist infinitive middle

 λυσασθαι to loose (for) one’s self, to be loosed, to have loosed
#λύω Perfect infinitive middle
 λελύσθαι to loose (for) one’s self, to be loosed, to have loosed .
#λύω Future Perfect Middle 
λελύσεσθαι to loose (for) one’s self, to be loosed

1	Read the note on 905.

<pb n="290"/>

915.	Participle

#λύω Present Participle Middle 
λυόμενος, λυομένη, λυόμενον loosing (for) one’s self, being loosed.

#λύω Future Participle Middle 
λῡσόμενος, λῡσομένη, λῡσόμενον being about to loose (for) one’s self, being about to be loosed, desiring to loose, . . . etc.

#λύω Aorist Participle Middle 
λῡσάμενος, λῡσαμένη, λῡσάμενον  having loosed (for) one’s self, having been loosed
#λύω Perfect Participle Middle 
λελυμένος, λελυμένη, λελυμένον  having loosed (for) one’s self, having been loosed.

#λύω Future Perfect Participle Middle 
λελῡσόμενος, λελῡσομένη, λελῡσόμενον being about to have loosed (for) one’s self, being about to be loosed

Passive1 Voice

Aorist only

916. 

#λύω Aorist Indicative Passive

S. 1 ἐλύθην I was loosed

S. 2	ἐλύθης you were loosed

S. 3	ἐλύθη he was loosed

Du. 2 ἐλύθητον you two were loosed

Du. 3 ἐλυθήτην they two were
loosed

Pl. 1 ἐλύθημεν we were loosed

Pl. 2	ἐλύθητε you were loosed

Pl. 3	ἐλύθησαν (ἔλυθεν) they were loosed

918. 

#λύω Aorist Optative Passive

S. 1 λυθείην may I be loosed 4

S. 2	λυθείης may you be loosed

S. 3	λυθείη may he be loosed

Du. 2 λυθεῖτον (λυθείητον) may you two be loosed
Du. 3 λυθείτην (λυθεήτην) may they two be loosed

Pl. 1 λυθεῖμεν (λυθείημεν) may we be loosed

Pl. 2	λυθεῖτε (λυθείητε) may you be loosed

Pl. 3	λυθεῖεν (λυθείησαν) may they  be loosed





917. 

#λύω Aorist Subjunctive Active 2

S. 1 λυθῶ (λυθέω)3 I may be loosed4
S. 2 λυθῇς (λυθέῃς) you may be loosed
S. 3 λυθῇ (λυθέῃ) he may be loosed

Du. 2 λυθῆτον (λυθέητον) you two may be loosed

Du. 3 λυθῆτον (λυθέητον) they two may be loosed

Pl. 1 λυθῶμεν (λυθέωμεν) we may be loosed

Pl. 2 λυθῆτε (λυθέητε) you may be loosed
Pl. 3 λυθῶσι (λυθέωσι) they may be loosed

919. 

#λύω Aorist Imperative Passive

S. 2 λυθῆτι be loosed
S. 3 λυθήτω let him be loosed

Du. 2 λύθητον you two be loosed
Du. 3 λυθήτων let these two be loosed

Pl. 2 λύθητε be loosed
Pl. 3 λυθέντων let them be loosed



1	Occasionally with a middle meaning.

2	Read the note on 905.

3	Read 951-952.

4	Read the note on 906.
<pb/>





920.	

#λύω Aorist Infinitive Passive

λυθύναι (λυθήμεναι) to be loosed, to have been loosed

921.	Aorist Participle Passive

λυθείς, λυθεῖσα, λυθέν (742) having been loosed

922. Perfect System of βαίνω (βαν-, βα), come, go, ivalk

INDICATIVE	SUBJUNCTIVE 1 OPTATIVE		IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE
S. 1 βίβηκα	β^βήκω	βέβήκοίμί	βεβάμ,εν(αι)
S. 2 βίβηκα;	β€βήκη$(θα)	βίβήκοιε	βίβαθι
S. 3 βίβηκε	βίβήκη(σ·ι)	βίβήκοι	βεβάτω PARTICIPLE
Du. 2 βίβατον	βίβήκ^τον	βεβήκοιτον	βίβατον βεβαώ;, νία,
Du. 3 βίβατον	βίβή Κ€τον	βεβηκοίτην	βε βάτων <5s
Pl. 1 βεβαμ-εν	βίβήκομ«ν	β«βή κοιμ«ν	
Pl. 2 βίβατε	βίβήκ€Τ€	βίβήκοιτ*	βίβατε
Pl. 3 βεβάασα	βίβήκωσι	βεβήκοΐίν	βεβάντων
βίβήκασι			
		PLUPERFECT	
S. 1 ίβεβήκεα	(-η 585)	Du.	Pl. ίβίβαμεν
S. 2 ίβεβήκεα; (η; 585)		€ βίβατον	ὶ βίβατε
S. 3 ^βίβήΚ€€	(-ει 585)	Ιβίβάτην	ίβεβασαν

923. Second Perfect System of ιτείθω (πειθ-, ίγοιΘ-, in0-),

persuade

INDICATIVE

S. 1 iriiroi0a

S. 2	7r€7TOL0aS

S. 3	ΐΓίποιθε

SUBJUNCTIVE 1 PARTICIPLE
ιτΐΊτοίθω	πέτΓΟίθώς. πεπι

7rfΊτοίθης(θα)	θυια, imitoiOos

7rf ποίθη (σι)

PLUPERFECT
ίτεποίθεα (-η 585)
ί-π-ειτοίθεαϊ (-η$ 585)
ίτεποίθεε (-ει 585)

Du. 2 *πίΐΓΐστον
Du. 3 *7rf7rLCTT0v

ΙΓίΊΓΟίθίΤΟν

πεΊΓοίθετον

*ίπ·ίτπ.σ·τον

^Ι'ΐΓίπίσ'την

1 Very rare ; the dual and plural forms are uncertain.

<pb n="292"/>PERFECTS, ACTIVE AND MIDDLE [924-925

Pl. 1 *π·£τΓΐθμ€ν

Pl. 2	^'ϊτέ'ΐτκΓΤί

Pl. 3	πίποίθασι.
^τΐΈΐτίθασι

ΤΓ€7Γθ(θθμ€ν

irtiroieerc

7Γ6ποίθωσί

€ΤΓ€*ΙΓΐθμ€ν

*€1Γ€'7ΓΙ(ΓΤ€

CTTciroiGio-av

(*€'iriiri(rav)

924. Second Pjerfect		System of	ϊστημι (στη-, στα-), Stand	
		Perfect		
INDICATIVE	SUBJUNCTIVE	1 OPTATIVE	IMPERATIVE	INFINITIVE
S. 1 «πηκα	Ιστήκω	4σ*ΐΐιίην		«πάμίν (αι)
S. 2 €σ*τηκα$	€στή κτ)δ(θα)	«παίηζ	€σταθι	
S. 3 €<πηκ€	€<Γτή Ktj(<Tl)	«παίη	«στάτω	PARTICIPLE
Du. 2 «πατον	Ιστήκ€τον	«παΐτον	ύστατον	€σταώζ, υΐα,
Du. 3 «πατον	€στήκ€Τθν	«στα (την	«στάτων	ds
Pl. 1 €(παμ€ν	€<πή κομ€ν	<σταΙμ€ν		
Pl. 2 €(πατ€	Ισ*τήκ€Τ€	€(παΐτ€	€στατ€	
Pl. 3 €(Γτά(ΓΙ	ίστήκωσι	€(παΐ€ν	ecrτάντων	
€(πή κα<τι		Pluperfect		
S. 1 €(πήκ€α (-η 585)		Du.	Pl. ίίσταμ€ν	
S. 2 «πήκ€α$ (-ηδ 585)		ύστατον	«πατ€	
S. 3 «πήκ€€ (	€ΐ 585)	€(πάτην	«πασαν	

925. Perfect Middle System of Labial Verbs : τρ«πω (rpcir-,

Tpair-) tUT7l} OF PALATAL VERBS : τίίίχω (τ€υχ-, τυχ-, τυκ-)

fashion, make, and of Dental Verbs : ^ύθομαι (πίυθ-,
in>0-) learn

Indicative

S. 1

S. 2

S. 3

Du. 2
Du. 3

Pl. 1

Pl. 2

Pl. 3

τέτραμμαι (τίτραιτμαι.)
τίτραψαι (τ€τραιτσαι)
τ€τρα*ιπαι (τ€τρα7παι)

Τ€τράμμ€(σ)θα (τ€-
τραΐΓμ€(σ)θα)
τίτραφθ€ (r€Tpairo-0€)
τ€τράφαται (τ€τραπν-

ται)

τ€τυγμαι (τ€τυχμαι)
τ€ΤΛ)ξαι (τ€τυχσαι)
τ€τυκται (τ€τυχται)

τ€τύγμ€(<τ)θα (τ«τυχ-
|«(<r)fla)
τ€τυχθ« (τ€τυχ<τθ€)
τ€τΰχαται (τίτυχν-
ται) (τ€τ«ΰχαται)

ΐΓίπυσμαι (πίπυθμαι)
πεπυσαι (7Γ€*ϊΤυθσαι)
iremxrrat (τΓίπνθται}
πειτυσθον (-ΠΈπυθο-θον)
π^-πυσθον (πίπυθο-θον)
ΐΓ€·7Γύσμ€(σ·)θα (ΐΓίίτυθ-
lie(o-)fla)
ΐΓ€ΐΓυσθ€ (ir€7nj8(r0€)
πίπυθαται (ir€irv6yrat)

τ€τραφθον (τ€τραπ<τθον) τίτυχθον (τ€τυχσθον)
τ€τραφθον (τ€τρα·7τσ·θον) τ€τυχθον (τίτυχσθον)

1 Very rare ; the dual and plural forms are uncertain.

<pb n="298"/>925]

HOMERIC GREEK

Pluperfect Indicative

1	€Τ€Τράμμην («τίτραιτμην)

2	Ιτί'τραψο (€τ€τρα7Γ<το)

3	€Τ€Τραιπο (έτίτραπτο)

1	«τ€τραφθον («τίτραπ-

(τθον)

2	€τ«τράφθην (|τ€τραιτ-

(τθην)

1	€Τ€τράμμ€(σ)θα (ετίτραπ-

μί(<τ)θα)

2	£τ4τραφ0€ (^Tpa-rrcrOf)

3	Ιτίτράφατο (€Τ€ρτα*π·ντο)

SINGULAR
ίτίτύγμην (ίτ€τυχμην)
«τίτυξο (Ιτ€τνχ(το)
€Τ£ΤυΚΤΟ («Τίτυχτο)

DUAL
£Τ€τυχθον (Ιτίτυχσθον)

£Τ£τύχθην (£τ€τυχςτθην)

PLURAL
£Τ€τύγμ£(σ)θα (£τ£τυχ-
|ie(<r)0a)

€Τ€τυχ0€ (έτετυχα-θε)
Ιτ€τύχατο (£τ€τυχντο)
(4τ€Τ£ύχατο)

£7Γ£Ίτύ<Γμην (ί-ΠΈίτυθμην)
«ΊΓ^πυσΌ (eirt-rruGcro)
£ΤΓ€ΤΓυςπο (IttcituOto)

€iremj<r0ov (Ι-πΈίτυθο-θον)
ί-πΈπύσθην (£·π·€7τνθσθην)

€'Π·£’ΤΓυ(Γμ€((Γ)θα (έπΈπυθ-
μ€(σ)θϋ)

Ιιγ£ιπ)<γΘ€ (€TT€Tnj0cr0€)

lireiruθατο (Ι'ΠΈ'ίτυθντο

Perfect Subjunctive

1	Τ€τραμμ4νοβ 4ω (τ€τραΐΓ- τ€τυγμ4νο$ €« (τ£τυχμ£- TTfiruo^vos €ω (ireirvO-
μ€νο$)	vos)	μ£	vos)

etc.

Perfect Optative
1 Τ€τραμμ€νο$ £Ϊην	τ€'τυγμ€νθ5	€Ϊην	ireiruo^vos	£Ϊην

etc.

Perfect Imperative

2	τ^τρα,ψο (τ€τρα7Γ(το)

3	τ£τράφθω (τ€τρα/π·<τθω)

2	τ^τραφθον (τ€τραΊΓ(τθον)

3	Τ€τράφθων (τ€τραΊΓσθων)

2	τ€τραφ0€ (τ€τρα7Γ(τθ€)

3	τ€τράφθων (τ€τραιτσ·θων)

Perfect

’singular
T€tu£o (τ€τυχ<το)
τ€τύχθω (τ£τυχ<τθω)

DUAL
τ€τυχθον (τ€τνχσ·0ον)
τ£τύχθων (τ£τυχ<τθων)

PLURAL
τ£τυχ0€ (τ€τυχσ·0€)
τ€τυχθων (τ€τυχσθων)

TT^irvcro (7Γ€πυθ(Γθ)
τΓ€7Γύ<Γθω (7Γ€7Γυθ(τθω)

7Γ€7Γλ)(τθθ V (7Γ€7Γυθσ·0θν)
τγ€ πύ cr0 ο) ν (7Γ€ΊΓυθσ·θων)

77€Trvcr0€ (‘ΤΓ€'τη}θσθ€)

7Γ€ΐΓΰσ0ων (7Γ€7τυθο-θων)

INFINITIVE AND PARTICIPLE

τ€τράφθαι (T€Tpa7ro-0aL) τ€τΰχθαι, (τ£τνχσ0αι.) τΓ€Ίτύσθαι (·π·€7Γυθ<τθαι)
τ€τραμμ€νο5, ἡ, ον (τ€τραΐΓ- Τ€τυγμ€νθ5, ἡ, ον (τ£- -n^irvo-p^vos, ἡ, ον
μ£νο5)	τυχμ£νο$)	πυθμ£νο5)

<pb n="294"/>SECOND AOEISTS

[926-930

926.	For the change in the vowel of the stem between the singular
and the dual and plural of the perfect active, see 882.

927.	For the euphonic changes found in the perfect middle, by
means of which the regular forms are derived from the forms in
parentheses, see 608 ff.

928.	-νται, -ντο (-νται, -vro) of the third plural middle and passive
become -αται, -ατο after a'consonant, of course (597-598).

929.	TT-mutes and «-mutes (510) are aspirated (619) before the
endings -αται, -ατο of the third plural, π and β becoming </>, and «
and γ becoming χ.

930.	Second Aorist System of βαίνω (βαν-, βα-) come, go,

γιγνώσκω (γνω-.	, γνο-) know, AND OF δΰ-ω	* enter, sink.
	Indicative	
S. 1 «βην	c-γνων	εδϋν
S. 2 €βης	ryva>s	c'Svs
S. 3 £βη	€γνω	€$ΰ
Du. 2 εβητον (ϊβατον)	«γνωτον	ϊδϋτον
Du. 3 ίβήτην (ΐβάτην)	€γνώτην	Ιδυτην
Pl. 1 ιβημιν (ίβαμιν)	«γ νωμ€ν	€δϋμ€ν
Pl. 2 ιβητι (έ'βατί)	€γνωτ€	cSdtc
Pl. 3 ϊβησαν (ϊβασαν, ¥β	αν) .«γνωσαν (eyvov)	(tSvcrav) ϊδυν
	Subjunctive	
S. 1 βήω etc.	γνώω (γνώ 585), etc.	δνω etc.
	Optative	
S. 1 βαίην etc.	γνοίην etc.	δνην (= δυίην) etc.
	Imperative	
S. 2 βήθι etc.	γνώθι etc.	δνθι etc.
Infinitives and Participles		
βας, βασα, βάν	γνούδ, γνουσα, γνόν	Svs, δΰ(τα, δύν
βήναι (βήμ€ναι·)	γνώναὶ (γνώμ«ναι)	δνναι (δυμεναι)

<pb n="295"/>931-933]

HOMERIC GREEK

First Aorist System of Liquid Verbs
φαίνω (stem φαν-) show
931.	First	Aorist	Active

INDICATIVE	SUBJUNCTIVE	OPTATIVE	IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE	
S. 1 εφηνα	φήνω(μι)	φήναιμι		φήναι
S. 2 εφηνας	φήντ)$(θα)	φήναΐ5(θα)	φήνον	
S. 3 εφηνε	φήνη(σι)	φήναι (φή-	φηνάτω	PARTICIPLE
		νειε)		φήνα$, ασα, αν
Du. 2 εφή varov	φήνητον	φήναιτον	φήνατον	
Du. 3 έφηνάτην	φήνητον	φηναίτην	φηνάτων	
Pl. 1 έφήναμεν	φήνωμεν	φήναιμεν		
Pl. 2 Ιφήνατε	φήνητε	φήναιτε	ψήνατε	
Pl. 3 εφηναν	φήνω<τι	φήναιεν (φή	- φηνάντων	
		νειαν)		
932.	First Aorist Middle			
INDICATIVE	SUBJUNCTIVE	. OPTATIVE	IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE	
S. 1 εφηνάμην	φήνωμαι	φνηαίμην		φήνασθαι
S. 2 εφήναο	φήνηαι	φήναιο	φήναι	
S. 3 έφήνατο	φήνηται	φήναιτο	φηνάσθω	PARTICIPLE
Du. 2 εφήνασθον	φήνη<τθθν	φήνακτθον	φήνασθον	φηνάμενο$, η7 ον
Du. 3 εφηνά<τθην	φήνησθον	φηναί<τθην	φηνάσ*θων	2d AOR. PASS.
Pl. 1 έφημάμε(ίτ)θι	χ φηνώμε(<τ)θα	φηναίμε(<τ)θι	a	εφάνην
'2 έφήνασ*θε	φήνη<τθε	φήναισθε	φήνασ*θε	εφάνης
3 έφήναντο	φήνωνται	φηναίατο	φηνάσθων	εφάνη, etc.

Second Aorist System of Χίίπω leave
933.	Second	Aorist Active

INDICATIVE	SUBJUNCTIVE	OPTATIVE	IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE	
S. 1 ἔλιπον	λί-πω	λίποιμι		λιπεΐν (λι-πεεν),
S. 2 ἔλιπεw	λίπτ]5(θα)	Χΐ7Γθΐ5(θα)	λίπε	ΧιΐΓε'μεν(αι)
S. 3 ἔλιπε	λ1πτ|(<π)	λίποι	λιπε'τω	
Du. 2 ἐλίπετον	λίπητον	XClTOlTOV	λίπετον	PARTICIPLE
Du. 3 ἐλιπετην	λίπητον	λιιτοίτην	λιπ^των	λιιτών, οΰσα, όν
Pl. 1 ἐλίπομεν	λίπωμεν	λίτ-οιμεν		
Pl. 2 ἐλίπετε	λίπητε	λίποιτε	λίπετε	
Pl. 3 ἔλιπον	λίπωσι	λίποιεν	λιιτόντων	

SUBJUNCTIVE
S. 1 	λίπω
S. 2 	λίπη(θα)
S. 3 	λίπῃ(σι)
Du. 2 	λίπητον	
Du. 3 	λίπητον
Pl. 1 	λίπωμεν
Pl. 2 	λίπητε
Pl. 3 	λίπωσι

OPTATIVE
S. 1	λίποιμι
S. 2 	λιποις/λίποισθα
S. 3 	λίποι
Du. 2 	λίποιτον
Du. 3 λιποίτην	
Pl. 1 	λίποιμεν		
Pl. 2 	λίποιτε	
Pl. 3 	λίποιεν	


IMPERATIVE 	

S. 2 λίπε
S. 3 λιπέτω	
Du. 2 λίπετον	
Du. 3 	λιπέτων	

Pl. 2 	λίπετε	
Pl. 3 	λιπόντων

INFINITIVE
λιπεῖν (λιπέεν)
λιπέμεναι
λιπέμεν

PARTICIPLE
λιπών, λιποῦσα, λιπόν

		296		
<pb/>

934.	Second Aobist Middle		
INDICATIVE	SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE IMPERATIVE		INFINITIVE
S. 1 έλιπόμην	λίπωμαι	ΧΐΊΓοίμην	λιτ-Ισθαι
S. 2 IXCirco	ΧΙπηαι	λί-ποιο ΧιπΙο	
S. 3 «λ£ΐΓ€ΤΟ	λίπηται	λίποιτο ΧιπΙσθω	PARTICIPLE
Du. 2 «λίπεσθον	λίιτησθον	λίποισθον λίπίσθον Xiir<^€vos, ἡ, ον	
Du. 3 Ιλπτ&τθην	λίίΓησθον	λιποίσθην ΧιπΙσθων	
Pl. 1 €Χιπόμ€(σ)θ(	ι λΐ'πώμ€(σ)θι	a λι,ΤΓθίμ€(σ)θα	
Pl. 2 ΙλίτΈσθ*	ΧίίΓησθί	λίποισθὶ λίπ€σθ€	
Pl. 3 Ιλίιτοντο	λίπωνται	λιποίατο ΧιιτΙσθων	
935. Second	Aobist Passive System of τρίψω (τρεφ-, τροφ-,		
	τραφ-, FOR θρ£φ-, ETC.) nourish		
INDICATIVE	SUBJUNCTIVE OPTATIVE		IMPERATIVE
S. 1 Ιτράφην	τραφώ	τραφ€ίην	
S. 2 Ιτράφηζ	τραφεὶ -	τραφίίη?	τράφητι
S. 3 Ιτράφη	τραφη	τραφίίη	τραφήτω
Du. 2 Ιτράφητον	τραφήτον	τραφίΐτον (τραφίίητον)	τράφητον
Du. 3 Ιτραφήτην	τραφήτον	τραφίίτην (τραφίΐήτην)	τραφήτων
Pl. 1 Ιτράφημίν	τραφώμ€ν	τραφάμίν (τραφίίημ^ν)	
Pl. 2 €τράφητ€	τραφήτ€	τραφ£ΐτ€ (τραφίίητ€)	τράφητ€
Pl. 3 Ιτράφη σαν	τραφώσι	τραφίΐίν (τραφίίησαν)	τραφίντων

(ετραφεν)

INFINITIVE τραφήναι (τραφήμεναι)	ΡἈΚΓΚΊίΊ,Κ	τραφεί?,	«ίσα, «ν

Contract Verbs

936.	Verbs which end in -αω, -eu>, -οω ; -αομαι, -εομαι, -οομαι (including
the futures of liquids and nasals) in the first person singular
are contracted in the present and imperfect at times. For the
laws of contraction see 584-585.

937.	Verbs in -οω, -οομαι, are cilwctys contracted ; those in -αω,
-αομαιc, -eo>, -eo/xat, may be, but are usually leff uncontracted.

938.	Present	System	of	τιμάω	honor

INDICATIVE
S. 1 (τιμάω) τιμώ

S. 2	(τΐμάίΐε) τΐμά$

S. 3	(τΐμάα) τΐμφ.

Present

SUBJUNCTIVE
(τιμάω) τιμώ

(τΐμά-fls) τιμ$5
(τϊμάη) τΐμφ

297

OPTATIVE
(τϊμάοιμι) τιμώ μι
(τϊμάοιδ) τΐμώ§
(τίμάοι) τιμώ
<pb/>939]

HOMERIC GREEK

Du. 2 (τϊμθ€τον) τΐμάτον
Du. 3 (τϊμάίτον) τΐμάτον
Pl. 1 (τΐμάομίν) τΐμώμίν

Pl. 2	(τϊμάίτί) τΐμάτί

Pl. 3	(τϊμάουσι) τΐμώσι

IMPERATIVE

S. 1

S. 2	(τίμαί) τίμά

S. 3	(τΐμα€τω) τΐματω
Du. 2 (τΐμά«τον) τΐμάτον

Du. 3 (τΐμαί'των) τϊματων

Pl. 1

Pl. 2	(τϊμάίτί) τΐμάτ€

Pl. 3	(τΐμαόντων) τιμώντων

PART, (τΐμάων, οὐσα, ον) τιμών, ώ<τα,
ών, 745.

(τϊμάοιτον) τΐμώτον
(τΐμαο ίτην) τΐμωτην
(τϊμάοιμίν) τΐμώμ€ν
(τΐμάοιτ*) τΐμωτ€
(τϊμάοιίν) τΐμώίν

IMPERFECT INDICATIVE
(Ιτίμαον) ετίμων
(Ετΐμα^) €τίμά$

(έτΐμαε) έτίμα
(Ιτΐμοάτον) Ιτϊμάτον
(Ιτΐμαί'την) ετΐματην
(€τϊμάομ€ν) 4τΐμώμ€ν
(ίτΐμάίτ*) €τίμάτ€

(Ιτΐμαον) «τιμών

INF IN. (τΐμάαν = τΐμα€€ν) τιμάν,
(τϊμήμ€ναι)

(τϊμάητον) τΐμάτον
(τΐμάητον) τΐμάτον
(τΐμάωμ€ν) τΐμώμ€ν
(τΐμάητί) τϊμάτί
(τΐμάωσι) τΐμώσι

939	Middle	and	Passive

Present

	INDICATIVE	SUBJUNCTIVE	OPTATIVE
. S. 1	(τΐμάομαι) τΐμώμαι	(τΐμάωμαι) τΐμώμαι	(τΐμαο ΐμην) τΐμώμην
S. 2	(τΐμάίαι) τιμά	(τΐμάηαι) τιμά	(τΐμάοιο) τϊμώο
.3	(τΐμάίται) τΐμάται	(τΐμάηται) τΐμάται	(τϊμάοιτο) τΐμώτο
Du. 2	(τΐμάίσθον) τΐμά- σθον	(τϊμάησθον) τΐμάσθον	(τΐμαο ισθον) τΐμώ<τθον
Du. 3	(τϊμάίσθον) τΐμά- σθον	(τΐμάησθον) τΐμάσθον	(τΐμαοίσθην) τΐμώζτθην
Pu. 1	(τΐμαόμ€(σ)θα) τΐ-	(τΐμαώμ€(<τ)θα) τΐμώ-	(τΐμαο ίμ€ (<τ) θα) τΐμω
	μώμ€(σ)θα	μ«((Γ)θα	μί(σ)θα
2	(τΐμά£σ·θ€) τΐμάσ0€	(τΐμάησθί) τΐμάσθί	(τΐμάοισθί) τΐμφσθ€
3	(τΐμάονται) τΐμών- ται	(τΐμάωνται) τΐμώνται	(τΐμαοίατο) τΐμώατο
IMPERFECT INDICATIVE		PRESENT IMPERATIVE	INFINITIVE
S. 1	(ετΐμαόμην) Ιτιμώ- μην		(τΐμα€σθαι) τΐμάσθαι
S. 2	(Ιτΐμάίο) έτΐμώ	(τΐμά«ο) τιμώ	
S. 3	(έτΐμάετο) έτΐμάτο	(τΐμα€(τθω) τΐμασθω  298	
<pb/>CONTRACT VERBS

[940

Du. 2 (ίτΐμάίσθον) 4τΐ· (τΐμά€<τθον) τίμάσθον	PARTICIPLE

μασθον	/ -	·	\

t ,	,	(τιμαομ€νο9,	η,	ον)	τι-

3	(Ιτιμαί'σθην)	Ιτΐ- (τϊμάεσθων) τϊμασθων	^

μασθην

Pl. 1 (€τϊμαόμ€(<τ)θα)
έτΐμώμβ(σ)θα

2	(«τΐμάίσθί)	Ιτΐ- (τΐμάεσθί) τΐμασθβ

μάσθ€

3	(Ιτΐμάοντο)	Ιτΐ- (τΐμα€σθων) τΐμασθων

μώντο

940.

Present System of ποιέω do, make
Active

PRESENT INDICATIVE

S. 1 (iroUw) ιτοιώ

S. 2	(iroiciis) iroicis

S. 3	(τΓΟΙ&ΐ) ΊΓΟΙίΐ

Du. 2 ('Ttouctov) TroLctrov
Du. 3 (lTOl€€TOv) TTOUlTOV

Pl. 1 (·7Γ01€0μ€ν) *ΤΓ01.€ΰμ€ν

Pl. 2	(iTOl&TC) ΊΓΟΙ€ΪΤ€

Pl. 3	(τΓθΐ€ου<Γΐ) Troievcn.

OPTATIVE 1

S. 1 (ποιίοιμι) ποιοΐμι ΟΓ

S. 2	(iroieois) -irOLOLS

S. 3	(πθΐ4θΙ,) TTOIOL

Du. 2 ('TtoUoltov) -ποιοΐτον
Du. 3 (ιτοΐίοίτην) ποιοίτην

Pl. 1 (ιτοι4οιμ€ν) -ποιοΐμίν

Pl. 2	('TTOUOlTc) 7ΓΟΙΟΙΤ6

Pl. 3	(iTOlloiCv) *ITOtOL€V

IMPERFECT

(€1ΓΟΙ€θν) Ιποίίυν
(ciroCcis) IvofelS
(IttoCcc) Ιίγομι

(cTTOl€€TOv) ItTOICITOV

(4*7Γ0ΐ€€την) Ιποΐίίτην

(€ΤΓ01€0μ€ν) €'ΤΓ01€ΰμ€ν
(ciroUcTc) €*ΤΓΟΙ€ΪΤ€
(Ιποίίον) Ιποίίυν

PRESENT

(7τοΐ€θίην) τΓΟίοίην
(·7τοΐ€θίη$) Ίτοιοίηδ
(ποιεοίη) Ίτοιοίη

INFINITIVE

(iroiccuv) iroiciv, (ποιή-
μεναι, ποιήναι)

PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE1

(V<HC«) ποιώ
(ttoictjs) TroiT|S
(ποΐ€η) 1ΓΟΙΤ]

(ΐΓθΐ€ητον) Ίτοιήτον
(τΓΟίίητον) ιτοιήτον

(7τοΐ€ωμΐ€ν) ποιώμίν
(*π·οΐ€ητ€) -ποιητί
(τγο逫<γι) TTOuScri

IMPERATIVE

(Voice) iroici.

(ttoicetw) ποΐίίτω

(iTOlCiTOv) TTO€LTOV

(Voicercov) -ποιείτων

(Voi«TC) 1ΓΟΙ€ΪΤ€
(ιτοΐίόντων) ποΐ€υντων

PARTICIPLE

(ποιέων, οὐσα, ον) -ποιών, cio-α, cvv, 745

1 Attic forms ; not contracted in Homer.

<pb n="299"/>HOMERIC GREEK

941-942]

941.	Middle	and	Passive

Indicative

present
S. 1 (ιτοιέομαι) ιτοιευμαι.

S. 2	(ιτοιέεαι) ιτοιεΐαι, -foi

S. 3	(ιτοιεεται) ποιείται
Du. 2 (ιτοιε'εσθον) ιτοιεΐσθον

Du. 3 (ΐΓ<Η€€σθθν) 7ΓΟΙ€Ϊσθθν
Pl. 1 (*ΤΓθΐεόμε(<Γ)θα) 7Γθΐ€ύμ€(<τ)θα

Pl. 2	(lTOL€€O-0€) ΊΓΟΙίίσθί

Pl. 3	(ποι^ονται) ποιευνται

IMPERFECT
(εποιεόμην) εποιεύμην

(ΙΐΓΟΙ€€θ) €7Γ01€Ϊ0, -4θ

(liroUcTo) ειτοιείτο
(εΤΓΟίέεσθον) €ΊΓΟΙ€Ϊσθθν
(εποιε&Γθην) εποιείσθην
(€ΐΓθΐ€0μ€(<Γ)θα) ε7Γθΐεύμε(<Γ)θα
(€7TOL€6(T0€) €1ΓΟΙ€Ϊσ0€

(mTOWOVTo) έποιεΰντο

SUBJUNCTIVE
S. 1 (ποι^ωμαι) ποιώμαι

S. 2	(ποιέηαι) ποιτ}

S. 3	(ποιέηται) ποιήται
Du. 2 (*ΓΓθΐ€ησ·0ον) ‘ποιήσθον

Du. 3 (*ΤΓθΐ€η<Γ0ον) ποιήσθον
Pl. 1 (ποιεώμε(σ)θα) ποιώμε(<

Pl. 2	(ποιεησθε) ποιήσθε

Pl. 3	(ποι^ωνται) ποιώνται

Present

OPTATIVE
(ποιεοίμην) ποιοίμην

(iToUoio) ΤΓΟΙΟΪΟ

(πΟΜΟΙΤο) ποιοΐτο
(ποιεοισθον) ποιοΐσθον
(ποιεοίσθην) ποιοίσθην
·)θα (τΓθΐεοίμε(σ)θα) τΓθΐοίμε(σ)θα
(ποιεοισθε) ΤΓΟΙΟΪσθε
(ποιεοίατο) ποιοίατο

Present Imperative

S. 2 (ποιίεο) ποιεΰ	Du.	2	(ποιεεσθον)	ποι-

εϊσθον

3 (ποιε&τθω) ποιείσθω	3	(ποιεεσθων)	ποι-

είσθων

Pl. 2 (τΓΟίεεσθε) TTOl-

€1<Γ0€

3 (ποιε&τθων) *rroi~
είσθων

InFIN. (ποιε'εσθαι) ποιεΐσθαι Part, (ποιεόμενοδ, ἡ, ον) ποιεύμενοδ, ἡ, ον

Present System of χολόω anger, vex

942.

PRESENT INDICATIVE
S. 1 (χολόω) χολώ

S. 2	(χολόειδ) χολοί$

S. 3	(χολόει) χολοΐ

Du. 2 (χολόετον) χολοΰτον
Du. 3 (χολόετον) χολουτον

Active

IMPERFECT
(εχόλοον) εχόλουν
(εχόλοε$) εχόλου$
(έχόλοε) εχόλου
(εχολόετον) εχολοΰτον
(εχολοε'την) εχολούτην

300

present subjunctive

(χολόω) χολώ
(χολό-ris) χολοΐε
(χολόη) χολοϊ
(χολόητον) χολώτον
(χολόητον) χολώτον
<pb/>CONTRACT VERBS

[943

Pl. 1 (χολόομ«ν) χολοΰμ«ν («χολόομ«ν) «χολοΰμ«ν (χολόωμ«ν) χολώμδν

Pl. 2 (χολό«τ«) χολοΰτ€	(«χολ0€τ«) «χολοΰτ«	(χολόητ«) χολώτί

Pl. 3 (χολόουσι) χολοΰσι («χόλοον) «χόλουν	(χολόωσι) χολώσι

Present

optative

S. 1 (χολόοιμι) χολοιμι

S. 2	(χολόοι$) χολοί$

S. 3	(χολόοι) χολοί

Du. 2 (χολόοιτον) χολοίτον
Du. 3 (χολοοίτην) χολοὶ την

ΡL. 1 (χολόοιμ«ν) χολοΐμ«ν

2	(χολόοιτ«) χολοίτ€

3	(χολόοιεν) χολοΐ«ν

IMPERATIVE

(χόλο«) χόλου
(χολο«τω) χολούτω

(χολό«τον) χολοΰτον
(χολοίτων) χολούτων

(χολό«τ«) χολο€τ«
(χολοόντων) χολοΰντων

Part, (χολόων, οὐσα, ον) χολών, οὐσα, οΰν Inf. (χολόίΐν) χολοΰν, 746

943.	Middle	and	Passive

PRESENT INDICATIVE'1	IMPERFECT	PRESENT	SUBJUNCTIVE

S. 1 (χολόομαι) χολοΰμαι («χολοόμην) «χολούμην (χολόωμαι) χολώμαι

S. 2	(χολό«αι) χολοΐ	(«χολό«ο) «χολοΰ	(χολόηαι)	χολοί

S. 3	(χολό«ται) χολοΰται («χολό«το) «χολοΰτο (χολόηται.) χολώται

Du. 2 (χολό«σθον) χολοΰ-
σθον

3 (χολ0€σ·θον) χολοΰ-
σθον

(«χολό«σθον) «χολοΰ-
σθον

(«χολο«σθην) έχολού-
σθην

(χολόησθον) χολώ-
σθον

(χολόησθον) χολώ-
σθον

Pl. 1 (χολοόμ« (σ)θα) χολοΰ- («χολοόμ«(σ)θα) «χο-
μ«(<τ)θα	λοΰμ«(σ)θα

2	(χολ0€<τθ«) χολοΰσθ« («χολ0€σθ«) «χολοΰσθ«

3	(χολόονται) χολουνται («χολόοντο) έχολοΰντο

(χολοώμ« (<τ) θα) χο-
λώμ«(<τ)θα
(χολόησθ€) χολώσθ«
(χολόωνται) χολώνται

PRESENT OPTATIVE	IMPERATIVE

S. 1 (χολοοίμην) χολοίμην

S. 2 (χολόοιο) χολοίο	(χολό«ο) χολοΰ

S. 3 (χολόοιτο) χολοΐτο	(χολο&τθω) χολούσθω

Du. 2 (χολόοισθον) χολοΐ- (χολό«σθον) χολοΰσθον
σθον

3 (χολοοίσθην) χολοί- (χολο«σθων) χολοΰσθων
θ"θην

INFINITIVE
(χολό«σθαι) χολοΰ-
σθαι

PARTICIPLE
(χολοόμ«νο$, ἡ, ον)
χολούμ«νο$, ἡ, ον

<pb n="301"/>944-948]

HOMERIC GREEK

PBESENT OPTATIVE	IMPEHATIVK

Pl. 1 (χολοοίμί(σ·)θα) χολοίμ* (σ)θα

Pl. 2 (χολόοισΘΟ χολοΰτβί	(χολόίο-θί) χολοΰσθΕ

Pl. 3 (χοΧοοίατο) χολοιατο	(χοΧοέσθων) χοΧούσθων

944.	These verbs may be contracted as indicated above, and
are regularly so contracted in later classical Greek.

945.	The manuscripts of the Homeric poems often show a
series of forms for verbs ending in -αω (as τϊμάω) and in -οω (as
χολόω), which are known as “assimilated” (sometimes called
“ distracted ”) forms. - In these cases ae, α«, ay, ay give a double
a sound, by the a assimilating the e sound; but αο, αω, αοι, aov
give a double o sound, by the o assimilating the a sound. Usually
one of the vowels is lengthened, sometimes both.

at = 1) αα	αω = 1) οω	οο = 1) οω
2) αα	2) ωω	2) ωο
α€ΐ = 1) αα	αοι = 1) οω	οοι = οα»
2) αα	2) ωοι	οου = οω
arj = 1) αα	αου = 1) οω	
2) αα	2) ωω	
αο — 1) οω		
2) ωο		
946. These forms are used also in futures in		-αω from -ασω (603).
947. They are found o.nly when the second syllable in the original form is long by nature or by position (522).		
948. The following forms of όράω (popa-) examples of assimilation of an -αω verb :		see, may serve as
	Indicative	
	‘CONTRACTED	ASSIMILATED
S. 1 όράω	όρώ	όρόω
S. 2 opaeis	opas	όράας
S. 3 όράει	°Ρ*	όράα
Du. 2 opaeTOv	όράτον	
Du. 3 όρα€τον	όράτον	
Pl. 1 όράομίν	όρώμΐν	
Pl. 2 opaeTe	όράτ£	
Pl. 3 όράουσι	όρώσι	ορόωσΊ
	302	
<pb/>REGULAR -fu VERBS

[949

Subjunctive			Optative	
CONTR.	ASSIM.		CONTR.	ASSIM.
oparjs op q,s	όράς.ς	όράοιμι	όρωμι	όρόωμι
Participle			Infintive	
contr. MaSC. όράων όρων  Gen. opaovTos όρώντοδ Eem. όράουσα όρώσα	ASSIM.  όρόων  όρόωντος  όρόωσαα	όρά«σθαι	CONTR.  όράσθαι	ASSIM.  όράα,σΟαι

Regular- Verbs in -μι

ϊστημι (στη-, στα-), (make) stand; τίθημι (θη-, 0t), put', ιημι (ή-, 4) send',
δίδωμι (Βω-, Bo-), give, grant

949.  S. 1 ΐστημι		Active Voice  Indicative  PRESENT  ^.ίθημι	ίημι	δίδωμι
S. 2	ϊστης	τίθης(θα)	ΐη«, icis	6i6ois(0a)
S. 3	ϊστησι	τίθησι, τιθ«ΐ	ϊησι, ici	δίδωσι (διδοΐ)
Du. 2	ϊστατον	τ£θ«ΤΟV	ICTOV	δίδοτον
Du. 3	ϊστατον	τίθ«τον	ϊίτον	δίδοτον
Pl. 1	ϊσταμ«ν	τίθ«μ«ν	ΐ«μ«ν	δίδομ€ν
Pl. 2	ΐστατ«	τί0€Τ€	iCTt	δίδοτ€
Pl. 3	ίστάσι	τιθίΐσι. (θί'ουσι)	ί«ΐσι	διδοΰσι
S. 1	ϊστην	IMPERFECT  «τίθην	ΐ€ΐν	«δίδουν
S. 2	ΐστηδ	€t(0€IS	?€IS	c6C6ovs
S. 3	ΐστη	CT10CI	Ϊ€1	Ιδίδου
Du. 2	ϊστατον	CT10CTOV	ϊίτον	Ιδίδοτον
Du. 3	Ιστάτην	«τιθίτην	ΐ€την	Ιδιδότην
Pl. 1	ΐσταμ«ν	€τί0€μ€ν	Ϊ€μ€ν	€δίδομ«ν
Pl. 2	ΐστατ«	€Τ(0€Τ€	Ϊ€Τ€	«δ ίδοτ«
Pl. 3	ϊστασαν	€τίθ«σαν	ΐ'«σαν, ΐ€ν	έδίδοσαν
S. 1	στήσω	FUTURE  θήσω	ήσω	δώσω
S. 2	στήσέΐς	θήσ€ΐ$	ήσίΐς	δώσ«ι$
S. 3	στήσ€ΐ	θήσ«ι	ήσ«ι (<Εσα)	δώσ«ι
<pb/>950]	HOMERIC GREEK		
Du. 2 σ*τή<Γ€Τον	θή<Γ€Τθν	η<Γ€τον	δώατίτον
Du. 3 <Γτήσ·€τον	θήσΈΤον	ή<Γ€Τον	δώ(Γ€Τθν
Pl. 1 ίπήσομίν	θή<τομ€ν	ή<τομ€ν	δώ<τομ€ν
Pl. 2 σ*τήσ·€Τ«	θή<Γ€Τ€	ή<Γ€Τ€	δω<Γ€Τ€
Pl. 3 σ*τή<Γου<Γΐ	θή<του<Γΐ	ή<του<Γΐ	δώσουσΊ
	FIRST AORIST		
S. 1 €<πη<τα	«θηκα	«ηκα	(δωκα
S. 2 €<πησα5	«θηκας	<ίηκα$	(8ωκα$
S. 3 Ι<πη<Γ€	?θηκ€	«ηκ€	£δωκ«
Du. 2 &πή<τατον	*€0ήκατον	*ίήκατον	*ίδώκατον
Du. 3 €<πη<τάτην	*€0ηκάτην	*βηκάτην	*€δωκάτην
Pii. 1 Ιστή<ταμ«ν	*ίθήκαμ€ν	*«ήκαμ€ν	*ίδώκαμ€ν
2 «Γτή<τατ€	*€0ή κατ€	*έή κατ€	*ίδώκατ«
3 €<Γτη<ταν (<Ε<Γτασ·αν)	«θηκαν	*ίηκαν	Ιδωκαν
	SECOND AORIST		
S. 1 €<πην			
S. 2 €<πη5			
S. 3 2<πη			
Du. 2 «πητον	«0CTOV	€Ϊτον	«δοτον
Du. 3 1<πήτην	40£την	«ϊτην	Ιδότην
Pl. 1 €<πημ€ν	€0€μ€ν	€Ϊμ«ν	«δομεν
Pl. 2 €<πητ€	C0CTC	€ΪΤ€	€δθΤ€
Pl. 3 €<πη<ταν (ίσταν)	€0€<ταν	cl<rav	€δο<ταν
950.	• Subjunctive		
	PRESENT		
S. 1 ί<πώ(μι)	τιθώ(μι)	ίώ(μι)	διδώ(μι)
S. 2 ί<πή$(0α)	τιθή$(0α)	ίχ|5(θα)	διδως(θα)
S. 3 1<ΓΠ](<Γΐ)	Τ10Τ](<Γΐ)	‘ίίΟΌ	διδφ (<τι)
Du. 2 ίστήτον	τιθήτον	ιητον	διδώτον
Du. 3 ί<πήτον	τιθήτον	ίήτον	διδώτον
Pl. 1 ιστώμίν	τιθώμ€ν	ίώμ«ν	8ι8ώμ€ν
Pl. 2 ί<πήτ€	Τ10Τ]Τ€	ίήΤ€	διδώτ«
Pl. 3 ί<Γτώ<π	τιθώ<Γΐ	1ώ<τι	διδώσι
	SECOND AORIST		
S. 1 στώ(μι)	θώ(μι)	«(μι)	δώ(μι)
S. 2 στηδίθα)	θή5(0α)	T)s(0a)	δωδ(θα)
S. 3 σ*τη(<τι)		η(<τι)	δω(<τι)

<pb n="304"/>REGULAR -μι VERBS

[951-953

Du. 2 στήτον	θητον	ητον	δώτον
Du. 3 στήτον	θήτον	ήτον	δώτον
Pl. 1 στώμ€ν	θώμ,εν	«μ€ν	δώμκν
Pl. 2 στήτ€	θήτε	ϊ  ητ€	δά)Τ€
Pl. 3 στώσι	θώσι	ωσι	δώσι

951.	Tlie second aorist subjunctive of -μι verbs (949 ff.) seems
to have bad a double form of inflection:

1)	With a short thematic (T96) vowel, as θήω, θψκ, θψι, θψτον,
θηίτην, θηομεν, θηετε, θηουσι (τίθημι put, place).

2)	With a long thematic (796) vowel, as θήω, θήτμ;, θή$, θήητον,
θηητον, θήωμεν, θήητε, θήωσι.

The vowel of the stem is then shortened (572), producing^—

3)	θίω, Oerjs, θίτ), θέητον, θίητον, θίωμεν, θεητε, θίωσι.

This form then undergoes contraction (584-585), giving —

4)	θω, Ofis, 6rj, θητον, θητον, θωμεν, θήτε, θωσι.

952.	The subjunctives of athematic (797 ; 865,2) second aorists
and the subjunctives passive of both first and second aorists are
similarly formed. Thus, λνθω, λνθήί, λνθή, etc., contracted from
\νθεω, λυθε-ης, λυθέτ], etc.; τραφώ, τραφής, τραφ-rj, etc., contracted
from τραφεω, τραφεης, τραφεη, etc.

953.	Optative		
	PRESENT		
S. 1 ισταίην	τιθείην	ΐ€ίην	διδοίην
S. 2 ίσταίηϊ	τι06ίη5	«ίη$	διδοίηϊ
S. 3 Ισταίη	τιθίίη	Ϊ£(η	διδοίη
Du. 2 ίσταΐτον	τιθεΐτον	ίίΐτον	διδοΐτον
Du. 3 ίσταίτην	τιθείτην	ίίίτην	διδοίτην
Pl. 1 ίσταιμ.€ν	τι0€ίμ€ν	Uipcv	διδοΐμεν
Pl. 2 ίσταΐτ€	Τ10€ΪΤ€	USt€	διδοΐτε
Pl. 3 ίσταΐ€ν	T1061CV	ί€Ϊ£ν	διδοΐ€ν
	SECOND AORIST		
S. 1 σταίην	θίίην	€Ϊην	>  ο  CO
S. 2 σταίηϊ	0€ £tjs		δοίηϊ
S. 3 σταίη	0€ίη	€ίη	δοίη
Du. 2 σταΐτον	0€ΙΤθν	€ΪΤον	δοΐτον
Du. 3 σταίτην	θίίτην	€Ϊτην	δοίτην

<pb n="305"/>954-957]

HOMERIC GREEK

Pl. 1 σταΐμίν	0£Ϊμ€ν	£ΐμ£ν	δοΐμ€ν
Pl. 2 <παΐτ£	0£ΪΤ€	€ΪΤ€	SoCtc
Pl. 3 σταί€ν, σταίησαν	0€L£V	€Ϊ€ν	δθΪ€ V
954.	Imperative		
	present		
S. 2 to-τη (-α)	TL0CL ( = -cc)	tet ( — 1«)	δίδου (δίδωθι)
S. 3 ίστάτω	τιθέτω	ί^τω	διδότω
Du. 2 ϊστατον	τίθίτον	ICTOV	δίδοτον
Du. 3 ίστάτων	τιθέτων	UTOIV	διδότων
Pl. 2 to-τατί	τί0€Τ€	tiT€	δίδοτ€
Pl. 3 ίστάντων	τιθίντων	ίίντων	διδόντων
	SECOND AORIST		
S. 2 στήθι	0€S	h	δόδ
S. 3 στήτω	0£τω	(TO)	δότω
ΏχΓΛ στήτον	θ^τον	€TOV	δότον
3 στήτων	θέτων	€των	δότων
Pl. 2 στήτ€	βίτί	2τ€	δότ£
Pl. 3 στάντων	θίντων	ίντων	δόντων

955.	Infinitive

present

ί(πάμίν(αι)	τιθήμίν(αι)	ίέμΕν^αι)	διδόμ€ν(αί)	(διδοΰναι)

SECOND AORIST

στήναι (στήμίναι) OtCvcu (0ίμ€ν[αι]) ttvai (ίμ«ν[αι]) δοΰναι (δόμ«ν[αι])

956.	Participle

PreS. ΐστα$, Ιστάσα, Ιστάν Ti0tis, ίίσα, Ιν	lets, (ίσα. tv	SiSovs, οΰσα, όν

S. 2 A OR. σTas, στασα, στάν	0tts, 0fi(ra, 0tv fis, tltra, tv	Sovs, Sovtra, δόν

Note 1. — For the second perfect system of ιστημι, see 924.

Note 2. —διδω^α may have (very rarely) διδώσω instead of δώσω in

the future.	Middle Voice	
957.	Indicative	
S. 1 ΐσταμαι  S. 2	ϊοπασαι  S. 3	ΐσταται	PRESENT τίθίμαι Ϊ6μαι τ(0£σαι t£o-av τί0€ται Ϊ€ται	δίδομαι  δίδοσαι  δίδοται

<pb n="306"/>	REGULAR	-μι VERBS	
Du. 2 ίστασθον	Ti0€cr0ov	Ϊ€σθον	δίδοσθον
Du. 3 ϊστασθον	τί0€(Γ0ον	ΐεσθον	δίδοσθον
Pl. 1 ίστάμε(σ)θα	τι0€μ€(σ·)θα	ί4μ€(σ)θα	διδόμ€(<τ)θα
Pl. 2 ϊστασθ*	T10€(T0€	W0€	δίδοσ·0€
Pl. 3 ιστανται	τίθίνται	Ϊ€νται	δίδονται
	IMPERFECT		
S. 1 ίστάμην	ίτιθίμην	ίίμην	4διδόμην
S. 2 ΐστασο	4τί0€<το	¥«<γο	4δίδο<το
S. 3 ΐ<πατο	€Τ10€ΤΟ	Ϊ€ΤΟ	«δίδοτο
Du. 2 ίστασθον	€T10€<T0OV	t'ccrOov	4δίδοσ0ον
Du. 3 ίστάσθην	€Τΐ0€<Γ0ην	ίάτθην	4διδόο-0ην
Pl. 1 ίστάμ€(σ·)θα	4τι0€μ6(<τ)θα	ί€μ€(σ·)θα	4διδόμ€(<τ)θα
Pl. 2 ϊστασθί	€Τ10£<Γ0€	iecr0€	4δίδοσ·0€
8 ΐσταντο	«τίθ^ντο	ίίντο	4δίδοντο
	FUTURE		
S. 1 <πή(τομαι	θή<τομαι	ήσομαι	δώςτομαι
S. 2 <Γτή<Γ€ΟΛ	0ή<τίαι	ijcreai	δώσeat
S. 3 <πή<Γ€ται	0ή<Γ€ται	ή(Γ€ ται	δώαεται
Du. 2 στήσ·€σθον	θή<Γ€<Γ0ον	ήσ·£σ·0ον	δώσ·€<τθον
Du. 3 <πή(Γ€σ·θον	θή<Γ£<Γ0ον	ήσ€<τθον	δώσ€<τθον
Pl. 1 <πη<Γ0μ€(<τ)θα	θησόμε (<τ)θα	ήσόμ€(<τ)θα	δω<τόμ€((τ)θα
Pl. 2 <Γτήσ·€<τθί	θή(Γ£(Γθ£	ήσ·€σθ<	δώσ£σ0€
Pl. 3 «πήσονται	θήσονται	ησονται	δώσονται
S. 1 6<πησάμην	FIRST	AORIST	
			
2 €<πήσαο			
	«θήκατο		
3 €<πήσατο			
			
Du. 2 £<Γτή(τασθον			
			
3 €<Γτησ·ά<τθην			
			
Pl. 1 €<πησάμ€(<τ)θα			
			
2 £<πή<τασθ€			
			
3 €(πήσ·αντο			
	SECOND	AORIST	
			
S. 1	4θ«μην	£Ϊμην	4δόμην
S. 2	£0€Ο	do	«δθ€θ (ου)
S. 3	ϊθίτο	€ΪΤ0	«δοτο
Du. 2	£0€σ·θον	«ισ0ον	«δοσθον
Du. 3	4θ4<τθην	«βτθην	Ιδόσθην

<pb n="307"/>958-959]	HOMERIC GREEK		
Pl. 1	!θί'μ£(σ)θα	■ρ'  CD  Ρ	€δόμ€(<τ)0α
Pl. 2	€0€<Γ0€	€Ϊ(Γ0€	c8oo*0€
Pl. 3	ίβίντο	€ΪνΤΟ	cSovto
958.	Subjunctive		
	PRESENT		
S. 1 Ιίπώμαι	τιθώμαι	ίώμαι	διδώμαι
S. 2 ιστήαι.	τιθήαι	ίήαι	διδώαι
S. 3 Ιστήται	τιθήται	ίήται	διδώται
Du. 2 ίστήο-θον	τιθήσθον	ίήσθον	διδώσθον
Du. 3 ίστήσθον	τιθήσθον	ιήσ0ον	διδώσθον
Pl. 1 ίσ·τώμ€(σ)θα	τιβώμ€(<τ)θα	ίώμ«(σ)0α	διδώμ«(σ)0(
Pl. 2 ί<πή<Γ0€	τιθή<τθ€	ίή<Γ0€	διδώ<Γ0€
Pl. 3 Ιστώνται	τιθώνται	ίώνται	8ιδώνται
	SECOND	AORXST	
S. 1	θώμαι	ώμαι	δώμαι
S. 2	θήαι	ηαι	δώαι
S. 3	θήται	-ηται	δώται
Du. 2	θήο-θον	ή<Γ0ον	δώσθον
Du. 3	θή<τθον	η<Γ0ον	δώσθον
Pl. 1	θώμ€(σ)θα	ώμ€(ο-)0α	δώμ€(ο-)0α
Ο	0ήσ0£	η<Γ0€	δώ<Γ0€
3	θώνται	ώνται	δώνται
959.	Optative		
	PRESENT		
S. 1 ί<παίμην	τιθ£ίμην	ίβίμην	διδοίμην
S. 2 ί<Γταΐο	τιθίϊο	1€ΪΟ	διδοΐο
S. 3 ίσταιτο	Τ1061ΤΟ	1€ΪΤ0	διδοΐτο
Du. 2 ίσταΐσθον	Τ10€Ϊ<Γ0θν	ΜΪ<Γ0θν	διδοΐσ0ον
Du. 3 ί<παί<τθην	τι0€ £<Γ0ην	U£<T0TJV	διδοίσθην
Pl. 1 1<ΓΤαίμ€(<τ)θα	τι0££μ£(ο·)θα	ί€ίμ£(<τ)θα	διδοίμ€(σ)θ<
Pl. 2 ί<παΐσ0€	τι0€Ϊσ0€	i€tCT0C	δΐδθΐ<Γ0£
Pl. 3 ίσταίατο	τι0€Ϊατο	UCclto	διδοίατο
	SECOND	AORIST	
S. 1	0€ίμην	«ΐμην	δοίμην
S. 2	0€ΙΟ	€Ϊθ	δοΐο
S. 3	0€ΙΤΟ	«ίτο	δοΐτο

<pb n="308"/>REGULAR AND IRREGULAR -μι VERBS [960-964

Du. 2 		0€i<r0ov	€Ϊσθον	δοΐσθον
Du. 3	0€ί<τ0ην	«ϊσθην	δοίσθην
Pl. 1		0€ Cp.€ (<τ)θα	€Ϊμ€ (σ)θα	δοίμί(σ·)θα
Pl. 2	θίίσθί	€Ϊσ0€	δοΐσ0€
Pl. 3	θίίατο	«ϊατο	δοίατο
960.	Imperative		
	PRESENT		
S. 2 ί<πασο	tC0€O-O	Ϊ€0-0	δίδοσο
S. 3 ίστάσ*θω	τι0€σ·0ω	ΐ€σθω	διδόοτ.θω
Du. 2 ϊστασθον	τίθίο-θον 11	ί«σ·0ον	δίδοσθον
Du. 3 Ιστάσθων	τι06τ0ων	lco-θων	διδόαθων
Pl. 2 ΐσ·τασ·θ«	tC0€<T0€	ϊ«<Γ0€	δίδοσθί
ο ί<πάσ0ων	TI0€O"0WV	U<T0«V	διδόσθων
	SECOND	AORIST	
S. 2	θίο (6cv)	ϊο	δόο (δον)
S. 3	0€σθω	<<Γ0ω	δόσθω
Du. 2	θ&τθον	«<Γ0ον	δόσθον
Du. 3	θέσθων	ϊσθων	δόσθων
Pl. 2	0«V0€	ϋσθί	δόσ0€
Pl. 3	0€σ0ων	«<Γ0ων	δόσθων
961.	Infinitive		
PRESENT ΐστασθαι	τίθίσθαι	Ϊ€σ0αι	δίδοσθαι
SEC. AOR. 		θάτθαι	&τθαι	δόσ*θαι
962.	Participle		
PRESENT i<rra^€V0Sj	τιθήμίνοδ, ἡ, ον icpcvos, ἡ, ον		διδόμίνος, ἡ, ον
η, ον			
SEC. AOR. 		θίμινοβ, ἡ, ον	€μ«νος, ἡ, ον	δόμ^νοδ, μ, ον

963. For the second perfect system of Ιστ-ημι see 924.

Irregular Verbs in -μι

964.	O'-)

Indicative	Subjunctive	Optative	Imperative

PRESENT	IMPERFECT i;	.	;	PRESENT

S. 1	«Ιμί	; V	ήα (ϊα, tov)	ίω	ίϋην

S. 2	ίσσί	(its)	ήιτθα (ίησθα)	ίΤ|5(θα)	ίΐης	(tots)	ϊ<τθι#

S. 3	ίστί	ήίν (ήην, ίην, tjv)	ίη(σι) (ήσι)	ίϊη (ϊοι)

’' 309

ί(τ τω
<pb/>965-966]	HOMERIC	GREEK

Do. 2 ιστόν	ήστον	’έητον	6ΪΤ0ν	έστόν
3 CiTTOV	ήστην	ϋητον	ίϊτην	«πων
PL. 1 (tfUEV	ήμ«ν	«ωμ€ν	€Ϊμ«ν	
2 Ιστέ	ητ€	?ητ€	€ΪΤ€	ϊστ€
3 «£σ£ (Ιασι)	ήσαν (έσαν)	€ωσι (ώσι)	eiev	«πων
Fotore ϊσ(σ)ομαι, ίίσίαι, etc.		INFIN. ctvai, €μ(μ)6ν(αι)		
Mid. Imper. ϊσσο		PaRTIC. έών, έοΰσα		, έόν
965.	«Ιμι (it-, t-) come, go			
"® Indicative			Present	
PEES	IMPEEF.	SUBJ.	OPT.	ΙΜΡΕΕ.
S. 1 €Ϊμι	ήια (ήιον)	ϊω(μι)	ϊοιμι	
S. 2 €Ϊσ(θα)	ήίΐσ(θα) 'y,	£r|s(0a)	ίο us	ϊθι
S. 3 €Ϊσι	(ή«, ήί, ϊί)	ϊτ)(σι.)	ίοι (1«ίη)	ίτω
Du. 2 -ΪΤΟΛ£	ΐταν—	ίητον	ίοιτον	ϊτον
Du. 3 ΐτον	Ιτην	•ίητον	Ιοίτην	ίτων
PL. 1 ϊμίν	ήομίν	ίωμ€ν	ΪΟιμίν	
2 (tc		ϊητί	Ϊ01Τ€	ϊτί
3 ϊασι	ήισαν-(τ)σαν,	ϊωσι	ίοκν	Ιόντων
	ηιον, ίσαν)			
FlJT. (ΐσομαι	INFIN. Uvai, Ijicv(au)		Partic. Ιών,	οΰσα, όν
966. *ttSo> (*18ομαι) (ρ«ι8 .		ροιδ-, ριδ-),	ίίδήσω, οΐδα know	
	Active			
Indicative		Second Perfect		
2d PERF.	2d pluperf.	SUBJ.	OPT.	ΙΜΡΕΕ.
S. 1 οΐδα	ή'δία	ίΐδώ («Ιδέω, Ιδέω) €ΐδ«ίην		
S. 2 οίσθα (otSas) τ|δη5(θα)		cl8fjs(0a)	cl8c Cr|s	ίσθι
	(η’ίίδαϊ)			
3 ol5c	ή'δη ("ΠSee,	€ΐδή(σι)	ίΐδαη	ίστω
	ή«ίδ€ΐ)			
Du. 2 ϊστον	ϊστον	ctScTOV	€ΐδ€Ϊτον	ίστον
Du. 3 ίστον	ϊστην	€Ϊδ€Τθν	6ΐδ€ίτην	ΐστων
Ρΐι. 1 ϋδμίν	ϊσμ€ν	€Ϊδθμ€ν 1	€ΐδ€Ϊμ€ν	

(ίΐδίΐημίν)

1 The only Homeric examples of the first and second person plural subjunctive
have the short mode vowel (-o/rcr, -ere, 800).

<pb n="310"/>IRREGULAR VERBS	[967-968

2 l(TT€	ϊστ€	€Ϊ$€Τ€ 1	€IStlTC  («Ιδείητί)	Ϊ<ΓΤ€
3 ¥σ(<τ)άσι	&ταν	«ΙδώοΊ	€ IScLCV (€ΐδ€ίησαν)	ϊ<πων

Ευτ. ίΙΒήσω (ίϊο-ομαι) In FIN. Ϊ8μ,£ν(αι) PaRTIC. tt8<6s,i>ta (Ιδυΐα), os
967.	Φημ£	(φη-,	φα-)	say,	speak

Active

Indicative	Present	.5

PRES. IMPERF. (2d AOR.)		43UBJ.	OPT. IMPER.
S. 1 φημί	ϋφην	φώ(μι)	φαίην
S. 2 φήδ, φησθα	€φη$(θα)	φτ|$(θα)	φαίη8 φαθί
			(φάθι)
3 φησί	ϊφη	ΦΐΟΟ	φαίη φάτω
Du. 2 φατόν	€φατον	φήτον	φάτον
Du. 3 φατόν	Ιφάτην	φήτον	φάτων
Pl. 1 φαμ4ν	€φαμ€ν	φώμβν	φαΐημεν (φαΐμ€ν)
Pl. 2 φατ€	ϊφατε	φήτ€	φαίητ€ φάτβ
Pl. 3 φα<τί	€φασ·αν («φαν)	φώίτι	φαίησαν (φαΐ€ν) φάντων
Partic. φα$, φάσα, φάν		InFIN. φάναι, φάμ€ν(αι)	
Note. —The active imperative and infinitive do not occur in Homer,			
■who uses the middle forms, φάο, φασθαι, etc.			
968.	Κ€Ϊ-μαι	lie, recline	
Indicative			Present
PRES.	IMPERF.	SUBJ.	IMPER. INFIN.
S. 1 Κ€Ϊμαι	€Κ€ΐμην	κ£Ϊται (κήται) κ£Ϊοτθαι	
S. 2 Κ€Ϊσαι	€Κ€«ΓΟ		κ€Ϊσο
S. 3 Κ€ίται	€Κ€ΙΤΟ		Κ€ί<τθω
DU. 2 K€L<T0OV	€Κ€1(τθθν		Κ€ΐ(τθον PART.
3 K€l<r0OV	4κ€ΐσ·θην		Κ€ί<τθ<ι)ν Κ€ίμ€νθ5, ἡ, ον
Pl. 1 κ€ίμ€(σ*)θα	€Κ€ίμ€(<τ)θα		
Pl. 2 Κ€ΐσ0€	€Κ€1<τθ€		Κ€ί<τθ€
Pl. 3 κ€ίαται (κέον-	€K€lVTO (€Κ€ίατθ,		κίίσθων
ται, κ4αται)	€Κ€ατθ)		
	Γυτ.	Κ€ί(τομαι	

1 See footnote on preceding page.

<pb n="311"/>969]	HOMERIC GREEK		
969.	ημαι (ήσ) sit		
Indicative			Present
pres.	IMPER.	IMPER. INFIS	
S. 1 ημαι	ήμην		ήσθαι
S. 2 ησαι	ήσο	ήσο	
S. 3 η<παι	η στ ο	ήσθω	
Du. 2 ησβον	ήσβον	ήσθον	PART.
Du. 3 ησβον	ησθην	ή<τθων	ήμ€νοδ, ἡ, ον
Pl. 1 ήμί(<τ) θα	ήμ£(σ)θα		
Pl. 2 ησθί'	η<Γ0£	ησ0€	
Pl. 3 ηνται (ήαται, ϊατοι) ηντο (ήατο, ϊοτο)		ή<τθων	

<pb n="312"/>in. SYNTAX

GENERAL

970.	The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative case, as
δλίκοντο 8k λάοὶ and the people kept perishing, Ιδεισεν 8' ὁ γέρων and
that old man feared.

971.	The subject of an infinitive is regularly in the accusative,
ἀμμε δίω αφ απονοστησειν I think we shall return home, βονλομ εγω
λάδν σόον ίμμΐναι I wish my people to be safe. The subject of the
infinitive is usually omitted when it is the same as the subject or
object, either direct or indirect, of the main verb.

972.	When the infinitive is used to express a command (1107,

11), its subject, when expressed, is in the nominative when of the
second person, and in the accusative when of the third person, as
σν τόν y έπέεσσι καθάπτεσθαι μαλακοΐσιν but do you attack him with
soft words.

973.	A finite verb regularly agrees with its subject nominative
in person and number, except:

1)	A neuter plural subject may take its verb in the singular, as
ωχετο κηλa θεοίo the shafts of the god sped, τὰ 8έ8ασται these have
been distributed.

2)	With two or more subjects connected by and, the verb
may agree with one of the subjects and be understood with the
rest, as μη vv tol ον χραίσμη σκηπτρον καὶ στέμμα θεοίο lest the Sceptre
and the fillet of the god avail thee naught, el 8η δμον πόλεμός re 8αμά
καὶ λοιμός ἀχαιονς if war and pestilence at the same time crush the
Achaeans.

3)	When referring to two, the plural and dual are often interchanged
or united, as δανώ 8έ οὶ ἀσσε φάανθεν and her eyes appeared
terrible, τώ ol ίσον κηρϋκε καὶ δτρηρω θεράποντε who were his two
heralds and ready attendants, τώ 8 αΰτώ μάρτνροι Ιστῶν and let these
two be witnesses.

974.	A noun or an adjective in the predicate after verbs
meaning be, appear, become, be thought, made, named, chosen,
regarded, and the like, agrees with the subject in case, as δμηγερέες

<pb n="313"/>975-979]

HOMERIC GREEK

re yivovTO and they became assembled; os apioros Ἀχαιῶν ΐΰχεταὶ eivai
who boasts that he is far the mightiest of the Achaeans, to Se roi
κηρ aSerai ctvai but that seems (to be) even as death to you, SeiXos re
καὶ οΰπδαι/os καλΐοίμψ I should be called both coward and worthless.

975.	Apposition. — A noun used in connection with another
noun to describe it, and denoting the same person or thing, agrees
with it in ease, and is said to be in apposition with it, as ἀτρνίδης
αναζ ἀνδρώv the SOn of Atreus, Icing Of men, Χρύσην ητίμασεν αρητηρα
he slighted Chryses, the priest.

976.	The verb ἀμὶ (especially the forms of the third person
singular and plural ίστί, dai) is often omitted, when it can easily
be supplied from the context.

977.	Other words are at times omitted, as να! μα τόSc σκηπτρνν =
ναι μα τόδΐ σκηπτρον δμννμὶ yea, by this sceptre (I swear).

HOURS
Nominative Case

978.	A noun is in the nominative:

1)	When it is the subject of a finite verb (970).

2)	When it is in the predicate after certain verbs (974).

3)	Sometimes for the vocative, as δημοβόρος /WiXevs king, ivho
devour (the goods of) the people!

Genitive Case

The Greek genitive represents two earlier cases (657):
1) the genitive proper, denoting the class to which a person or
thing belongs. 2) the ablatival genitive (formerly the ablative),
usually expressing separation, source, cause.

979.	Some of the most common uses of the genitive are:

1)	Possession, as ψϋχας ηρώων souls of warriors, Aios βουλή the
will of Zeus, ini vijas Ἀχαιῶν to the ships of the Achaeans: the
possessive genitive.

2)	The subject of an action or feeling, as μηνώ ἀχιληος the wrath
of Achilles (i.e. felt by Achilles) : the subjective genitive.

3)	The object of an action or feeling, as ἀχιλλ^ο? ποθή a yearning
of (i.e. for) Achilles, πόσως καὶ εδητάος Ipov the desire of (i.e. for)
food and drink: the objective genitive.

<pb n="314"/>SYNTAX, NOMINATIVE AND GENITIVE [980-984

4)	Material or contents, as πνραϊ νεκύων funeral pyres of corpses,
εκατόμβάς ταύρων rfi αιγῶν hecatombs of bulls and of goats: genitive
of material.

5)	Measure of time, space, or value (price), as κούρης Χρνσηιδος
ἀποινα δίξασθαι. to accept the ransoms for the maiden Chryseis:
genitive of price.

6)	Cause or origin, as ἐνχωλης ίπιμεμφεται he finds fault on
account of a vow (unperformed), χωόμενον γυναικός vexed for the sake
of a woman: the genitive of cause.

7)	The whole after words denoting the part, as τις θεών; which
(one) of the gods ? τό πλεΐον πολεμοιο the greater part of the war: the
partitive genitive.

980.	The partitive genitive may follow all adjectives, adverbs,
nouns, and participles, which denote a part, as οίωνοπόλων οχ
ἀριστος far the best of augurs, οΐος ἀργείων alone of the Argives, των
S' ἀλλων ον τις δρατο but riot any one of the others saw her.

981.	A genitive in the predicate after verbs meaning to be, etc.,
and other copulative verbs, may express any of the relations of
the attributive genitive (979, 1-7).

982.	Any . verb whose action affects the object in part only, or
which means to share, or to enjoy, may take the genitive, as ἀρνων
κνίσης αἰγων τε τελείων ἀντιάσάς having partaken of the fat of unblemished
lambs and goats, Iva -πάντες επαύρωνται βασιληος in order
that all may reap the benefits of their king.

983.	Verbs meaning to begin, make trial of, take hold of, touch,
attain, claim, aim, hit, miss, take the genitive, as κόμης ΐλε Ώηλέίωνα
she grabbed Achilles by the hair of his head, λαβε γοΰνων lay hold of
his knees, χειρός ελόντε having taken hold of her hand, ποδός τεταγών
having seized me by the foot.

984.	Verbs signifying to taste, smell, hear, perceive, comprehend,
remember, forget, desire, care for, spare, neglect, wonder at, admire,
despise, take the genitive, as κλνθὶ μεν hear me! σεθεν 8' εγώ ονκ
αλεγίζω ovS’ όθομαι κοτεοντος I reck not of thee, nor am I concerned at
thine anger, κήδετο Δαναῶν she grieved for the Danaans, καϊ μεν μεν
βονλεων £ννιεν and they hearkened to my advice, των μιν μνήσασα

<pb n="315"/>985-993]

HOMERIC GREEK

having reminded him of this, ®ins ον Χήθετ εφετμεων Thetis did not
forget the behests.

985.	The genitive follows verbs signifying to rule, lead, direct,
as os Τενεόοω ἀνασσας (thou) who dost rule Tenedos, os πάντων
Ἀρχείων κρατεει who rules all the Argives.

986.	Verbs signifying fulness and want take the genitive of
material (979,4). Those meaning to fill take the accusative of the
thing filled, and the genitive of material, as μενεος φρένεs tημπΧαντο
his diaphragm was filled with rage, κονροι κρητηραs επεστέψαντο ποτοΐο
the young men filled the mixing bowls to the brim with drink.

987.	The genitive may denote that from which anything is
separated or distinguished (genitive of separation); hence it is used,
after verbs meaning remove, restrain, release, cease, fail, differ, give
up, etc., as Xyy εριόος cease from strife, ποΧεμον S ἀποπαvto but
refrain from war. It is used also to denote source, as Sivy κΧαχγη
yever Apyvplom fiioio a terrifying clang arose from the silver bow.

988.	The genitive follows verbs signifying surpass, be inferior
to, and all others which imply a comparison (993), as Κλοται-
μ ( νάηστρης προβεβονΧα I prefer (her) tO Clytaem(ri)estra, περὶ πάντων
εμμεναι ἀλλων to be above all others, dt περὶ βονΧην Δαναῶν εστε (you)
who surpass the Danaans in counsel.

989.	Verbs compounded with a preposition are often followed
by the genitive, as τὰ ποΧίων έξεπράθομεν whatsoever) we took as
spoil from the cities, περίσχεο παώός protect your son.

990.	The genitive may denote time within which anything
takes place.

991.	Many adjectives kindred in meaning or derivation to
verbs which take the genitive are followed by the genitive
(objective).

992.	Many adverbs, chiefly those of place, and those derived
from adjectives which take the genitive, are construed with the
genitive, as τηΧόθι πάτρης far from her native land, πάροιθ' avroio in
front of him, Χιμενος ἐντός within the harbor.

993.	Adjectives and adverbs of the comparative degree take the
genitive (988), unless followed by ἡ (ήε) than, as ον εθίν εστι χερείων

<pb n="316"/>GENITIVE AND DATIVE CASES

[994-997

she is not inferior to her (literally not worse than), φίρτερός είμι
σέθεν I am mightier than you, γλυκέων μέλιτος sweeter than honey.

994.	A noun and a participle not closely connected grammatically
with the rest of the sentence may stand by themselves
in the genitive. This construction is called the genitive absolute.
Examples : αντον κϊνηθέντος as the god moved, εμεΐι ζωντος καὶ επι
χθονϊ διρκομενοιο while 1 live and look out upon the earth. See 1111.

Dative Case

The Greek dative represents three earlier cases (657):
1) the dative proper, denoting to or for which something is or is
done. 2) the instrumental (dative), denoting instrument, means,
manner, cause, accompaniment. 3) the locative (dativi), denoting
place where and time when.

995.	The indirect object of a transitive verb is in the dative, as
την οὶ Ή-ope Φοίβος Ἀπόλλων which Phoebus Apollo granted to him,
πως τοι δώσουσι γέρας how shall they give you a prize of honor ?

996.	Many verbs which in English are transitive are intransitive
in Greek and take the dative. The verbs of this class are mainly
those meaning serve, benefit, defend, assist, please, obey, trust,
satisfy, advise, exhort, and their opposites; also those signifying
abuse, anger, blame, envy, friendliness, hostility, reproach, threats,
etc., as βασιληι χολωβεις incensed at the king, ονκ ἀτρειδ-η -ηνδανε θομω
it was not pleasing to the son of Atreus in his soul, μη vv τοι ον
χραίσμη σκηπτρον καὶ στέμμα θιοιο lest the sceptre and the fillet of the
god avail thee not, επείθετο μνθω he obeyed the command, μοι ἀρηζειν
to defend me, ore χάσεται avSpl χέρψ when he becomes enraged at an
inferior, ἀπειλ-ήσω 8έ τοι ώδε and I shall threaten you as follows, μηνί
Ἀχαιοΐσιν continue to rage against the Achaeans.

997.	A person or thing for whose advantage or disadvantage a
thing exists or is done is put in the dative, as αΰτονς 8έ ίλώρια τεΰχε
κννεσσιν οιωνοϊσὶ τε δαΐτα and it made themselves a booty for the dogs
and a banquet for the birds, παΐ8α 8’ έμοὶ λνσαι but free for me my
child, τάδε μοι κρηηνον έέλδωρ accomplish for me this desire, ημΐν από
λοιγόν ἀμνναι to ward Off destruction for (from) US, καὶ 8η μοι γέρας
αυτός αφαιρησεσθαι απειλείς and you threaten to take away for (from)

B<pb n="17"/>998-1004]

HOMERIC GREEK

me my prize of honor, ἀχιλλΐμ μεθεμεν χόλον to forego (your) anger
for Achilles, συν 8' ήμίν 8αΐτα ταράξη and lie should throw the banquet
into confusion for us.

998.	The dative of interest or reference denotes the person to
whose case a statement is limited.

999.	The dative with είμί, γίγνομαι, and verbs of similar meaning,
may denote the possessor, as των 8' ἀλλων ὰ μοι Ιστι παρά. νηὶ but of
all else which are mine beside my ship, τώ ol εσαν κήρϋκε who were
his two heralds.

1000.	The dative of the personal pronouns often denotes the
possessor, without such verbs as είμί, γίγνομαι, etc., as ἀσσε δ« ol
7τυρὶ είκτην and his two eyes were like fire, δ μοι γέρας ερχεται ἀλλη my
prize of honor is going elsewhere, 8εινω δε oi ἀσσε φάανθεν and her
eyes gleamed terribly.

1001.	The dative is used after verbs meaning to give commands,
and to lead the way for, as νηεσσ ηγήσατ 'Ἀχαιῶν “Ιλιον εϊσω and he
led the way for the ships of the Achaeans into Troy, Μνρμιδόνεσσι
ανασσε rule the Myrmidons.

1002.	The dative follows some verbal nouns and many adjec-
. fives and adverbs of kindred meaning with verbs which take the

dative, as τα κάκ εστὶ φίλα φρεσὶ evil is dear to your heart, ον τὶ μοι
αίτιοὶ ε’ισιν they are in no wise blamable toward me, εχθιστός μοὶ εσσι
you are most hateful to me, έπεϊ μάλα oi φίλος ηεν since he was exceeding
dear to him, χαλεποὶ τοι εσονται they will be (too) hard for you,
ϊλαος εσσεται ημΐν he will be propitious toward us.

1003.	The dative is used after all words signifying likeness, or
unlikeness, agreement, disagreement, union, or approach, as νυκτι
εοικώς like unto night, ἀσσε δε ol πνρ'ι είκτην and his eyes were like
unto fire, oh σοὶ ποτέ ίσον εχω γέρας never have I a prize of honor equal
to you(rs), επιείκελον ἀθανάτοισιν like unto the immortals.

1004.	The dative follows many verbs compounded with iv, ro,
and επί, and some compounded with πρός, παρά, περί, and υπό, as
αυτοίσι βέλος εφϊείς hurling a dart upon them, os 'Aργείοισι κήδε’ ίφη-
κεν who brought sorrows upon the Argives, νηυσι παρημένος sitting
beside the ships, σοὶ γε παρεζετο she sat down beside you, οὶ συμφράσ

<pb n="318"/>DATIVE CASE

[1005-1009

σατο βούλα; ©eris Thetis devised plans with him, μητρ'ι S’ έγω παρά-
φημι but I advise my mother, Ινωρτο γελο; θεοΐσίν laughter arose
among the gods.

1005.	The dative is used to denote cause, manner, means, instrument,
and agency, as τίσειαν Δαι/αοι εμὰ δάκρυα σοΐσι βέλεσσιν may the
Danaans atone for my tears with thy darts, επεσιν καὶ χερσιν ἀρήζειν
to assist with words and hands, νπερπολίησι τάχ ἀν iron θυμόν ολέσση
by his deeds of arrogance he will soon lose his life, μηδε £ίφο% ελκεο
χειρὶ and do not continue to draiv your sword with your hand, επεσιν
ονείδισαν revile him With, words, 'χερσὶ ον μαχήσομαι I will not figltt
icith my hands, κΰδεϊ -γαίων rejoicing in his gloiy, τω σε κακ>-j alay σέ-
κον therefore I bore you to an evil lot, την βίη ἀέκοντος ἀπηΰρων whom
they took away by violence against his will, μολπή θεόν Ιλάσκοντο they
appeased the god with music and dancing, λάβε -γουνῶν σκαιή she
seized his knees with her iefi (hand), rol κεφαλή κατανεύσομαι I shall
nod assent to you with my head.

1006.	The dative is used to denote the circumstance, or that
by which a thing or person is accompanied. The dative of circumstance
is most common with abstract or semi-abstract words,
and is often used to express the reason or occasion, σο! 3.μ ίσπό-
μεθα we accompany you, ol oi ἀμα τράφεν ηδέ -γένοντο who were bred
and born with him, έκαστωδώ/οαΤίφαιστο; ποίησεν Ιδυίησιν πραπίδεσσιν
Hephaestus made a home for each with cunning mind, ns σφωε εριδι
ξννέηκε; who brought these two together in strife i

1007.	The dative is used with verbs signifying to be with, follow,
join, agree, be like, fight, strive, trust, be pleased, and occasionally
with those meaning to buy and to a,bound, as οίκ ἀτρείδη ήνδανε
it ivas not pleasing to the son of Atreus, καὶ oi πείθονται 'Ἀχαιοὶ and
the Achaeans trust in him, ἀνδράσιν μάχεσθαι to fight with men, καρ-
τιστοι; εμάχοντο they fought with the mightiest, εριζέμεναι βασιληι to
strive with the king, οϋ τοι μαχήσομαι I icill not fight with you.

1008.	The dative is used to denote the agent, after the past
tenses, particularly the perfect and pluperfect of the passive.

1009.	The dative with or without a preposition is used to denote
the place where an action takes place. It is used of towns and
countries, the great divisions of the world, the chief spheres of

<pb n="319"/>1010-1014]

HOMERIC GREEK

action, of the parts of a thing, or of the human body, after some
verbs that imply locality or time, and after some verbs of motion
where we should expect the accusative with a preposition, as ονχ
ήνδανε &ϋμω it was not pleasing in his soul, τόζ ωμοισιν εχων having
his bow on his shoulders, τοΐσι S’ ανεστη Κάλχας and Calchas arose
among them, μη κλεπτε νόω do not play the thief in your heart, ἀμφω
θϋμΰ φιλεονσα loving both (of them) in her heart, φρεσΐ θύει he rages'
m his mind, ημενον κορνφβ seated upon the summit, μάχη Tρωεσσιν
ἀρηγειν to assist the Trojans in battle, Οεκ ἀτη S' ἀγορήν&ε καλεσσατο
λάον ἀχιλλενς but on the tenth (day) Achilles summoned the people
to an assembly, δωδέκατη S’ έλενσεται Ονλνμπόν&ε but on the twelfth
(day) he will come to Olympus, πολλά? Si ψΰχας *Ἀιδι προιαψεν and
sent many souls to Hades, συ S' ivl φρεσΐ βάλλεο σησιν and do you
place it in your heart, (Lyova δέ δώρα ἀνακτι and they are taking presents
to the lord, κάππεσ ον ἐν Λ,ήμνω I fell into Lemnos.

1010.	The dative is used to denote in what particular point or
respect something is true, as δ γὰρ βίη οὐ πατρδς ἀμείνων for he is
better in strength than his own father. Cf.· 1014.

Accusative Case

1011.	The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative
case, as νοΰσον ωρσε he roused a plague, Χρύσην ητιμασεν he dishonored
Chryses, λνσόμενος θνγατρα to ransom his own daughter, φερων
ἀποινα bearing ransoms, στεμματ εχων having fillets, ελίσσετο Ἀχαιούς
he kept entreating the Achaeans.

1012.	Any verb whose meaning permits may take an accusative
of cognate form, or equivalent meaning. This is called the cognate
accusative, and may follow intransitive as well as transitive
verbs, as εΐπας επος you have spoken a word, όδδν έλθεμεναι to go (on)
a journey, επος τ' εφατο and she spoke a word.

1013.	The words επος, μύθος, and εργον with pronouns or adjectives
are at times practically equivalent to the neuter of the pronoun
or adjective without these words, as ε’ὶ σοι πάν εργον νπείξομαι
if I shall yield to you in every matter.

1014.	An accusative restricting the force of the verb to a part,
character, quality, or attribute of the subject may follow many

<pb n="320"/>DATIVE AND ACCUSATIVE CASES [10X5-1020

Teibs that are intransitive or. reflexive in meaning. This is the
accusative of the part affected, or accusative of specification, and may
also accompany a noun, an adjective, or even a whole sentence, as
7τόδας ώκνς ἀχιλλευς swifl-footed Achilles (literally Achilles swift ivith
respect to his feet), χωόμ(νος κηρ enraged in heart, οὐ ίθίν ϊστι yepetW,
ον Βίμας obBe φυήν οϋτ ἀρ φρίνας οΰδὶ τι Ιργα she is not inferior to her,
neither in build nor beauty nor disposition, nor yet in accomplishments.

1015.	The accusative is used to denote extent of time or space,
as 7πχν δ’ τ)μαρ φ(ρόμην and all day long I fell, πρόπαν !}μυρ Βαίνυντο
the whole day through they feasted, ἀκίων δ)ν ηστο he sat silent a long
time.

1016.	The accusative dependent upon an omitted verb follows
the adverbs of swearing νή, and μά, as μα Ἀπόλλωνα by Apollo!
val μα τόοι σκηπτρον yea, by this sceptre! (977)

1017.	The verbs Λπον and αύδάω, and more often their compounds,
may take an accusative of the person addressed, as Κάλ-
χαντα προσίαπίν he addressed Calchas, οὐδέ τὶ μχν 7τροσΐφωνεον nor did
they say anything to him.

1018.	The accusative may be used of the person about whom a
thing is told, hnown, thought, or provided:

1)	The person or thing is treated as the thing said or known,
and not merely as spoken or known about, as ovS’ ἡ ν' Ἀ-γαμίμνονα
ΐΐ-πτρ not even if you should say Agamemnon.

2)	The real object of the verb is a fact expressed by a limiting
clause or word.

1019.	Words denoting the goal are in the accusative after verbs
of motion, as ov κεν ΐκωμαι upon whomsoever) I may come, κνιση S’
ουρανόν Ικεν and the savor went to heaven, ΐρχεσθον κλισιην ἀχιληος
go to the barrack(s) of Achilles.

1020.	The following classes of verbs may be construed with
two accusatives:

1) Verbs of asking, teaching, reminding, demanding, clothing, unclothing,
depriving, and taking away, as ϊμ’ ἀφαιρἈται Χρϋσηίδα Φοί-
βος Ἀπόλλων Phoebus Apollo is depriving me of Chryseis, μψ* σν
rovS’ airoaipeo κονρην nor do you- deprive him of the maiden.

<pb n="321"/>1021-1025]

HOMERIC GREEK

2)	Verbs of naming, choosing, appointing, making, thinking,
regarding, and the like, as αϊτού; δε έλώρια τεΰχε Κ·υνεσσιν ο'ιωνόΐσὶ τ<:
8αΐτα and made themselves a booty for the dogs and a banquet for
the birds, Sv Βριάρεων καλε'ονσι θεοί, ἀνδpcs 8e re νάντε; Ἀίγαιωνα whom
the gods call Briareiis, but all men (caff) Aegaeon.

3)	Verbs meaning to do anything to or say anything of a person.

1021.	The accusative may denote an object which -is affected by
an action, and a second accusative of the particular part affected
may be added (accusative of the whole and, part), as τι Se σε φρένas
ΐκίτο πένθος; but what grief has come upon you in your heart? περί
yap ρὰ e χαλκός ελεψεν φύλλα τε καὶ φλοιόν the bronze, has stripped it
of leaves and bark round about. Note. — Some would classify the
accusative of this last sentence under 1020 above.

Vocative Case

1022.	The vocative, with or without <3, is used in addressing a
person or thing, as θεὰ goddess! ω ἀχιλεὶ O Achilles! ἀτρείδαιsons
of Atreus! Note. — The nominative is often used for the vocative,
978, 3.

ADJECTIVES

1023.	The positive of an adjective may imply that the quality
indicated is not in the proper proportion for the purpose under
Consideration, as μη 8η πάντας εμους επιέλπεο μύθους ειόησειν ' χαλεποί
τοι ίσονται do not hope to know all my plans; they will be too hard
for you (to understand).

1024.	The comparative and superlative endings of adjectives
are often employed merely to denote an unusually high degree of
the quality signified, without any idea of comparison being involved.

1025.	An adjective agrees with its noun in gender, number, and
case, but not always in form, since they may belong to different
declensions, as νοῦσος κακή an evil plague, where νοῦσος, although
feminine, is of the second declension and ends in -ος. This rule
applies also to adjective pronouns and participles, as 
μυρι' ἄλγεα countless woes, 
πολλὰς δ’ Ἰφθίμουs ψυχάς Ἀΐδι προΐαψεν and sent many valiant souls to Hades, 
διαστήτην ἐρίσαντε these two separated after they had quarreled, 

<pb n="322"/>


δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς godlike Achilles, 
ἦλθε θοὰς ἐπὶ νῆας he came to the swift ships, 
θεοὶ Ὀλύμπια δώματ' ἔχοντες the gods who have Olympian homes.

1026.	When referring to two, the plural and the dual are freely
interchanged (973, 3), as δύο yeveai two generations, τώ δ’ αντώ
μάρτνροὶ ϊστων and these two themselves he witnesses.

1027.	An adjective or a participle, usually with the pronoun
ο, ἡ, τό, may be used substantively as a noun, as τὰ f «Ιόντα τὰ f
ίσσόμενα τ-ρό τ Ιόντα both what is, what will be, and what has been
before, τα κακὰ these calamities, such calamities (1034).

PRONOUNS

1028.	The Pronoun ό, ή, τό. — There are three chief uses of the
pronoun, δ, ἡ, τό:

1)	As an independent demonstrative (and third personal) pronoun,
meaning this, that, he, she, it. This is its original use, and
the one most commonly met with in Homer, as ὁ νονσον ώρσ<: he
roused a plague, τον Χρύσην ητίμασιν ἀρητηρα ἀτρείδr/s the SOU of
Atreus dishonored that (■well-known) Chryses, the priest, την δ’ iγω
ον λνσω but I will not free her, ϋδασεν δ’ b γύρων and that old man
feared.

2)	As an article properly speaking (“the”), that is, modifying
and making definite a noun, but not having any particular demonstrative
force. This is its ordinary use in Greek after Homer.

3)	As a relative pronoun, as τον τόκε Ἀητω whom Leto bore, τω
ol ΐσαν κύ/pVKC who were his two heralds, την μοι δόσαν viis Ἀχαιών
whom the sons of the Achaeans gave unto me.

ΝρτΕ. — Many expressions in Homer which are translated into English
by the relative pronoun in a subordinate clause seem to have been
coordinate originally. Thus the pronoun (ό, ἡ, τό) in these last three
sentences may well have been thought of as demonstrative with asyndeton
rather than as relative, 1113-1114.

1029.	As air independent pronoun it has two main uses:

1) It is “resumptive,” that is, it refers to something already
mentioned, Χρύσην ητίμασ(.ν, ο γάρ η\θὶ θοας ivi νηας he dishonored
Chryses, for he came to the swift ships.

<pb n="323"/>1030-1040]

HOMERIC GREEK

2) It makes a contrast, usually in combinations, such as 6 pkv
... 6 δε', and other words which help to give this effect.

1030.	ό μϊν ... δ St and ol μϊν ... 61 8« are frequently used
to contrast both definite and indefinite persons and things.

1031.	Its use with an adversative particle generally, but not
always, marks a change of subject, as ὁ δε but the other.

1032.	The use of ό, ή, τό as an article has evidently arisen from
its employment as an independent pronoun, followed by a noun
in apposition, as ἡ δ’ ἀεκαυσα ἀμα τοισι γυνή Kiev but she went with
them against her will, i.e. the woman, where ywi; is added as an
afterthought for the sake of greater definiteness.

1033.	So also it may serve to introduce a new person, in this
case anticipating the noun, as αντάρ δ μήνα ν-ηνσι παρήμΐνος Sloyevrjs
Πτ^λτ^ος υΙός 7τόδας ώκνζ ἀχιλλενζ but he Icept raging as he sat beside
the ships, did the Zeus-born son of Peleus, the swift-footed Achilles.

1034.	With the adjective or participle it is often used as a
substantive, as το πλΰον the greater part, τα κακὰ these calamities,
such calamities (1027).

1035.	It is also used with the neuter accusative, singular or
plural, of the adjective as an adverb, as τα πρώτα at first (780-781).

1036.	On the other hand, the masculine or feminine with an
adverb may be used substantively.

1037.	Nouns with a possessive pronoun take the article only
when they refer to a definite individual, as το σόν μό/os this anger
of yours.

1038.	It usually has a demonstrative force, and its absence
does not mark a noun as indefinite, as μηνιν ἀαδε, ΘἈ, Πηληιάδεω
Ἀχιληος sing, goddess, the wrath of the son of Peleus, Achilles.

1039.	The Personal Pronouns. — The nominative of the personal
pronouns is used mainly for emphasis and contrast, as συ δε σννθίο
but do you consider. If the subject is unemphatic, the pronoun
is usually omitted, as <Ss ΐφατο thus he spoke.

1040.	The oblique cases of the third personal pronoun are
anaphoric, that is, they have an antecedent previously expressed

<pb n="324"/>PRONOUNS

[1041-1045

to which they refer, when unaccented; but when they are accented
they have their original reflexive use, as από ω κάββαλεν νίόν she
hurled her son from her, καὶ οὶ πείθονται Ἀχαιοὶ and the Achaeans
trust in him.

1041.	Demonstrative Pronouns. — The demonstrative pronouns
are thus distinguished:

1)	(ε) κείνος, ἡ, o is used of .something remote from the speaker.

2)	ο, rj, τό differs from οὐτος, (έ)κεΐνος, όδε, etc., in that it usually
marks a contrast in objects, but does not distinguish them as
near and far, present and absent, etc.

3)	The compounds of ό, ή, τό are used of something near the
speaker, or of something associated with him.

4)	σίτο; is used of something which has been mentioned ah
ready, or else of something of particular interest or concern to
the second person.

5)	6, ή, τό in addition to being employed as a relative and as a
personal pronoun is used to mark a contrast.

6)	αντός in all its cases regularly means self, but at times may
mean same; it is regularly intensive and is used especially to contrast
a man or an object with other less important details, as
clothing, weapons, and appurtenances of various kinds.

1042.	Possessive Pronouns. — The possessive pronouns are as a

rule*equivalent to the possessive genitive of the personal pronoun,
as 7reus	—	7rats e/xoi).

1043.	The Interrogative Pronouns. — The interrogative rk, τί
who ? which? what ? may be either substantive or adjective, and
may,be used in either direct or indirect questions.

1044.	The Indefinite Pronoun. — The indefinite τίs, τὶ some (one),
something, any (one), anything may be either substantive or adjective,
but is sometimes almost the equivalent of the English
indefinite article, a(n), as τινα μάντιν ερείομεν let us ask a seer.

1045.	Relative Pronouns. — A relative agrees with its antecedent
in gender and number, but its case depends upon the construction
of the clause in which it stands, as μηνιν ἀειδε, ἡ 3λγε’
εθηκεν sing the wrath which caused Woes.

<pb n="325"/>1046-1053]

HOMERIC GREEK

1046.	The antecedent of the relative may be omitted when it
can easily be supplied from the context, especially when it is
indefinite, as λώιόν <(m 3ώρ ἀποαερεΐσθαε, οστίϊ σίθεν ἀντίον εϊπη it is
better to take away the gifts (of that man) whoever speaks against
you.

1047.	The antecedent is sometimes attracted into the relative
clause. It then agrees in case with the relative.

PREPOSITIONS

1048.	Most prepositions were originally adverbs (chiefly local),
and are often so employed in Homer (without case), as iv but
therein, υπό below, παρὰ by his side.

1049.	They are used both with nouns and verbs, but are often
separated from the words they modify, sometimes following them.
This separation in the case of verbs has been incorrectly named
tmesis (τμησις cutting'), as κρατερον hirl μνθον ετελλεν and he enjoined
a stern command (upon him), where ίπϊ is to be taken with έχελλεν
as part of the verbal idea, καὶ ϊπΐ κνίφαὶ ηλθεν and darkness came
on, where επὶ must be joined with ηλθεν.

1050.	Dissyllabic prepositions regularly have the accent on
the ultima, but in two cases they take the accent on the penult:

1)	When they follow the word modified (with the exception
of ἀμφί>;, ἀνά, αντί, Stet), as ω επι πολλὰ μόγησα for which I Underwent
great toil, θίν εφ' ἀλός upon the shore of the sea.

2)	When a preposition stands for itself compounded with a
verb, as Ivi. επι, μετά, πάρα, πίρὶ (all compounded with είμt), and
ava for the imperative of ἀνίστημι stand up ! up !

1051.	Prepositions are used with the genitive, dative, and
accusative cases; some are used with all three cases, some with
only two, and some with only one.

1052.	They are used to emphasize or to define more clearly
certain case relations. Of course the prepositions do not “ govern
” these cases, but the cases take the prepositions.

1053.	The genitive with prepositions primarily denotes that
from which something proceeds, the dative that in or by which

<pb n="326"/>PREPOSITIONS	[1054-1061

something is or is done, the accusative that toward, over, along, or
upon which motion occurs.

1054.	The primary relations expressed by prepositions are
those of place and time, but they may express cause, origin, agency,
condition, purpose, and various other relations.

1055.	Prepositions are used in forming compound verbs, many
of which, particularly those compounded with cv, «iri, and συν, are
construed with the dative.

1056.	With the genitive alone are used the following :

ἀντὶ instead of	out	of,	from

ἀιτό off, from, away from	ιτρό	before

1057.	And the following, known as improper prepositions :

ἀγχι near, close
aviv without

αντα, ἀντίον opposite, facing
ἀντικρύ straight to
αψ behind

ϋνίκα («{vena) on account of
ίκητι by will of
ίκτάς without
ivTos within

μίσσηγίὶ between
μίσφα until
νόσφι(ν) apart from
fiirur0i(v) (from) behind
ιτάλιν back from
ιτάροιθ£(ν) before, in front of
■πρό(τθ€[ν) before
τήλὶ far (from)
τηλόθι far (from)

together with several others not so common.

1058.	With the dative alone are used: <K0> civ in, and συν
(£w) with·.

1059.	With the accusative alone are used ck («) into, to, -Sc to.

1060.	With the genitive and accusative are used : διὰ through
on account of υπέρ over, on behalf of and κατὰ down (through).

1061.	The following are used with the genitive, dative, and
accusative:

ἀμφ[ around, about, on both
sides.

ἀνὰ (up) on, up through, along,
iirt (up) on, to, toward, against.
μ«τὰ with, after.

■π-αρὰ beside, to the side of, from
beside,
iript around, concerning.
irp«is toward, with reference to.
ύιτό under, by means of.

<pb n="327"/>1062-1072]

HOMERIC GREEK

SYNTAX OF THE VERB

1062.	A transitive verb is one whose action passes over to an
object in the accusative, as μήνιν αειΒε sing the wrath, ελίσσετο
Ἀχαιοί^ he kept entreating the Achaeans.

1063.	An intransitive verb is one whose action does not pass
over to an object, as ήλθε he came.

1064.	In verbs with both first and second tenses (first aorist,
second aorist, first perfect, second perfect, etc.), the first tense is
usually transitive (often causative, 1069), the second intransitive.

1065.	The active voice denotes the subject as acting, as νονσον
ἀνα στρατόν ωρσε he kindled a plague up through the camp.

1066.	The passive voice denotes the subject as being acted upon,
as Aios S’ ίτιλείετο βονλή but the will of Zeus was being accomplished.

1067.	In the middle voice the subject is represented as acting:

1)	upon itself, as πείθομαι I persuade myself .{obey), φαίνομαι
I show myself (appear). -

2)	for itself (reflexively), as καλεομαι I call for myself, summon.

3)	upon something belonging to itself, or in which it has a special
interest, as λύομαι I loose my own, ransom.

1068.	It is often difficult to distinguish in translation between
the active and middle, but the action of the middle always has
some reference, either direct or indirect, to the subject, and the
subject has an interest in, or is affected by the action.

1069.	Some verbs are used at times in a causative sense, that is,
the subject causes something to'be done by another, as av S’ αυτήν
ΧρϋσηίΒα βήσομεν let us cause Chryseis to go on board.

1070.	Sometimes the present tense indicates that an action is
only attempted; this is called the conative present, as ἀρννμενος
striving to win.

1071.	When an active verb which takes two accusatives (1020)
becomes passive, the accusative of the thing is retained, while the
accusative of the person becomes the subject, as αναιΒείήν επιειμενε
O thou clothed in shamelessness!

1072.	The tenses denote time of action and kind of action.

<pb n="328"/>SYNTAX OP THE VERB, GENERAL [1073-1085

1073.	The time of action is indicated by the tenses only in the
indicative.

1074.	The present is denoted by the present tense, and by the
perfect.

1075.	The past is denoted by the imperfect, aorist, and
pluperfect. The future is denoted by the future and the future
perfect.

1076.	Continued or repeated action is denoted by the present,
the imperfect, and (occasionally) the future.

1077.	Completed action denoting a permanent state is indicated
by the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect.

1078.	Action that simply takes place is indicated by the aorist
and (sometimes) the future.

1079.	The imperfect denotes the continuance of action in past
time, customary or repeated action, as ίλνον, I loosed, was loosing,
kept loosing, was accustomed to loose.

1080.	The aorist indicative denotes the simple occurrence of an
action in past time, as ίλνσα I loosed, did loose.

1081.	Inceptive aorist: The aorist of verbs denoting a state or a
condition, or continued action, usually denotes the entrance into
the state, or the beginning of the action, as ϊ8άκρνσ·ε he 'fell to
weeping.

■	1082.	The aorist is often used to express a general truth. It is

then called a gnomic aorist, and is considered a primary tense, as
os «e ihots ίπίπείθηται, μάλα τ’ ϊκΧνον αντον whoever obeys the gods,
him they especially hear.

1083.	The future ordinarily denotes that an action will take
place later; but may express desire or a command.

1084.	The perfect regularly denotes a state or a condition
(usually as the result of completed action), arid should be translated
by the present, as προβίβονλα I prefer, ἀμφιβέβηκας (who)
dost protect.

Moods

1085.	The adverbs av and κί(ν) are often used to qualify the
meaning of the moods ; they are used in two ways:

<pb n="329"/>1086-1093]

HOMERIC GREEK

1)	In independent clauses they are used with the subjunctive,
the optative, and with the past and future tenses of the indicative;
and also with the participle and infinitive, when they represent
the independent indicative and optative.

2)	In dependent clauses, usually with the subjunctive.

1086.	These adverbs usually give a touch of indefiniteness to
the clause in which they stand. They have no exact equivalent
in English. When they appear in the conclusion of conditional
sentences, they are usually translated by could, or would, in
English.

1087.	The subjunctive with these adverbs is used almost the
same as the future indicative, or the potential optative (1105).

1088.	They are used in simple sentences and in the apodosis
(conclusion) of complex sentences to express limitation by circumstances
or conditions.

1089.	They are regularly found in final clauses referring to the
future.

1090.	They are usually found in conditional clauses in the
optative and in the subjunctive, when the governing verb is
future, or in a mood which implies futurity.

1091.	They are not ordinarily used in conditional, relative,
and temporal clauses with the subjunctive in comparisons and
similes, or when they refer to events which occur repeatedly or
at an indefinite time, or when they refer to sayings which have a
general application.

The Moods in Simple Sentences

The Independent Indicative without αν or κε'(ν)

1092.	Without &v or κί(ν) the indicative mood simply states a
fact, either positively or negatively, asks a question, or makes an
exclamation.

1093.	An unattainable wish which refers to the present or to
the past is expressed by a past tense of the indicative with aWe
(ΰθε), or d γὰρ ; the negative is μη.

<pb n="330"/>MOODS IN SIMPLE SENTENCES [1094-1104

1094.	To express an unattainable wish, Φφελον ought is used
with the present infinitive to denote present time and continued
past action, or with the aorist infinitive to denote past time.

The Independent Indicative with ἀν on κί(ν)

1095.	The aorist (and sometimes the imperfect) indicative is
used with ἀν or kc'(v) to denote past possibility, probability, necessity,
or a cautious statement.

1096.	The past tenses of the indicative may be used with ἀν
or k«(v) to denote unreality.

1097.	av or kI(v) may be used with the future indicative with
a conditional or limiting meaning.

The Independent Subjunctive without £Lv ok κε(ν)

1098.	The subjunctive without ἀν or kc(v) is used in the first
person, present and aorist, to express a desire or a request (hortatory
subjunctive), as τινὰ μάντιν Ιρείομεν let us ask some seer.

1099.	The aorist subjunctive is used in the second and third

persons (and' sometimes in the first) with μη in prohibitions, as
μη σε κιχήω let me not come upon you.,	■ , . , ;	,

1100.	The present and aorist subjunctive are used in the first
person (rarely in the third) in deliberative questions as to what
may be done advantageously or with propriety.

1101.	Thd subjunctive is frequently used as nearly the equivalent
ofv the future indicative, and refers to some future event.
It is usually qualified by ἀν or xe(v), and the negative is ov.

The Independent Optative without αν on ne(v)

1102.	The independent optative without ἀν or κε(ν) is used to
express a wish that something may happen, as νμΐν θεοὶ δοΐεν may
the gods grant to you.

1103 The potential optative (1105), which regularly takes ἀν
or kc(v), is occasionally found without either.

1104.	The optative is employed at times to express a command,
a request, or an exhortation, being practically equivalent
to the imperative.

<pb n="331"/>1105-1108]

HOMERIC GREEK

The Independent Optative with αν or κί(ν)

1105.	With £v or κί(ν) the optative is used to express a future
action as dependent upon circumstances or conditions. This is
called the potential optative, and is usually to be translated by
might, could, would, etc.

The Imperative

1106.	The imperative expresses a command, or a request; the
negative is μη.

The Infinitive

1107.	1) The only tenses which occur in the infinitive are the
present, future, aorist, perfect, and future perfect. The middle
and passive differ in form in the aorist only.

2)	In the subjunctive, optative, imperative, and infinitive, the
tenses do not of themselves indicate time.

3)	The present in these moods denotes an action simply as
continued.

4)	The aorist denotes an action simply as brought to pass.

5)	The perfect denotes an action simply as completed.

6)	The subject of an infinitive is usually in the accusative,
but may be omitted when it is the subject of the leading verb, or
its direct or indirect object.

7)	The infinitive may be the subject of a verb, especially an
impersonal one, or ίστί(ν).

8)	It may be the object of a verb, especially verbs indicating
wish, command, advice, consent, attempt,'and the like.

9)	The infinitive may depend upon adjectives or substantives,
especially those denoting ability, fitness, willingness, or have a
similar meaning to verbs which take the infinitive (1107, 7).

10)	The infinitive also may express purpose; the negative is μη.

11)	The infinitive is used also to express a command with the
nominative of the second person,- or with the accusative of the
third person'" for the subject if expressed; the subject may be
omitted. In this usage it is the equivalent of the imperative.

The Participle

1108.	The participle has only the present, future, aorist, perfect,
and future perfect tenses. It is used attributively as an

<pb n="332"/>MOODS IN SIMPLE SENTENCES [1109-1113

adjective to modify a noun, or the noun may be omitted and the
participle (usually with the pronoun, δ, -η, το) may be used as a substantive.
Such participles usually indicate time present, past, or
future relatively to the time of the main verb.

Note 1. — The aorist participle may denote time contemporaneous
with the action of the main verb, as μειδιμτάσα «δέκατο κύνελλον she look
Hie cup with a smile.

Note 2.— On the other hand, the present participle may express time
previous to the action of the main verb, as Χρϋσριδα εϊσεν ἀγων leading
Chryseis on board he seated her.

1109.	The participle may express :

1)	Time, as τοΐσι S’ ἀνιστάμενος μετέφη ἀχιλλευς when lie had
risen.among them Achilles addressed them.

2)	Cause.

3)	Manner or means.

4)	Condition.

5)	Purpose or desire (usually the future participle), as λΰσό-
μενος θνγατρα (idesiring) to ransom his own daughter; μαχησόμενο%
{desiring) to fight, for the purpose of fighting.

6)	Concession, as ἀλόχω περ εονσg even though you are my ivife.

7)	Attendant circumstance.

1110.	The Greek often employs a participle where we should
use a relative clause, as θεοὶ Όλνμτηα 8ώματ’ εχοντες the gods who
have Olympian homes.

1111.	A noun and a participle, not closely connected grammatically
with the rest of the sentence, may stand by themselves in the
genitive in the construction known as the genitive absolute. See 994.

1112.	This construction arose from the use of the genitive
modified by a participle, where the genitive was dependent upon
some word in the main construction of the sentence, and many
cases are on the border line between the absolute and the dependent
’ constructions.

COMPOUND SENTENCES

1113.	Asyndeton, or the omission of conjunctions between independent
elements of a sentence, is often used to mark lively and
rapid descriptions.

<pb n="383"/>1114-1124]

HOMERIC GREEK

1114.	Parataxis, or coordination, was often employed where
one would expect a subordinate construction. 1028, note.

SUBORDINATE CONSTRUCTIONS
Purpose Clauses

1115.	Clauses which denote purpose or final clauses are intro-

duced by the final particles is, στ (π) ως, ΐνα, όφρα, «os; the negative
is μη.	Γ

1116.	Purpose clauses take the subjunctive after primary (816)
tenses, the optative (occasionally the subjunctive) after secondary
tenses.

1117.	The subjunctive sometimes takes ἀν or κέ(ν), especially
with is, οπ(π)ωs, and οφρα.

Object Clauses

1118.	The two main types of object clauses are :

1)	Object clauses with verbs of effort.

2)	Object clauses with verbs of fear.

1119.	ό·!Ί-(7Γ)ως (sometimes <os and fva) is used to introduce object
clauses with verbs of effort. These clauses take the future
indicative after both primary and secondary tenses (816). The
negative is μή.

/1120. With verbs of effort object clauses may take the con-
/struction of purpose clauses, with οπ(π)ως and the subjunctive or
optative.

1121.	With verbs of caution negative object clauses take the
construction of clauses with verbs of effort or with verbs of fear.

1122.	With verbs of effort, object clauses may take the subjunctive
with ἀν after οπ(π)ωϊ, and sometimes after ί>ς.

1123.	With verbs meaning to consider, plan, try, the subjunctive
with or without κί(ν), or the optative is used. These object
clauses do not take the future indicative.

1124.	The subjunctive, optative, or the future indicative, with
οπ(π)ως (5π(π)ως μη in the negative) may follow verbs of will or
desire, instead of the infinitive which is the usual construction
after these verbs.

<pb n="334"/>SUBORDINATE CONSTRUCTIONS [1125-1133

Object Clauses after Verbs of Feak

1125.	With verbs of fear, which refer to the future, object
clauses have the subjunctive after primary tenses, and the opta^
tive (sometimes the subjunctive) after secondary tenses (816).

1126.	With μη or 0π(π)ωϊ μη, the subjunctive or optative may
be used to indicate a possible object of fear. The aorist subjunctive
may refer to past time, as δεδοικα μη σε mpd-rry I fear
lest she has beguiled you.

1127.	The indicative with μη (μη ον in the negative) is used to
express fear which refers to the present or past time. The
aorist is employed in this construction.

Causal Clauses

1128.	Causal clauses are introduced by on, kmt, ίπει&ή, ore, 3, ·

o re, οπ(7τ)άτ€, οὐνίκα, ως, and εὖτε.

1129.	Causal clauses which denote a fact regularly have the
indicative after both primary and secondary tenses.

1130.	Causal clauses which denote an alleged or a supposed
reason have the optative after secondary tenses.

Result Clauses (Consecutive Clauses)

1131.	Clauses of result are introduced by various words, some
of the most common being ώστε, ως, otos, οσ(σ)ος.

1132.	These clauses may employ either the infinitive or the
finite verb:

1)	The infinitive is used to indicate an anticipated, natural, or
possible result; the negative is μη.

2)	When the finite verb is used, any form of the simple
sentence may be employed. The indicative (especially in the
aorist) is the form most commonly used, denoting the actual
result of the action of the principal verb; the negative is ov.

Conditional Clauses

1133.	A conditional sentence regularly consists of two principal
elements:

1) The condition, denoting a supposed or assumed (if) case,
called the protasis.

<pb n="335"/>1134-1142]

HOMERIC GREEK

2) The conclusion, denoting what follows if the condition is
realized, called the apodosis.

1134.	d and at are used to introduce conditional clauses, in the
indicative and optative.

1135.	d ἀν, d (at) ««(r), rjv are used to introduce conditional
clauses in the subjunctive.

1136.	In the conclusion ἀν or k£(v) is employed with the optative
to indicate possibility, and with the past tenses of the indicative
to indicate the unfulfillment of the condition, or repetition.

1137.	The negative of the condition is μη ; of the conclusion it
is ov when the conclusion is considered a fact if the condition be
true.

1138.	Present unreal conditional sentences have ei with the
optative in the condition, and ἀν with the optative in the conclusion.

1139.	Past
unreal conditional sentences have the aorist or
imperfect indicative in the condition, and in the conclusion either
the aorist or imperfect indicative with ἀν or κί(ν), or the present
or aorist optative with ἀν or κί(ν). The imperfect of unreal conditions
represents past time.

.1140. More vivid future conditions have:

1)	d ἀν,ην with the subjunctive in the condition, and in the conclusion
either the future indicative or some other form referring
to future time.

2)	The subjunctive with κί(ν) in both condition and conclusion.

3)	(Rarely) d (αϊ), κί(ν) with the future in the condition.

1141.	Less vivid future conditions have d κέ(ν), d ἀν, with the
optative in the condition, and in the conclusion may have
the present indicative, the simple future indicative, the future
indicative with κί{ν), the hortatory subjunctive, the subjunctive
with ἀν or κί(ν), or the optative, with the same force as the
optative with ἀν or tce(v).

1142.	Present general conditions have ἀν (ην) with the subjunctive
in the condition, and the present indicative or its equivalent
in the conclusion.

<pb n="836"/>SUBORDINATE CONSTRUCTIONS [1143-1153

1143.	Past general conditions have d with the optative in. the
condition, and the imperfect indicative or its equivalent in the
conclusion.

1144.	Ordinary relative clauses, which define more closely a
definite antecedent, have the constructions of other simple
sentences, except κε'(ν) or ἀν may he used with the future.

1145.	Relative clauses of purpose have the subjunctive (usually
with j/)) after primary tenses, and the optative after secondary
tenses, although the future indicative may be used.

1146.	More vivid future conditional relative clauses have the
subjunctive, usually with av or κί(ν), and sometimes the future
with ἀν or kc(v).

1147.	Less vivid future conditional relative clauses have the
optative with av or xe(v) in the main clause, and sometimes have
av or κί(γ) with the optative in the relative clause.

1148.	Present generalizing relative clauses usually have av or
κί(ν) with the subjunctive in the. relative clause, or the present
indicative or an equivalent in the main clause.

1149.	Past generalizing relative clauses have the optative in
the relative clause, and the imperfect indicative or its equivalent
in the main clause.

Temporal Clauses

1150.	Temporal clauses are introduced by the temporal conjunctions
ore, όπ(ιτ)ότε, e<os. evre, ij/eos, σπ(π)ωί, όφρα; erret, επειδή, e£
(άφ’) οὐ ; ets δτε (*e(r)), eis δ (κε(ν)).

1151.	Temporal clauses which refer to the future or to indefinite
present time have the subjunctive with av or κί(ν).

1152.	Temporal clauses which refer to future time have av or
kc(v) with the optative in the temporal clause, and may have the
future indicative, or the subjunctive with av or κε'(ν) in the main
clause.

Indirect Questions

1153.	Indirect questions keep the mood and tense of direct
questions, after primary tenses (the indicative, the past indicative
with av, the deliberative subjunctive, or the potential optative with

<pb n="337"/>1154-1158]

HOMEEIC GREEK

ἀν or κε(ν)). After secondary tenses they may keep the mood and
tense of direct questions, but generally change to the optative.

Indirect Discourse

1154.	The kind of the leading verb or expression in a sentence
involving indirect discourse determines the construction:

1)	Verbs of saying have either the infinitive or a 5n (0>s) clause.

2)	Verbs of thinking and believing usually take the infinitive.

3)	Verbs of knowing, learning, perceiving, hearing, showing,
and the like, usually have the participle, but may have a on (<!>s)
clause.

1155.	Clauses in indirect discourse introduced by on or i>s, after
primary tenses keep the mood and tense of the direct form unchanged.

1156.	Indicatives
and subjunctives without ἀν or κί(ν) usually
become optative after secondary tenses, but may remain unchanged.

1157.	Subordinate
verbs after primary tenses keep their original
mood and tense.

1158.	The optative is not employed in indirect discourse,
except in indirect questions (1153). After both primary and
secondary tenses in principal clauses, the same past tense is used
that would have been employed in an independent clause, from
the speaker’s point of view. After the secondary tenses the
future is generally represented by ίμολλον with the infinitive.

<pb n="338"/>IV. PROSODY

Rules of Quantity, the Hexameter

1159.	Every vowel which has the circumflex accent is long (537).

1160.	The vowel of the ultima in every word having the
circumflex on the penult is short (545).

1161.	If a long penult has the acute accent, then the ultima
must be long also.

1162.	If the ultima is short and the penult has the acute accent,
then the penult must be short also.

1163.	If the antepenult has the accent, the vowel of the ultima
must be short (544).

1164.	Exceptions to these rules are to be found only in the
cases of the diphthongs αι and οι, when final, which are then considered
short (except in the optative and οἴκοι) for the purpose of
accent but must be counted long when marking the feet of the
verse (547).

1165.	Apparent exceptions to these rules are to he found in the
case of certain classes of compounds, as ovre, /xr^rt, owns, /xym, rj^t,
oiSe, aide, toixtoc, τάσδε, etc., where the primary form is accented
without considering the following enclitic as an integral part of
the word.

1166.	Most exceptions to the rules of quantity are only apparent.

1167.	If
an apparently short final syllable stands where a long
one is expected, it is probable that :

1)	The pause of the caesuia (1185) or diaeresis (1188) fills out
the time required for the foot, allowing the same freedom as at
the end of a verse, or

2)	The following word has lost an initial consonant (usually p,
sometimes σ), which would have made the preceding syllable long
by position.

<pb n="839"/>1168-1177]

HOMERIC GREEK

1168.	Short syllables ending in a single consonant are occasionally
lengthened in thesis (the accented or ictus-syllable), although
the next word begins with a vowel.

Special Rules for Determining the Length of Syllables by their
Position in Hexameter

1169.	If a long syllable is followed by a short, then the next
syllable must be short also.

1170.	If a short syllable is followed by a long, then the preceding
syllable must be short also.

1171.	The first syllable of each foot must be long, and is to be
given slightly more stress than the other half of the foot.

1172.	When a word ends in a short vowel (and sometimes the
diphthongs at and oi), and the next word begins with a vowel,
the final vowel of the first word is regularly elided (575).

1173.	When a word ends hi a long vowel or a diphthong and
the next word begins with a vowel, the long final vowel or diphthong
is regularly shortened.

Note. — Sometimes a long vowel or diphthong is shortened when
followed by a vowel within the same word.

1174.	If a word ends in a short vowel and the next word
originally began with vau (^), elision ordinarily does not take
place (580).

1175.	If a word ends in a long vowel or a diphthong and the
next word originally began with a vau ('f), the long final vowel
or diphthong ordinarily remains long.

1176.	If a word ends in a long vowel or a diphthong and has
the verse-accent on it, the long vowel or diphthong may remain
long, even though the next word begins with a vowel.

1177.	When a word ending in . a vowel is followed by a word
beginning with a vowel, the result is hiatus. Hiatus is ordinarily
avoided in poetry either 1) by elision; 2) by the use of
movable consonants, 561-563; 3) by the shortening of a final long
vowel or diphthong, 1173; 4) by crasis or synizesis, 586-587.

<pb n="340"/>PROSODY, RULES OF QUANTITY [1178-1188

1178.	Hiatus may be allowed 1) when there is a distinct pause
in sense (diaeresis or caesura 1185-1189) between the vowels
which produce it; 2) when the verse-accent (ictus) falls on the
long vowel or diphthong which is followed by another vowel;

3)	when elision has. already taken place; 4) after i or u; 5) when
a long vowel or diphthong is shortened (weak or improper hiatus).

1179.	The metre of the Homeric poems is the dactylic (sometimes
called the heroic) hexameter, the most common of all Greek verse.

1180.	There are six feet to the verse, the first five being either
dactyls (that is, one long followed by two shorts — w w), or its

equivalent, the spondee (that is, two longs---). The sixth foot

is always a spondee.

1181.	In dactylic hexameter the ictus (verse accent) is always
on the first syllable of each foot.

1182.	The fifth foot is usually a dactyl, only about one verse in
twenty having a spondee in this place, which gives the verse a
movement slower than usual. It is then called a spondaic verse.

1183.	In each foot one part is distinguished from the other by
a slight stress of voice, called the ictus.

1184.	The final syllable of a verse may be either long or short,
hut as there is a slight pause here, the final syllable in hexameter
is always considered long, making the last foot of the verse always
a spondee, 1180.

1185.	Whenever a word ends within a foot, it is called caesura.
If this coincides with a pause in the verse, it is called the caesura
of the verse. The caesura is employed with great skill in
the Homeric poems to make the verse more melodious and to aid
in its recital.

1186.	There is almost always a caesura in the third foot. It
occurs either after the first syllable of the foot, or else between
the two short syllables.

1187.	The pause after the first syllable is called the masculine
caesura, that after the second the feminine.

1188.	Whenever the end of a word coincides with the end of
a foot, it is called diaeresis. When this falls with a pause, it is
called the diaeresis of the verse.

<pb n="341"/>1189-1192]

HOMERIC GREEK

1189.	The most important diaeresis is the one which comes at
the end of the fourth foot. From its common employment in
pastoral poetry it is called the bucolic diaeresis.

1190.	For metrical purposes all vowels and syllables of Greek
words may be divided into long and short.

1191.	The rhythm of Greek verse is based upon the regular
succession of long and short syllables.

1192.	To obtain facility in reading the verse, a considerable
quantity of it should .be memorized, special attention being paid
to the quantity (that is, twice as much time should be given to
each long syllable as to a short), and the pauses should be carefully
observed. Although English verse is primarily accentual
rather than quantitative, still the memorizing of a few lines of
English dactylic hexameter (Longfellow’s “ Evangeline,”1 for
example, mediocre though it be) will materially aid in getting the
swing and the movement of the Greek hexameter.

1 This is the forest primaeval, the murmuring pines and the hemlocks,
Bearded with moss, and in garments green, indistinct in the twilight,
Stand like Druids of eld, with voices sad and prophetic,

Stand like harpers hoar, with beards that rest on their bosoms.

<pb n="342"/>GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

Note. — Words preceded by an asterisk (*) are assumed forms; those
followed by an asterisk are Attic, analogous to known Homeric forms, but not
found in Homer; those followed by a double asterisk (**) are Attic not
analogous to Homeric forms ; those followed by a dagger (t) are not Epic, or
Attic, but are Ionic, or Lyric; those followed by a hyphen (-) are stems

(628-630).

A

ἀ-, ἀ-, 11 alpha copulative,” an inseparable
prefix, denoting likeness,
union, association with, intensificar
tion.

ἀ(ν), “ alpha privative see iv-.
a (6s, ἡ, ό').

aan-ros, ον untouchable, invincible.
dyaye (dyw) = yyaye (837).
όγαθόϊ, ή, ον good, noble, brave, useful,
advantageous.

1 Ἀγαμέμνων, o>vos, o Agamemnon,
king of Mycenae, brother of Helen's
husband, Menelaus, and commander
in chief of the allied Greek military
expedition against Troy.
ἀγάν-νιφοΞ, ἡ, ον snow-clad, very
snowy.

ayyekos, ov, 6 messenger, courier,
aye, αγ€Τ€ (άγω), pres. act. imperat.,
used as interject., up ! come ! go !
go to !

ayeipogev (iyelpoj), VS. IjP = ay είρω-
μεν (800), pres, subjunct.
ἀγείρω (άγερ-). ήγειρα, ἀγήγερμαι,
ήγίρθην collect, assemble, gather.
ἀ'γΐμεν(αι) (άγω) — dyetr, pres. act.
inf.

d-7£poo-Tos, ἡ, ov without a prize of
honor, yipas.

ἀγλαόϊ, ή, ov bright, shining, splendid,
glorious.
ἀ-γνο(ι)ί-ω, ήγνοίηο-α fail to notice
(observe), be ignorant of.
dyorres (dyoi), pres. act. particip.
ἀγορά-ομαι, ήγορηο-άμην harangue,
address an assembly.
aylpeve (αγορεύω), vs. 386 = (y 6 ρεύε
(837), imperf.
ἀγορ-εό-ω, ἀγορεύσω, ήγόρευσα speak,
say, tell, harangue, address an
assembly,
ἀγορή, rjs, ἡ assemblage, assembly,
meeting (place), gathering, harangue.

ἀγορήνΒε
(άγορήν, -8ε, 788, 4) to the

assembly.
ayopyaaro (iyo ράομαί) = (yopjaaro
(837).

ἀγορητήϊ, ἀο, ὁ orator, addresser of
an assembly,
ϊ,γχι.near, close (by), at hand,
ἀγ-ω, ἀξω, ήγαγον, ήχα**, ήγμαι*,
ήχβην* lead, drive, conduct,
bring.

a-SaxpvTos, ἡ, ov tearless,
ἀεὶ see aUl.
detSe (άείδω), imperat,
ἀειδον (αείδω) = φειδον (837), imperf.
ἀε(8-ω, ἀΕίσω, ήεισα sing (of), hymn,
chant.

<pb n="343"/>άεςκής]

HOMERIC GREEK

ἀ-εικής, ές unseemly, grievous, shameful,
unfitting,
ἀ-ε'κων, οὐσ α. ον unwilling,
ἀγομαι (άγ-) reverence.
αζόμ,ξνοὶ ὶ ἀγομαι), particip.
ἀ-θάνατος, ἡ, ον deathless, immortal,
imperishable.
ἀβέρι'ζον (ά-θερίζω) — ■ηθύριζον (837),
imperf.

ἀ-θερίξω (θεριδ-) slight, disregard,
despise.

Ἀθηναίη, ης, ἡ = ἀθήνη.

Ἀθήνη, ης, ἡ Athena, goddess of war,
wisdom, and the arts,
αὶ (ό, ή, t6).
αὶ (os, ἡ, δ),
al = cl if, whether.

Aias, αντ-os, ὁ Ajax, after Achilles,
the mightiest of the Greek warriors.
Ἀιγαίων, ωνος, ὁ Aegaeon, a seadivinity.

Ἀίγεΐδης,
ἀο, ὁ son of Aegeus,
Theseus.

αίγί-οχος, ἡ, ον aegis-bearing, aegisholding.

αίγλήεςς,
«rva, ἐν bright, shilling,
gleaming,
αιγῶν (αί£, ah/is, 6, ή),
αίδε'ομας (αίδεσ), αἰδε'σ(<τ)ομαι,
ηδεσ'(σ')άμην, νδοχμαν*, tj Βεσθην

reverence.

“Ἀιδὶ (*'Ats, "Aides, ό).
αΐδο-μαι = αἰδεομαι reverence.
αίδομύνω (αΐδομαι), dual particip.
αίεὶ (αίε'ν, ἀες') (= αἰρει) always,
ever, continually, eternally,
αίέν = αἰες.

αϊθε, used to introduce a wish.
Ἀίθιοιι-εύς, fjos, ὁ Ethiopian,
αίθ-οψ, ou-ος bright, shining, gleaming,
αίμα, αἰματος, τό blood, gore,
αίνος, ή, όν dread(ful), terrible,
awful, painful, sorrowful.

[άλός

ἀινότατοί, -η, ον (aivbs, ή, όν), Superi.
αίνώς terribly, dreadfully, awfully.
α£ξ, αἰγός, ό, ἡ goat,
αίρε'ω (αίρε-, ελ-), αἰρήετω, εελον (εΖλον,
—5SG585), ηρηκα*. ηρημαι*, τ’)ρεθην>:
take, seize, deprive; mid., choose,
take for oneself.

*“Ἀςς, "AiSos, ὁ Hades, god of the
lower world.
αίσα, ης, ἡ fate, lot, portion,
αϊτςος, ἡ, ον blamable, to blame,
guilty, accountable, responsible,
αίχμητής, ἀο, ὁ spearman, warrior,
αϊψα immediately, straightway,
quickly.

ἀκεων, οὐσα, ον silent, in silence,
being silent, quiet.
ἀκουύμ€ν(αι) (ακούω), infin.
δ,κονσα (ακούω) = ήκουσα (S37).
ἀκοΐ-ω, ἀκουοΌμαι, ήκουσα, ἀκήκοα*,
ήκονσμας*, ήκοναθην* hear(ken).
ἀκρος, ἡ, ον sliarp, high, utter.
ἀκρότατος, -η, ον (άκρο;, ἡ, ον), superi.
ἀλα (άλε, ἀλό?, ό, η), acc.
αλαδε = ἀλα-δε (788, 4) to the sea.
ἀλγος, εος, τό grief, pain, woe,
trouble.

ἀλεγίζω (άλεγιδ-) care, reck, consider,
regard, worry.
ἀλε£όμεν(αι) (άλό£ω), infin.
ἀλε'ξω (άλεξ-, ἀλεξε-, ἀλεκ-, ἀλκ-),
ἀλε£ήσ·ω, ήλεξητα (άλαΧκον) ward
off, defend, protect,
ἀλεος, ἡ, ον of the sea, briny, salty,
marine,
αλλὰ but, moreover,
ἀλλη elsewhere.

ἀλλομας (σαλ-, = ἀλ-, 603-604), ἀλε'ο-
μας*, ήλάμην (άλμην) jump, leap,
bound,
ἀλλος, ἡ, ο other, another,
ἀλλο-τε at another time.

ἀλός (άλ?, a\bs, ό, η).

<pb n="344"/>άλόχοϊ]

VOCABULARY

[dvaCcrcrco

ἀ-λοχοϊ (c/. ΜχοΦ), οὐ, ἡ wife,
spouse,
ἀλς, όλος, 6, ἡ sea, brine,
ἀλτο (άλλομαε), aor.
ἀμα at the same time, together with.
ἀ-μβρόοΊο$, ἡ, ον ambrosial, deathless,
immortal, divine, heavenly.
ἀμει/3ώμεναι (αμείβω), fem. plur.
participi

ἀμείβ-ω, αμείψω, ήμειψα, ήμείφθην*

(ex)change; mid., reply, answer,
ἀμείνων, ον (άγαθός, ή, όν), comparat.,
better, braver, superior,
preferable,
ἀμμε (εγώ), acc. plur.
ἀμμι(ν) (εγώ), dat. plur.
ἀ-μυμων, ον blameless, noble,
ἀμΰναι (άμίνω), aor. act. iufin.

&μννον (άμύνω), aor. act. imperat.
ἀμυνω (άμυν~), ἀ,μυνεω*, ημϋνα ward
off, defend, protect, avert,
ἀμιίξειε (άμύσσω),

ἀμΰσσω (άμυχ-), ἀμύξω, ημυξα* (ήμυ-

ξάμην) gnaw, tear, bite, scratch,
ἀμφ-ηρεφής, fe covered at both ends,
ἀμφί, adv., and prep, with gen., dat.,
and acc., about, around; adv.,
around, about, on both sides; with
gen., around, about, concerning,
for (the sake of) ; with dat.,
around, about, because of, concerning,
at, by ; with acc., around,
about.

ἀμφι-βαίνω (βαν-, βα-), ἀμφιβήσω
(άμφιβήετομαι), ἀμφεβησα (άμφ-
ε'βην), ἀμφίβε'βηκα, ἀμφιβεβαμαι*,

ἀμφεβάθην* surround, go (a)round,
protect.
ἀμφιβέβηκας (άμφφαίνω), perf.
ἀμφι-γυήεΐϊ, εετετα, ἐν wobbly-kneed,
bow-legged, bandy-legged; possibly
skillful, ambidexterous,
c μφι-κΰπελλον, οὐ, τό double cup,

goblet; it may be turned upside
down, the bottom forming another
receptacle.
ἀμφσμε'λα;, αινα, αν black all round,
very black,
ἀμφω, ouv, dual, both,
ἀν = κε'(ν) (1085-1091).
ἀν, vs. 143, — ἀνά.

ἀν- (ά- before consonants), “ alpha
privative,'’ an inseparable adverb
and preposition, not, un-, dis-, -less,
without.

ἀνὰ (άν), adv., and prep, with gen.,
dat., and acc., (up)on, along, up
through, thereon, high on; adv.,
(up)on, thereon ; with dat., (up)on,
along; with acc., through( out), up
through.

ἀνα-βαίνω (βαν-, βα-), ἀναβήσω (άνα-
βήετομαι), ἀνε'βησα (άνεβην), ἀνα-
βε'βηκα, ἀναβεβαμαι · , ἀνεβάθη ν* go

up, ascend.
ἀναβά,ιrres, ἀναβάς (ά,ναβαίνω), αΟΎ. act.

participp.
avdyovro (avayut') — ἀνή^γοντο (#27),
imperf.

ἀν-άγ-ω, ἀνάξω, ἀνήγαγον, ἀνήχα**,
ἀνήγμαι*, ἀνήχθην* lead forth, set
out, go forth, drive, carry,
ἀνα- δυ -ω, ἀναδυσω, ανίδυσα (άνί'δνν),
ἀναδεδυκα, ἀναδίδυμαι*, ἀ.ν€δύθην*
rise, emerge, “ dive up,1’ plunge up.
ἀνα-θηλ€-ω, ἀναθηλήσω, ἀνίθήλησat
sprout, bloom (forth, anew), bud
(again), blossom,
ἀν-αιδίίη, η$, ἡ shamelessness,
ἀν-αιδής, h shameless, unfeeling.
ἀνάίξας (araiircru), aor. act. particip.

ἀν-αιρ€ω (αίρ«-, IX-), ἀναιρήσω, ἀν^-
eXov (άνίϊλον, 584-585), ἀνηρηκα*,
ἀντ)'ρημαι*, ἀντ)ρίθην* take up,
snatch up, seize.

ἀν-αίσσω (ραι-puc-), ἀναίξω, ἀνήιξα,

<pb n="345"/>άναξ]

ἀνηίχθην start up, dart up, spring
up.

ἀναξ, ἀνακτοξ, ὁ king, lord, protector,
chief (tain).

CLv-cL-7roivos, ov unransomed, without
a ransom paid.
ἀνασσα, VS. ΙβΟ (άνάσσω), imperat.
ἀνασσε(ν), vs. 252, (άνάσαω) = ήνασ
σε(ν) (<5'37), imperf.
ἀνάσσω (ρανακ-), ἀνάξω, ήναξα rule
(over), guard, protect,
ἀναστάϊ (άνίστ-ημ5), 2d aor. act.
partieip.

ἀναστ^σβίΕ(ν) (άνίστ ·ημι~), CLOT. act.

optat., caus., 1069.
ἀνάσχεο (άνέχω), 2d aor. mid. imperat,
ἀνασχῶν (άν4χω),2ὰ aor. act.partieip.
ἀνα-φαΐνω (φαν-), ἀναφανεω, ἀνεφηνα,
ἀναπιφηνα’, ἀναπε'φασμαι, ἀνεφά-
νην reveal, show (up), manifest,
ἀνδάνω (σpaS-, σραδε-), ἀδήσω|,
ίϊαδον (= epaSov), εαδα please, delight,
charm.
ἀνδρα, ἀνδράσί(ν'), ανδρες, ἀνδρί, dv-
δρων {άν-ήρ').
ἀνδρο-φόνοξ, ον man-slaying, murderous.

ἀνέβη
(ό,ναβαίνω).
ἀνέδν, ἀνεδόσετο (άναδνω).
ἀν-ίκτ05, ή, όν endurable, bearable,
tolerable.
ἀνέλοντο (άναιρίω), 2d aor. mid.
ἀνεΧῶν (ά,ναφίω), 2d aor. partieip.
ἀνεμος, ον, ὁ wind, breeze.

&v4pas (ανήρ).

ἀνέσταν (άνίστημι), 2d aor. act. indic.,
2d plur.

ἀνοστη (ανίστημι), 2d aor. act. ■
ἀν-ίχω (σεχ-, σχ-), ἀνεξω (άνα-
σχήσω), ἀνε'σχον (άνε'σχεβον), ἀνό-
χωκα, ἀνε'σχημαι* hold up, raise,
endure.

ανήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ (real) man, warrior,

[άιτάνίυ$£(ν)

hero, as distinguished from ἀνθρω-
ποὶ (mere) man.
ἀνθερεών, ώνος. ὁ chin, beard.
ἀνθρω-iros, οὐ, ὁ (mere) man, as distinguished
from ανήρ (real) man,
warrior, hero.
ἀνί,στάμενοε (άνίστημι), present partieip.

ἀν-ί-ο-τημι
(στη-, στα-), ἀναστήσω,
ἀνΐστησα (άνεστην), ἀνεστηκα,
ἀνε'σταμαι*, ἀνεστείθην* stand (up),
set up, raise, (a) rise,
ἀν-ορον-ω*, ἀνώρονσα jump up, spring
up, start up.

ἀνστητην (άνίστ-ημι)' = ἀνεστήτην

(837), 2d aor. dual.
ἀντ-άξΕος. ἡ, ov equivalent, of equal
value.

ἀντην openly, before the face,
ἀντιά-ω, ἀντιάσω (άντιάω, ἀντιόω,

003-004,	945-948),	ήντίασα ap-

proach, prepare, share, partake, go
(come) to meet,
ἀντί-βίην with opposing might, in
opposition, antagonistically,
αντί-βιος, ἡ, ov opposing, hostile,
ἀντί-βεος, ἡ, ov godlike, equal to the
gods, a match for the gods,
ἀντίος, ἡ, ov in opposition, opposing,
hostile, facing, meeting, to meet.
ἀντιόωσαν (άντιάω) = ἀντιάουσαν (.94-5-

94S), pres, partieip., fem.
ἀντι-φ^ρω (φερ-, οί-, ἐνεκ-), ἀντοίσω
bear against, oppose,
ἀνώγ-ω, ἀνώξω, ήνωξα, α,νωγα (/or
ήνωγα ?	884) command, order,

bid.
ἀξω (dycv).
cur’ = ἀπό.

ἀν-αμείβ-ω, ἀπαμείψω, ἀιτήμειψα,
ἀπημείφθην* (ex)change; mid., reply,
answer, respond.
ἀ·π·-άνευ6ε(ν) apart, away.

HOMERIC GREEK

<pb n="346"/>aims]	VOCABULARY	[4	πτω

ἀ-iras, έί-πασα, ἀ-irav all, entire,
whole, all together.
ἀπατηλό$, ή, όν deceitful, false,
ἀπ-αυράω = ἀπαρραω ( ρρά-); irrvperf.,
with aor. meaning ἀπηύρων ; ἀπου-
ρήσ*ω; aor. particip. ἀπούράδ ( =
onroppas) take away, deprive,
snatch away.

ἀπββ-ήσβτο (αποβαίνω).

ἀπ€$4ξατο (αποδέχομαι).

ἀπειλε-ω, απειλήσω, ήπείλησα

threaten, boast, menace.

ἀπεί7Γον — ἀπο€ΐπον.
ἀ-πείρων, ον boundless, limitless.
ἀπεΧΰμαίνοντο (άποΧΰ μαίνομαι).
ἀπέΧϋσβ (άποΧύω).

d-7T€p€io-ios, ον boundless, limitless,
countless, immeasurable.

ἀπ-εχω (σεχ-, σχ-), ἀφεξω (απο-
σχήσω) , ἀπε'σχον (άπ&τχεθον) hold
from.

ἀ-πήμων, ον unharmed, painless,
without hurt (damage, pain, sorrow).

ἀπη
νήδ, cs harsh, cruel, rude.
ἀπηύρων (άπαυράω).
ἀ-πιθε-ω*, ἀπιθήσω, ήπίθησα disobey,
fail to obey, distrust,
αίτιος, ἡ, ον (cf. οπτό) far, distant,
από adv., and prep, with gen., off,
from, away, back.
ἀποαίρεο (άφαιρέω), imperat,
ἀποαιρβΐσθαι (άφαιρέω), infin.
ἀπο~αιρέω — ἀφαιρβω.
από-βαίνω (βαν-, βα-), ἀποβήσω
(άποβήσομαι), ἀπε'βησα (απεβην),
ἀποβ^βηκα, ἀποβε'βαμαι*, ἀπεβά-

θην * depart, go away.

ἀπο-δ^χ-ομαι, ἀποδε'ξομαι, ἀπεδεξάμην
(άπεδεγμην), ἀποδε'δεγμαι, ἀπεδε-

χθην* receive (from), accept (from).

ἀπο-δί-δωμι (δω-,	δο-), αποδώσω,

ἀπ^δωκα, ἀποδ&ωκα,* αποδίδομαι,

ἀπεδόθην give back, restore, return,
give away, pay.
ἀποδουναι (άποδίδωμι), aor. act. infin.
ἀπο-ειπον (ρεπ-), M aor., speak out,
deny, refuse.
d-ποινα, ων, τὰ ransom(s).
ἀπολέσθαι (άπόλλΌμή, aor. infin.
ἀπόΧ€σ(σ)αν (άπόλλνμι) — ἀπώλεσ
(σ)αν (837).
ἀπ-όλλϋμι (όλ-, όλε-, όλο-), ἀπ-
ολίσ(σ)ω, ἀπώλεσ(σ)α, ἀπόλωλα
destroy, kill, ruin; mid., perish,
die.

=Ἀπολλων, ωνος, ὁ Apollo, god of
light, and patron of music, poetry,
and healing.
ἀπο-λϋμαίνομαι (λϋμαν-) purify (oneself),
cleau(se).

ἀπο-λύ-ω, ἀπολυσω, απέλυσα, ἀπο-
λΛυκα*, ἀπολελυμαι, ἀπελύθην

loose, set free.

ἀπο-νοστε-ω*, ἀπονοστήσω, ἀπενό-
στησα return (home), go (home),
come.

ἀπο-νόσφι(ν) apart, away (from).
ἀποπαύβο (άποπαύ,ω), imperat.
ἀπο-παύ-ω, ἀπο παυσω, ἀπ^παυσα,
ἀποπεπαυκα*, ἀποπεπαυμαι, ἀπε-

παύθην * cease (from), refrain
(from), stop (from), desist, restrain.

ἀπο-στείχω
(στειχ-, στιχ-), ἀπεστιχον

depart, step off, march away.
ἀπόστιχε (άποστείχω), aor. imperat.
απο-τΐνω (τει-, τι-, τινρ-), ἀποτίσω,
ἀπετϊσα, ἀποτε'τΐκα*, ἀποτετΐσμαι*,
ἀπετΐσθην* repay, requite, recompense,
atone for.

ἀποτίσομβν (αποτίνω),
ἀπούράζ (άπαυράω).
ἀ-πρίατο$, ἡ, ον unbought, without
price, free.

απτω (άφ-), αψω* (αψομαι), ήψα,
<pb/>άπωθέω]

HOMERIC GREEK

[ανθ

ημμαι, ήφθην* touch, lay hold of,
attach, attack.
ἀπ-ωθ«ω (ρωθ . ρωβ«-), ἀ-πώσω. ἀιτί-
ωσα, ἀπίωσμαι*, ἀπΐώσ^θην shove
away, push off, drive away.
ἀπώσει (άπωθδω).

αρ, ἀρα, ρα naturally, of course, as
you know, as you might expect,
that is, in effect. It is not always
translatable into English, which
has for it no exact equivalent.
ἀρά-ομαι, ἀρησομαι, ήρησάμην, ήρα-
μαι* pray, curse, invoke,
ἀρ-αρ-ίο-κω (άρ-), ήρσα (ήραρον),
ἀρηρα, ήρθην suit, adapt, adjust.
apyaX«os, ἡ, ον horrible, terrible,
awful, cruel, difficult.

'Apyelos, on, 6 Argive, Greek.

"Apyos, «os, to Argos, a country and
city in Greece.
apyos, ή, όν bright, shining, swift,
flashing.

apyvpeos, ἡ, ον silver(y), of silver,
ἀργυρό-πίζος, a, ov silvery-footed.
apyvpo-Tof-os, ov of a silver bow,
equipped with a silver bow, silverbowed
(one), Apollo.

ἀροίοσι(ν') (dpdwv, ov).

αρτίων, ον (άγαθός, ή, όν) comparat.

(754, 1), better, mightier, braver,
ἀρήγ-ω, ἀρήξω, ήρηξα help, assist,
succor,
ἀρήν, ἀρνός, ό, ἡ lamb.
ἀρηξαl (appyoi), aor. infill,
ἀρρξείν (ippyA).
ἀρητήρ, qpos, ὁ priest, pray-er.
apio^reOs, fjos, ὁ chief, nobleman,
leader.

αρισTOs, ἡ, ov (ayaflos, ή, όν) superi.,
best, noblest, bravest, fairest,
αρ-νυ-μαι, ἀρεομαι*, ήρόμην (ήράμην)

acquire, win, save, preserve.
ἀρνων (άρήν, &pvbs, ό, ή).

ἀρσαμτις (άραρίσ κἈ), aor. particip.
ἀρχός, ον, ὁ leader, commander,
ruler, chief, guide, pilot,
ἀρχ-ω, αρξω, ήρξα, ήρχα®, ήργμαι*
ήρχθην* begin, be first, lead, rule,
a-o-pco-ros, ov inextinguishable.
ἀσσα (οστις, ijris, δ τι), nom. and ace.

plur. neut.
ασο-ον (αγχι) comparat., nearer,
closer.

ἀο-τίροπητήβ, ἀο, ὁ hurler of lightning.

ἀτάρ
= αΰτάρ (571) but, moreover,
on the other hand.
ἀταρτηρόΞ, ή, όν harsh, bitter,
ἀ-τίλίΰτητοβ, ov unaccomplished.
ατ«ρ apart, away (from), without,
ἀτη, η$, ἡ blind infatuation, folly,
ruin, misfortune, hurt.

ἀ-τΐμάΐω (τϊμαδ-), ατιμάσω*. ήτίμασα

dishonor, insult, slight, despise,
ἀ-τΐμά-ω, ἀτΐμήσ·ω, ήτΐμησ·α, dishonor,
insult, slight, despise,
α-τϊμο?, ov dishonored, unhonored,
despised.

ἀτϊμότατος, p, ον (άτιμος, ov), superlat.
Ἀτρίΐδηβ, So, ὁ son of Atreus, usually
refers to Agamemnon.

Ἀτρ«ΐων, covos, ὁ son of Atreus, usually
refers to Agamemnon.
arpvyeros, ov barren ? restless ? a
word of uncertain meaning.
αΰ anew, again, a second time, but
now.

ανδά-ω, ανδήσω*. ηνδησ·α speak, say,
declare, shout, cry out.
ανδή, ήβ, ἡ voice, speech, discourse,
language, sound, cry.
αν«ρνω (= ἀν-ρ«ρυω =r ἀρ-ρ«ρνω:
ρ«ρν-, ρρυ-), αν«'ρνσα draw up (the
head).

αϋθ', VS. 370 = αΰτ€ (575, 58A).
αΰθ , VS. 4-9% — αΰθι.

<pb n="348"/>αΐίι]	VOCABULARY	Γβοΰε

αδθι here, there, in this (that) place,
αύτάρ (άτάρ, 571) but, moreover, on
the other hand.
αίτ£ anew, again, a second time, but
now.

ἀΰτή, ήε, ἡ battle-cry, war-whoop,
αϋτ-ήμαρ (on) the (self)same day.
αύτίκα on the spot, immediately,
forthwith.
avTLs back again, anew'.
αύτίχ — αύτίκα. (575, 582).
αϋτόϊ, ή, ὁ self, him(self), her(self),
it (self), same,
αυτού there, at that place,
αΰτωϊ in the same way, thus, so, as
matters now are.
ἀφ-αιρίω (αιρὶ , 4λ-), ἀφαιρήσ*ω, ἀφί-
ίλον (άφίΐλον, 584-585), ἀφήρηκα*,
ἀφήρημαι*, ἀφηρ«'θην* take away,
rob, deprive.

&φαρ immediately, forthwith.
ἀφέ\εσθε (άφαι.ρύω ), 2d aor. mid.
αφ€νο$, €os, to wealth, riches.
ἀφέξει. (άπέχω), fut.
ἀιplec (αφίρμι), imperf.
ἀφ-ί-ημι (<τη-, σ«- = ή-, 4-, 603-604)
ἀφήσω, ἀφίηκα (άφήκα), ἀφ«ϊκα*,
ἀφοΐμαι,* ἀφείθηυ send away, dismiss,
hurl, drive (off).
ἀφύξενν (άφύσσω).

ἀφΰ(Γσω (άφυγ-), ἀφύξω dip up, draw
(out), collect, heap up.

Ἀχαιίϊ, iSos fem., Achaean.

'Ἀχαιό;, οΰ, ὁ Achaean, Greek.
Ἀχιλ(λ)€υ5, ηοε, ὁ Achilles,
αχ-νυ-μαι be grieved, be vexed, be
enraged,
α,χοϊ, eos, τό woe, pain, grief,
αψ back (again), backward(s).

B

βαθύ$, «ία, v deep, profound,
βαίνω (βαν , βα-), βήσω (βήσομαι),

εβησα (εβην), βε'βηκα, βίβαμαι.*,
ίβάθην* come, go, walk,
βάλλεο (βάλλω), imperat, mid.
βάλλω (βαλ-, βλη-), βαλεω, εβαλον,
βίβληκα, βε'βλημαι, «βλήθην * throw,
hurl, shoot, dash,
βαρύβ, eta, ύ heavy, weighty, violent,
severe, grave, serious, important.
βασιλ*ύ5, fjos, ὁ king, ruler, chieftain).

βατήν
(βαίνω) = έβάτην (837), 2d
aor., dual.
βεβήκα(ν) (βαίνω) = έβεβ·ήκει(ν) (837),
pluperf.

βίλο5. «os, τό (cf. βάλλω) dart, arrow,
shaft, missile,
βίνθοε, «os, τό depth.
βη (βαίνω) = ίβη (837), 2d aor.
βηλό5, οΰ, ὁ threshold.
βησαν, βηαε (βαίνω), aorr. (837),
causat. (1069).

βήσομεν (βαίνω), VS. 144 — βήσωμαν
(800), aor. act. subjunct., causat.

(1069).

βίη, ηβ, ἡ strength, might, violence.
βι05, οΰ, ὁ bow.

βουλεύσαντε (βουλεύω), aor. act. particip.,
dual.
βουλεύ-ω, βουλεύσω, εβούλευσα, βεβού-
λευκα*, βεβοΰλευμαι.*, «βουλεΰθην*

plan, counsel, advise, deliberate.

βουλή,
ήβ, ἡ plan, will, wdsh, purpose,
counsel, council.
βουλη-φόρο5, ον counsel-bearing, full
of counsel, discreet,
βούλ-ομαι (βουλ-, βουλ«-), βουλήσο-
μαι*, βε'βουλα, βεβούλημαι.*, ίβου-
λήθην* wish, desire, be willing,
prefer.

βοΰε, βο05, ό, ἡ bull, οχ, cow.
βοΰς (βοΰ$, βοis, ό, ή), VS. 154= acc.
plur.
<pb/>βοώ-πις]	HOMERIC	GREEK	[δασ·μό;

βο-ώπι;, ιδο; fern., calm-eyed, largeeyed,
ox-eyed.

Βριάριω; (= Βριάρηο;, οὐ, ό, 573,
586), ω, ὁ Briareiis, a sear-divinity.
Βρίσου;, ήο;, ὁ Briseus, father of
Briseis.

Βρϊσηis, tSos, ἡ Briseis, daughter of
Briseus.
βροτό;, οΰ, ὁ mortal, man.
βωμό;, οΰ, ὁ (cf. βαίνω) foundation,
base, altar,
βωτι-άνίίρα /em., map-nourishing,
nurturing heroes; as substant.,
nurse of heroes.

Γ

7 = 7^·

γαία, η;, ἡ earth, land, country,
γαίω (γαρ-) rejoice, exult, glory.

■yap postpos. conj., for, in fact,
γὶ postpos. enclit. emphasizing the
preceding word or clause, indeed,
at least, at any rate.
γ<ίνομαι (yev-). ιγιινάμην beget, produce,
bear, be born.

-yt'Xos, οὐ, ὁ laughter, merriment, hilarity.

-ytv«f|,
t]s, ἡ generation, family, stock,
γόνοτο (ylyvopat) = όγόνοτο (837s) , 2d
aor.

yh-ηται (γίγνομαι), 2d aor. subjunct.
yivovro (ylyvopai) = iytvovro (837),
2d aor.

γοραιό;, ή, όν old, aged, ancient;

masc. as substant., old man.
ye'pas, aos, to prize (of honor).
γίρων, ovtos, ὁ old man.
γηθί'ω (γηθ-, γηθί-), γηθήσω, έγήθησα,
γόγηθα rejoice, be glad, exult,
γηύήσαι (y-ηθέω), aor. optat.
γήρα;, αο;, τό old age, eld.
γί-γνομαι (ytv~, γ«ν«-, γον-), γ€νήσο-
/ -μαΐί'γ ίγίνόμην, γόγονα, γίγί'νημαι*,

Ιγίνήθηνὶ become, be, arise, be
born.

γι-γνώσκω (γνω-, γνο-), γνώο-ομαι,
"ΤγνωνΓ ϊγνωκα*, ίγνωσμαι*. ογνώ-
σθην* know, recognize, learn, perceive.

γλαυκ-ώπι;,
ιδο; feni.. gleamingeyed,
flashing-eyed, “owl-eyed.”
γλυκίων, ον (γλυκΰ;, €ία, ΰ) comparat.,
sweeter,
γλυκύ;, € ία. ύ sweet,
γλώσσα, η;, ἡ tongue, speech, language.

γνώ,
γνώωσι (γιγνώσκω), 2d aorr., act.

subjunct.
γόνυ, γουνό; (γούνατο;) τό KNEE,
γουνάζομαι (cf. γόνυ), γουνάο-ομαι

embrace the knees, entreat, implore.

yo'vwv
(γόνυ, γουνό;, τό).
γον'], γυναικό;, ἡ woman, wife.

Δ

δ’ = δὶ (575).

δαιμόνιο;, ἡ, ον possessed (by a daemon)
; good friend ; crazy, foolish,
wretch.

δαίμων, ovo;, ό, ἡ divinity, god, goddess.

δαί-νϋ-μι
(cf. δαί;), δαία-ω, ϊδαισα*
(ίδαισάμην) entertain, feast, banquet.
,

δαί;, δαιτό;, ἡ portion, feast, banquet,
δάκρυ, υο;, τό tear.

δακρυ-ω*, δακρυσω*, όδάκρΰσα, διδά-
κρυμαι weep, shed tears.
δαμχ) (δαμάζω) = δαμάει (584-—5S5), =
δαμασα (603-604) fut.
δαμάζω* (δαμαδ-). δαμά(σ)ω, ίδάμασ-
(σ)α, «δαμάσθην subdue, overcome,
crush, DOMINATE.

Δαναό;, οΰ, ὁ Danaan, Greek.
δασμό;, οΰ, ὁ division (of spoil).

<pb n="350"/>8άσ·(<τ)αντο]

VOCABULARY

[Διί

δάσ(σ)αντο (δατέομαι) = έδάσ(<τ)αντο
(887), aor.

8 arto μα L (8ατ-, δατε-), δάα (σ)ομαι,
ίSatr(σ')άμην, δέδασμαι divide, distribute,
allot.
δ«, postpos. conjunct., and, but, for,
so.

-δε, with ace., (788, 4) to, up to.
δϋασται (δατέομαι), perf.
δείδοικα (δείδω).

δείδω (δρει-, δροι-, δρι-), δείσομαι,
«δεκτά, δείδοικα (δείδια) fear, be
afraid.

δειλός, ή, όν fearful, cowardly, cringing,
miserable, pitiable,
δεινός, ή, όν dread(ful), awful, terrible,
fearful,
δέκατος, ἡ, ον tentll.
δέμας, αος, τό build, stature, size,
form, body, structure.
δέξασθαι, δέξατο (δέχομαι).
δεξιτερός, ή, όν right (hand), lucky,
δέος, δέος (δείους), τό fear, dread,
timidity,
δέ-π-ας, αος, τό cup, goblet,
δέρκομαι (δερκ-, δορκ-, δρακ-), έδρα-
κον, δέδορκα, έδέρχθην* (έδράκην*)
see, look, behold,
δέρω (δερ-, δαρ-), δερε'ω*, έδειρα, δέ-
δαρμαι' , εδάρην* skin, flay,
δεσμός, οΰ, ὁ (c/. δέω) bond, band,
fetter.

δένομαι (δεν-, δευε-), δενήσομαι, εδεν-

ησα lack, need, be in want,
δεύρο hither, to this place, here,
δεύτερος, ἡ, ον second, succeeding,
later.

δέχθαι (δέχομαι), aor, infill.
δέχ-ομαι, δέξομαι, έδεξάμην (έδέγμην),
δέδεγμαι, έδε'χβην* receive, accept,
δέ-ω, δήσω, έδησα, δέδεκα*, δέδεμαι,
εδέθην* bind, tie.
δή indeed, truly, forsooth, now.

δηθνν-ω loiter, tarry, delay,
δηλέ-ομαι*, δηλήσομαι, έδηλησάμην,
δεδήλημαι harm, hurt, destroy,
damage, wrong, ruin. .
δημο-βόρος, ον devouring (the goods
of) the people,
δήν = δρήν, an old accusative, for a
long time, long. .
διά, adv., and prep, with gen. and
acc., through, 'by means of, on account
of; adv., between, among;
with gen., through; with acc.,
through, by means of, on account
of, during.

Ἀία (Zei/s, Ai6s, 6), acc.
δι-άν-διχα. in two ways, differently.

δια-πέρθω (ιτερθ-, ιτορθ-), διαπέρσω,
διέιτερσα (διέτραθον) sack (utterly,
thoroughly), plunder, pillage, devastate.

δια-ιτρήσσω
(πρηκ-), διαπρήξω, διέ-
7τρη(α. διαπέπρηνα(. διαιτέιτρη-

γμαιί, διεπρήχθηνὶ go across, pass
through, traverse, pass over, accomplish.	h

διαστήτην
(διίστημι) = διεστήτην (837),
2d aor. dual.
δια-τμή-yiv (τμη-y-, τμαγ-), διατμήξω*,
διέτμηξα (διέτμαγον), διετμάγην
separate, divide, part, cut apart,
split.

δί-δωμι (δω-, δο-), (δι)δώσω, έδωκα,
δέδωκα', δέδομαι, εδόθην give, grant,
bestow.
διείρεο (διείρομαι), imperat.
δι-ε£ρομαι (εΐρ-, είρε-), διειρήσομαι inquire
into, ask about item by item.
διεπράθομεν (διαπέρθω).
δι-έπω (σειτ-, tnr-), διέψω, διέσιτον
accomplish, perform, go through,
be engaged in.
διέτμαχεν (διατμήχω).

AU (Zevs, Aios, δ), dat.
<pb/>δΐί(ΓΤημΐ]

HOMERIC GREEK

[ίίδω

δι-ί-στημι (στη-,	στα-),	διαστήσω,

δι,^στησα (δΐ€<πην), δι&πηκα, 8U-
σταμαι*? διεστάθην* stand apart,
separate, divide.

Sii-4>iXos, ἡ, ον dear to Zeus, beloved
of Zeus.

5i/ca^u€v(cu) (δικάζω), infill.
δικάζω (δικαδ-), δικά<τω*, Ιδίκασ(<τ)α,
δεδίκακα*'*', δβδίκασμαι*, Ιδικάσθην*
judge, decide, pronounce judgment.
SiKcur-iroXos, οὐ, ὁ judge, arbiter, dispenser
of justice.
δΐο-·γ€νήξ, te born of Zeus, Zeusdescended.

Διό*
(Zetfs, Διδ$, ό).

8tos, α, ον divine, godlike, glorious,
heavenly.
διο-τρ€φήδ, te Zeus-nourished, under
the protection of Zeus,
δί-ιπυξ, υχοε double, two-fold.
δοΐεν (δίδωμι), 2d aor. optat.
δολο-μήτηε, ἀο, ὁ deceiver, craftyminded.

δόμ«ν(αι)
(δίδωμι), 2d aor. injin.
δόν-res (δίδωμι), 2d aor. particip.
δόρυ, δουρόβ (δούρατοδ), τό beam,
timber, spear.
δό$ (δίδωμι), 2d aor. act. imper,
δόσαν (δίδωμι) — Έδοσαν (827) , 2d aor.
δονρὶ (δόρυ, δουρόϊ, τό).

Δρύας, αυτός, ὁ Dryas,
δΰνα-μαι, δυνήσ*ομαι, δεδύνημαι*, «δυ-
νάστην be able, have power, can.
δύο (δύω) two.
δ(υ)ω-δ€κατο5, ἡ, ον twelfth,
δώ, indecl., τό house, home,
δω-δόκατο?, ἡ, ον (δυωδ^κατοε, ἡ, ον)
twelfth.

δώ^(σι) (δίδωμι), 2d aor. act. subjunct.,
2d sing,
δωκε (δίδωμι) = «δω/ce (827), aor.
δώμα, ατοε, τό house, home, building,
δώρον, οὐ, τό gift, present.

δώ<Γ€ΐ (δίδωμι).

δφ(<η) (δίδωμι), 2d aor. act. subjunct.,
3d sing,
δώσονσι (δίδωμι) i
δώωσι (δίδωμί), 2d aor. subjunct.

E

e (rfb, Io), acc. sing.

ea (Ιάω) = eae (584-585), imperat.

Ιάω (crepa-), Ιάσ*ω, etacra, «Εακα*,
«ϊαμαι*, «Ιάθην* permit, allow, *
leave.

Έβαν (βαίνω) = Έβησαν 2d aor.

Έβη (βαίνω), 2d aor.

Ιγγυαλίζω (Ιγγυαλιγ-), 4γγυαλί£ω, ήγ-
γυάλιξα grant, present with.

Έγνω (yr/νώσκω), 2d aor., 3d sing.
4γώ(ν), €μ€Ϊο I.

Έδειραν (δέρω).

Έδεισε(ν) (δείδω).

έδέξατο (δέχομαι).

εδησαν (δέω).

έδητύξ, ύοξ, ἡ food, feed.

e8os, eos, τό seat, abode, habitation.

Έδωκε(ν) (δίδωμι).

ULko<ti— €Ϊκο(τι twenty.

eeiTTes = e?7res (εϊρω).

«'λδωρ indecl., τό desire, wish,
εξομαι (o*e8-, = 18-, 603-604), €<τ<Γομαι,
eto-α, Ι(€)σσάμην sit down, seat.
εηκε (ΐημι).
eijos (10s).

(έ)θ€,λω («OeX-, 40eXe-), έθβλήσω, ήθε'-
λησα, ήθεληκα* wish, desire, be
willing.
εΟεν, εθέν (εΐο, έο).

Έθεσαν, Έθηκε (τίθημι), OOrr.

1)	el, interj., up 1 come ! go to !

2)	el (al) if, whether.

*«ΐδω («Ι'δομα) (pei8-, pod)-, ριδ-),
βίδήσω (eftropai), et8ov, οΐδα, pluperf.
η Sea ; in act.: aor. see ; fat.
and perf. know; mid. seem, appear.

<pb n="352"/>VOOABULABY

[£λ.αννω

etSios]

είδώϊ
(*€Ϊδω) perf. act. particip.
et# - etre (575, 582').
cliKocru = £€ ίκόο~ὶ twenty.
ίΐκτην (*βΓκω), pluperf.

*€Ϊκω (pene-, poutc-, FlK“)’	εοικα

be'like, resemble, be fitting, seem
(likely), appear (suitable).
elhyXovdas (βρχομαί).

*€Ϊλω (d'Xopcu) (pe\-), αλσ*α, ecXpai,
Ιάλην crowd, drive.

€Ϊρι (ct-, 1-), etcropat come, go ; pres.
o/ien with fut. meaning, shall (will)
come, go.
elpC («Γ-), €<τ(<τ)όμαι be, exist.
elvcu (efytf), infin.

6Ϊν€κα = ϊν€κα (571) on account of,
because of, for the sake of.
do (4o) of him, her, it.
cios = ijos while, until,
ebras, efrre, ei’W, elireiv, elires, €ιτγτ),
efrroi, elTroVj €ΐπῶν (efpw), i?d

aor.

ii'popai (= lp€e>) (dp-, €lp€-), £ΐρή(ΓΟ-

μαι ask, inquire, question, seek.
«(Op^cu (f^*-),	€(0	ρύ<τ(σ·)ομαι,

€(1)ρυσ·(σ·)άμην save, preserve,
observe, protect, guard, retain.

«Ι'ρω (ptp -, ρρη-, ptir-). €p€to, tiTTOV
(eeitrov). «ΐρηκα*, ιιρημαι. €ρρή$ην

speak, say, tell,
els, es, adv. and prep, with ace., into,
to, until, therein,
els, μία, ev one, only, sole.

Ultras, tier ἡ s (Iros, τ] {έί<τη), or).
eiire(v) (ffouai) aor., eausat., {1069).
etaerat (%ιδω).
ΐίσί(ν) (eip£), 3dplur.
el'o-ω into, within, often with acc.
etre . . . etre whether ... or.
ίκ (ejj), adv., and prep, with gen,, out
of, (away) from.
ϊκά-epyos (ρίκάρίργος), οὐ, ὁ freeworker,
working his will, Apollo.

έκάη (καίω).

ϊκασTOs, ἡ, ον each, every.
ίκατή-βέΧότης, So, ὁ free-shooter,
free-sliooting, sharp-shooter, epithet
of Apollo.
ίκατη-βόΧος, οὐ, ὁ free-shooter, sharpshooter,
free-shooting, sharp-shooting,
shooting according to will,
sure-shooting, Apollo.
exaToy-xeipos, ov hundred-handed,
hundred-armed,
ίκατόμ-βη, η$, ἡ HECATOMB, sacrifice,
a. number of animals, originally
one hundred cattle, offered in sacrifice.

«κατος,
ου, ὁ free-shooter, sharpshooter.

eKetvos,
η, o (κίϊνος, ἡ, o) that (one);

he, she, it.

€Κηα. {καίω).

ίκη-βόλος, οὐ, ὁ free-shooter, sharpshooter,
epithet of Apollo, originally
an adjective, shooting according
to will (desire, inclination,
pleasure); as substant., freeshooter,
sure-shooter, sharpshooter,
βκλαγξαν
(κλά(ω).
tVXve, eicXvej, e/cXvov {*k\cύω).
cK-u-ayXos, ov terrible, dreadful, awful,
frightful, fearful,
ίκιταγλότατοί, ἡ, ον {%κπαy\os, ον),
superi.

4κ-·π·άγλως terribly, horribly, awfully,
dreadfully, frightfully.

£κ Ίτίρθω (πίρθ-, -ϊτραθ-), «κιτ^ρσω,

έξί'πΈρσ’α (Ιξίτραθου) sack (utterly),
plunder, pillage, devastate.
€Κ-τάμ-νω, ἀΧ'ταμον cut out.

'Έκτωρ, ορος, o Hector, son of Priam,
and leader of the Trojans.

Ιλα-ύν-ω (c/. ίλάω) drive, carry on,
strike, push, press.

<pb n="353"/>ίίλαφος,

HOMERIC GREEK

«Χαψος, οὐ, ό, ἡ deer, stag, hind, doe.
ίλά-ω, έλά(σ) (σ)ω, ήλασ(σ)α, 4λή-
λακα*, έλήλαμαι, ήλάθην* drive,
carry on, strike, push, press.
tXe (αίρίω) = ίελε (837), 3d aor.

IXeXi £ω* (ίλικ-)ι «λί'λιξα, έλϊλίχθηυ
shake, twirl, twist, coil, make
tremble, brandish.

4XeiVgrai (έρχομαι),
ελεφε (λεπω).

έλθέμεν(αι), έλθονσα, έλθῶν (έρχομαι),
3d aor., infinitives andpartt.
ίλίκ-ωψ, ωποϊ, masc.; eXiK ajTTLs. lSos,
/em., bright-eyed, flashing-eyed.
ελιπε (λείπω).

ελιὰ σ"ω (peXnc-), ίλίξω*, Ιίλιξα, ee'Xl-
γμαι, «λίχθην (« = «ι, 584-585)
twirl, twist, curl, turn, roll.
ίλκεο (Άκω), mid. imperat,
έλκω (ctcXk-, = ίλκ-, 603—604) draw,
drag, pull, tug.
ϊλον (atρέω) = 'έελον (837).
ελύντε, έλουσα (αΙρεω), 3d aor.partt.
eXtrat (ειλω).

ίλωμαι, ελῶν (αίρίω), 3d aor. forms.
ΙΧώριον, οὐ, τό booty, spoil(s), prey.
εμ =t έαέ, δμέθεν, εμεΐο, έμευ (έ"/ώ) .
εμεν(αι), εμμεν(αι) = είναι (είμί).
εμμορε (μείρομαι).
έμΰΐ (έχώ).

Ιμ05, ή, όν my, mine.
έμπεφννϊα (έμφύω), perf. particip., fem.
ϊμ-ίΓηδ nevertheless, for all that, by
all means, absolutely, completely.
4μ-φΰ-ω, 4μφυσ·ω, 4ν€φΰίτα (ίνεφϋν),
ίμπίφΰκα grow in(to), cling very
closely.

4v(i), «tv, adv., and prep, with dat.,
in, at, among, on, there(in, on)..
Iv-avrtos, ἡ, ον opposite, facing, before,
to meet.

«ναρίζω (ίναριγ-), Ιναρίξω, ήνάριξα
strip of armor, spoil, slay.

[«όντα

h'-Se^Los, ἡ, ον to(ward) the right,
from left to right.
cv-δοθι within, inside, at home.
ev-€tpL (Icr-), 4νίσ(σ)ομαι be in.
ϊν«α = «ίνεκα (571), with gen.,
usually postpos., on account of,
because of, for the sake of.

ένηεν (ενειμι), imperf.

«νθα then, thereupon.
ivi - tv.

«νν-ήμαρ (for) nine days.

«ν-όρ-νΰ-μι, evopo-ω. ἐνώpcra (Ινώρορον),
ίνόρωρα, ΙνορώρΕμαι rouse among,
kindle among, excite.
tvro (ίημι), 3d aor. mid.

«ντο? within, inside.

ίνωρτο (ένόρνϋμί), 3d aor. mid.

i( = is.

εξαχε (ίξάχω), imperat.
ίξ-άγ-ω, «ξάξω, Ιξήγαγον, «ξήχα**,
Ιξήγμαι*, έξήχβην* lead out, lead
forth, bring forth.

Έξάδιοϊ, οὐ, ὁ Exadius.
έ( αλα7τά(ω (άλαπαγ-), «ξαλα-π-άξω,
«ξηλάπαξα sack utterly, destroy
utterly.

ίξαύδὰ (έ(αυύάω) = ίξαύδαε (584-585),

■ imperat.

ίξ-αυδά-ω, ίξαυδήσω*, ίξηΰδησα speak
out, tell, say, declare.

Ιξ-αΰτΐϊ again, anew, then.

«ξίίηϊ one after another, in turn, in
order. '

ίξ-ίίρω (ρ«ρ-, ρρη-, F«ir-), εξερέω,
Ιξεΐπον, Ιξβίρηκα*, έξςίρημαι, 4£€ρρή-

θην speak out, tell, say, declare. -
έξ€πράθομ€ρ (ίκπέρθω),
έ&ρέω (^|etpw).
έξέταμον (έκτάμνω).

Ιο, do (760) of liim, her, it.

HollCC (*£ΪΚω), perf.

έοικώς (*efrcw), perf. act. particip,'

έόντα, έόντ€ϊ (ei/x/), participles.

<pb n="354"/>Erechtheum

Statue of Athena

Parthenon

Propylaea

THE ACROPOLIS OF ATHENS (Restoration)
<pb/>ios]

VOCABULARY

ios, ίή, iiv = os, ή, δν his, her(s), its
(own).

iovirctv, έούστ] (εΐμί), f'em. participles,
ir = έτὶ (575).

Ιπ-αγίίρω (άγίρ-), Ιπήγίίρα, ίπαγήγίρ-
pcu, €-πηγ€ρθην collect, gather (together)
.

ίΐΓ-αίτιο$, ον blameworthy, responsible,
blamable, accountable,
έτὶ απείλέ-ω, eiraireiXf|<rii>, Ιιι-ηικίληο-α
threaten (against), boast,
ίπ-άρχ-ω, in-άρξω, ίΐτήρξα, iirfjpyptu*,
Ιπήρχθην* begin, perform the initiatory
rites.
έτάσαντο (τατεομαι).

€π-ασ·σ·ύτ€ρο5, ἡ, ον thick, close, in
quick succession, crowded.
€ir-avpCo-Ko>* (iiravpfa)*) («ιταυρίσκο-
pcu) (αύρ-, αϋρ«-), ίπανρήσομαι,
«ravpov enjoy, reap the benefit of.
eVea, 4τίεσi (t'sros, eos, τi) .

Iirif when, since, for.
esrei = έτεϊ («Vos, eos, τό) (584-585).
έπ€ΐ8ή when, since, for, indeed.
ετειθ' (vs. 5SS) = esreira (575, 582).
*ΐτν-ίίκω (peiK-, ροικ-, ρικ-), «τίοικα
perf. as pres., be seemly, be fitting
either (in addition, also).

€·π·-€ΐμι (el-, 1-), eereitropetL come (upon,
on), approach.
ετεισί(ν) (ετειμc), 3d sing.
eirevra then, thereupon.
eir-eoiKa (peiK-, ροικ-, ρικ-),perf. only,
be fitting (either, also).
ίτετείθεθ’ (έτιτείθομαι) = ίτετείθετο

(575, 582).
έτέτ\εον (έτιτλέω).
έτερρώταντο (έτφρώομαί).
ίιτ-όρχομαι («ρχ-, «Χθ-, «Χίυθ-, ίλνθ-),
«TiXevo-opai, «τήλθον (ίπήλυθον),
€Ίτίλήλυθα (ίπΕιλήλο^θα ; come upon
(to, toward), attack.
ετεσ(σ)ι (tiros, eos, τό).

[iiriircjfe,

έτέσσνταὶ (έπισσενω).
έτεστέψαντο (έτοπέφω).

€7Γ-<υ-φημί-ω*. ΙτΓ€υφήμησ·α shout assent,
approve.
ίπ]τείλησε (έτατείλέοι),
ετί, adv., and prep, with gen., dat.,
and acc., to (up)on, against, by;
adv., (up)on, thereon; with gen.,
(up)on, over, during; with dat.,
(up)on, in, for, about, against, at,
beside, by; with acc., (up)on, up
to, over, against.

<etl (ετειμι) = ετεστι, vs. 515.
ίπι-γνάμιτ-τω, «τιγνάμψω*, «πόγναμψα,
ίΐΓίγνάμφθην bend, curb, subdue,
win over.
eiri-eltceXos, ov like, resembling.
ΙΐΓΐ-εική?, es suitable, fitting, proper,
becoming, decent.
ίτεειμένε (ίτihvvpi, έφέννϋμι), perf.

particip., voc.
ίτιίλτεο (ίτιέΧτω), imperat, mid.
ίΐΓΐ-όλιτω (peXir-, ρολιτ-), eireoXira
cause to hope, make hope; mid.,
hope (for), wish for, desire, expect.

iiri-ivvvpi*
(Ιφ-όννΰμι*) (ίφόννυμαι)
(pttr-), hf)tcr(<r)w, ιφ£σσα. Ιφεΐμαι
(ΐφίσραι), both with and without
elision, clothe, invest.
«·π·ι-κρ(αι)αίνω (κραν-), ΐπ^κρήηνα accomplish,
perform, fulfill (also, in
addition).
έτικρήηνον ({τικραια,Ινω), aor. imperat.
ίπι-μόμφ-ομαι, ίΤΓίμόμψομαι*, iirtpep-
ψάμην*, ίπΈμίμφθην* blame, find
fault (with), reproach.
έτιτείθεο (έτιτείθω), mid. imperat.
ΙτΓΙ-ΊΤ-ίΙθω (ΐΓϊΐθ-, ΙΓΟίθ-, ΙΓΐθ-), £7ΤΊ-
πίίσω, cireireicra (έτπτεπίθον), ίιτι-
irfπονθα, ί'ΤΓνπί'ΤΓίΐσραι*, lireirtitreqv*
persuade; mid., trust (in), believe,
obey.

<pb n="355"/>!irwr\«i> (τ-Χευ-, ιτλεμ-, πλυ-):. cm-
π^έύιτομαι. επέπλευιτα*, επιπε-
ιτλευκα*, t-π ιπίπ-χ tvcr μα i': sail (upr
oyer), navigate,
επι-ρρώ-ομαι, επερρωιτάμην flow down
(upon), fall upon.

€77ΐ-σ·(<τ)ευω (σ·ευ-, cry-), CTrecr(cr):eija.
έπέσ·<Γυμαι, €ΤΓ6ο*(σ·)ύθην drive on,
hAry on, urge.

ΙΐΓΐ-οτεφ-ω, έιτιστε'ψω*, έιτέστεψα*
(έιτεστεψάμην), επέστεμμαι*, έπε-
επέφθην* surround, encircle, fill
brimming full,
έτπτέλλεο (έπιτό\\ω), mid. impetat.
Ιπι-τέλλω (τ€λ-, ταλ-), επίτειλα, έιτι-
τεταλμαι command, accomplish,
έιτι-τηδε'ϊ sufficiently, in sufficient
numbers, appropriately, suitably.

C7TL φίρω (φερ-, ot-, €V£K-), 4*ΤΓΟ£σ·ω,
έπήνεικα (έιτήνεικον) . έπενήνοχα**,
έπενηνεγμαι*, έιτ-ηνέχθην* bear upon,
bear against,
έιτι-χθόνιο?, ον upon the earth,

. earthly, earth-born, of the earth.
eVXeo, e?rXero (πί\ω), 2d OOT.
ίποίσει (επιφερω).

έιτ-οίχομαι (οΐχ-, οίχε-, οίχο-)·, έιτοι-
χήσομαι*, ‘ έ·π·ωχωκα go to, go

against, attack, ply.

£iros, £os, to word, saying, command,
speech.

Ι'πω (σ£7Γ-, <rir-), εψω, tcr-irov be busy,
perform ; mid., follow, accompany,
attend,
έτπρχετο (έποίχομαε).
έργον (μέργον), οὐ, τό work, deed,
accomplishment, feat.

«ρδω ( from μερζω:	μεργ-, μοργ-),

έρξω, ερξα, έοργα do, perform, make,
sacrifice, work, accomplish.

Ιρίθεζε (ίρεθίξω), imperat.
έρεθίζω (έρεθιδ-) vex, anger,
ίρίθ-ω vex, enrage, torment, tease.

[έο·πόμεθα

ίρείομερ, vs. 62 (όρόω) = όρείωμερ (800),
subjunct.
έρέορτο (εϊρομαε).

ipioma (eίρω), fut. particip., fern.
ipfrps, αο, ὁ oarsman, rower, sailor,
έρετμόν, οΰ, τό oar.
έρέφ-ω*, ερέψω*, ήρεψα roof (over),
cover, build.
ερεψα (έρεφω) = ήρεφα (837).

1) ερε'ω (έρεμ-) ask, inquire, seek; 2)

(ρέω (ΐίρω).
ίρητυ-ω, ήρήτϋσα, ήρητνθην check,
restrain, control, contain, curb,
έρι-βώλαξ, okos rich-clodded, heavyclodded,
fertile,
έριδαίνω (έριδαν-), ήρι6ηο·άμην quarrel,
bicker, strive, fight,
έριδι, epiSos (epis, ερi5os, ή).
ερίζω (έριδ-), ήρισ(σ)α, έρήρισμαι*
quarrel, strive, fight.

£pis, iSos, ἡ strife, quarrel, fight.

{ρίσαρτε (ερίζω), aot. particip.
ερκος, £os, τό hedge, fence, defense,
bulwark, barrier,
έρμα, ατοί, τό beam, prop, support,
stay.

ipos, οὐ, ὁ love, desire, passion.
ερύσ(σ)ομεν, vs. 141 (ipibi) — aor.

subjunct. (800).
έρύω (μερυ-, μρυ-), έρύω, ε£ρυ<τ(σ)α,
εϊρϋ(σ)μαι draw, drag, launch,
έρχομαι ζέρχ-, έλθ-, έλευθ-, ίλυθ-),
έλεύσομαι, ήλθον (ήλυθον), έλήλυθα
(είλήλουθα) come, go.
ερωε-ω, έρωήσω, ήρώησα flow, spout,
spurt, dash.

I; = 'eis.

εσαν (είμί) — i/σαρ (837), imperf.
εσεαι, εσ(σ)εται (είμί).
έσθλόϊ, ή, όν good, noble, brave, true,
helpful, kind(ly), virile.
εσοντο (είμί).
έσπόμεθα ('(πω).

356

HOMERIC GREEK
<pb/>€0-(<r) €ΤαΛ]

VOCABULARY

€σ(σ)ςτcu, έσσί, έσσόμενα, ίσται (€ΐμί).
€σταν (ϊστημι),	009*.

(«μί).

Έστησαν (ϊστημι').
έστΐ(ν), βστόν, έ'στω, έστων (είμΐ).
Έσφαζαν (σφάζω).

€Τ = €ΤΙ (575).
iTcupos (€ταρο$, 571), οὐ, ὁ comrade,
companion, follower, friend.

€T€K€S (τίκτω).

£τέ\εσ(σ) as (τελείω).
ίτ€ρωθ€ν from the other side.
€τ-ήτυμος, ον true, unfailing, sure,
real, actual.

€τι still, in addition, further (more).
crZiras, ετϊσε (τίνω).
ετλη (*τλάω).

4τοψ.ά£ω* (Ιτοιμαδ-), ίτοιμάσω*', ήτοί-
μασ(σ)α prepare, .make ready.
έτράπετο (τρέπω).

€υ, «ΰ well, successfully, happily,
prosperously, favorably, luckily.
Ιυ-δμητοε, ον well-built.

«υ-ζωνος, ον well-girded, beautifulwaisted.

€υκηλος,
ον undisturbed, in peace,
(in) calm, quiet,
ίυ-κνήμίς, t5os well-greaved.

«ΰνή, r\s, ἡ bed, sleeper, anchor-stone,
lair, den.

εύζαμένοιο^ εύξαμένου, εύζαντο (εύχομαι).
€υρίσκω (eup-, €υρ€-), ίύρήσω*, €υρον,
€υρηκα*, €υρημαι*, €υρ€θην*' find,
come upon, hit upon.

Εύρυ-βάτηε, cto, ὁ Eurybates.

€υρύ-οψ, ottos far-thundering (cf. ύψι-
βρεμέτηε); possibly far-seeing.

€vpvs, eta, υ wide, broad, large.

Ivs, €ήθ5. mighty, valiant, good(ly),
€υτ€ when, as.

€v-t€lx€os, ov well-walled.

€υχ-ομαι, €υξομαι, ηυξάμην, ηΰγμαι*
pray, talk loud, boast, exult.

Ρ»

<4χωλή, fjs, ἡ vow, boast, prayer.

%<p‘ = €irt = ivi.
εφατο (φημί).

έφείω (έψίημι) , 2d aor. subjunct.
έφέννΰμὶ {f-πιέννϋμι).

ίφίτμ,ή, fjs, ἡ command, request, behest,
prescription.
ΐφη {φημί).

έφηκε{ν), έφήσξίζ (έφίημι)·

’ίφησ(θα) {φημί).

έφθίαθ’ {φθίνω) = έφθίατο (575, 582),
Sdplur., pluperf.

έφϊείς (έφιημι), particip.

ίφ-ί-ημι (ση-, σ«-, = ή-, 4-, 603-604),
ίφήσω, 4φ4ηκα (4φηκα), Ιφίΐκα*,
ίφίίμ,αι*, ίφίίθην shoot against,
liurl upon, send upon.

«χ’ (*χω) = ee%e = ei*e {837, 584-
585).

Ιχί-ΐΓίνκήϊ, es sharp, biting. .

€%ero (4'χω) = «χίτο = £?χβτο (S37,
584-585).
ϊχθιστος, ἡ, ον {Εχθρός, ή, 6ν), superlat.
*4χθο-5θ7τ4-ω, ήχθο5όιτ-ησα engage in
hostility with, be hateful,
ίχθρόϊ, ή, όν hateful, hated, enemy,
odious, hostile.
ΐχον (4'χω) = ίεχον = eΙχον {837, 584-
585).

ϊχω (σίχ-, σχ-, <τχ«·), ϊξω (σχήσω),
«τχον (ίσ·χ€θον), δχωκα, εσχημαι*'
(-ώγμαι) have, hold, keep.

«ω, έῶν («νθ·

ζ

i;<i-0eos, ἡ, ον very sacred, holy, sacrosanct.

Zris,
Aids, ὁ Zeus, father and king
of gods and men.
ζώ-ω live.

H

ή (ή4) or, than, whether; ἡ ... η
either . . . or, whether ... or.

<pb n="357"/>[ήχήίΐί

HOMERIC GREEK

η]

1)	ή surely, indeed, truly, for a fact,
certainly.

2)	ή (ήμί), imperf. 3d sing.

■η (ό, ή, τό).

ij (os, V, 8).

ήγά-iios, ἡ, ον very sacred, holy,

sacrosanct.

ή ye (S ye, ἡ ye, τύ ye).

, , % , , ,

ηγ€-ομαι, ήγήσομαι, ηγησαμην, ήγη-

μαι* lead (the way), guide, command,
rule.

(yepBev (ay είρω), aor. pass. Sdplur.
ijy-ήσατο (ήγόομαί).

(yvoi-ησε (ay μοίέω).
fjyopev (&γω).

ή$€ and, also, on the other hand.

1)	η8η already, now, at this time.

2)	ηδη (*είδω), pluperf.

rjSos, tos, to use, utility, advantage,
superiority.
ήΒν-ίΐτήϊ, fs swEBT-toned, swebtspeaking.
ή8ΰδ,
«ία, v sweet.

M = ή·

ήίλιοδ, οὐ, o sun.

Ijev (είμί).

ήίριοδ, ἡ, ον early in the morning;

possibly clad in mist.

ΉίτΙων, «vos, 6 Eetion, father of Andromache.
ηθε\ον
(έθέ\ω).
ijie (εΐμι).
ηκβ (ϊημι).
ηκουσαν (ακούω).
ήλασαν (έ\άω).

(\θε, (\θον (έρχομαι).
ήλος, οὐ, ὁ nail, rivet, stud.
ηΧυθον (έρχομαι).
ημαι (ήσ-) sit, he seated,
ήμαρ, avos, τό day.
ήμείβετο (αμείβω).

ή-μίν surely, indeed, truly, on the
one hand ; correl. with ήδέ.

(μέρη, ημεναν (ήμαι).

ήμίτίροδ, ἡ, ον OUr(s).

ήμὶ (ήγ-), imperf. ήν, speak, say, tell.

(μΐν (dyio).

ήμοξ when.

ήν = αν if.

ήν: 1) (8s, ή, S) ; 3) (8s, ή, 8ν).
ηνδανε (άνδάνω).

ήοδ while, until.

ήπείλησβ (άπειλέω),

ήπίΐροδ, οὐ, ἡ qjain(land), continent,
ήρα, indecl., τὰ favor, benefit, pleasure,
kindness, protection.

ήραθ’ (άράομαι) = -ηpar ο ~ ηράετο

(584-535, 575, 582).

"Ηρη, η5, ἡ Hera, consort of Zeus
and queen of the gods.

■ηρήσατο (άράομαι).

ήρι-γ<ν«ιοδ, α, ον early-horn, horn early
in the morning.

Vxe (β,ρχω).

ήρωδ, ωοδ, 6 ΗΕκο, mighty warrior,
protector, savior.

Tjs: 1) (8s, ή, ό') ; 2) (8s, ή, δν).

(σθαι (ημαι).

βσι, π. 205, 333 (8s, ή, ο μ).

ηστο ((μαι).
ήτϊμασε(κ) (ατιμάζω).

'(τίμησε (άτΐμάω).

ή τοι surely, indeed, truly, for a fact,
certainly,
ήτορ, οροδ, τό heart, soul, spirit.
ηΰδὰ (αύδάω) = ηύδαε (584—585).
ήΰ-κομοδ, ον fair-haired, well-haired,
beautiful-tressed, well-tressed, having
a rich harvest of long, flowing
hail·.
ήυτ€ just as, like.

Ήφαιστοδ, οὐ, ὁ Hephaestus, the
lame god of fire.
ήχήίΐδ, €<τσα, ἐν (onomatopoetic) (re)-
echoing, roaring, (re) sounding,
thundering.

<pb n="358"/>VOCABULARY

'teO

ήχι where.
ηψατο (απτω).

Ήώς, Ήόος, ἡ goddess of the dawn,
dawn,
ήώς, ήόος, ἡ dawn.

Θ

θ’ = τέ (575, 588). .
θάλασσα, ης, ἡ sea.
θαμβε-ω, θαμβήσω*, έθάμβησα wonder,
be amazed, bg frightened,
stand aghast,
θαμε'ες, ειαί, ία thick, crowded,
θάνατος, οὐ, ὁ death,
θαρσί-ω. θαρσήσω*, έθάρσησα. τεθάρ-

σηκα take heart, take courage, be
bold, dare, be resolute,
flea, as, ἡ goddess, divinity,
θείνω (θεν-), θενε'ω*, εθεινα strike, hit,
beat.

όίλε (έόίλω) = εόελε, imperat.
θέμις, ιστός, ἡ custom, law, decree,
justice, oracle, rule.

-θεν (gen. ending, 712), from,
θεο-είκελος, ov godlike,
θεο-προπε'-ω prophesy, inquire of a
god, declare an oracle, interpret
the divine will,
θεο-προπίη, ης, ἡ oracle, prophecy,
θεο-πρόπιον, οὐ, τό oracle, prophecy,
θεός, οΰ, ὁ god, divinity,
θεράπων, οντος, ὁ attendant, squire,
comrade.

θέσαν (τίθημι) = εόεσαν (837), 8d
aor.

θε-σπε'σιος, ἡ, ov divine, marvelous,
divinely sounding.

Θεστορίδης, αο, ὁ son of Thestor,
Calchas.

Θε'τις, tSos, ἡ Thetis, a sea-goddess,
wife of Peleus, and mother of
Achilles.

θεω (θευ-, θερ-), θεΰσομαι run, speed.

[ϊθι

Θήβη, ης, ἡ Thebe, a city in Asia
Minor.

θήκ((ν) (τίθημι) = %θηκ((ν) (837).
θ-ήομχν (τίθ-ημι) = Οήωμεν (800), 8d

aor., subjunct.
θησέα (θησεός, ijos, 6) = θησηα (578).
Θησεΰς, ήος. ὁ Theseus.

0ts, θϊνός, ἡ beach, shore, strand,
θνήσκω (θνη-, θαν-), θανέομαι, εθανον,
τεθνηκα die, be killed,
θνητός, ή, όν mortal, human,
θοός, ή, όν swift, speedy, quick,
θρόνος, οὐ, ὁ throne, seat, arm-chair,
θυγάτηρ, τε'ρος, τρός, ἡ DAUGHTER,
θυμός, οΰ, ὁ heart, soul, spirit, courage,
passion.

θυ-ω, έθισα rush (headlong), dash, be
rash, rage, be insane.

θωρήσσω* (θωρήσσομαι) (θωρηκ-),
θωρήξομαι, ίθώρηξα, έθωρήχθην arm,
don the cuirass, put on the breasts
plate.

I

Ιάχω (ριραχ-, ριραχε-), ϊαχα shout,
howl, roar.

15η (*ε?δω), 3d aor. subjunct.
ίδμεν (*είδω), perf.

2Ι8ομενεΰς, ήος, ὁ Idomeneus, leader
of the Cretans,
toov, ίδοΰσα (*είοω), 3d aorr.
ίδνίη (*είδω), perf. particip., fern,
ίδωμαι, ίδῶν (*€Ϊδω), 3d aorr.
ί'ει (ϊημι).

Uvai (ξίμι).

ίερευς, ήος, ὁ priest, holy man.
ιερόν, οΰ, τό sacrifice, sacred rite,

. victim for sacrifice,
ιερός, ή, όν sacred, holy,
ί-ημι (=σισημι, ση-, σε-, = ή-, έ-,
603-604), ήσω, 'έηκα (ήκα), εϊκα*,
είμαι*, είθην throw, hurl, shoot, send.
ϊθι (έίμι), imperat.
<pb/>ίκίνω]

ίκ-όν-ω come (upon), go.
ΐκμ«νος, ἡ, ον (c/. ΐκω) favorable,
prospering, welcome.

Ικ-ν*1ομαι. ϊξομαι, (κόμην. ϊγμαι come,

arride, reach (one’s destination),
ϊκ-ω, t|ov come, go.
ίλαος, ἡ, ον propitious, kiud(ly),
gentle, favorable.

ίλὰ σκομαι, ϊλάσ'(σ')ομαι, ϊλαο'(σ') α-
μήν, ϊλάσθην* propitiate, appease.
"Ιλιος, ον, ἡ Ilium, Troy, tire Troad,
i.e. the region around Troy.

Ipev(ai) (ίΐμι).

ΐνα in order that, (so) that, where.
i'|eTcu (ικνέομ,αί).

ίόνθ' («Ιμι) = ιόντα (vs. 567)	(<575,

582), particip.
ίός, οὐ, o arrow.
ίονσηϊ (dpi), fem. particip.
ίτητος. οὐ, ό, ἡ horse, mare,
ιπ-τομαι*. ίψομαι. Ιψάμην crush, overwhelm,
punish, afflict,
is, tvos, ἡ (instrumental Ιφι) power,
might, strength, violence.
ΐσαν (Τίμί), imperf.

ίσος, ἡ («ίση), ον equal, equivalent,
well-balanced, symmetrical·,
ΐ-στημι (σιστημι : <πη-, <rτα-, 603-
604), στήσω, «στησα («στην),
ΌΓτηκα. Ισταμαι', ίστάθην* set up,

stand, make stand, take one’s
stand, station,
ίστίον, οὐ, τό sail,
ίστο-δόκη, ης, ἡ mastm-eceiver.
ιστός, οΰ, ὁ loom, mast.
ϊσχ€ο (Γσχω), imperat.
ϊσχω (ϊσχ- = σι·-σ(ί)χ-) another
form of ϊχω have, hold, keep.

ire, ΐτην (dpi).

ϊφθΐμος, ἡ, ον mighty, valiant, stouthearted,
brave,
ίφι (ΐς, ίνός, ή), instrumental, mightily
with might.

[Κάλχας

ΐψαο (ίπταμαι).
ιῶν (εϊμι).

κ

κ’ = κέ(ν) (575).

καθ-άπω (άφ-), καθάψω* (καθάψο-
μαι), καθήψα, καθήμμαι, καθήφθην*

lay hold, attach, attack, accost,
address.

καθ-ίξομαι («δ-, = «δ-,	603-604),

καθίσσομαι, καθίίσα, καθ«{ t ) σσὰ -

μην sit down, seat.
καθ-«υδω («ΰδ-, ίΰδί-), καθίυδήσω*

sleep, slumber, rest (in bed), lie
(in bed).

κάθ-ημαι (ήσ), sit down, be seated.
κάθησο (κάθημαι), imperat,
καθηστο (κάθημαί), imperf.
καὶ and, also, even, furthermore;
καὶ . . . καὶ both . . . and, "not
only . . . but also.

Καινίΰς, ήος (4ος, 572), ὁ Caeneus,
καίω (καυ-, καρ-, και.-), καΰσω*, ίκηα.
κίκαυκα*, κίκαυμαι*, 4κάην burn,
consume.

κακκ€Ϊοντ€3 (κατακβίω) — κατ (a) kcIovtcs,
pres, particip.
κακός, ή, όν bad, poor, ugly, mean,
cowardly, wicked, evil,
κακώς evilly, wickedly, harshly, cowardly.

καλέω
(καλέ-, κλη-), καλίω. ίκάλισ
(σ)α, κί'κληκα*, κ4κλημαι, ίκλήθην*

call, summon, convoke,
καλλι-ιτάρηος, ον beautiful-cheeked,
fair-cheeked,
καλός, ή, όν good(ly), noble, brave,
fair, righteous, beautiful, handsome.

καλύπτω
(καλυβ-), καλόψω, «κάλυψα,
κ«κάλυμμαι. «καλυφθην cover, conceal,
hide, envelop.

Κάλχας, αντος, ὁ Calchas.

HOMERIC GREEK

<pb n="360"/>κάμνω]

κάμνω (καμ-, κμη-), καμἈ>μαι, εκαμον,
κε'κμηκα do, make, toil, be weary,
suffer, accomplish with pain.
κάμω (κάμνω), 2d aor. subjunct.
καπνός, οϋ, 6 smoke, mist, vapor,
fume.

κάππεετον (καταπίπτω) = κατπεετον =
κατάπεσορ (837).
καρδίη (κραδίη, 597-598), ης, ἡ heart,
κάρη, κρατάς (κάρητος). τό head,
peak, summit,
κάρηνον, οὐ, τό peak, summit, headland,
citadel,
καρπαλίμως quickly, suddenly,
swiftly.

καρπός, οΰ, ὁ fruit, crop, produce,
harvest.

καρτεράς. ή, όν (κρατερός, ή, όν, 697-
598), strong, mighty, severe, harsh,
stern.

κάρτιστος (κράτιστος, 597-598), ἡ,
ον, superi, of καρτεράς, ή, όν mightiest,
strongest, bravest, most excellent,
harshest, sternest,
κατά, adv., and prep, with gen. and
acc., down (from, over, through) ;
adv., down, below; with gen.,
down (over, from, below) ; with
acc., down (along, through), according
to, on.

κατα-δυ-ω, καταδνετω. κατεδϋετα (κατ-
ε'δάν). καταδεδυκα. καταδεδυμαι^.
κατίδΰθην* go down, sink, set, dive,
κατα-καίω (καυ-, καμ-, και-), κατα-
καΰο-ω*', κατεκηα. κατακέκαυκα*,
κατακε'καυμαι*, κατεκάην burn
down, consume,
κατα-κεί-ω desire to lie down (rest,
slumber, repose).
κατάνβνσον (κατανεύω), aor. imperat.
κατα-νίΰ-ω, κατανεύσω, κατε'νευετα. κα-
τανένευκα* nod (down, assent),
κατα-πίετετω (πεκ-, πεπ-), καταπεψωτ,

[κήδω

κατέπεψα, καταπεπεμμαι*, κατεπε’-

φθην* digest, reprass, cook.
καταπάψτ] (καταπέσσω), aor. suhjy.nct.
κατα-πίπτω (πετ-, πτε . πτη-), κατα-
'πεετεομαι, κατεπεετον (κάππεετον),
καταπίπτη(κ)α fall down, drop,
κατα-ρε'ξω (ρρεγ-), καταρεξω, κατε'ρ-
(ρ)εξα, κατερε'χθην caress, stroke,
fondle,
κατόδϋ (καταδύω).

Κατάρ (ρ)εξε(ρ) (καταργώ).

κε(ν) = αν, 1085-1091.
κεὶ μαι, κείετομαι lie, recline, repose,
κείνος, ἡ, ο = εκείνος, ἡ, ο that (one),
he, she, it.
κελαι-νεφής, ε'ς black-clouded, wrapped
in dark clouds,
κελαινός, ή, όν black, dark, dusky.
κε'Χευθος. οὐ, ἡ (plur. κί'λευθοι and κέ-
λευθα), road, way, path, journey,
route.

κέλομαι (κελ-, κελε-, κλ-) κελήσομαι,
έκελησάμην* (εκεκλόμην) urge,
command, bid, request.
κε(ν) = αν (1085-1091), haply, perchance,
perhaps,
κερδαλεό-φρων, ον crafty-minded,
cunning (-minded), sly, mindful of
gain.

κερτόμιος, ον biting, cutting, sharp,
bitter, contemptuous, reviling.
κενθε (κύυθω), imperat.
κευθω (κευθ-, κυθ-), κεύσω, εκευετα
(εκυθον, κεκυθον), κεκευθα hide,
conceal, enclose,
κεφαλή, ής, ἡ head.
κεχαροίατο (χαίρω), 2d dor. optat.
κεχόΚωμένον, κεχοΧώσεταε (χολόω).
κήδος, εος, τό woe, grief, care, sorrow,
concern, suffering,
κήδο) (κηδ-, κηδε-, καδ-), κηδήσω,
έκήδησα*, κέκηδα* gi'ieve, distress,
hurt, afflict.

VOCABULARY

<pb n="861"/>κήλον]	HOMERIC	GREEK	[κρατόβ

κήλον, οὐ, τό arrow, dart, shaft,
κήρ, κηρός, ἡ death, fate,
κήρ, κηρός, τό heart, soul.,
κήρυξ, ΰκος, ὁ herald.
kU(v) (κίω).

Κίλλα, ης, ἡ Cilla, a town in the
Troad.

Klv^u*, κινήσω*, «κίνησα, κίκίνημαι*,
ίκϊνήθην move, stir; mid. andpass.,
move (self), besfir, go, come.
κίν-ηθίντos (κίνέω), aor. pass, particip.
κιχανω (κιχ-, κιχί-), κιχήσομαι, 4κι-
χησάμην (ϊκιχον, 4κίχην) come
upon, overtake, arrive at.
κιχήω (κιχάνω), aor. subjunct.
κίω come, go, depart.
κίῶν (κίω), particip.
κλαγγή, ής, ἡ clang, noise, shriek
(up) roar.

κλάζω (κλαγγ-), κλάγξω*, «κλαγξα,
κίκληγα clang, roar, shriek, resound.

κλαίω
(κλαυ-, κλαμ-, κλαι--. κλαΐί-),
κλαύσομαι, «κλαυσα, κ4κλαυ(σ)μαι*

cry, weep.
κλέπτζ (κλόπτω), imperat.
κλίπτω (κλίΐτ-, κλοιτ-, κλαιτ-·), κλέ-
ψω*, £κλ«ψα, κέκλοφα**, κ4κλ«μ-
μαι*, 4κλ4φθηνΙ (έκλάιτην*) Steal,
be stealthy, deceive, hide.

*κλίΰω (κλίυ-, κλ«μ-, κλυ-), «κλυον
(κέκλυον), κέκλυκα* hear, hearken
to.

κλισίη, ης, ἡ hut, barrack, tent.
κλισίη0£ν, gen. ablat. sing., from the
barrack (hut, tent),
κλισίηνδὶ (788, 4) to the hut (barrack,
tent).
κλΰθι (*κλ«όω), aor. imperat.
Κλυται-μ(ν)ήστρη, [ης, ἡ Clytaem-
(n)estra, wife of Agamemnon.
κλοτο-τέχνης, e; renowned for skill
in handicraft, of renowned skill.

κνίφας, αος, τό darkness, night,
gloom.

κνΐση, ης, ἡ fat, savor, odor of roast
meat.

κοίλος (κοίλος), ἡ, ον hollow.
κοιμαθ (κοιμάω) = ίκοίμάτο = £κοί-

μάιτο (575, 582, 584-585, 837).
κοιμά-ω (cf. κίΐμαι), κοιμήσω*, 4κοί-
μησα, 4κοιμήθην (lull to) sleep,
slumber, lie down.
κο(υ)λ«όν (571), οΰ, τό sheath, scabbard.

κολωός,
οΰ, ὁ brawl, wrangle, quarrel.

κόμη,
ης, ἡ hair, locks, tresses,
κομίζω (κομιΒ-), κομιώ, 4κόμισ(σ)α,
κίκόμικα**, κίκόμισμαι*, 4κομίσ0ην*

care for, attend, accompany, bear

(off).

κομίσαντο (κομίζω) = £ κομίσα ντο (837)
κορυφή, ής, ἡ peak, summit, crest,
κορῶν ίς, ί8ος curved, bent,
κοσμήτωρ, ορος, ὁ marshal(ler), commander.

κοτ4-ω,
4κότ«σ(σ)α, (-άμην), κ«κό-
τη(κ)α hold a grudge, be vindictive,
he angry,
κότος, οὐ, 6 grudge, rancor, hate,
κουλίόν (κολίόν, 571), οΰ, τό sheatli,
scabbard,
κούρη, ης, ἡ girl, maid(en), young
woman.

κουρί8ιος, ἡ, ον lawfully wedded,
legally married, married in youth,
κοΰρος, οὐ, ὁ young man, noble, page.
κραόίη, ns, ἡ = καρύί-η, rjs, ἡ (597-
598).

κρ(αι)αίνω (κραν-), 4κρήηνα accomplish,
perform, fulfill,
κρατέρός, ή, όν = καρτίρός, ή, όν

(597-598).
κρατέω (κρατ«σ) rule, hear sway.’
KpcLTbs (κάρη, κράτος, τό).
<pb/>κράτος]

VOCABULARY

[Χίσσομαι

κράτος, «ος, τό power, might, sway,
rule, victory, strength, dominion.
KpiCtro-ων, ov (of. κράτος power)
comparat., mightier, more powerful,
better.

KptCuv, over a, ov ruling, prince (ss),
ruler.

κρήγνος, ov good, helpful, favorable,
honest, true, truthful, useful.
κρηηνον (κραιαίνω) nor. imperat.
κρητήρ, ήρος, ὰ mixing-bowl, punchbowl.

κρίνω
(κρνν-, κρι-), κρινίω, «κρίνα,
κίκρικα**, κίκριμαι, ίκρί(ν)θην

pick out, select, choose, discern,
decide, judge.

Κρονίδης, So, ὁ son of Cronus, Zeus.
Κρονίων, ωνος, ὁ son of Cronus, Zeus.
κρυοπάδιος, ἡ, ov hidden, secret.
κτ<ίνω (κτίν-, κτον-, κτα-ν-), κτίνί'ω,
«κτίΐνα (Ικταν, ϊκτανον), ϊκτονα*,
ίκτάθην kill, slay, murder.
κϋάν«ος, ἡ, ον dark (blue), black,
dusky.

κϋδι-άν€ΐρα fem., man-ennobling,
bringing glory to men.
κυδιιπος, ἡ, ov (cf. κΐδος) superi„
most glorious,
κνδος, «ος, τό glory, honor, renown,
κνμα, ατος, τό Swelling wave, billow.
Kiivas, κύνοσσι(ν), kuvos (κνων, κυνόι,
ό, ή).

κυν-ώπης (VOC. κννώιτα) dog-faced,
dog-eyed, shameless,
κντκλλον, ον, τό cup, goblet,
κύων, κννός, ό, ἡ dog.
κώιπ], ης, ἡ hilt, handle.

A

λάβ« (λαμβάνω) = «λαβὶ (.837).
λαβό (λαμβάνω), Sd aor. imperat.
(90S, 1).

λαμβάνω* (λαβ-, ληβ-), ΧάψομαιΊ,

ίΧαβον, λίλάβηκαί, λί'λαμμαι, ίλά-
μφθηνὶ (ίλήφθην*) take, seize, lay
hold of, accept,
λαμπ-ίτά-ω shine, gleam, blaze, flame.
λαμπ«τόωντι (λαμνετάω), particip.

(945-948).
λαμπρός, ή, όν bright, brilliant, shining,
gleaming.,
λαός, ον, ὁ people, host, soldiery.
λάοΊ-ος, ἡ, ov Sairy, shaggy, rough,
bushy.

λίΐβ ω, «λειψὰ pour a libation,
λείπω (λ« ltt"- . λοιπ-, λιπ-), λείψω.
«λιπον, λίλοιπα, λελειμμαι, «λ«ίφθην*

leave, forsake, abandon, desert.
λόλοιπ«(ν) (λείπω).

λίπω* (λ«π-, λ αν-), λίψω, «λεψα.
λίλαμμαι*, ίλάπην* strip, peel,
scale, hull.
λ«νκός, ή, όν white, shining.
λ«νκ-ώλ«νος, ον white-armed.
λ«νσσω (λ«νκ-) see, behold, observe,

LOOK.

λ«χος, «ος, τό bed, couch.

\η·γ (Xijyw) = 1) λήγε (575), imperat.;
£) εληγε (575, 837), imperf.
λήγ-ω, λήξω, «ληξα cease (from), refrain,
slacken, weaken,
λήθ-ω escape the notice, be hidden ;

mid., forget, lose sight of.

Ἀήμνος, ον, ἡ Lemnos, an island in
the Aegean near Troy.

Ἀητούς (Ἀητώ, 6os, ή) = Ἀητόος (584-
585).

Ἀητώ, όος, ἡ Leto, mother of Apollo.
λιάζομαι (λιαδ-), «λίασΌ*α, «λιάσθην

bend, turn aside, sink, fall,
λιγνς, «Ια, v shrill, clear-toned,
λίην exceedingly, very, especially,
λιμήν, «νος, ὁ harbor, anchoring-place,
λίσαι (λίσσομαι), aor. imperat.
λίοΊτομαι (λιτ-), «λ(λ)ισάμην (ίλιτό-
μην) beg, entreat.
<pb/>XoCyios]

HOMERIC GREEK

[μιμαΰτα

λοίγιος, ἡ, ον dreadful, destructive,
accursed, horrible, nasty, deadly,
λοιγός, οΰ, ὁ destruction, ruin, curse,
death.

λοιμός, οΰ, ὁ pest(ilence), plague.
λόχονδ« (λόχον, -Sc) (788, 4) to an
ambush..
λόχος, ον, 6 ambush, ambuscade,
λύμα, ατος, τό offscouring, filth,
λνσαι (λύω), aor. infin.
λσσαιτε (λύω), aor. optat.
λνσαν (λιίω) = έλυσαν, 837.
λν-ω, λνσω, «λΰσα, λίλνκα*, λίλυμαι.
Ιλύθην loose, free, break up, destroy.

λωβά
ομαο* . λωβήσομαι*, ίλωβησά-

μην insult, revile, act arrogantly,
ruin, wrong.
λωβήσαιο (λωβάομαι), αοτ. optat,
λωίων, ον, comparat, of ἀγαθο'ς, ή, όν
better, superior, preferable.

Μ

μ (ίγώ) = με (575), (ICC.
μὰ (c/. μίν, μήν), adv. used in swearing,
surely, verily,
μάκαρ, αρος blessed, happy, fortunate,
lucky.

μακρός, ή, όν long, high, lofty, large,
distant.

μάλα very, exceedingly, even, by all
means, much, enough,
μαλακός, ή, όν soft, gentle, tender,
mild.

μάλιστα, superi, of μάλα, most, especially,
by all means,
μάλλον, comparat, of μάλα, more,
rather, preferably.
μαντ«ν-ομαι, μαντιΰσομαι. ίμαντ«υσά-
μην predict, prophesy, act as seer,
divine.

μάντις, tos, ὁ seer, prophet, soothsayer.

μαντοσύνη,
ης, ἡ gift of prophecy,
μάρνα-μαι strive, fight, contend,
μάρτυρος, ον, ὁ witness,
μαχί-ομαι ( = μάχ-ομαι), μαχήσομαι
(-ίσσομαι ?) (μαχίομαι), ιμαχισ
(σ)άμην, μ«μάχημαι* fight, battle,
μάχη, ης, ἡ battle, fight, fray,
μάχ-ομαι fight, battle.
με (iyii).

μ«γά-θΰμος, ον great-souled.
μίγαρον, ον, τό great hall; plui.
palace.

μίγας, μίγάλη, μίγα large, great,
mighty, tall,
μίγιστοϊ, ἡ, ον, superi, of μίγαϊ,
peyd\η, piya.
μεθίμενβαϊ) (μεθίημι), 2d aor. infin.
μ«θ-£-ημι (ση-, -σ« = ή-, «-, 603-604),

• μ«θήσω, μιθίηκα (μ«θήκα), μ«θ«ίκα*,
.,μ«θ«ΐμαι*, μ«θ«£θην let go, give up,
forego, dismiss,
μιθ-ομΐλι-ω. μιθωμΐλησα associate
with, consort with.
μ«ιδά-ω, ίμ«ίδησα Smile, laugh.
μ«ί£ων, ον, comparat, of μίγα, larger,
greater, mightier, taller.
μ«ιναι (μίνω), aor. infin.
μ«£ρομαι (σμ«ρ-, σμορ-, σμαρ-), «μ-
μόρα divide, (receive as) share,
receive (as lot) ; «ΐμαρται, perf.
mid., it is fated,
μιλάς. μίλαινα. μιλάν, black, dark,
dusky
μελήσεται (/ιἈω).
μίλι. iTos, τό honey.

μίλλω (μ«λλ-, μιλλι ). μ«λλήσω*,
«μίλλησα* be about, be destined,
μίλιτ-ώ, μίλψω*, «μ«λψα* sing, dance,
hymn, chant,
μίλω (μ«λ-, μίλι-). μ«λήσω, «μίλησα*,
μίμηλα, μίμβλιμαι (μ«μίλημαι*),
ίμ«λήθην* be a concern, be a care.
μεμαωτα (μίμονα), particip.

<pb n="364"/>μίμονα]

μί-μονα (μεν-, μον-, μα-) perf. only,
be eager, desire greatly, strive zealously,
intend, plan,
μίν (cf. μήν, μά), correi, with δί, on
the one hand, truly ; μίν ... Si on
the one hand ... on the other,
partly . . . partly, the one(s) . . .
the other (s).

Μενε-λαος, οὐ, o Menelaus, king of
Sparta, brother of Agamemnon,
and husband of Helen.

Μενοιτιάδης, So, ὁ son of Menoetius,
Patroclus.
μένος, εος, τό rage, anger, might,
courage, fury, power, spirit,
μένω (μεν-, μενε-), μενέω, (μανα, με-
μίνηκα**, remain, await,
μερ-μηρίξω (μηριγ-), έμερμήριξα ponder,
consider,
μίροψ, oiros mortal, human, man.
με'σ(σ)ος, ἡ, ον middle, midst, medium.

μ€τά
ado., and prep, with gen., dot.,
and acc., with, in, among, amid,
into the midst of, after, next to ;
adv., among, after(ward), around,
about, in the direction, in pursuit;
with gen., with ; with dat., among,
in the midst of ; with acc., among,
into the midst of, after, in pursuit
of, to.

μέταλλὰ (μεταλλάω) — μετάλλαε (5S4~~
5S5), imperat.
μετ-αΧλ.ά-0), μεταλλήσω*, εμετάλλησα

inquire after, seek to know, search
after.

μεταλλω =μεταλλάω (5S4—5S5) .
μεταξύ between, intervening.
μετατρέπω (μετατρέπω') — μετατρέπεαι
(584-5S5), 3d sing.
μετα-τρέιτω (τρε-ιτ-, τροπ-, τραπ-),
μετατρεψω, μετέτρεψα (μετετραιτον),
μετατέτροφα**, μετατέτραμμαι, μετ-

[μίν

ετράφθην turn around; mid., turn
oneself toward, heed,
μετά-φημι (φη-,	φα-), μεταφήο-ω,

μετέφησα*, imperf. μετέφην, με τεφ α-
μήν speak among, address, converse
with.

μετὰ φράζω (φραδ-), μεταφράσω* (με-
ταφράσ(σ)ομαι), μετέφρασα (μετ-
ε-πίφραδον), μεταπέφρακα**, μετα-
ιτέφρασμαι*, μετεφράσθην tell, point
out, declare (later, hereafter,
among) ; mid., consider later, plan
hereafter, reflect on later.
μετέειπε(ν) (μετειπον).
μετ-εΐπον (μεπ-), 3d a or. spoke among,
addressed.
μετέφη (μετάφημί).

μετ-ό·7πσ·θε(ν) afterward (s), later,
(here)after.
μεν, μεν (ε'/ώ).
μή not, lest, that not.
μη-Βὶ and not, but not, nor, not even ;

μη δε . . . μηδε neither . . . nor.
μήν (cf. μίν, μά), truly, indeed,
surely, verily,
μήνις, ιος, ἡ wrath, fury, madness,
rage.

μηνί-ω, μηνίσω, έμήνϊσα rage, fume,
be furious, be mad.
μηρίον, οὐ, τό thigh-bone, thigh-piece,
μήρον, οὐ, τό thigh-piece, thigh-bone,
thigh,
μηρός, οὐ, 6 thigh.

μή-τε and not, neither, nor ; μήτε . . .

μήτε neither . . . nor.
μήτηρ, τερος (τρός), ἡ μοτηβιϊ, dam.
μητίετα, αο, ὁ counsellor, (prudent)
adviser.

μι-μνήσκω (μνα-), μνήσω, εμνησα,
μίμνημαι, εμνήσθην remind, recall,
call to mind, remember.
μ£ν, acc. sing., all genders, him, her,
it.

V0C4BULAKY
<pb/>μίνυνθα]

HOMERIC GRIjEI^

[ξύνι«ν

μίνυνθα short(ly), for a short time,
μινννθάδιοβ, ἡ, ον short-lived, ephemeral,
brief,
μίνυνβο?, ἡ, ον short, brief, slight,
μιστύλ-λω slice, cut into bits.
μνήσάσα (μιμνήσκω), aor. act. partitip.,
fern,.

μογ{-ω, ίμόγησα toil, struggle, endure
hardship.

(έ)μοὶ {i-γώ).

μοίρα, η?, ἡ lot, fate, portion, suitability.

μολ-πή,
ή®, ἡ dance, song, dancing,
singing, hymn(ing).

Μοΰσα, η$, ἡ Muse. The Muses were
daughters of Zeus, and were patronesses
of music, dancing, poetry,
and song.

μνθέ-ομαι, μνθήσομαι, ίμνθησάμην

speak, tell, declare.
μΰθο5, ον, ὁ word, command, story,
μνρίοι, αι, a countless, innumerable.
Μνρμιδών, ovos, ὁ Myrmidon, Greek.

N

vat yea, yes, verily,
ναίω (νασ·-), ϊνασνα, «νάνθην dwell,
inhabit; mid., be situated.
vbas {vyus, vybs, ij) = vyas {57S'),
vtyai {ν(ομαι), 2d sing, subjunct.
νί.κίω (v€iK€cr-),	v£iK«r(<r)o>,	ivtt-

K«r(<r)a struggle, contend, revile,
quarrel, fight,
νίκταρ, apos, to nectar, drink of the
gods.

v€kvs, vos, ὁ dead body, corpse,
νέομαι (vi«r-), usually in fut. sense,
come, go, return,
vtos (= vi'pos), ἡ, ον new, young,
youthful, recent, late.

Νίστωρ, opos, ὁ Nestor, the oldest of
the Greek chieftains.

vtv-ω, vtvtriu, ϊνίνσ·α, νίνίνκα* nod.

ν£φ£λ-ηγ«ρ/τα, αο, ὁ cloud-gatherer,
wrapped in clouds.
ν€ων (VTjus, vybs, ή) = νηῶν {572).
vedsrepos, -η, ον {νέοs, y, ον), compar active.

vrja,
vyas, vyeatrt, vyi {vyVs, vybs, y).
νημερτήβ, es unerring, true, truthful,
reliable, faithful, infallible, certain.

1)	νηόβ, ον, ὁ temple, shrine, fane.

2)	vybs, vyval {vyvs, vybs, if),
νίκα {νικάω) = νϊκάκι {584-585).
νΐκά-ω, νΐκήσω, ίνίκησα, νίνίκηκα*,

ν«νίκήμαι*,' «νΐκήθην conquer, prevail,
surpass.

voeovay {νοέω), fevl. partitip.
voe-ω, νοήσω, Ινοήσα, νίνόηκα*, ve-
νόημαι*, ίνοήθην* perceive, think,
consider, plan,
voos, ον, ὁ mind, plan, purpose.
νόσφι(ν) apart, away, aside, separate.

vov<ros,
ον, ἡ plague, pestilence, disease,
sickness,
vv, encl., now, indeed, to be sure,
surely, then,
vvv now, at this time, as matters now
are, as it is; commonly implies a
contrast.
vvf, vvKTos, ἡ night, darkness,
νωμά-ω, νωμήσω*, Ινώμησα distribute,
apportion, handle easily, brandish.

s

ξανθός, ή, όν tawny, yellow, blond,
ξίφος, cos, τό sword.
ξύν — σύν.

ξυν-δί-ω (=cniv-), ξυνδήσω, ξυνίδησα,
ξυνδ€δ€κα*, ξυνδίδίμαι, ξυνίδ^θην*

bind (band and foot), “liog-tie.”
ξυνέηκ€ (ξυνίημι).

ξϋνήιος, ἡ, ον common (stock, possessions).

ξύνί€ν
(ξυνί^/λί), imperf1, Sdplur.

<pb n="366"/>ξ^νίημιΊ	{VOCABULARY	Γομοΰμαί

ξυν-ί-ημι (<τη-, σ·£-,= ή-,	6<)ΰ-604),

ξυνήσω, ξυνίηκα 'ξυνήκα ;. ξυνιίκα*,

ξυνίΐμαι*, ξυνίίθην luring together,
throw together, hearken, heed.

0

ό, ή, τό this, that; he, she, it; who,
which, what.

° (8s, ύ, ")·

οβελός, οΰ, ὁ spit.

δ γ€, ἡ γ«, τό γ« this, that; lie, she,
it.

o-Si, ή-Se, τό-δὶ this (here)i
οδός, οΰ, ἡ road, way, path, journey,
expedition.

’OSwr(<r)£vs, ήος, ὁ Odysseus (Ulysses).

o^os,
ου, ὁ branch, shoot, limb,
όθ-ομαι care, consider, reck, regard,
worry,
οὶ (ό, ή, τό).
οὶ (os, ἡ, 8).
οὶ (eto, eo).
oiSe (*ίίδω).

iteai (όίω), 2d sing.
όιξϋρός, ή, όν piteous, woeful, miserable.

οΐκαδε
(c/l οίκος -Se, 788, 4) homeward,
to home,
οϊκοι (οίκος), locative, at home,
οΐκόνδὶ (οίκος, 788, 4), home(ward),
to home,
οίκος, οὐ, ὁ house, home.
olvo-βαρής, ί'ς wiNE-heayy, sot(tish).
οϊνο-κο. (οΐνοψ, 07Γ0s) .
οίνος (Foivos), οὐ, ὁ wise.
οίνο-χοί-ω, ώνοχόησα pour wise,
pour drink(s).
οϊν-οψ, οίνος wiNE-colored, winefaced.

οίος,
η, ον alone, sole, only,
οίος, ἡ, ον such (as), of what sort,
what.

ofs (0s, ἡ, ό'ν), dat. plur.
οϊσθα (*εί'δω).
όιστός, οΰ, ὁ arrow, shaft,
όίχομαι (οΐχ-, ο!χ(-, οίχο-), οίχήσο-
μαι*, ωχωκα come, go, depart,
όίω (οίω) (ot-, ole-), οίήσομαι*, ώϊσά-
μην, ώίσθην think, suppose, imagine,
believe, expect,
οίωνο-πόλος, οὐ, ὁ bird-interpreter,
augur, soothsayer,
οιωνός, οΰ, ὁ bird (of prey), vulture,'
omen.

όλόκω kill, destroy, ruin.

<3X0cr(cr)eis, όλ00·(σ·)τΐ5, όλόο·(ο·)η (όλ-
λΰμι).

ολίγος, ἡ, ον little, few, small, of
slight value, cheap,
δλλΰμι (6λ-, όλ€-, όλο-), όλότ(cr)ω,
ώλίσ(σ)α, όλωλα destroy, kill,
ruin, lose ; mid., perish, die.
όλοιός, ή, όν (c/. όλλΰμι) accursed,
baneful, destructive.

’Ολύμπιος, ἡ, ον Olympian.

’Όλυμπος (Οΰλυμπος, 571), οὐ, ό
Olympus, a tall mountain in northern
Greece, the home of the gods.
όμ-ηγιρής, 1$ collected, gathered, assembled.

όμϊλέ-ω,
ομιλήσωr. «μίλησα associate
with, collect,
ομίχλη, ης, ἡ mist, fog, cloud, vapor,
όμμα, ατος, τό eye; plur., face,
όμνϋμι (όμ-, όμε-, δμο-), δμοΰμαι
(= όμό ;σ;θμαὶ - - όμόομαι. 603-604,
584-585), ωμοσ(σ)α, όμώμοκα*,
όμώμο (σ) μαι*, ώμό(σ)θην* pledge

with an oath, swear by (as witness),
swear to.
όμοιό-ω*, ομοιώσω*, ώμοιώθην liken,

make like, compare, make equal.
8μοσ(σ)ον (όμνϋμι), aor. imperat.
όμοΰ together, at the same time,
όμουμαι (όμνϋμι).
<pb/>όμώ5]	HOMERIC	GREfl/K	[ονλόμενοϊ

όμώϊ equally, alike, together, at the
same time.

8v (8s, ή, 8), (8s, fj, 8v).

Svap, indecl., to dream.
ovtiStvos, ov reviling, abusive, slanderous.

ονειδίζω
(cf. ovli&os). ώνείδιτα revile,
slander, reproach, abuse.

6νΜισον (όίειδί^ω), aor. imperat.
oviiSos, cos, to abuse, slander, reviling,
insult.
ovtipo-iroXos, ov, 6 dream-interpreter,
dreamer of dreams.

8νησα (όνίιτημι) = ώνησα (837).
δνίνημι (όνη-, όνα-), όνήσω, ώνησ'α,
ώνήθην* help, benefit, favor, assist,
profit, be useful,
ονομάζω (cf. ονομα name), δνομάσω*,
ώνόμοσα, ώνόμακα**, ώνό μαετμαι*,
ώνομάσθην* address, call (by
name).

o£vs, εΐα, ν sharp, biting, keen, cutting,
acid.

07ri (6ψ, 07r6s, η).

6πι(σ)θε(ν) behind, from behind,
later, latter,
όπίσ·(σ·)ω back(ward), behind, later.
ό(π)-7Γ0τ€ when(ever).
o(7r)-7rros that, in order that, how
that.

όπτά-ω, ώITTr]era. ώπτήθην cook, roast,
hake,
δ(π) τέως see above.
opa.ro (όράω) = ώράετο (837, 584-585}.
όράω ( pop . pib-. 07Γ-), οψομαι, ιίδον,
οιτωπα, ώμμαι* (εώραμαι)*, ώ φ θ ἡ ν*
see, behold, look, observe,
όρεγ-ννμι (= ορεγω) reach forth,
stretch out, extend.
dpeyvis (6ptyvvpu), particip.
opiy ω (cf. δρεγνΰμι), όρεζω, ώρεζα,
όρώρεγμαι, ώρέχθην* reach forth,
stretch out, extend.

op«r-K<pps, ov living in mountain dens,
lying in mountain lairs.
opKos, ον, ὁ dath, that by which one
swears^ as witness),
όρμαίνω (όρμαν-), ώρμηνα toss about,
turn over (in mind), turn about,
consider, plan, ponder,
oppos, ον, ὁ anchorage,
ορ-ννμι, ορ<τω, ώροΌ. (ώρορον), ό'ρωρα,
όρώρεμαι stir up, kindle, incite, excite,
arouse,
opos (ovpos, 571), cos, to mountain,
όρόων (όράω) = όράων (945-948), pres.

particip.
os, ή, δ who, which, what.

6s, ή, δν his, her(s), its (own).
6cr(o-)os, ἡ, ov how much, how many,
how large, how great, liow long,
όετσε, oo crouv, τώ eyes,
όσσομαι (όκ-) eye, look (upon),
glare at.

oo-(o-)os, ἡ, ov how much, how many,
how large, how great, how long.
o(o-)-tis, ή-Tis, δ (τ)-τι who (so) -
(ever), which(ever), what(ever).
δτ = δ« (575), when(ever), that.
δ(σ)-τε, ή-τε, δ-τε who, which, what.
δ(τ)-τι that, because.
o(r) tl (ootis, HjTis, 8 τι).

orpqpos, ή, όν ready, eager, nimble,
swift.

8(t) t i ( = 8 τι).
ov, ovk, οΰχ not, no.
oD (os, ή, 8).

ον-δε and not, not even, nor, but
not.

οΰδ-tis. οίδε-μία, ονδ-ε'ν no orie, not

one, not any, none, nobody, nothing.

—
οίϊτε (575, 582).

οΰκ (οΰ).

ούλόμενος, ἡ, ov (cf. δλλνμι) accursed,
destructive, deadly, baneful.

<pb n="368"/>οόλοχΰτη]

VOCABULARY

[παρ^ρχομαί

ούλο-χύτη, η$, ἡ poured-cm| ■barleycorn.

Οϋλνμπος
("Ολυ/nros, οὐ, 57$).
οΰνι therefore, hence, now7 then, in
fact.

οίΐνεκα ( = οὐ ϊνε κα) because,
ου-ποβ* = οΰ-ιΐΌτε (576, 582), not
ever, never,
οΰ-ιτω not ever, never.

Ουρανίων, ωνος, ό, ἡ dweller of
heaven, divinity, god (dess),
οϋρανόθεν {gen. ablat.), from heaven,
ουρανός, oO, ὁ heaven, sky.
οΰρεΰς, fjos, ὁ mule.

]) οΰρος, οὐ, ὁ breeze, wind.

2) οΰρος (opos, eos, τό, 671), mountain.

οΰ-τε
and not, nor; ouTt . . . οὐτε

neither . . . nor.
οΰ-τιδανός, ή, όν worthless, of no account,
cowardly, feeble,
οΰτος. αυτή, τοΰτο that (one).
οΰτω(ς) thus, so, in this way.
οφείλω (όφελ-, οφείλε-), όφειλήσω*,
ώφελον, ώφείληκα**, ώφεελήθην*
owe, ought, he obligated ; aor. in
wishes, would that 1
δφελεϊ (όφείλω) = ώφελε! (£37).
ίφελλε(ν) (όφόλλω) = ώφελλε(ν) (837).

1)	όφόλλω = όφείλω.

2)	όφίλ-λω increase, magnify, swell,
οφθαλμός, οΰ, ὁ eye, sight.

όφρα until, in order that, while,
όφρΰς, ύος, ἡ (eye)brow.
όχα far, by far.

όχθε-ω*, ώχθησα be vexed, be displeased,
be worried,
έίψ, όπός, ἡ voice, word, speech, language.

Π

παΐδα,
παΐδσς, παιδός (παΐ$, παιδός,
ό, ή).

παιήων, ονος, ὁ ΙΆΒἈΝ, song of praise. |

369

παίς, παεδός, ό, ἡ child, son, daughter,
παλάμη, ης, ἡ palm, hand, fist,
ιταλίλ-λογος, ον gathered together
again, re-collected, re-assembled,
ιτάλιν back, backward (s), again,
anew.

παλιν-άγρετος, ον revocable, to be
taken back.

Παλλάς, ἀδος, ἡ Pallas (Athena),
■π-άμ-π-αν completely, altogether, entirely.

παν
(πας, πάσα, παν).
παν-ημόριος, ἡ, ον all day long, enduring
the whole day through.
πάντα, πάντας, πάντα, πάντοσσι (was,
πάσα, παν).
πάντη everywhere, throughout.

πάντων (πας, πάσα, παν).
ιταρὰ (ιτάρ) adv., and prep., with gen.,
dat., and ace., from the side of, by
the side of, to the side of, beside,
along ; adv., beside, near by ; with
gen., from (the side of, beside) ;
with dat., by (the side of), near,
beside ; with acc., to the side of,
along (by).

πάρα = παρην (πάροιμι).
παρά-φημυ. (φη-,	φα-),	παραφήσω,

ιταρόφησα*; imperf., παρεφην,
■π-αρεφάμην advise, counsel, urge,
persuade, win over.
π apt fro (παρέχομαι), imperat.
ταρ-έξομαι (σεδ-, =εδ-, 603-604) sit
beside, sit near.

■π-άρ-εεμι (ία--), παρεσ(σ)ομαι be present
(at hand, near, beside),
ιταρ-είπον (με-π·-) aor., persuade,
cajole, win over, urge, outwit,
delude, beguile, talk over.

παρβλούσοαι (παρέρχομαι).
παρ-ερχομαι (ίρχ-, ελθ-, ελευθ-, ελυθ-),
παρελεΰετομαι, ταρηλθον (παρή-
λυθον), παρελήλυθα (ιταρειλήλουθα)
<pb/>Trap&r crtrai]

evade, pass by, outwit, delude,
elude, circumvent.
παρέσσζται {%τάραμι).
ιτάρ-ημαι (ή<τ-) sit beside.
ιτάροιθ€(ν) before, formerly, in front
of.

irapos formerly, of old, before this,
iras, πάσα, παν all, every, (the)
whole. $

7τάσαντο {πατέομαι) = έπάσαντο {837).
πασι.{ν) (iras, πασα, πάν).
πατε'ομαι*' {πατ-, πάτε-), lirao-(<r)α-
μήν, π£πα<τμαι eat, feed. %
πατήρ, πατρόξ (πατερο$), ὁ FATHER,

sire.

πάτρη, ης, ἡ FATHERland, native
land.

πατρὶ {πατήρ, πατρός, ό).

ΙΙατρό/ελ«$ ( Πάτροκλο s, οὐ, ό), VOC.,
irreg.

πατρόϊ (πατήρ, τρό?, ο).

7ταυ€ (7ται;α>), imperat,
παύσαντο {παύω) = έπανσαντο {837).
παύσ€ΐ€ν, 7ratf<roi/<ra (παόω).
παύω, παύ<τω, επαυσα, πεπαυκα*, πε-
παυμαι, επαύθην* Cease, Stop,
pause, check, restrain, hold off.
πeWeo (πΐίθω), imperat.
πείθω (πειθ-, ποιθ-, ιτιθ-), πείσω,
επεκτα (vciriOov), πεποιθα, πε'πει-
σμαι*, επείσθην* persuade, win
over, mislead ; mid., trust in, believe,
obey,
πειρά-ω, πειρήσ*ω, επείρη<τα* (επειρη-
σάμην), πεπείρηκαί, πεπειρημαι,
Ιπειρήθην try, attempt, make trial.
πάρησαι {πβφάω), mid. imperat.
ΙΙειρί-θοος, οὐ, ὁ Pirithous,
πείρω (περ-, παρ-), επειρα, πεπαρμαε,
επάρηνΙ pierce, stud, rivet,
τreiaeis, π€ΐ<Τ€σ·θαι {π€ίθω) .
πελάζω (cf. πελα$ near), πελάσω,
έπελασ(σ·) a, πεπλημαι, επελάσθην

[πεύθομαι

(επλήμην) bring near, draw near,
approach.

•πελω (πελ-, πλ-), επελον, επελόμην ;
Maor., επλε, επλε το turn, move;
mid., be, become,
πε'μπω (πεμπ-, πομπ-), πε'μψω, επεμψα,
πεπομφα**, π4πεμμαι*, επε'μφθην*

send, escort, conduct,
πεμπ-ώβολον, οὐ, τό iive-pronged fork.
πέμψω {πέμπω).

πενθο?, €os, τό woe, grief, sadness,
πεν-ομαι. work, be busy, labor, do.
πεπαρμένον {πείρω), perf. mid. particip.
7Γ67Γίθοιμεν, πεποίθτις {πείθω).
περ end., exceedingly, very, even
(if), although,
περὶ ado., and prep, with gen., dot.,
and acc., around, about, concerning,
for, exceedingly; above, over,
more than, superior ; adv., around,
about, beyond, over, exceedingly ;
with gen., around, about, concerning,
beyond ; with dat., around, *
about, concerning, for; with acc.,
around, about, concerning.

■jrtpi-ίχω (<Γ«χ-, <τχ-, ο-χί-), irep^w
(πέριιτχήο-ω). Trepiio-χον encompass,
embrace, protect, defend,
πίρι-καλλήϊ, is very beautiful,
charming,
irip ί-κλυ-ros, ov famous, very renowned.

περίσχεο
(περιέχω), 2d CLOT. mid.

imperat.
πίρι-φραδίωϊ very carefully.
πεσόντα (πίπτω), 2d aor. particip.
πίτάνννιίΐ* (πετα-, πα-), πέτάετω^,
i'rreTacr(cr) a. πιπέτακα:’:, irctrrapai,

£·π·£τάσθην stretch, spread out, unfurl.

πέτασσαν
(πετάνννμι = έπέτασ(σ)αν,

(837).

πΈνθομαι (πυνθάνομαι) (πίυθ-. -πυθ-),

HOMERIC GREEK
<pb/>Πηλίΐδηί]

VOCABULARY

πεΐσομαι, επυθόμην (πίπυθόμην),
πέπυσμαι learn (by inquiry).
IlqXitSqs, αο,	ό	son	of	Peleus,

Achilles.

Πηλίΐων, avos,	ό	son	of	Peleus,

Achilles.

Il^XfOc (IlqXeiis, rjos, b) — IlijXqos

(57$).

IlqXeis, f)os, ὁ Peleus, husband of
Thetis, and father of Achilles.
IlqXqiaSqs, αο,	ό	son	of	Peleus,

Achilles,
wΙθοσθο (ποίθω), 2d aor. imperat,
πίθηαί, πίθηται (ποίθω).
πίμπλαντο (πίμπ\·ημι) = έπίμπλα ντο
(887).

πίμ-πλημι (πλη-, πλα-),	πλή (τω.

tirXqcra (ίπλήμην), πεπληκα*, πε'-
πλησμαι*, ίπλήσίην fill, sate, stuff.
πϊονα (πιων, cipa, πιον).
πί-πτω (πετ-, πτ . πτη-), πεσεομαι,
επεσον, 'ΐΓ^'πτη (κ) α fall (down),
■drop, perish, die, sink,
πΐων. srtcipa, irlov fat, rich, fertile.
7τλα -γχθέντας (πλάήω), aor. pass,
particip.

πλάζιυ (πλαγγ ), πλάγξομαι, επλαγξα,
επλάγχθην beat (back), baffle,
(cause to) wander.
πλοίων, ov (u-oXth, πολλή, πολύ), comparat.

πλούνεσοτί
(πλέων, ον = πλοίων, ον, 571).
πλέων, ον = πλοίων, ον, 571.

■irXovTos, συ, 6 wealth, riches, abundance.

ιτοδ-άρκηί,
is swift-footed, able-footed.

πόδαί, ποδόὶ (uuiis, ποδύϊ, b).

ποθέεσκε (ποθέω), iterative.

ποθὶ ω, ποθήσω*, έπόθεσα (Ιπόθησα*)

yearn, long for (what is lacking),
desire, lack, miss,
ιτοθή, qs, ἡ yearning, longing, desire,
lack, regret.

ιτοθΐ encl., ever, at any time,
ποιε'-ω, ιτοιήσω, en-οΐησα, πεποίηκα*,
ΊΜίτοΙημαι, ίποιήθην* do, make,
perform, execute, cause, effect,
fashion, build, produce,
ιτοιμήν, ivos, 6 shepherd, guardian,
protector,
irotos, ἡ, ov what (sort) ? what kind ?
ποι-πνν-ω, έποίπνυσα bustle, hurry,
puff, pant.
πολίαζ (πoλύs, πολλή, πολύ).
π(τ)ολεμ(ζω (c/. π(τ)όλεμθ8), π(τ)ο-
λεμίξω war, battle, fight,
πολίμοϊ (ΐΓτο'λίμοϊ), οὐ, ὁ war, battle,
fight, fray.
iroXios, ἡ, ov gray, hoary.
iroXis (ittoXis), tos, ἡ city, community,
state,
πολλάκις often, many times.

-iroXXos. ή, όν — iroXus, πολλή, πολύ
much, many, numerous,
πολυ-αίξ, iKos impetuous, onrushing.
πολυ-βενθήβ, is very deep,
πολυ-δεψάϊ. dSos many ridged, with
many cliffs.
πολύ-μη-ris, ios wily, shrewd, rich in
counsel.

iroXus, πολλή, πολύ = πολλ05, ή, όν

much, many, numerous.
πολύ-σTovos, ov causing many groans,
rich in groans.

Πολύ-φημοΒ, οὐ, ὁ Polyphemus,
πολύ-φλοισβοβ, ov much-roaring,
loud-roaring, heavy-thundering,
πόνοβ, ou, ὁ work, labor, toil, trouble,
ποντο-πόροβ, ov crossing the sea, seatraversing,
seagoing,
πόντοσ ou', 6 sea.

πόποι alas! ah me ! oh dear! good
gracious!

πόρον (πορ-, πρω-) 2d aor., — επορον
(837) give, grant, bestow, furnish ;
perf., πε'πρωται it is fated.

<pb n="871"/>πορφύρεοϊ]

HOMERIC GREEK

[προτίθημε

πορ-φνρεοϊ, ἡ, ον dark purple, violet,
glistening.

ΙΤοσειδαων. ωvos, ὁ Poseidon, god of
the sea, brother of Zeus, and one of

the mightiest of the Greek divinities.

iroo-is,
ios, ἡ drink(ing).
ποτέ' encl., ever, at any (some)
time, once.
ποτὶ = π port (irpbs).
πότνεα, t]s, ἡ revered, honored (lady,
queen).
ποτόν, οΰ, τό drink(ing).
πον encl., any(where, way), some
(where, way, how), perhaps,
irovs, iroSos, 6 foot.

‘irpairis, CSos, ἡ heart, mind, soul,
diaphragm,
πρήθ-ω, πρήσω, επρησα burn, blow,
inflate.
πρηί-αι (πρήσσω).

πρησε(ν) (πρ-ηθω) = ίπρ-ησο(ν) (83?').
πρήσσω (πρηκ-), νρήΐω. έπρηξα, πέ-
πρη-yaf, πε'πρηγμαε|, έπρήχθηνί

carry through, accomplish, perform,
do, act.

Πρίαμο®, ον, 6 Priam, the aged king
of Troy.

irpCv sooner, until, before, formerly,
•π-ρό, adv., and prep, with gen., before,
in front, forth, forward,
προ βάλλω (βαλ-, βλη-), προβαλέω,
προε'βαλον, προβέβληκα, προβε'βλη-
μαε, προεβλη'θην* cast forward,
throw forward, cast forth.
προβέβονλα (προβούλομαι).
προ-βούλομ,αι (βουλ-, βουΧε-), προ-
βονλήσομαε*, προβέβονλα, προβε-
βονλημαε*, προεβονλήθην* prefer,
wish rather, desire rather,
προ-ερε'σσω (Ιρετ-), προήρεσ(σ)α row
forward.

προ-ερνω (ρερν-, ρρν-;. προερνω,

προείρνσ(σ)α, προείρν(σ)μαε draw
forward, drag forward, launch.
πράες (π pot ἡ μι), 2d aor. imperat.
προθέουσι(ν) (προτίθημι).
προ-εάπ-τω, προ’ίάψω, προΐαψα hurl
forward, send forth.
προΐαψο(ν) (προιάπτω).
π pot e ι (προιημι).

προ-Ί-ημι (ση-, σε-, = ή-, ε-, 003-604),
προήσω, προε'ηκα (προήκα), προ-
εΐκα*, προεεμαε*, προείθην send forward,
send forth, give up.
προ πας. πρό-πασα, πρό-παν all, entire,
whole,
πρόϊ, π(ρ)οτί, adv., and prep, with
gen., dal., and ace., to, toward,
also, at, on, from, on behalf of;
with gen., from before, at the bidding,
in the sight; with dot., on, at,
by ; with ace., to, toward, (up)on,
against.

προσανδα ω. προπανδήσω'λ προσην-
δησα address, speak to, say to, accost.

προσεέπον
(προσέεεπον) (ρεπ-), 2d
aor., spoke to, addressed.
προσέφη (π ρόσφημι).
π ροσοφώνοον (προσφωνύω).
προσηύδα (προσαυδάω).
πρόσθε(ν) before, formerly, sooner.
πρό<τ(<τ)ω forward, in front, forth,
προα-φημι (φη-, φα-), προσφήσω,
προετέφηα-α*; irnperf. προσε'φην,
προσεφάμην speak to, address, ac-,
cost.

προσφωνέ-ω, προσφωνήσω*, προσεφώ-
νησα speak to, address, accost.
πρύσώ = πρδσ(σ)ω.
πρότεροϊ, ἡ, ον former, sooner, older,
before.

π(ρ)οτὶ — πρόζ.

προ-τί-Οημι (θη-, θε-), προθήσω, προ-
έθηκα, προτε'θεεκα*, προτέθεεμαε*,
<pb/>VOCABULARY

•πρότονο®]

ιτροίτέθην add, grant in addition,
place upon also.
irpo-Tovos, οὐ, ὁ fore-stay, cordage,
ιτρό-φρων, ον eager, glad, zealous,
joyful, kind(ly).
πρύμνη, η5, ἡ stern of a ship,
ιτρχιμνήσιον, οὐ, τό stern-cable, sternhawser.

πρώτιστος,
y, ov (πρώτος, tj, ov), superl.
ιτρώτοϊ, ἡ, όν first, foremost, chief.
irTtpoexs, ίσσα, tv winged, flying.
πτόλεμος = πόλεμος, ον, ό.
πτολίίθρον (cf. it(t)0\is), οὐ, τό city.
πτόλις = πόλis, ios, ή.
πνθοίατο (πεΰθομαι, πυνθάνομαι), optat.
Πΐλιος, ἡ, ον Pylian, of Pylus.

IIvXos, οὐ, ἡ Pylus, a city and district
on the west coast of the Peloponnesus,
πνρ,
irupos, τό fire,
ιτυρή, fjs, ἡ (funeral) pyre.
ιτώ, encl., in some way, in any way,
ever, yet, at some time, at any time,
πωλέ-ο^ι, ιτωλήσομαι come, go, attend,
frequent, return.
πωλέσκετο (πώλέω), iterative.

■πώ-ποτε ever yet, at any time,
iris, encl., (in) some way, somehow,
(in) any way, perhaps,
iras how ? in what way ?

P

ρὰ (ώρα, dp').

ρίξω (Fp«7-)> Ρ«'ξω, φ(ρ)«ξ“, <Ρ«'χβην

work, accomplish, do, perform,
make, sacrifice.
pd£ai, ρέξas (p<tfa).

ρί'ω (σρίυ-, o-pi μ-, σρυ-, σρυί- = ρευ-,
603-604·), ρεΰσομαι*, ερρευσα*, έρ-
ρΰηκα*, Ιρρίην run, flow, stream,
pour.

ρηνμίν, ivos, ἡ (c/. ρήγνϋμι break)
beach, strand, shore.

[στενάχω

ρΐγίων, ov (cf. ptyos cold) worse, more
horrible.

pfir-τω, ρίψω, ί'ρρΐψα, ϊρρϊφα**, ϊρρΐ-
μαι*, 4ρρίφ(θ)ην* hurl, dash, throw
with a twirl, brandish.
ρΐ^ί(ν) (ρίπτω) = ίρριψε(ν) (837).
ροδο-δάκτυλοϊ, ov rosy-fingered.

Σ

σ’ = 1) σί, 2) σοὶ (575).
σαό-ω, ο-αώσω, εσάνχτα, ίσαώθην save,
protect, rescue, preserve.
σαώτερος, tj, ov (traos, ἡ,^ον), comparat,
σάος,
η, ον = σόος, ἡ, ον.
σ4, σέθεν, σόο (σύ).

σημαίνω (σημαν-), σημανεω, εσήμηνα,
(Γίσήμαα-μαι*. εσημάνθην* point
out, order, command,
σρσ(i) (σόν, σή, air).

Simis, ων, οὶ Sintians, early inhabitants
of Lemnos.
σκαιόδ, ή, όν left (hand), unlucky,
σκηπτ-οΰχοϊ, ἡ, ov sCEPTRE-holding,
sceptre-bearing,
σκήπτρον, οὐ, τό sceptre, staff,
σκίδ-νημι scatter, disperse,
σκιόίΐϊ, ίσσα, iv shady, shadowy.
Σμινθίύς, rjos, ὁ Smintheus, mouse
god, epithet of Apollo.

σοὶ (σύ).

σοΐσι, σόν (σός, σή, σόν).
σόοϊ, ἡ, ον ( = σάο$ = σό,ροϊ) SAFE,
sound, unhurt, unharmed, xvell.
ais, σή, σόν your(s).
σπλάγχνον, οὐ, τό vitals, haslets,
στίίλαντο (στόλλω) = όστείλαντο (837).
στείρα, ηϊ, ἡ cut-water, stem,
στί'λλω (στίλ-, σταλ-). στέλνω, «στίΐλα,
εσταλκα**, εσταλμαι.*, ίστάλην*
put, place, arrange, furl,
στέμμα, ατοϊ, τό fillet, wreath,
στννάχ-ω groan, sob, sigh.

<pb n="378"/>στή]

HOMERIC GREEK

[τίλλω

στη (Ιστημι) = ϊστη (837).
στήθος, εος, τό breast, chest.
στήσαντο, στήτην (ίστημι) = όστη-
σαντο, (στήτην (837).
στρατός, ον, ὁ army, encampment,
camp, hos*.,
στν^ί'ω (στνγ-, στνγε-), εστυξα (εστν-
γον), ίστυγήθηνΙ -hate, loathe, dislike,
make hateful, hold in horror,
fear.

στυφίλίζω (στνφελιγ-), ίστνφελιξα

strike, thrust, hurl,
σν, σε'ο you.

σνμ-τας. σνμ-ιτασα, σν μ-παν all (together).

σνμ-φράζομαι
(φραΒ-), συμφράσ( σ)ο-
μαι, σννεφρασ(σ) ἀμην, σνμπίφρα
σμαι devise plans with, counsel together.

σόν,
adv., and prep, with dat., with,
together (with), along with.
σύνθεο (συντίθημi), 2d aor. imperat.
σνν-τί-θημι (βη-, θε-), σννθήσω. σννί-
βήκα, συντίθίικα*, σνντίθειμαι*,
σννετίθην put together, unite, perceive,
comprehend, heed, consider,
σφάζω (σφαγ-), σφάξω*, έσφαξα,
εσφαγμαι, 4σφάχθηνὶ cut the
throat, slaughter, slay.
σφί(ν), σφίσι(ν) (elo, eo),
σφώ (σύ), σφωε (εΐο, eo), σφωι (σύ),
σφωίν (εΐο, to).
σφωίτερος, ἡ, ον of you two, belonging
to you two.
σχόθε (ίχω) = εσχεβε (837).
σχίζη, us, ἡ split wood.

T

τ’ = τό (57b).
τὰ (ό, ή, τό).
τάδε (δδε, ηδε, Tide).

Ταλθν-βιος, ον, ὁ Talthybius,
ταλλα = τὰ 4λλα (587).

τάνυσ(σ)αν (τανύω) — έτάννσ(σ)αν

(837).

τα-νν-ω (for τν-w- ω, 597-598), τα-
νν(σ)ω, 4τάννσ(σ)α, τετάννσμαι,
Ιταννσθην stretch, place along.
ταράξη (ταράσσω).

ταράσσω* (ταραχ-), ταράξω*, 4τά-
ραξα, τίτρηχα, τετάραγμαι*, 4τα-
ράχθην* disturb violently, throw

into confusion; 1 perf. be disturbed.

ταρβί-ω.
ταρβήσω*, Ιτάρβησα fear,
be in terror, be frightened.
ταΰθ’ (οδτο s, αυτή, τούτο) — ταντα
(575, 582).
τανρος, ον, ο bull,
ταντα (οντοϊ, αυτή, τούτο).
τάχα (cf. ταχνς, 781) quickly, swiftly,
soon.

τέ, postpos. encl., and, also; τὶ . . .
τί, or τέ . . . koC both . . . and,
not only . . . but also.
τόκε (τίκτω) = ότεκε (837).
τέκμωρ, inded., τό surety, pledge,
sign, goal, limit,
τίκνον, ον, τό child, young, offspring,
descendant.
τόκον (τίκτω) = ετεκον (837).
τίκος, eos, τό child, young, offspring,
descendant.
τεκουσα (τίκτω), 2d aor. fem. particip.
τελειος, ἡ, ον complete, finished, fullgrown,
unblemished, perfect.

τεΧείω (τίλίω) (τελίσ ), τελεὶ σ) (σ) ω.
ετελεσ (σ) α. τετίλεκα**, τετε'λεσμαι,
ετελεσθην fulfill, accomplish, perform,
complete.
τε\όσ(σ)η, τε\όσ(σ)ω (τελείω).
τελόω = τελείω.

τελήεις, εσσα, ἐν complete, finished,
perfect, full-grown, imblemished.
τίλλω (τελ-, ταλ-), ετειλα, τίταλμαι

raise, rise, command, enjoin upon.

<pb n="374"/>T<v«So$]

TiveSos, οὐ, ἡ Tenedos, a small island
in the Aegean near Troy.

Teos, ή, όν thy, thine, your(s).
τιρπι-κίραυνος. ον rejoicing in the
thunderbolt; possibly hurling the
thunderbolt.
τέρπω (τ«ρπ-, ταρπ-, τραπ-), τίρψω*
(τίρψομαι), «Τίρψα* (ίτιρψάμην,
ίταρ-πόμην, τίταρπομην), «τί'ρφθην
(ίτάρφθην, Ιτάριτην), please, delight,
sate, satisfy, charm, rejoice.

τ€-ταγ-ών,
2d aor. act. particip. only,
touch, lay hold of, seize.
rereXeσ μόνον, τετελεσμένος (τβλβίω).
τέτλαθι (*τλάω), 2d perf. imperat,
τέτληκας (*τλάω).

τ€τρα-ιτλη fourfold, four-ply, quadruply.

τετύκοντο
(τεύχω). .
τίύχω (τ€υ\-, τυχ-ν τυκ-), τίΰξω,
€Τ«υξο (τίτυκον), τόκυχα, τίτυγμαι,
ίτΰχθην do, make, perfoi-m, prepare,
fashion, cause.
rrj (δ, ή, τδ). t
τηλό0ι(ν) far, from afar,
τηλόθι far (from, away), at a distance.
τήν
(ό, ἡ, τό).

τήνδε, τησδε (ΰδε, ήδε, τδδε).
τι (τί$, τί) ; τὶ (τις, τΐ).
τίθει (τίβημι) = 1) έτίβει {837), 2)
imperat.

τί-θημι (0η-, θί-), 0ή<τΐι>, Ϊ0ηκα, τέ-
θακα®, τ€0€ΐμαι*, Ιτέθην put, place,
cause.

τίκτω (=τι-τίκω: τ«κ-, τοκ-), τίξω,
ϊ«κον, τίτοκα* bear, produce, give
birth to, beget,
τϊμά-ω, τιμήσω, «τίμησα, τ«τίμηκα*,
τίτίμημαι, ίτϊμή0ην* honor, gain
honor, bestow honor ; mid., avenge,
exact recompense.

[τοΰνίκα

τϊμή, qs, ἡ honor, satisfaction, recompense,
retribution, value.
τίμησον (τιμάω), aor. imperat,
τι,νὰ (τΐί, rl), τίνa (ris, τί).
τίνω (τ«ι-, τι-, τινρ-), τίσω, ί'τϊσα,
τίτΐκα*, τ«'τϊσμαι*, ίτίσ0ην* requite,
atone for, pay the penalty for.
τίπτι (= τὶ ποτι, 592) why (in the
world)?

tIs, ti encl., indef., some (one, thing),
any (one, thing) ; τὶ as adverb
(780-781), at all.
tis, τὶ interrog., who ? which ? what?

τὶ as adverb (780-781), why?
τίσειαν (τίνω), optat,
τΐσον (τίνω), imperat., (τίω), imperat.
τίσωσί(ν) (τίω) (τίνω).
τϊ-ω, τίσω, «τϊσα, τίτϊμαι honor,
esteem, bestow honor upon.

*τλάω (τλα-, τλη-, ταλα-), τλήσομαι,
«τάλασ(σ)α (ίτλην), τίτληκα have
tlie heart, have courage, endure,
dare, suffer.
τΧήναι (®τλάω).
τό (ό, ή, τδ).
τδδε (ΰδε, ηδε, τδδε).
τοί: 1) (σύ), 2) (δ, ή, τ6).
τοΐο (δ, ἡ, τδ).

Totos, ἡ, ον such (as), of the sort
that, of the kind that.
τοισ(ι) (ό, ἡ, τδ).
τομή, ή$, ἡ cut(ting), stump.
τδν (ό, ή, τδ).
τδνδε (δδε, ήδε, τδδε).
τόξον, οὐ, τό bow.

τόσ(σ)ο$, ἡ, ον so much, so great, so
large, so many, so long,
τότὶ then, at that time.

TO0 (ό, if, τό).
τονδε (δδε, ηδε, τδδε).
τοΰνίκα (= τοΰ (νίκα. 587) on account
of this, for this reason,
therefore, consequently.

VOCABULARY

<pb n="375"/>tovs]	HOMERIC	GREEK

[ύφ’

TOlis (ό, 7j, τό).
τούτο (οιιτος, αυτή, τούτο).
τόφρα so long, meanwhile.
τράπετο (τρέπω) = έτράπετο (837).
τράφεν (τρέφω) — ίτραφεν, 2d aor.,
3dplur.

τρέπω (rpfir-. τρο-π-, τραπ-), τρίψω,
ίτρίψα (ίτραιτον), τίτροψα'τί-
τραμμαι, ίτράφθην turn (around),
put to flight; mid., turn oneself,
flee.

τρίψω (τρίφ-, τροφ-, τραφ- — θρ«φ-,
θροφ-, βραφ-, 6X9), θρίψω*, ίθρίψα
(ϊτραφον), τίτροφα, τίθραμμαι.*,
ίτράφην nurture, nourish, feed,
treed, grow up.
τρι-ιτλί) threefold, three-ply, triply,
rpis thrice, three times.
τρι(τα)το9, ἡ, ον third.

Τροίη, ηβ, ἡ Troy, the city, a famous
ancient city in Asia Minor, commanding
the Hellespont (Dardanelles).
According to the legend it
- was sacked and burned, after a siege
of ten years, by the Greeks under
the leadership of Agamemnon.
TpSts, ων, οὶ Trojans, inhabitants of
Troy.

τυτθόβ, ή, όν small, little, young,
brief.

τώ (c/. ό, ή, τό) therefore,
τώ, τψ (ό, y, τό).

Τψ (TIS, Τύ).
των (ό, -ή, τό).

Υ

ΰβρίϊ, ιο£, ἡ insolence, wantonness,
frowardness, hybris.
iiypos, ή, <Sv wet, moist, damp, watery,
vtos. οΰ (cos, os), ὁ son, descendant,
offspring.
νμεΐϊ, υμΐν, ΰμμεε, ϋμμι (ν') (έ','ώ) .
ύπέδεισαν (ύποδείδω) — όπέδρεισαν.

ϋ·π·-ίίκω (ΰιτο-£ίκω) (ρ£ΐκ-), ύπίίξω-
(ΰπίίξομαι, νποίίξομαι), ύπίΐςα (νπο
£ΐξα) yield, submit, weaken.'
νπεΧΰσαο (ϋποΧύω).

νπίρ, ντηίρ adv., and prep, with gen.
and acc., over, beyond, in behalf
of, concerning, above ; adv., above ;
with gen., above, (from) over, for
the sake ; with acc., over, beyond.
virtp-οιι-λίη, η$, ἡ arrogance, insulting
conduct, deed of insolence,
iiu-vos, οὐ, ὁ sleep, slumber,
ύιτό (ύιταί), adv., and prep, with gen.,
dat., and acc., under, beneath, by,
at the hands of, by means of ; adv.,
under(neath), secretly, behind, beneath,
by, gradually ; with gen.,
(from) under, by ; with dat.,
(down) under ; with acc., (down)
under, during, toward,
νπο-βλήδην (cf. βάλλω) interrupting,
breaking in.
ύΐΓ-ίσχομαι (Vi-crG)x_-, cf. ‘έχω : σ«χ-,
σχ-, <τχ-), ΰίΓοσχήσομαι, ΰιτίσχό-
μην, ϋ-π-ίσχημαι.* undertake, promise,
assure.

tiro Ηέιδω (δρ€ΐ-, δροι-, δρι-), νποδεί-
σομαι, ΰπέδακτα.. ΰποδι,δο^κα (ύπο-

δ«ίδια fear, shrink before, cringe
before.

ΰιτό-δρα. scowlingly, askance, looking
at (δίρκομαι) darkly, from beneath
(wo) the brows drawn down,
ίπτο-λύ-ω, ύπολυα ω, νπέΧνστε. ΰπο
λίλυκα*, ύπολίλυμαι, ύπελύθην
loose (from beneath, by stealth).
ίητόσχεο (ύπίσχομαι), 2d aor. imperat.
ΰσTQTOs, ἡ, ον (superi, of vtTTtpos. ἡ,
ον) latest, last, uppermost, hindmost.

ίίσTepos,
η, ον behind, later, furthermore),
at another time.
ΰφ’ — inτό (575, 582).

<pb n="376"/>Propylaea	Erechtheum	Parthenon	Mt.	Lycabettus

ACROPOLIS OF ATHENS FROM THE SOUTHWEST
<pb/>ΰφέντεϊ]

VOCABULARY

[φωνεω

iip4vT(s (ύψίημί), 2d aor. particip.
ΰφ-ί-ημι (ση-, <τί- = ή-, έ-, 603-604),
ΰφήσω, ΰφέηκα (ύφήκα), ΰφεϊκα*,

ΰφείμαι*, ύφείθην let down, lower,
ϋψι-βρεμε'τηϊ, αο, ὁ thundering, growling
(grumbling, roaring, rumbling,
bellowing) oil high, or high thundering,
etc.
ΰψοΰ (on) high, lofty, loftily.

Φ

φάανθεν (φαείνω) — έφάανθεν (837), 3d
plur.

φαείνω (φαεν-), έφαάνθην sliine, gleam,
glare, flash. '
φαίνω (φαν-), φανέω, έψηνα, πε'φηνα*,
πίφαα-μαι, έφάν(θ*)ην show, shine ;
mid. appear.
φάνη (φαίνω) = έφάνη (837).
φάοί, «os, τό light, gleam, luminary,
φαρίτρη. ης. ἡ quiyer.
φάσγανον, οὐ, τό sword, sabre.
φάσθαι, φάτο — εφατο (φημί).
φέρτατοί, ·η, ον (φέρτεροί, ἡ, ον), superi.
φε'ρτεροϊ, ἡ, ον mightier, better,
braver, stronger, more powerful,
more productive, more profitable,
φέρω (φερ-, οί-, ίνεκ-), οϊσω, ηνακα
(ήνεικον), ένήνοχα**, ένήνεγμαι*,
ήνέχθην* bear, bring, carry,
φεύγω (φευγ-, φυγ-), φεύξομαι, έφυγον,
τε'φευγα, πέφυγμαι flee, fly, escape,
run (off, away, along),
φημὶ (φη-, φα- ). φήσω, έφησα* ;
imperf., έφην, έφάμην speak, say,
tell.

φήρ, os, ό, ἡ wild animal, (savage)
beast, brute.

φησί(ν) (φ-ημί).

Φθίη, ηβ, ἡ Phthia, α town and district
in northern Greece, home of
Achilles.

Φθίηνδε (788, 4), to Phthia.

φθινύθεσκε (φθινύθω), iterative.
φθι-νΰ-θω destroy, waste away, pine,
perish.

φθίνω (φθινρ-), φθΐσω, εφθϊσΌ, εφθι-
μαι, ίφθίθην destroy, consume, perish,
die, waste away,
φιλέ-ω, φιλήσω, έφίλησα, πεφίληκα*,
τεφίλημαι*, ίφιλήβην love, cherish,
entertain hospitably,
φιλο-κτεανώτατοί, ἡ, ον superi., most
avaricious, most greedy of gain,
φίλοϊ, ἡ, ον dear, darling, lovely, beloved.

φ\οιο5,
οΰ, ὁ bark, peel, rind, hull,
shell.

Φοίβο?, οὐ, ὁ Phoebus = clear, bright,
shining ; surname of Apollo, god of
light.

φορε'-ω, φορήσω*, {φορητὰ bear,
carry, bring,
φόρμιγξ, ιγγ05, ἡ lyre, harp,
φράξω* (φράζομαι) (φραδ-), φράσω*
(φράσ(σ)ομαι), έφρα<τ(σ)α (έπε'-
φραδον), πέφρακα**, πέφρασμαι'.
ίφράο-θην tell, point out, declare ;
mid., consider, plan, think.
φράσαι (φράζω), aor. mid. imperat,
φρένα, φρέναί, φρένεε, φρεσΐ(ν), (φρ-ην,
φρενόε, -η).
φρήν, φρενό?, ἡ diaphragm, heart,
mind, spirit, disposition,
φρονε'-ω think, consider, plan ; έύ
φρονε'ω be well (kindly) disposed,
be wise (prudent), think carefully,
φύγοιμεν (φεύγω).

φυή, ήϊ, ἡ form, nature, growth,
beauty, character, appearance,
ψύλλον, οὐ, τό leaf, FOLIAGE,
φύ-ω, φυσω, έφϋσ·α (εφϋν), ιτέφΰκα
bear, produce, bring forth, (cause
to) grow.

ψωνέ-ω, φωνήσω* . έφώνησα Speak, lift

up the voice.

S<pb n="77"/>χαίρω]	HOMERIC	GREEK	Γω	TrOTTOL

X

χαίρω (χαρ-, χάρε-, χαιρε-), χαιρήσω,
χηράμην (κεχαρόμην), κ«χάρη(κ)α,
κεχάρ(η)μαι*, «χάρην rejoice, be
gladjr hail! welcome !
χαίτη, ης, ἡ hair, locks, tresses, mane,
χαλεπός, ή, όν hard, harsh, severe,
stern, cruel, difficult,
χαλκο-βατής, ε'ς with bronze threshold,
with bronze pavement,
χαλκός, ον, ὁ bronze, implement of
bronze (axe, sword, spear, etc.').
χαλκο-χίτων, vivos with bronze tunic,
clad in a bronze tunic,
χαρίεις, εσσα, tv pleasing, grateful,
graceful, agreeable,
χειρ, χε(ι)ρός, ἡ hand, arm.

XtptCviv, ov worse, inferior,
χερης, ts worse, inferior, meaner, underling,
subject,
χερ-νίπτομαι (νιβ-), χερνίψομαι, ίχερ-
νιψάμην wash the hands, pour lus-
, tral water, purify with lustral water.

Xtp<ri(v) (Xeip, Xe(i)p6s, ή).,
χ(ω (χεν-, χερ-, χν-j,'^Τνω, εχε(ν)α,
κίχνκα*, κεχνμαι, εχύθην . pour
(out, forth), shed (tears),
χθιξός, ή, όν yesterday(s), of (on)
yesterday,
χθων, χθονός, ἡ earth, land, country.
X<5Xos, ov, 6 hot (furious) wrath,
blind anger, choler.

• χολό-ω, χολώσω, «χόλωσα. Κίχόλωμαι.
«χολώθην anger, enrage, vex, infuriate.

*χραισμε-ω,
χραισμήσω, «χραίσμησα

(ίχραισμον) help, assist, benefit,
avail.
χρ((ι)ώ (χρ-ή).

ΧΡή (χρ««·ώ, χρίώ) need, necessity,
destiny, due, duty, obligation.
χρνο"€(t)os, ἡ, ov gold(en), of gold.

Χρνση, ης, ἡ Chrysa, a town in the
Troad.

Χρνση is, ISos, ἡ Chryse'is, daughter
of Chryses.

Χρνσης, αο, ὁ Chryses, a priest of
Apollo, from the town Chrysa.
χρνσό-θρονος, ov golden-throned ; possibly
with robes embroidered with
golden flowers, θρόνα.
χώ-ομαι, χώετομαι*, εχνκτάμην be angry
(enraged, irritated, infuriated):

Ψ

ψάμαθοβ, ον, ἡ sand (of the beach),
dune.

ψνχή, ής, ἡ soul, life, spirit, breath.

Ω

ώ 0!

V (&, if, &).

ω-St thus, so, in this way, as follows,
ώθεω (ρωθ-, ρωθε-), ώσω. εωσα, εω-
σμαι*, Ιώσθην* shove, push, thrust,
drive, strike,
ώκα (c/. ώκνς, 781-782) quickly,
swiftly, suddenly.

Ωκεανός. ον, ὁ ocean, Oceanus,
ώκύ μορος. ον swift-fated.
ώκυ-μορώτατο$, ἡ, ον (ώκύμορος, ἡ, ον),
superi.

ώκν-xopos, ον crossing-quickly, swiftgoing,
swift-sailing,
ώκνς, εΐα, v swift, speedy, quick,
sudden.
ώμΐΚ-ησα (ομιλάω).

ώμο-θετε-ω, ώμοθίτησα place raw meat
(upon).

ώ-μοι' alas ! ah me ! good gracious !

0 dear!
ωμός, ον, ὁ shoulder.
ώνησας (ύνίν-ημι).

ώ irrfiroi alas ! ah me ! 0 dear 1 good
gracious!

<pb n="378"/>ώιπηο-αν]

VOCABULARY

[ώχόμ,ίβα

&ντ·η<ταν (ίπτάω).
ώρμαινε (δρμαίνω).
ώpee (δρνϋμι).

<is, 5s, 5s how, so (that), in order
that, since, like (as), when, thus;
in this way ; is ... 5$ as ... so.

(Sere (ώθέμ).
ψτ( (otTTc, ητ€, Sre).
<5χ’ = ώκα (575, 5«g).
ipXero (οίχομαι).
ἀχθησαν (δχθέω).
ψχόμχθα (οίχομαι).

<pb n="379"/>ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY

A

a, an, not ordinarily expressed in
Greek; sometimes a, a certain rh,

Tt.

able, be δύναμαι.

about ἀμφί, περί; about, lie κείμαι.
above ύπέρ, περί] be above περὶ είμι.
accept δέχομαι.

accomplish. τελείω (τεΧέω), κραιαίνω,
διέπω, 7τρήσσω.
accomplishment %pyov, οὐ, τό.
accursed οὐλόμενος, ἡ, ο*/.

Achaean 'Ἀχαιό?, οὐ, ό.

Achilles 'Axi(X)Xei5s, 770s, ό.
adapt ἀραρίσκω.

address ayopdoμαι, ay ορεύω, προσαυ-
δάω,. πρόσφημι, μετάφημι; χροσειχορ,
μετεΐπον 2d aor.
aegis-bearing aiyloxos, ἡ, ον.
again, back again afrns (α$0ι), afl,
χάλι?.

against darios, 77, ον; (ad«.) ἀ^τίορ.
Agamemnon * Ἀτγαμέμνων, ωνος, 6.
aged yεpaιός, ή, όν.

Ajax Aids, axros, ό.
alas ώμοι = ώ μοί.

all xas, χασα, χαν; all together σόμ-
xds, ἀσα, ay.
alone oios, 77, oy.

along χαρὰ (with gendat., and
acc.).
also καί, τέ, δέ.

although not expressed in Greek; see
a.

always aiel, αἰευ.
amazed, be θαμβέω.
ambush λόχο?, οὐ, ό; ambush, into
λόχονδε (788, 4).
among μετά.

a(n) not expressed in Greek; see a
and καί, τέ, δέ.

anger χόλο?, οὐ, ὁ ; μένος, eos, τό ; μη-
vis, ios, ἡ ; to anger έρεθίζω, χολόω.
angry χωόμενος, ἡ, ον (χώομαι).
another ἀλλο?, 7?, ο.
answer αμείβομαι, ἀπαμείβομαι.
any, any one, any thing tis, τί.
apart ἀχάυευ0ε(υ).

Apollo Ἀπόλλων, coyos, ό.
appear φαίνομαι (mid. of φαίνω to
show),
appease ίλάσκομαι.

Argive * Ἀργείο s, οὐ, ό.
arise ἀνίστημι (to stand up) ; dya-
βαίνω (to go up, ascend) ; yίyvoμaι
(to become, be, arise),
arm with the breast-plate θωρήσσω.
army στρατός, οὐ, ό.
around περί.

arrogance ύχεροχλΐτ?, t?s, η.
arrow 6ictt0s, οὐ, ὁ j ιό?, οὐ, ὁ ; κηΧον,
ου, τό.

as t5°s> eZos, εϊως, (έως) ds, &ς ; use
participle.
as many (as) τό(σ)σος, ἡ, ον.
as the opportunity may offer cos εσε-
ταίπερ.
ascend ἀναβαίνω.
askance ύπόδρα.

<pb n="380"/>assemble]	VOCABULARY	[care

assemble aytlpo*.
assemble (d) όμηyερ^ς, ές.
assembly dyopj, ης, η; assembly, to
the ay ορηνδε (788, 4).
associate with όμϊλέω (dat.).
at (use the dative) ; at all τί; at
home οίκοι ; at some time ποτέ ;
at the hands of υπό (gen.) ; at the
same time όμοϋ.

Athena ἀθήνη, ης, ἡ ; ἀθηναίη, ή.

atdne'for

attack έποίχομat.

Atreus, son of ἀτρείδης, ἀο, 6.
attendant θεράπων, οντος, o.
avail χραισμέω (dat.).
avaricious (see most avaricious).

B

back, back again ἀψ, πάλιν, αύ(τις).
bad κακός, ἡ, όν. -
banquet δαί$, δαιτός,η.
barrack κλισίη, t?s, η.	ρ

battle μάχη, ης, η.
be (become) είμί, yiyvoaai, πέλομαι.
bear φέρω, φορέω (to carry); τίκτω,
yelvoμaι (to bring forth),
beautiful καλός, ἡ, όν.
beautiful-cheeked, beauteous-cheeked
καλλιπάρηος, ον.
beauty φνή, ης, η.
because οὐνεκα, οτι, ένεκα.
become yίyvoμa^..
behind 6πι(σ)θε(ν).
beloved φίλοι, ἡ, ον.
beside παρὰ ; use dat.
best ἀριστος, ἡ, ον.

better φέρτερος, ἡ, ον; ἀρτιων, ον;

ἀμείνων, ον.
between μεταξύ, μεσσηyύ(ς).
bird οΙωνός, ον, ό.
biting έχεπενκής, ές.
bitter ἀταρτηρός, ή, όν.
black μέλάς, αινα, αν ; κελαινός, ή, όν ;

black on both sides, black all
around αμφιμέλάς, αινα, av.
blamable αἰτιος, ἡ, ον.
blame έπιμέμφομαι.
blameless αμόμων, ον.
blaze λαμπετάω.
blood αΐμα, ατος, τό.
board, go on board ἀναβαίνω.
boast εύχομαι.
booty ελώριον, οὐ, τό.
born, be ytyνομαι.

both ἀμφω, οιιν; both . . . and, καί
. . . καί; καὶ ... τέ; τέ ... τέ.
boundless ἀπερείσιος, ἡ, ον; μϋρίοι,
at, a.

bow τόξον, οι/, τό; βιός, οὐ, ό.
branch όζος, οὐ, ό.

brave καλός, ή, όν; iyaθός, ή, όν;

bravest ἀριστος, ἡ, ον.
breast στήθος, εος, τό.
breed τρέφω.

bright-eyed έλίκωψ, ωπος (mas.) ; έλι-
κωπis, t5os (fem.).
bring φέρω, φορέω, dyu.
bring together ξυνίημι, ἀyείpω.

Briseis Βρϊσηίς, ίδος, η.
broad εύρύς, εια, ύ.
bronze χαλκός, οὐ, ό.
build δέμας, αος, τό.
bull ταύρος, οὐ, ό; βούς, βοός, ό.
bulwark 'έρκος, εος, τό.
burn καίω ; burn down κατακαίω.
but δέ, y0, δή, αΰτε, αλλά, ἀλλα καί.
by use the dative, παρά, ίπΐ with the
dat., or ίιπύ with the gen.; by
(means of) διὰ with act.; by all
means μάλιστα.

C

Calchas Κάλχάϊ, arros, ό.
call καλέω.

Camp στρατόζ, οΰ, ο.

care (for) ἀθομαι (gen.), κ-ήδομαι (gen.).

<pb n="381"/>carry]

HOMERIC GREEK

[disobey

carry φέρω, φορέω.
cast βάλλω,
cattle β0€ς, ων, ol, al.

Cause τ€ύχω, τίθημι.
cause to ζο into eiaβαίνω; cause to go
utf (on board) ἀναβαίνω (1069).
cease, stop παύω; cease from λ??γω.
certain, a ris, rl.
check παύω, έρητύω.

Chest στήθος, eos, τό.

Chief aptaTetfs, i;os, ό.

Child ircus, παιδό*, ό, ή.

Chrysa Χρόση, ης, ή.

Chryseis Χρνσηίs, (5os, ή.

Chryses Χρόσηs, αο, ό.

Cilla Κίλλα, i?s, ή.
city 7τ(τ)όλΐ5, tos, ή; ἀστυ, eos, τό.
clang κλαγγή, ή$, ή; κλά^ω.
clear-toned λιγό$, eta, ύ. :
clothe έπιένννμι (έφέννϋμt).
Clytaem(n)estra Κ\νταψ(ν)ήστρη,
ης, ή.

collect ἀγείρω, ἀφύσσω.

COJne βαίνω, έρχομαι, Ικνέομαι, οϊχομαι,
el μι.

COme ! ἀγε, ἀγετε..

COme upon eiret/xt, ίκνέομat, /αχάνω.
command pu0os, οὐ, ὁ ; command,
give command τἈλω, ^πιτἈλω,
ὰ νώ-γω.
commander ἀρχός, οὐ, ό.
common (stores) luctos, ἡ, ο»,
compare όμοιόω.
comrade 'έταρος (eratpos), οὐ, ό.
consider φράζω (mid.'), ἀΧσγίζω, pep-
μηρίζω, μ€τατρέπομαι.

consider afterward μ€ταφράζω (mid.').
contend μάρναμαι.

continue, keep doing (a thing), use
imperfect (1079).
council ἀγορή, ijs, ἡ ; βουλή, ή$, ή.
counsel βουλή, -^s, ή.
counsel-bearing βονΧηφόρος, ον.

counsellor μητίετα, ἀο, 6.
countless μνρίοι, at, a; &Trepeiaios, ἡ,
ον.

covered at both ends ἀμφηρβφής, έ$.
COW βοί/s, βοός, ή.

coward(ly) δειλ05, ή, όν; κακός, ή, όν.
crafty-minded κ€ρδαΧ€0φρων, ον.
crop καρπός, ον, ό.

Crush δαμάζω.

Curb έρητϋω, παύω.

D

Danaan Aara0s, οὐ, 6.
dare *τΧάω.
darling φίΧos, ἡ, ον.
dart βέΧος, eos, τό; κήΧον, ον, τό.
daughter θν-γάτηρ, Wpos (τρό$), ή;

irats, παιδ05, ή.
dead, be (have died), use perf. of
θνήσκω die.
dead body νέκΰς, uos, o.
dear φίΧος, ἡ, ον.

death θάνατος, οὐ, ό; κήρ, κηρός, ή.
declare έ&Ιρω.
deed epyov, οὐ, τό.
deer l^a<£os, οὐ, ό, ή.
defend ἀρήγω (da£.).
depart βαίνω, αποβαίνω.
desire 0ϋμό$, οὐ, ό.
despise ἀθ€ρίζω.

destroy δηλ&μαι, όλ^κω, δλλϋ/u; destroy
(utterly) ἀπόλλΐ/μι.
destruction Xoty0s, οὐ, ό.
devourer of (the goods of) the people,
devouring δημοβόρος, ἡ, ον.

did,	emphatic, implied in past tense
of verb.

die,	θνήσκω.
digest καταπέσσω.
dishonor ἀτϊμά(ξ)ω.
dishonored ἀτιμος, ἡ, ον.
dismiss μ€θίημι, Χύω.
disobey ἀπιθέω (dat.).

<pb n="382"/>dispenser of justice]	VOCABULARY

dispenser of justice δικασπόΧos, οὐ, 6.
disposed, well έύ φρονέων.
distant £7^0$, ἡ, ον.
divide δατέομαι.

divine 5?os, a, ov; θεοείκεΧος, ἡ, ον.
divinity δαίμων, ovos, ό, η; 0e0s, οὐ, 6;

θεά, as, η.
division (of spoil) δασμός, ov, 6.
do Ιρδω, 7T0t^w, πρήσίτ^ j do (auxiliary
verb, emphatic, implied in present
tense of verb).
dog κιίων, κυν05, ό, η.
down (from) κατὰ (rnift sren. and
acc.).

drag έρύω, έΧκω) drag forward 7rpo-
ερύω.
draw έρύω, £λκω.
dread(ful) δεινός, ή, 6ν.
drive away Λάω, Ἀαιίνω; drive back

πά\ιν πΧάζω,'παΧιμπΧάζω.
drunken οίνοβαρής, 4s.

£

earth χθών, χθονόS, ἡ ; γαια, 77s, ή*
either ... οτ ἡ ... ή; after negatives
ούτε . . . οὐτε.
elsewhere &λλτ).
encampment στρατός, οὐ, 6.
enjoin τέλλω, ἈιτἈλω.
enrage χοΧόω; be enraged ἀχνυμαι,
χώομαι.
entreat Χίσσομαι.
equal Taos, ἡ {έϊση), ον.
equally όμως.
equivalent αντάξιος, ἡ, ον.
escape φεύ^ω.

escort πέμπω.

especial(ly) μάΧα, μάΧιστα.
eternal, being forever αἰέν έών, έουσα,
έόν.	!

Eurybates Έ,ύρυβάτης, ἀο, 6.

even though καί. /

ever πώ, ποτέ; for ever αἰεί, αἰέν.

[free

every πάς, πάσα, 7ταν; everything (all
things) πάντα, ων, τά.
evil κακός, ή, όν.
evilly κακώς.
expedition 606s, οὐ, ή.
eye 6σσο,ααι; 6μμα, aros, τό; όφθαΧ-
μός, οὐ, ό.
eyes 6σσε {dual), δμματα, ων, τά.

F

face βμματα, ων, τά.
fair κάΧός, ή, όν.
fair-haired ήύκομος, ον.
fall πίπτω.

far, by far 6χα, -π-ολι;, πολλόν; far
(away) τηΧόθι.
fat κνίση, ης, ἡ ; πιων, πιειρα, πΐον.
father πατήρ, πατρός (πατέρος),.ό.
fatherland πάτρη, ψ, ή.
fear δείδω.

fertile έριβώΧαξ, ακος.

fight μάχομαι, μάρναμαι.

fill πίμπΧημι.

fillet στέμμα, ατος, τό.

filth λύμα, aTos, τό.

find κιχάνω.

fire πυρ, 7rop<5s, τό.

first πρώτος, ἡ, ον; first (ly), at first
(adv.) (τό) πρώτον, (τά) ιτρώτα.
fitting, be έπέοικα, έόικα {*εϊκω),
fittingly κατὰ μοίραν.
flashing-eyed έΧίκωψ, ωπος, m.;
έΧικώπις, ιδος, f. ’ yXaυκώπις,
ιδος, /.
flow έρωέω, ρέω.
fly φεύ'γω.

follow ’έπομαι {with dat.).

for prep, {use dat.) ; conj. ydp.

for this (reason) τούνεκα.

forebode όσσομαι.

forego μεθίημι.

fourfold τετραπΧή.

free λι5ω, απολύω.
<pb/>free-sliooter]	HOMERIC	GREEK	[herald

free-shooter έκηβό\os, οὐ, 6·, έκατηβο-
\ότη$, do, ο.
free-worker eicdepyos, οὐ, 6.
from use the gen., or ίκ (if), παρά,
&π6 (with gen.').
from t^e time when if oO.
fulfill reXeia).
funeral pyre πυρή, rjs, ή.

G

gather (together) ayelpw ; gather together
again iTayelpw; gathered
together bp-qytpfy, h; gathered together
again παλίλλ070s, ἡ, ον.
generation ytvt-η. ijs, η.
gift δωρον, οὐ, τό ; gift of honor ydpas,
aos, τό ; gift of prophecy μαντο-
σύνη, ηζ, ή.
girl κούρη, 77?, ή.
giye δίδωμι; ἀπορον (2d aor.).
give back ἀποδίδωμι.
give up προιημι, ἀποδίδωμι.
gleam, φαείνω.

glorious αγλαό*, ή, όν\ 5tos, α, ον.
glory k0<5os, eos, τό.
gnaw ἀμύσσω.

go βαίνω, «T/xt, Έρχομαι, κίω ; go down,
descend καταβαίνω; go on board,
go up, ascend ἀναβαίνω.
goat αϊξ, aly6s, ό, ή.
god 0e0s, oO, o.
goddess GeA, as, 17.
god-like 5tos, a, op; tfeoebceXos, 17, op.
gold(en), of gold xpoaeos, ἡ, ον.
good(ly) καλός, 77, όν; ayαθός, ἡ, όρ;

Kptfyvos, ἡ, ον.
grant δίδωμι, Έπορον (2d αοτ.).
grant in addition προτίθημι.
great μ^ας, μ^ά\η, μ^α; greater
μείζων, ον; greater (part) τό
πλείορ.

greatly 7τολό, 7τολλά, /χάλα, μ^α.
great-souled μεχάθϋμος, ἡ, ον.

Greek Ἀχαιός, ον, ό; Δαραό*, οὐ, <5;

’Apyeios, οὐ, ό.
grief &χος, eos, τό.

grieve κήδω; be grieved Ἀχνυ/xat, κή-
δομαι (gen.).
ground yαΐα, ηs, ή; χ0ώρ, %0op0s, ή.
grow weary κάμνω.
grudge κότος, οὐ, ό.
guide 177ίομαι (dat.).

Η

Hades *"Ἀis, *At0os, ό.
hairy λάσιος, 77, op.
hand χείρ, xe(t)p0s, ή.
hap(ly) k<?(p), dtp.
happily eO, AJ.
harangue ἀyop€ύω1 dyοράομαι.
harsh ἀταρτηρός, 77, όρ; κακ05, ή, 6ν.
harshly κακώς.
hate στυ7^ω.

hateful Εχθρός, τ^, όρ; most hateful
e%0t(TTos, 77, op.
have εχω, Γ<τχω.

he ό, ή, τό; αύτός, ·$, ό; also implied
in the verb.
hear *κλεύω with gen., ακούω.
hearken (to) σνντίθημι, *κ\€ύω with
gen., ακούω.
heart κήρ, κήρος, τό ; φρήν, φρ^νός, ἡ ;

ήτορ, ορος, τό; κραδίη (καρδίη), ης, ή.
heaven οὐρανός, οὐ, ό; from heaven
ούραρό0ερ.
heavy βαρύς, eta, tf,
hecatomb εκατόμβη, ης, ή.

Hector ' Εκτωρ, opos, ό.
heed, give heed to *κλειίω (pen.), 60ο-
/tat (pen.),
help *χραισμ4ω (dat.).
her, him, it ό, ή, τό; a0T0s, 77, ὁ ; /xip
(acc. only).
her (own) 0s, ή, 6v} όός, έή, έόν.

Hera "'Βρη, ης, ή.
herald κήρυξ, ϋκος, ό.

<pb n="384"/>here]

VOCABULARY

[live

here έκθάδε.
hero fipus, o>os, A.
hilt κώπη, 7)s, ή.

him, her, it 6, ij, το; αύτἈ%, ή, ό; μίν
(acc. only).
himself, herself, itself a iris, ή, 6.
his, her(s), its (own) As, i), ΰν (e6s,
iy, έόν).
hither δεΰρο.
hold % χω, ϊσχω.

hold a grudge κοτέω, κότον ίχειν.
hollow koiXos, ἡ, ον.
home οίκος,-ου, ό; δώμα, ατος, τό;
home, at οίκοι; home (ward) οϊκαδε,
οίκοι/δε.
honey μέλι, iros, τό.
honor τιμή, tjs, η; kuSos, eos, τό;

honor, do honor to τιμάω, τίω.
horse fornos, οὐ, ό, ij.
host στρατός, οὐ; ό.
hot wrath χ4λο$.
how? πώς.

how much 8σ(σ)ος, ἡ, ον.
hurl ϊημι, βάλλω; hurl upon έφίημι
(with dat).

I

I iyd>(v), μεν.

Idomeneus ιΙδομενεύς, ηος, ό.
if ήν, al, el.

Ilium *IXios, οὐ, η.
immediately αύτ/κα, αἰψα.
impetuous 7τολυάϊ£, ϊκος.
implore λίσσομαι.

in iv(i) (with dat), or use simple dat

in no wise οὐδέν.

in order that &γ(τγ)&*, &s, ίνα.

in person αύτός, ή, 6.

in single combat κατ’ αυτόν.

in sufficient numbers hτιτηδύς.

in two ways διάνδιχα.

inferior χέρης. es; χερείων, ον.

insolence νβρις, ιος, η.

insult λωβάομαι, ἀτιμά(ζ)ω.
into eh (ές) (acc.) ; είσω.
it (implied in the verb); ό, ἡ, τό; αύ-
τός, ή, ό; μίν (acc.).

j

justice θέμις, ιστός, -η; dispenser of
justice, judge δικασπόλος, οὐ, ό.

Κ

keep (doing a thing), continue, use
imperfect (1079).

kill όλέκω, δλλνμι, ἀπόλλϋμι.
kindle δρννμι.

kindly disposed, be εΰ (έύ) φρονέω.
king ἀναξ, ἀνακτος, ό; βασιλεύς, i?os, ό.
know 'γι'γνώσκω, *etδω.

Ιι

lack δένομαι (gen.).
lamb ἀρην, ἀρνόs, ό, η.
land yala, t?s, η.

last ύστατος, ἡ, ον; for the last time
ύστατα, ύστατον (781).
later ύστερος, ἡ, ον.
law θέμις, ιστός, η.
lawful (ly) wedded κουρίδιος, ἡ, ον.
lay upon έπιφέρω (dat).
lead, lead away ἀγω; lead the way,
guide ζέομαι (dai.); lead upon

avayw.
leader ἀριστά, ηος, ό.
leaf ψύλλον, οὐ, τό.
learn πυνθάνομαι, πεύθομαι.
leave λείπω.

let use subj. or imperat.; let, allow
ίάω.

leto Λητώ, Λητόοχ (ΛητοίΛ), 7}.
lie κείμαι.

lift up the voice ψωνέω.
like unto, be *είκω (dat.).
live ξ-ώω.

<pb n="385"/>living]

HOMERIC GREEK

[old man

living in mountain dens (lairs) bptcK<pos,
η, ον.
locks κόμη, τ\ς, ή.
loiter δηθύνω.

longer ετι; longer, no οι5(κ) ετι.
lOOk/look out Upon δέρκομαι, όράω.
loom ιστός, oO, ό.
loose λύω.

lord ἀναξ, ἀνακτος,· ό.
lose δλλΰμι.

loud-roaring πολύφλοισβος, ον.
love φιλέω.
lovely φίλοs, ἡ, ον.

lying in mountain lairs όρέσκφος, ἡ,
ον.

Μ

maiden κούρη, η$, η.
make Τ€ύχω, ποιέω.
man ἀνήρ, ἀνέρος (άρδρόί), ό; ἀ^Ἀρω-
ποί, ον, δ; man, ordinary man, mere
man ἀνθρωπος, οὐ, ό.
man-nourishing βωτιάνειρα (/em.),
man-slaying ἀνδροφδνο s, ἡ, ον.
many 7roXX0s, ή, ό*\
marshal(ler) κοσμήτωρ, opos, ό.
may suZyimci., optat.

Menelaus Me^XSos, οὐ, δ.
might subjunct., optat.; μένος, eos,
τό; is; might, with might, mightily
Ιφΐ.

mightier κρείσσων, ον.
mightiest κάρτιστός, ἡ, ον.
mightily μέ-ya, Ίφι
mighty μέ*γας, μεγάλη, piya.
mind φρήν, φρενός, ἡ ·* p0os, ον, ό.
more πλέων, ον, πλείων, ον.
more safe(ly) σαώτερος, ἡ, ον.
mortal μέροψ, οπος, ό; βροτός, οὐ, δ, ή.
most avaricious φιλοκτεανώτατος, ἡ,
ον.

most glorious κύδιστός, ἡ, ον.
most hateful εχθιστος, ἡ, ον.

most terrible έκπα^λότατος, ον.
mother μήτηρ, μητέρος (μητρός), ή.
mountain δροs (οϋρος 571), eos, τό.
much πολλός, ἡ, όν; πολύς, πολλή.

πολύ,
mule οὐρεύς, ήος, δ.
must χρή έστι(ν).

my έμδς, ή, δν, used only for sake of
clearness or emphasis.

Myrmidon Μ,νρμιδών, όνος, δ.

N

nail ήλος, ον, δ.
native land πάτρη, ης, ή.
neither οὐτε; neither « . nor οὐτε
. . . οὐτε ; μήτε . . . μήτε.

Nestor Νέστωρ, opos, ό.
never (not ever), not ever at any time
ούπω, οὐποτε.
nine days έννήμαρ.
noble καλός, ή, όν.
noblest ἀριστος, ἡ, ον.
noise κλα'Ύ'γή, ής, ή.
none, no one, nothing oims, τι; οὐ-
δείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν.
nor οὐτε, ονδέ, μηδέ.
not ον (ούκ, οὐχ').
now ννν.

numbers (see in sufficient numbers).

0

0 <5.

oarsman έρέτης, do, ό.

Oath dpKos, οὐ, 6.

obey πείθομαι, mid. of πείθω persuade
(dat.).

Obtain (one’s share) μείρομαι.
Odysseus Όδυσ(σ)€ΐί5, ήος, δ.
of (use the gen.).
offscouring λΰμα, ατος, τό.

Old 7εραιός, ή, όν.
old age -γήρας, dos, τό.

Old man yέρων, οντος, ό; yεραιός, οΰ, ο.

<pb n="386"/>Olympian]

VOCABULARY

[remain

Olympian ’Ολόμπιο*, 77, ον.

Olympus "Ολυμπο*, οὐ, ό.
on έπί, dat.

on account of (use gen.) eiwra, ένεκα
(gen.).

on the selfsame day αύτήμαρ.
once ποτέ.

one its, μία, tv; which (one) ? ris, rl;

ones . . . others oi μέν . . . ol δέ.
Openly ἀντην.

Opposing ἀντί/?ιο*, ἡ, ον.
opposition, in ἀντφίην.
or ἡ (ηέ); whether ... or είτε . . .

€ΪΤ€.

Oracle θεοπρδπιον, οὐ, τό; θεοπροπίη,
VS, η.

orator ayopvrtfs, do, δ.
order, give orders μϋθέομαι, κέλομαι,
σημαίνω, έπιτέλλω, ἀνώγω.
other Ἀλλο*, ἡ, ο.

our vμέτ€pos, ἡ, ον, used only for the
sake of clearness or emphasis.
ourselves ήμεχ, used only for the sake
of clearness or emphasis.

Outwit παρέρχομαι.

OX βοΰϊ, βοόϊ, δ.

P

partake ἀντιάω.
pass away φθίνω.
peel λ^πω.
people λαό*, οὐ, ό.
perchance κό(ν), πώ(*), &ν.
perfect τεληέσσεις, €σσα, €ν.
perform />έζω, τ€ύχω, ποιέω, ίρδω.
perhaps κέ(ν), πού, πώ*, &ν.
perish ἀπόλλϋμι, mid.
person, in αότό*, ή, ό.
persuade πείθω.
pest(ilence) λοιμό*, οὐ, ό.

Phoebus Φοΐβos, οὐ, ό.

Phthia Φθίη, η?, 17-

place τίθημι; place in είστίθημι.

plague vovaos, οὐ, ἡ · λοιμό*, οὐ, ό.

plan βουλή, rjs, ή.

please, be pleasing ἀνδάνω (dat.).

pleasing χαρίεis, εσσα, ἐν.

ply έποίχομαι.

ponder δρμαίνω.

pray εύχομαι, ἀράομαι,

prayer εύχή, rjs, ή.

prefer προβούλομαι.

prepare ετοιμάζω.

preserve έρύομαι.

Priam Πρίαμο*, οὐ, ό.
priest ἀρητήρ, rjpos, ό; ^ερεύs, ijos, ό.
prize (of honor) 7έpas, aos, τ6.
produce φύω.

prophecy, gift of μαντοσύνη, ys, η.
prophesy μαντεύομαι, θεοπροπέω.
prophet μάρτι*, ιο*, ό.
protect ἀμφιβαίνω, ἀνάσσω.
purify (oneself) ἀπολΰμαίνομαι.
put τίθημι, βάλλω.

Pylian Πιίλιο*, ἡ, ον.

Pylus Πόλο*, οὐ, ή.
pyre πυρή, rjs, ή.

Q

quarrel έρίζω; tpis, ιδο*, η.
quickly ἀΐψα.
quiver φαρέτρη, ηs, η.

R

rage μηνίω.

ransom ἀποινον, οὐ, τό; λύομαι. .
rather than ἡ (ήέ).
ready ότpηp6s, ή, δν.
receive δέχομαι, ἀποδέχομαι.
recognize ytyvilja^.
recompense τιμή, ys, ή) ἀποτίνω ;
τίνω.

regard ἀλ€yίζω (gen.)
rejoice yηθέω, χαίρω.
release λόω, ἀπολόω.
remain μένω.
<pb/>restrain]

HOMERIC GREEK

[soon

restrain ίρητύω ; ϊσχω.
return νδομαι, Ικνέομαl ; return homeward)
ἀπονοστέω, οίκαδ' ίκνίομαι.
reveal ἀναφαίνω.

reverence ἀζομαι, αΐδέομαι, αΐδομαι.
revile δνειδίζω.

reviling UreiSos, eos, τό ; όνείδειοε, tj, ον.
riches &φενοs, eos, τό; 7tXootos, οὐ, ό.
roar κλαχχή, i?s, ἡ ; ήχ-ή, tjs, ή.
roaring ήχ-ήοις, εσσα, ἐν.
roll, curl ίλίσο-ω.
roof (over) έρέψώ.
round about' περί.
rouse ἀνίστημμ δρνϋμί.
rule (over) ἀνάσσω (gen.), κρατδω
(gen.).
ruling κρείων, οὐσα, ον.

S

sack πέρθω; sack (utterly) έκπέρθω,
έξαλα πάζω.
sacred ιερός, ή, όν.
sacrifice ζβρόν, οὐ, τό; *έρδω, ρέξω.
safe(ly) <r6os (σάος = σάρος), ἡ, ον.
safer, more safely σαώτερος, ij, ον
(comp, of σdos, ἡ, ον) .
sail upon έπιπλέω.
sailor έρέτηs, ἀο, ο.
save σαόω.
savor κνίση, ης, ή.
say ἀ~/ορεύω, φ^μί, €Ϊπον (2d aor.).
scabbard κο(υ}λ60ν, οὐ, τό.
sceptre σκήπτρον, οὐ, τό.
sceptre-bearing σκηπτούχο?, ἡ, ον.
sea θάλασσα, ης, ἡ ; aXs, aXos, ό, ἡ ; to
the sea ἀλαδε (788, 4).
seat (oneself), sit down Ζέομαι; seat
εδο s.

see δράω, Xeiitrcrw, *£ΐδω.
seem εϊδομαι, *ef/co>.
seemly, be *efrco>.
seer μάντις, tos, ό; ο£ωνθ7τόλο5.

seize αἰρέω.

select κρίνω.
self αυτό*, ?J, 6.
selfsame day αύτήμαρ.
send πέμπω, προϊάπτω, ify/u ; send
away ἀφίημι.
separate διίστημι.
shadowy <7Kt0eis, εσσα, ev.
shameless αναιδής, ές.
shamelessness ἀναιδείη, 17s, ή.
share ἀντιάω.

sharp οξύς, εΐα, ό; Ιχε-π-βυ*:^, ^s.
she ἡ (ό, ή, τό), αότή (αύτό$, ή, ό),
used onfo/ /or the sake of emphasis
or clearness; implied in the ending
of the verb.
shining dy\a6s, ή, 6v.
ship νηνς, νηός, ή.
shoot βάλλω.
shoulder ώμος, οὐ, ό.
shout assent έπενφημέω.
silent, in silence ἀκέων, οὐσα, ον.
silver, of silver ἀρyύpεoς, 17, ον.
silver bow(ed) (of, with) ἀργυρό-
τοξος, ·)?, ov.
since έπεί, έπειδή.
sing ἀείδω, μέλπω.
sit (down) ήμαι, εζομαι, καθέξΌμαι.
slay έναρίξω.
slight ἀτϊμά(£)<υ.
small όλtyoς, ἡ, ον.

Smintheus Σμινθεύς, ijos, ό.
smoke /ca-n-vos, οὐ, ό.
so ώί.

so great(ly) τόσ(σ)ο$, ἡ, ον.
so that 0V(7r)ws, ws.
some (one) τΙς, τι; some . . . others
oi μέν . . . oi δέ.
son υιό?, οὐ (&>$, os), 0; son of Atreus
Ἀτρεΐδης (άο), ό; son of Menoetius
MevotTi<£5i7s, ἀο, ό; son of Peleus
ΙΙ^ληιάδ·^, ἀο, ό; son of Thestor
θεστορίδης, ἀο, ό.

SOOn τάχα.
<pb/>VOCABULARY

soothsayer]

soothsayer οίωνοπόλος, οὐ, ό.
soul ψυχή, ής, ἡ ; θυμός, οΰ, ὁ ; φρ^ν,
φρενός, η.

speak φημί, μΰθέομαι, αύδάω, εΐρω; ft-
τι-or (2d «or.); speak among μετά-
φημι, p*T0ei7ror (/U€T€t?ror) (2d <ZOr.);
speak out έξείρω; speak to προσεΐπον,
εϊπον (2d aor.).
spear δόρυ, δουρό* (δοιίρατο*), τό.
spirit §τορ, opos, τό; θυμός, οὐ, ό.
splendid αγλαό*, ή, 0r.
spoke among μετεΐπον (μετέειπον).
Spring up ἀνορούω.
sprout (forth) ἀναθηλέω.
stand ϊστημι.
stealthy, be κλεπτω.
stern κρατερός, ἡ, όν (καρτεράς, ή, 0r).
still e τι.

strand #is, 0iros, ή.
strife epis, Mos, ή.
strive μάρναμαι.

strong καρτεράς, ἡ, 0r (/cpaTep0s).
stronger φέρτερος, ἡ, or.
struggle μο"γέω.
stud πείρω.
stump τομή, i}s, ή.
such (as) To?os, ἡ, or.
sufficient numbers, in
suggest τίθημι (επὶ φρεσί).
summit κάρηνον, οὐ, τό.
summon καλόομαὶ (?md. ο/ κάλέω
call).

surely #, δη, /Mr, /i^r, ρ,ά.
swear όμνϋμι.

sweet "γλυκύς, εΐα, υ; sweeter γλυκία^,

ο V.

sweet-speaking, sweet-toned ηδυεπής,
ές.

swift θοός, ἡ, όν; ώκύς, eta, ύ.
swift-footed 7τοδάρκη5, es ; 7r00as ώκύς,
eta, ύ.

SWOrd ξίφος, eos, τό; φασιανόν, οὐ,
τό.

[though
Τ

take αἰρέω; take away ἀφαιρέω; take
back ἀφαφέω; take courage θαρ-
σέω ; take up ἀvat.ρέω,

Talthybius Ταλθύβιος, οὐ, ό.

tarry δηθόνω.

tawny £ar00s, ή, όν.

tear δάκρυ, oos, τό.

tell μϋθέομαι, βί'ρω; el-Tror (2d CZOr.).

temple r??0s, οὐ, ό.

Tenedos T0re0os, οὐ, η.
tent κλισίη, ^s, η.

terrible Set Ms, ἡ, 0r; «κπ-αγλο*, or ;
most terrible ό*7ταγλότατο5, ἡ, or ;
terribly έκπά"γλως.
than (use gen. after comparatives) -ή.
that (conj.) 6φρα, ίνα, οτε; (because)
that ore; that (pron.) κείνος, ἡ, ο
((έ)κεινος, ἡ, ο); ό, ἡ, τό; δ'δε, ηδε,
τάδε; ώς.

the [ό, ή, τό] not ordinarily expressed
in Homeric Greek.
their, their own; his, her, its own
e0s, έη, εάν (os, 6v) used only for
the sake of emphasis or clearness,
them plur. of ό, ἡ, τό; αύτόs, ή, ό.
themselves plur. of αϊτός, ή, ύ.
then τότε, έπειτα.
there (implied in the verb) ; ιύτοΰ.
therefore τούνεκα.
therein 0s, είς, έν(ί).
thereupon τότε, έπειτα.
these two σφωέ.

they (implied in the verb) ; ol, αἰ, τά.
thigh μηρός, οὐ, ό.
thigh-piece μηρίον, οὐ, τό.
think όίω (οϊω), φράζω (mid.).
third τρί(τα)τος, ἡ, ον.
this (thing) ό, ή, τό; o$tos, αυτή,
τούτο ; o5e, τ^δβ, τάδε.
though, however much πέρ.

though . . . yet δέ . . . δέ.

<pb n="389"/>threaten]	HOMERIC	GREEK	[winged

threaten ἀπαλ^ω; threaten (against)
^-παπειλε'ω.
threefold τριπΧτ}.
thrice τρί?.
through διά.
throughout κατά, ἀρά.
thrust ώθέω.
thus ώ?, οοτω(?).
time, from the time when έξ οϋ.
to, toward els (is), iiri, irpos, π(ρ)οτί,
εϊσω, μέχρι; or use dat.
together with ἀμα, σόρ (dat.).
tongue γλώσσα, t?s, η.
toward see to.

Trojan Τρωικό?, ή, bv.

Trojans Τρώε?, ων, ol.

Troy Tροίη, 77s, 77; ^Ιλιο?, οο, ή.
trust (in) πείθομαι (dat).
try 7Γειράω.

turn around μετατρέπω.
twenty (ε) είκοσι,
twice 5is.

two use the dual or δύο (δύω).

U

unblemished τέΧειο$, ἡ, op.
unbOUght ἀπρίατοϊ, ἡ, op.
unransomed ἀράτι-οιρο?, τ?, op.
unseemly aiiK'fjs, es.
until 60ρα.

unwilling ἀέκων, οοσα, op.
up, up through ἀρά.
upon έν, ^7Tt, ἀρά; use dct£.
uproar κλαγγή» ή·
urge £7Γΐσσειίω, κίΧομαι.

US ήμα$ (from εγώ).

Utter μνθέομαι.

V

valiant ϊφθϊμο$, ?7, op.

Very 7τερ, μάλα, μ^γα, 7τολό, 7τολλόρ,
7τολλά; very mighty μέγιστο?, ἡ,

ον; κρείσσωρ, op; very sacred ξ'ά-
θεος, ἡ, ορ; ήγά^εο?, 77, ορ.
vex ^ρε0££*ω, χολόω; be vexed ἀχρο-
μαι.

VOW εύχωΧή, η?, ή.

W

war 7τ(τ)όλεμο?, οὐ, ό; 7τ(τ)οΧεμΙζω.
ward off ἀμόρω, ἀπαμύνω.
warrior αἰχμητtjs, ἀο, ὁ ; τ}ρω?, ωο?, ό.
watery ύγρό$, ή, όρ.
way κἈεοάο?, οο, i? (plur. also κέ\ενθα,
ωρ, τά).
we (implied in verb) ημeΐs.
we ourselves ήμει?; αότοί, α/, ἀ.
wealth 7tXootos, οο, ό; &φενος, εο?, τό.
well εό, ε$.

well-balanced ίσο?, ?? (είση), ον.
well-disposed, be έύ φρονεω.
well-greaved έυκντ}μι$, Γόο?,
well-situated & ραιόμερο?, ἡ, ον.
well-walled έυτείχεο$, ορ.
what ό, τ), τό; ό?, ἡ, 6 (rel.); what ?

τί?, τὶ (interr.).
when 07τ(7τ)ότε; ε$τε; use participle.
when (ever) 07τ(7τ)ότε.
which ό, ή, τό; os, ή, ό' (rel.); which?

(one) tIs, τὶ (interrog.).
while t}os (use participle).
white-armed λεοκώλερο?, ἡ, ον.
who, which, what (rel.) ό'?, ἡ, ό'; ό,
ή, τό; ό'στι?, t?tis, ό'τι; οστε, ητε,
ότε; who ? which ? what ? (interr.)
tIs, τί.

Why ? τί, τίπτε.
wicked κακό?, ·>7, όρ.
wife ἀ\οχο$, οο, 77.
wild beast ώήρ, φηpbs, ό, η.
will βουλή, 7}S, ή.
willing, be όάέΧω, βούλομαι.
wily π ολύμητ is, 10s.
win, strive to ἀρνυμαι.
winged 7περόει?, εσσα, ερ.

<pb n="390"/>
wise]

VOCABULARY

[Zeus-nourished

wise, in no οίντι, οὐδέν.

wish βούλομαι, έθέλω.

with συν, ἀμα (dat.)] use dat.

within iv, %νδοθt, ef<ru>.

without a prize of honor ἀγφαστο?,

7/, 01/.

woe AXyoS, 60S, τό ; Πό^Ο?, 60S, τό.
word €7T0S, eos, τό.
worse fnyUov, ον.
worthless οὐτιδανός, 7i, 0y.
would «se optat, or subj.
wrath μήνις, 10?, ·}?; χόλο?, οὐ, ὁ ; μέ-
νος, eo?, τό.

Υ

yea ναί.

yearning ποθή, ης, ή.

yet «Tt.
yield ύπβίκω.

you (yourself) σύ, aelo, used only for
the sake of emphasis or clearness -*
otherwise implied in the verb.
young νέος, ἡ, ον] younger ναώτ^ρος,

7), OV.

your <r0s, στ), σον] υμέτβρος, ἡ, ον]
used only for the sake of emphasis
or clearness.

Z

zealous (ly) τρόφρων, ον.

Zeus Zetfs, Διό?, 6.

Zeus-nourished δ lot ρίψης, έ$.

391